【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，
共 30 集
剧集目录
| 集 | 标题 | 时长 |
|---|---|---|
| P1 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 14:05 |
| P3 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 23:00 |
| P4 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 26:05 |
| P5 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 20:56 |
| P6 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 27:09 |
| P7 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 5:55 |
| P8 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 15:57 |
| P9 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 22:27 |
| P10 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 22:26 |
| P11 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 7:55 |
| P12 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 38:38 |
| P13 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 20:46 |
| P14 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 41:13 |
| P15 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 17:25 |
| P16 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 22:53 |
| P17 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 16:44 |
| P18 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 1:24:40 |
| P19 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 35:33 |
| P20 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 23:05 |
| P21 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 8:10 |
| P22 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 9:39 |
| P23 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 1:06:08 |
| P24 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 5:44 |
| P25 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 26:00 |
| P26 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 16:34 |
| P27 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 15:56 |
| P28 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 22:05 |
| P29 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 7:18 |
| P30 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 4:18 |
| P31 | 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖， | 25:24 |
P1 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p01 2. 2. 不要说我很好，谢谢你和你 2-DON'T SAY I'm Fine Thank You And You (P1)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p01 2. 2. 不要说我很好，谢谢你和你 2-DON'T SAY I'm Fine Thank You And You (P1)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 14:05字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Fun fact, when I was in university, I used to talk in my sleep. | 有趣的是,当我在大学时,我常在睡觉时说话. |
| 0:05 | I'll tell you more about that at the end | 我最后会告诉你更多 |
| 0:08 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 0:09 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 0:18 | All right, has anyone ever asked you this question, how are you? | 有人问你这个问题吗? |
| 0:23 | I'm quite sure they have and maybe your answer was I'm fine. | 我敢肯定,他们有 也许你的答案是,我很好。 |
| 0:28 | Thank you and you | 谢谢你们 |
| 0:30 | Stop saying this answer now | 别再说这个了 |
| 0:33 | I know you're probably shocked because a lot of you learned this in books in your English classes | 我知道你们可能很震惊 因为你们很多人在英文课上 在书里学到了这个 |
| 0:40 | You learn to say I'm fine. | 你学会说我没事 |
展开字幕全文（274 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Fun fact, when I was in university, I used to talk in my sleep. | 有趣的是,当我在大学时,我常在睡觉时说话. |
| 2 | I'll tell you more about that at the end | 我最后会告诉你更多 |
| 3 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 4 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 5 | All right, has anyone ever asked you this question, how are you? | 有人问你这个问题吗? |
| 6 | I'm quite sure they have and maybe your answer was I'm fine. | 我敢肯定,他们有 也许你的答案是,我很好。 |
| 7 | Thank you and you | 谢谢你们 |
| 8 | Stop saying this answer now | 别再说这个了 |
| 9 | I know you're probably shocked because a lot of you learned this in books in your English classes | 我知道你们可能很震惊 因为你们很多人在英文课上 在书里学到了这个 |
| 10 | You learn to say I'm fine. | 你学会说我没事 |
| 11 | Thank you and you | 谢谢你们 |
| 12 | But in actuality native English speakers don't speak like this | 但实际上讲英语的人不会这样说话 |
| 13 | So today I'm gonna teach you two different ways to properly respond to how are you now? | 所以今天我要教你两种不同的方式 正确回应你现在的情况? |
| 14 | Let's jump right into my screen. | 让我们跳进我的屏幕。 |
| 15 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 16 | So there are two different ways now the first way is | 所以现在有两种不同的方法 首先是 |
| 17 | Give a response that also includes a basic question | 做出同样包括一个基本问题的答复 |
| 18 | used by native English speakers and the second way is to give a response that also includes a | 第二种方式是提供答复,其中也包括: |
| 19 | connection question used by native English speakers | 母语英语使用的联系问题 |
| 20 | So what we're gonna do for today's lesson is we're gonna look at these two categories | 所以我们今天要做的是 研究这两个类别 |
| 21 | And I'm literally going to give you natural ways of responding based on these two categories | 我从字面上说,我要给你 自然的反应方式 基于这两个类别 |
| 22 | So let's go to the first category. | 故举第一类. |
| 23 | Remember giving your response plus a basic question. | 记得回答一个问题 |
| 24 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 25 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 26 | Now the first example we have is this one and I have happy answer plus | 现在,我们的第一个例子是这个 我有一个快乐的答案加 |
| 27 | Basic question now very quickly when I say happy answer it means my response is based on my feeling | 基本问题现在非常迅速 当我说快乐的回答 意味着我的反应是基于我的感受 |
| 28 | Okay, so here we go. | 好了,我们开始吧。 |
| 29 | I can say I'm doing great. | 我可以说我做得很好。 |
| 30 | Thanks | 谢谢 |
| 31 | How about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 32 | so again | 还是这样 |
| 33 | First we have how about you? | 首先我们有你怎么样? |
| 34 | This is a way you can respond with a basic question instead of saying and you you can say | 这样你就能回答一个基本的问题 而不是说,你可以说 |
| 35 | How about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 36 | All right now next let's see. | 好吧,现在让我们来看看。 |
| 37 | Let's say for example, you just want to give a normal response | 比如说,你只是想给出一个正常的反应 |
| 38 | Hmm | 垛 |
| 39 | I'm pretty good. | 我没事 |
| 40 | Thanks | 谢谢 |
| 41 | What's new with you? | 有什么新鲜事吗? |
| 42 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 43 | So in English when we say what's new with you, we are basically asking the person | 所以在英语里,当我们说出你有什么新意时, 我们基本上是在问这个人 |
| 44 | What's going on in your life? | 尔时世尊何事. |
| 45 | Is there anything new or anything exciting? | 有什么新鲜或令人兴奋的吗? |
| 46 | Happening in your life and in English we say what's new with you | 在你的生活和英语中,我们说什么是新的你 |
| 47 | All right, so you can use that one now. | 好吧,这样你就可以使用现在。 |
| 48 | Let's go to the next example. | 复次举譬. |
| 49 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 50 | The next one is when you're busy you can say I've been a bit busy | 下一个是你忙的时候 你可以说我有点忙 |
| 51 | But okay now really quickly guys. | 但是现在还好 伙计们 |
| 52 | I said I've been a bit busy | 我说我有点忙 |
| 53 | So we use a bit in front of busy to kind of emphasize that | 所以我们在忙碌的面前 有点强调 |
| 54 | Yeah, we've been a little bit more busy than usual | 是啊,我们比平常更忙 |
| 55 | You see I even added a bit right there so you can start using that so again my answer because I'm busy is | 你看,我甚至加了一点 在那里,所以你可以 开始使用,所以再次 我的答案,因为我很忙是 |
| 56 | I've been a bit busy, but okay now we have to figure out how to ask them | 我有点忙,但现在我们得想办法问他们 |
| 57 | Another question, right? | 另一个问题,对不对? |
| 58 | So again, this is what I said | 再说一遍,我是这么说的 |
| 59 | How have things been with you again? | 你最近怎么样? |
| 60 | How have things been with you? | 你最近怎么样? |
| 61 | So for pronunciation after me, how have things been with you? | 所以,我之后的发音, 怎么样的事情与你? |
| 62 | Great job. | 干得不错 |
| 63 | This is another natural way of asking a follow-up question. | 这是另一种自然的方式 问后续问题。 |
| 64 | Okay | 还好 |
| 65 | So next example, here we go. | 下一个例子,我们开始吧。 |
| 66 | You guys are learning a lot in this lesson. | 你们学到了很多 |
| 67 | Now, let's say you're stressed so you can say | 现在,假设你压力很大,你可以说 |
| 68 | Things have been a bit rough lately, but they're getting better. | 近来情况有些不好,但情况越来越好。 |
| 69 | Now, let's pause again | 现在,让我们再次暂停 |
| 70 | When we say a bit rough in English, that's another way of expressing that | 我们用英语说粗略一点,那是另一种表达方式 |
| 71 | We're going through a difficult time | 我们正经历一个艰难的时刻 |
| 72 | Something that is not easy to go through in English. | 用英语说很难说 |
| 73 | We say a bit rough | 我们说有点粗鲁 |
| 74 | Okay, a bit rough. | 好吧,有点粗糙。 |
| 75 | Now my follow-up question to the person I'm talking to is here we go | 现在,我的后续问题 我说话的人是在这里,我们走了 |
| 76 | How have you been? | 你好吗? |
| 77 | One more time. | 再来一次 |
| 78 | How have you been now guys? | 你们最近怎么样? |
| 79 | Remember as you're watching this lesson | 记住你在看这个课 |
| 80 | You don't have to worry because all of the information is in the free PDF and the link is in the description | 你不必担心,因为所有的信息都在免费PDF中,链接在描述中 |
| 81 | You can always download the free PDF that goes along with this lesson. | 你总是可以下载免费的PDF,它与这个课程一致. |
| 82 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 83 | All right, let's go back now | 好了,我们回去吧 |
| 84 | The question we're gonna ask is again, how have you been? | 我们要问的问题是,你怎么样? |
| 85 | All right, how have you been? | 好吧,你好吗? |
| 86 | So | 这么说 |
| 87 | Next we have | 接下来是 |
| 88 | Satisfied answer plus a basic question. | 满意的回答加上一个基本的问题。 |
| 89 | I can say never been better. | 我可以说从来没有好过。 |
| 90 | So you can say that as well | 所以你也可以这么说 |
| 91 | now never been better is used when | 现在从来没有更好的被使用 当 |
| 92 | Everything is going great | 一切都很顺利 |
| 93 | Even the look at my face. | 甚至看着我的脸。 |
| 94 | You can see that Wow teacher Tiffany looks happy. | 你可以看到Tiffany老师看起来很开心 |
| 95 | No stress. | 没有压力。 |
| 96 | Everything's good | 没事 |
| 97 | Hey never been better. | 嘿,从来没有好过。 |
| 98 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 99 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 100 | So now let's see the question. | 现在让我们来看看这个问题。 |
| 101 | We would ask them we can say | 我们会问他们 我们可以说 |
| 102 | What about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 103 | Again, what about you? | 又来了,你呢? |
| 104 | three simple words | 三个简单的词 |
| 105 | What about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 106 | Hey me man. | 嘿,伙计。 |
| 107 | I have never been better. | 我从来没有好过。 |
| 108 | What about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 109 | So even when I use it toward you you can feel oh wow teacher Tiffany really wants to know how I've been | 所以即使我用它来对付你... ...你也可以感觉到,哦哇... ...蒂凡尼老师... |
| 110 | Right. | 对 |
| 111 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 112 | Now, let's jump to the second category. | 现在,让我们跳到第二类。 |
| 113 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 114 | Remember the second category involves asking a | 记住第二类要求 |
| 115 | Connection question. | 连接问题。 |
| 116 | So let me explain what that is. | 因此,让我解释一下是什么。 |
| 117 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 118 | All right, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 119 | Moving on to the next category with the connection question again the happy answer. | 转到下一个类别 连接问题再次 快乐的答案。 |
| 120 | We said I'm doing great | 我们说过我做得很好 |
| 121 | Thanks. | 谢谢 |
| 122 | Now we have a connection question. | 现在有一个联系问题。 |
| 123 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 124 | Heard that you now the underlined portion is the portion you were going to change | 听说你现在的下划线部分 就是你要改变的部分 |
| 125 | I said got a new job | 我说找了份新工作 |
| 126 | How's that going? | 怎么样? |
| 127 | All right guys | 好了,伙计们 |
| 128 | So again as we're moving forward in this section when you see the underlined portion | 所以,再次在我们前进的这一节 当你看到下划线部分 |
| 129 | That's the portion that you want to change. | 这就是你想改变的部分。 |
| 130 | So for me, I'm connecting with the person I'm talking to I said, hey | 因此,对我来说,我联系的人 我说话的人,我说,嘿 |
| 131 | I heard that you got a new job. | 我听说你找到新工作了 |
| 132 | How's that going? | 怎么样? |
| 133 | I'm | и琌 |
| 134 | Connecting my question to something that I already know about this person | 把我的问题和我已经知道的人联系起来 |
| 135 | That's another important aspect of improving your English because it shows that you're thinking | 这是改进英语的另一个重要方面 因为它显示你在思考 |
| 136 | Before you speak it makes sense. | 在你说话之前 这很合理 |
| 137 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 138 | Now, let's go to the next example | 现在,让我们来看看下一个例子 |
| 139 | Remember these patterns are all in the PDF. | 记住这些模式都在PDF中. |
| 140 | So don't worry. | 所以不要担心。 |
| 141 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 142 | All right, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 143 | Now let's say we're wanting to give a normal answer again. | 现在假设我们想再给出一个正常的答案. |
| 144 | I'm pretty good. | 我没事 |
| 145 | Thanks. | 谢谢 |
| 146 | Now. | 现在 |
| 147 | Here's the connection question. | 这里的连接问题。 |
| 148 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 149 | Saw your Facebook post about your business | 看到你的Facebook贴文 关于你的生意 |
| 150 | What's the update? | 最新进展是什么? |
| 151 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 152 | So again guys, I | 所以,再次伙计们,我 |
| 153 | Saw something connected to the person that I'm speaking to and I chose to say hey, I | 看到一些与我说话的人有关的东西 我选择说,嘿,我 |
| 154 | Saw your Facebook post about your business | 看到你的Facebook贴文 关于你的生意 |
| 155 | What's the update? | 最新进展是什么? |
| 156 | I want to know more information about something that I saw that is going on in the person's life | 我想知道更多关于我所看到的 发生在他生命中的事情的信息 |
| 157 | That's what you want to do. | 令诸众生. |
| 158 | So you can say I saw | 所以你可以说我看到了 |
| 159 | dot-dot-dot | 点点点 |
| 160 | What's the update so you can use the same pattern again? | 更新的内容是什么? 这样你就可以再次使用相同的模式? |
| 161 | You're gonna sound more natural and more like a native English speaker when you use these responses to how are you? | 你会听起来更自然 更像一个英语母语 当你使用这些回答 你怎么样? |
| 162 | Instead of just saying I'm fine. | 而不是说我没事 |
| 163 | Thank you. | 谢谢 |
| 164 | And you you don't want to sound like a robot | 而你却不想听到机器人的声音 |
| 165 | You want to sound more natural? | 你想听得更自然点吗? |
| 166 | Okay, so let's keep going. | 好吧,让我们继续前进。 |
| 167 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 168 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 169 | Now our next one is | 现在我们的下一个是 |
| 170 | The busy answer again, we said | 我们又说忙着回答 |
| 171 | I've been a bit busy, but okay | 我有点忙,但没关系 |
| 172 | Now we say I remember that you said you were | 现在,我们说,我记得 你说你是 |
| 173 | Also working on some things any update | 还在做一些事情 任何更新 |
| 174 | Alright, so now again the underlined portion. | 好吧,现在再次强调部分。 |
| 175 | Remember I said also working on some things | 记得我说过也做一些事情吗? |
| 176 | So the portion the pattern you want to memorize is I remember that you said you were and then put something there | 所以,你想记住的图案部分是,我记得你说过你曾经是,然后放一些东西在那里 |
| 177 | So think about a conversation you had with this person. | 想想你和这个人的谈话 |
| 178 | Ah | 摆 |
| 179 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 180 | Remember that you said you were trying to get a new job any update | 记得你说你想找份新工作吗? |
| 181 | So again, the person listening will really want to respond to you and appreciate the fact that you're connecting with them again | 再说一遍,听话的人真的想回应你 并欣赏你再次和他们联系的事实 |
| 182 | Showing your English fluency is improving. | 显示你的英语流利正在改善。 |
| 183 | Alright, so next example. | 好吧,下一个例子。 |
| 184 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 185 | Now for the next one we have the stressed answer. | 现在,下一个问题,我们得到了强调的答案。 |
| 186 | So | 这么说 |
| 187 | Things have been a bit rough lately, but they're getting better | 近来情况有点糟,但越来越好 |
| 188 | Now I know your mom had some good news recently | 现在我知道你妈妈最近有个好消息 |
| 189 | How is she? | 她怎么样? |
| 190 | So I have the now in parentheses because you don't have to say that but you can so | 所以我现在有 括号中 因为你不必这么说 但你可以这样 |
| 191 | With this one. | 用这个 |
| 192 | It's very important that you think of some information that has happened to this person or something that | 非常重要的是,你应该想到一些 发生在这个人身上的信息,或者什么 |
| 193 | You know is going on in their life, right? | 你知道他们的生活正在发展 对吧? |
| 194 | So you say I know | 你说我知道 |
| 195 | You were trying to | 你试图 |
| 196 | Get a plane ticket to Paris | 拿张去巴黎的机票 |
| 197 | How is that going? | 怎么样? |
| 198 | You see I thought about what this person told me or what they were doing and I connected it to my question | 你看,我想到这个人告诉我什么 或他们在做什么 我把它连接到我的问题 |
| 199 | For them, okay | 为了他们,好吧 |
| 200 | So again, you can use that pattern and it will change the pattern will stay the same | 所以,你也可以使用这个模式,它会改变模式,保持不变 |
| 201 | But the information will change depending on who you're speaking to again | 但信息会随着你跟谁说话而改变 |
| 202 | Very important when it comes to showing your fluency. | 当它显示你的流利。 |
| 203 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 204 | Alright now remember one more | 好了,现在记住一个 |
| 205 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 206 | So the next one again is the satisfied answer | 所以下一个是满意的答案 |
| 207 | Hey, I've never been better. | 嘿,我从来没有好过。 |
| 208 | You are also looking quite happy | 你看上去也很开心 |
| 209 | Any special reason? | 有什么特别的原因吗? |
| 210 | Alright, so I like this one because you're not just focusing on yourself. | 好吧,所以我喜欢这个 因为你不只是专注于你自己。 |
| 211 | You say hey, I've never been better | 你说,嘿,我从来没有好过 |
| 212 | But hey, you know what? | 但你知道吗? |
| 213 | You are also looking very good | 你看起来也很好 |
| 214 | any special reason or | 任何特殊原因或 |
| 215 | You are also looking | 你也在寻找 |
| 216 | Amazing any special reason? | 有特别原因吗? |
| 217 | So you see remember English conversation is all about this going back and forth back and forth | 所以,你还记得英语的谈话 完全是关于 前后的。 |
| 218 | So this person gave me a compliment. | 这个人赞美我 |
| 219 | Well, they asked me. | 嗯,他们问我。 |
| 220 | How are you? | 你好吗? |
| 221 | And I said, yeah, I'm good. | 我说,是啊,我很好。 |
| 222 | I am amazing | 我很厉害 |
| 223 | I've never been better. | 我从来没有好过。 |
| 224 | So I'm happy but I also want to know and want to ask the person I'm talking to hey | 所以我很高兴,但我也想知道 并想问我说话的人 |
| 225 | Why are you happy what makes you so happy using this pattern again, you are also looking | 为何你这么高兴 利用这个模式你又在看 |
| 226 | Dot-dot-dot any special reason. | 点点点任何特殊原因. |
| 227 | So again, let's look at it real quick again | 再说一遍,我们再看一次 |
| 228 | One more time. | 再来一次 |
| 229 | You are also looking quite happy any special reason | 你看上去也很开心 任何特殊的原因 |
| 230 | Alright, so guys again, we looked at two different categories | 好了,伙计们,我们又看了两个不同的类别 |
| 231 | one where we gave a response and a basic question and the second one gave a response and | 一个我们给出了答复和一个基本问题, 第二个我们给出了答复, |
| 232 | We added a connection | 我们加了一个连接 |
| 233 | Question guys, this is really how you begin to answer the question | 问问题的家伙,这就是你如何开始回答问题 |
| 234 | How are you more naturally and more like a native English speaker? | 你怎么更自然 更像一个母语英语? |
| 235 | I really hope you guys enjoyed this lesson | 我真的希望你们都喜欢这个课 |
| 236 | remember if you want to continue studying with me and you want me to be your English teacher as | 记住,如果你想继续学习 和我一起,你想我做你的英语老师 |
| 237 | Always you can join the speak English with Tiffany Academy. | 你总是可以加入蒂凡尼学院的英语系 |
| 238 | You see the link right here on the screen | 你看屏幕上的链接 |
| 239 | You can click it in the description and join me become a member of my Academy and | 你可以在描述中点击它 并加入我成为我的院士 |
| 240 | Continue learning and improving your English skills | 继续学习和提高英语能力 |
| 241 | Don't forget to download the free PDF that goes along with this lesson and as always | 不要忘记下载免费的PDF, 与这个课程一致,一如既往 |
| 242 | Remember to speak English | 记得说英语 |
| 243 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 244 | I didn't forget. | 我没有忘记。 |
| 245 | So here's the story one day | 所以说有一天 |
| 246 | My best friend came to my room when I was in university and she said hey Tiff. | 我最好的朋友来到我的房间 当我在大学,她说嗨蒂夫。 |
| 247 | How are you tips my nickname? | 你怎么给我的绰号小费? |
| 248 | I said, I'm good. | 我说,我很好。 |
| 249 | How are you? | 你好吗? |
| 250 | She said do you remember anything from last night? | 她说你还记得昨晚的事吗? |
| 251 | I said no, I | 我说不,我 |
| 252 | Slept really well last night. | 昨晚睡得还不错 |
| 253 | How about you? | 你怎么样? |
| 254 | She said oh, I slept good | 她说,哦,我睡得很好 |
| 255 | But before I went to bed, I had a conversation with you. | 但是在睡觉前,我跟你谈过了 |
| 256 | I said you did I I clearly remember going to sleep | 我说是你干的 我清楚记得要去睡觉 |
| 257 | Before you last night our rooms were across from each other at our dorm | 昨晚你之前 我们的房间在宿舍对面 |
| 258 | And she said no no, I called you last night at 1130 p.m | 她说不,我昨晚11点30分打给你 |
| 259 | She said not only did I call you but a group of our friends called you. | 她说我不仅给你打过电话 还有一群朋友给你打过电话 |
| 260 | I said, huh? | 我说,是吧? |
| 261 | She said yeah, we called you at 1130 and had a full conversation | 她说是的,我们在11: 30打电话给你, 并有一个完整的谈话 |
| 262 | And I told them that you talk in your sleep. | 我告诉他们你在睡觉时说话 |
| 263 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 264 | was | 当时是 |
| 265 | Blown away. | 吹开. |
| 266 | She told me that they called me on the phone. | 她告诉我,他们打电话给我。 |
| 267 | They asked me questions | 他们问我问题 |
| 268 | I gave them answers and then I said alright guys | 我给他们答案,然后我说好家伙 |
| 269 | Have a good night talk to you later, and I didn't remember anything | 晚点再聊,我不记得了 |
| 270 | So we had a good laugh and she told me Tiff you have to be careful because you don't know what you say when you're | 所以,我们有一个很好的笑 她告诉我,蒂夫 你必须小心 因为你不知道你说什么 当你是 |
| 271 | asleep | 睡着了 |
| 272 | So that's something funny about me guys a fact that you probably didn't know | 所以,这是有趣的东西 关于我,伙计们的事实, 你们可能不知道 |
| 273 | That I talked in my sleep when I was in university and I still may talk in my sleep, but I'll never know | 我上大学时在梦里说过话 梦里还可能说话 但我永远不知道 |
| 274 | I'll see you guys next week | 下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 274 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P3 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p03 1. 1. 一节课学习1000 个英语词汇 1-How To Learn And Use 1000 English Vocabulary Words (P3)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p03 1. 1. 一节课学习1000 个英语词汇 1-How To Learn And Use 1000 English Vocabulary Words (P3)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 23:00字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | As an English learner, you sometimes experience a problem when you're reading something, or | 作为一个英语学习者,你有时会遇到一个问题 当你读的东西,或者 |
| 0:05 | even when you're having a conversation with people, and even sometimes when you're listening | 即使你和别人谈话 有时你听 |
| 0:10 | to a podcast or other audio file. | 到播客或其他音频文件。 |
| 0:13 | This problem is vocabulary. | 这个问题是词汇. |
| 0:17 | But there is a formula. | 但有一个公式。 |
| 0:19 | This formula will help you to learn 1,000 English vocabulary words. | 这个公式将帮助您学习1000个英语词汇. |
| 0:26 | And that's what I will teach you today. | 这就是我今天教你的 |
| 0:30 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:33 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 0:34 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
展开字幕全文（311 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | As an English learner, you sometimes experience a problem when you're reading something, or | 作为一个英语学习者,你有时会遇到一个问题 当你读的东西,或者 |
| 2 | even when you're having a conversation with people, and even sometimes when you're listening | 即使你和别人谈话 有时你听 |
| 3 | to a podcast or other audio file. | 到播客或其他音频文件。 |
| 4 | This problem is vocabulary. | 这个问题是词汇. |
| 5 | But there is a formula. | 但有一个公式。 |
| 6 | This formula will help you to learn 1,000 English vocabulary words. | 这个公式将帮助您学习1000个英语词汇. |
| 7 | And that's what I will teach you today. | 这就是我今天教你的 |
| 8 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 9 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 10 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 11 | Okay, so here's the problem. | 好吧,这就是问题所在。 |
| 12 | The problem is you want to improve your English vocabulary, but it just seems too hard. | 问题是你想改进你的英语词汇, 但似乎太难了。 |
| 13 | Now let's look at this a little closer. | 现在让我们仔细看看这个 |
| 14 | So the first thing is you memorize lots of words, but what happens is you can't remember | 所以,第一件事是 你记住很多字, 但发生的事情是 你不记得 |
| 15 | or use them. | 或使用它们。 |
| 16 | Many of my students have told me that they memorize vocabulary words, but then when they | 我的许多学生告诉我,他们 记住词汇,但当他们 |
| 17 | get in conversations, they're not able to use them, and that's what happens. | 进入对话, 他们不能使用, 这就是发生的情况。 |
| 18 | Or you start off strong, but what happens is you get tired and often give up, okay, | 或者你开始强壮,但会发生什么 你累了,并经常放弃,好吗, |
| 19 | and often give up completely. | 并经常彻底放弃。 |
| 20 | Now to be honest with you, I also experienced the same thing when I was studying Korean. | 老实说,我学习韩语时也经历过同样的事情. |
| 21 | I would study hundreds of vocabulary words, but then after two or three weeks, I would | 我会研究上百个词汇, 但两三个星期后,我会 |
| 22 | get tired and just stop. | 累了就停下来 |
| 23 | So again, you start off strong, but you get tired and often give up completely. | 再说一遍,你开始很强壮,但你累了,常常完全放弃。 |
| 24 | This is the problem. | 这就是问题所在。 |
| 25 | Now there is a solution. | 现在有一个解决办法。 |
| 26 | The solution is three words lead to 1,000 words. | 解法为三字通达一千字. |
| 27 | Now don't worry, I'm going to explain this very clearly, and it will really help you | 不用担心,我会解释得非常清楚, 这真的会帮助你 |
| 28 | to learn 1,000 words. | 学习一千字。 |
| 29 | All right, now the first aspect of this solution, before I explain it in detail, is the memorization | 好吧,现在这个解决方案的第一个方面, 在我详细解释之前, 是纪念 |
| 30 | and repetition. | 和重复。 |
| 31 | Memorization and repetition is so important because it is a set pattern that will help | 记忆和重复是如此重要,因为它是一个固定的模式,将有助于 |
| 32 | your brain, okay, that will help your brain. | 你的大脑,好吧,那会帮助你的大脑。 |
| 33 | Now remember, in one of my previous video lessons, I explained how your brain works, | 现在记住,在我之前的一段视频课上, 我解释了你的大脑是如何工作的, |
| 34 | okay. | 还好。 |
| 35 | There are certain triggers that help your brain remember certain things, okay. | 有一些触发器可以帮助你的大脑记住某些事情,好吗? |
| 36 | So a set pattern will also help your brain when you're trying to remember or memorize | 所以,一个设定模式也会帮助你的大脑 当你试图记住或记住 |
| 37 | English vocabulary words. | 英语词汇词. |
| 38 | And the next thing is learn and use. | 则次第学用. |
| 39 | Many times you will learn vocabulary words, but you're not able to use them. | 很多时候你会学习词汇,但是你无法使用词汇. |
| 40 | This solution, this formula I'm going to teach you, will help you do both, okay. | 这个解决方案,这个公式,我要教你, 将帮助你们两个做,好吗。 |
| 41 | So again, this will help you use them in daily life. | 再说一次,这会帮助你在日常生活中使用它们。 |
| 42 | When you meet someone that is a native English speaker or even another English learner, you | 当你遇到一个讲英语的人, 甚至是另一个学习英语的人,你 |
| 43 | can use the words that you're learning, okay. | 可以用你学的话,好吗? |
| 44 | All right, so the breakdown. | 好吧,所以崩溃。 |
| 45 | Let's look at the breakdown of this solution or this formula, okay. | 让我们看看这个解决方案或这个公式的分解,好吗? |
| 46 | So again, 1,000 words by doing three words each day, but there's five parts. | 故又曰:每日行三字一千字,但有五部分. |
| 47 | The select, memorize, visualize, apply, and review. | 选择、记住、直观、应用和审查。 |
| 48 | Okay, so let's look at the breakdown in a little bit more detail. | 好吧,让我们来看看 细分更详细。 |
| 49 | The first section is select. | 第一节为选. |
| 50 | So you select the three words that you will use for that day. | 因此,你选择了那天将使用的3个词。 |
| 51 | Now, remember in the beginning I said this is a formula, and it's actually a part of | 现在,记住在开始,我说 这是一个公式, 它实际上的一部分 |
| 52 | a 16 day cycle. | a 16天周期。 |
| 53 | Now the first part of the cycle is the select column, the first column. | 现在循环的第一部分是选列,第一列. |
| 54 | So on the first day, day one, you will learn only three words. | 所以第一天,第一天,你只学习三个字。 |
| 55 | And each day after that, you're only learning three new words. | 之后的每一天,你只学习三个新词. |
| 56 | Now let me explain exactly how this selection happens, okay. | 现在让我解释一下这个选择是怎么发生的 |
| 57 | So once again, you select the words that you will use for that day. | 因此,你再次选择了您将在那天使用的词。 |
| 58 | This is how it's going to happen. | 如何是境界. |
| 59 | So let's start right here on top. | 我们从上面开始 |
| 60 | There are many different ways that you can select words. | 有许多不同的方式可以选择单词. |
| 61 | Let's say, for example, that you are watching something on TV. | 比如说,你在电视上看到一些东西。 |
| 62 | So you can select words from TV shows or movies that you watch, okay. | 你可以从电视剧或电影中选择你看的词,好吗? |
| 63 | You may have a favorite American television show that you watch. | 你可能有一个最喜欢的美国电视节目 你观看。 |
| 64 | And you may hear a vocabulary word that you don't know. | 你可能会听到一个你不知道的词汇。 |
| 65 | So you can choose it from the television show. | 这样你就可以从电视节目中选择它. |
| 66 | Or you may even have a special book or magazine or newspaper that you enjoy reading. | 或者你可能还有一本你喜欢阅读的特殊书籍、杂志或报纸。 |
| 67 | An English newspaper or magazine. | 英国报纸或杂志. |
| 68 | So you can pick a vocabulary word from books, magazines, or the newspaper, okay. | 你可以从书、杂志或报纸上选一个词汇 |
| 69 | Or the newspapers you read, okay. | 或者你读的报纸,好吗? |
| 70 | Newspapers that you read, all right. | 你读的报纸,好吧。 |
| 71 | And the other method you can use actually is something that you may already have inside. | 而另一种方法你实际上可以使用 是一些你可能已经在里面的东西。 |
| 72 | So this is your brain. | 这就是你的大脑。 |
| 73 | So there are some words that you already know. | 所以有些话你已经知道了。 |
| 74 | You can actually look for or find synonyms, okay. | 你可以寻找或找到同义词,好吗? |
| 75 | Find synonyms for words you already know. | 寻找您已经知道的词的同义词 。 |
| 76 | For example, let's say I already know the word big. | 比如说,我已经知道大字了 |
| 77 | That's a word that you already know. | 这话你已经知道了 |
| 78 | But a synonym for the word big is enormous. | 但大字的同义词是巨大的. |
| 79 | So I already know this word, but enormous is a synonym for that word, okay. | 所以我已经知道这个词了, 但是这个词的同义词是巨大的,好吧。 |
| 80 | So these are three different ways you can actually select vocabulary words, okay. | 所以这是三种不同的方式, 你可以选择词汇,好吗? |
| 81 | Let's keep going. | 让我们继续前进。 |
| 82 | So the next part of the breakdown is to memorize. | 因此,接下来的分解部分是记住. |
| 83 | You're going to memorize the definitions of the words from the previous day. | 你要记住前一天的词的定义 |
| 84 | So again, let's look at our 16-day cycle. | 再说一遍,让我们看看16天的周期。 |
| 85 | Now we've moved to the second column, the memorized column. | 现在,我们已经转移到第二栏, 记住的栏。 |
| 86 | Now on the far left, you see the day column, the next to select, and the next to memorize. | 现在在最左边,你可以看到日柱,下一个选择,下一个记住。 |
| 87 | So on day one, you only memorized or selected three words. | 在第一天,你只记住或选择三个字。 |
| 88 | Now on day two, you still need to select three new words. | 在第二天,你还需要选择三个新词。 |
| 89 | But now is when you're going to memorize the three words you looked up the first day. | 但是现在,当你要记住 你第一天看的三个字。 |
| 90 | It's very important. | 这很重要 |
| 91 | You're memorizing on the second day. | 汝二日忆念. |
| 92 | Okay, let's go in more detail, okay. | 好吧,让我们去 更详细的,好吗。 |
| 93 | So again, memorize the definitions of the words from the previous day. | 因此,再次记住前一天的词的定义。 |
| 94 | Okay, so let's look at it a little closer. | 好,让我们再仔细看看 |
| 95 | So here's what's going to happen. | 故此下释. |
| 96 | So right here, let's give him some glasses, okay. | 所以就在这里, 让我们给他一些眼镜,好吗。 |
| 97 | Let's give this student some glasses. | 让我们给这个学生一些眼镜。 |
| 98 | So we have this student, this English learner, right here. | 我们这里有一位学生,一位英国学生。 |
| 99 | So what's going to happen? | 接下来会发生什么? |
| 100 | The first thing is to read over the words and meanings. | 第一义是念诵经字及义. |
| 101 | You're going to think about them, okay. | 你会考虑的,好吗? |
| 102 | Remember I chose enormous, so I'm going to look over the word enormous and realize, ah, | 记住我选择了巨大的, 所以我要看看这个词巨大的,并意识到,啊, |
| 103 | this means big, this means big. | 这意味着大, 这意味着大。 |
| 104 | The next thing you're going to do is you're going to make something, okay. | 你接下来要做的就是做点什么,好吗? |
| 105 | I'll explain exactly what these are, okay. | 我会解释这些是什么,好吗? |
| 106 | So you can write really tiny. | 这样你才能写得非常小。 |
| 107 | All right, so what you're going to do, let's put RD, let's put it like this. | 好吧,那么你要做什么, 让我们把RD,让我们把它这样。 |
| 108 | You're going to make flash cards for each word. | 你要为每个词制作闪存卡. |
| 109 | Remember, it's not going to take you a long time because it's only for three words, okay. | 记住,它不会花你很长的时间 因为它只为三个字,好吗。 |
| 110 | Make flash cards and then what you're going to do, | 制作闪存卡,然后你要做的, |
| 111 | let's put a little clock right here for us. | 让我们在这里放个小钟 |
| 112 | We've got a little clock right here, put a little bell on top, okay. | 我们有一个小钟就在这里, 把一个小铃上,好吗。 |
| 113 | What you're going to do is time yourself as you memorize, | 你要做的是让你记住自己的时间 |
| 114 | make this O a little better, as you memorize each word. | 使这个O更好一点,当你记住每个字。 |
| 115 | You want to get to the point to where you can memorize | 你想达到可以记住的程度 |
| 116 | and know three words in 30 seconds, okay. | 并在30秒内知道三个字,好吗? |
| 117 | This is your goal, okay. | 这是你的目标,好吗? |
| 118 | All right, so let's keep going to the next phase. | 好吧,让我们继续到下一阶段。 |
| 119 | All right, so the next phase is to visualize. | 好吧,所以下一阶段是视觉。 |
| 120 | Now, for the visualizing step, you're going to select various images | 现在,对于可视化步骤,你会选择各种图像 |
| 121 | that go along with each of the vocabulary words. | 和每个词汇一致 |
| 122 | Use them to memorize the words more, okay. | 用它们来记住这些话,好吗? |
| 123 | So let's go back and look at the 16 day cycle again. | 故复往观十六天轮回. |
| 124 | So now we're on the next column, the visualize column, okay. | 现在我们在下一个栏目, 视觉化栏目,好吗? |
| 125 | All right, so again, on day one, we selected three words. | 好吧,所以再次,第一天,我们选择了三个词。 |
| 126 | Day two, we also selected three words, | 第二天 我们还选了三个词 |
| 127 | but then we also added the memorizing of the first three words | 但后来我们又增加了前三个词的记忆 |
| 128 | and we're also going to be visualizing on that day, | 我们也会在那天看到 |
| 129 | the first three words. | 前三个字。 |
| 130 | Now, again, I'm going to explain it very clearly. | 现在,再次,我要非常明确地解释它。 |
| 131 | So let's jump in to explain it very clearly. | 让我们跳进去解释清楚 |
| 132 | Again, selecting various images | 再次选择各种图像 |
| 133 | that go along with each of the vocabulary words, | 与每个词汇一致, |
| 134 | use them to memorize the words more. | 用它们来记住这些话 |
| 135 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 136 | All right, so the first thing you need to do, | 好吧,所以第一件事你必须做, |
| 137 | let's do a little head right here, okay. | 让我们在这里做一个小头,好吗。 |
| 138 | Student with their eyes closed, okay. | 学生闭上眼睛,好吗? |
| 139 | Let's give his brain right here. | 让我们把他的大脑在这里。 |
| 140 | He's thinking his mind. | 他正想着自己的思想 |
| 141 | All right, so what's going to happen is | 好吧 接下来会发生什么 |
| 142 | you first need to think about each word | 你首先需要考虑每个字 |
| 143 | and see what picture pops into your head. | 看看你脑子里有什么照片 |
| 144 | This is important because everyone is different. | 这一点很重要,因为每个人都不同。 |
| 145 | If I say good food, the first thing that pops in my mind | 如果我说好食物,我脑海里的第一件事 |
| 146 | may be different from what pops in your mind. | 可能和你的脑海不同 |
| 147 | So it's important to see what pops into your mind. | 所以,重要的是要看到什么 流行在你的脑海。 |
| 148 | Now, the next thing you're going to do is | 现在,你接下来要做的是 |
| 149 | you're going to get on the computer. | 你要上电脑 |
| 150 | Let's do this, you're going to get on the computer. | 让我们做到这一点, 你会得到计算机。 |
| 151 | All right, and what you're going to do is | 好吧,你接下来要做的是 |
| 152 | you're going to go online | 你会上网的 |
| 153 | and find an image that matches it, okay. | 找到一个匹配它的形象,好吗。 |
| 154 | Find an image that matches what you saw in your mind, okay. | 找到一个符合你心里所见的画面,好吗? |
| 155 | Now again, remember, it's only for three words, | 现在再说一遍,记住,只有三个字, |
| 156 | so it's not going to take you a long time, okay. | 所以不会花你很长时间,好吗? |
| 157 | But go online and find an image that matches each word. | 但上网找一个匹配每个字的图像. |
| 158 | So you're looking for three images, okay, three images. | 所以你在找三个图像,好的,三个图像。 |
| 159 | Now, after you find the images, | 现在,在你找到图像后, |
| 160 | what you're going to do is | 你会做的是 |
| 161 | you're going to make another flash card, | 你要再制作一张闪存卡 |
| 162 | but this time instead of the word being on the top, | 但这一次, 而不是这个词在顶端, |
| 163 | the word will be on the bottom | 词会在底部 |
| 164 | and on top you will place the image, okay. | 然后把图像放在上面,好吗? |
| 165 | So again, you're going to finally make image flash cards | 再说一遍,你终于要制作图像闪存卡了 |
| 166 | and practice with them. | 和他们一起练习 |
| 167 | Remember, these steps are so important | 记住,这些步骤很重要 |
| 168 | because you need to practice | 因为你需要练习 |
| 169 | and learn vocabulary in different ways, | 并学习各种词汇, |
| 170 | not just sitting and looking at a book and memorizing. | 不只是坐着看书和回忆 |
| 171 | Your brain needs to see things that are visual | 你的大脑需要看到一些视觉的东西 |
| 172 | and connected to different situations | 与不同情况有关 |
| 173 | in order for you to learn and use the vocabulary words. | 以便您学习和使用词汇。 |
| 174 | So let's keep going. | 因此,让我们继续前进。 |
| 175 | All right, so the next step is to apply. | 好吧,所以下一步是应用。 |
| 176 | Now that you know the meanings, | 既然你知道这些含义了 |
| 177 | use each of the vocabulary words | 使用每个词汇 |
| 178 | in a sentence that you create. | 在你们所创造的一句话中。 |
| 179 | Okay, so again, the 16 day cycle. | 再说一遍 16天的周期 |
| 180 | Now we're on the next column, the apply column. | 现在我们在下一个栏目,应用栏目。 |
| 181 | So again, day one, we just selected three new words. | 所以,第一天,我们又选了三个新词。 |
| 182 | Day two, we selected three new words | 第二天 我们选了三个新词 |
| 183 | and we also memorized and visualized the first three words. | 我们还记住了前三个词,并把它们想象出来。 |
| 184 | And now as we move down to day number three, | 而现在,当我们移动 到第三天, |
| 185 | we're still selecting three words. | 我们还在选择三个词 |
| 186 | We're memorizing what we learned | 我们在回忆我们学到的东西 |
| 187 | or what we selected the previous day and we're visualizing. | 或我们前一天选择的 和我们在视觉。 |
| 188 | And now we're applying the first three words. | 而今应用前三句. |
| 189 | Now, this applying, I will explain, okay. | 现在,这个申请,我会解释,好吧。 |
| 190 | Let's go and I will explain it in more detail. | 我们走,我会更详细地解释。 |
| 191 | So again, now that you know the meanings, | 再说一遍,既然你知道这些意义 |
| 192 | use each of the vocabulary words | 使用每个词汇 |
| 193 | in a sentence that you create. | 在你们所创造的一句话中。 |
| 194 | So here's what's gonna happen. | 因此,这里会发生什么。 |
| 195 | So let's have a student right here, okay. | 让我们有一个学生在这里,好吗。 |
| 196 | So we have this student right here, right. | 所以,我们有一个学生就在这里,正确的。 |
| 197 | Now, this student is looking at something right now. | 现在,这个学生正在看一些东西。 |
| 198 | So let's do this like this, okay. | 所以,让我们做到这一点,好吗。 |
| 199 | Let's have this right here. | 就在这里 |
| 200 | Let's give her some fingers so she's holding the book. | 让我们给她一些手指 所以她拿着书。 |
| 201 | Okay, so this student is looking at something right now. | 好吧,所以这个学生 正在看的东西现在。 |
| 202 | What you're going to do is you're going to | 你要做的是,你会 |
| 203 | re-view the meaning and this is the key right here. | 重新审视意义,这是这里的关键。 |
| 204 | Think about your life. | 想想你的人生吧 想想你的人生吧 |
| 205 | This is key. | 这是关键 |
| 206 | Review the meaning and think about your life. | 检讨意义,想想你的生活. |
| 207 | So here we go, let me show you an example, okay. | 所以,我们开始吧,让我给你举个例子,好吗? |
| 208 | So let's look at an example so that you can understand | 让我们看看一个例子,让你明白 |
| 209 | exactly what this step means. | 这一步意味着什么。 |
| 210 | So let's say for example, I have this right here, okay. | 举个例子,我这里有这个,好吗? |
| 211 | This is my dictionary, okay. | 这是我的词典,好吗? |
| 212 | And the word I selected was enormous, okay, enormous, | 我选的词是巨大的,好的,巨大的, |
| 213 | which means very big, okay. | 这意味着非常大,好吧。 |
| 214 | So again, it means very big. | 因此,它意味着非常大。 |
| 215 | That's the definition I found in the dictionary, correct. | 这是我在字典中找到的定义,没错。 |
| 216 | Now, what's going to happen is I'm going to | 现在,会发生什么 我要 |
| 217 | look at the dictionary sentence example, okay. | 看字典的句子,好吗? |
| 218 | I'm going to look for the dictionary sentence example | 我要找字典句子的例子 |
| 219 | and let's say the dictionary says | 假设字典上说 |
| 220 | the building is enormous, okay. | 大楼是巨大的,好吗。 |
| 221 | The building is enormous. | 这座建筑是巨大的。 |
| 222 | That's the pattern that the dictionary uses. | 这就是词典所用的模式. |
| 223 | The building is enormous. | 这座建筑是巨大的。 |
| 224 | Now, what I'm going to do is think about my life | 现在,我要做的是 想想我的生活 |
| 225 | and I'm going to write my own sentence. | 我要自己写句子 |
| 226 | So you're going to write your sentence. | 所以你要写你的句子。 |
| 227 | So your sentence, which is my sentence right now, | 所以,你的句子,这是我现在的句子, |
| 228 | is going to be ah, maybe my school. | 也许是我的学校 |
| 229 | So I can say my university is enormous. | 所以我可以说我的大学是巨大的。 |
| 230 | So what happened? | 发生什么事了? |
| 231 | I changed this part right here. | 我在这里改变了这个部分。 |
| 232 | So instead of the building, I put my university. | 所以,代替建筑, 我把我的大学。 |
| 233 | But everything else is the same. | 但其他一切如来. |
| 234 | This is what you're going to do for the apply step | 这就是你要做的 申请步骤 |
| 235 | in this formula, okay. | 在这个公式,好吧。 |
| 236 | Let's keep going. | 让我们继续前进。 |
| 237 | Now, the last thing for the breakdown is the review step. | 现在,最后一件事是审查步骤。 |
| 238 | The final step in the breakdown method | 分解方法的最后一步 |
| 239 | is to review all of the previous steps | 将审查所有先前的步骤 |
| 240 | and see which step you need to practice more. | 看看你需要多练习哪个步骤 |
| 241 | So remember, it's a 16-day cycle, all right. | 所以记住,这是16天的周期,好吧。 |
| 242 | Now, this 16-day cycle has many different columns, | 现在,这个16天周期有很多不同的栏目, |
| 243 | but on the 16th day, you're going to review | 但是在第16天,你会去审查 |
| 244 | all of the 42 words you learned on the previous 15 days. | 你之前15天学到的42个字 |
| 245 | Now, don't worry, I'm going to explain | 别担心,我会解释的 |
| 246 | exactly how to do this. | 如何做到这一点。 |
| 247 | So let's look at it in more detail. | 故更详观之. |
| 248 | Once again, the final step in the breakdown method | 再一次,分解方法的最后一步 |
| 249 | is to review all of the previous steps | 将审查所有先前的步骤 |
| 250 | and see which step you need to practice more. | 看看你需要多练习哪个步骤 |
| 251 | So let's jump in, here we go. | 所以,让我们跳进来,我们走了。 |
| 252 | So the first thing we need to do, | 所以,我们首先要做的是, |
| 253 | let's put our timer right here. | 我们把计时器放在这里 |
| 254 | So we have our little clock right here. | 我们的小钟就在这里 |
| 255 | This is our timer, our bell, okay. | 这是我们的计时器,我们的钟,好吧。 |
| 256 | So you're going to find a timer. | 所以,你会找到一个定时器。 |
| 257 | And what you're going to do is, | 你接下来要做的是 |
| 258 | you're going to set a five-minute timer. | 你要设定五分钟的计时器 |
| 259 | This is very important. | 这很重要。 |
| 260 | Only five minutes, set a five-minute timer | 就五分钟,定五分钟计时器 |
| 261 | for the review time, okay, it's very important. | 对审查时间来说 这很重要 |
| 262 | Remember, you've been practicing these words for 15 days, | 记住,你已经练习了15天了 |
| 263 | so you should be able to bring them to mind very quickly. | 所以,你应该能够 让他们很快地想到。 |
| 264 | All right, so what you're going to do next is, | 好吧,你接下来要做的是, |
| 265 | remember there was a 15-day period for the review day, okay. | 记得审查日有15天时间 |
| 266 | So let's just do it real quick like this, okay. | 所以,让我们做真正的快速 这样,好吗。 |
| 267 | Let's just kind of do a small sketch. | 让我们做一个小的草图。 |
| 268 | So there's a 15-day period, | 所以有15天的时间 |
| 269 | and during that period you had different flashcards. | 在那段时间里,你有不同的闪卡。 |
| 270 | So we had a word flashcard, | 所以我们有一个字卡, |
| 271 | remember we had the word flashcard that we made, | 记得我们有闪存卡 |
| 272 | and we also had image flashcards that we made. | 我们还有我们制作的图像闪卡 |
| 273 | Okay, so what's going to happen is, | 好吧 接下来会发生什么 |
| 274 | you need to review both within the five-minute time period. | 您必须在5分钟内对两者进行审查。 |
| 275 | Now it seems like a short period of time to review 42 words, | 现在看来是短暂的42个字 |
| 276 | but remember, your brain is amazing. | 但记住,你的大脑是惊人的。 |
| 277 | You've been using and reviewing these words | 你一直用这些话来评论 |
| 278 | for a 15-day period. | 为期15天。 |
| 279 | So that means you actually will know more than you realize. | 这意味着你实际上会知道更多 比你意识到。 |
| 280 | But what's going to happen is, | 但接下来会发生什么? |
| 281 | during this five-minute period you need to go very quickly, | 在这五分钟的时间里,你需要非常快地去, |
| 282 | and there may be some words that you get wrong. | 可能有些话你错了 |
| 283 | If there are words that you get wrong, | 如果你有错的话 |
| 284 | that just means you need to review them again. | 也就是说你需要重新审视一下 |
| 285 | So what's going to happen is, | 接下来会发生什么? |
| 286 | you're going to have a separate pile. | 你会有一个单独的堆。 |
| 287 | This is the review again pile. | 这又是一个评论堆。 |
| 288 | So what you're going to do is, | 所以,你将要做的是, |
| 289 | if you get any wrong, | 如果你搞错了 |
| 290 | put them in the review again pile. | 把它们放进审查堆里 |
| 291 | And what's important is, | 重要的是, |
| 292 | what you're going to do is, | 你会做的是, |
| 293 | when you start the next cycle, | 当你开始下一个循环, |
| 294 | you're going to go over them every other day | 你每隔一天就要翻过他们 |
| 295 | until you feel comfortable | 直到你觉得舒服 |
| 296 | and you feel like you know them well, okay? | 你觉得你很了解他们 好吗? |
| 297 | This is the review step, okay? | 这是检讨步骤,好吗? |
| 298 | Okay, great job. | 好吧,伟大的工作。 |
| 299 | Now, I've created the actual formula and spreadsheet | 现在,我创建了真正的公式和电子表格 |
| 300 | that you will need to do this and put this into action. | 需要你做到这一点 并将其付诸行动。 |
| 301 | The 1,000 Vocabulary Words Plan is a free download | 千字典计划是免费下载的 |
| 302 | that I created just for you. | 我为你创造的。 |
| 303 | So if you want to download it, | 如果你想下载它, |
| 304 | 去说英语和tiffani.com | |
| 305 | slash 1,000 vocabulary words. | 斜切1000个词汇. |
| 306 | Again, it's totally free and you can use it | 再说一次,它完全免费,你可以用它 |
| 307 | to learn and use 1,000 English vocabulary words. | 学习和使用1000个英语词汇。 |
| 308 | Also, remember to watch my next English video lesson | 还有,记得看我的下一个英文视频课 |
| 309 | that you can see on the left side of your screen. | 您可以在屏幕左侧看到。 |
| 310 | Until then, keep studying English | 在那之前,继续学习英语 |
| 311 | and I'll talk to you again soon. | 我很快会再跟你谈 |
该视频共有字幕 312 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P4 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p04 3. 3. 用英语思考和说话 如何用流利的英语谈论日常生活 3-THINK AND SPEAK IN ENGLISH How To Talk (P4)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p04 3. 3. 用英语思考和说话 如何用流利的英语谈论日常生活 3-THINK AND SPEAK IN ENGLISH How To Talk (P4)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 26:05字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, in today's lesson, I am going to teach you how to finally think and speak in English. | 嘿,在今天的课上,我要教你 如何最终思考和讲英语。 |
| 0:07 | I'm going to explain the connection, give you a simple formula that will help you | 我来解释一下联系,给你一个简单的公式,帮助你 |
| 0:12 | finally start speaking like a native English speaker. | 终于开始像英语母语一样说话。 |
| 0:17 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:18 | Well then I am teacher Tiffany. | 那我就是蒂芬尼老师了 |
| 0:20 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 0:22 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 0:23 | So the first thing you have to understand is the five W's method. | 所以,首先你必须理解的是五W的方法. |
| 0:28 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 0:28 | We must first start off by thinking in English using the five W's who, what, | 我们首先要用英语来思考 使用五W的 |
展开字幕全文（461 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, in today's lesson, I am going to teach you how to finally think and speak in English. | 嘿,在今天的课上,我要教你 如何最终思考和讲英语。 |
| 2 | I'm going to explain the connection, give you a simple formula that will help you | 我来解释一下联系,给你一个简单的公式,帮助你 |
| 3 | finally start speaking like a native English speaker. | 终于开始像英语母语一样说话。 |
| 4 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 5 | Well then I am teacher Tiffany. | 那我就是蒂芬尼老师了 |
| 6 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 7 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 8 | So the first thing you have to understand is the five W's method. | 所以,首先你必须理解的是五W的方法. |
| 9 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 10 | We must first start off by thinking in English using the five W's who, what, | 我们首先要用英语来思考 使用五W的 |
| 11 | when, where, and why. | 什么时候,哪里,为什么。 |
| 12 | So let's say we're talking about our daily life and we're going to | 因此,让我们假设我们谈论 我们的日常生活,我们要去 |
| 13 | start with our morning routine. | 从我们早上开始 |
| 14 | Look at this man. | 看看这个人 |
| 15 | He's working out hard, but we want to describe what he's doing. | 他在努力工作 但我们想描述他在做什么 |
| 16 | Like a native English speaker. | 像一个母语的英语。 |
| 17 | So we must think in English. | 所以,我们必须用英语思考。 |
| 18 | Who is he? | 他是谁? |
| 19 | His name is Mike. | 他叫麦克 |
| 20 | He's 50 years old. | 享年50岁. |
| 21 | What is Mike doing? | 迈克在干什么? |
| 22 | Mike is working out hard when at 6 AM every morning, where at a large gym, | 麦克每天早上六点 在一个大型健身房里 努力工作 |
| 23 | not too far from his house and why he learned the importance of discipline from | 离他家不远 为什么他从他那里学到了纪律的重要性 |
| 24 | working on a farm and the importance of staying in shape from his military | 在农场工作 和保持身材的重要性 从他的军队 |
| 25 | ưμ㼯A | |
| 26 | So again, what have we done? | 再说一遍,我们做了什么? |
| 27 | We have thought in English, we saw what was happening. | 我们用英语思考过,我们看到正在发生的事情。 |
| 28 | This man was building muscles and he does it every morning. | 这个人每天早上都在锻炼肌肉 |
| 29 | This is his morning routine and we use the five W's. | 这是他早上的例行公事 我们用五W |
| 30 | So now how do we speak in English about his morning routine? | 那么,现在我们如何用英语谈论 他的早晨例行公事? |
| 31 | So once again, we have the five W's here, organized who, what, when, where, and | 再说一遍 我们有五个W在这里 组织谁 何时何地 |
| 32 | why, which will lead us to speaking about his morning routine. | 为什么,这将导致我们谈论 他的早晨例行公事。 |
| 33 | Watch this read along with me. | 跟我一起看这个 |
| 34 | I am 50 years old, but I still work out hard at 6 AM every morning. | 我50岁了 但我每天早上六点仍然很努力工作 |
| 35 | I usually exercise at a large gym, not too far from my house. | 我通常在大型健身房锻炼 离我家不远 |
| 36 | People always say my consistency is impressive. | 人们总是说我的一贯性令人印象深刻. |
| 37 | Honestly, I learned the importance of discipline from working on a farm and | 老实说,我在农场工作的时候 学会了纪律的重要性 |
| 38 | importance of staying in shape from my time in the military. | 从我当兵时代起就保持原形 |
| 39 | You see what just happened, right? | 你看刚刚发生了什么,对不对? |
| 40 | Using the five W's we thought about his morning routine and then we were able to | 利用五W 我们考虑过他早上的例行公事 然后我们得以 |
| 41 | speak, think, and then speak. | 说话,思考,然后说话。 |
| 42 | Now I want to break down some of the words, some of the vocabulary words within | 现在我想分解一些词,一些词汇 |
| 43 | this speaking portion, but I want to remind you to use the five W's to talk | 不过我想提醒你用五W来说话 |
| 44 | about your own morning routine. | 关于你自己的早晨常规。 |
| 45 | Now I see a word in here that maybe you don't know. | 我在这里看到一个字,也许你不知道。 |
| 46 | The first word is consistency. | 第一个词是一致性。 |
| 47 | Good. | 不错 |
| 48 | After me again, consistency. | 再来一次 一致 |
| 49 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 50 | Now the word consistency just means the quality of always behaving or performing | 现在,"一致性"这个词只是意味着 质量总是行为或表演 |
| 51 | in a similar way or of always happening in a similar way. | 或总是以类似的方式发生。 |
| 52 | So let me explain something to you really quickly about this word. | 所以,让我给你解释一下这个词。 |
| 53 | Remember who I am, your English teacher, right? | 记得我是谁吗,你的英语老师? |
| 54 | So every Sunday I make it a point to upload an English lesson Sundays | 所以每个星期天我都要上英文课 |
| 55 | at 8 AM Eastern, right? | 在东部早上8点,对不对? |
| 56 | So I want to do it on a regular basis. | 故欲常修习. |
| 57 | My behavior, my pattern is uploading English lessons for you on Sundays. | 我的行为模式是星期天上传英文课 |
| 58 | So I am trying to practice consistency. | 因此,我努力做到连贯一致。 |
| 59 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 60 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 61 | You got it. | 没问题 |
| 62 | Now, maybe you have a little bit of trouble with the pronunciation. | 现在,也许你对读音有点问题。 |
| 63 | I want to remind you to download the English with Tiffany app within the app. | 我想提醒你用Tiffany的应用程序下载英文 |
| 64 | There are many lessons and courses, but I have a specific course on | 有很多课程和课程,但我有一个具体的课程 |
| 65 | pronunciation that will help you. | 发音会帮助你 |
| 66 | So you can download that course. | 所以你可以下载课程。 |
| 67 | Uh, you can download the app. | 呃,你可以下载应用程序。 |
| 68 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 69 | So consistency. | 如此连贯. |
| 70 | Now let's go back again and look at what was said. | 现在让我们再看看刚才说的话 |
| 71 | The next word was impressive. | 下一个词令人印象深刻。 |
| 72 | Impressive. | 厉害 |
| 73 | So after me, impressive. | 所以,在我之后,令人印象深刻。 |
| 74 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 75 | Again, impressive. | 再一次,令人印象深刻。 |
| 76 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 77 | Now this word impressive is also very important. | 现在这个词令人印象深刻也是非常重要的. |
| 78 | If an object or achievement is impressive, you admire or respect it. | 如果一个物体或成就令人印象深刻,你欣赏或尊重它. |
| 79 | Usually because it is special, important, or very large. | 通常因为它是特殊的,重要的,或者非常大的. |
| 80 | So for example, me, when I think about you as a student, as an English | 举个例子,我当你是学生,是英国人 |
| 81 | learner, learning a second language or a third language, and for many of you, | 学习者,学习第二语言或第三语言,对你们许多人来说, |
| 82 | a fourth language, English is not your mother tongue. | 第四语言,英语不是母语。 |
| 83 | I am impressed. | 我很惊讶。 |
| 84 | Your abilities are impressive. | 你的能力令人印象深刻。 |
| 85 | Why you are learning another language. | 为什么你要学另一种语言。 |
| 86 | You are so intelligent. | 你真聪明 |
| 87 | So that's an achievement. | 因此,这是一个成就。 |
| 88 | You are very impressive. | 你真厉害 |
| 89 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 90 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 91 | So again, we said that Mike's morning routine is impressive. | 再说一遍,我们说迈克的早间节目很精彩 |
| 92 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 93 | Now there's another one that I want us to look at very quickly. | 现在还有一个,我要我们迅速看。 |
| 94 | The other one was discipline again, discipline. | 另一个又是纪律,纪律。 |
| 95 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 96 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 97 | Now what does the word discipline actually mean? | 纪律这个词到底是什么意思? |
| 98 | It's the ability to control yourself or other people, even in difficult situations. | 这是控制自己或其他人的能力,即使是在困难的情况下. |
| 99 | So maybe your favorite dessert is ice cream. | 所以也许你最喜欢的甜点是冰淇淋 |
| 100 | When you see the ice cream, you want to eat it all, but you're on a diet. | 见冰 cream时,欲尽食之,但以饮食为食. |
| 101 | You're trying to lose weight. | 你想减肥 |
| 102 | So you have to be disciplined. | 故须严戒. |
| 103 | You have to control yourself from eating all of the ice cream. | 你必须控制自己 吃所有的冰淇淋。 |
| 104 | It makes sense, right? | 有道理,对吧? |
| 105 | In English, we say discipline. | 在英语中,我们说纪律。 |
| 106 | Are you a very disciplined person? | 你是纪律严明的人吗? |
| 107 | Let us know in the comment section. | 在评论部分告诉我们。 |
| 108 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 109 | So we have discipline now, once again, looking at what was said | 所以,我们现在有纪律了,再次, 看人们说什么 |
| 110 | to describe his morning routine. | 描述他早上的习惯 |
| 111 | We have all of the information and we're able to speak about his morning | 我们掌握了所有的信息,我们可以谈论他的早晨 |
| 112 | routine because we first thought about his morning routine using the five | 例行公事,因为我们第一次想到 他的早晨例行公事 用五 |
| 113 | W's who, what, when, where, and why. | W是谁,什么,什么时候,哪里,为什么。 |
| 114 | Now, before we move to the afternoon routine, I want you in the comment | 现在,在我们开始下午的例行活动之前,我要你发表评论 |
| 115 | section to write about your personal morning routine. | 写你个人早上的节目 |
| 116 | Now remember again, using the thought section, thinking in English, you must | 现在记住,用思想部分,用英语思考, 你必须 |
| 117 | first again, say who, what, when, where, and why, so let us know about your | 再说一遍,说谁,什么,何时,何地,为何,让我们知道你们 |
| 118 | morning routine in the comment section. | 评论部分的早晨例行公事。 |
| 119 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 120 | Let's move on to the afternoon routine. | 继续下午的例行公事 |
| 121 | Again, you're going to notice this pattern. | 再说一遍,你会注意到这个模式的 |
| 122 | Think, speak, think, speak, think using the five W's, and then you'll be | 想想,说,说,说,想 用五W's,然后你会 |
| 123 | able to speak fluently in English. | 能够流利地说英语。 |
| 124 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 125 | Afternoon routine. | 下午的例行公事。 |
| 126 | Let's look at this afternoon routine. | 让我们看看今天下午的例行公事 |
| 127 | Maybe you're at work and you have to have lots of meetings with your coworkers. | 也许你在工作 和很多会议 与你的同事。 |
| 128 | So who my team members and I, we are web designers. | 所以,我和我的团队成员, 我们是网络设计师。 |
| 129 | What? | 你说什么? |
| 130 | Go to a team meeting in the afternoon when around 2 PM in the afternoon, where | 下午两点左右去参加小组会议 |
| 131 | in the big conference room down the hall from my office, why to discuss how we | 在大厅下面的大会议室 从我的办公室, 为什么讨论我们如何 |
| 132 | will create all of the images, layouts, and videos for a new corporate website. | 将为一个新的公司网站创建所有图像、布局和视频。 |
| 133 | So once again, what did we do? | 再说一遍,我们做了什么? |
| 134 | We thought about the afternoon routine, who, what, when, where, and why we are | 我们想了下午的例行公事, 谁,什么,什么时候,哪里,为什么我们是 |
| 135 | organizing our thoughts about this period of time, you can do it for any situation. | 组织我们对这一时期的思考,你可以为任何情况做. |
| 136 | Now we've thought about it again. | 现在我们又考虑过了 |
| 137 | We have the five W's very clearly broken down for the afternoon routine. | 我们有五W的非常清晰的破解 为下午的常规。 |
| 138 | So how would we now speak about the afternoon routine? | 那么,我们如何谈论下午的例行公事? |
| 139 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 140 | This is how we would say all of that information. | 这就是我们如何 说所有这些信息。 |
| 141 | I am a web designer and I work with a great team. | 我是一个网络设计师 我与一个伟大的团队合作。 |
| 142 | Got it. | 明白吗? |
| 143 | Almost every day we have a team meeting at around 2 PM in the afternoon. | 我们几乎每天都在下午2点左右举行小组会议。 |
| 144 | Got it. | 明白吗? |
| 145 | When our team meetings are in the big conference room down the hall from my | 当我们的团队会议 在大厅下方的大会议室 从我 |
| 146 | office, got it, where we meet to discuss how we will create all of the images, | 办公室,得到了它, 我们在那里开会讨论 我们将如何创建所有图像, |
| 147 | layouts, and videos for a new corporate website. | 新的公司网站的布局和视频。 |
| 148 | Got it. | 明白吗? |
| 149 | I explained why. | 我解释了原因 |
| 150 | So because we thought about our afternoon routine, five W's, we were able | 所以,由于我们想 我们的下午常规, 五W's,我们做到了 |
| 151 | to speak fluently in English about our afternoon routines. | 用英语流利地说我们下午的例行公事 |
| 152 | Again, think and speak simple formula, use the five W's and bow. | 复次,思考并说简单的公式,使用五W和弓. |
| 153 | You'll start sounding like a native English speaker. | 你会开始听起来像 一个母语英语。 |
| 154 | Now within our answer, there are about three things that I want to explain to you. | 在我们的回答中,有三件事我想向你解释。 |
| 155 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 156 | I want to explain the first one. | 我想解释第一个 |
| 157 | The first one is at around. | 第一个在附近。 |
| 158 | Let me take this off the screen very quickly at around. | 让我把这个从屏幕上拿下来 在周围很快。 |
| 159 | Now this means near or close to approximately, and it usually refers to a | 现在这意味着接近或接近, 它通常是指一个 |
| 160 | numerical value or point in time. | 数值或时间点。 |
| 161 | So for example, let's say you're going to have a party, you're going to have a | 比如说,你要开派对 |
| 162 | party, all right, so you're going to have a party, right? | 派对,好吧,所以你会有一个聚会,对不对? |
| 163 | And you say, Hey guys, my party starts at 3 p.m. | 嘿,伙计们,我的派对从下午3点开始 |
| 164 | Everyone's like, okay, I'll be there. | 每个人都喜欢,好吧,我会在那里。 |
| 165 | But then one of your friends says, Oh my goodness, I have to work that day. | 但你的一个朋友说,我的天啊,我必须工作那天。 |
| 166 | And I get off at 3 p.m., but I'll rush there. | 我下午3点下车 但我会赶到那里 |
| 167 | And I think I can get there at around 3 45. | 我想我可以在3点45分到达那里。 |
| 168 | It means approximately. | 意思是大约 |
| 169 | I'm going to try to get there at that time in English we use at around. | 我会试着在那个时候到达那里 我们使用的英语左右。 |
| 170 | So again, look at how we used it in this situation. | 再说一遍,看看我们是如何在这样的情况下使用它。 |
| 171 | We said we have a team meeting at around 2 p.m., meaning approximately | 我们说下午2点左右有个小组会议,意思是大约 |
| 172 | makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 173 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 174 | Now what about down the hall from, I said down the hall from now, this is | 现在,从下大厅,我说 从现在大厅,这是 |
| 175 | also something we use on a regular basis. | 我们经常使用的东西。 |
| 176 | So down the hall from means it specifies a location along the hall. | 所以在大厅下面 上面写着沿着大厅的位置 |
| 177 | 碞钩加妓 Τ hallway | |
| 178 | So down the hall from means you're talking about a | 所以在大厅里 你说的是 |
| 179 | certain place along the hallway. | 沿着走廊的某个地方 |
| 180 | It means further along the hall from a specific location. | 这意味着从特定地点沿着大厅走得更远. |
| 181 | I'm in this spot, but it's further down from me. | 我在这里,但它离我更远。 |
| 182 | It's down the hall from dot, dot, dot. | 下堂从点,点,点. |
| 183 | So my office is down the hall from my boss's office. | 我的办公室在我老板办公室的大厅里 |
| 184 | The bathroom is down the hall from the conference room. | 洗手间从会议室到大厅 |
| 185 | You see what's happening, right? | 你看发生了什么,对不对? |
| 186 | You're telling where something is in relation to something else. | 你在说与别的东西有什么关系 |
| 187 | In English, we say down the hall from. | 用英语来说,我们说在大厅下面。 |
| 188 | So in this example, speaking about his afternoon routine, her afternoon | 所以在这个例子中,谈到他的下午常规,她的下午 |
| 189 | routine, we said our meetings are in the big conference room, down | 例行,我们说我们的会议 在大会议室,下来 |
| 190 | the hall from my office makes sense. | 我办公室的大厅很合理 |
| 191 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 192 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 193 | Now there was one more that I wanted to explain. | 现在还有一个我想解释。 |
| 194 | It was corporate corporate. | 这是公司。 |
| 195 | Now, again, after me for pronunciation corporate. | 现在,再次,我后面的发音公司。 |
| 196 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 197 | Now we saw how we use this. | 现在我们看到了我们如何使用这个。 |
| 198 | We said the last sentence we need to discuss how we will create all of the | 我们说到最后一句 我们需要讨论我们如何创造所有 |
| 199 | images, layouts, and videos for a new corporate website. | 新公司网站的图像、布局和视频。 |
| 200 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 201 | So what does corporate mean? | 那么,企业是什么意思? |
| 202 | Corporate actually means relating to a large company. | 公司实际上是指一个大公司。 |
| 203 | So think about Apple. | 所以考虑一下苹果 |
| 204 | I love Apple computers. | 我喜欢苹果电脑 |
| 205 | I love Apple products. | 我喜欢苹果产品 |
| 206 | Apple is a huge company. | 苹果是一个巨大的公司。 |
| 207 | Now the main office could be referred to as the corporate | 现在,主要办公室可以称为公司 |
| 208 | office or the headquarters. | 办公室或总部。 |
| 209 | So corporate just refers to a large company. | 所以公司只是指一个大公司。 |
| 210 | So when we explained the afternoon routine, we said they meet to | 所以当我们解释下午的例行公事时 我们说他们见面 |
| 211 | what they're going to do for the large company website or the corporate website. | 他们要为大公司网站或公司网站做些什么 |
| 212 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 213 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 214 | So now we understand corporate. | 现在我们了解公司了 |
| 215 | So again, we were able to speak about the afternoon routine, like a | 再说一遍,下午的例行公事,就像 |
| 216 | native English speaker very fluently, simply because we first thought about it | 说英语的人非常流利,只是因为我们首先想到 |
| 217 | in English one more time, who, what, when, where, and why all of these | 再说一次,谁,什么,何时,何地,为什么所有这些 |
| 218 | pieces of information were included in our response when we spoke | 我们说话时,我们的答复中包含了一些信息 |
| 219 | about the afternoon routine. | 关于下午的常规。 |
| 220 | So what about the evening routine? | 那晚上的例行公事怎么办? |
| 221 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 222 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 223 | Evening routine. | 晚间例行公事. |
| 224 | Maybe you enjoy hanging out with your friends. | 也许你喜欢和你的朋友一起玩 |
| 225 | So we have to start with again, the who my closest friends and I, they're | 因此,我们必须重新开始, 谁我最亲密的朋友和我,他们是 |
| 226 | my elementary school friends. | 我的小学朋友 |
| 227 | What we go out to eat. | 我们出去吃什么 |
| 228 | When every Thursday at seven PM where popular restaurants in our area. | 每周四下午七点 我们地区流行的餐馆 |
| 229 | Why we are all foodies and we enjoy spending time with each other after work. | 为什么我们都是食物 我们喜欢下班后在一起 |
| 230 | Now I want to pause really quickly and emphasize something again, this phase, | 现在我想暂停一下,再强调一件事, 这个阶段, |
| 231 | this step, this stage is very simple. | 这个步骤,这个阶段非常简单。 |
| 232 | It doesn't matter what level you are in English. | 你讲英语的级别不重要 |
| 233 | You can think of who you were with, what you did very simply, where you were, | 你可以想到你和谁在一起, 你做的非常简单,你在哪里, |
| 234 | why, and when again, the thinking portion is simple, breaking it down | 为什么,而当再次, 思维部分很简单, 打破它 |
| 235 | using the five W's right now. | 使用5W的现在。 |
| 236 | We have everything that you do in the evening with your friends having a | 我们有你晚上做的一切 你的朋友有一个 |
| 237 | great time. | 伟大的时间。 |
| 238 | Now we need to speak in English about your evening routine. | 现在我们需要用英语谈谈你晚上的例行公事 |
| 239 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 240 | Evening routine using all of the information we gathered from the five W's. | 利用我们从五W那里收集的所有信息 |
| 241 | My closest friends and I have known each other since elementary school. | 我最亲密的朋友和我从小学就认识了 |
| 242 | Usually we try to hang out every Thursday at seven PM. | 通常我们每周四晚上七点出去玩 |
| 243 | We go out to eat at popular restaurants in our area because we are all foodies. | 我们出门去我们地区流行的餐厅吃饭,因为我们都是食物。 |
| 244 | But more importantly, we truly enjoy spending time with each other after work. | 但更重要的是,我们真正享受下班后彼此相处的时间。 |
| 245 | Now, you know how natural that sounded, right? | 你知道这听起来有多自然吧? |
| 246 | But look, I just use the five W's and you can do the same thing to sound | 但你看,我只是用五W的 你可以做同样的事情来发出声音 |
| 247 | like a native English speaker. | 像一个母语英语。 |
| 248 | Now there are a few words and expressions that I'd like to go over with you. | 现在有一些话和表达,我想和你们一起来。 |
| 249 | The first one is hang out after me, hang out. | 第一个是跟着我,挂出。 |
| 250 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 251 | Now let me explain what hangout actually means. | 现在让我解释一下 宿醉到底意味着什么 |
| 252 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 253 | It means to spend time relaxing or socializing informally, or to spend a lot | 意思是花时间放松或非正式社交 或花费很多 |
| 254 | of time in a place or with someone. | 时间在一个地方或与某人。 |
| 255 | Hey, spend time with your friends at a restaurant. | 嘿,和你朋友在餐厅呆着 |
| 256 | I used to enjoy cooking for my friends when I lived in South Korea. | 曾在韩国居住时为朋友做饭, |
| 257 | I loved it. | 我喜欢它。 |
| 258 | And I would invite them over and we would hang out, spend time together. | 我会邀请他们过来 我们一起玩玩 |
| 259 | So in the comment section, I want you to tell us where do you like to hang out? | 因此,在评论部分,我要你告诉我们 你喜欢在哪里挂出? |
| 260 | Do you like to hang out at the mall at your friend's house? | 你喜欢去你朋友家的商场玩吗? |
| 261 | Maybe you like to go to a cafe. | 也许你喜欢去咖啡馆。 |
| 262 | Where do you like to hang out? | 你喜欢去哪里玩? |
| 263 | Let us know in the chat section. | 在聊天部分告诉我们。 |
| 264 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 265 | So we say hang out in English. | 所以,我们说挂出英语。 |
| 266 | So again, looking at it, what do we see? | 所以,再次,看着它,我们看到了什么? |
| 267 | We, my closest friends and I usually try to hang out every Thursday at 7 p.m. | 我们,我最亲密的朋友和我 通常尝试每周四晚上7点出去玩 |
| 268 | Now I want us to look at the next one, go out to eat. | 现在我要我们看看下一个 出去吃饭 |
| 269 | You may have heard this one or you may not have. | 你可能已经听到这个 或者你可能没有。 |
| 270 | This just means again, to eat at a restaurant or away from one's home. | 这仅仅意味着再次, 在餐厅吃 或远离一个人的家。 |
| 271 | So I mentioned earlier that I love cooking, but sometimes it's | 所以我早些时候提到我喜欢做饭,但有时候 |
| 272 | nice to go to a restaurant to let somebody else cook for me, to let | 很高兴去餐厅 让别人帮我做饭 |
| 273 | somebody else cook for myself and my friends. | 别人为我和我的朋友做饭 |
| 274 | So we go out. | 我们出去吧 |
| 275 | We're not inside. | 我们不在里面。 |
| 276 | We go out to eat. | 我们出去吃饭。 |
| 277 | Let us know in the chat section, where do you like to go out to eat? | 在聊天部分告诉我们, 你喜欢去哪里吃饭? |
| 278 | Maybe in your country, there are some amazing restaurants. | 也许在你的国家,有一些惊人的餐馆。 |
| 279 | Where do you like to go out to eat? | 你喜欢去哪里吃饭? |
| 280 | I love going to Indian restaurants. | 我喜欢去印度餐馆 |
| 281 | As you all know, I love Indian food and Mexican food as well. | 你们都知道,我也喜欢印度菜和墨西哥菜 |
| 282 | So we say, go out to eat in English. | 所以我们说,出去吃英语。 |
| 283 | And again, we saw, we said, go out to eat at popular restaurants. | 再说一遍,我们看到,我们说, 出去在流行的餐馆吃饭。 |
| 284 | Now the last one I want to explain is a popular one. | 现在我想解释的最后一个是流行的。 |
| 285 | Foodie. | 饭食. |
| 286 | You got it. | 没问题 |
| 287 | F sound front teeth, bottom lip after me. | F声前牙,下唇紧跟着我. |
| 288 | Foodie. | 饭食. |
| 289 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 290 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 291 | Now let me explain what a foodie is. | 现在让我解释一下食物是什么 |
| 292 | A foodie is a person with a particular interest in food or a person who loves a | 食物是指对食物有特别兴趣的人或爱食物的人。 |
| 293 | food and is very interested in different types of food. | 食物,对不同类型的食物非常感兴趣. |
| 294 | Yes. | 对 |
| 295 | I consider myself to be a foodie. | 我觉得自己是个美食家 |
| 296 | I love so many different types of food. | 我喜欢很多不同种类的食物。 |
| 297 | I love Indian. | 我爱印度人 |
| 298 | I love Haitian. | 我爱海地人 |
| 299 | I love Mexican. | 我爱墨西哥人。 |
| 300 | I love Mediterranean because the food is delicious. | 我喜欢地中海 因为食物很美味 |
| 301 | So I consider myself to be a foodie because I'm so interested in food. | 所以我觉得自己是个美食家 因为我对美食很感兴趣 |
| 302 | Maybe you're a foodie as well. | 也许你也是个美食家 |
| 303 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 304 | So we say foodie in English and we explained that my friends and I are foodies. | 所以我们用英语说食物,我们解释 我的朋友和我是食物。 |
| 305 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 306 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 307 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 308 | So again, what we did was we were able to explain, talk about, speak English | 再说一遍,我们所做的就是 能够解释,谈论,说英语 |
| 309 | fluently about my or your, or their evening routine, simply, simply because | 流利地谈论我或你 或他们的晚间例行公事 仅仅是因为 |
| 310 | we first thought about it in English, who, what, when, where, and why. | 我们首先用英语思考, 谁,什么,何时,哪里,为什么。 |
| 311 | And then we were able to give the response like a native English speaker. | 然后,我们像英语母语一样做出了回应。 |
| 312 | Now, honestly, I hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 现在,说实话,我希望你享受这个教训。 |
| 313 | I hope you learned a lot and I hope you put this into practice. | 我希望你学到很多东西 我希望你能把它付诸实践 |
| 314 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 315 | I want to encourage you. | 我想鼓励你。 |
| 316 | All you have to do is think in English, like a native English speaker using the | 你只需要用英语思考 就像一个母语的英语使用者 |
| 317 | five W's and then you'll be able to speak like a native English speaker. | 5W's,然后你可以说话 像一个母语英语。 |
| 318 | Thank you so much for giving me the opportunity to help you and to teach | 非常感谢你给我机会 帮助你和教书 |
| 319 | you and guide you along your way. | 带路 |
| 320 | Don't forget to download the English with Tiffany app. | 别忘了用Tiffany的应用下载英文. |
| 321 | You'll find more courses on pronunciation and many other things to help you along | 你会找到更多关于读音的课程 和许多其他东西来帮助你 |
| 322 | your English journey. | 你的英国之旅 |
| 323 | Click the link right in the description. | 在描述中单击右侧的链接。 |
| 324 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 325 | I'll see you next week, but as always, remember to speak English. | 下周见,但一如既往 记得会说英语 |
| 326 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 327 | Hi, I know you are, and you know what time it is. | 嗨 我知道你是 你知道现在几点了 |
| 328 | Come on and join me. | 来吧,加入我。 |
| 329 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 330 | Hey, I said it's story time. | 嘿,我说这是故事的时间。 |
| 331 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 332 | Today's story is about food. | 今之故事,乃论食. |
| 333 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 334 | I explained earlier in the lesson that I am a foodie. | 我之前在教训中解释过 我是个美食家 |
| 335 | I love food and I have a friend who is also a foodie and we actually became | 我爱食物,我有一个朋友 也是一个食物,我们真的变成了 |
| 336 | close friends because of that. | 亲密的朋友,因为这个。 |
| 337 | So let me explain what happened. | 让我解释一下发生了什么。 |
| 338 | So I had been in Korea for about eight years and I came home just for a short | 所以我在韩国已经八年了 我回家只是短暂的 |
| 339 | break and I was going to go back to South Korea to finish my last year and a half | 我打算回韩国完成我的最后一年半 |
| 340 | there. | 这里 |
| 341 | Now, when I was going back, I was told by the office, like the head office, that | 现在,当我回去的时候, 我被办公室告诉我, 像总部, |
| 342 | they were going to place me at a new school, a school I had never been to. | 他们打算把我安置在一所新学校 一所我从未去过的学校 |
| 343 | So I was a bit apprehensive because I didn't know anyone there and all of my | 所以我有点担心 因为我不认识那里的人 还有我所有的人 |
| 344 | roots, my Korean family members lived in Seoul. | 根,我的韩国家庭成员住在首尔。 |
| 345 | For those that know about Seoul, it's the major city in Korea. | 对于知道汉城的人来说,这是韩国的主要城市. |
| 346 | And they wanted to move me to the outskirts of the city. | 他们想把我搬到市郊 |
| 347 | Look up the word outskirts on the outside, kind of like the suburbs, but a | 看外面的郊区,有点像郊区,但是... |
| 348 | very quiet area. | 非常安静的地方。 |
| 349 | And I said, you know what? | 我说,你知道吗? |
| 350 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 351 | I prayed about it and I decided to go. | 我祈祷着,我决定走了。 |
| 352 | So when I got there, there were only, I think three or four other Korean | 所以当我到了那里,只有,我想还有三四个韩国人 |
| 353 | teachers, and I think two or three other foreign teachers like Americans or | 我想还有两三个外国教师 比如美国人 |
| 354 | native English speakers. | 母语英语。 |
| 355 | It was a very small school. | 那是个很小的学校 |
| 356 | I left the school that had 10 and another school that had 20. | 我离开有10的学校 和另一个有20的学校。 |
| 357 | So this was a very small school and in the school among the Korean teachers, | 这是一所很小的学校 在学校的韩国教师中 |
| 358 | there was one teacher and I'll say her name, Annie. | 有一个老师,我会说她的名字,安妮。 |
| 359 | She may watch this video. | 她可能会看这个视频。 |
| 360 | Her name was Annie and she seems really nice. | 她叫安妮 她看起来很好 |
| 361 | She seemed very organized and she also seemed to be a very good teacher. | 她看起来很有组织 而且她似乎也是个好老师 |
| 362 | Just from observing her when I first got there and I was like, okay, yeah, she | 只是观察她 当我刚到那里,我就像,好吧,是的,她 |
| 363 | seems basically about business and I have a person that is about business. | 似乎基本上与生意有关 我有一个关于生意的人。 |
| 364 | I take my job seriously and she seemed to be that type of person as well. | 我认真对待我的工作 她似乎也是那种人 |
| 365 | So anyways, Annie approached me one day and said, Tiffany, you know, would | 所以不管怎么样,安妮有一天来找我说,蒂芙妮,你知道的,会 |
| 366 | you mind teaching me the Bible? | 你介意教我圣经吗? |
| 367 | Now we had known each other for maybe a month. | 现在我们认识一个月了 |
| 368 | We weren't close, but we saw each other every day at work and she recognized | 我们并不亲密,但我们每天都在工作时见面 她认出了 |
| 369 | that I enjoy teaching the Bible to my students. | 我喜欢把圣经教给我的学生 |
| 370 | So I said, sure. | 所以我说,当然。 |
| 371 | Nope. | 没有 |
| 372 | No worries. | 别担心 |
| 373 | She knew I spoke Korean and she also spoke English well, but she said, Hey, I | 她知道我会说韩语 她也会说英语 但她说,嘿,我 |
| 374 | think it'll be nice to study the Bible with you in English and if I have | 跟你用英语学习圣经会很好 如果我有的话 |
| 375 | questions, I can ask you in Korean. | 我可以用韩语问你问题 |
| 376 | So sure. | 当然 |
| 377 | No problem. | 没问题 |
| 378 | So we started studying the Bible. | 于是我们开始研究圣经。 |
| 379 | We had a great time. | 我们玩得很开心 |
| 380 | She loves God. | 她爱上帝 |
| 381 | I love God. | 我爱上帝 |
| 382 | And we had great conversations. | 我们的对话很精彩 |
| 383 | So we had been studying with each other for maybe about two or three | 我们一起学习了大约两三个 |
| 384 | weeks and again, I noticed that she was a very hard worker. | 我注意到她是个很勤奋的工人 |
| 385 | I admired her work ethic, but that was the extent we didn't do anything after work. | 我钦佩她的工作道德 但这就是我们下班后 什么都没做的程度 |
| 386 | We just saw each other at work. | 我们刚在工作时见过对方 |
| 387 | Very cordial, very nice to each other. | 非常亲切,非常亲切 |
| 388 | So one day Annie approached me when we were in the staff room and said, Hey, | 所以有一天安妮来找我 当我们在员工室说,嘿, |
| 389 | Tiffany, do you want to go out to eat for lunch? | 蒂芬妮,你想出去吃午饭吗? |
| 390 | And I was like, okay, sure. | 我很喜欢,好吧,当然。 |
| 391 | You know, I was new to the area. | 你知道,我是新到的地区。 |
| 392 | Again, I'm a foodie, but she and I had never talked about food. | 再说一遍,我是个美食师,但她和我从没说过食物 |
| 393 | She said, you want to go out to lunch? | 她说,你想出去吃午饭吗? |
| 394 | I said, sure. | 我说,当然。 |
| 395 | She said, yeah, there's an Indian restaurant, not too far from here. | 她说,是的,有一个印度餐馆, 离这里不远。 |
| 396 | Now remember I told you my favorite food is Indian. | 记得我告诉过你 我最喜欢的食物是印度菜 |
| 397 | So inside I said, Oh yeah. | 所以我在心里说,是的。 |
| 398 | But outside I said, Oh, that sounds nice. | 但外面我说, 哦,这听起来不错。 |
| 399 | Now Annie knows me very well now. | 现在安妮非常了解我了 |
| 400 | So my responses are a lot different, but you know, I didn't know her that well. | 所以,我的反应很不一样, 但是你知道,我并不太了解她。 |
| 401 | And I said, Oh, okay. | 我说,哦,好吧。 |
| 402 | You know, that's nice. | 你知道,这是很好的。 |
| 403 | Let's go. | 我们走吧。 |
| 404 | I was excited. | 我很兴奋 |
| 405 | So anyways, the next day we decided and we went to the restaurant. | 总之,第二天我们决定去餐馆 |
| 406 | So we get to the restaurant and again, we're just talking great conversation. | 所以,我们到了餐厅 和再次,我们只是谈论 伟大的谈话。 |
| 407 | It was really easy to talk to her. | 跟她说话真的很容易 |
| 408 | We had great conversation and we talked about life, you know, my | 我们聊得很愉快,谈起生活 |
| 409 | experiences, her experiences, and then the food came. | 经历 她的经历 然后食物来了 |
| 410 | Now when the food came, remember I am a foodie. | 现在,当食物来了, 记住我是一个食物。 |
| 411 | I love Indian food. | 我喜欢印度菜 |
| 412 | So I know what Indian food is good and what Indian food is not good. | 所以我知道什么印度食物是好的,什么印度食物是不好的。 |
| 413 | So the plates arrived and like, there was the steam coming up from the curry. | 于是车牌就到了,像,有蒸汽 从咖喱。 |
| 414 | And then I saw the naan and I was getting excited because my nose was happy. | 然后,我看到纳恩,我变得兴奋 因为我的鼻子是快乐的。 |
| 415 | I could smell that the seasonings, they were correct. | 我闻到调料的味道,它们是正确的。 |
| 416 | Right. | 对 |
| 417 | So, but again, I was still talking to Annie and we were just talking. | 再说一遍,我还在和安妮说话,我们只是在聊天 |
| 418 | So the food came, you know, we prayed over the food. | 所以食物来了,你知道,我们祈祷食物。 |
| 419 | We, you know, kind of like wiped our hands off and I took a piece of the naan | 我们,你知道,有点像擦掉我们的手 我拿了一块纳恩 |
| 420 | and I dipped it into the curry. | 我把它浸入咖喱里 |
| 421 | And when I put it to my mouth, I said, it was y'all, it was good. | 当我把它在我的嘴, 我说,这是你们,这是很好的。 |
| 422 | And I was kind of enjoying it. | 我很喜欢它。 |
| 423 | And in that moment, I heard Annie do the same thing. | 那一刻,我听到安妮也这样做。 |
| 424 | Like this food is good. | 喜欢这种食物是好的。 |
| 425 | Now, again, a lot of the conversation was happening in Korean because we switched | 现在,再次,很多对话是用韩语进行的,因为我们换了 |
| 426 | over and we were at the restaurant. | 我们去了餐厅 |
| 427 | So I looked up and I said, this food is good. | 于是我抬头看,我说,这些食物很好吃。 |
| 428 | Isn't it? | 是吗? |
| 429 | She said, yes, this food is good. | 她说,是的,这食物很好吃 |
| 430 | And I realized, oh my goodness, she's a foodie too. | 我意识到,哦,我的上帝, 她是一个食物。 |
| 431 | Needless to say fast forward. | 无需说快速前进。 |
| 432 | Wow. | 珃 |
| 433 | Has it been four years, four years, and she's one of my closest friends. | 已经四年四年了 她是我最亲密的朋友之一 |
| 434 | We enjoyed that meal and she realized how much I love food. | 我们喜欢吃那餐 她意识到我有多爱吃 |
| 435 | And we just talked about, oh my goodness, the seasoning, the naan is good. | 我们刚刚谈到,哦,我的天啊, 调味,纳恩是好的。 |
| 436 | The curry is good. | 咖喱不错 |
| 437 | This is good. | 这是很好的。 |
| 438 | And we realized how much we loved food. | 我们意识到我们有多喜欢食物 |
| 439 | So the next week we went out to lunch again and the following week, we went out | 下个星期我们又出去吃午饭 下个星期我们出去了 |
| 440 | to lunch again and we kept going to different restaurants. | 我们继续去不同的餐厅 |
| 441 | We would make plans to go and travel. | 我们会计划去旅行 |
| 442 | We would go 45 minutes in the middle of the day to go get some delicious food | 我们白天45分钟去买好吃的食物 |
| 443 | and rush back to work for the afternoon. | 赶着回去上班过下午 |
| 444 | We loved food. | 我们爱吃的。 |
| 445 | And we bonded over food. | 我们把食物捆绑起来 |
| 446 | Of course, our love for God as well, but she became one of my closest friends | 当然,我们也爱上帝 但她成了我最亲密的朋友之一 |
| 447 | and we are still close to this day. | 我们离今天还很近 |
| 448 | All because we found out that we both were foodies. | 因为我们发现我们都是食物 |
| 449 | Now again, guys, you all know how much I enjoy food. | 再说一遍,你们都知道我有多喜欢吃东西 |
| 450 | I want to know, are you a foodie? | 我想知道 你是食物吗? |
| 451 | If you are, what's your favorite food? | 如果你是,你最喜欢的食物是什么? |
| 452 | Put it in the comment section. | 放在评论部分 |
| 453 | Annie, if you're watching, I can't wait till this pandemic is over so we can eat | 安妮,如果你在看,我等不及 这场大流行结束,我们就可以吃东西了 |
| 454 | some more good food. | 再来点好吃的食物 |
| 455 | Annie, you can come on and visit me in America. | 安妮 你可以来美国看我 |
| 456 | All right, guys, thank you so much for joining. | 好了,伙计们,非常感谢你们加入。 |
| 457 | I hope you enjoyed today's lesson. | 我希望你喜欢今天的课。 |
| 458 | Remember to think and speak in English. | 记得思考和说英语. |
| 459 | I'll talk to you next week. | 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 460 | I love you. | 我爱你 |
| 461 | And don't forget to speak English. | 别忘了说英语 |
该视频共有字幕 461 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P5 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p05 4. 4. 像母语者一样说英语 第 1 集 4-REAL LIFE ENGLISH Speak English Like (P5)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p05 4. 4. 像母语者一样说英语 第 1 集 4-REAL LIFE ENGLISH Speak English Like (P5)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 20:56字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, you want to speak English like a native English speaker, right? | 嘿,你想说英语 像母语英语,对不对? |
| 0:04 | You want to sound natural? | 你想听起来自然? |
| 0:06 | You really want to speak English fluently well in order to do that | 你真的想说流利的英语来做到这一点 |
| 0:10 | You must use the words and expressions that we actually use in real life | 你必须用我们实际在现实生活中使用的言语 |
| 0:15 | And that's exactly why I created this series for you real life English now | 所以我才为你创作了这个系列 现实生活中的英语 |
| 0:20 | I'm gonna teach you words and expressions that we really use. | 我要教你我们真正使用的言语和表达方式。 |
| 0:24 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:25 | Well, then I'm teacher Tiffany | 那我就是蒂芙尼老师了 |
| 0:27 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 0:30 | so we're going to look at our first situation a group of young ladies and we're going to see how I as | 所以,我们将看 我们的第一个情况 一群年轻的女士, 我们将看到如何我是 |
展开字幕全文（391 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, you want to speak English like a native English speaker, right? | 嘿,你想说英语 像母语英语,对不对? |
| 2 | You want to sound natural? | 你想听起来自然? |
| 3 | You really want to speak English fluently well in order to do that | 你真的想说流利的英语来做到这一点 |
| 4 | You must use the words and expressions that we actually use in real life | 你必须用我们实际在现实生活中使用的言语 |
| 5 | And that's exactly why I created this series for you real life English now | 所以我才为你创作了这个系列 现实生活中的英语 |
| 6 | I'm gonna teach you words and expressions that we really use. | 我要教你我们真正使用的言语和表达方式。 |
| 7 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 8 | Well, then I'm teacher Tiffany | 那我就是蒂芙尼老师了 |
| 9 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 10 | so we're going to look at our first situation a group of young ladies and we're going to see how I as | 所以,我们将看 我们的第一个情况 一群年轻的女士, 我们将看到如何我是 |
| 11 | A native English speaker would describe this situation | 当地英语者将描述这种情况 |
| 12 | Now looking at this situation. | 现在看这个情况。 |
| 13 | I first see these two young ladies in front and I would say wow | 我第一次看到这两个年轻的女士 在前面,我会说哇 |
| 14 | Dependable now. | 现在可以依赖了。 |
| 15 | I want you to watch me really quickly after me | 我希望你能很快地看着我 |
| 16 | the | 联合国 |
| 17 | dependable | 可信赖 |
| 18 | Excellent one more time after me | 好极了,再来一次 |
| 19 | Dependable good job. | 可靠的好工作。 |
| 20 | Now again when I see these two young women, I think of dependable, but what does the word? | 现在,当我再次看到这两个年轻女人, 我想可靠的, 但这个词是什么? |
| 21 | Dependable actually mean so dependable means | 依赖性实际上意味着如此依赖性 |
| 22 | trustworthy | 值得信赖 |
| 23 | reliable and capable of being trusted or | 可靠且能够被信任或 |
| 24 | Depended on so when I look at those two young women, I see one is leaning on the other. | 视乎如此,当我看着那两个年轻女子时,我看到一个是倚着另一个. |
| 25 | I think man | 我觉得男人 |
| 26 | She really trusts her she really can rely on her and maybe in your life | 她真的相信她 她真的可以信任她 也许在你的生活中 |
| 27 | There is someone that you truly rely on someone that's always there for you. | 有个你真正依赖的人 永远在你身边 |
| 28 | You can say | 你可以说 |
| 29 | My friend my mother my father my sister my brother Wow | 我的朋友 母亲 父亲 姐姐 哥哥 哇 |
| 30 | They're really | 他们真的 |
| 31 | Dependable makes sense right now. | 依赖性现在有道理。 |
| 32 | Let's look at an example sentence right here repeat after me her boss | 让我们看看一个例子 句子在这里 重复我,她的老板 |
| 33 | Said that she was a very | 说她是一个非常 |
| 34 | Dependable | 可依赖性 |
| 35 | Assistant your turn | 轮到你了 |
| 36 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 37 | Now we're seeing in this sentence how to use dependable to describe someone | 现在我们在这句话里看到 如何用可靠的方法描述某人 |
| 38 | Now I do want to remind you really quickly that this word can be used all the time | 现在我想提醒你,这个词可以随时使用 |
| 39 | Not just in a business environment. | 不只是在商业环境中 |
| 40 | You can also use it when speaking to your friends and in other environments | 在与朋友谈话时和其他场合也可以使用 |
| 41 | So one more time after me | 所以再跟着我一次 |
| 42 | Dependable | 可依赖性 |
| 43 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 44 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 45 | Now, let's go to our next word looking at this picture | 现在,让我们去我们的下一个字 看这张照片 |
| 46 | I would next notice this young lady right here beautiful smile and I would say | 接下来我会注意到这个年轻的女士 在这里美丽的微笑,我会说 |
| 47 | exuberant | 繁荣 |
| 48 | Exuberant now after me. | 现在在我后面充满活力 |
| 49 | This was a little tricky after me | 在我之后,这有点棘手 |
| 50 | exuberant | 繁荣 |
| 51 | Good last time after me | 上次还不错 |
| 52 | exuberant | 繁荣 |
| 53 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 54 | Now, what does the word exuberant mean? | 现在,"繁荣"这个词是什么意思? |
| 55 | This is a word again that popped in my head when I first saw the situation | 这是我第一次看到这种情况时 脑海中又出现了一句话 |
| 56 | exuberant means joyously | 充满活力意味着快乐 |
| 57 | unrestrained and | 无限制和无限制的 |
| 58 | Enthusiastic many people tell me a lot teacher Tiffany. | 很多人告诉我蒂凡尼老师 |
| 59 | You're so enthusiastic | 你这么热心 |
| 60 | Well now you can say | 现在你可以说 |
| 61 | Teacher you are such an exuberant individual | 老师,你这么有活力 |
| 62 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 63 | Now think about someone around you someone who is | 现在想想在你身边的人 |
| 64 | enthusiastic always full of joy someone that makes you smile | 热情总是充满欢乐 让你微笑的人 |
| 65 | That person is an exuberant | 这个人很活跃 |
| 66 | Individual now, let me show you an example sentence how to actually use this word in real life. | 个人,让我给你们展示一句例子 如何在现实生活中实际使用这个词。 |
| 67 | Here we go after me | 在这里,我们跟着我 |
| 68 | He has such an exuberant | 他有这么有活力 |
| 69 | personality | 个性 |
| 70 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 71 | You can use it like this an exuberant | 你可以像这样用它 一个活跃的 |
| 72 | Personality now keep paying attention because we do have a quiz coming up soon. | 个性现在继续注意,因为我们很快会有一个测验。 |
| 73 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 74 | So again, we learned the first one dependable the second one exuberant looking at this picture now | 再说一遍,我们学会了第一部值得信赖的 第二部充满活力的看这张照片 |
| 75 | Then my eyes naturally would go to the top the top left and I see this young lady and she looks | 然后,我的眼睛自然会去 顶端左 我看见这个年轻的女士 她看起来 |
| 76 | reserved | 保留 |
| 77 | one more time after me | 再跟着我一次 |
| 78 | Reserved and maybe you're thinking wow teacher. | 留了下来,也许你在想 哇,老师。 |
| 79 | What does that word mean? | 这个词是什么意思? |
| 80 | Why did that word pop up in your head teacher Tiffany? | 为什么这个词出现在你老师蒂凡尼身上? |
| 81 | Well after me one more time | 再来一次 |
| 82 | Reserved | 准备金 |
| 83 | Excellent, very good. | 非常好,很不错 |
| 84 | Now again, if you need practice and help with your pronunciation | 现在,如果你需要练习 和帮助你的发音 |
| 85 | You can always download my app English with Tiffany. | 你可以总是下载我的应用英语 蒂凡尼。 |
| 86 | The link is right in the description | 联系在描述中是正确的 |
| 87 | There's a pronunciation course and a conversation course within the app so you can download it and get help with your pronunciation right now | 应用软件内部设有读音课程和对话课程,这样您就可以下载该课程,并获得助听器的帮助。 |
| 88 | But again this word reserved is very important reserved means | 但是这个词也是很重要的 |
| 89 | Restrained in words and actions now. | 现在在言语和行动上有所克制。 |
| 90 | I am NOT a reserved person | 我不是一个预定的人 |
| 91 | I'm very outgoing. | 我非常热闹 |
| 92 | I like talking to people but a reserved person kind of holds back a little bit | 我喜欢和人说话,但保留的人 有点犹豫 |
| 93 | They don't talk as much to other people | 他们不怎么跟别人说话 |
| 94 | They just kind of are a little quieter around bigger groups of people just like in the picture | 他们只是有点安静 围绕更大的人群 就像在图片中 |
| 95 | You can tell that the woman seems a little bit | 你可以看到,这个女人似乎有点 |
| 96 | Shy a little bit | 小声点 |
| 97 | Reserved maybe someone you know is reserved one of my closest friends | 或许你认识的人是我最亲密的朋友之一 |
| 98 | {\fn黑体\fs20\shad2\2aH82\3aH20\4aH33\fscx95\3cH592001\be1}当我们组成大团体的时候 她很有保留 | |
| 99 | She kind of gets quiet and just kind of sits in the background. | 她有点安静,只是坐在背景。 |
| 100 | She is reserved | 她已经预约了 |
| 101 | So how would you use this in a sentence? | 那你怎么用这句话? |
| 102 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 103 | You can use it like this and repeat after me my friend is more reserved than I am | 你可以这样用 跟我重复一下 我的朋友比我更有保留 |
| 104 | But she loves being around people | 但她喜欢在别人身边 |
| 105 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 106 | All right, repeat after me again | 好吧,再跟我重复一遍 |
| 107 | My friend is more reserved than I am, but she loves being around people your turn | 我的朋友比我更有保留 但她喜欢和别人在一起 轮到你了 |
| 108 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 109 | Excellent job. | 干得不错 |
| 110 | All right, so now you understand what the word reserved means now | 好了,现在你明白 保留这个词的意思了 |
| 111 | I do want to give you this tip really quickly | 我想尽快给你这个小费 |
| 112 | this word can be used for people and | 这个词可以用于人和 |
| 113 | For animals, maybe you have a pet maybe you have a dog or a cat and your dog or cat | 对于动物,也许你有宠物... ...也许你有一只狗或猫 还有你的狗或猫 |
| 114 | Loves you but when other people come around the dog kind of goes in the background | 爱你,但当其他人 围着狗走来 那种背景 |
| 115 | Very shy doesn't like talking to other people doesn't like playing with other people you can say ah, my dog is a little bit | 很害羞不喜欢跟别人说话 不喜欢跟别人玩 你可以说 我的狗有点 |
| 116 | Reserved makes sense, right? | 预备有道理吧? |
| 117 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 118 | Good. | 不错 |
| 119 | So now we have three words. | 所以现在我们有三个词。 |
| 120 | We had dependable | 我们有可靠的 |
| 121 | exuberant and | 充满活力和 |
| 122 | Reserved now when I go back and look at this image the next thing I notice are these other these other two women right here | 现在,当我回去看这个图像时,我发现 接下来的是另外两个女人 |
| 123 | I notice these women and I say, you know what ride or die? | 我注意到这些女人,我说, 你知道什么骑还是死? |
| 124 | Huh ride or die? | 骑还是死? |
| 125 | Why would you say that teacher? | 你为什么说老师? |
| 126 | Don't you worry? | 你不担心吗? |
| 127 | I'm going to explain now | 我现在解释一下 |
| 128 | This is actually a slang term. | 这其实是个俗语 |
| 129 | So after me ride or die | 所以,我骑或死 |
| 130 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 131 | Now ride or die. | 现在骑或死。 |
| 132 | This actually is something that you should know. | 这是你应该知道的 |
| 133 | It means to be extreme | 意思是极端 |
| 134 | Extremely loyal so it refers to extreme loyalty to someone or something | 极度忠诚,所以它指的是对某人或什么的极度忠诚 |
| 135 | When you are willing to do anything for someone you love or someone you really appreciate | 当你愿意为你所爱的人 或你真正欣赏的人做任何事 |
| 136 | In your life, you can say | 在你的生活中,你可以说 |
| 137 | That's my ride or die. | 那是我的车或死。 |
| 138 | You see how I kind of changed even the way I said it. | 你看,我是如何改变的 即使我说的方式。 |
| 139 | It's slang, right? | 这是口号,对不对? |
| 140 | So we say my ride or die. | 所以,我们说我的车或死。 |
| 141 | This person is so loyal to me | 这个人对我如此忠诚 |
| 142 | They'll do anything for me we say ride or die in English now | 他们愿意为我做任何事,我们说骑马或死在英语里 |
| 143 | Let me show you an example sentence that will help you use this word in real life. | 让我给你们展示一个例子句,帮助你在现实生活中使用这个词. |
| 144 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 145 | My best friend will always be my ride or die your turn | 我最好的朋友将永远是我的车,或死你 |
| 146 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 147 | Now, maybe you have the same thing | 现在,也许你有同样的东西 |
| 148 | You have a best friend that really is your ride or die. | 你有一个最好的朋友 真的是你的车或死。 |
| 149 | My best friend is my ride or die. | 我最好的朋友是 我的骑或死。 |
| 150 | Makes sense | 说得通 |
| 151 | Alright, good job. | 好吧,不错的工作。 |
| 152 | Now when I go back and I look at the image | 现在,当我回去,我看着图像 |
| 153 | I see something else I go back and I look at these ladies and I notice within the first two ladies the other lady on | 我看到一些其他的东西,我回去, 我看着这些女士,我注意到 在前两个女士, |
| 154 | the right | 右边 |
| 155 | Something about her expression. | 关于她的表情 |
| 156 | She looks | 她看起来 |
| 157 | self assured | 自我保证 |
| 158 | again after me | 再次跟着我 |
| 159 | self assured | 自我保证 |
| 160 | Good last time after me | 上次还不错 |
| 161 | self assured | 自我保证 |
| 162 | Great job. | 干得不错 |
| 163 | Now self assured. | 现在自我肯定。 |
| 164 | This is when someone is super confident | 这是当有人 超级自信 |
| 165 | This is an expression this combination of two words | 这是两个词的组合 |
| 166 | It means confident in one's own abilities or character and when I looked at that picture and I saw that woman | 意思是对自己的能力或性格有信心 当我看那张照片时 我看到那个女人 |
| 167 | She just looked | 她只是看着 |
| 168 | Confident she looked like she could conquer the world. | 相信她看起来可以征服世界 |
| 169 | So the first thing that popped in my head literally was | 所以,我脑海里的第一件事 字面意思是 |
| 170 | self assured | 自我保证 |
| 171 | So again now, you know the word or the expression you can use in this situation, but let's check an example sentence | 再说一遍,你知道你在这种情况下可以使用的词或表达,但让我们检查一下示例句子 |
| 172 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 173 | After me the new employees could tell that their boss was a very | 在我之后,新员工可以告诉 他们的老板是一个非常 |
| 174 | Self-assured and confident leader your turn. | 自信和自信的领袖 轮到你了 |
| 175 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 176 | Excellent | 不错 |
| 177 | Self-assured | 自我担保 |
| 178 | Extremely confident. | 极度自信. |
| 179 | So again, you can use this self assured in place of confident if you'd like makes sense, right? | 如果你愿意的话 你可以用这个自我保证来代替自信 对吧? |
| 180 | Now remember I told you that a quiz is coming, but I want to give you this quick tip | 记得我说过考试会来 但我想给你这个小费 |
| 181 | This can be used self-assured can be used to compliment or | 这可以用来自我担保,可以用来赞美或 |
| 182 | Insult someone so you must be careful how you use it. | 侮辱别人,所以你必须小心如何使用它。 |
| 183 | Okay, you can say you're too self-assured | 好吧,你可以说你太自信了 |
| 184 | That's kind of an insult. | 这是一种侮辱。 |
| 185 | But if you say I love my boss, she's so self-assured | 但是如果你说我爱我的老板 她那么自信 |
| 186 | That's a compliment. | 赞曰. |
| 187 | So it all depends on the way that you actually say it makes sense | 所以这都取决于你说的道理 |
| 188 | Alright, so again great you've learned | 好吧,你又学会了 |
| 189 | Dependable exuberant reserved ride-or-die and | 可依赖的旺盛的 预留骑马或死和 |
| 190 | Self-assured so now you know what time it is. | 所以现在你知道现在几点了 |
| 191 | It's time | 是时候了 |
| 192 | For your English quiz now. | 给你的英语测验 |
| 193 | I want to know if you are ready for this quiz. | 我想知道你是否准备好参加这个测验 |
| 194 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 195 | Want to see how much you remember from our lesson. | 想知道你从我们的课上记得多少 |
| 196 | So let's start off with question | 我们先问个问题 |
| 197 | Number one, here's the question. | 第一,这里的问题。 |
| 198 | I want you to fill in the blank with the word or expression we learned today now | 我要你在空白中填上我们今天学到的词和表达 |
| 199 | Remember you only have right here | 记住你只在这里 |
| 200 | Five seconds. | 5秒钟。 |
| 201 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 202 | Here's the sentence the interview revealed that he was a very | 采访中透露的一句话是: |
| 203 | blank and | 空白和 |
| 204 | mature | 成熟 |
| 205 | Young man, you have five seconds ready and now I want you remember you only have five seconds | 年轻人,你还有5秒准备 现在我要你记住你只有5秒 |
| 206 | So here we go ready | 所以,我们开始准备 |
| 207 | go | 离开 |
| 208 | Time. | 时间 |
| 209 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 210 | Now, what is the answer? | 现在,答案是什么? |
| 211 | The answer is | 答案是,我们... |
| 212 | Self assured. | 自我保证。 |
| 213 | I think you got it, right? | 我想你明白了,对不对? |
| 214 | Good. | 不错 |
| 215 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 216 | So now let's go to the next question | 所以,现在让我们去 下一个问题 |
| 217 | Let's go to the next question and see if you can get the answer right for question | 我们来问下个问题 看看能不能回答对问题 |
| 218 | Number two. | 第二义. |
| 219 | All right question number two | 好吧,第二个问题 |
| 220 | Since her mom was always there for her | 因为她妈妈一直陪着她 |
| 221 | The woman said she was her | 那个女人说她是她 |
| 222 | What's the answer? | 如何是答处. |
| 223 | Here's the timer? | 这是计时器? |
| 224 | Time what's the answer? | 时间是什么答案? |
| 225 | Come on. | 来吧。 |
| 226 | I know you know it | и笵笵 |
| 227 | Exactly. | 没错 |
| 228 | She was her ride or die. | 她是她的车或死。 |
| 229 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 230 | Very good job. | 很不错的工作。 |
| 231 | Very good job | 干得不错 |
| 232 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 233 | Now, let's go to question number three. | 现在,让我们去问第三个问题。 |
| 234 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 235 | the question is and let's reset the timer is my friend is quiet and | 问题是 我们重设计时器 我的朋友很安静 |
| 236 | Here's the timer quiet and what time all right the answer to the question is what my friend is quiet and | 这里的计时器安静,什么时候好 问题的答案是 我的朋友安静, |
| 237 | Reserved very good. | 保留了很好的。 |
| 238 | I think you got it. | 我想你猜对了 |
| 239 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 240 | Now, let's move on to question number four | 现在,我们开始问第四题 |
| 241 | You're doing a great job. | 你干得不错 |
| 242 | Here we go question number four his passion | 我们来问他热衷的第四题 |
| 243 | Revealed that he was a very | 透露他是一个非常 |
| 244 | Dancer this one's a little harder. | 舞者这个有点难。 |
| 245 | He was a very | 他是一个非常 |
| 246 | Dancer five seconds. | 舞者5秒钟。 |
| 247 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 248 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 249 | We're a little faster. | 我们快一点。 |
| 250 | I'll give you two more seconds time. | 再给你两秒钟时间 |
| 251 | All right, what's the answer? | 好吧,什么是答案吗? |
| 252 | Come on, you know it | 来吧,你知道的 |
| 253 | Exuberant excellent an exuberant dancer. | 充满活力的舞者 |
| 254 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 255 | All right last quiz question. | 最后一个问题 |
| 256 | Here's the last quiz question | 最后一个问题 |
| 257 | Now, here's the question. | 现在,这里的问题是。 |
| 258 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 259 | need | 需求 |
| 260 | Someone here's the sentence. | 有人在这里的句子。 |
| 261 | I need someone | 我需要一个人 |
| 262 | Blank to take care of the children while I'm at work | 趁我上班的时候 空着照顾孩子 |
| 263 | I need someone blank to take care of the children while I'm at work five seconds | 我需要一个空的 照顾孩子 当我在工作5秒钟 |
| 264 | Time what's the answer? | 时间是什么答案? |
| 265 | Come on. | 来吧。 |
| 266 | I know you got it | 我知道你会的 |
| 267 | Exactly. | 没错 |
| 268 | I need someone dependable someone I can rely on to take care of the children while I'm at work | 我需要一个可靠的人 我可以依靠他照顾孩子 当我在工作的时候 |
| 269 | Excellent job very very good. | 出色的工作非常好。 |
| 270 | So again, you learned the words and you got the quiz questions, right? | 再说一遍,你学了这些词,还得到了问答,对吧? |
| 271 | Now I do want to quickly give you some patterns to use for example dependable | 现在,我确实想迅速给你一些模式,比如说,可靠 |
| 272 | You can use this pattern to make your own sentence. | 你可以用这个模式来做出自己的句子. |
| 273 | The pattern is the name is the most dependable person | 模式是名字是最可靠的人 |
| 274 | I know because and then you give the reason so let me show you what that would look like again | 我知道,因为,然后你给出 原因,所以让我告诉你是什么 看起来像再次 |
| 275 | You can use this pattern if you want to see this written down | 您可以使用此图案, 如果您想要看到此图案被写入 |
| 276 | Just go to the website speakenglishwithtiffani.com and you'll see this post for this YouTube video and you can copy down the notes | 只要去网站说英语 和tiffani.com 你会看到这个帖子 对于这个YouTube视频 你可以复制下来的注释 |
| 277 | Here's what this would look like using the pattern | 这是用图案看的 |
| 278 | Mark the name is the most dependable person. | 标记这个名字是最可靠的人. |
| 279 | I know because he is always there when I | 我知道 因为他总是在我身边 |
| 280 | Need him. | 需要他帮助。 |
| 281 | Okay makes sense, right? | 好吧,有道理,对不对? |
| 282 | Use the pattern to actually make the sentence. | 用图案来实际做出句子. |
| 283 | All right, let's keep going. | 好吧,让我们继续。 |
| 284 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 285 | next one is | 下一个是 |
| 286 | {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}现在充满了活力 充满了活力 | |
| 287 | Here's the sentence pattern the exuberant | 句子的图案 |
| 288 | Person and then a description of the person and then an action connected to their exuberance now | 一个人,然后描述一个人 然后一个与他们的兴旺感有关的行动 |
| 289 | I'm gonna show you how to do this. | 我教你们怎么做 |
| 290 | All right, it's the pattern but here's an example | 好吧,这是模式,但这里有个例子 |
| 291 | The exuberant woman that's the person with the long hair. | 旺盛的女人就是长发的人 |
| 292 | That's a description and what's the action? | 这是描述,是什么动作? |
| 293 | Enjoys making other people laugh. | 喜欢让别人笑 |
| 294 | So using the pattern you're able to | 所以,使用模式 你能够 |
| 295 | Make a sentence properly in English and use the word. | 以英文恰当作一句,并用词. |
| 296 | All right, what about? | 好吧,怎么样? |
| 297 | Reserved we learned reserved. | 保留了我们学到了保留。 |
| 298 | Here's the pattern | 这是模式 |
| 299 | person was very reserved so | 人被非常保留 所以, |
| 300 | Person didn't and then the action connected to being reserved. | 人没有,然后动作 与被保留。 |
| 301 | So what does this look like? | 这看起来像什么? |
| 302 | Here's the example sentence using this pattern her brother was very reserved | 这是用这个图案的句子 她哥哥非常保留 |
| 303 | So he person didn't speak to anyone at the event | 所以他没有跟任何人说话 |
| 304 | So we're using the pattern and making a sentence for the word reserved | 所以我们用图案 并用句子来形容这个词 |
| 305 | Alright now what about ride or die? | 好吧,现在怎么样 骑还是死? |
| 306 | You know, I like that one talking about someone who's always be there for you. | 你知道,我喜欢那一个谈论 一个人谁总是和你在一起。 |
| 307 | Here's the pattern | 这是模式 |
| 308 | Person has been my ride or die since and then the time period so what about my best friend? | 人是我的车,或死 从那时起,然后,我最好的朋友呢? |
| 309 | Let me show you how I would use this pattern | 让我告诉你,我会如何使用这个模式 |
| 310 | She has been my ride or die since we were in the fourth grade and that's true | 她从四年级起就是我的车,还是死了,这是真的 |
| 311 | Actually, she's been my ride or die since we were in the fourth grade | 实际上,她从四年级起就一直坐我的车或死 |
| 312 | Person she her name is Wilma and then time period since we were in the fourth grade | 她的名字是威尔玛 从我们四年级开始的一段时间 |
| 313 | Now last one. | 现在最后一个。 |
| 314 | What about? | 谈什么? |
| 315 | Self-assured now self-assured. | 自保现自保. |
| 316 | Here's the pattern a | 这是图案a |
| 317 | Self-assured person usually now change the parentheses | 自保人员现在通常改括号 |
| 318 | Action connected to being self-assured. | 与自我保障有关的行动。 |
| 319 | So here's what you can say for this one. | 所以,这里你可以说这个。 |
| 320 | I said a self-assured person | 我说一个自保的人 |
| 321 | usually | 通常 |
| 322 | Speaks well in front of a crowd of people | 在众人面前说得好 |
| 323 | So I used the pattern and made a perfect English sentence and you can do the same | 所以我用这个图案做了一个完美的英文句子 你也可以这么做 |
| 324 | So again, you learned quite a few words today real words | 再说一遍,你今天学了很多话 |
| 325 | You learned real-life English that will help you sound like a native English speaker. | 你学会了真实的英语 会帮助你听起来像个英语母语 |
| 326 | Now. | 现在 |
| 327 | I hope you enjoyed today's | 我希望你喜欢今天的 |
| 328 | Lesson I hope that you use the words and expressions and start sounding like a native English speaker | 希望您能用语言和表达方式 开始像英语母语一样说话 |
| 329 | Remember, don't forget to download the English with Tiffany app. | 记住,别忘了用Tiffany的应用下载英文. |
| 330 | The link is right in the description | 联系在描述中是正确的 |
| 331 | I hope you have an awesome day and an awesome week and I'll catch you next time | 祝你有美好的一天和美好的一周 下次我会抓住你的 |
| 332 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 333 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 334 | It's | 这是 |
| 335 | Story time. | 故事时间 |
| 336 | Hey, I said it's story time | 嘿,我说是时候讲故事了 |
| 337 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 338 | So today I want to tell you a story about my ride-or-die my best friend | 所以今天我想告诉你一个故事 关于我的骑行或死我最好的朋友 |
| 339 | So I have to be very careful with the names that I use in this story just in case they watch this video later | 所以,我必须非常小心 我使用的名字在这个故事 只是以防他们看到这个视频后 |
| 340 | So this was when I was in college now I had dated a guy all through high school at the beginning of high school and | 所以当我在大学的时候 我高中时就和一个人约会了 |
| 341 | We also kind of hooked up a little bit through throughout college, but we weren't together at the time of this story | 整个大学里我们也有点迷上了 但是在这故事发生时我们还没在一起 |
| 342 | so my best friend and I we were going to another friend's event and | 所以我最好的朋友和我要去参加另一个朋友的活动 |
| 343 | This guy just happens to also be at the event. | 这家伙刚好也参加这个活动 |
| 344 | So myself, you know | ┮и笵 |
| 345 | I was going and my ride-or-die my best friend was coming with me | 我本来要去的 我最好的朋友要跟我走 |
| 346 | So we were at the event and we were actually sitting at a table about to eat lunch and she and I were sitting there | 于是我们参加了活动, 我们实际上坐在一个桌子上 吃午餐,她和我坐在那里 |
| 347 | Talking and the guy when I used to date | 说话和那家伙 当我过去约会 |
| 348 | Sat right in front of us | 坐在我们面前 |
| 349 | So as my friend and I sitting next to each other and then the guy sat in front of us now | 所以当我的朋友和我坐在 旁边,然后那家伙坐在我们面前现在 |
| 350 | We didn't have a bad breakup, but it was still a little bit awkward between us | 我们没有分手 但还是有点尴尬 |
| 351 | So he sat down and he started talking now, of course, he was looking at me. | 所以他坐下来开始说话,当然,他看着我。 |
| 352 | He knew my best friend | 他认识我最好的朋友 |
| 353 | But he was talking to me and my best friend could tell that I wasn't necessarily | 但他在和我说话 我最好的朋友可以说我不一定 |
| 354 | Comfortable. | 心安乐. |
| 355 | I wasn't nervous. | 我不紧张。 |
| 356 | It was more of why are we talking like we're not together and you know, you're with somebody else | 更多的是为什么我们说话 就像我们不在一起 你知道,你和别人在一起 |
| 357 | I'm not I'm confused why he's sitting here that was going on in my mind and my best friend picked it up | 我并不迷惑他为什么坐在我脑海里 我最好的朋友捡起它 |
| 358 | So he's sitting there talking to me and the conversation kind of dwindles and kind of stops a little bit | 所以他坐在那里跟我说话 和谈话 有点阴暗 有点停 |
| 359 | He's just sitting there looking at me. | 他只是坐在那里看着我。 |
| 360 | So my best friend. | 所以,我最好的朋友。 |
| 361 | Let me tell you something about her. | 让我告诉你一些关于她的事情。 |
| 362 | Yes | 对 |
| 363 | She's my ride-or-die, but she's also a very reserved person like we learned | 琌иó 琌и厩贺玂 |
| 364 | She's a little bit shy and she's not really the person you'll see make the first step or make the first introduction | 她有点害羞 而且她真的不是 你将会看到的人 第一步或做第一个介绍 |
| 365 | She's kind of shy | 她有点害羞 |
| 366 | So I was sitting there and the guy was looking at me and I was looking at him and it was getting a little bit | 所以我就坐在那里 那家伙看着我 看着他 变得有点 |
| 367 | awkward and my best friend who was reserved | 尴尬,我最好的朋友 谁被保留 |
| 368 | Said why are you still sitting here and she was talking to him? | 说为什么你还坐在这里 她跟他说话? |
| 369 | Caught me off guard and he looked at her. | 把我抓走了 他看着她 |
| 370 | She said if you're done, it's okay to walk away | 她说如果你完了就走 |
| 371 | Now the thing is she's a very reserved person. | 现在的问题是 她是一个非常有保留的人。 |
| 372 | She doesn't normally do things like that | 她平时不会这样 |
| 373 | so I looked at her because it caught me off guard and then I looked at him and he looked at her and then he | 所以我看着她 因为它让我失去警惕 然后我看着他 他看着她 然后他 |
| 374 | Looked back at me and I just shrugged my shoulders because I didn't know what to say. | 回望我,我只是 刮我的肩膀 因为我不知道说什么。 |
| 375 | She said it's okay for you to walk away | 她说你可以走开 |
| 376 | It's okay if the conversation is done and he did walk away now. | 如果谈话结束,他真的走了,那就没事了 |
| 377 | Don't get me wrong | 别误会 |
| 378 | We're all still friends like this happened a long time ago | 很久以前我们都是这样的朋友 |
| 379 | But in that moment, I realized my best friend may be reserved | 但那一刻,我意识到 我最好的朋友可能会被保留 |
| 380 | But when she needs to talk when she needs to speak up, she will let's just say he never | 但是当她需要说话的时候 她会说,他从来没有 |
| 381 | Started an awkward conversation with me again when she was around now since that time we've had many conversations | 从那时起,我们开始和我谈话了 |
| 382 | We've talked a lot on the phone and everything he and I but I will never forget that situation | 我们通过电话谈了很多,他和我的一切 但我永远不会忘记这种情况 |
| 383 | Because my friend the reserved person that I thought would never speak up in certain situations | 因为我朋友 保留的人,我想 永远不会说话 在某些情况下 |
| 384 | Actually spoke up to stand up for me in that situation | 其实是在那种情况下为我说话的 |
| 385 | So maybe you have a friend like that too your ride or die that maybe he or she is reserved or seems like they want | 所以,也许你有一个朋友 这样的,你的车或死, 也许他或她是保留 或似乎他们想要 |
| 386 | To be in the background, but when it's time they speak up and stand up for you | 在背景,但当它的时候,他们说话 站起来为你 |
| 387 | So it was a shorter story today, but something that I will never ever forget. | 所以今天这个故事很短 但我永远不会忘记的 |
| 388 | Alright guys. | 好吧,伙计们。 |
| 389 | I hope you enjoyed today's lesson | 我希望你今天的课很愉快 |
| 390 | I hope you learned a lot and I hope you continue to study English. | 我希望你学到很多 我希望你继续学习英语 |
| 391 | I will see you next week | 下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 394 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P6 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p06 5. 5. 为什么你能听懂英语但你却很难说英语 5-Why You Can UNDERSTAND English But (P6)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p06 5. 5. 为什么你能听懂英语但你却很难说英语 5-Why You Can UNDERSTAND English But (P6)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 27:09字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | I received a question from one of my students and he said, teacher, how | 我接到一个学生的问话 他说,老师,如何 |
| 0:04 | come I can understand you perfectly? | 我能完全理解你吗? |
| 0:07 | I understand everything you're saying, but when I try to speak in English, | 我理解你说的,但当我尝试说英语时, |
| 0:11 | I can't speak at the same level. | 我不能在同一级别上说话。 |
| 0:14 | Now I've received this question so many times from students around the world, | 现在,我从世界各地学生那里 收到了这么多个问题 |
| 0:19 | and maybe you've experienced the same problem, had the same difficulty | 也许你也经历了同样的问题, 也有同样的困难 |
| 0:24 | and the same challenge. | 和同样的挑战。 |
| 0:26 | And to be very honest with you, I experienced the exact same | 老实说 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 0:30 | thing when I was studying Korean. | 当我学习韩语时 |
| 0:32 | You know the feeling, right? | 你知道那种感觉吧? |
展开字幕全文（493 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | I received a question from one of my students and he said, teacher, how | 我接到一个学生的问话 他说,老师,如何 |
| 2 | come I can understand you perfectly? | 我能完全理解你吗? |
| 3 | I understand everything you're saying, but when I try to speak in English, | 我理解你说的,但当我尝试说英语时, |
| 4 | I can't speak at the same level. | 我不能在同一级别上说话。 |
| 5 | Now I've received this question so many times from students around the world, | 现在,我从世界各地学生那里 收到了这么多个问题 |
| 6 | and maybe you've experienced the same problem, had the same difficulty | 也许你也经历了同样的问题, 也有同样的困难 |
| 7 | and the same challenge. | 和同样的挑战。 |
| 8 | And to be very honest with you, I experienced the exact same | 老实说 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 9 | thing when I was studying Korean. | 当我学习韩语时 |
| 10 | You know the feeling, right? | 你知道那种感觉吧? |
| 11 | When someone is speaking in the language that you're learning, you feel so | 当有人用你所学的语言说话时,你感觉如此 |
| 12 | confident because you understand what they're saying again, when my teachers | 有信心,因为你明白 他们说什么 再次,当我的老师 |
| 13 | would speak in Korean or my friends would speak in Korean, or even when I | 会说韩语 或者我的朋友会说韩语, 甚至当我 |
| 14 | would watch a television program in Korean, I was so proud of myself | 我会用韩语看一个电视节目,我很骄傲 |
| 15 | because I could understand. | 因为我能理解 |
| 16 | But then when someone would approach me and ask me a question in Korean, | 但当有人用韩语向我问话时 |
| 17 | it was like everything went blank in my mind. | 就像我脑海中一切一片空白 |
| 18 | I couldn't think of the words that I had studied. | 我无法想象我所研究的文字。 |
| 19 | I couldn't think of the words that I had understood when I | 我无法想象那些我理解的话 |
| 20 | watched those television programs. | 看了这些电视节目。 |
| 21 | They just didn't seem to come to mind. | 他们似乎没想到 |
| 22 | And again, you may feel the exact same way. | 再说一次,你可能会有同样的感觉 |
| 23 | So how come you can understand English, but it's hard to speak in English? | 你怎么会懂英语,但英语很难说? |
| 24 | Well, today I'm going to tell you why, and I'm going to give you | 今天我要告诉你为什么 我会给你 |
| 25 | the solutions you need to finally speak just as good as you can understand. | 你最终需要的解决方案 和你能理解的一样好 |
| 26 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 27 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 28 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 29 | So there are five solutions to this problem. | 因此,这个问题有五个解决办法。 |
| 30 | The problem of not being able to speak as good as you can hear. | 无法如汝所闻如是言语之问题. |
| 31 | The first one is equal ratio. | 第一个是等比例。 |
| 32 | Second, learn and use one new word. | 第二,学习和使用一个新的词。 |
| 33 | Third, summarize your day. | 第三,总结你的一天。 |
| 34 | Fourth, take notes and read them. | 四,做笔记后读. |
| 35 | And finally, reading out loud and shadowing. | 最后,大声读出 和影子。 |
| 36 | So let's take a look at the first one, this one right here. | 让我们看看第一个,这个就在这里。 |
| 37 | Here's the fact, your current situation, you are watching, listening to, and | 事实是这样的,你目前的状况,你正在观看,倾听, |
| 38 | enjoying hours of English programs, but you are only using your eyes and your ears. | 享受几小时的英语节目 但你只用眼睛和耳朵 |
| 39 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 40 | You have a cell phone, you have a computer, you have a television, and you're | 你有手机,有电脑,有电视,你是 |
| 41 | constantly watching programs in English. | 经常看英语节目。 |
| 42 | So your eyes are getting lots of practice and your ears are also getting lots of | 所以,你的眼睛 得到很多练习,你的耳朵 也得到很多 |
| 43 | practice, which is why you can understand so much in English, but again, that's | 练习,这就是为什么你可以 理解这么多的英语, 但再次,这就是 |
| 44 | not helping with your speaking. | 没有帮助你说话。 |
| 45 | So here's what you need to do. | 所以,这是你需要做的。 |
| 46 | Use an equal ratio. | 使用相等比例. |
| 47 | You need to speak for the exact amount of time that you listen to or | 你需要说出你听或者听的准确时间 |
| 48 | an English program. | 一个英语程序。 |
| 49 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 50 | The same amount of time you spend watching a lesson, just like this | 你花同样多的时间看课,就像这样 |
| 51 | lesson or watching a movie is the exact amount of time you need to practice speaking. | 上课或看电影是练习演讲的确切时间。 |
| 52 | Let's continue. | 让我们继续。 |
| 53 | You need to speak for the same amount in order to improve your speaking skills. | 为了提高自己的演讲能力,你需要用同样数量说话. |
| 54 | This will help your speaking skills match your ability to understand English. | 这会帮助你的演讲技巧与你理解英语的能力相匹配. |
| 55 | It kind of makes sense, right? | 这有点合理,对不对? |
| 56 | The reason why you could understand is because you've constantly been putting | 你之所以能理解 是因为你一直把 |
| 57 | new information in English into your brain. | 新的英语信息进入你的大脑。 |
| 58 | Now we just need to do the same thing with bringing that information out. | 现在我们只需要做同样的事情 把信息拿出来。 |
| 59 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 60 | So here's what you need to do. | 所以,这是你需要做的。 |
| 61 | First, watch a five minute video, 10 minute video, or however long you | 先看5分钟的录像,10分钟的录像, 或不管你有多长 |
| 62 | want to watch a video for. | 想看视频 |
| 63 | I have it in parentheses because you can choose how long the video is. | 我放在括号里是因为你可以选择视频的长度. |
| 64 | And what you're going to do is you're going to speak for five minutes or | 你要做的是 说5分钟或 |
| 65 | however long the video is, you're going to speak for that amount | 无论视频有多长,你都会说出这么多 |
| 66 | of time about the video. | 时间关于视频。 |
| 67 | Now, half of the time is going to be summarizing what you saw. | 现在,一半的时间是 总结你所看到的。 |
| 68 | And the other half is going to be giving your opinion. | 另一半会给你意见 |
| 69 | So for example, let's say you watch one of my YouTube video lessons. | 比如说,你看我的YouTube视频课 |
| 70 | You can pick any video you'd like, and let's say the lesson is 15 minutes long. | 你可以选择任何你喜欢的视频, 让我们假设课程是15分钟长。 |
| 71 | That means you need to also speak for 15 minutes. | 这意味着你还需要发言15分钟。 |
| 72 | Now in the beginning, it may seem a little bit challenging, but remember | 一开始,它可能看起来有点挑战,但记住 |
| 73 | half of that 15 minute period is going to be spent summarizing what you saw. | 这15分钟中的一半时间 将用来总结你所看到的 |
| 74 | You can talk about what I taught you. | 你可以谈谈我教你的 |
| 75 | You can talk about my story time. | 你可以说我的故事时间。 |
| 76 | You can summarize the lesson and take your time. | 你可以总结一下教训 慢慢来 |
| 77 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 78 | Now the other half of that time needs to be giving your opinion. | 现在,剩下的一半时间 需要你的意见。 |
| 79 | What did you think about my story? | 你觉得我的故事怎么样? |
| 80 | What did you think about the tips or the tools that I gave you from | 你觉得我给你的小费和工具怎么样? |
| 81 | the lesson or in the lesson? | 教训还是教训? |
| 82 | Again, you have to practice speaking for as much time as the | 再次,你必须练习 发言的时间和 |
| 83 | video was that you watched. | 录像是你看的 |
| 84 | It's going to be challenging, but you're going to see your ability to speak | 这将是挑战,但你会看到 你说话的能力 |
| 85 | in English improve drastically. | 英文水平大幅提高。 |
| 86 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 87 | Now, what about the second method, the second solution? | 现在,第二个方法,第二个解决方案呢? |
| 88 | You see, here's the situation. | 你看,这里的情况。 |
| 89 | You are learning lots of new words and expressions indirectly | 您正在间接学习许多新词和表达 |
| 90 | through videos and lessons, but you aren't using them. | 通过视频和课程, 但你没有使用它们。 |
| 91 | So again, you know, a lot of words and expressions from watching my videos. | 所以,你知道,很多话和表达 从看我的视频。 |
| 92 | I like to tell you all stories because in the stories, I usually use a lot | 我喜欢告诉你所有的故事 因为故事里,我通常使用很多 |
| 93 | of new expressions and idioms from natural conversations, words that I would | 自然对话中的新表达和典型的言语 |
| 94 | use if I was speaking to one of my friends here in America. | 使用,如果我说话 我的一位朋友在美国。 |
| 95 | Now, when you hear the words that I use, you kind of pick up on the meaning, | 现在,当你听到我用的话, 你有点领悟到意义, |
| 96 | like, ah, maybe teacher Tiffany means this, and you kind of guess what the | 也许蒂凡尼老师是这个意思 你猜怎么着 |
| 97 | meanings of those words and expressions are because you're following along with | 这些词语和表达的意义 是因为你跟随 |
| 98 | the story or the lesson that I'm teaching. | 故事或者我教的教训 |
| 99 | Now that's great. | 现在这是伟大的。 |
| 100 | That's why you can understand so much, but what about speaking? | 这就是为什么你能理解这么多, 但说话呢? |
| 101 | So here's the solution. | 所以这里的解决方案。 |
| 102 | Here's what you need to do. | 这是你需要做的。 |
| 103 | You need to learn and use one new word. | 你需要学习和使用一个新的词。 |
| 104 | Notice I said learn and use because what's happening is you're learning | 注意,我说学习和使用 因为发生的事情是你正在学习 |
| 105 | a lot of words currently from this video and videos from other amazing | 许多话目前来自这段视频 和其他惊人的视频 |
| 106 | English teachers on YouTube, but you're not using them. | 在YouTube上的英语老师, 但你没有使用他们。 |
| 107 | So here's what you need to do. | 所以,这是你需要做的。 |
| 108 | Try to learn and use one new word, expression or concept every single day. | 每天尝试学习和使用一个新词,表达或概念. |
| 109 | This is the key. | 这是关键 |
| 110 | Every single day, a lot of times as students or as English learners, what you | 每一天,很多时候 作为学生或英语学习者,你是什么 |
| 111 | may do is you may spend one day and say, I'm going to learn 35 words today. | 或许你可能花一天时间说 我今天要学35个字 |
| 112 | And you go hard, you study really diligently, but then it gets overwhelming | 你努力地学习,但后来变得不堪重负 |
| 113 | and you do it one day and maybe the second day, but then the third day, | 你做了它一天,也许第二天, 但第三天, |
| 114 | the fourth day, the fifth day, the sixth day, you stop. | 第四天,第五天,第六天,你停下来。 |
| 115 | So what you need to do is have a plan that you can remain consistent with. | 所以,你需要做的是有一个计划 你可以保持一致。 |
| 116 | Learn one new word or expression every single day. | 每天学习一个新词或表达. |
| 117 | Now, simple words are okay. | 现在,简单的话是好的。 |
| 118 | The key is that they must, excuse me, you must learn and use them every day. | 关键是,他们必须,原谅我, 你必须学习和使用他们的每一天。 |
| 119 | This will help you get in the habit of learning new words that you | 这会帮助你适应学习新词的习惯 |
| 120 | can use when you speak in English. | 用英语说话时可以使用。 |
| 121 | Again, remember the goal is to improve your speaking skills. | 记住,目标是提高你的演讲能力。 |
| 122 | So even if you know a word already, if you're not using it, it's | 所以,即使你已经知道一个字, 如果你没有使用它,它是 |
| 123 | kind of like you don't know it. | 有点像你不知道。 |
| 124 | Again, you know it here. | 再说一遍,你知道的 |
| 125 | Ah, teacher Tiffany just said that word. | 啊,蒂凡尼老师刚刚说了这个词。 |
| 126 | I know that word, but you need to learn how to use the word in | 我知道这个词,但你需要学会如何使用这个词 |
| 127 | conversation when you are speaking. | 说话的时候说话 |
| 128 | So here's how you need to do this. | 所以这是你需要做的。 |
| 129 | First, write down at least you can do more, at least one word, | 首先,写下至少你可以做更多的, 至少一个字, |
| 130 | expression or concept you learned. | 表达或概念。 |
| 131 | Next, figure out a way to apply it to what's going on in your day. | 接下来,想出一个方法 应用到你的时代。 |
| 132 | And finally use the word in a conversation or by talking to yourself. | 最后在谈话中或者通过自言自语来使用这个词. |
| 133 | So again, let's say you learned the word gargantuan. | 再说一遍,你学过"甘蔗"这个词 |
| 134 | I know it's a big word, but Hey, stay with me. | 我知道这是一个大字, 但是,嘿,留在我身边。 |
| 135 | Now gargantuan just means extremely large, really big. | 现在加干通只是意味着非常大,真的很大。 |
| 136 | Now I've used this word in a previous lesson several months ago. | 现在,我用这个词 在几个月前的上一课。 |
| 137 | So some of you may have remembered that word when I said it gargantuan. | 所以你们中有些人可能记得那个词 当我说它甘丹。 |
| 138 | Oh, I remember a teacher. | 哦,我记得一个老师。 |
| 139 | Tiffany taught that word in a previous lesson. | 蒂芬妮在之前的课上教过这个词。 |
| 140 | Amazing. | 厉害 |
| 141 | Your understanding, your listening skills are amazing. | 你的理解, 你的听力是惊人的。 |
| 142 | Now, how can you start using gargantuan in your daily life, in your | 现在,你怎么能在日常生活中,在你的 |
| 143 | conversations with other English learners or native English speakers? | 与其他英语学习者或英语母语者的对话? |
| 144 | Well, what you have to do again, step two is figure out a way to apply | 好吧,你必须再次做,第二步 是想出一个方法应用 |
| 145 | it to what's going on in your day. | 到你今天发生的事 |
| 146 | So for me, for example, gargantuan. | 以我为例,加干图安 |
| 147 | Well, I watched a video about animals, a nature video, and in the | 我看过关于动物的视频 自然的视频 |
| 148 | video they had lots of whales. | 他们有很多鲸鱼 |
| 149 | Now whales are very large animals, right? | 鲸鱼是大型动物,对吧? |
| 150 | So I can say, ah, today I watched a video about a whale. | 所以我可以说,啊,今天我看了一段关于鲸鱼的视频。 |
| 151 | The whale in the video was really big. | 视频里的鲸鱼真的很大。 |
| 152 | It was a gargantuan whale. | 是条长鲸鱼 |
| 153 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 154 | You see, I immediately connected what I did or what I saw today | 你看,我立刻联系了 今天我做了什么或看到什么 |
| 155 | with this word that I learned, but I had to say it out loud. | 我学到这个词 但我必须大声说出来 |
| 156 | And that's again, what's important when you learn the word, when you figure | 再说一遍,当你学会这个词,当你想到 |
| 157 | out how to apply it to your day and then use the word in real life, in a real | 然后在现实生活中,在现实中使用这个词 |
| 158 | conversation, and again, if you're by yourself, you can talk to yourself. | 再说一次,如果你一个人,你可以自言自语 |
| 159 | That's okay. | 没关系 |
| 160 | Your tongue just needs the practice. | 你的舌头需要练习 |
| 161 | So use it by saying it out loud and make sure what you're saying is applicable | 所以用它,大声说出来, 确定你所说的是适用的 |
| 162 | or is related to what happened in your day. | 或者和你今天发生的事有关 |
| 163 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 164 | Make sense. | 说得通 |
| 165 | Good. | 不错 |
| 166 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 167 | Now the second thing that is important. | 现在第二件事很重要。 |
| 168 | So here's the deal. | 这么说吧 |
| 169 | You are just thinking about your day in your own language. | 你只是在用自己的语言思考自己的一天。 |
| 170 | This means your brain is mainly functioning in one language. | 这意味着你的大脑主要以一种语言运作. |
| 171 | And I get this question all the time from students teacher. | 我总是从学生老师那里得到这个问题。 |
| 172 | How can I stop thinking in my mother tongue? | 我怎么能停止用母语思考呢? |
| 173 | This is really a difficult thing. | 这真的很困难 |
| 174 | Again, when I was studying Korean, I had the same trouble. | 再说一遍,我学习韩语时,也有同样的麻烦. |
| 175 | I would always think in English. | 我总是用英语思考 |
| 176 | And then when I was speaking, try to translate really quickly into Korean, | 然后当我在说话时, 试着很快地翻译成韩语, |
| 177 | but Korean and English are very opposite. | 但韩文和英文却大相径庭 |
| 178 | They're very different. | 他们很不一样 |
| 179 | They have different word orders. | 他们有不同的单词命令。 |
| 180 | So actually this morning I was talking to my friend. | 所以实际上今天早上我在和我的朋友说话。 |
| 181 | Hey, Annie on the phone. | 嘿,安妮在电话。 |
| 182 | And I was helping her with translation of something. | 我在帮她翻译一些东西。 |
| 183 | And she speaks English as well, Korean and English, and she wrote it in Korean. | 她也会说英语,韩语和英语,她用韩语写作. |
| 184 | And then I had to translate it to English. | 然后,我不得不将其翻译成英语。 |
| 185 | I had to read it multiple times in Korean because the word order | 我不得不用韩语多次阅读 因为单词顺序 |
| 186 | is so different in English. | 在英语中是如此不同。 |
| 187 | So one word may be in the middle in Korean, but in English, it should be at the front. | 所以一个词在韩语中可能位于中间,但在英语中,它应该位于前面. |
| 188 | So again, that's why it's so important for you to realize that, Hey, you can't | 所以,这就是为什么它是如此重要 你意识到,嘿,你不能 |
| 189 | just only think in your own language. | 只用你自己的语言思考 |
| 190 | You have to figure out a way to think in English in order to | 你要想出一个用英语思考的方法 |
| 191 | improve your speaking ability. | 提高你的演讲能力。 |
| 192 | So here's we go. | 所以,我们走了。 |
| 193 | Summarize your day at the end of the day. | 总结末日. |
| 194 | Even if you are alone, summarize the three to five main things you did that day. | 即使你一个人,总结一下那天你所做的三到五个主要事情。 |
| 195 | If you worked, if you went to school, if you talked to your family, if you cooked, | 如果你工作,如果你上学, 如果你和你的家人说话,如果你做饭, |
| 196 | think about the three to five main things you did during the day. | 想想你白天做的三到五件大事 |
| 197 | Now you need to start reviewing what you did each day and organize | 现在,你需要开始审查 你每天做了什么 和组织 |
| 198 | your thoughts in English. | 用英语思考 |
| 199 | Remember that you need to speak out loud. | 记住,你需要大声说话。 |
| 200 | So for example, I told you that I spoke to my friend this morning, Annie, right? | 举个例子,我告诉过你,我今早和我的朋友安妮谈过了,对吧? |
| 201 | We spoke on the phone. | 我们在电话里说过 |
| 202 | Now, if I'm practicing Korean, I need to say, ah, okay. | 现在,如果我练习韩语,我需要说,啊,好吧。 |
| 203 | So I just said, I spoke to my friend. | 所以我说,我和我的朋友谈过了。 |
| 204 | We talked together and we spoke about marriage life. | 我们一起谈婚姻生活 |
| 205 | But again, I had to process what we did in Korean because that's the | 再说一次,我不得不处理我们用韩语做的事 因为那是 |
| 206 | language I'm learning, right? | 我学的语言,对不对? |
| 207 | So for you think about what you did. | 所以,你考虑 你做了什么。 |
| 208 | You're going to think immediately in your own language, but that's okay. | 你会立刻用自己的语言思考 但没关系 |
| 209 | Then you have to force your brain to convert what you're thinking into English | 那你就得强迫你的大脑 把你的想法转换成英语 |
| 210 | and process everything in English about your day. | 用英语处理你今天的一切 |
| 211 | Again, the three to five main things you did. | 再说一遍,你所做的三到五件事情 |
| 212 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 213 | Here's how you do it. | 这是你怎么做的。 |
| 214 | Steps set aside 15 minutes at the end of your day. | 台阶在一天结束时预留了15分钟. |
| 215 | Again, not a long period of time. | 再说一遍,时间不长。 |
| 216 | I want to help you reach your goals without having stress. | 我想帮助你实现你的目标,而不必承受压力。 |
| 217 | So just start with 15 minutes, whatever time of the day you want to set | 所以从15分钟开始,不管你想安排什么时间 |
| 218 | aside this 15 minutes is okay. | 这15分钟还行 |
| 219 | Again, in the evening though, but set aside 15 minutes at the end of your day. | 晚上再说一次,但最后留15分钟 |
| 220 | Then think about the three to five main things you did. | 然后想想你所做的三到五个主要事情. |
| 221 | Finally, start describing or explaining them out loud in English. | 最后,开始用英语大声描述或解释. |
| 222 | Remember I said, I said, we talked about marriage life. | 记得我说过,我说过,我们谈婚姻生活 |
| 223 | Again, my friend is getting married. | 再说一遍,我的朋友要结婚了 |
| 224 | So we talked about marriage life. | 所以我们谈婚姻生活 |
| 225 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 226 | So if my friend is getting married, we're going to talk about marriage life. | 所以,如果我的朋友要结婚, 我们要谈论婚姻生活。 |
| 227 | I had to process that situation in Korean and then say it out loud. | 我不得不用韩语处理这个情况,然后大声说出来。 |
| 228 | You'll notice that the more I say it, the faster it will come out. | 你会发现我越说越快就会出来 |
| 229 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 230 | Because I've already processed it. | 因为我已经处理过了 |
| 231 | You need to do the same thing about your day. | 汝今亦须如是. |
| 232 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 233 | The three to five main things that happened to you during that day. | 那天发生的三到五件大事 |
| 234 | It will help you improve your speaking ability. | 它会帮助你提高你的演讲能力。 |
| 235 | Now let's look at another one. | 现在让我们看看另一个。 |
| 236 | Here's the situation. | 情况是这样的 |
| 237 | You are taking tons of notes in your notebook. | 你在笔记本里记了很多笔记 |
| 238 | You probably have your notes out right now. | 你现在可能已经把笔记拿出来了 |
| 239 | Just writing. | 只是写作 |
| 240 | If you are, I'm very proud of you as your teacher. | 如果你是,我很以你为荣 作为你的老师。 |
| 241 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 242 | Now that's a good thing. | 现在,这是好事。 |
| 243 | So you're taking tons of notes in your notebook on your phone or on | 所以,你在你的笔记本 数吨笔记在你的电话或上 |
| 244 | your computer. | 你的电脑 |
| 245 | The problem is that they stay there. | 问题是他们呆在那里。 |
| 246 | Now I am guilty of this as well. | 现在我也有罪 |
| 247 | When I was studying Korean, when I was in university, sometimes it was | 当我学习韩语, 当我在大学,有时是 |
| 248 | easy to write tons of notes. | 很容易写成吨的笔记。 |
| 249 | I would have tons of notes, books full of notes, whether it be Korean, new | 我会有很多笔记 满是笔记的书 不管是韩文还是新书 |
| 250 | Korean words or expressions or notes from class, uh, from our teacher, teaching | 班上的韩语或表达语或笔记 老师说 |
| 251 | us certain aspects of art or different things. | 我们艺术的某些方面或不同的东西。 |
| 252 | But what happened after class? | 但课后发生了什么? |
| 253 | The notebook would be closed and put on my desk. | 笔记本会关上 放在我桌上 |
| 254 | The note will be closed or put in my book bag. | 纸条将被关闭或放进我的书包里。 |
| 255 | And that's what may be happening to you as well. | 你可能也会这样 |
| 256 | You're taking tons of notes, which is amazing. | 你收了很多笔记,太神奇了 |
| 257 | A great habit to have. | 一个很好的习惯。 |
| 258 | But if those notes just stay, if they stay on your phone or your notebook and you | 但是,如果那些笔记只是停留, 如果他们留在你的电话或你的笔记本和你 |
| 259 | never actually use them, your English speaking ability will never improve. | 从来没有真正使用它们, 你的英语语言能力永远不会提高。 |
| 260 | So here's what you need to do. | 所以,这是你需要做的。 |
| 261 | Take notes and read them. | 作笔记并读. |
| 262 | Read them out loud. | 大声读出来 |
| 263 | You'll notice that there's this overarching theme of out loud, reading | 你会注意到,有一个总的主题 出声,阅读 |
| 264 | out loud, making sure you're speaking and not just thinking about things. | 大声地说,确保你说话 不只是想事情。 |
| 265 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 266 | You need to start reviewing your English notes by reading them out loud. | 你需要开始审查你的英文笔记 通过大声读出来。 |
| 267 | This needs to become a routine because it will help you remember important | 这需要成为例行公事 因为这会帮助你记住重要的 |
| 268 | words and also use them in real life. | 和在现实生活中使用。 |
| 269 | So again, during this video, you've probably been taking notes again, whether | 所以,再次,在这段视频中, 你可能一直在做记录 再次,是否 |
| 270 | it be on your phone or in a notebook. | 在你的电话或笔记本。 |
| 271 | Now, what you're going to do is go back over those notes, but read them out loud. | 现在,你要做的是 翻过那些笔记, 但大声读出来。 |
| 272 | Maybe you wrote a teacher. | 也许你写了一个老师。 |
| 273 | Tiffany said, I need to take notes and read them. | 蒂芬妮说,我需要做笔记和阅读。 |
| 274 | You wrote that now go back and read it. | 你写的,现在回去读它。 |
| 275 | Teacher Tiffany said, I need to take notes and read them out loud. | 蒂凡尼老师说,我需要做笔记,大声读出来。 |
| 276 | You need to let your tongue have practice. | 你得让你的舌头有练习。 |
| 277 | This is how your speaking will improve. | 这就是你说话的方式 |
| 278 | Now, how do you do this? | 现在,你怎么做到的? |
| 279 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 280 | I'm going to give you some steps. | 我要给你一些步骤。 |
| 281 | First, write little notes throughout the week. | 首先,整个星期写小笔记。 |
| 282 | I have a little notebook that I keep with me that when ideas pop in my | 我有一个小笔记本,我保持 与我,当想法涌现在我的 |
| 283 | head, or if I have a little sketch that I want to do, I take that little notebook | 头,或者,如果我有一个小草图 我想做的,我拿那个小笔记本 |
| 284 | out, it's very small and I just draw in it really quickly, or I write some quick notes. | 出去,它非常小,我只是画的非常快, 或者我写一些简短的笔记。 |
| 285 | That's what you need to do throughout the week. | 这就是你需要做的整个星期。 |
| 286 | Take notes. | 记笔记. |
| 287 | Maybe you watch a television program, or maybe you see a YouTube video | 也许你看一个电视节目, 或者你看到一个YouTube视频 |
| 288 | like this lesson and you learn something new jot or write down a quick note. | 像这样的课,你学到一些新东西 或者写一个快速的音符。 |
| 289 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 290 | Write down the notes and collect these notes throughout a week. | 写下笔记,并收集这些笔记整个一周. |
| 291 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 292 | Over a seven day period. | 过七日. |
| 293 | Next, what you're going to do is pick a day to review those notes. | 接下来,你要做的是选择一天来审查这些笔记. |
| 294 | You can say, Hey, Sundays are my review notes day or days, or you can say, Hey, | 你可以说,嘿,星期日是我的评论日或几天, 或者你可以说,嘿, |
| 295 | I'm going to do it on Monday or Wednesday. | 我周一或周三都会做 |
| 296 | You can pick the day just once a week. | 你可以选择一天 只是每周一次。 |
| 297 | Pick a day that you're going to review the notes. | 选一天来审查笔记 |
| 298 | Then what you're going to do is you're going to read them out loud three times. | 那你们要做的就是 大声读三次 |
| 299 | It will get easier each time. | 每次都会变得更容易 |
| 300 | Now you may say teacher, why three times? | 现在你可以说老师,为什么三次? |
| 301 | So let me explain the first time you read your notes. | 所以,让我解释 你第一次读你的笔记。 |
| 302 | You may feel a little bit awkward. | 你可能觉得有点尴尬 |
| 303 | Like teacher Tiffany said, write something and read it out loud, right? | 就像蒂凡尼老师说的 写点什么 然后大声读出来 对吧? |
| 304 | The first time you're kind of like, okay. | 第一次你有点像,好吧。 |
| 305 | But then the second time you read it, teacher Tiffany said, write | 但第二次你读它,蒂凡尼老师说,写 |
| 306 | something down and read it out loud. | 低声读出来 |
| 307 | You're a little more comfortable. | 你有点舒服 |
| 308 | By the third time your tongue is also going to be, Hey, I'm ready. | 第三次,你的舌头也要去, 嘿,我准备好了。 |
| 309 | Let's do it. | 贡举志五种 上. |
| 310 | Your tongue is ready. | 你的舌头准备好了 |
| 311 | You already know what it says because you've connected by looking at | 你已经知道上面写了什么了 因为你已经通过看 |
| 312 | it and actually saying it. | 和实际上说它。 |
| 313 | So now, uh, teacher Tiffany said, write something down and read it out loud. | 所以,呃,蒂凡尼老师说, 写一些东西下来,大声读出来。 |
| 314 | You're giving your tongue practice. | 汝作是语修行. |
| 315 | And by reading it three times out loud, your speaking is definitely going to improve. | 大声读了三遍 你的演讲肯定会好起来的 |
| 316 | Remember the notes are your thoughts, things that you believed were important. | 记住这些笔记是你的思想, 你相信的东西是重要的。 |
| 317 | So you wrote them down. | 所以你写下来了 |
| 318 | So when you go back to read them, they're not going to be pieces of information | 所以当你回去读的时候,它们不会是零星的信息 |
| 319 | that are boring or this is not interesting. | 无聊或这不有趣。 |
| 320 | No, you wrote the notes. | 不 是你写的笔记 |
| 321 | So they're already interesting to you. | 所以他们已经对你有意思了 |
| 322 | And since you wrote them, your brain already has a little connector. | 自从你写了之后 你的大脑已经有点连接了 |
| 323 | It's just waiting for you to make the connection between what's here to | 只是等着你把这里的东西联系起来 |
| 324 | what's coming out on your tongue. | 舌头上流出的是什么 |
| 325 | Make sense? | 有道理吗? |
| 326 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 327 | Now let's look at another situation. | 现在让我们看看另一个情况。 |
| 328 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 329 | Here's the situation. | 情况是这样的 |
| 330 | You are just watching videos or reading English books or articles while | 你只是看视频 或阅读英文书籍或文章 |
| 331 | relaxing and not doing anything else. | 放松和不做别的事。 |
| 332 | Think about it now again, it's very important for you to be relaxed when | 现在再考虑一下 放松对于你非常重要 |
| 333 | you're learning anything, especially English, but if you think about it really | 你正在学习什么,尤其是英语, 但是如果你真的想到它 |
| 334 | hard, a lot of times you just kind of watch a video when it ends, you go to | 很难,很多时候你只是 那种看视频 当它结束,你去 |
| 335 | the next video, that was good. | 下一个视频,这是很好的。 |
| 336 | Then you go to the next video and you keep scrolling. | 然后你去下一个视频,你继续滚动。 |
| 337 | So you're watching, which is good, but you're never putting into | 所以,你在看,这是好的, 但你从来没有投入 |
| 338 | practice what you've learned. | 实践你学到的 |
| 339 | So instead of watching a video, stopping and practicing, you're just kind of | 所以,与其看视频,停止和练习, 你只是那种 |
| 340 | {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}用动静观察 {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}看的越来越多 | |
| 341 | So how can we fix this to help you improve your speaking ability? | 那么,我们如何修复它 帮助你提高你的演讲能力? |
| 342 | You need to read out loud and shadow. | 你需要大声读出来 和阴影。 |
| 343 | So reading out loud and shadowing is very important. | 所以大声读出 和影子是非常重要的。 |
| 344 | You need to start reading the words out loud and, or shadowing what you | 你得开始大声读字 或跟踪你 |
| 345 | hear as you watch various videos. | 听到你观看各种视频。 |
| 346 | This will also help you improve your pronunciation skills. | 这也会帮助您提高读音能力. |
| 347 | So think about it. | 故当思惟. |
| 348 | You all notice that for my videos, I always include lots of graphics. | 你们都注意到了 对于我的视频, 我总是包括很多图形。 |
| 349 | You know, I love design. | 我喜欢设计 |
| 350 | That was my profession before I became an English teacher. | 那是我成为英语老师之前的职业 |
| 351 | I love to make pretty things, right? | 我喜欢做漂亮的东西,对不对? |
| 352 | So since I have the words on the screen that I'm saying, you can practice | 所以,既然我在屏幕上说,你可以练习 |
| 353 | shadowing and reading what I have on the screen. | 跟踪和阅读 我在屏幕上的东西。 |
| 354 | So in essence, you could pause the video and repeat what I said. | 所以实际上,你可以暂停录像 重复我的话。 |
| 355 | So again, you can go back and say, Oh, teacher Tiffany said, you need to start | 所以,你可以回去说, 哦,蒂凡尼老师说, 你需要开始 |
| 356 | reading the words out loud, that, that, that, that, that, and keep going reading | 大声读出这些词, 那样,那样,那样,然后继续读 |
| 357 | what's on the screen by simply hitting pause. | 屏幕上的内容只是暂停 |
| 358 | So instead of just taking information in, you can pause and start to be more | 所以,你可以停止,开始更多 |
| 359 | active and giving yourself the opportunity to improve your speaking skills. | 让自己有机会提高你的演讲技巧。 |
| 360 | So what are the steps? | 台阶是什么? |
| 361 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 362 | Select a video or an audio file. | 选择视频或音频文件。 |
| 363 | Again, you can select the YouTube video. | 再次,你可以选择YouTube视频. |
| 364 | You can select a podcast episode, speak English with Tiffany podcast. | 你可以选择播客插曲,与蒂凡尼播客讲英语. |
| 365 | I think you'll like it. | 我想你会喜欢的 |
| 366 | Now the next thing you're going to do is decide on a specific time interval. | 现在接下来你要做的是决定一个具体的时间间隔。 |
| 367 | Now this is very important. | 这很重要。 |
| 368 | I put down five seconds, 10 seconds and 15 seconds. | 我放下5秒10秒15 |
| 369 | It all depends on your level. | 这都取决于你的水平。 |
| 370 | So what's going to happen is, for example, I'm still talking to you | 举例来说,我还在跟你说话 |
| 371 | right now, but let's say you chose five seconds. | 现在,但让我们假设 你选择了5秒钟。 |
| 372 | So you'll watch for five seconds. | 所以你会看五秒钟。 |
| 373 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 374 | So we're studying this lesson and I want you to keep practicing pause. | 所以我们在学习这个课程 我希望你继续练习暂停。 |
| 375 | I said, okay, we're studying this lesson and I want you to keep practicing. | 我说,好吧,我们正在学习这个课程 我希望你继续练习。 |
| 376 | When you hit that pause button, you'd repeat what I just said. | 当你按下暂停按钮 你会重复我刚才说的话 |
| 377 | Now, for those who are a little bit more advanced, maybe you | 现在,对于那些更先进一点的人,也许你 |
| 378 | choose the 10 second interval. | 选择10秒间隔。 |
| 379 | That means you can remember what is said over a 10 second period. | 也就是说你可以记住 10 秒时间里说的话 |
| 380 | And you can repeat it again. | 亦可复说. |
| 381 | You can choose the interval, but whatever you watch, whatever you are listening to, | 你可以选择时间间隔,但无论你看什么,无论你在听什么, |
| 382 | you need to pick an interval and start and stop, start and stop. | 您需要选择间隔 开始和停止,开始和停止。 |
| 383 | So again, the last part, stop the file based on the | 因此,最后一部分,停止文件基于 |
| 384 | intervals and repeat what you hear. | 间隔,重复你听到的。 |
| 385 | This is so important. | 这很重要 |
| 386 | This is how you practice or shadow and practice reading out loud as you're | 这就是你如何练习 影子和练习 大声读出来,当你是 |
| 387 | learning things from videos or from audio podcasts. | 从视频或音频播客那里学到东西。 |
| 388 | Now, I hope this really helped you because I know how frustrating it can | 现在,我希望这真的 帮助你,因为我知道有多令人沮丧 |
| 389 | be to be able to understand English, but not actually speak. | 能够理解英语,但实际上不会说话。 |
| 390 | I experienced the same thing when I was learning Korean and I wish | 我学韩语时也经历过同样的事情 |
| 391 | someone had given me a lesson like this. | 有人这样教训我 |
| 392 | So put into practice what you learned today. | 所以把今天学到的东西付诸实践 |
| 393 | I will talk to you next week. | 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 394 | Have an amazing week. | 玩得开心点 |
| 395 | Remember if you want to keep studying with me, join my Academy, join our | 记住如果你想继续和我一起学习,加入我的学院,加入我们的 |
| 396 | family by going to let's jump right in.com. | 让我们跳进.com。 |
| 397 | I'll see you next week, but as always, remember to speak English. | 下周见,但一如既往 记得会说英语 |
| 398 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 399 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 400 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 401 | Hey, I said it's story time. | 嘿,我说这是故事的时间。 |
| 402 | Like I slowed it down right there. | 就像我慢下来就在那里。 |
| 403 | Yeah. | 对 |
| 404 | All right guys. | 好吧,伙计们。 |
| 405 | So today's story is actually about a time I was nervous to give a speech. | 所以今天的故事其实是我紧张地 发表演讲的时候。 |
| 406 | Now I'm sure all of you know, something very, um, you know, | 现在,我敢肯定,你们都知道, 一些非常,嗯,你知道, |
| 407 | something about me, I'm not a shy person. | 关于我,我不是害羞的人。 |
| 408 | I've never really been shy to speak up front or in public. | 我从来没有真正害羞 说话前面或公开。 |
| 409 | Public speaking has never been a fear of mine. | 公开演讲从来不是我的恐惧。 |
| 410 | And I've been told many times that it's a blessing to not | 我被多次告诉,这是福不 |
| 411 | be scared to speak up front. | 害怕在前面说话。 |
| 412 | So one time, uh, at my church, this is before I went to Korea. | 有一次,在我的教堂, 这是我去韩国之前。 |
| 413 | Uh, no, no, I went to Korea for a year and I came home to visit. | 呃,不,不,我去了韩国 一年,我回家参观。 |
| 414 | And my pastor said, Tiff, we love for you to give us a sermon. | 我的牧师说,蒂夫,我们爱你给我们布道 |
| 415 | Would you mind speaking? | 你介意说话吗? |
| 416 | I said, okay, I don't mind. | 我说,好吧,我不介意。 |
| 417 | Like I'll definitely do that. | 就像我绝对会这样做。 |
| 418 | So I had about maybe a month to a month and a half to prepare the sermon. | 所以我有大约一个月至一个半月的时间来准备布道。 |
| 419 | So, uh, I'm a Christian and I love God so much. | 所以,呃,我是一个基督徒 我非常爱上帝。 |
| 420 | And I believe that whenever you get up front to speak for him, | 我相信只要你站到前面来替他说话 |
| 421 | you need to make sure you're prepared. | 你需要确保你准备好了。 |
| 422 | So I studied the Bible a lot and I made sure that the topic I was going to speak | 所以我经常研究圣经 确定我要讲的主题 |
| 423 | about, I knew it like the back of my hand. | 关于,我知道它 像我的手的背部。 |
| 424 | I knew it really well. | 我非常清楚这一点。 |
| 425 | So I'd repaired a lot and I was practicing the morning of, so it | 所以,我修复了很多 我练习的早晨,所以 |
| 426 | was the Sabbath morning, uh, Saturday for those Sabbath morning. | 是安息日的早晨,呃,星期六 那些安息日的早晨。 |
| 427 | And I was at home and I was practicing before going to church and all of a | 我在家练习 之前去教堂和所有 |
| 428 | sudden my stomach just started turning in knots. | 突然我的胃开始结节 |
| 429 | I mean, it was hurting really bad and I didn't know what was going on. | 我的意思是,它伤害真的很严重 我不知道是怎么回事。 |
| 430 | Like I had prepared everything and there was nothing wrong. | 好像我已经做好了一切准备 也没什么不对劲 |
| 431 | I hadn't eaten anything wrong the night before. | 我昨晚没吃错东西 |
| 432 | Um, I couldn't think of why my stomach was hurting, but it was getting worse | 嗯,我无法想象 为什么我的胃痛, 但它正在恶化 |
| 433 | and worse and worse to the point that I had to stop practicing and I had to run | 越来越糟糕,我不得不停止练习,我不得不跑 |
| 434 | to the bathroom and I was in the bathroom for a long time. | 我去了洗手间 我在洗手间很久了 |
| 435 | I was still home, but I mean, I was in the bathroom for a long time. | 我当时还在家 但我在浴室待了很久 |
| 436 | You guys can imagine my stomach was killing me and I couldn't figure | 你们可以想象我的胃快死了 我无法想象 |
| 437 | out what was causing me this problem. | 找出是什么让我 这个问题。 |
| 438 | So finally I came out the bathroom and when I came back to my room and I was | 我终于走出浴室 当我回到我的房间时 |
| 439 | sitting looking at my script that I was going to use for my sermon, I heard, you | 坐在这看我的剧本 我打算用我的布道,我听到,你 |
| 440 | know, I was like, wait a minute, I think I'm nervous and I had never been nervous | 你知道,我说,等一下, 我想我很紧张,我从来没有紧张过 |
| 441 | speaking up front before, but I was like, wait a minute, I don't think I'm | 前面说话, 但我想, 等一下, 我不认为我 |
| 442 | nervous, but my body is showing me that yes, what I'm about to speak about is | 紧张,但我的身体告诉我 是的,我要说的是 |
| 443 | not an easy topic and I'm more nervous than I realize now again, my stomach was | 并不是一个简单的话题 我比现在更紧张,我的胃是 |
| 444 | still turning a little bit, but I was like, I have to preach like the pastor | 仍然有点转弯, 但我喜欢,我必须传教 像牧师 |
| 445 | asked me this topic is very important. | 我问这个话题很重要 |
| 446 | I have to preach. | 我必须传教。 |
| 447 | So my family, I would go to church and I'm sitting up front, you know, they | 所以我的家庭,我会去教堂 我坐在前面,你知道,他们 |
| 448 | have the people singing up front and they have like reading the scripture and | 让人们在前面唱歌 他们喜欢阅读经典 |
| 449 | they're going through the regular program. | 他们正在通过常规程序。 |
| 450 | And then it's my turn to go up front to give the sermon. | 然后轮到我上前讲道了 |
| 451 | Now, praise God. | 现在,赞美上帝。 |
| 452 | The sermon went well. | 讲道进展顺利。 |
| 453 | God is good. | 上帝是不错的。 |
| 454 | Um, I wasn't nervous as soon as I got on the stage, I wasn't nervous at all. | 我一上台就一点都不紧张 |
| 455 | And I delivered the sermon. | 我讲道了 |
| 456 | Uh, people said they enjoyed it. | 嗯,人们说他们喜欢它。 |
| 457 | And I also enjoyed giving it after the sermon, I was standing at the door. | 我也喜欢在布道后给它, 我站在门口。 |
| 458 | And normally when church ends, people walk out and they kind of shake the | 通常,当教堂结束, 人们走出去, 他们有点摇动 |
| 459 | hand of the person who spoke and give the person a hug. | 给人一个拥抱 |
| 460 | So since I was the speaker for that day, people were coming out and giving me a | 所以,因为我是那天的演讲人, 人们出来给我一个 |
| 461 | hug and saying, Oh, Tiff, we appreciate the sermon, et cetera, et cetera. | 拥抱并说,哦,蒂夫, 我们欣赏布道,等等,等等。 |
| 462 | But some people came up to me and said, Tiff, you don't know | 但有些人来找我说,蒂夫,你不知道 |
| 463 | how much I needed that sermon. | 我多么需要那个布道 |
| 464 | I had a friend text me Tiff. | 我有一个朋友发短信给我蒂夫。 |
| 465 | That sermon today really touched my heart. | 今天的布道真让我感动 |
| 466 | And I got that response from so many people. | 我得到了这么多人的回应。 |
| 467 | And I realized, man, if I had let my nervousness or my stomach hurting so | 我意识到 如果我让我的紧张或胃痛 |
| 468 | bad, hinder me from giving this message, what would have happened? | 糟糕,阻止我传达这个信息,会发生什么? |
| 469 | The people that needed to hear the message that was given would not have | 需要听到信息的人不会 |
| 470 | heard the message. | 听到留言了 |
| 471 | And that situation taught me that sometimes you're going to be in a | 那种情况告诉我,有时你会在 |
| 472 | situation where you feel nervous. | 你感到紧张的情况 |
| 473 | You're not sure of the words you're going to say, and maybe you may | 你不确定你会说什么 也许你可以 |
| 474 | feel a little bit uncomfortable. | 感觉有点不舒服。 |
| 475 | The thing is you have to work through that nervousness and still speak | 事情是你必须工作 通过紧张,仍然说话 |
| 476 | because you may not realize that someone else needs to hear what you have to say. | 因为你可能没有意识到 别人需要听到你说的话。 |
| 477 | Now, I know we talked today about speaking in English and why it's more | 我知道我们今天谈的是说英语 和为什么更 |
| 478 | difficult than understanding, but I believe in you. | 很难理解 但我相信你 |
| 479 | I believe the very fact that you're able to understand what I'm saying right | 我相信你能理解我说的对 |
| 480 | now is proof that you are just as intelligent as another person, which | 现在证明你和别人一样聪明 |
| 481 | means you can speak in English. | 意思是说英语 |
| 482 | So when you feel your stomach kind of turning in knots, or if you get a little | 所以,当你感到你的胃 那种转弯结,或者如果你得到一点点 |
| 483 | nervous, when you come up to a native English speaker and you have to speak | 紧张,当你来到 一个母语英语,你必须说话 |
| 484 | in English, hopefully my story will help you out, work through the nerves, press | 用英语说,希望我的故事能帮助你, 工作通过神经,按 |
| 485 | forward and remember that the words you have to say are just as important as | 向前看,记住你必须说的话 和往前说一样重要 |
| 486 | the words someone else has to say. | 别人必须说的话 |
| 487 | Guys. | 伙计们。 |
| 488 | I hope you enjoyed this story. | 我希望你喜欢这个故事 |
| 489 | If you have a story about being nervous, please share it in the comment section. | 如果你有紧张的故事,请在评论部分分享. |
| 490 | Again, if you want to keep studying with me and also join our family, don't | 再说一遍,如果你想继续跟我学习 也加入我们家,就不要 |
| 491 | forget to go to let's jump right in.com. | 忘记去,我们跳进.com。 |
| 492 | Also, you can help by liking this video, sharing this video and subscribing. | 另外,你可以通过喜欢这段视频,分享这段视频和签名来帮助. |
| 493 | I will see you all next week. | 下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 493 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P7 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p07 6. 6. 如何用英语思考 6-How to think in English (P7)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p07 6. 6. 如何用英语思考 6-How to think in English (P7)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 5:55字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:03 | I'm teacher Tiffany and today I'm going to teach you | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 0:06 | how to think in English. | 如何用英语思考. |
| 0:09 | This lesson will improve your ability to speak clearly | 这个教训会提高你说话清晰的能力 |
| 0:13 | and logically in English. | 逻辑上用英语 |
| 0:15 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:16 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 0:20 | Thinking involves interactions between pathways | 思考涉及途径之间的相互作用 |
| 0:24 | that carry information from one part of your brain | 从你大脑的一部分传递信息 |
| 0:27 | to the next. | 到下一个。 |
展开字幕全文（92 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 2 | I'm teacher Tiffany and today I'm going to teach you | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 3 | how to think in English. | 如何用英语思考. |
| 4 | This lesson will improve your ability to speak clearly | 这个教训会提高你说话清晰的能力 |
| 5 | and logically in English. | 逻辑上用英语 |
| 6 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 7 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 8 | Thinking involves interactions between pathways | 思考涉及途径之间的相互作用 |
| 9 | that carry information from one part of your brain | 从你大脑的一部分传递信息 |
| 10 | to the next. | 到下一个。 |
| 11 | Simply put, there are triggers that lead | 简言之,有导火索 |
| 12 | to chain reactions in your brain. | 在你的大脑中连锁反应。 |
| 13 | Let's look at how this works. | 让我们看看这是怎么回事。 |
| 14 | When you are driving, you are presented | 当你开车的时候,你被介绍 |
| 15 | with various signs, colors, and objects. | 有各种标志、颜色和物品。 |
| 16 | But when you see the color green, | 但当你看到绿色, |
| 17 | it triggers a reaction in your brain. | 它会引发你脑中的反应 |
| 18 | The green trigger makes you think of going forward. | 绿色触发器让你想到前进 |
| 19 | The red trigger, on the other hand, | 红色触发器, 另一方面, |
| 20 | makes you think that you have to stop. | 让你觉得必须停下来 |
| 21 | In a study that was done regarding triggers and the brain, | 在一项关于触发器和大脑的研究中 |
| 22 | it was found that many fast food companies | 发现许多快餐公司 |
| 23 | use the colors red and yellow. | 使用红色和黄色的颜色。 |
| 24 | This is because red triggers appetite and hunger, | 因为红色会引发食欲和饥饿 |
| 25 | while yellow, on the other hand, | 而黄色,另一方面, |
| 26 | triggers the feelings of happiness and friendliness. | 触发了快乐和友好的感觉. |
| 27 | For example, one of the largest global fast food chains | 例如,全球最大的快速食品链之一 |
| 28 | is McDonald's. | 是麦当劳 |
| 29 | And what colors do they use for their logo? | 他们的标志用什么颜色? |
| 30 | You got it, red and yellow. | 红色和黄色 |
| 31 | That is because McDonald's knows that red and yellow | 因为麦当劳知道红黄 |
| 32 | trigger people to think that they are hungry. | 让人觉得自己饿了 |
| 33 | But the truth is, all of our thoughts | 但事实是 我们所有的想法 |
| 34 | start with some type of trigger. | 从某种触发器开始。 |
| 35 | Look at the next few images and see if you can think | 看看接下来的几张照片 看看能不能思考 |
| 36 | of the English word that matches them. | 的英文单词。 |
| 37 | How did you do? | 你好吗? |
| 38 | You probably got them all correct, right? | 你大概都对了 对吧? |
| 39 | You thought in English after seeing the proper triggers. | 你在看到合适的触发器后用英语思考。 |
| 40 | This is the secret to thinking in English. | 这是用英语思考的秘密。 |
| 41 | You must study with triggers. | 你必须用触发器学习。 |
| 42 | Basically, give your brain more things to connect to. | 基本上,给你的大脑 更多的东西连接。 |
| 43 | And this extends past just simply one word triggers. | 这仅仅是一个词的触发点。 |
| 44 | You must also look for situation and emotional triggers | 还要寻找情境和情感触发器 |
| 45 | in order to think in English. | 为了用英语思考 |
| 46 | Okay, let's test out this theory really quickly. | 好吧,让我们测试 这个理论非常快。 |
| 47 | Does the English word for this image come to mind? | 这个形象的英文词会想到吗? |
| 48 | Or do you only know what it is called in your own language? | 还是你只知道自己语言里叫什么? |
| 49 | Well, in English, this is called a tractor. | 用英语来说 这叫拖拉机 |
| 50 | One more time, a tractor. | 再来一次,拖拉机 |
| 51 | So now this image is a trigger for you to think | 所以,现在这个图像 是触发你思考 |
| 52 | of the word tractor in English. | 的字眼。 |
| 53 | Ready for your test? | 准备好测试了吗? |
| 54 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 55 | Did you get it? | 你拿到了吗? |
| 56 | Once you saw the trigger, | 当你看到触发器, |
| 57 | did you think about what it was in English? | 你考虑过英语里是什么吗? |
| 58 | You did, right? | 是吗? |
| 59 | Great job. | 干得不错 |
| 60 | Now, let's see if this really works | 现在,让我们看看这是否真的可行 |
| 61 | with situational triggers. | 有情境触发器 |
| 62 | So in this image, we see two tractors | 因此在这个画面中,我们看到两台拖拉机 |
| 63 | that look like they were in an accident. | 看起来像是出了意外 |
| 64 | But we need an English expression or phrase that we can use | 但我们需要一个英语的表达或短语 我们可以使用 |
| 65 | so that we can think about this situation in English. | 这样我们就可以用英语来思考这种情况。 |
| 66 | The English expression is plowed into. | 英文表达式被犁入. |
| 67 | One more time, plowed into. | 再来一次,犁入. |
| 68 | The tractor plowed into the other tractor. | 拖拉机犁入另一拖拉机. |
| 69 | Now, this image has become a trigger | 现在,这个图像变成了触发器 |
| 70 | for a thought in English. | 用英语思考 |
| 71 | Ready, set, go. | 准备,准备,开始 |
| 72 | Nice job. | 干得不错 |
| 73 | See, you just thought in English. | 你看,你刚才想的英文。 |
| 74 | Finally, let's check out emotional triggers | 最后,让我们看看情绪触发器 |
| 75 | that will help you think in English. | 这会帮助你思考英语。 |
| 76 | In this image, we see someone who is injured | 在这个画面中,我们看到有人受伤了 |
| 77 | and they are probably feeling lots of pain. | 他们可能感到很多痛苦。 |
| 78 | So how can we describe this emotion or feeling? | 我们如何形容这种情感或感觉? |
| 79 | We can use my whole body aches. | 我们可以用我全身的疼痛。 |
| 80 | One more time, my whole body aches. | 再来一次,我全身都痛 |
| 81 | After the accident, my whole body was aching. | 事故发生后,我全身发痒 |
| 82 | Now, this image has become an emotional trigger | 现在,这个画面变成了情感的触发器 |
| 83 | for a thought in English. | 用英语思考 |
| 84 | Tractor plowed into. | 拖拉机传入. |
| 85 | My whole body aches. | 我全身都疼着呢 |
| 86 | Let's do it. | 贡举志五种 上. |
| 87 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 88 | My whole body aches. | 我全身都疼着呢 |
| 89 | Tractor, cat, dog plowed into. | 拖拉机、猫、狗都跑进去了 |
| 90 | Water, apple, banana. | 水,苹果,香蕉。 |
| 91 | Now, start thinking in English. | 现在,开始用英语思考。 |
| 92 | Remember to subscribe. | 记得订阅。 |
该视频共有字幕 92 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P8 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p08 7. 7. 为英语学生准备的 30 分钟晨间活动 7-30 Minute Morning Routine For English Students (P8)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p08 7. 7. 为英语学生准备的 30 分钟晨间活动 7-30 Minute Morning Routine For English Students (P8)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 15:57字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Do you find it difficult to study English? | 学英语有困难吗? |
| 0:02 | You know, like you have work, you have family, | 你知道,像你有工作, 你有家庭, |
| 0:04 | and you have other responsibilities, | 你们有其他的责任, |
| 0:06 | and you just can't seem to find the time to study English. | 你似乎找不到学习英语的时间 |
| 0:11 | I understand. | 我理解,我懂你说什么 |
| 0:12 | When I was studying Korean, | 当我学习韩语时 |
| 0:13 | I experienced the same difficulties, | 我经历了同样的困难, |
| 0:15 | trying to balance work and family and friends | 努力兼顾工作与家人和朋友 |
| 0:18 | and still study another language. | 并且仍然学习另一种语言。 |
| 0:20 | It's not that easy. | 这不是那么容易。 |
展开字幕全文（348 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Do you find it difficult to study English? | 学英语有困难吗? |
| 2 | You know, like you have work, you have family, | 你知道,像你有工作, 你有家庭, |
| 3 | and you have other responsibilities, | 你们有其他的责任, |
| 4 | and you just can't seem to find the time to study English. | 你似乎找不到学习英语的时间 |
| 5 | I understand. | 我理解,我懂你说什么 |
| 6 | When I was studying Korean, | 当我学习韩语时 |
| 7 | I experienced the same difficulties, | 我经历了同样的困难, |
| 8 | trying to balance work and family and friends | 努力兼顾工作与家人和朋友 |
| 9 | and still study another language. | 并且仍然学习另一种语言。 |
| 10 | It's not that easy. | 这不是那么容易。 |
| 11 | That's why I created this 30-minute routine just for you. | 这就是为什么我创造了这个30分钟的常规 只为你。 |
| 12 | This routine is gonna help you | 这条路会帮你的 |
| 13 | take your English to the next level. | 把你的英语带到下一个关卡。 |
| 14 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 15 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 16 | All right, so here's the deal. | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 17 | You want a 30-minute morning routine, | 你想要一个30分钟的早晨常规, |
| 18 | but you have these questions. | 但你有这些问题。 |
| 19 | How can you have fun studying English in 30 minutes? | 30分钟后你怎么能学英语? |
| 20 | Yes, it is possible to enjoy studying English. | 是的,可以享受学习英语。 |
| 21 | That is my goal, to give you confidence | 这就是我的目标,给你信心 |
| 22 | and to help you enjoy English, all right? | 帮你享受英语,好吗? |
| 23 | So how can you have fun studying English | 所以,你怎么能有乐趣 学习英语 |
| 24 | in only 30 minutes? | 就30分钟? |
| 25 | How can you learn something in 30 minutes? | 30分钟内你怎么能学东西? |
| 26 | And how can you be creative in only 30 minutes? | 30分钟内你怎么能有创意? |
| 27 | Here we go, we're gonna start with step one. | 开始了,我们从第一步开始。 |
| 28 | Watch an English video. | 观看英语视频. |
| 29 | Now, this is so very important. | 这很重要 |
| 30 | Now, we're only gonna spend five minutes on this step. | 现在,我们只花五分钟在这个步骤上。 |
| 31 | That's right, five minutes. | 没错,五分钟。 |
| 32 | Now, there's so many things that you need to do | 现在,有很多事情你需要做 |
| 33 | as an English learner, | 作为一个英语学习者, |
| 34 | but starting your morning off by watching an English video | 但从你早上看英语视频开始 |
| 35 | is gonna help you in so many ways, | 会帮助你很多方面, |
| 36 | and you only need five minutes. | 你只需要五分钟 |
| 37 | Now, the first step will take five minutes. | 现在,第一步需要5分钟。 |
| 38 | This five-minute period will help you take information in. | 这5分钟时间会帮助你获取信息。 |
| 39 | I want you to think about children, like babies. | 我要你像婴儿一样考虑孩子 |
| 40 | When they come out the womb, they can't talk. | 当它们从子宫出来时,它们不能说话. |
| 41 | They can definitely cry, but they cannot talk. | 他们当然可以哭,但他们不能说话。 |
| 42 | So for a long period of time, for months, | 因此,很长一段时间, 几个月, |
| 43 | they're simply taking information in. | 他们只是收集信息而已 |
| 44 | They're learning the language, | 他们正在学习语言, |
| 45 | and they're not saying anything. | 他们什么也没说 |
| 46 | So you first need to activate that part of your brain | 所以你首先需要激活你大脑的这一部分 |
| 47 | by watching something in English, | 看英语节目 |
| 48 | and spending five minutes can help you do that, okay? | 花5分钟可以帮助你做到这一点,好吗? |
| 49 | So here we go, five minutes. | 所以,我们走了,五分钟。 |
| 50 | Now, again, like I said, | 现在,再次,就像我说的, |
| 51 | this basically activates your English brain. | 这基本上可以激活你的英语大脑。 |
| 52 | Now, this is the fun part. | 现在,这是有趣的部分。 |
| 53 | The main focus of this step is fun. | 这一步骤的主要焦点是乐趣. |
| 54 | You want to start your morning routine | 你想开始你的早晨常规 |
| 55 | with something that you enjoy. | 有你喜欢的东西。 |
| 56 | Can you imagine waking up in the morning | 你能想象早上醒来 |
| 57 | and having to study an English book? | 还要研究一本英文书? |
| 58 | Oh, I'm so tired, I need to go to work, | 哦,我好累,我得去工作了, |
| 59 | but I have to open an English book first. | 但我得先打开一本英文书 |
| 60 | Well, no, I want you to first start your day | 嗯,不,我要你先开始你的一天 |
| 61 | with something fun, something you enjoy. | 有乐趣,你喜欢的东西。 |
| 62 | So watching a video in English, | 所以看英语视频 |
| 63 | not just an English video about grammar, | 不只是关于语法的英语视频, |
| 64 | but an English video about something you're interested in | 但英语视频 关于你感兴趣的东西 |
| 65 | is going to be fun, all right? | 会很有趣的,好吗? |
| 66 | Now, another thing I want to bring to your attention, | 现在,还有一件事 我想提请你注意, |
| 67 | this makes it easier to take information in. | 这样就更容易获取信息。 |
| 68 | And also, you can find a video wherever you want. | 还有,你可以找到一个视频 任何你想要的。 |
| 69 | For this step, you will basically find | 对于这个步骤,你基本上会发现 |
| 70 | 在YouTube、电视上 | |
| 71 | or another video platform. | 或另一个视频平台。 |
| 72 | Now, you can find a video on the platform you like the most. | 现在,你可以在最喜欢的平台上找到一个视频. |
| 73 | 例如,Netflix(英语:Netflix). | |
| 74 | Many of you actually have a Netflix subscription. | 很多人实际上都有Netflix的订阅. |
| 75 | Now, remember, this step is only five minutes. | 现在,记住,这个步骤只有五分钟。 |
| 76 | So there may be a show that you really enjoy. | 所以,也许有一个节目 你真的喜欢。 |
| 77 | Well, watch it for five minutes. | 好吧,看着它五分钟。 |
| 78 | Now, if you have more than 30 minutes, | 现在,如果你有超过30分钟, |
| 79 | go ahead, watch it longer. | 继续,再看下去 |
| 80 | But I want you to get in the habit of, in the morning, | 但我希望你习惯,在早晨, |
| 81 | starting with five minutes, | 从五分钟开始, |
| 82 | watching a video in English for five minutes, all right? | 看了五分钟的英语视频,好吗? |
| 83 | So let's look at how this is done, here we go. | 让我们来看看这是怎么回事,我们走了。 |
| 84 | So again, there are many different things | 再说一遍,有很多不同的事情 |
| 85 | that you may be interested in. | 你可能会感兴趣。 |
| 86 | For example, maybe you like comedy, | 比如说,也许你喜欢喜剧 |
| 87 | or travel, or sports, cooking. | 或旅行,或运动,烹饪。 |
| 88 | And there's a list of 10 things that I put here, right? | 我列了十样东西,对吧? |
| 89 | For example, you guys know that I love to exercise. | 比如,你们知道我喜欢锻炼 |
| 90 | I love running. | 我喜欢跑步。 |
| 91 | I love art. | 我爱艺术 |
| 92 | You've seen some of my artwork in a previous video. | 你在之前的一段录像里看过我的作品 |
| 93 | So first, think about your personal interests. | 所以首先,想想你的个人利益。 |
| 94 | What are your hobbies? | 你的爱好是什么? |
| 95 | Think about those things, | 想想那些东西, |
| 96 | and you wanna watch a video for five minutes | 你想看一个视频 五分钟 |
| 97 | connected to your interest or your hobby, all right? | 和你的兴趣或爱好有关,好吗? |
| 98 | So again, the topic of interest and a video on that topic. | 同样,这个话题 和关于这个话题的视频。 |
| 99 | All right, now, suggestions. | 好吧,现在,建议。 |
| 100 | For example, you guys also know that I love cooking, | 例如 你们也知道我喜欢做饭 |
| 101 | because I love to eat. | 因为我喜欢吃东西。 |
| 102 | Yes, I exercise so that I can eat more. | 是的,我锻炼是为了能多吃点 |
| 103 | I really like cooking, all right? | 我真的很喜欢做饭,好吗? |
| 104 | So there's a very popular YouTube channel that I watch. | 所以有一个非常受欢迎的YouTube频道,我看。 |
| 105 | It's called Hot For Food, | 这叫热食 |
| 106 | so I could watch one of their videos. | 这样我就可以看他们的视频了 |
| 107 | Or maybe you like exercising, like me. | 或者你喜欢锻炼 就像我一样 |
| 108 | Global Cycling Network is also a very popular | 全球自行车网络也非常受欢迎 |
| 109 | YouTube channel, in English, that speaks about cycling. | YouTube频道,英文频道,讲的是骑自行车. |
| 110 | So again, something you're interested in, all right? | 再说一次,你感兴趣的事,好吗? |
| 111 | Or maybe you enjoy travel. | 或者你喜欢旅行 |
| 112 | A very, very popular YouTube channel is Kara and Nate. | 一个非常非常受欢迎的YouTube频道是卡拉和内特. |
| 113 | So again, you can change it up every day. | 所以,你每天可以改变它。 |
| 114 | Pick one of your interests and find a YouTube channel | 选一个你的兴趣 找到一个YouTube频道 |
| 115 | that has a video about your interest, okay? | 有个关于你兴趣的视频,好吗? |
| 116 | That's the first step for five minutes. | 这是五分钟的第一步。 |
| 117 | Now, after you've done that, we need to do the next step. | 现在,在你这样做之后, 我们需要做下一步。 |
| 118 | Step number two, you're gonna learn three new things. | 第二步,你会学到三个新东西 |
| 119 | So here's what's gonna happen. | 因此,这里会发生什么。 |
| 120 | This step only lasts for 10 minutes. | 这一步只持续10分钟. |
| 121 | The second step will take 10 minutes. | 第二步需要10分钟。 |
| 122 | This 10 minute period will help you process | 这10分钟会帮助你处理 |
| 123 | the information from step number one. | 第一步的信息。 |
| 124 | Remember, during that first step, we only spent five minutes | 记住,在这第一步 我们只花了五分钟 |
| 125 | watching something that we were interested in. | 看着我们感兴趣的东西 |
| 126 | So we took information in. | 所以,我们得到了信息。 |
| 127 | Now for step two, for 10 minutes, | 现在第二步 十分钟 |
| 128 | we are going to process that information. | 我们将处理这个信息。 |
| 129 | But remember, I said three new things. | 但是记住,我说了三件事 |
| 130 | It's very important, okay? | 这很重要,好吗? |
| 131 | So let me go into more detail, all right? | 所以,让我更详细地说,好吗? |
| 132 | Basically, spend time grasping | 基本上,花时间把握 |
| 133 | and understanding the information. | 并了解情况。 |
| 134 | Now, learn. | 现在,学习。 |
| 135 | The main focus of this step is learning. | 这一步骤的主要重点是学习。 |
| 136 | Remember, the first step was focused on fun, | 记住,第一步是专注于乐趣, |
| 137 | having a good time, right? | 玩得开心吧? |
| 138 | Now we're focused on learning. | 现在我们专注于学习。 |
| 139 | So you want to concentrate on understanding | 所以你想专心于理解 |
| 140 | the information you took in during step number one. | 在第一阶段你得到的信息。 |
| 141 | So again, this will help you use the information later, | 再说一次,这可以帮助你以后使用信息, |
| 142 | all right? | 好吗? |
| 143 | So learn three new things. | 故学三新. |
| 144 | For this step, you will basically memorize | 对于这个步骤,你基本上会记住 |
| 145 | three things you heard while watching the video. | 你在看视频时听到了三件事 |
| 146 | They can be vocabulary words, expressions, idioms, | 它们可以是词汇,表达, 平庸, |
| 147 | patterns, or other English tips or techniques. | 模式,或者其他英语提示或技巧. |
| 148 | Now again, the reason I'm telling you | 再说一遍,我告诉你的原因 |
| 149 | to learn only three things is because many times | 只学习三件事 因为很多次 |
| 150 | as a student, you want to learn lots of things at one time. | 作为一个学生,你想学习 很多事情一次。 |
| 151 | Oh, I want to learn 20 words in 15 minutes. | 我想在15分钟内学20个字 |
| 152 | In an hour, you've forgotten 15 of those words. | 一个小时后 你忘了15个字 |
| 153 | Remember, the goal is for you to take it in, | 记住,目标是让你接受它, |
| 154 | process it, and use it. | 处理它,并使用它。 |
| 155 | So if you learn in little chunks, | 所以,如果你学习的小块, |
| 156 | trust me, it'll be so much better. | 相信我,那会更好 |
| 157 | I have students that watched my English marathon, | 我有学生看 我的英语马拉松, |
| 158 | and to this day, that was in November, | 直到今天,那是在11月, |
| 159 | they still use the words properly. | 他们仍然正确使用这个词。 |
| 160 | They still use them naturally, | 他们仍然自然使用它们, |
| 161 | and you're probably one of my students | 你可能是我的学生之一 |
| 162 | who is able to speak to me via email, | 他可以通过电子邮件跟我说话, |
| 163 | or if you're my VIP membership, | 或者如果你是我的贵宾会员 |
| 164 | you are able to use the words during our conversation. | 你可以在谈话时使用这些话 |
| 165 | So again, learn in small chunks, all right? | 再说一遍,用小块块学习,好吗? |
| 166 | So again, let's see how this is done actually. | 再说一遍,我们看看这实际上是如何做到的。 |
| 167 | So here we go, all right? | 所以,我们走了,好吗? |
| 168 | So again, you want to specifically focus on things | 所以,你还是想专注在事情上 |
| 169 | you had difficulty understanding. | 你很难理解 |
| 170 | Now I'm sorry I didn't mention this to you. | 现在,我很抱歉 我没有告诉你这一点。 |
| 171 | Don't write down things you already know. | 别写你已经知道的事了 |
| 172 | If there was some part of the video | 如果有视频的一部分 |
| 173 | that you didn't understand, write it down. | 你不明白,写下来 |
| 174 | Write that word down, write that expression, | 写下这个词,写下这个表情, |
| 175 | and learn that expression in step number two. | 并在第二步学习这个表情。 |
| 176 | For the 10 minutes, you're going to look up | 10分钟后,你会抬头看 |
| 177 | those three words or expressions, all right? | 那三个词或表达,好吗? |
| 178 | So here we go, let's see exactly how we can do this. | 因此,我们开始吧,让我们看看我们如何做到这一点。 |
| 179 | Now again, maybe there's a vocabulary word | 现在再说一遍,也许有一个词汇 |
| 180 | or an expression or an advanced English sentence pattern. | 或表达式或高级英语句式。 |
| 181 | What you're going to do is write them in your journal. | 你要做的是在你的日记上写下 |
| 182 | Remember, for those of you that have already purchased | 记住,你们中已经购买了 |
| 183 | my 2020 English planner, you can write it in the planner. | 我的2020年英语计划师,你可以把它写在计划师。 |
| 184 | If you haven't, I'll put the link in the description | 如果你没有,我会把链接 在描述 |
| 185 | so you can download it, purchase it, | 所以你可以下载 购买 |
| 186 | and download it and use the journal, all right? | 并下载它和使用日记,好吗? |
| 187 | The planner, all right? | 计划员,好吗? |
| 188 | So then you're going to review and memorize them, | 所以,然后你要去 审查和记住他们, |
| 189 | and you can keep track of what you learned. | 你可以跟踪你学到了什么 |
| 190 | So let's zoom in really quickly. | 所以让我们快速放大。 |
| 191 | So here's an expression that I heard | 我听到一个表达 |
| 192 | in a video that I watched, spare change, right? | 在我看的录像里 闲着找零钱 对吧? |
| 193 | Now spare change means a small amount of unneeded money. | 现在多余的改变意味着少量不需要的钱. |
| 194 | Now what did I do? | 现在,我做了什么? |
| 195 | Read the definition, or what do I need to do? | 读一下定义,还是我需要做什么? |
| 196 | Read the definition, practice saying the word, | 阅读定义,实践说这个词, |
| 197 | and review some example sentences. | 并审查一些例子句子。 |
| 198 | Again, you're training your brain not only to understand, | 再说一次,你训练你的大脑 不仅是为了理解, |
| 199 | but to be able to use the expression or word properly | 但能够正确使用表达式或单词 |
| 200 | for the 10-minute period, only with three new things, okay? | 10分钟的时间,只有三个新东西,好吗? |
| 201 | All right, so now we're going to move right into | 好了,现在我们要搬进去了 |
| 202 | the third phase, step number three, all right? | 第三阶段,第三步,好吗? |
| 203 | So step number three is write in your journal. | 第三步是在你的日记里写的 |
| 204 | Now stay with me. | 现在留在我身边。 |
| 205 | Remember, in step number two, | 记住,第二步 |
| 206 | you wrote out the three things you learned. | 你写出了你学到的三件事 |
| 207 | Step number three is a little bit different, all right? | 第三步有点不一样 好吗? |
| 208 | So this step is very important as well. | 所以这个步骤也是非常重要的。 |
| 209 | This is going to last 15 minutes. | 这会持续15分钟 |
| 210 | That's right, this is the longest step, 15 minutes. | 没错,这是最长的一步,15分钟。 |
| 211 | Now the third step will take 15 minutes. | 现在第三步需要15分钟。 |
| 212 | This 15-minute period will help you think | 这15分钟的时间会帮助你思考 |
| 213 | creatively in English. | 以英语创作. |
| 214 | Please pay attention because this is so important. | 请注意,因为这很重要 |
| 215 | Thinking creatively in English is going to help you speak | 用英语创造性思考会帮助你说话 |
| 216 | with more fluency when you come to someone | 更流利 当你来到某人 |
| 217 | you've never met before and they ask you a question. | 你从来没有见过 他们问你一个问题。 |
| 218 | Usually you get stumped or shocked, | 通常你被砍伤或震惊, |
| 219 | but if you're practicing and thinking creatively | 但是,如果你在练习和思考 创造性 |
| 220 | on a regular basis, your words will come out even faster, | 你的话会越快越好 |
| 221 | all right? | 好吗? |
| 222 | So going back to the details about this step, | 回到这个步骤的细节 |
| 223 | this will help you to start thinking in English. | 这将帮助你开始用英语思考。 |
| 224 | Now, thinking creatively, the main focus of this step | 现在,创造性的思考, 这个步骤的主要焦点 |
| 225 | is creative thinking. | 是创造性的想法。 |
| 226 | You want to think in English about your day. | 你想用英语想想你的日子 |
| 227 | This will help you think in English throughout your day. | 这会帮助你整天用英语思考。 |
| 228 | Now we're getting into applying what you've learned | 现在我们开始应用你学到的 |
| 229 | and also what you've learned in the past | 还有你过去学到的 |
| 230 | because you're going to start writing about your day, | 因为你要开始写你的一天, |
| 231 | all right? | 好吗? |
| 232 | So once again, more details. | 再说一遍 更多细节 |
| 233 | We have write about your day. | 我们写了你的日子。 |
| 234 | For this step, you will basically spend time writing | 这一步,你基本上要花时间写作 |
| 235 | about your day. | 有关你的日子。 |
| 236 | You can pick a specific activity or task | 您可以选择特定的活动或任务 |
| 237 | and describe it using the five Ws. | 并用五W来描述. |
| 238 | Again, remember, we've always practiced the five Ws. | 再说一遍 记住 我们一直练习五W |
| 239 | Who, what, when, where, and why. | 谁,什么,什么时候,哪里,为什么。 |
| 240 | Giving enough details about | 给出足够的细节 |
| 241 | whatever you're speaking about, okay? | 不管你在说什么,好吗? |
| 242 | So let's see this in action. | 所以,让我们看看这个行动。 |
| 243 | Here we go back to my screen. | 我们回到我的屏幕。 |
| 244 | You can choose anything you want to write about. | 你可以选择任何你想写的东西。 |
| 245 | Now, writing your journal. | 现在,写你的日记。 |
| 246 | So on the left, we have breakfast or lunch. | 左边是早餐或午餐 |
| 247 | I'm going to a movie with my friend, have a meeting, | 我要和我的朋友去看电影 开个会 |
| 248 | and I have to pick up my kids. | 我必须去接我的孩子 |
| 249 | Now you'll see on the right side, | 现在你可以看到右边 |
| 250 | I wrote some notes about my morning, my work, and afternoon. | 我写了一些关于我早上,工作,下午的笔记. |
| 251 | Now on the right side of my journal, | 现在在我的日记右侧 |
| 252 | I'll start writing about my day. | 我会开始写我的日子。 |
| 253 | Again, you're going to spend 15 minutes doing this, all right? | 再说一遍 你要花15分钟做这个 好吗? |
| 254 | This is step number three. | 这是第三步。 |
| 255 | 15 minutes writing about your day. | 15分钟写你的日子。 |
| 256 | Now, this routine is very short | 现在,这个程序很短 |
| 257 | and 15 minutes may seem like a long time | 15分钟看起来可能很长一段时间 |
| 258 | when you first start. | 当你第一次开始。 |
| 259 | I'll be honest, when I was studying Korean, | 老实说 当我学习韩语时 |
| 260 | it wasn't that easy to write in Korean | 用韩文写字没那么容易 |
| 261 | when I had to think about my day. | 当我不得不思考我的一天。 |
| 262 | It took a long time. | 它花了很长时间。 |
| 263 | But the more you do this and the more you practice, | 但是,你越做这个, 你练习越多, |
| 264 | the longer you will be able to write, | 你们能写得越久, |
| 265 | the more you'll be able to write and you will improve, all right? | 写得越多,你就会进步,好吗? |
| 266 | So again, I want you to know that if you want to learn more | 再说一遍,我想告诉你 如果你想多学点 |
| 267 | about other English YouTube channels that can help you, | 关于其他能帮你的英语YouTube频道 |
| 268 | you can watch part two, all right? | 你可以看第二部分,好吗? |
| 269 | Part two is for students in my academy | 第二部分是我学院的学生 |
| 270 | and I give a list of other YouTube channels | 我列出其他YouTube频道列表 |
| 271 | that talk about your interests | 谈论你的利益 |
| 272 | because you may not know how to find YouTube channels | 因为你可能不知道如何找到YouTube频道 |
| 273 | about your specific interests, all right? | 关于你的具体兴趣,好吗? |
| 274 | Now, I really hope you enjoyed this video. | 现在,我真的希望你喜欢这个视频。 |
| 275 | I hope this 30-minute routine helps to take your English | 我希望这30分钟的例行公事能帮助你接受英语 |
| 276 | to the next level. | 到下一个关卡。 |
| 277 | Remember, you can do it. | 记住,你能做到的。 |
| 278 | I believe in you, all right? | 我相信你,好吗? |
| 279 | Well, I hope you enjoyed. | 好吧,我希望你喜欢。 |
| 280 | I will see you in next week's video. | 下周的录影带见 |
| 281 | But as always, remember to speak English. | 但一如既往,记住说英语。 |
| 282 | Oh, yeah. | 对 |
| 283 | It's story time, story time. | 故事时间,故事时间。 |
| 284 | All right, guys, so today's story time is kind of funny. | 好了,伙计们,所以今天的故事时间 有点好笑。 |
| 285 | So, you know, growing up, so I have very loving parents. | 所以,你知道,长大了, 所以我有非常可爱的父母。 |
| 286 | They love my sister and I | 他们爱我妹妹和我 |
| 287 | and we grew up in a household literally full of love. | 我们在一个充满爱的家庭里长大 |
| 288 | Now, this story is actually about my parents | 这个故事其实是我父母的事 |
| 289 | and how they woke us up in the morning. | 他们早上把我们吵醒了 |
| 290 | Remember, we talked about morning routines, right? | 记住,我们谈过早上的例行公事,对吧? |
| 291 | So my parents, they also had a morning routine. | 所以我的父母,他们也有 早晨的例行公事。 |
| 292 | Each of them had a different morning routine. | 他们每个人都有 不同的早晨常规。 |
| 293 | So I'm going to explain my mother's morning routine first. | 所以我要先解释一下我母亲的早班 |
| 294 | So growing up, my sister and I, and literally, guys, | 所以长大了,我妹妹和我, 和字面上,伙计们, |
| 295 | this lasted all the way through high school. | 这一直持续到高中。 |
| 296 | So my mom, again, very loving. | 所以我妈妈,再次,非常的爱。 |
| 297 | Every morning when it was her turn to get us up in the morning, | 每天早上轮到她让我们起床的时候 |
| 298 | she would, especially on Saturdays. | 她会的,特别是在星期六。 |
| 299 | So I'm Seventh-day Adventist and I go to church on Saturdays. | 所以我是基督复临安息日会 星期六去教堂 |
| 300 | So my mom would come to our doors and lightly tap | 我妈妈会来我们家门口 轻轻敲敲 |
| 301 | and then she starts singing a song telling us to wake up, | 然后她开始唱一首歌 告诉我们醒来, |
| 302 | wake up, it's Sabbath morning. | 醒醒,今天是安息日 |
| 303 | Now, she would sing the song and we would wake up | 现在,她会唱这首歌 然后我们醒来 |
| 304 | and we would be so happy to see her in the morning. | 我们早上见到她会很高兴的 |
| 305 | Now, again, this is not when we were two and three. | 现在,再说一遍,这不是我们两三岁的时候。 |
| 306 | Like we were older, 10, 12, 14, 15. | 就像我们大了,10,12,14,15。 |
| 307 | We were always happy for my mom to come in the room. | 我们一直为我妈进房间感到高兴 |
| 308 | So she would sing different songs, | 所以她会唱不同的歌曲, |
| 309 | but she would always sing something to us in the morning | 但她早上总是唱给我们听 |
| 310 | to wake us up and we wake up with a smile. | 唤醒我们 然后我们笑着醒来 |
| 311 | Now, I will say this, when we got to about the 17 or 18, | 现在,我会说, 当我们得到关于17或18, |
| 312 | 18 years old, she stopped coming to our room. | 18岁,她不再来我们房间了 |
| 313 | And my sister and I said, what is mommy doing? | 我妹妹和我说 妈妈在做什么? |
| 314 | We had started to love my mom coming and singing a song | 我们开始喜欢我妈来唱歌 |
| 315 | to us in the morning, especially before church on Saturdays. | 早上,特别是在礼拜六的教堂之前 |
| 316 | Now, my dad was a different story. | 现在,我爸爸是一个不同的故事。 |
| 317 | So my dad is a big guy, not fat, he's very muscular. | 我爸是个大块头,不是胖子,他很肌肉 |
| 318 | He's a manly man, right? | 他是个男人,对吧? |
| 319 | Very loving, very loving. | 非常爱,非常爱。 |
| 320 | And everybody loves him too. | 大家都爱他 |
| 321 | He had a different routine though. | 不过他有不同的习惯 |
| 322 | During the week, he would take us to school. | 这周,他会带我们去学校 |
| 323 | So we'd have to wake up very early in the morning. | 所以我们得在清晨醒来 |
| 324 | And my dad, we're used to on Saturdays in the weekend | 我爸,周末周六我们习惯了 |
| 325 | my mom singing, my dad would come six in the morning. | 我妈妈在唱歌 我爸早上六点来 |
| 326 | Boom, boom, boom, get,起女, get. | |
| 327 | It's time to go to school. | 时诸学人. |
| 328 | It was like night and day, very opposite. | 这就像昼夜,非常相反。 |
| 329 | That's an expression we use in English, night and day. | 那是我们用英语表达的 昼夜 |
| 330 | So my mom singing beautiful songs, very peaceful | 我妈妈唱的歌很美 非常平静 |
| 331 | and waking us up and kissing us to wake us up. | 唤醒我们 亲吻我们 唤醒我们。 |
| 332 | And then my dad, get up girls, we gotta go to school. | 然后我爸爸,起床女孩, 我们必须去上学。 |
| 333 | Oh, and he's a military man, he's in the military. | 哦,他是一个军人,他在军中。 |
| 334 | He was in the military for about 30 years. | 他参军约30年. |
| 335 | So, you know, very, you know, manly man. | 所以,你知道,非常,你知道, 男人。 |
| 336 | So I'd always say, man, mommy and daddy's routine | 所以我总是说,男人,妈妈和爸爸的常规 |
| 337 | is a little bit different. | 有点不同 |
| 338 | So again, I'm not sure how your parents woke you up | 再说一遍,我不知道你父母是怎么把你吵醒的 |
| 339 | when you were growing up, when you were a child. | 你小时候长大的时候 |
| 340 | But yeah, my parents had very different methods | 但我父母有很不一样的方法 |
| 341 | or routines in the morning. | 或早晨的常道, |
| 342 | Now I love them both, but yeah, my mom was the softer one | 现在,我爱他们两个,但 是的,我妈妈是最柔软的 |
| 343 | in the morning and my dad was more militant in the morning. | 早上,我爸更激进 早上。 |
| 344 | So hopefully you guys enjoyed that story. | 希望你们喜欢这个故事 |
| 345 | Let me know in the comments about your own parents | 在关于你父母的评论中告诉我 |
| 346 | and your family or how you personally wake | 和你的家人 或你如何亲自醒来 |
| 347 | your own children up. | 你自己的孩子起来。 |
| 348 | All right, guys, I'll see you in the next video. | 好了,伙计们,下次见 |
该视频共有字幕 348 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P9 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p09 8. 8. 提高英语水平你每天必须做的 3 件事 8-3 THINGS YOU MUST DO Every Day to Improve Your Englis (P9)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p09 8. 8. 提高英语水平你每天必须做的 3 件事 8-3 THINGS YOU MUST DO Every Day to Improve Your Englis (P9)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 22:27字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | You know, this week I had a conversation with one of my favorite students and he asked me | 这周我和我最喜欢的一个学生谈过 他问我 |
| 0:06 | a question that I'm sure you have asked yourself many times. | 我相信你已经问过自己很多次了 |
| 0:10 | He said, Tiff, you know, I've been studying English for a long time. | 他说,蒂夫,你知道, 我学习英语很长一段时间。 |
| 0:15 | I listen to a lot of things and I read a lot of books, but I don't seem to be improving. | 我听了很多东西,读了很多书,但似乎没有改进. |
| 0:22 | He said that when he listens to different audio clips or watches a drama and tries to | 他说,当他听 不同的音频剪辑或看 戏剧并试图 |
| 0:28 | what they're saying, he may understand, but later on he's not able to use what he learned. | 他们所说的,他也许明白, 但后来他无法使用 他学到的东西。 |
| 0:34 | And he said it's frustrating. | 他说很沮丧 |
| 0:37 | So I want to ask you, have you ever experienced that? | 我想问你,你经历过吗? |
| 0:40 | You know, like you put a lot of effort and time into studying English and you see things | 你知道,就像你投入了很多精力和时间 学习英语,你看到的东西 |
| 0:45 | on TV, you hear things in various conversations, but you just can't seem to use the expressions | 在电视上,你听到 事情在各种谈话, 但你只是不能 似乎使用表达 |
展开字幕全文（413 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | You know, this week I had a conversation with one of my favorite students and he asked me | 这周我和我最喜欢的一个学生谈过 他问我 |
| 2 | a question that I'm sure you have asked yourself many times. | 我相信你已经问过自己很多次了 |
| 3 | He said, Tiff, you know, I've been studying English for a long time. | 他说,蒂夫,你知道, 我学习英语很长一段时间。 |
| 4 | I listen to a lot of things and I read a lot of books, but I don't seem to be improving. | 我听了很多东西,读了很多书,但似乎没有改进. |
| 5 | He said that when he listens to different audio clips or watches a drama and tries to | 他说,当他听 不同的音频剪辑或看 戏剧并试图 |
| 6 | what they're saying, he may understand, but later on he's not able to use what he learned. | 他们所说的,他也许明白, 但后来他无法使用 他学到的东西。 |
| 7 | And he said it's frustrating. | 他说很沮丧 |
| 8 | So I want to ask you, have you ever experienced that? | 我想问你,你经历过吗? |
| 9 | You know, like you put a lot of effort and time into studying English and you see things | 你知道,就像你投入了很多精力和时间 学习英语,你看到的东西 |
| 10 | on TV, you hear things in various conversations, but you just can't seem to use the expressions | 在电视上,你听到 事情在各种谈话, 但你只是不能 似乎使用表达 |
| 11 | and vocabulary words like a native English speaker. | 和词汇如母语英语。 |
| 12 | And it's frustrating. | 而且很沮丧 |
| 13 | You know, I told this student, I said, you know what, I understand what you're going through. | 你知道,我告诉这个学生, 我说,你知道什么, 我知道你正在经历什么。 |
| 14 | I went through the exact same thing when I was studying Korean. | 我学习韩语时也经历了同样的事情. |
| 15 | Korean is not an easy language to learn. | 朝鲜语不是容易学习的语言. |
| 16 | It's a beautiful language, but it's not easy. | 语言虽美,但亦不易. |
| 17 | And I helped him to understand that I also experienced the same frustrations. | 我帮助他理解 我也经历了同样的挫折。 |
| 18 | But in the midst of our conversation, I let him know three things, three things that will | 但是在我们的对话中 我让他知道三件事 |
| 19 | transform his English journey. | 改变他的英语旅程。 |
| 20 | And I want to teach you those three things today. | 今天我想教你这三件事 |
| 21 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 22 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 23 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 24 | Just like the student I mentioned, there are three things I told him to do, three things | 就像我提到的那个学生, 我告诉他做三件事,三件事 |
| 25 | that must be done. | 必须做到这一点。 |
| 26 | You see, you want to know how to take in new pieces of information, how to | 你看,你想知道 如何接收新的信息,如何 |
| 27 | process the new pieces of information and how to remember and use the new pieces of | 处理新信息以及如何记忆和使用新信息 |
| 28 | information. | 资料。 |
| 29 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 30 | Step number one, learn a new word, expression or idiom. | 第一步,学习新词,表达或idom. |
| 31 | And maybe you're like, teacher, we kind of already know that. | 也许你喜欢,老师, 我们已经知道这一点。 |
| 32 | Oh. | |
| 33 | Stay along. | 留下来 |
| 34 | I'm going to explain it to you. | 向汝解释. |
| 35 | So here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 36 | When it comes to learning a new expression, idiom or vocabulary word, how can you do this? | 在学习一个新的表达方式,平庸或词汇词时,你怎么能做到这一点呢? |
| 37 | First, you need to learn it from a video, a blog, a conversation, an English book or | 首先,你需要从视频,博客,谈话,英语书籍或 |
| 38 | any other natural English source. | 任何其他自然英语来源。 |
| 39 | Now notice I said natural. | 现在请注意,我说的自然。 |
| 40 | And why am I saying it's important to find these words and expressions from a natural | 我为什么要说,重要的是要从自然界找到这些词语和表达 |
| 41 | source? | 线人? |
| 42 | You see, as an English learner, I'm sure you have been to many different institutes. | 作为一位英语学习者,我相信你去过很多不同的学院。 |
| 43 | You've had many other amazing English teachers and you've looked at many English textbooks, | 你还有其他许多惊人的英语老师 你看过很多英语教科书 |
| 44 | but you've also noticed that sometimes what you learn in a textbook is not always what | 但你也注意到,有时你学到的教科书 并不总是什么 |
| 45 | native English speakers use. | 使用母语英语。 |
| 46 | Now don't get me wrong. | 别误会我 |
| 47 | The textbooks are important. | 教科书很重要。 |
| 48 | They are your foundation, but you make it to a point where you experience the frustration | 他们是你的基础,但你让它达到 你经历挫折的程度 |
| 49 | my student experienced because he's not able to use the natural expressions that we as | 我的学生经历 因为他不能使用 我们作为自然的表达 |
| 50 | Americans or native English speakers use. | 美国人或当地英语使用者使用. |
| 51 | That's why the natural English resources or the sources, they're so important. | 所以自然的英国资源或来源,都如此重要. |
| 52 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 53 | So how do you do it from a video blog conversation or English book or any other natural source? | 所以,你是如何从视频博客对话 或英语书 或其他自然来源做到这一点的? |
| 54 | Now why always walk through life as if you have something new to learn and you will. | 现在,为什么你总是走过生活 就像你有新的东西学习,你会。 |
| 55 | I love this quote from Vernon Howard and it kind of re-emphasizes the fact that your English | 我喜欢弗农·霍华德的这首歌 并且它重新强调了你的英语 |
| 56 | language studies are part of a journey, not to a specific destination. | 语言学习是旅程的一部分,而不是前往特定目的地。 |
| 57 | This journey is going to be throughout the rest of your life. | 这趟旅程将贯穿你的余生 |
| 58 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 59 | I'm still learning new things in English and I mentioned last week, I mentioned in the | 我仍然在学习英语的新东西 我上周提到,我提到 |
| 60 | previous video, young people are still teaching me new expressions, new slang terms, and I'm | 之前的视频,年轻人还在教我 新的表达方式,新的词汇,我 |
| 61 | happy to learn them. | 很高兴学习他们。 |
| 62 | But again, I'm a native English speaker and my journey is still continuing. | 但我还是会说英语 旅途还在继续 |
| 63 | So just like Vernon says, remember walk through life and be excited to learn. | 所以正如弗农所说,记住走过生命,为学习而兴奋. |
| 64 | So first again, learn a new English expression, idiom or vocabulary word. | 所以首先再次学习一个新的英语表达式,idiom或词汇词. |
| 65 | This is every day. | 这是每天。 |
| 66 | Now what will the results be? | 现在结果如何? |
| 67 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 68 | You will develop the ability to use real English. | 你会发展使用真实英语的能力. |
| 69 | In other words, your English will start to sound more natural. | 换句话说 你的英语会更自然 |
| 70 | Now here's something funny. | 现在有件事很有趣 |
| 71 | Last week I taught Gucci, right? | 上周我教过古奇,对吧? |
| 72 | I mentioned that I taught that also on my Instagram page, looking for my phone, looking | 我在我的Instagram页面上也教过这个 找手机 找 |
| 73 | for my phone guys. | 为我的手机家伙。 |
| 74 | Oh well, I'll just tell you anyway. | 哦,好吧,我只是告诉你反正。 |
| 75 | So I mentioned that on my Instagram channel that I explained Gucci. | 所以我在我的Instagram频道上提到了我对Gucci的解释。 |
| 76 | Now that's a slang term. | 现在,这是一个俗语术语。 |
| 77 | And some of you actually sent me messages. | 你们中有些人给我发了信息 |
| 78 | Some in the comments section and some of the academy students said, teacher, that's Gucci. | 部分评论部分和一些学院学生说,老师,那是古奇. |
| 79 | And immediately my feeling changed a little bit because you used something that's naturally | 我立刻改变了我的感觉 因为你用的东西是自然的 |
| 80 | used in America by Americans and my feeling changed in a good way. | 在美国被美国人使用,我的感觉也发生了很好的改变. |
| 81 | So it helps you to sound more natural when you get English from natural English sources. | 所以,当你从自然的英语来源获得英语时,它会帮助你听起来更自然. |
| 82 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 83 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 84 | So let's see exactly how this can be done. | 因此,让我们看看如何做到这一点。 |
| 85 | Let's say for example, like I mentioned, Gucci, this is a screenshot from last week's video. | 比如说,正如我所提到的,古奇 这是上星期录像的截图 |
| 86 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 87 | So I taught Gucci. | 所以我教古奇学的 |
| 88 | Now this term naturally came up during a Q&A with teacher Tiff episode. | 现在这个术语自然出现在一个与蒂夫老师的QQA插曲中. |
| 89 | So you learn some new English slang again, like I mentioned from a natural source in | 所以,你又学了一些新的英语朗语, 就像我从自然来源提到, |
| 90 | a natural conversation, right? | 一个自然的对话,对不对? |
| 91 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 92 | I'm not sick. | 无病. |
| 93 | Don't worry guys. | 别担心,伙计们。 |
| 94 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 95 | So again, first thing, learn a new vocabulary word, expression or idiom. | 所以,第一件事, 学习一个新的词汇,表达或idiom。 |
| 96 | Now after you do that, this step is important. | 你这样做之后,这个步骤很重要。 |
| 97 | So important. | 这么重要。 |
| 98 | Teach it to three other people immediately. | 马上教给另外三个人 |
| 99 | This is the step right here. | 这是这里的台阶。 |
| 100 | That's the key. | 这是关键。 |
| 101 | And I told my student, I said, here's the deal. | 我告诉我的学生,我说,这是交易。 |
| 102 | You're learning so many things, but you feel frustrated because you're not able to use | 你学这么多东西,但你感到沮丧 因为你不能使用 |
| 103 | them and you feel like your English isn't improving. | 你感觉你的英语没有进步 |
| 104 | Well, the middle step that's missing is you have to teach somebody else. | 嗯,中间的台阶是,你必须教别人。 |
| 105 | And maybe you're asking yourself, teacher, I'm not a teacher. | 也许你在问自己 老师 我不是老师 |
| 106 | I'm a student learning from you. | 我是一个学生学习 从你。 |
| 107 | That is true. | 没错 |
| 108 | But when you learn something or when you see something exciting, what do you naturally | 但当你学到了什么 或者当你看到一些令人兴奋的东西, 你自然是什么 |
| 109 | do? | 是吗? |
| 110 | You share it with somebody else. | 你和别人分享 |
| 111 | Basically a viral video is that something you see on TV or something you see on the | 基本上一个病毒视频 是在电视上看到的东西 或者你在电视上看到的东西 |
| 112 | internet, like, this is so funny. | 互联网,像,这太有趣了。 |
| 113 | Oh my goodness. | 天呐 |
| 114 | My friend would love this too. | 我的朋友也会喜欢的 |
| 115 | And you share it with your friend. | 你和你的朋友分享这个 |
| 116 | So you're actually teaching your friend about this video. | 所以,你实际上教你的朋友 关于这个视频。 |
| 117 | So it's a natural habit of ours to tell other people something that's important to us, | 所以我们的习惯是告诉别人 对我们很重要的事情 |
| 118 | funny to us, or interesting to us. | 对我们来说很有趣 对我们来说也很有趣 |
| 119 | Do the same thing when it comes to English. | 在英语方面做同样的事情. |
| 120 | So let's look at this a little bit closer. | 因此,让我们更仔细地看看这个。 |
| 121 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 122 | So again, teach it to three other people. | 故又教彼三众. |
| 123 | So you see this young man right here, find three friends or other English learners you | 所以,你看到这个年轻人在这里, 找到三个朋友或其他的英语学习你 |
| 124 | are connected to and tell them what you learned and explain it. | 告诉他们你学到了什么 并解释一下 |
| 125 | Now, again, you're not worrying about your grammar right now. | 再说一遍 你现在不担心你的语法了 |
| 126 | Like, oh, I can't explain it properly with the full sentence. | 就像,哦,我无法用满句来解释 |
| 127 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 128 | I taught you guys Gucci, right? | 我教你们古奇,对吧? |
| 129 | Explain that to a friend. | 向朋友解释一下 |
| 130 | It's something funny and something interesting. | 这很有趣 很有趣 |
| 131 | Explain it in your own words. | 用你自己的话来解释 |
| 132 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 133 | Now, why? | 为什么? |
| 134 | This is because when a student spends time teaching what they have learned, they | 这是因为当一个学生花时间 教他们学到的,他们 |
| 135 | eventually start to understand the information more and remember it. | 最终开始更多地了解信息并记住它. |
| 136 | Isn't that amazing? | 这难道不惊人吗? |
| 137 | The way your brain works is awesome. | 你的大脑工作方式真棒 |
| 138 | So when you literally take the time to, okay, I learned this new | 所以当你真正花时间, 好吧,我学到了这个新的 |
| 139 | expression from teacher Tiffany. | 蒂芬妮老师的表达 |
| 140 | Let me tell my friend, your brain starts operating in a different way because now | 让我告诉我的朋友, 你的大脑开始以不同的方式运行 因为现在 |
| 141 | you have to take in the information, process it, and then regurgitate or produce it. | 您必须接受信息, 处理它, 然后重写或制作它。 |
| 142 | Again, your brain is amazing. | 再说一遍,你的大脑很神奇 |
| 143 | That's why this is so important to teach three people. | 故此为教三者之重. |
| 144 | And you all know how much I love the rules of three, right? | 你们都知道我有多喜欢三者规则 对吧? |
| 145 | So three people, again, you're going to teach the first person. | 故三人,又曰:汝当教第一人. |
| 146 | Maybe you're a little nervous. | 也许你有点紧张 |
| 147 | The second person. | 第二义者. |
| 148 | I'm a little bit more comfortable by the third person. | 我受第三人称更自在. |
| 149 | Hey, let me tell you about this word. | 嘿,让我告诉你这个词。 |
| 150 | I learned from teacher Tiff makes sense. | 我从蒂夫老师那里学来的 |
| 151 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 152 | Now, what are the results going to be? | 现在结果如何? |
| 153 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 154 | The result you will remember more information, feel more confident in your | 你会记得更多的信息 更有信心 |
| 155 | English speaking ability and be able to use what you learn faster in real conversations. | 英语语言能力,并能在真正的对话中更快地使用所学的东西. |
| 156 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 157 | You learn something, right? | 你学到了什么,对不对? |
| 158 | And usually like the student that I was talking to, you learn it and you're by yourself. | 通常就像我和那个学生一样, 你学会了它,你自己。 |
| 159 | Maybe you write it down, but it stops. | 也许你写下来,但它停止。 |
| 160 | But if you learn it, share it with three people, that's four times. | 但是,如果你学会它, 分享它与三个人, 这是四次。 |
| 161 | Your brain has had the opportunity to process it. | 你的大脑有 处理它的机会。 |
| 162 | So when you come to a situation that requires that expression or word, you're | 所以,当你来到一个需要 表达或字,你是 |
| 163 | like, Oh man, I'm already comfortable with this expression of vocabulary word and | 喜欢,哦,男人,我已经 满足于这个表达词汇和 |
| 164 | it will come out in a natural way. | 它会自然而然地出来。 |
| 165 | So let's see again, how this is going to work. | 让我们再看看,这是怎么回事。 |
| 166 | How can you actually share it with three people? | 你怎么能和三个人分享? |
| 167 | So again, back to the example, this student learned Gucci for me last week. | 再说一遍,这个学生上周为我学了古奇 |
| 168 | The student goes to his three friends and says, Hey guys, guess what I just learned. | 那个学生去找他三个朋友说 嘿,伙计们,猜猜我刚刚学到了什么 |
| 169 | Have you ever heard someone say Gucci? | 你听过有人说古奇吗? |
| 170 | It's actually an English slang term that means good or nice. | 它实际上是一个英语的词,意思是好或好. |
| 171 | So I can say that new car is Gucci. | 所以我可以说新车是古奇 |
| 172 | Man, I love this slang. | 伙计,我喜欢这个口令。 |
| 173 | No, I have seen students do this actually. | 不,我见过学生这样做。 |
| 174 | Well, they'll learn something from me and be so excited that they'll share | 好吧,他们会从我身上学到一些东西 并且非常兴奋,他们会分享 |
| 175 | it with someone else naturally. | 与别人自然。 |
| 176 | And the students that do that are the students that remember the slang and use it later. | 而这样做的学生是那些记得这口香糖,以后再使用它的学生. |
| 177 | So you may say, teacher, I don't have friends that I can actually share it with. | 所以你可以说,老师,我没有朋友可以分享 |
| 178 | Well, what I noticed was students that are in my academy. | 嗯,我注意到的是 学生在我的学院。 |
| 179 | These are some screenshots of our private group. | 这些是我们私人团体的一些截图。 |
| 180 | We have a family group just for students in my academy and they share things with | 我们有一个家庭团体 只是为学生在我的学院 他们分享的东西 |
| 181 | each other on a regular basis. | 定期互相交流. |
| 182 | They tell each other what they're studying. | 他们互相告诉对方自己在学习什么. |
| 183 | They give each other advice for the IELTS exam. | 他们互相为IELTS考试提供建议. |
| 184 | Well, advice for how to learn new vocabulary words. | 关于如何学习新词汇的建议 |
| 185 | And when they learn something new, they post it to the group and say, Hey guys, | 当他们学到一些新东西, 他们寄给小组说,嘿伙计们, |
| 186 | have you ever heard of this? | 你听说过吗? |
| 187 | It's pretty awesome. | 这是相当真棒。 |
| 188 | And then other students ask them questions and they immediately have to teach their | 然后其他学生问他们问题 他们马上要教他们 |
| 189 | friends and other students. | 朋友和其他学生。 |
| 190 | So I've seen it work in our family group. | 因此,我看到了它的工作 在我们的家庭组。 |
| 191 | Again, if you're not a part of my academy and you're not a part of our family, | 再说一次,如果你不是 我学院的一部分,你也不是我们家的一部分, |
| 192 | hopefully you can join today, click the link right in the description, or you can | 希望您今天可以加入, 在描述中右键点击链接, 或者您可以 |
| 193 | go to let's jump right in.com. | 直接跳进. |
| 194 | But again, part two or step two is you must teach it to three other people, three | 但是,第二或第二步 你必须教给另外三个人,三个 |
| 195 | people who are learning English just like you. | 像你一样学习英语的人 |
| 196 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 197 | Now, so we have learned something new, teach it to three people. | 现在我们学到了新的东西,教给三个人。 |
| 198 | What's the third step? | 第三步是甚么处. |
| 199 | What did I tell my student or what should you do? | 我对我的学生说了什么? |
| 200 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 201 | Now, the third step is also very important. | 现在,第三步也很重要。 |
| 202 | You need to write it in your notebook. | 你需要写在笔记本上。 |
| 203 | Now, looking at this right here, how can you do that? | 现在,看这里, 你怎么能这样做? |
| 204 | You need to write the word or expression, | 你需要写词或表达, |
| 205 | the meaning and describe where and how you learned it. | 说明你从哪里学到的 |
| 206 | You see how I'm very specific. | 你看我很具体 |
| 207 | I didn't just say write the word, write the definition. | 我不只是说写字,写定义。 |
| 208 | No, you need to also connect it to the situation, connect it to the place where | 不,你还需要把它和情况联系起来,把它连接到 |
| 209 | you saw the word, where you heard the word or where someone used it around you. | 你看见了这个词, 你听到了这个词, 或者有人用它在你周围。 |
| 210 | You see, because that will create a trigger for your brain. | 你看,因为那样会触发你的大脑。 |
| 211 | For example, the students that heard me say Gucci, right? | 例如,听到我说话的学生说古奇,对吧? |
| 212 | They remember I said Gucci during my video, | 他们记得我在视频中说古奇 |
| 213 | the last video where I talked about my personal information, about being married, | 最后一个视频,我谈到我的个人信息, 关于结婚, |
| 214 | about learning new things and learning a new language, being a journey. | 关于学习新事物和学习新语言, 是一个旅程。 |
| 215 | So they have this kind of trigger in their brain. | 所以他们的大脑有这种触发器。 |
| 216 | And even if you don't recognize it, your brain is awesome. | 即使你不认得它, 你的大脑真棒。 |
| 217 | So you need to put these three pieces | 所以,你需要放这三块 |
| 218 | of information inside of your notebook, the word or expression, the meaning and | 笔记本中的信息, 字词或表达, 含义和 |
| 219 | then where you learned it. | 你从哪里学的? |
| 220 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 221 | Now, why is this so important? | 为什么这么重要? |
| 222 | Here's the quote. | 此引经. |
| 223 | When you write down your ideas, | 当你写下你的想法 |
| 224 | you automatically focus your full attention on them. | 你自动把注意力全放在他们身上 |
| 225 | This is from Michael Labouf. | 这是迈克尔·拉布夫写的 |
| 226 | So by writing things down, you actually tell your brain, hey, | 所以通过写东西下来, 你实际上告诉你的大脑,嘿, |
| 227 | right, this right here is important. | 对,这很重要 |
| 228 | I need you to remember it. | 我要你记住 |
| 229 | Your brain says, OK, we can remember this information. | 你的大脑说,好吧,我们可以记住这个信息。 |
| 230 | And then you say, oh, by the way, brain, | 然后你说,哦,顺便说一句,大脑, |
| 231 | here's a trigger. | 这里有一个触发器。 |
| 232 | I learned it from teacher Tiffany's video | 我从蒂芙尼老师的视频里学到的 |
| 233 | where she talked about why she's not married yet. | 在那里她谈到她为什么还没有结婚。 |
| 234 | If you haven't seen that video, you can check it out. | 如果你还没有看到视频, 你可以检查出来。 |
| 235 | But again, you're giving your brain | 再说一遍,你的大脑 |
| 236 | these triggers and it will help you to remember the information that you're | 这些触发器会帮助你记住你的信息 |
| 237 | learning. | 学习。 |
| 238 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 239 | Now, what will the result be? | 现在,结果如何? |
| 240 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 241 | You will be able to track your progress as you study English. | 你会在学习英语时 跟踪你的进展 |
| 242 | And you will also be able to review what you learn each day. | 你也可以每天回顾你学到的东西。 |
| 243 | So, again, it's important to track your progress. | 所以,同样重要的是要跟踪你的进展。 |
| 244 | I think I've mentioned it to you before. | 我想我已经告诉你了。 |
| 245 | Many of you have seen all of my YouTube videos and I'm so happy. | 你们很多人都看过我所有的YouTube视频 我很高兴 |
| 246 | However, sometimes you may watch the videos, not take notes and not put into | 但是,有时你可以看视频, 不录音,也不放进 |
| 247 | practice what I've taught. | 实践我所教的 |
| 248 | It's not important to just sit and watch something or read a book. | 只是坐着看东西或看书不重要 |
| 249 | You have to go to the next level. | 得入下关. |
| 250 | You have to teach what you learn and then write it down. | 须教所学而后写. |
| 251 | That's how your brain is able to connect | 大脑就是这样连接的 |
| 252 | and actually help you to start using what you learn. | 并实际上帮助你开始使用 你学到的东西。 |
| 253 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 254 | So let's see what my notebook would look like. | 看看我的笔记本会是什么样子 |
| 255 | OK, here we go. | 好了,开始吧。 |
| 256 | Going back to my screen. | 回到我的屏幕。 |
| 257 | So, for example, again, learn Gucci. | 例如,再次学习古奇。 |
| 258 | Student spread it to three different friends, this student here. | 学生传播到三个不同的朋友, 这个学生在这里。 |
| 259 | Then he went to his notebook and wrote Gucci. | 之后,他去他的笔记本写古奇. |
| 260 | The meaning good, well or nice. | 意思是好还是好 |
| 261 | The source. | 来源. |
| 262 | I learned it while watching an episode of Q&A with teacher Tiff. | 我和蒂夫老师一起看一集"A"的时候学的 |
| 263 | Now, what's going to happen for this student? | 这个学生会怎么样? |
| 264 | As he goes back and reviews his notes, he may say, oh, man, | 当他回去回顾他的笔记时 他可能会说 |
| 265 | I can't remember how to use Gucci properly. | 我不记得怎么用古奇了 |
| 266 | I mean, I know the meaning, but how did she use it? | 我的意思是,我知道意义, 但她是如何使用它? |
| 267 | Well, since he wrote down the source, | 既然他写下了消息来源 |
| 268 | he can go right back and then provide visual triggers to help him remember | 他可以回去,然后提供视觉触发器 帮助他回忆 |
| 269 | the word later on, the slang term later on. | 后面的词 后面的词 |
| 270 | Kind of makes sense. | 有点道理 |
| 271 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 272 | So again, now this is something I want you to do. | 再说一遍,现在我要你这么做 |
| 273 | In part two, I go into more detail and I give you a seven day worksheet. | 在第二部分,我更详细地讲, 我给你一份七天的工作表。 |
| 274 | I tell you some videos, blogs and podcasts to listen to. | 我告诉你一些视频,博客和播客听。 |
| 275 | And I explain it even more. | 我解释得更清楚 |
| 276 | Again, part two is always for my Academy students because I want to take you guys | 再说一遍,第二部分总是给我的学院学生 因为我想带你们去 |
| 277 | to the next level. | 到下一个关卡。 |
| 278 | If you're not already a member, | 如果你已经不是会员了 |
| 279 | all you have to do is click the link in the description. | 只要点击描述中的链接即可。 |
| 280 | Now, part two, again, is going to be so | 现在,第二部分,再次, 将是如此 |
| 281 | helpful because I literally found a podcast. | 很有帮助 因为我真的找到了播客 |
| 282 | I found a website. | 我找到一个网站。 |
| 283 | I found a video that you can use. | 我发现一个视频 你可以使用。 |
| 284 | And sometimes students just like you have a hard time knowing which videos, | 有时像你这样的学生 很难知道哪个视频 |
| 285 | which blogs or even which podcasts to listen to. | 哪些博客,甚至哪些播客听。 |
| 286 | So again, if you're not a student, click in the link, | 所以,如果你不是学生,点击链接, |
| 287 | click the link right in the description. | 单击描述中的链接。 |
| 288 | Let's jump right in dot com. | 让我们跳在点com。 |
| 289 | Join the Academy and you can watch part two right now. | 加入学院 你可以现在看第二部分 |
| 290 | Now, guys, I really hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 现在,伙计们,我真的希望你们享受这个教训。 |
| 291 | Remember these three things you must do | 记住你必须做的三件事 |
| 292 | every day if you want to take your English to the next level. | 每天,如果你想 把你的英语进入下一个关卡。 |
| 293 | It's not just about learning new things. | 不只是学习新事物。 |
| 294 | You must also do what? | 你还必须做什么? |
| 295 | Teach three people and you need a family. | 教三个人,你需要一个家庭。 |
| 296 | So join the Academy and you can join our family and you'll have a group that | 所以,加入学院 你可以加入我们的家庭 你会有一个团体 |
| 297 | supports you each and every day as you study English. | 每天支持你学习英语。 |
| 298 | After you share it, then you write it down and you review it after that. | 在你分享之后,你写下来,然后审查。 |
| 299 | I'm so happy to see you all. | 我很高兴见到你们 |
| 300 | I'm so happy that you guys want to speak English. | 我很高兴你们想说英语 |
| 301 | And I'm also so honored to be your teacher. | 我也很荣幸能成为你的老师 |
| 302 | Well, guys, I hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 嗯,伙计们,我希望你们享受这个教训。 |
| 303 | Remember, I will be back next week. | 记住,我下周会回来 |
| 304 | I will be back next week to give you some more tips. | 我下周再来给你一些小费 |
| 305 | But as you wait for me to come next week, don't forget to speak English. | 但当你等我下周来的时候 别忘了说英语 |
| 306 | Oh, yeah, you know what time it is. | 哦,是的,你知道现在几点了。 |
| 307 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 308 | Hey, I said story time. | 嘿,我说的故事时间。 |
| 309 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 310 | So today's story is actually | 所以今天的故事其实是 |
| 311 | connected to my passion and love for teaching. | 与我对教学的热情和热爱有关 |
| 312 | So I'm going to go all the way back to when I was in university. | 所以我要回大学的时候 |
| 313 | And I think I was a sophomore. | 我想我是大二学生。 |
| 314 | So I was about 18 or 19 years old. | 所以我大概18或19岁。 |
| 315 | And I remember we had a class. | 我记得我们有课 |
| 316 | It was a statistics class. | 这是一个统计类。 |
| 317 | Now, for pronunciation practice, let's do it together. | 现在,对于发音练习,让我们一起做. |
| 318 | Static sticks. | 静态棒. |
| 319 | There you go. | 给你。 |
| 320 | One more time. | 再来一次 |
| 321 | Static sticks. | 静态棒. |
| 322 | Last time, statistics. | 上次是统计 |
| 323 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 324 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 325 | So it was a statistics class. | 所以这是一个统计类。 |
| 326 | Even for Americans, pronunciation can be tricky. | 即使对美国人来说,发音也可能是棘手的. |
| 327 | So anyways, it was a statistics class and I love math. | 所以,不管怎样,这是一个统计课 我喜欢数学。 |
| 328 | So statistics can be a little bit tricky sometimes, though. | 所以统计有时会有些棘手。 |
| 329 | So anyways, I took the class and the class was being given by a professor from another university. | 所以不管怎样,我上过课, 班级是由另一所大学的教授提供的。 |
| 330 | He was just coming over to our university to teach the class. | 他刚来我们大学教书 |
| 331 | And it was a bit tricky, but he was a good teacher and he told us how to study. | 这有点棘手 但他是个好老师 他告诉我们如何学习 |
| 332 | So anyways, one day he gave us an assignment and I went back to my room | 总之,有一天他给我们一个任务 我回到我的房间 |
| 333 | and that night and I studied hard and I did the assignment. | 那天晚上我努力学习,完成了任务 |
| 334 | And then I handed in my homework and my professor. | 然后我交了作业和教授 |
| 335 | He was an older, older white guy, older kind of short white guy in my memory. | 他是一个年长,年长的白人, 在我记忆中,年长的矮白人。 |
| 336 | Now that I'm thinking back, he kind of reminded me of a short Santa Claus. | 现在我回想起来 他让我想起一个矮的圣诞老人 |
| 337 | Like he had kind of like the facial hair, glasses, really nice guy, older gentleman. | 就像他的面部发型,眼镜, 真正的好男人,年长的绅士。 |
| 338 | I think at that time he may have been about 50. | 我想那时他大概50岁了 |
| 339 | And I think I handed him my homework and it was the beginning of class. | 我想我把功课交给他,这是课的开始。 |
| 340 | And at the beginning of class, students started to ask him questions. | 而上课之初,学生们开始向他提问. |
| 341 | Like they didn't understand, say, one of the questions on the homework assignment. | 就像他们不明白,比如说, 一个关于作业任务的问题。 |
| 342 | And I think, let's say, for example, it was number five. | 我想,比如说,它是第五个。 |
| 343 | And he looked at me and he said, Tiff, | 他看着我说,蒂夫, |
| 344 | come up to the board and teach how to do this question. | 到董事会来 教如何做这个问题。 |
| 345 | Now, the class was not small. | 现在,班级并不小。 |
| 346 | There were about 30 or 40 students in the class. | 该班约有三四十名学生. |
| 347 | Now, again, I was young. | 现在,再次,我年轻。 |
| 348 | I may have been 18 or 19. | 我可能已经18或19岁了。 |
| 349 | And he said, Tiff, come to the front and I want you to teach this problem. | 他说 蒂夫 到前面来 我要你教这个问题 |
| 350 | I want you to show us how to do it. | 我要你教我们怎么做 |
| 351 | And I still remember this to this day. | 我至今仍然记得这一点。 |
| 352 | So I walked up and I took that time. | 所以我走了起来,我花了时间。 |
| 353 | We had chalk or I think we had markers | 我们有粉笔,或者我想我们有标记 |
| 354 | and I looked at the question and it was kind of like without he wasn't he wasn't | 我看着问题 就像是他不在了 |
| 355 | very talkative, but I just remember feeling like he believed in me | 说得真好 但我记得他相信我 |
| 356 | and he trusted me enough to teach this class. | 他足够信任我来教这门课 |
| 357 | I was 18 or 19. | 我当时18或19岁。 |
| 358 | I was 19 years old. | 我当时19岁 |
| 359 | This is the 50 year old professor. | 这是50岁的教授。 |
| 360 | He knew his stuff, very intelligent. | 他知道他的东西,非常聪明。 |
| 361 | And he's trusting this 19 year old to | 他相信这个19岁的孩子 |
| 362 | teach an entire class how to do a certain problem. | 教会整个班级如何做一个问题。 |
| 363 | And I show them what I did on my paper and I explained how to do the problem. | 我向他们展示我在报纸上所做的一切,并解释如何解决问题。 |
| 364 | And I just remember him kind of looking at me with a look of, | 我只记得他那种看着我的样子, |
| 365 | I guess, like, good job, like you did a great job. | 我猜,像,好的工作, 像你做了一个伟大的工作。 |
| 366 | And when I think about my passion for teaching, | 当我想起我对教书的热情 |
| 367 | that's kind of one of the first moments where I realized I enjoy helping people | 那是我第一次意识到我喜欢帮助别人 |
| 368 | understand difficult concepts. | 理解困难的概念。 |
| 369 | I enjoy seeing other students be able to gain confidence in their ability to do | 我喜欢看到其他学生 能够对自己的能力有信心 |
| 370 | something. | 东西。 |
| 371 | So, you know, I'm an English teacher now. | 所以,你知道,我现在是一个英语教师。 |
| 372 | And, you know, I have a passion for teaching you all. | 而且,你知道,我热衷于教你们所有人。 |
| 373 | But again, when I think about different | 但再说一遍,当我想到不同的时候 |
| 374 | experiences that happened throughout my life that that showed me that, hey, | 我一生的经历 证明我,嘿, |
| 375 | maybe teaching is where I'm going to be in the future. | 也许教书是我将来会去的地方 |
| 376 | That's one of the first times I think it clicked that, ah, | 这是第一次,我想它点击,啊, |
| 377 | teaching is something that I really love. | 教书是我最爱的 |
| 378 | And I think it may be something in my future. | 我认为这可能是我的未来。 |
| 379 | Now, after that, you know, I got a job at NASA and did web development. | 之后,我在NASA找到了一份工作 做了网络开发 |
| 380 | I didn't teach after that. | 后未授书. |
| 381 | That was many years before I went to Korea. | 那是很多年前我去了韩国。 |
| 382 | But I still remember that situation. | 但我仍然记得那种情况。 |
| 383 | And I remember how he believed in me | 我记得他如何相信我 |
| 384 | and gave me the opportunity, even as a young person, to teach 30 or 40 | 并给我机会,即使作为一个年轻人, 教30或40 |
| 385 | other students. | 其他学生。 |
| 386 | So why am I telling you this? | 那我为什么要告诉你? |
| 387 | I'm telling you this because I want to do the same for you. | 我跟你说这些是因为我想为你做同样的事 |
| 388 | Right now, you are learning. | 现在,你在学习。 |
| 389 | And I'm kind of in the professor's spot that I mentioned to you in the story. | 我有点在教授的位子上 我在故事里提到了你。 |
| 390 | And though I may not be able to physically hand you the chalk or hand you the marker, | 虽然我可能无法将粉笔交给你 或将标记交给你 |
| 391 | I want to hand it over to you kind of metaphorically and say, | 我想用隐喻的方式把它交给你 然后说 |
| 392 | start teaching what you're learning. | 开始教授你正在学习的东西。 |
| 393 | Just like we talked about in today's lesson. | 就像我们在今天的课上说过的 |
| 394 | Don't feel shy. | 别害羞 |
| 395 | Don't feel like you're not good enough. | 别觉得自己不够好 |
| 396 | As you learn, teach somebody else. | 学着教别人吧 |
| 397 | And I guarantee it's going to start building up in you a confidence you never | 我敢保证,它会开始 建立对你的信任 你从来没有 |
| 398 | knew you had. | 知道你已经知道。 |
| 399 | Thank you for giving me the opportunity to teach you. | 谢谢你给我机会教你 |
| 400 | But now I want to hand it over to you and I want to see you teach somebody else, | 但现在我想把它交给你 我想看你教别人 |
| 401 | teach somebody else what you're learning. | 教别人你学的 |
| 402 | And again, let us know. | 再说一遍,让我们知道。 |
| 403 | You can always let us know in the comments what you did. | 你可以在评论中告诉我们你做了什么。 |
| 404 | And again, if you're already a member | 再说一遍,如果你已经是会员了 |
| 405 | of my academy, you can let us know in our family chat room, a private chat room. | 在我的学院,你可以告诉我们 在我们的家庭聊天室, 一个私人聊天室。 |
| 406 | So again, if you're not a part of our family, please join us. | 所以,如果你不是我们家的一部分, 请加入我们。 |
| 407 | I love to see all of the conversations that happen on a regular basis, | 我喜欢看到所有经常进行的对话, |
| 408 | the students encouraging each other and moving forward as they study English. | 学生们互相鼓励,在学习英语时向前迈进。 |
| 409 | So I hope you enjoy the story, guys. | 所以我希望你们喜欢这个故事,伙计们。 |
| 410 | I'll never forget that professor and I really appreciated his confidence in me. | 我永远不会忘记那个教授 我真的很感激他对我的信任 |
| 411 | And yeah, we'll see what the next 10 years have in store as a teacher. | 是的,我们会看看未来10年的教师状况。 |
| 412 | But I hope I'll be in your life for a long time. | 但我希望我能在你的生活中待很久 |
| 413 | All right, guys, I'll see you next week. | 好了,伙计们,下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 414 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P10 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p10 9. 9. 如何用英语思考和说话 9-How To THINK and SPEAK in English (P10)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p10 9. 9. 如何用英语思考和说话 9-How To THINK and SPEAK in English (P10)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 22:26字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, so I realized that something is very difficult for you as an English learner | 嘿,所以我意识到一些事情 很难让你学习英语 |
| 0:05 | It's the idea of thinking in English and being able to speak being able to formulate | 这是用英语思考和能够说话的想法 能够表达 |
| 0:12 | Sentences like a native English speaker now. | 现在的句子像英语母语 |
| 0:15 | I used to study Korean and I speak Korean as well | 我学过韩语,也会说韩语 |
| 0:19 | So I know what it is to have | 所以我知道这是什么 |
| 0:21 | Difficulties trying to learn another language while turning off your mother tongue | 在关闭母语的同时学习其他语言的困难 |
| 0:28 | You know, sometimes when you're trying to speak in English you start thinking in your mother tongue | 你知道,有时,当你尝试说英语 你开始思考 用你的母语 |
| 0:34 | And then the words don't come out, right? | 然后词不出来,对不对? |
| 0:37 | You've experienced that right? | 你经历过吗? |
| 0:38 | well | 不错 |
展开字幕全文（366 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, so I realized that something is very difficult for you as an English learner | 嘿,所以我意识到一些事情 很难让你学习英语 |
| 2 | It's the idea of thinking in English and being able to speak being able to formulate | 这是用英语思考和能够说话的想法 能够表达 |
| 3 | Sentences like a native English speaker now. | 现在的句子像英语母语 |
| 4 | I used to study Korean and I speak Korean as well | 我学过韩语,也会说韩语 |
| 5 | So I know what it is to have | 所以我知道这是什么 |
| 6 | Difficulties trying to learn another language while turning off your mother tongue | 在关闭母语的同时学习其他语言的困难 |
| 7 | You know, sometimes when you're trying to speak in English you start thinking in your mother tongue | 你知道,有时,当你尝试说英语 你开始思考 用你的母语 |
| 8 | And then the words don't come out, right? | 然后词不出来,对不对? |
| 9 | You've experienced that right? | 你经历过吗? |
| 10 | well | 不错 |
| 11 | what I've done is created a | 我所做的就是创造 |
| 12 | Formula and this formula has helped so many of my students and this formula will help you organize your thoughts to start | 公式和这个公式帮助了我很多学生 这个公式可以帮助你组织你的想法开始 |
| 13 | Thinking in English and then speaking in English and I want to show you the formula today | 用英语思考然后用英语说话 我今天想给你们看配方 |
| 14 | I know that some of you have seen it and have enjoyed it so far | 我知道你们中有些人已经看过了 也喜欢到现在 |
| 15 | But this formula is going to take your English to the next level. | 但是这个公式会让你的英语进入下一个水平. |
| 16 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 17 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 18 | All right, the formula to think and speak in English is right here who what when where why I | 好吧,思考和说英语的公式 在这里谁,当我为什么 |
| 19 | Like to call these five W's part of my mind map | 喜欢称这五W为我心灵地图的一部分 |
| 20 | They are the main things you need to remember when you're trying to think in English | 它们是你用英语思考时 需要记住的主要事物 |
| 21 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 22 | So again who what when where and why the five W's now | 再说一遍,当五W在哪里,为什么现在 |
| 23 | How can we actually think and speak in English look at this image you you see in this image? | 我们怎样才能用英语思考和说话 看你在这个图像中看到的这个图像? |
| 24 | There are three people but the first part is who now you see that I've selected two female | 有三个人,但第一部分是 谁现在你看到,我已经选择了两个女性 |
| 25 | Co-workers now at this stage everything seems easy | 此时此刻的同僚们,一切似乎都很轻松 |
| 26 | Everything seems simple what we're doing is we are organizing our thoughts | 一切看起来都很简单 我们所做的就是组织我们的思想 |
| 27 | I'm showing you how important it is to train your mind to think about each of these | 我向你们展示 训练你们的思想 思考这些事情有多重要 |
| 28 | W's in English, but little chunks little groups of information in English | W是英语,但小块小信息组是英语 |
| 29 | All right, and these groups will be important in a few moments. | 好吧,这些团体在几分钟内将很重要。 |
| 30 | So again looking at the image | 所以,再次看着图像 |
| 31 | We see two female co-workers. | 我们看到两名女同事。 |
| 32 | We're focusing on them | 我们正在关注他们 |
| 33 | What well, it looks like they're discussing the new project again | 看来他们又在讨论新项目了 |
| 34 | I'm just coming up with what I think is possibly happening in this image | 我刚刚想出什么 我认为可能发生在这个图像中 |
| 35 | We are thinking in English. | 我们正在用英语思考。 |
| 36 | All right now when when do we think this is actually occurring? | 好吧,现在,什么时候 我们认为这是真的发生? |
| 37 | I said before the staff meeting again. | 我在工作人员会议前说过了 |
| 38 | I'm just thinking | 我只是觉得 |
| 39 | these ladies are probably at work and | 这些女士可能正在工作 |
| 40 | They're discussing a project probably because they have to talk about the project when they go into the staff meeting, but | 他们在讨论一个项目 可能因为他们在参加员工会议时 得谈谈这个项目 但是 |
| 41 | Where are they? | 他们在哪? |
| 42 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 43 | So again, we go back to the image | 所以,我们又回到画面 |
| 44 | I said they are next to Michael now, you're probably wondering teacher | 我说他们现在在迈克尔旁边 你大概在想老师 |
| 45 | Why didn't you say in the office or why didn't you say in in a room? | 你为什么不在办公室里说 或者你为什么不在房间里说? |
| 46 | Well, remember at this point you are organizing your thoughts | 记住,此时此刻你正在组织你的想法 |
| 47 | You're getting little chunks of information and for me | 你得到一些小信息 对我来说 |
| 48 | I wanted to focus on the fact that hmm, it looks like they are sitting next to a man | 我想集中关注一个事实,嗯, 看起来他们坐在一个男人旁边 |
| 49 | I think that man's name is Michael at this stage. | 我想他现在叫迈克尔 |
| 50 | It's whatever you think we're practicing | 随便你觉得我们在练习什么 |
| 51 | Using this image. | 使用此影像. |
| 52 | All right, so why let's see the why for what's going on | 好吧,那为什么让我们看看为什么 发生了什么事 |
| 53 | They have to fix an issue | 他们必须解决一个问题 |
| 54 | Alright, so now we have our five pieces of information the five W's who what when where why so the think | 好了,现在我们有了五条信息 五W是谁 当为什么这样想 |
| 55 | Step is done, right? | 步骤结束了,对不对? |
| 56 | We've thought about what's going on in the image | 我们想了想在影像里发生了什么 |
| 57 | We have our little chunks of information now. | 我们现在有我们的小块信息。 |
| 58 | We need to speak | 我们需要谈谈 |
| 59 | So let me show you how I combine all the information and I can create multiple | 所以,让我告诉你,我如何整合所有的信息,我可以创造多种 |
| 60 | Sentences, okay. | 判决,好吧。 |
| 61 | So again, we have the who what when where and why well my first sentence could be | 所以,我们有谁 何时何地,为什么我的第一句 |
| 62 | Two female co-workers are discussing the new project before the staff meeting. | 两名女同事正在工作人员会议之前讨论新项目。 |
| 63 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 64 | That was a good sentence, but why because I already had the five W's I already organized my thoughts | 这句话不错,但为什么因为我已经有 五W的,我已经组织 我的想法 |
| 65 | So I was able to speak I was able to create a sentence | 所以,我能够说话,我创造了句子 |
| 66 | Which is what you are going to be able to do after this lesson, but I can change up the sentence | 上完这课你就能做到 但我可以换个句子 |
| 67 | same information in my mind, but I could also say | 我脑海里有同样的信息 但我也可以说 |
| 68 | Do you see the two female co-workers trying to fix the issue next to Michael? | 你看到两个女同事 试图解决迈克尔旁边的问题吗? |
| 69 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 70 | Suddenly created a question | 突然产生了一个问题 |
| 71 | Using the same groups of information that I already had in my mind because I thought about the picture using the five W's. | 使用我脑海中已经掌握的相同信息组,因为我想到了使用五W的图片. |
| 72 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 73 | But it doesn't stop there. | 却不止于此. |
| 74 | We have one more sentence. | 我们还有一句话 |
| 75 | Look at this sentence | 你看这句 |
| 76 | I could say the two female co-workers next to Michael are trying to fix the issue | 我可以说迈克尔旁边的两位女同事 正在努力解决这个问题 |
| 77 | Before the staff meeting. | 员工会议前. |
| 78 | Alright, so again what I'm doing is | 好吧,所以我再次做为 |
| 79 | I am organizing the information that I have in my mind and I'm creating sentences so that I can actually speak | 我在整理我脑海中的信息 并创造出句子 这样我才能说话 |
| 80 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 81 | Now, let's go to another image. | 现在,让我们去另一个图像。 |
| 82 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 83 | this one is of a man now this man is sitting with his dog and | 这个人是男人 现在他和狗坐在一起 |
| 84 | Well to say who is it? | 这么说是谁? |
| 85 | I've chosen a bearded man and his dog now | 我选了一个胡子的男人和他的狗 |
| 86 | I'm gonna raise my chair a little bit so you guys can see me better. | 我要把椅子抬高一点 这样你们才能更清楚地看到我 |
| 87 | All right, is that better for you? | 好吧,这样对你更好吗? |
| 88 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 89 | So again for this image, I chose to say it's a bearded man and his dog again | 再说一遍,我又选择说 是个有胡子的男人和他的狗 |
| 90 | You can choose whatever you want for this step. | 你可以选择任何你想要的步骤。 |
| 91 | We're just organizing our thoughts | 我们只是组织我们的想法 |
| 92 | Thinking first in English. | 先想英语. |
| 93 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 94 | Now, what's he doing? | 现在,他在做什么? |
| 95 | I said, well, he's just relaxing | 我说,他只是放松 |
| 96 | Maybe you said he's sitting in a yellow chair or maybe you said he's looking around him again | 或许你说过他坐在黄椅子上 或者你又说他在到处看他 |
| 97 | You can choose the pieces or bits of information for the five W's now, where is he or when I said on | 你可以选择五个W的片段 信息,他在哪里,或者当我说 |
| 98 | Sunday afternoon | 星期日下午 |
| 99 | Where on his front porch now, let me explain what a front porch is. | 他的门廊现在在哪里 让我解释一下门廊是什么 |
| 100 | All right, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 101 | In America in many other countries as well, but in America we have houses, right? | 在美国,很多其他国家, 但是在美国,我们有房子,对不对? |
| 102 | we say single-family homes right a house where one family lives together and | 我们说单人家庭 正确的房子 一个家庭住在一起, |
| 103 | Sometimes on the front in front of that house | 有时候在房子前面 |
| 104 | they'll have an extra area an extra space where you can sit a chair and | 他们会有一个额外的区域 一个额外的空间,你可以坐在椅子上 |
| 105 | Right next to your front door and just look outside at people while you're sitting out there | 就在你前门旁边 看着外面的人 |
| 106 | We call that area the front. | 我们称该地区为前线。 |
| 107 | Remember the front of the house | 记得房子的前面 |
| 108 | Porch the area where you can sit down and you can stand but it's an area out front in front of your house | 烧掉你可以坐下来站着的地方 但这是你家前面的一个区域 |
| 109 | We say front porch. | 我们说前门廊。 |
| 110 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 111 | He's on his front porch now, but why is he on his front porch? | 他现在在他的前门廊, 但为什么他在他的前门廊? |
| 112 | This is what I said | 我就是这么说的 |
| 113 | He had a long day at work | 他工作一天很长 |
| 114 | Now again, let me explain this long day at work | 再说一遍 让我解释一下这漫长的工作日 |
| 115 | I know that you know each of those individual words | 我知道你知道每个词 |
| 116 | But in English when we say I had a long day, it means I worked a lot | 但是在英语中,当我们说 我有一个漫长的一天, 这意味着我工作了很多 |
| 117 | I worked for a long period of time and I'm really tired all three of those things | 我工作了很长一段时间,我真的很累了 所有这三件事 |
| 118 | Wrapped in one expression. | 包在一个表达式中 。 |
| 119 | So I had a long day. | 所以我度过了漫长的一天。 |
| 120 | So I'm looking at him and I'm like, I | 所以我看着他,我说, |
| 121 | Think he had a long day. | 以为他今天很辛苦 |
| 122 | So he needed to relax on his front porch, right? | 所以他需要放松 在他的前门廊,对不对? |
| 123 | So now I have all my bits or chunks of information | 所以,现在我拥有我所有的一点或块信息 |
| 124 | I've organized my thoughts using the five W's and now I want to create sentences so that I can speak in English | 我用五W来组织我的想法 现在我想创造句子 好让我能说英语 |
| 125 | So let's see what our sentences look like. | 让我们来看看我们的句子是什么样子。 |
| 126 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 127 | Bearded man is relaxing with his dog on his front porch because he had a long day at work. | 胡子男在前门廊和狗一起放松,因为他有很长的一天工作. |
| 128 | I know you like | 我知道你喜欢 |
| 129 | That's an advanced sentence | 这句话是高级的 |
| 130 | You know, I try I try so again, you're seeing what's happening, right? | 你知道,我试着再试一次, 你看到发生了什么,对不对? |
| 131 | The first step is thinking right organizing your thoughts in little chunks using the five W's | 第一步是用五W来将你的思想 整理成小块 |
| 132 | This makes it so much easier to make an advanced English sentence and speak English like a native English speaker | 这样就更容易做一个高级的英语句子 和讲英语的母语 |
| 133 | But let's see some other examples again. | 但让我们再看看其他的例子。 |
| 134 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 135 | He likes to sit on his front porch on Sunday afternoons after a long day at work | 他喜欢在工作一天后 周日下午坐在门廊上 |
| 136 | Again, same pieces of information | 同样的信息 |
| 137 | Same chunks that we organized and thought about in the first part | 和我们在第一部分 组织思考过的一样 |
| 138 | But now I'm creating a different sentence and able to speak in English very naturally now | 但是现在我正在创作一个不同的句子 并且现在可以自然地说英语 |
| 139 | What about the third example sentence? | 第三句例句如何. 师曰. |
| 140 | Here we go on | 开始了 |
| 141 | Sunday afternoon he sat on his front porch with his dog and relaxed after a long day at work | 星期日下午,他和狗坐在门廊上,在工作了一整天后放松 |
| 142 | Man, I'm telling you if you just organize your thoughts in the first step with these five W's and these small chunks | 伙计,我告诉你,如果你只是组织 你的想法的第一步 与这五个W's和这些小块 |
| 143 | You can create these sentences so easily so much | 你可以很容易地创造这些句子 |
| 144 | So ease a lot easier. | 放松点 |
| 145 | I got a little fumble right there | 我这儿有点乱 |
| 146 | You can create them a lot easier than you had before | 你可以创造它们比你以前容易得多 |
| 147 | All right, so let's see again what's going on in our brain. | 好吧,让我们再看看我们大脑里发生了什么 |
| 148 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 149 | This is what's happening again | 又来了 |
| 150 | You're putting all these multiple chunks of information into your brain | 你把这些多块信息放进你的大脑 |
| 151 | Then they get stored inside of your brain | 然后它们被储存在你的大脑里 |
| 152 | You see what happens is currently you have a lot of chunks of information in your mother tongue | 你看,现在发生的情况是, 你有很多信息 在你的母语 |
| 153 | You know how to talk about your your morning your your breakfast | 你知道如何谈论 你的早晨 你的早餐 |
| 154 | Your job | 你的职责 |
| 155 | Your clothing your house your your family because you have stored chunks of information in your mother tongue | 你的衣物 你的房子 你的家人 因为你把大量的信息 储存在你的母语 |
| 156 | Now what we're doing is | 现在我们要做的是 |
| 157 | practicing how to do this in | 练习如何在 |
| 158 | English storing chunks of information these thoughts in our mind based on the five W's | 英文将大量信息储存在我们脑海中 这些思想基于五W |
| 159 | Then later on you can gather from these chunks to speak. | 稍后你就可以从这些块集合到说话。 |
| 160 | So let's continue again | 我们再来一次 |
| 161 | You see what's going on in your mind. | 汝见其心. |
| 162 | So we have another image | 所以我们有另一个画面 |
| 163 | This man I say who is he? | 我说这个人是谁? |
| 164 | He's an artist. | 他是个艺术家。 |
| 165 | You guys know I love art, right? | 你们知道我爱艺术吧? |
| 166 | So, okay, but what what is he doing looking at the picture? | 那么,好吧,但他在做什么 看这张照片? |
| 167 | What is he doing exactly? | 他到底在干吗? |
| 168 | Well, I say he's painting when when is he painting? | 好吧,我说,他画 什么时候他画? |
| 169 | I'd say after teaching his students now again | 现在再教他的学生 |
| 170 | These are chunks of information that I'm gathering in my mind | 这些是我正在收集的大量信息 |
| 171 | But you can gather your own little chunks for the five W's now | 但你现在可以为自己收集小块块 |
| 172 | When and where is he doing this looking at the image? | 他何时何地看待图像? |
| 173 | Wow, it looks like he's outside | 哇,看来他在外面 |
| 174 | But maybe he's in his outdoor studio and why he enjoys it so much again | 但也许他在户外工作室 为什么他又这么喜欢 |
| 175 | So I have gathered all of my pieces of information and they're stored here now. | 所以我收集了我所有的资料,现在存放在这里。 |
| 176 | I need to speak | 我要说话 |
| 177 | I've thought in English now. | 我现在想英语了 |
| 178 | I need to speak in English. | 我需要说英语。 |
| 179 | Here are my sentences first. | 这是我先说的 |
| 180 | I said | 我说 |
| 181 | The artist was painting after he finished teaching his students now, you see I I threw it to the past | 画家在教授学生后画画 你看我把它扔过去 |
| 182 | You can go back and forth right now. | 汝今可往复往诣. |
| 183 | What about the second sentence? | 第二句怎么办? |
| 184 | I could say the artist was painting after he finished teaching his students in his outdoor studio | 我可以说这位艺术家在户外工作室 教好学生后在画画 |
| 185 | Again same pieces of information. | 同样的信息 |
| 186 | I'm just organizing them differently to make advanced English sentences and | 我只是以不同的方式组织他们 来做高级英语句子和 |
| 187 | Speak like a native English speaker and finally this example. | 说得像个英语母语,最后就是这个例子。 |
| 188 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 189 | After teaching his students the artist what? | 在教他的学生 艺术家什么? |
| 190 | Decided to paint in his outdoor studio because he enjoyed it so much | 决定到户外工作室画画 因为他很喜欢 |
| 191 | Again saying chunks of information, but I'm making advanced English sentences | 再说了一大堆信息 但我在做高级英语句子 |
| 192 | But don't worry | 不过别担心 |
| 193 | We're gonna keep practicing because I want you to get this pattern thinking and speaking using the five W's as | 我们要继续练习,因为我希望你 得到这个模式思考和说话 用五W's作为 |
| 194 | Chunks of information. | 信息杂碎. |
| 195 | All right, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 196 | Look at this image. | 看这个画面 |
| 197 | She's in her car. | 她在车里 |
| 198 | She's driving. | 她在开车 |
| 199 | Who is this? | 你是谁? |
| 200 | I'm gonna say well | 我会说得好 |
| 201 | It's the woman the woman in the image, but what is she doing? | 是那个形象中的女人 但她在做什么? |
| 202 | She's driving now. | 她现在开车了 |
| 203 | You see we're going a little faster because you're getting the hang of it now, right? | 你看,我们走得快一点 因为你现在得到了它,对不对? |
| 204 | It's making sense like ah teacher. | 和老师一样有道理 |
| 205 | I see I see what you're doing teacher | 我看你在干嘛,老师 |
| 206 | Looking at the image now | 看现在的画面 |
| 207 | Let's see when now I'm gonna say next week | 看看我下周什么时候会说 |
| 208 | Where to Dallas, Texas | 德克萨斯州达拉斯 |
| 209 | Now you see that I'm really expanding my thoughts because we don't see Dallas, Texas in this image, but I'm | 现在你知道我真的在扩展我的想法 因为我们没有看到达拉斯,德克萨斯州 |
| 210 | Practicing I'm practicing thinking in English using little chunks and seeing how I can form these chunks into sentences | 练习我用英语练习思考 用小块看如何把这些块组成句子 |
| 211 | Later to speak in English. | 后讲英语. |
| 212 | All right now why? | 好了,为什么? |
| 213 | Here we go a big | 来了 |
| 214 | company | 企业 |
| 215 | Conference alright, so again, I have my chunks and I'm thinking okay | 好,会议,所以再次, 我有我的块,我想还好 |
| 216 | This lady is uh, she's going to Dallas. | 这位女士要去达拉斯 |
| 217 | There's a big conference, but now I need to make a sentence | 有个大会议,但现在我要说一句 |
| 218 | So here's my first sentence. | 这就是我的第一句。 |
| 219 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 220 | The woman will drive to Dallas, Texas next week for a big company conference | 那女人下星期会开车去德克萨斯州达拉斯 参加大型公司会议 |
| 221 | I made an advanced sentence because of my chunks of information now second. | 我做了一个高级的句子 因为我的大量信息 现在第二。 |
| 222 | Let's see | 让我看看 |
| 223 | How can I change it up? | 我该怎么换? |
| 224 | Next week the woman has to drive to Dallas, Texas for a big company conference | 下周,女人要开车去德克萨斯州达拉斯 参加大型公司会议 |
| 225 | Yes, same information new sentence and finally the woman will drive to Dallas, Texas | 是的,同样的信息 新的句子 最后,女人将开车去德克萨斯州达拉斯 |
| 226 | Next week because her company is holding a big conference | 下周,因为她的公司 举行一个大型会议 |
| 227 | Alright, so again, we saw that we took the chunks of information based on the five W's we thought about them again | 好吧,所以我们再次看到,我们拿了 大量的信息根据 五W,我们想他们再次 |
| 228 | Simple thoughts simple chunks of information and then these chunks | 简单的想法 简单的信息块 然后这些块 |
| 229 | went in and | 进去 |
| 230 | Came out into advanced English sentences and enabled me to speak like a native English speaker | 成为英语的高级句子 让我能像英语母语一样说话 |
| 231 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 232 | So again thinking and speaking in | 所以,再次思考和说话 |
| 233 | English so this mind map this way of organizing your thoughts using who what when where and why? | 所以,这个心智地图 这样组织你的思想 利用谁在哪里和为什么? |
| 234 | Can help you speak in English like a native English speaker | 可以帮助你讲英语 像母语英语 |
| 235 | But you have to practice think about what I did throughout our lesson. | 但你得好好想想 我在整个课上做了什么 |
| 236 | I had an image | 我有一个形象 |
| 237 | I had kind of looked at the image and use the image to give me an idea. | 我看着这个图像,用这个图像给我一个想法。 |
| 238 | Ah, maybe it's a woman | 啊,也许是个女人 |
| 239 | Ah, maybe she's driving | 也许她在开车 |
| 240 | Maybe there's a big conference | 也许有个大会议 |
| 241 | So the image helped me to practice making these pieces of or groups of information based on the five W's | 因此,图像帮助我练习 制作这些片段或组信息 基于五W's |
| 242 | That's what you need to do now | 这就是你现在要做的 |
| 243 | I'm gonna talk more about it in part two again part two is always available for my Academy students | 我要在第二部分再多谈一遍 第二部分总是可以给我的学院学生 |
| 244 | You can join by clicking the link below | 您可以点击下面的链接加入 |
| 245 | But I do want to give you something that will help you or I show you something that's gonna help you practice at home | 但我确实想给你一些能帮助你的东西 或者给你看一些能帮助你在家里练习的东西 |
| 246 | So again, if you want to keep practicing using the methods I did today are used today | 再说一遍,如果你想继续练习 使用我今天做的方法,今天使用 |
| 247 | You can continue studying and practicing with this ebook. | 你可以继续学习和练习这本电子书。 |
| 248 | 现在这本电子书正在和Tiffany dot com学习 | |
| 249 | Again study with Tiffany dot com now | 再次学习蒂芙妮点com现在 |
| 250 | You can buy this ebook and it's going to help you practice using multiple images | 您可以购买这本电子书, 它会帮助你练习使用多个图像 |
| 251 | Showing you how to really organize the five W's into advanced English sentences | 教你如何真正把五W组织成高级英语句子 |
| 252 | This book has helped tons of students and it literally changed my students when I was teaching in Korea | 这本书帮助了很多学生 我在韩国教书时 改变了我的学生 |
| 253 | Their English sentences went to the next level | 他们的英语句子进入了下一个层次 |
| 254 | so again, if you enjoyed this lesson and you want to continue studying and | 所以,再次,如果你享受这个课程 你想继续学习, |
| 255 | Practicing you can buy the ebook at | 练习可以在 |
| 256 | Tiffany dot com再次与Tiffany dot com一起继续学习和练习这本电子书。 | |
| 257 | Tiffany dot com | 蒂凡尼点com |
| 258 | Alright guys, I really hope you enjoyed today's lesson. | 好吧,伙计们,我真的希望你们享受今天的课。 |
| 259 | I truly enjoyed teaching you | 我真的很喜欢教你 |
| 260 | I love sharing this method with students because it really takes your English to the next level | 我喜欢跟学生分享这个方法 因为这真的需要你的英语 |
| 261 | So I will talk to you next week | 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 262 | But as always remember to speak English | 但永远记得说英语 |
| 263 | Come on, you know what time it is. | 来吧,你知道现在几点了。 |
| 264 | It's stuff stuff stuff stuff story time | 东西的东西 东西的故事时间 |
| 265 | Hey, I said a story time | 嘿,我说一个故事的时间 |
| 266 | Alright guys, so | 好吧,伙计们,所以 |
| 267 | today I have a story about | 今天我有一个故事 |
| 268 | About my childhood and it will kind of show you the kind of child I was so this happened when I was about | 关于我的童年,它会告诉你 那种孩子,我曾经是这样的 当我是左右 |
| 269 | Mm-hmm. | 对 |
| 270 | I may have been 12 years old. | 我可能已经12岁了 |
| 271 | So when I was younger, I was very hard worker | 所以当我年轻的时候,我很努力 |
| 272 | I've always been a very hard worker and we | 我一直很努力地工作 我们 |
| 273 | canvassed now canvas is when you you sell we sold Christian books and we sell them either door-to-door or we go to different parking | 现在的画布是当你卖掉我们卖了基督教书籍 然后我们把书卖了 要么挨家挨户卖 要么我们去不同的停车场 |
| 274 | Lots and we'd sell them to individuals and the money we got or we received would help with our tuition | 有很多,我们卖给个人 我们得到或得到的钱 会帮助我们的学费 |
| 275 | I went to a private school or we could actually have it as pocket money. | 我上过私立学校,不然我们就能拿到零用钱了 |
| 276 | So | 这么说 |
| 277 | Anyways one day it was me and I think four other friends | 总之有一天,是我,我想还有四个朋友 |
| 278 | I think four other guys either three guys and one girl | 我想还有四个人,三个男人和一个女孩 |
| 279 | but anyways, there were five of us right there was five of us and | 但总之,我们有五个人 |
| 280 | We were canvassing and the area we were in it wasn't a bad area, but it wasn't the best but it wasn't bad | 我们在画画 和我们所在的地区 不是一个坏的地区, 但这不是最好的,但它不是坏 |
| 281 | So anyways, we were canvassing and we were taking a break. | 所以,不管怎样,我们在画画 我们休息。 |
| 282 | So we were kind of sitting on the side of | 所以我们坐在一边 |
| 283 | So it was a parking lot and there were stores and we were kind of sitting in front of the stores just you know | 所以那是个停车场 那里有商店 我们坐在商店前面 |
| 284 | Relaxing shooting the breeze shooting the breeze means relaxing. | 放松拍摄微风 拍摄微风意味着放松。 |
| 285 | Okay, that's kind of slang. | 好吧,这是种口号。 |
| 286 | So anyways, we're sitting there and | 所以不管怎样,我们坐在那里, |
| 287 | the boys now they weren't well, I guess they weren't bad bad boys, but | 孩子们现在身体不好 我想他们不是坏男孩 |
| 288 | Sometimes they could get into a little bit of trouble. | 有时候他们会惹上麻烦 |
| 289 | So anyways | 总之 |
| 290 | They started picking up rocks and throwing them at cars as cars drove by now | 他们开始捡起石头 把它们扔在汽车上 现在开着 |
| 291 | I wasn't about that life but wasn't about that life means I was not trying to do that. | 我不是那个生活,但不是那个生活 意味着我不是想这样做。 |
| 292 | That was not my thing | 这不是我的事 |
| 293 | I was like, you know, you shouldn't be throwing rocks at cars, but I was like whatever so | 我当时想,你知道,你不应该 扔石头对汽车, 但我喜欢无论如何 |
| 294 | The boys are just throwing rocks at cars as cars drive by so I'm like these dudes are crazy now again | 男孩们只是把石头扔在汽车上 开车经过,所以我好像这些家伙又疯了 |
| 295 | We're young we're like 12 or 13 | 我们年轻,我们像12或13 |
| 296 | so one big car pulls up and it's about to drive by and | 一辆大车开过来 即将开过去 |
| 297 | The boys took a rock and they threw it super hard at the car and it went | 男孩们拿走一块石头, 他们把它扔在车的超硬,它走了 |
| 298 | And it hit the car and the car was driving | 它撞到了车,车开着 |
| 299 | All of a sudden the car screeched to a stop the brake lights were showing | 突然间 刹车灯在停着 |
| 300 | The guy driving the car put it in reverse | 开车的人倒车 |
| 301 | When everyone heard the car go into reverse, it was like | 当大家听到车倒车时,就像 |
| 302 | Everybody took off running | 每个人都跑了 |
| 303 | Except me now again, I said this story is gonna show you something about my personality | 除了我现在,我说这个故事 会告诉你一些关于我的个性 |
| 304 | So I mean they're like Tiff run and I was like I didn't do anything. | 所以,我的意思是,他们就像蒂夫跑, 而我就像我没有做任何事情。 |
| 305 | I'm not about to run | 我不会跑的 |
| 306 | so everybody ran and | ┮產常禲 |
| 307 | Again, I'm only 12 or 13. | 再说一次,我只有12或13岁。 |
| 308 | I'm standing on the edge of the store. | 我站在店边 |
| 309 | And again, I said the area was not the best area | 再说一遍,我说这里不是最好的地方 |
| 310 | So I'm standing holding my books and everybody took off running. | 所以我站着拿着书 大家都跑了 |
| 311 | They're all running to the car | 他们都跑到车上去了 |
| 312 | Literally is driving in reverse and it drives back and the guy stops right in front of me | 字面意思是逆着开车 它开回去 那家伙就停在我面前 |
| 313 | He rolls down his window and he looks at me and he said did you throw a rock at my car now? | 他摇着窗子看着我 他说你现在朝我的车扔石头了吗? |
| 314 | Again, this is a grown man and I'm 12 or 13 and I looked at him. | 再说一次,这是个成年人,我12或13岁,我看着他 |
| 315 | I said no, I didn't he paused | 我说不,我没有他停下来 |
| 316 | He looked at me again. | 他又看着我了 |
| 317 | He said you know what? | 他说你知道吗? |
| 318 | I know you're telling the truth because you didn't run | 我知道你说的是实话 因为你没有逃跑 |
| 319 | I said, yeah, why am I gonna run if I didn't do anything now? | 我说,是的,如果我现在什么都没做 我为什么要跑? |
| 320 | He rolled back. | 他滚回去了 |
| 321 | He's okay. | 他没事 |
| 322 | I got you. | 我扶着你 |
| 323 | He's like tell your friends to stop playing. | 他就像叫你朋友别玩了 |
| 324 | I said, okay | 我说,好吧 |
| 325 | So he rolls the window back and he drives off | 所以他把窗子翻回来 然后开走了 |
| 326 | So my friends come back to like tip what happened and I was like I told him I didn't throw anything and he told | 所以我的朋友回来喜欢小费 发生了什么事,我就像我告诉他 我没有扔任何东西,他告诉 |
| 327 | Me to tell y'all to stop playing and they were just in shock that again. | 我告诉你们别再玩了 他们又吓坏了 |
| 328 | I was 12 or 13 | 我是12或13岁 |
| 329 | This is a grown man. | 这是一个成年人。 |
| 330 | Not a good area the car pulled back | 车开回的地方不太好 |
| 331 | It was like a scene from a movie | 就像电影里的场景 |
| 332 | Honestly, like you feel like you're about to die or someone's about to hurt you but I just stood there | 老实说,就像你觉得你快死了 或者有人要伤害你 但我只是站在那里 |
| 333 | I was like I'm not moving if I didn't do anything and if I run it shows that I did something | 如果我什么也没做,我就像不动 如果我运行它显示我做了什么 |
| 334 | I did not do and my parents always raised us to tell the truth like to be honest and | 我没有做,我的父母总是 把我们说出真相 像诚实, |
| 335 | If you didn't do something don't be scared | 如果你不做点什么 不要害怕 |
| 336 | So again as an adult now looking back if I have it if I had a 12 or 13 year old in that situation | 所以,作为一个成年人,现在再次回顾 如果我有它,如果我有12或13岁 在那种情况下 |
| 337 | as a mom I'd be scared but I'd still be proud of my child because I | 作为一个母亲,我会害怕 但我还是会为我的孩子骄傲 因为我 |
| 338 | Didn't run away. | 没有逃跑。 |
| 339 | I didn't do anything and I was | 我什么都没做,我是 |
| 340 | Mmm, I was a bold child. | 嗯,我是一个大胆的孩子。 |
| 341 | I guess it was bold and I was I didn't really have a lot of fear | 我想这是大胆的,我其实没有太多的恐惧 |
| 342 | I told you guys in a previous story time. | 我之前跟你们说过 |
| 343 | I wasn't really scared of things when I was growing up | 我从小就不怕东西 |
| 344 | So now thinking about the situation I was like, huh, that was a pretty bold move | 所以,现在想着现在的情况 我很喜欢,嗯, 这是一个相当大胆的举动 |
| 345 | That area was not a good area to be in but again, I'm fine. | 那地方不是个好地方 但我还是很好 |
| 346 | I was fine. | 我没事 |
| 347 | And | 还有 |
| 348 | again that situation | 情况再次如此 |
| 349 | kind of | 有点 |
| 350 | mmm | 毫米口径 |
| 351 | Reminded me once again that it's so important to be honest and to also | 再次提醒我 诚实和同样重要的是 |
| 352 | be | 为: |
| 353 | Confident and to not be scared to have courage no matter what's going on to have courage | 自信和不怕有勇气 不管发生什么 都有勇气 |
| 354 | So yeah, you guys can learn a little bit more about me as we go throughout these story times | 所以,是的,你们可以 了解更多一点 关于我,因为我们走 在整个故事的时间 |
| 355 | But that was me when I was younger. | 但那时我还年轻 |
| 356 | I wasn't really scared of anything. | 我一点都不怕什么 |
| 357 | So yeah, I lived through it | 所以,我活了下来 |
| 358 | But um, I I'm kind of proud of myself when I think about it now | 但是,嗯,我有点骄傲 当我想想现在 |
| 359 | I'm like, yeah, if I have a kid, I want my kids to do the same thing. | 我想,是的,如果我有一个孩子, 我希望我的孩子做同样的事情。 |
| 360 | So alright guys | 那好,伙计们 |
| 361 | I hope you enjoyed this short story time today | 我希望你今天能好好享受这个短篇小说 |
| 362 | Let me know in the comment section if if you ever experienced something when you were younger than Was a scary situation | 在评论部分告诉我,如果你曾经经历的东西 当你比年轻 是一个可怕的情况 |
| 363 | but you had courage or you were bold enough to stand in the situation? | 但你有勇气,还是你胆子够大? |
| 364 | Or maybe you weren't bold enough to stand | 或者你没有胆量站出来 |
| 365 | Let me know in the comment section and I will talk to you guys next week | 在评论部分告诉我 我下周会和你们谈谈 |
| 366 | And I will talk to you guys next week | 我下周再跟你们谈 |
该视频共有字幕 366 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P11 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p11 10. 10. 如何用英语介绍自己 10-How to Introduce yourself in English (P11)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p11 10. 10. 如何用英语介绍自己 10-How to Introduce yourself in English (P11)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 7:55字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:03 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn the 18th secret to speaking English | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学会讲英语的第18个秘密 |
| 0:09 | How to introduce yourself in English | 如何用英语介绍自己 |
| 0:12 | This secret will improve your ability to speak like a native English speaker. | 这个秘密会提高你像英语母语一样说话的能力. |
| 0:16 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:18 | Well, then let's jump right in as | 那么我们跳进去吧 |
| 0:21 | An English learner one of the first things that you must do is learn how to introduce yourself in English | 一个英语学习者,你必须做的第一件事是学会如何用英语自我介绍 |
| 0:28 | But the question is how can you properly introduce yourself in English? | 但问题是,你怎么能用英语正确自我介绍? |
| 0:34 | What information should you give and what is the right order? | 你该提供什么信息,正确的命令是什么? |
| 0:38 | Well, if you have ever asked yourself these questions this lesson is definitely for you | 好吧,如果你曾经问过自己 这些问题 这个教训绝对是你的 |
展开字幕全文（120 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 2 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn the 18th secret to speaking English | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学会讲英语的第18个秘密 |
| 3 | How to introduce yourself in English | 如何用英语介绍自己 |
| 4 | This secret will improve your ability to speak like a native English speaker. | 这个秘密会提高你像英语母语一样说话的能力. |
| 5 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 6 | Well, then let's jump right in as | 那么我们跳进去吧 |
| 7 | An English learner one of the first things that you must do is learn how to introduce yourself in English | 一个英语学习者,你必须做的第一件事是学会如何用英语自我介绍 |
| 8 | But the question is how can you properly introduce yourself in English? | 但问题是,你怎么能用英语正确自我介绍? |
| 9 | What information should you give and what is the right order? | 你该提供什么信息,正确的命令是什么? |
| 10 | Well, if you have ever asked yourself these questions this lesson is definitely for you | 好吧,如果你曾经问过自己 这些问题 这个教训绝对是你的 |
| 11 | Today, I will teach you the best method for introducing yourself in English | 今天我教你用英语介绍自己的最佳方法 |
| 12 | Let's look at this method together | 我们一起看这个方法 |
| 13 | Introducing yourself in English can be viewed as a circle made up of three parts | 用英语介绍自己可以看作是由三部分组成的圆圈 |
| 14 | Part one is life | 第一部分是生命 |
| 15 | This is where you talk about who you are and where you are from | 这里是你谈论你是谁,你来自哪里 |
| 16 | Part two is hobby | 第二部分是爱好 |
| 17 | this is where you talk about your hobby and the reason why you chose it and | 这就是你谈论你的爱好 以及你选择的原因 |
| 18 | Part three is dream. | 第三部分是梦 |
| 19 | This is where you describe your dreams about the future | 这就是你对未来的梦想 |
| 20 | Now we understand what each part basically is | 现在我们明白每个部分的本质 |
| 21 | But let's go into more detail so that we can understand exactly how to properly introduce ourselves | 但是,让我们更详细地说,这样我们才能确切地理解如何正确自我介绍 |
| 22 | To do this. | 为作此行. |
| 23 | We must break down each individual part | 我们必须分解每个部分 |
| 24 | Let's start with part one | 我们从第一部分开始 |
| 25 | Part one is once again life | 第一部分又是生命 |
| 26 | For this part, we will select three of the five W's | 这部分,我们将选择五W中的三个 |
| 27 | who | 谁 |
| 28 | Where and what? | 哪里和什么? 哪里和什么? |
| 29 | Now we will write down a short piece of information for each of these W's | 现在,我们将写一个简短的信息 对于每一个W's |
| 30 | for who we can say | 对于谁我们可以说 |
| 31 | name for where we can say | 名字,我们可以说 |
| 32 | hometown or native country and | 故乡或故乡 |
| 33 | For what we can say | 为了我们能说的 |
| 34 | character and personality | 性格和个性 |
| 35 | So let's look at an example for part one | 让我们看看第一部分的例子 |
| 36 | for who we have | 对于我们拥有的人 |
| 37 | Peter for where we have | 彼得,我们有 |
| 38 | Spain for what we have | 对于我们拥有的西班牙 |
| 39 | diligent and outgoing person | 勤奋和离任人员 |
| 40 | Now, let's see how this will be said in an actual | 现在,让我们看看,这将会如何 说在实际 |
| 41 | introduction | 导言 |
| 42 | Hello, my name is Peter and I am from Spain. | 你好 我叫彼得 我来自西班牙 |
| 43 | I am a very diligent and outgoing person | 我是一个非常勤奋和 离开的人 |
| 44 | This is a very clear and concise way of introducing yourself | 这是一种非常清晰简洁的自我介绍方式 |
| 45 | for part one | 第一编 |
| 46 | Next let's move on to part two part two once again is hobby | 接下来我们再继续讨论第二部分 第二部分是爱好 |
| 47 | For this part. | 为此部分. |
| 48 | We will also select three of the five W's | 我们还会选择五个W中的三个 |
| 49 | What why and when? | 为什么和何时? |
| 50 | Now we will write down a short piece of information for each of these W's | 现在,我们将写一个简短的信息 对于每一个W's |
| 51 | For what we can say | 为了我们能说的 |
| 52 | hobby | 爱好 |
| 53 | For why we can say the main reason for choosing that hobby and | 为什么我们可以说 选择这种爱好和 |
| 54 | For when we can say when you usually do that hobby | 我们什么时候可以说 你通常做这种爱好 |
| 55 | So let's look at an example for part two | 所以让我们看看第二部分的例子 |
| 56 | For what we have playing the piano | 为了我们演奏的钢琴 |
| 57 | For why we have I love classical music and for when we have | 为什么我喜欢古典音乐,当我们有 |
| 58 | every evening after work | 每天晚上下班后 |
| 59 | This is how part two would sound | 第二部分就是这样 |
| 60 | My hobby is playing the piano. | 我的爱好是弹钢琴 |
| 61 | I love classical music | 我喜欢古典音乐 |
| 62 | So I usually play the piano every evening after work | 所以我每天下班后都会弹钢琴 |
| 63 | This is also a very clear and concise way of introducing yourself for part two | 这也是介绍第二部分的非常明确和简洁的方式 |
| 64 | Finally, let's look at part three | 最后,让我们看看第三部分 |
| 65 | Part three is once again | 第三部分再次出现 |
| 66 | dream | 梦想 |
| 67 | For this part. | 为此部分. |
| 68 | We will once again select three of the five W's | 我们将再次选择五个W中的三个 |
| 69 | what | 什麽 |
| 70 | when and why | 何时和为什么 |
| 71 | Now we will write down a short piece of information for each of these W's | 现在,我们将写一个简短的信息 对于每一个W's |
| 72 | For what we can say what our dream is | 我们的梦想是什么 |
| 73 | for when we can say when we want to reach that dream and | 当我们可以说 当我们想达到那个梦想, |
| 74 | For why we can say why we chose that dream | 为什么我们可以说为什么我们选择那个梦 |
| 75 | So now let's look at an example for part three | 现在让我们来看看第三部分的例子 |
| 76 | For what we have | 对于我们所拥有的 |
| 77 | Travel all around the world | 环游世界各地 |
| 78 | for when we have | 当我们有了 |
| 79 | over the next ten years | 未来十年 |
| 80 | For why we have I have always loved meeting new people and learning about new cultures | 因为为什么我一直喜欢和新人见面 学习新文化 |
| 81 | Now this is how part three would sound | 现在,这是如何第三部分听起来 |
| 82 | My dream is to travel all around the world. | 我梦想环游世界 |
| 83 | I plan to do this over the next ten years | 我打算在未来十年里这样做 |
| 84 | I have always loved meeting new people and learning about new cultures | 我一直喜欢和新人见面,学习新文化 |
| 85 | This is also a very clear and concise way of introducing yourself for part three | 这也是一个非常清楚简洁的介绍第三部分的方法 |
| 86 | Okay, now that we have looked at each part in detail | 好了,现在我们已经仔细研究了每个部分 |
| 87 | Let's see what the entire English introduction sounds like with part one part two and part three all together | 让我们来看看整个英文导言 和第一部分第二部分和第三部分合在一起听起来怎么样 |
| 88 | Hello, my name is Peter and I am from Spain. | 你好 我叫彼得 我来自西班牙 |
| 89 | I am a very diligent and outgoing person | 我是一个非常勤奋和 离开的人 |
| 90 | My hobby is playing the piano. | 我的爱好是弹钢琴 |
| 91 | I love classical music. | 我喜欢古典音乐 |
| 92 | So I usually play the piano every evening after work | 所以我每天下班后都会弹钢琴 |
| 93 | My dream is to travel all around the world. | 我梦想环游世界 |
| 94 | I plan to do this over the next ten years | 我打算在未来十年里这样做 |
| 95 | I have always loved meeting new people and learning about new cultures | 我一直喜欢和新人见面,学习新文化 |
| 96 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 97 | Now, this is a good English introduction | 这是很好的英文介绍 |
| 98 | All right amazing today you learned the 18th secret to speaking English | 今天你学了十八个讲英语的秘诀 |
| 99 | How to introduce yourself in English? | 如何用英语自我介绍? |
| 100 | We looked at the three parts of an English introduction | 我们看了英文导言的三个部分 |
| 101 | part one is | 第一部分是 |
| 102 | That's right life | 这是正确的生活 |
| 103 | part two is | 第二部分 |
| 104 | You got it hobby and part three is | 你有这种爱好 第三部分是 |
| 105 | excellent dream | 好梦 |
| 106 | Using this secret you will be able to introduce yourself like a native English speaker | 用这个秘密,你就能像讲英语的人一样自我介绍 |
| 107 | Now try to introduce yourself in English at least one time today. | 今天至少用一次英语介绍一下自己 |
| 108 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 109 | You can speak English | 你会说英语 |
| 110 | Hope this video helped to give you more confidence in your English ability if you would like to learn over | 希望这段视频有助于让你更有信心 如果你愿意学习 |
| 111 | 125 expressions | 125 个表达式 |
| 112 | vocabulary words and idiots | 词汇和白痴 |
| 113 | Have access to over 200 definitions and on top of all that have the ability to review over | 能够查阅200多项定义,而且有能力审查的还有: |
| 114 | 400 English example sentences then this gift is for you | 四百个英文例句,这个礼物是送给你的 |
| 115 | Click the link below and get your free speak English ebook in your inbox today | 点击下面的链接, 将您的免费英语电子书放进您的收件箱 |
| 116 | This has been speak English with teacher Tiffany. | 这和蒂芙尼老师讲英语 |
| 117 | Have an amazing day. | 玩得开心点 |
| 118 | Have a wonderful day and until next time | 祝你有美好的一天 直到下一次 |
| 119 | Remember to speak English | 记得说英语 |
| 120 | Remember to subscribe | 记住订阅 |
该视频共有字幕 121 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P12 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p12 11. 11. 10个你必须知道的英语习语和短语 11-10 ENGLISH IDIOMS YOU MUST KNOW ENGLISH IDIOMS (P12)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p12 11. 11. 10个你必须知道的英语习语和短语 11-10 ENGLISH IDIOMS YOU MUST KNOW ENGLISH IDIOMS (P12)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 38:38字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, are you ready to learn 10 English idioms that you must know in order to sound like a native English speaker? | 嘿,你准备好学10种英语吗? 要学英语的话,你必须学10种英语吗? |
| 0:06 | Good because I am so ready to teach you now before I start the lesson though | 好,因为我已经准备好在开始上课之前教你了 |
| 0:11 | I need you to do three simple things for me | 我需要你帮我做三件事 |
| 0:14 | You see my goal is to help students just like you around the world, but I want to help 1 billion students | 你看,我的目标是帮助学生 就像你在世界各地, 但我想帮助10亿学生 |
| 0:20 | I know it's a big number, but I have big goals, and I want to help students like you | 我知道这是个大数字 但我有大目标 我想帮助像你这样的学生 |
| 0:26 | So all I need you to do is like this video | 所以,我只需要你做 像这个视频 |
| 0:29 | Share this video and subscribe to this channel | 分享此视频并订阅此频道 |
| 0:33 | Here we go like share subscribe come on | 在这里,我们走像分享订阅 来 |
| 0:37 | I said like share subscribe last time like share subscribe | 我上次说像股票订户一样 像股票订户一样 |
| 0:42 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
展开字幕全文（572 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, are you ready to learn 10 English idioms that you must know in order to sound like a native English speaker? | 嘿,你准备好学10种英语吗? 要学英语的话,你必须学10种英语吗? |
| 2 | Good because I am so ready to teach you now before I start the lesson though | 好,因为我已经准备好在开始上课之前教你了 |
| 3 | I need you to do three simple things for me | 我需要你帮我做三件事 |
| 4 | You see my goal is to help students just like you around the world, but I want to help 1 billion students | 你看,我的目标是帮助学生 就像你在世界各地, 但我想帮助10亿学生 |
| 5 | I know it's a big number, but I have big goals, and I want to help students like you | 我知道这是个大数字 但我有大目标 我想帮助像你这样的学生 |
| 6 | So all I need you to do is like this video | 所以,我只需要你做 像这个视频 |
| 7 | Share this video and subscribe to this channel | 分享此视频并订阅此频道 |
| 8 | Here we go like share subscribe come on | 在这里,我们走像分享订阅 来 |
| 9 | I said like share subscribe last time like share subscribe | 我上次说像股票订户一样 像股票订户一样 |
| 10 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 11 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 12 | Alright, so our first idiom is easy on the eyes | 好吧,所以我们的第一个象徵 很容易的眼睛 |
| 13 | Easy on the eyes now easy on the eyes is an idiom that means easy to look at | 轻轻的眼睛,轻轻的眼睛 是一个典型的,意思是轻轻地看 |
| 14 | Attractive or beautiful or | 吸引人或美丽或 |
| 15 | Somewhat or something that is good to look at now listen | 某某某某物,今宜观之,听之. |
| 16 | I've told you all before that my ideal type | 我以前跟你们说过 我的理想型 |
| 17 | Is a tall dark and handsome man whoo yes? | 一个高大的黑帅哥是么? |
| 18 | I like them chocolate y'all so one of my favorite actors his name is hey digs and man | 我喜欢巧克力,所以我最喜欢的演员之一 他叫Hey Digs and man。 |
| 19 | Is he handsome he is easy on the eyes? | 他帅不帅? |
| 20 | It's so easy for me to look at him now | 现在看他真容易 |
| 21 | I'm sure you have your favorite actor or your favorite actress or someone that is very famous who is also very handsome or beautiful | 我相信你有你最喜欢的演员 或你最喜欢的演员 或一个非常有名的人 谁是非常英俊或美丽 |
| 22 | You can say they are mmM. | 你可以说他们是mmM。 |
| 23 | Yes | 对 |
| 24 | Easy on the eyes now. | 眼睛放轻松 |
| 25 | Let me show you some example sentences here. | 让我给你们看一些例子。 |
| 26 | We go | 我们走 |
| 27 | What if you're talking about models you can say that model is definitely easy on the eyes | 如果你在谈论模型 你可以说模型在眼睛上绝对容易 |
| 28 | Or what if you're talking about a trainer ooh real quick y'all | 或者,如果你说的是一个教练 哦,真的快,你们都 |
| 29 | Now we're in the midst of a pandemic right now | 现在我们正处于大流行之中 |
| 30 | So we're not able to go to the gyms as freely as we were in the past | 所以我们不能像过去那样自由去健身房 |
| 31 | And I actually used to go to the gym every day during the week to exercise | 其实我每周每天都去健身房锻炼 |
| 32 | Now when you go to the gym | 现在,当你去健身房 |
| 33 | Sometimes there are individuals who are very very attractive | 有时候有些个人非常有魅力 |
| 34 | Very easy to look at very easy on the eyes now. | 现在很容易看清眼睛 |
| 35 | I've had some individuals | 我有一些个人 |
| 36 | Who made it a little bit difficult to focus on what I was doing there the guys would walk into the gym at? | 谁让我有点难 专注于我在做什么 在那里的家伙会走进健身房? |
| 37 | every muscle | 每个肌肉 |
| 38 | Every chest muscle every arm muscle everything was perfect. | 每个胸肌 每个臂肌都是完美的 |
| 39 | So what can we say whoa? | 我们能说什么呢? |
| 40 | Those guys were easy on the eyes so now for the trainers | 这些人眼里很轻松 所以现在对训练员来说 |
| 41 | We could say the trainer at the gym is very easy on the eyes | 我们可以说健身房的教练 很容易看出来 |
| 42 | Now what about an actress like I mentioned earlier for the actor you can say many people say that | 刚才我提到的女演员,你说很多人会这么说 |
| 43 | Actress is easy on the eyes and what about dating when you go dating maybe someone could say hey | 女演员很容易看出来 约会怎么样? |
| 44 | You should give your number to him. | 你应该把电话号码给他 |
| 45 | He's pretty easy on the eyes, and this is a conversation ladies | 他的眼睛很轻松,这是谈话,女士们 |
| 46 | I'm sure you've had in your own language | 我敢肯定,你已经用自己的语言 |
| 47 | But now you can say it in English and guys you can say the same thing for females. | 但现在你可以用英语说 和男人 你可以说同样的事情 对于女性。 |
| 48 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 49 | She's easy on the eyes all right, so a very useful idiom and what about when you have a crush on someone? | 她很容易看穿眼睛,所以一个非常有用的常识 当你爱上某人时呢? |
| 50 | Oh, let me explain that so a crush now a crush is when you like someone | 哦,让我解释一下,现在的恋情是 当你喜欢一个人 |
| 51 | But they don't know right you like them | 但是他们不知道你喜欢他们 |
| 52 | And you know what maybe they have a feeling that you do, but it's kind of a one-sided love right like oh | 你知道,也许他们有种感觉 你这样做, 但这是一种片面的爱 右像哦 |
| 53 | Man, I really like that person right um | 男人,我真的很喜欢 那个人的权利,嗯 |
| 54 | Let's say for example when you're in school right you know when you were younger | 举个例子,你在学校的时候 你知道你年轻的时候 |
| 55 | And there was a guy or for the guys there was a girl | 有个男的或者男的有个女的 |
| 56 | And you would just look at him or look at her like man | 你只要看着他或她像男人一样 |
| 57 | I really really like him or I really like her we can say oh you had a crush on him | 我真的很喜欢他 或者我真的喜欢她 我们可以说哦 你迷上他了 |
| 58 | Or you have a crush on her so how can we use the idiom to explain a situation like this? | 或者你迷上她了 我们怎么能用这种习惯来解释这种情况呢? |
| 59 | The teacher was easy on the eyes so all of the little boys wanted to sit in the front row | 老师很轻松,所以所有小男孩都想坐在前排 |
| 60 | Oh quick story y'all quick story got an extra story time when I was younger | 哦,快故事,你们都快故事 有额外的故事时间 当我年轻 |
| 61 | I think I was in the fourth grade. | 我想我在四年级。 |
| 62 | We had a teacher. | 我们有个老师 |
| 63 | He was tall | 他高个子 |
| 64 | He was I had a nice voice. | 他是一个好声音。 |
| 65 | He was handsome. | 他很帅 |
| 66 | I was in the fourth grade | 我在四年级的时候 |
| 67 | I mean I was young but he still was a very handsome teacher, and I had a crush on my teacher | 我当时还年轻 但他还是个英俊的老师 我迷恋我的老师 |
| 68 | So whenever he'd come in the room. | 所以每当他进来的时候 |
| 69 | I would smile really big | 我会笑得很大 |
| 70 | I would focus really hard on the class and the lesson because I thought he was really cute | 我会很专心的上课和上课 因为我觉得他很可爱 |
| 71 | So as a child I had a crush on my teacher okay alright, so he was easy on the eyes | 所以作为一个孩子,我有一个迷恋 我的老师好,所以他很容易的眼睛 |
| 72 | All right now. | 现在好了 |
| 73 | Let's go on to the next one so number one was easy on the eyes | 我们继续说下一个吧 头一个很容易看出来 |
| 74 | Number two our second idiom is let your hair down | 第二,我们的第二个典型是让你的头发下来 |
| 75 | You're probably wondering teacher | 你可能想知道老师 |
| 76 | Does that just mean like let your hair down | 这是否意味着让你的头发下来 |
| 77 | This is called twists for those that are curious about my hairstyle these are twists, but let my hair down | 对那些好奇我的发型的人来说,这叫做扭动 这些是扭动,但让我的头发下来 |
| 78 | No, no, no, it's very very simple to understand | 不,不,不,这很简单 |
| 79 | But it's a little bit different than just letting your hair down | 但是,它有点不同 不只是让你的头发下来 |
| 80 | Physically it means to behave in an uninhibited or relaxed manner | 从身体上来说,它意味着以不受阻碍或放松的方式行事 |
| 81 | To relax and enjoy oneself or to allow yourself to behave much more freely than usual | 放松和享受 或让自己比平常更自由 |
| 82 | And enjoy it so I want you to think about when you go to work right usually when you go to work | 享受它,所以我希望你考虑 当你去工作 通常当你去工作 |
| 83 | You have to be very professional | 你一定要很专业 |
| 84 | You have to whether you're working in an office or an environment where there are other people around you you have to act a certain | 你一定要在办公室工作 或在周围有其他人的环境下工作 你一定要行动 |
| 85 | Way you have to wear certain clothes because you are working | 你要穿一些衣服 因为你在工作 |
| 86 | But when you get home think about it when you get home | 但等你回家再考虑 |
| 87 | Do you sit properly at the table when you're at home with your family or do you oh? | 你在家和家人一起坐好吗? |
| 88 | Man yes | 男人对 |
| 89 | Do you relax? | 你放松吗? |
| 90 | You probably relax. | 你也许放松。 |
| 91 | I hope so you let your hair down alright, so let's see some examples here. | 我希望你能把头发放低 让我们看看一些例子 |
| 92 | We go | 我们走 |
| 93 | Let's say for example. | 比方说. |
| 94 | You're tired again after work | 下班后你又累了 |
| 95 | You can say after a long day at work the office workers decided they needed to let their hair down | 你可以说,工作一天后 办公室工作人员决定 他们需要放下头发 |
| 96 | Make sense what about unwinding? | 有道理吗? |
| 97 | Oh? | 是吗? |
| 98 | Another great word okay | 又一个好词 |
| 99 | Unwinding is very similar to let your hair down think about something when you wind something up right it gets really tight and | 松风很类似于让你的头发 低头思考一些事情 当你风向正确 它变得非常紧 |
| 100 | Strict right you can't really move it, but when you unwind it slowly it starts to relax | 严格右边,你无法真正移动它, 但当你解开它缓慢 它开始放松 |
| 101 | Right the same can be applied to your day. | 右,同样的可以适用于你的一天。 |
| 102 | You're | 琌 |
| 103 | Unwinding or letting your hair down so let's see the sentence here. | 解开或放下头发 让我们看看这句 |
| 104 | We go | 我们走 |
| 105 | Here's the sentence. | 此句为句. |
| 106 | I had a really stressful day today | 我今天压力很大 |
| 107 | I think I'm just going to let my hair down so you can use this right now guys | 我想我只是让我的头发下来 这样你们就可以用这个了 |
| 108 | You can use this idiom right now | 你可以现在用这个 |
| 109 | You had a long day at work or if you've been working really hard at home | 你工作一天很辛苦,或者在家工作很辛苦 |
| 110 | Maybe you're a stay-at-home mom you have to take care of the kids you have to cook | 也许你是家里的妈妈 你要照顾孩子 做饭 |
| 111 | You have to clean and you get really stressed, and you say you know what I just need to let my hair down | 你要打扫干净,你变得很紧张, 你说你知道我需要什么,让我的头发下来 |
| 112 | Make sense alright, so let's see another example here. | 说得通点,我们再举个例子 |
| 113 | We go again a very useful idiom | 我们再来一个非常有用的规范 |
| 114 | relaxing | 放松点 |
| 115 | Mandy spent the weekend letting her hair down by watching three movies back to back now back to back just means | Mandy在周末看三部电影 让她的头发掉下来 现在又回到后面 |
| 116 | Watching one and immediately watching another and immediately watching another back to back okay alright | 看着一个 立刻看着另一个 立刻看着另一个 背靠背 OK |
| 117 | So Mandy was watching a lot of movies and what about on vacation we can say I? | 曼迪看了很多电影 度假时能说什么? |
| 118 | Spent time at the beach ate lots of food, and I really let my hair down | 在沙滩上花了很多时间 吃了很多食物 我真的把头发放下了 |
| 119 | I'm actually planning a vacation with my friends, and I am looking forward to | 其实我打算和我的朋友们度假 我期待着 |
| 120 | Letting my hair down as well alright. | 把我的头发也放下来 |
| 121 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 122 | Let's keep going here. | 继续走 |
| 123 | We go | 我们走 |
| 124 | What about on the weekends? | 周末怎么样? |
| 125 | Maybe you like to do some things with your friends on the weekends? | 也许你喜欢周末跟朋友做点什么? |
| 126 | It's Saturday night | 现在是星期六晚上 |
| 127 | Why don't you stop being so serious and just let your hair down for a change now when we say for a change? | 为什么你不停止这么认真, 只是让你的头发下来改变 现在,当我们说改变? |
| 128 | We're just saying | 我们只是说 |
| 129 | You know now come on like for a change usually you do one thing | 你知道现在来做一些改变 通常你做一件事 |
| 130 | But why don't you switch it up a little bit change it and do something else so right now? | 但是,你为什么不把它切换一下 一点点改变它, 做别的事情,现在这样? |
| 131 | Do something else for a change? | 做点别的改变? |
| 132 | Let's say you usually eat at home | 不如你平常在家吃饭吧 |
| 133 | You do that on a regular basis, but your husband comes home and says hey, honey | 你经常这样做,但你丈夫回来说,亲爱的 |
| 134 | Why don't we go out to eat? | 我们为什么不出去吃饭? |
| 135 | Why don't we go to a restaurant something that you don't normally do so you can say honey | 不如我们去餐厅吃点你平常不吃的东西 这样你就可以说亲爱的了 |
| 136 | Why don't we go out to eat for a change make sense alright, so this person is being told to | 为什么我们不出去吃饭 换个地方是合情合理的, 所以这个人被告知 |
| 137 | Relax and let their hair down for a change okay alright now let your hair down with number two | 放轻松,把头发放下来换个地方 好,现在把头发放下来 |
| 138 | Number three another good one lose your head | 三号,又一个好人,你丢了头 |
| 139 | and | 和 |
| 140 | Lose your head like I'm back. | 失去你的头像我回来了。 |
| 141 | No don't worry lose your head doesn't mean that actually lose your head means | 不要担心,失去你的头 不意味着真的失去你的头意味着 |
| 142 | Lose self-control to panic or to lose one's composure | 失去自我控制 惊慌失措 |
| 143 | For example, I'm teaching you right now. | 举个例子,我现在教你 |
| 144 | I'm so excited to teach you English right. | 我很兴奋地教你英语的权利。 |
| 145 | I'm composed | 我准备好了 |
| 146 | I'm explaining the idioms in a very clear way, but let's say oh my goodness. | 我用一个非常清晰的方式解释这些典型, 但让我们说,哦,我的天啊。 |
| 147 | Oh, oh, okay wait a minute I | 哦,哦,好吧,等待一分钟我 |
| 148 | Suddenly I'm not composed | 突然间,我又没被安排好 |
| 149 | Suddenly I'm panicking I lost my head for a moment, but now I'm back | 忽然惊慌失措,一时头昏目眩,如今又回来了 |
| 150 | Make sense alright, so let's see some example sentences that will make it even easier to understand | 说得通点,让我们看看一些例子句子 让大家更容易理解 |
| 151 | Angry whoa this guy's angry he usually stays very calm in meetings | 愤怒,哇,这家伙生气 他通常保持非常平静的会议 |
| 152 | But this time he just lost his head and sometimes that happens when you go to a meeting and maybe there's an issue | 但这次他只是失去了他的头 有时当你去开会时 可能会有问题 |
| 153 | And there's one individual individual who's usually very calm very composed | 并且有一个个体 通常非常冷静,非常有组织 |
| 154 | Hey, everything's okay, but this one meeting | 嘿,一切都好,但这次见面 |
| 155 | They get very angry and suddenly | 他们突然很生气 |
| 156 | They start yelling we can say whoa | 他们开始大喊大叫 我们可以说,哇 |
| 157 | He or she really lost his or her head last day during the last meeting right okay here we go | 他/她真的失去了他的头 上一天 在最后一次会面中, |
| 158 | All right, what about when you're scared? | 好吧,当你害怕的时候呢? |
| 159 | Okay? | 好吗? |
| 160 | I was afraid so at that point. | 我当时很害怕 |
| 161 | I lost my head and started panicking | 我头晕了 开始慌张 |
| 162 | What about when you lose your way? | 失道时如何. |
| 163 | You don't know where to go if you get lost don't lose your head or in other words | 如果你迷路了,你不知道该去哪里 不要掉头,换句话说 |
| 164 | Don't panic stay calm stay composed | 别慌,冷静点 |
| 165 | Just think and retrace your steps or go over your steps again | 想想看 重新找回你的台阶 或者再翻过台阶 |
| 166 | What about when someone's yelling at you after he ignored me? | 那当有人在无视我之后对你大吼大叫时呢? |
| 167 | I lost my head and started yelling at him all right you start yelling you lose your head | 我失去了我的头,开始对他大喊大叫 你开始大叫,你失去了你的头 |
| 168 | You're not composed you start kind of going off | 你还没准备好开始走人 |
| 169 | Lose your head right okay now | 现在丢掉你的头 |
| 170 | Let's see what happens if you're arrested right | 让我们看看你被捕后会怎样 |
| 171 | Try not to lose your head when you get stopped by a cop | 被警察拦住时,不要掉头 |
| 172 | There's a lot going on in America right now with the black lives matter movement and many other things that are happening because of racism that | 在美国,很多事情 黑人生活运动 和许多其他的事情 正在发生,因为种族主义 |
| 173 | Unfortunately is still present in America so many parents many black parents tell their young men and young women | 不幸的是,在美国仍然有这么多父母 黑人父母告诉自己的年轻男人和年轻女人 |
| 174 | But mainly young men hey if you get stopped by a cop I need you to stay calm | 但主要是年轻人 如果你被警察拦住 我需要你保持冷静 |
| 175 | I need you to stay composed. | 我要你保持冷静 |
| 176 | I need you to try not to lose your head makes sense now again not all cops | 我需要你尽量不要失去你的头 现在有道理了,不是所有的警察 |
| 177 | But I'm saying this is something that parents are telling their children now | 但我说,这是 父母现在告诉孩子的事情 |
| 178 | Okay, try not to lose your head telling their teenagers when they're driving okay alright, so not to lose your head | 好吧,尽量不要失去你的头 告诉他们的青少年 当他们开车好,所以不要失去你的头 |
| 179 | So number three lose your head now. | 所以,第三号 现在失去你的头。 |
| 180 | What about number four? | 四号呢? |
| 181 | This is another good one head start head start now | 这是另一个好的头 开始现在 |
| 182 | I want you all to pay attention because this is one you can use for your children for yourself and for many different | 我要你们都注意,因为这是你们可以用来 为你们的孩子和很多不同的 |
| 183 | Situations alright even work now head start just means to start before other contestants in a race or an | 情况还好 甚至现在工作 开始只是意味着开始 之前其他参赛者 在比赛或比赛中 |
| 184 | Early start that results in an advantage or an initial advantage in a competitive situation | 尽早开始,在竞争局势中产生优势或初始优势 |
| 185 | Let me let me break it down like this. | 让我这样拆开它 |
| 186 | I am American right so my language my mother tongue is English | 我是美国人 所以我的母语是英语 |
| 187 | Now you maybe you're from India. | 也许你是印度人 |
| 188 | Maybe you're from Brazil | 也许你是巴西人 |
| 189 | Maybe you're from China or Russia or a country in Africa like Kenya or or maybe you're from South Africa | 或许你来自中国或俄罗斯 或者像肯尼亚这样的非洲国家 或者也许你来自南非 |
| 190 | Well, you're learning English, and you are amazing | 你学英语,你是惊人的 |
| 191 | But if we went to a job interview here in America right | 但如果我们去美国面试的话 |
| 192 | Who would be more likely to get the job me as an American native English speaker or you? | 谁会更可能得到我的工作 作为一个美国本土英语演讲人还是你? |
| 193 | Right you probably said me because teacher English is your mother tongue | 你说对了,因为英语老师是母语 |
| 194 | That means that I had a head start because English is already my first language now if I came to your country | 意思是说,我有一个开始 因为英语已经是我的第一语言 现在,如果我来到你的国家 |
| 195 | Right if I decided to visit your country and said I love this country. | 如果我决定去你的国家说 我爱这个国家的话 |
| 196 | I want to work here | 我想在这里工作 |
| 197 | Well, you would have a head start because that language would be your mother tongue makes sense alright, so let's see some examples here | 嗯,你会有一个头开始 因为那语言会是你的母语 是有道理的,所以让我们来看看一些例子 |
| 198 | We go | 我们走 |
| 199 | Let's say for example for education a good education gives your child a head start in life | 比如说,为了教育,良好的教育 让你的孩子开始人生 |
| 200 | Next what about work? | 接下来工作怎么办? |
| 201 | I'll get a head start on the paperwork this weekend. | 这个周末我先去办手续 |
| 202 | It means I'll start doing something ahead of time | 意思是我会提前做点事 |
| 203 | I want to make sure that I'm prepared so that when we do have a meeting. | 我想确保我做好了准备 以便我们开会的时候 |
| 204 | I'm already ready okay alright next what about | и竒非称 |
| 205 | with activities we can say | 与活动 我们可以说 |
| 206 | Cindy gave her younger brother a five-minute head start in the Easter egg hunt | 辛迪在复活节的蛋猎中给她弟弟5分钟的首发时间 |
| 207 | That means she let her younger brother start earlier than her to give him a little bit of an advantage, right | 也就是说她让她弟弟比她早开始 给他一点好处,对吗? |
| 208 | Okay, next example. | 好吧,下一个例子。 |
| 209 | Let's say for example with money and life | 比如说用钱和生活 |
| 210 | the inheritance money gave him a head start in life and | 继承金给了他人生的开始 |
| 211 | Next what about with reading we can say I was able to get a head start on my reading during the holidays | 接下来关于阅读,我们可以说, 我得到了一个头 开始我的阅读 在假期 |
| 212 | Again that just means I was able to start early. | 再说一遍 就是说我能提早开始 |
| 213 | I was able to get ahead of the game | 我本来可以领先 |
| 214 | That's another one ahead of the game alright, so we have head start a very very useful idiom now | 这是另一场比赛之前的好戏,所以我们先开始一个非常有用的游戏 |
| 215 | What about number five whoa this one is good an eye? | 5号,这个眼睛不错吧? |
| 216 | opener and I | 打开器和我 |
| 217 | Open it right. | 打开吧 |
| 218 | No. | 没有 |
| 219 | It's not saying like | 不是说 |
| 220 | Opening your eyes wide, but it is referring to something with the view you have on things so here | 睁开眼睛,但它是指你对事物的看法 |
| 221 | An eye-opener now an eye-opener is an event or situation that proves to be | 开眼器现在开眼器是一种事件或情况证明是 |
| 222 | unexpectedly enlightening something that surprises you and teaches you new facts about life or | 意外地启迪了让你惊讶的东西 教你新的生活事实 |
| 223 | Something startling surprising or enlightening alright | 令人惊讶或启迪的东西,好吗? |
| 224 | So we're going to see some examples that will really help you understand how to use this idiom and what it really means alright | 所以,我们将看到一些例子 将真正帮助你 理解如何使用这个平庸, 真正意味着什么好 |
| 225 | something that really catches you off guard or | 让你失去警惕的东西 |
| 226 | Even helps you to understand the world or a situation more here we go | 甚至帮助你了解世界 或者我们更了解这里的情况 |
| 227 | Let's say for example. | 比方说. |
| 228 | We're looking at this situation foreigners now | 我们现在看的是外国人的情况 |
| 229 | When I was in Korea, I was a foreigner | 在韩国的时候,我是外国人 |
| 230 | I heard that word more than I had ever heard it in my entire life right because I was not from Korea | 我听到的这个词比我一辈子都多 因为我不是韩国人 |
| 231 | But I was living there alright so for foreigners here. | 但我住在那里 对这里的外籍人来说也是 |
| 232 | We go | 我们走 |
| 233 | Living in another country can be a real eye-opener | 住在别国会是一个真正的开眼器 |
| 234 | Very true | 没错 |
| 235 | I was able to learn something new about another culture and it changed the way I viewed | 我对另一种文化有了新的了解 改变了我的看法 |
| 236 | The world now there are certain things I do that I didn't do before | 现在的世界有些事情我以前没有做过 |
| 237 | I learned a lot from the Korean culture, and I also learned a lot about my own culture | 我从韩国文化中学到了很多, 我对自己的文化也学到了很多 |
| 238 | I learned to appreciate so many different things, so it was a real eye-opener and an enlightening experience | 我学会了欣赏很多不同的事物, 所以这是一个真正的开眼器 和启发性的经验 |
| 239 | Alright, so let's keep going foreigners a great example. | 好吧,让我们继续做外国人 一个伟大的例子。 |
| 240 | What about childhood? | 童年怎么办? |
| 241 | Her story about her childhood was a real eye-opener now for this one think about when you meet someone right? | 她关于她童年的故事 是一个真正的开眼器 现在这个家伙思考 当你遇到一个人对不对? |
| 242 | Maybe you develop a good relationship with them over time | 或许你和他们逐渐发展良好的关系 |
| 243 | But there are certain things they do that you really don't understand and then one day you have a conversation with them | 但有些事情你不明白 然后有一天你和他们谈话 |
| 244 | And they tell you about their childhood, and you're like ah | 他们告诉你自己的童年 你就像啊 |
| 245 | That's why he does that it's a real eye-opener | 这就是为什么他这样做 这是一个真正的开眼器 |
| 246 | Even for you guys you love story time which is coming at the end, so you don't want to go anywhere, right? | 即便你们喜欢故事的结尾 也不要去任何地方 对吧? |
| 247 | Story time is when I tell you about my life stories right and you're able to get to know me even better | 故事时间是当我告诉你 我的生活故事是正确的, 你可以更了解我 |
| 248 | So I'm not just teacher Tiffany | 所以我不只是蒂凡尼老师 |
| 249 | I'm Tiffany you get to know things I liked when I was younger things | 我是蒂芙妮 你了解我小时候喜欢的东西 |
| 250 | I didn't like funny stories about my family and my friends and this brings you closer to me and | 我不喜欢关于我的家人和朋友的有趣故事 这让你更接近我 |
| 251 | Helps you understand who I am more an eye-opener alright, okay? | 帮助你了解我是谁 更开眼球,好吗? |
| 252 | So let's keep going we have childhood as an example. | 因此,让我们继续前进 我们有一个童年作为例子。 |
| 253 | What about the earth? | 大地怎么样? |
| 254 | We can say the movie was a real eye-opener for me | 我们可以说这部电影对我来说是一部真正的开眼机 |
| 255 | I never understood how serious global warming was before and what about this one travel? | 我从未明白全球变暖有多严重 而这次旅行又如何? |
| 256 | Sally said her trip to Japan was quite an eye-opener | 莎莉说她去日本的旅程很开眼 |
| 257 | Real quick fact. | 事实很迅速 |
| 258 | I really want to visit Japan. | 我真的很想访问日本 |
| 259 | Do you know why I? | 你知道我为什么吗? |
| 260 | love | 爱 |
| 261 | Stationary hold on one second. | 站着别动 |
| 262 | I'm gonna show you hold on | 我让你坚持住 |
| 263 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 264 | Really like stationery, and I think I've showed you all these things before but this is just one of my pin cases | 真的很喜欢文具 我想我以前给你看过这些 但这只是我的针箱之一 |
| 265 | And I put my markers and other stationary inside of it | 我把我的标记和其他固定在里面 |
| 266 | But I have another one larger than this, but it's a little bit big for the camera right now | 但我还有一个比这个大,但现在对摄像机来说有点大 |
| 267 | But I really enjoy stationary, and I really enjoy quality stationary | 但我真的很喜欢固定, 我真的喜欢高质量固定 |
| 268 | I have certain pins and markers that I use when I'm organizing my | 我有一些针和标记 我使用 当我组织我的 |
| 269 | My thoughts in my notebooks because I really enjoy stationary now | 我的笔记本里有我的想法 因为我现在真的很喜欢固定 |
| 270 | You all may like stationary, too. | 你们可能也喜欢固定的 |
| 271 | I would suggest that you look at some Japanese websites. | 我建议你看看一些日本网站 |
| 272 | They're awesome alright | 他们真棒,好吗? |
| 273 | So again, she's talking about her trip to Japan being an eye-opener alright, so here we go. | 再说一遍,她说她去日本是开眼球的,所以我们开始吧。 |
| 274 | Let's continue | 继续吧 |
| 275 | Reading the book was a real eye-opener alright, so again. | 读这本书真是开眼机,所以再说一遍 |
| 276 | We have eye | 我们有眼睛 |
| 277 | Now number six another good one go over your head | 现在,六号,又一个好 在你的头上 |
| 278 | Like go over your head. | 喜欢走过你的头。 |
| 279 | I got you don't you worry now go over your head actually means | 我得到了你 现在不用担心,去你的头 实际上意味着 |
| 280 | To go to a more important or powerful person to get what you want | 去找一个更重要或有权势的人来得到你想要的 |
| 281 | Or to take an issue to someone who has more authority than your own boss | 或者把问题交给比你老板更权威的人 |
| 282 | This one is funny because so I have two nieces that are in the state that I live in right now one of my other | 这个很好笑,因为我有两个侄女 住在现在的状态里,我另一个 |
| 283 | Nieces lives in California | 尼采斯住在加利福尼亚州 |
| 284 | But my youngest niece she's three years old her birthday is to her birthday is actually today. | 但我最小的侄女 她三岁 她的生日实际上是今天。 |
| 285 | No. | 没有 |
| 286 | She's four | 她才四岁 |
| 287 | Okay, today is the 23rd her birthday is today | 今天是她23岁生日 |
| 288 | And later on if you watch this Sydney happy birthday Monty tiff | 晚点再看雪梨生日快乐 蒙蒂·蒂夫 |
| 289 | So anyways her birthday is today, but she's four years old so our whole family loves her | 所以今天是她的生日 但她才四岁 所以我们全家都爱她 |
| 290 | Her and all of my other nieces as well | 她和我其他侄女也一样 |
| 291 | But we love her and she knows how to kind of get what she wants sometimes | 但我们爱她 她知道如何得到她想要的东西 |
| 292 | So if she asks me for something, and I say no she may go to my mom her grandmother and say | 所以,如果她问我的东西, 我说不,她可以去我妈妈 她的祖母说 |
| 293 | Gammie can I have that and see what my my mother says why because my mother is | Gammie 能给我这个吗 看看我妈妈怎么说 因为我妈妈是 |
| 294 | More important than me in her eyes sometimes right because well | 比我在她眼中更重要 有时是对的 因为很好 |
| 295 | Gammie has more power because she's auntie Tiff's mom so you see what I'm saying go over my head ah | Gammie有更大的权力 因为她是Tiff阿姨的妈妈 所以你明白我的意思吧? |
| 296 | Titi she calls me Titi or auntie Tiff Titi said no, but Titi's mom | 蒂蒂 她叫我蒂蒂 或蒂夫蒂蒂阿姨说不行 但蒂蒂的妈妈 |
| 297 | She may say yes, so to go over your head alright | 她可能答应了,所以要翻你的头 |
| 298 | So or to be too difficult for someone to understand there are two different meanings here. | 或太难让人理解 这里有两个不同的含义。 |
| 299 | We go angry | 我们发火了 |
| 300 | I was furious that he went over my head and complained to my manager | 我很生气,他冲到我头上 向我经理抱怨 |
| 301 | next complaint | 下一次申诉 |
| 302 | She would occasionally go over her manager's head to complain to the top financial officer | 她偶尔会翻过经理的脑袋 向高层财务官投诉 |
| 303 | Makes sense right when something happens at your job, and maybe your manager or boss doesn't listen to you | 当你工作时出事了 可能你的经理或老板不听 |
| 304 | Sometimes you have to go to someone that's more important | 有时你必须去找一个更重要的人 |
| 305 | Maybe your boss's boss makes sense you have to go over their head not advised sometimes, but sometimes you have to do it | 可能你老板的老板说得通,你有时不建议,但有时你必须这么做 |
| 306 | Joking around she was being sarcastic, but he took her seriously | 在她身边开玩笑,但他把她当回事 |
| 307 | Oh look at the expression on this guy's face alright the joke totally went over his head | 哦,看看这家伙脸上的表情 好了,笑话完全在他的头上 |
| 308 | Now remember this is the second meaning for this idiom it means to not understand something like I don't I don't get it | 现在记住,这是第二个意义 对于这个偶像 它意味着不理解的东西 像我不明白 |
| 309 | What what are you talking about it? | 你在说什么? |
| 310 | Went over my head or over his head alright, so a very good and useful idiom | 在我的头上或在他的头上, 好吧,所以一个非常好和有用的规范 |
| 311 | What about in class the students did not understand what the teacher said her explanation went? | 班上的学生不懂老师说她的解释是什么? |
| 312 | Completely over their heads | 完全超越他们的头 |
| 313 | Makes sense right so when I teach a lesson | 说得有道理,当我教训你 |
| 314 | I try to make sure to break it down so that it does not go over your head | 我尽量把它打碎,以免它打到你头上 |
| 315 | Makes sense now sometimes if something goes over your head | 如果有事情发生在你脑子里,现在有道理了 |
| 316 | You can say in the comment section or to your tutor if you have a tutor right | 您可以在评论栏中向导师表示, 如果您有导师的权利 |
| 317 | Wow the lesson was good, but this one part. | 哇,教训是好的, 但这部分。 |
| 318 | I didn't understand or | 我不明白,或者说... |
| 319 | This one part went over my head | 这段话让我头疼 |
| 320 | Makes sense right okay good so in class you can use it now again | 说得通,很好,在课堂上你可以再用一次 |
| 321 | What about in meetings a lot of what was said in the meeting went right over? | 那么,在会议上,许多在会议上说过的话,都过去了? |
| 322 | My head like I don't know what they were talking about it went right over my head | 我的脑袋好像不知道他们在说什么 直接打到我头上 |
| 323 | All right go over your head now. | 好吧,你现在过你的头。 |
| 324 | What about number seven come to your senses. | 如何是第七正觉. |
| 325 | That's right | 没错 |
| 326 | Come to your senses. | 觉悟已. |
| 327 | What does that mean like your senses are you know touch? | 这是什么意思 就像你的感官 你知道触摸? |
| 328 | Taste here. | 尝于此. |
| 329 | What does that mean? | 这是什么意思? |
| 330 | Let me show you come to your senses actually means to start to understand that you have been behaving | 让我告诉你,你清醒了,实际上意味着 开始理解你的行为 |
| 331 | Stupidly or to stop being foolish and become sensible again or to become reasonable after being | 愚蠢或不再愚蠢 变得理智 或变得理智 |
| 332 | foolish | 蠢货 |
| 333 | Coming to your senses like maybe you act crazy for a little bit, and then you're like hey hey hey | 感觉好像你有点疯狂 然后你就好像嘿嘿嘿嘿嘿 |
| 334 | You got to calm down you got to relax | 冷静点,放松点 |
| 335 | Don't act out of character. | 别表现的太过份了 |
| 336 | I need you to come to your senses | 我要你清醒点 |
| 337 | Make sense all right, so let's look at some examples here. | 说得通,让我们看看这里的一些例子。 |
| 338 | We go here. | 我们去那里。 |
| 339 | We go death | 我们死定了 |
| 340 | Her death brought many people to their senses now. | 她的死让很多人恢复理智 |
| 341 | I want you to think about this | 我要你考虑一下 |
| 342 | Sometimes when someone dies yes people feel very sad | 有时有人死了,是的 人们感到非常悲伤 |
| 343 | But people also think about changing their lives because they realize wait a minute | 但人们也考虑改变生活 因为他们意识到等待一分钟 |
| 344 | I don't know when I may be gone | 我不知道我什么时候可能走了 |
| 345 | Let me live my life to the fullest | 让我过上最充实的生活 |
| 346 | Let me live my life in a way that will will be something good for people to remember when I'm gone | 让我过我的生活吧,我走了以后 人们会记得的 |
| 347 | Let me come to my senses and get it together | 让我清醒一下,把它拼起来 |
| 348 | Make sense all right, so death can also be spoken about using this idiom. | 说得有道理,所以死亡 也可以说使用这个仪表。 |
| 349 | What about a job search? | 找工作怎么样? |
| 350 | I wish you would come to your senses and look for a better job | 我希望你能清醒下来 找份更好的工作 |
| 351 | Or what about making a mistake? | 还是说犯错? |
| 352 | They are waiting for him to come to his senses and realize that he was wrong | 他们等着他醒过来 发现他错了 |
| 353 | Maybe he's saying I didn't do anything wrong. | 也许他说我没做错什么 |
| 354 | I'm okay. | 我没事。 |
| 355 | You guys are the problem, but everyone knows | 你们才是问题所在 但大家都知道 |
| 356 | And mark is the one that made the mistake. | 马克才是犯错的人 |
| 357 | What is he talking about he needs to come to his senses | 他在说什么,他需要清醒 |
| 358 | Make sense all right here. | 这里讲得通 |
| 359 | We go now | 我们走了 |
| 360 | What about when you're not studying his mother wanted him to come to his senses and start? | 你不去研究他母亲时 想让他清醒下来开始吗? |
| 361 | Studying for his exam all right, and what about a bad guy right now? | 正在为他的考试而学习 现在一个坏人呢? |
| 362 | Let's say for example you're talking to your friends | 比方说,你在跟朋友说话 |
| 363 | I wish you would come to your senses and break up with him. | 我希望你能清醒过来 和他分手 |
| 364 | He is not a good guy now | 他现在不是个好人 |
| 365 | There are times when your friends right maybe they're dating a guy or a girl, and you know it's not | 有时候你的朋友说对了 也许他们在和男人或女孩约会 你知道这不是 |
| 366 | Good you know the situation is not good, and you try to tell them hey | 好,你知道情况不妙,你试着告诉他们 |
| 367 | I know you like this person, but this relationship is not good for you. | 我知道你喜欢这个人 但这种关系对你不好 |
| 368 | You got to realize. | 你必须意识到。 |
| 369 | He's not good for you | 他对你不好 |
| 370 | We need you to come to your senses | 我们需要你清醒一下 |
| 371 | Make sense all right, so come to your senses a very useful English idiom now number eight again another good one | 说得通点,听懂了吗? 说得通点,你懂的,一个非常有用的英语音符 现在又8号又一个好音符 |
| 372 | It's written all over your face, and I think that you may have heard this idiom before | 它写在你的脸上, 我认为你可能听说过这个典型的 |
| 373 | I think I may have taught this idiom to you before in a lesson very quickly | 我觉得我之前教过你这个教义 很快 |
| 374 | But think about it is written all over your face. | 但想一想 写在你的脸上。 |
| 375 | How do you think I feel right now? | 你觉得我现在感觉如何? |
| 376 | I'm not saying anything, but how do I look I look happy right? | 我什么也没说,但我看起来怎么开心? |
| 377 | I am happy to teach you, but let's say for example. | 我很乐意教你,但举个例子 |
| 378 | I change | 我变了 |
| 379 | Suddenly I look irritated or angry right why because you could see it all over my face my | 突然间,我看起来很烦躁或生气,为什么因为你可以看到它 在我的脸上。 |
| 380 | Expression changed so it's written all over your face just means a I | 表达方式变了,所以你脸上写满了 |
| 381 | Can tell how you're feeling because your facial expressions whoo | 知道你的感受 因为你的面部表情 |
| 382 | They're telling me a lot okay all right, so let's see some examples here. | 他们告诉我很多事 好吧,让我们来看看一些例子。 |
| 383 | We go. | 我们走了。 |
| 384 | Let's say for example | 举个例子 |
| 385 | Again let me explain it a little bit more the expression on someone's face is showing their true feelings | 让我再多解释一下 别人脸上的表情就是真实的感受 |
| 386 | Means that it is clear what a person is thinking or feeling or it is very evident when looking at someone's face | 意思是一个人在想什么或感觉 或当看着一个人的脸时非常明显 |
| 387 | Like I explained when I look happy | 就像我开心时解释的那样 |
| 388 | It's very easy to tell when I'm angry | 我生气的时候很容易分辨 |
| 389 | It's very easy to tell don't worry. | 这很容易告诉 不要担心。 |
| 390 | I don't get angry a lot all right here. | 我在这里不会生气的 |
| 391 | We go now. | 我们走吧。 |
| 392 | We're looking at the examples | 我们看看这些例子 |
| 393 | What about when someone makes a mistake? | 当有人犯错时怎么办? |
| 394 | I know she's guilty. | 我知道她是有罪的。 |
| 395 | It's written all over her face | 写在她脸上 |
| 396 | It's written all over her face all right, so what about this situation when you get caught? | 她脸上都写满了,你被抓了怎么办? |
| 397 | I know my son stole the money the guilt was written all over his face | 我知道我儿子偷了他脸上写着的罪过的钱 |
| 398 | What about this one good news? | 这个好消息呢? |
| 399 | I can tell something amazing has happened | 我看得出来 发生了一件奇妙的事 |
| 400 | It's written all over your face | 写在你脸上 |
| 401 | Tell me what it is think about it y'all when you're talking to your friends right and suddenly your friend | 告诉我,当你和你的朋友说话的时候,你们想什么呢? |
| 402 | Another friend walks up and is like hey guys | 另一个朋友走起来,就像嘿家伙 |
| 403 | How are you and they look really excited? | 你和他们看起来很兴奋吗? |
| 404 | What do you normally do that's right you ask them? | 你平时是做什么的? |
| 405 | Hey, how are you? | 你好吗? |
| 406 | What's going on? | 这是怎么回事? |
| 407 | You look really happy you can tell because it's written all over their face all right all right | 你看起来很开心,你能分辨出来 因为它写在他们脸上 |
| 408 | What about this situation? | 情况如何? |
| 409 | Someone does something wrong. | 有人做错什么了 |
| 410 | I know you did it. | и笵暗 |
| 411 | It's written all over your face | 写在你脸上 |
| 412 | Here's a funny story so when I was um in high school in high school | 这是一个有趣的故事 所以当我在高中的时候 |
| 413 | We got a dog her name was Snickers yep like the candy bar her name was Snickers and Snickers was a good dog very cute | 我们找到一条狗 她叫Snickers 就像糖果酒吧 她叫Snickers 和Snickers 是一个很好的狗 非常可爱。 |
| 414 | She was a lasso op so small white dog right, but we always knew when Snickers did something bad | 她是一个拉索行动 这么小的白狗的权利, 但我们总是知道 当Snickers做坏事 |
| 415 | We always knew when she bit something she shouldn't have been biting or when she peed | 我们总是知道 当她咬的东西 她不应该咬, 当她尿。 |
| 416 | You know sometimes dogs pee sometimes in the area that they should not be peeing in like when she was running around downstairs | 你知道有时候狗在附近撒尿 他们不应该像她在楼下乱跑一样撒尿 |
| 417 | We'd see her and she'd kind of like kind of shy away from us. | 我们会看到她 她会有点害羞 远离我们。 |
| 418 | I'm like what's wrong with you, and I said hey | и碞钩琌岿妓 и弧 |
| 419 | You pee didn't you you pee didn't you Snickers? | 你尿尿了,你尿尿了,不是吗? |
| 420 | And then I find the spot and you know I have to clean it up and everything | 然后我找到那个地方,你知道我必须把它清理干净 |
| 421 | But it was written all over her face | 但写在她的脸上 |
| 422 | I hadn't seen the spot, but I saw her face, and I was like wait a minute you did something dog | 我没有看到那个地方, 但我看到她的脸, 我就像等待一分钟 你做了一些狗 |
| 423 | You did something Snickers, so it was written all over her face all right now. | 你做了一些Snickers, 所以写在她的脸上 现在所有的权利。 |
| 424 | Let's keep going. | 让我们继续前进。 |
| 425 | What about this one? | 这个呢? |
| 426 | Feeling sad. | 难过 |
| 427 | I know he is sad. | 我知道他很伤心 |
| 428 | It's written all over his face | 写在他脸上 |
| 429 | So again, it's written all over your face now number nine whoo another good one y'all face the music | 再说一遍,你脸上都写满了 第九个又一个好人,你们都面对音乐 |
| 430 | Face the music and we got another face one | 面对音乐,我们得到另一个面孔 |
| 431 | So what does face the music actually mean now face the music means to be confronted with the unpleasant? | 面对音乐意味着什么 现在面对音乐意味着面对不愉快的音乐? |
| 432 | consequences of one's actions | 个人行为的后果 |
| 433 | To receive a punishment or to accept responsibility for something you have done | 接受惩罚或为所做的事承担责任 |
| 434 | Maybe you made a mistake, and you know there are going to be consequences, but you have two choices either | 也许你犯了一个错误 你知道会有后果 但你也有两种选择 |
| 435 | You can act like hey. | 你可以表现得像嘿嘿。 |
| 436 | I didn't do it | 我没有做 |
| 437 | It's not me or you can say you know what I did it | 不是我,你也可以说你知道我做了什么 |
| 438 | Whatever the consequences are I'll take them. | 不管后果如何,我都会接受 |
| 439 | I need to face the music all right take responsibility for your actions here | 我需要面对音乐... ...所有权利... |
| 440 | We go | 我们走 |
| 441 | Playing let's say for example Michael broke a vase and had to face the music when his father got home | 比方说迈克尔打破了花瓶 面对他父亲回家的音乐 |
| 442 | Michael's dad was not going to be happy at all all right next what about this one? | 迈克尔的爸爸不会高兴的 接下来呢? |
| 443 | Doing poorly all right after failing a history exam | 考试失败后成绩不好 |
| 444 | Samantha had to go home and face the music whoo | 萨曼莎不得不回家面对音乐 |
| 445 | Her mom was about to be angry | 她妈妈要生气了 |
| 446 | But she knew she had to take responsibility for the mistakes. | 但她知道自己必须为错误承担责任. |
| 447 | She made on the test right okay now what about this situation? | 她做了测试,现在好吗? |
| 448 | robbing | 抢劫 |
| 449 | Smith was returned to the u.s. From Cuba to face the music for his part in a robbery more than ten years ago | 史密斯从古巴回到美国 面对十年前抢劫的音乐 |
| 450 | Take responsibility | 承担责任 |
| 451 | Next what about stealing when the missing handbag was noticed he chose to disappear | 接下来呢? 偷,当丢失的手提包被发现 他选择消失 |
| 452 | Rather than face the music meaning he did not want to take responsibility for what he had done all right | 而不是面对音乐的意思 他不想为他所做的一切负责 |
| 453 | So what about with worrying? | 那担心呢? |
| 454 | Stop worrying about it and just face the music it's okay | 别再担心了 面对音乐就行了 |
| 455 | Take responsibility for what you did face the music okay all right so a very very useful idiom | 对你的作品负责 面对音乐 好吧 很有用 |
| 456 | Face the music now number ten y'all this one is great rack your brain | 面对音乐 现在第10位 你们这首曲子真是棒极了 |
| 457 | Rack your teacher. | 腊ρ畍 |
| 458 | What is rack your brain? | 你脑子里是什么? |
| 459 | Oh? | 是吗? |
| 460 | I'm so glad you asked now rack your brain here | 我很高兴你现在问 把你的大脑在这里 |
| 461 | We go rack your brain means to make a great effort to think or remember something | 我们用你的脑子去思考 或回忆一些事情 |
| 462 | To think very hard or to try very hard to think of something so | 仔细思考或仔细思考 |
| 463 | Let's say we're talking about again in story time | 假设我们是在讲故事 |
| 464 | I talk about my childhood and my family and my friends and let's say I'm telling you a story about when I was in | 我谈论我的童年 我的家人和朋友 假设我告诉你一个故事 当我在 |
| 465 | Elementary school right and I'm like yes my teacher my math teacher, and I'm like ah | 小学右,我就像是的 我的老师 我的数学老师,我就像啊 |
| 466 | What was her name? | 她叫什么来着? |
| 467 | Oh man? | 哦,伙计? |
| 468 | What was her name? | 她叫什么来着? |
| 469 | I'm trying hard to remember something | 我在努力回忆一些事情 |
| 470 | I'm racking my brain to try to remember. | 我试着记起我的大脑 |
| 471 | Oh, man. | 哦,伙计。 |
| 472 | What's my teacher's name? | 我师名甚么. |
| 473 | What was her name again? | 她叫什么来着? |
| 474 | I'm racking my brain make sense all right, so let's see some examples here. | 我脑子有问题,让我们看看一些例子。 |
| 475 | We go all right, so first we have | 我们没事,所以我们首先 |
| 476 | Working he's racking his brain about how to deal with the situation | 工作时,他正忙着如何应付这种局面 |
| 477 | What about searching? | 搜索怎么样? |
| 478 | My dad was racking his brain trying to remember where he put his wedding ring | 我爸想记起他把结婚戒指放哪儿了 |
| 479 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 480 | You better find that ring dad all right next what about this one? | 你最好找到戒指爸爸 接下来呢? |
| 481 | Studying the student was racking his brain trying to remember the definition of the word | 学习学生的大脑正在崩溃 试图记住这个词的定义 |
| 482 | Huge now you know the definition right? | 你现在知道这个定义了吧? |
| 483 | Very large that's the word huge. | 非常大,这是大字。 |
| 484 | That's the meaning, but he was trying to figure it out. | 这就是意义,但他正试图想明白。 |
| 485 | What about this one? | 这个呢? |
| 486 | Investigating the detective kept racking his brain to solve the mystery | 调查那个侦探不停地打碎他的大脑 以解开谜团 |
| 487 | And what about this one? | 那这个呢? |
| 488 | Reflecting I've been racking my brain all day, but I can't remember her name | 反射了我一整天的大脑 但我不记得她的名字了 |
| 489 | What was her name again remember talking about maybe when I was in school my favorite English teacher? | 她叫什么来着? 记得我在学校的时候,我最喜欢的英语老师吗? |
| 490 | What was her name again? | 她叫什么来着? |
| 491 | Racking my brain so again number ten was what rack your brain all right guys | 压碎我的大脑,所以再次10号 是什么打破你的大脑 所有的权利家伙 |
| 492 | I really hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 我真的希望你享受这个教训。 |
| 493 | I loved teaching it to you | 我喜欢教你 |
| 494 | I loved helping you learn ten of these idioms that we use in English | 我喜欢帮助你学习 我们用英语的十种规范 |
| 495 | And if you master these and start practicing and using them | 如果你掌握这些,开始练习和使用它们 |
| 496 | You will start sounding more like a native English speaker alright guys | 你会开始听起来更像一个母语英语的人 好吧,伙计们 |
| 497 | Well, I will see you next week in our next lesson | 好吧,我们下周下课见 |
| 498 | But remember if you want to continue studying with me | 但记住,如果你想继续和我一起学习 |
| 499 | And you enjoy the lessons that I give you each week | 你享受我每周给你的课 |
| 500 | Please come and join our family in the speak English with Tiffany Academy | 请到蒂芙尼学院来和我们一起讲英语 |
| 501 | You can go to this link right here right now and become a part of our family | 你现在可以去这个链接 成为我们家庭的一部分 |
| 502 | We have so many students from around the world, and we are waiting for you to join our family alright guys | 我们有这么多的学生来自世界各地, 我们正在等待你加入我们的家庭,好家伙。 |
| 503 | I'll see you next week, but as always remember to speak English | 下周见,但永远记得说英语 |
| 504 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 505 | It's | 这是 |
| 506 | Storytime hey, I said it's storytime | 嘿,我说时间到了 |
| 507 | All right guys, so today's story actually happened | 好了,伙计们,今天的故事真的发生了 |
| 508 | Was it last week last week so um I? | 是上周的事吗? |
| 509 | Have lots of friends. | 有许多朋友 |
| 510 | God has blessed me with really good friends and strong friendships and strong relationships, so I | 上帝赐福给我真正的好朋友 和坚强的友谊和牢固的关系 所以我 |
| 511 | Contacted one of my friends, and I asked her if she wouldn't mind being on my podcast | 联系了我的朋友,我问她 不介意我播客 |
| 512 | I wanted to interview her she said sure I'll definitely be on your podcast | 我想采访她 她说肯定我会在你的播客上 |
| 513 | So you know we set a date we set a schedule and I contacted her I said okay | 所以,你知道我们定了一个日期 我们定了一个时间表 我联系了她,我说好的 |
| 514 | You know we're ready for the interview | 你知道我们准备好面试了 |
| 515 | But before we started recording we were kind of chatting because it had been a few weeks since we had spoken last | 但是在我们开始录制之前 我们聊了一会儿 因为自从我们上次说话已经几个星期了 |
| 516 | So we're talking and she said tiff. | 所以,我们说话 她说tiff。 |
| 517 | You know what I actually was talking about you with one of my patients | 你知道我在说什么 你与我的病人之一 |
| 518 | Now my friend is a psychologist right and she has patients that | 现在我的朋友是个心理学家 她有病人 |
| 519 | Have some serious issues sometimes you know like she works with young people a lot young people who have had trouble with the law | 有一些严重的问题 有时你知道 像她与年轻人合作 很多年轻人 谁有法律问题 |
| 520 | And you know just in very I guess suspect or bad situations | 你知道,就在非常的 我想可疑或坏的情况 |
| 521 | So I said | 所以我说 |
| 522 | My name came up. | 我的名字出现了。 |
| 523 | I hope it was something good | 我希望是好东西 |
| 524 | She said she laughs. | 她说她会笑 |
| 525 | She said well tip we were actually talking about boundaries. | 她说我们是在谈论边界 |
| 526 | I said okay keep going | 我说好继续走 |
| 527 | She said well | 她说得好 |
| 528 | I was telling my client the importance of having and setting boundaries, and she said I brought up you | 我告诉我的客户 拥有和设定界限的重要性 她说我把你养大了 |
| 529 | She said I have this friend and when we lived in Korea, so she and I met in Korea | 她说我有个朋友 我们住在韩国时 她和我在韩国相遇 |
| 530 | She's American, but we met in Korea, and she lived in the apartment | 她是美国人 但我们在韩国相遇 她住在公寓里 |
| 531 | Above me so she would come over sometimes either have dinner or just talk and she was telling her client | 我上面好让她有时过来吃晚饭 或只是说说而已 她告诉她的客户 |
| 532 | She said yeah, and this friend of mine | 她说是的,还有我的朋友 |
| 533 | You know I'd go to her apartment, and I'd be talking to her now | 你知道我会去她的公寓, 我会和她说话现在 |
| 534 | You all know I'm a morning person right I've told you I'm a morning person | 你们都知道我是个早上的人 我告诉过你我是早晨的人 |
| 535 | And I normally go to bed early because I get up so early | 我通常早点睡 因为我这么早起床 |
| 536 | She was telling her client. | 她告诉她的客户。 |
| 537 | She said yeah, so I'd go to my friend's apartment, and I would be talking to her and | 她说是的 所以我会去我朋友的公寓 我会和她说话 |
| 538 | Suddenly as soon as it hit 930 at that time it was 930 | 突然,当它打到930,当时是930 |
| 539 | I go to bed earlier now, but she said at 930 no matter what I was talking about | 我早点上床了 但她9点30分说 不管我说什么 |
| 540 | She would stand up talking about me and cut the light off | 她会站起来说起我 切断灯光 |
| 541 | Now I'm laughing as she's telling me this because it was automatic. | 现在,我笑她告诉我这个 因为这是自动的。 |
| 542 | She said tiff you would stand up again | 她说你会站起来 |
| 543 | We're still having a conversation you would turn the light off and say hun you can stay as long as you want | 我们还在聊天 你会把灯关了 说"你可以待多久就多久" |
| 544 | You can stay here | 你可以留在这里 |
| 545 | You can continue telling me your story, but I cannot promise you that my eyes will stay open | 你可以继续跟我说你的故事 但我不能保证我会睁开眼睛 |
| 546 | I cannot promise you that I'll stay awake, and she said I told my client | 我不能保证我会保持清醒 她说我告诉客户 |
| 547 | I was offended the first time that that happened | 第一次发生这种事,我就生气了 |
| 548 | So again, I'm still laughing because I've had so many other friends | 再说一次 我还在笑 因为我有很多朋友 |
| 549 | Tell me the exact same thing when it hits 9 o'clock at that time it was 930 when it hit 9 o'clock | 当它9点时,告诉我同样的事情 当它9点时,它9点30分 |
| 550 | I cannot control it guys my body shuts down. | 我不能控制它 家伙我的身体关闭。 |
| 551 | I get good sleep. | 我睡得好吗? |
| 552 | I fall asleep very quickly | 我很快就睡着了 |
| 553 | So my friend was telling her client you need to be like Tiffany | 我朋友告诉她的委托人 你得像蒂芙妮一样 |
| 554 | You need to set boundaries and no matter what is going on you keep those boundaries | 你需要设定界限,无论发生什么 你都要保留这些界限 |
| 555 | So we had a great laugh, and I said she said tiff after after a while | 所以,我们有一个伟大的笑容, 我说她说tiff过后一段时间 |
| 556 | I realized it wasn't just me that you did that to you did it to all your friends because you couldn't control yours | 我意识到你对你所有的朋友 都这样 不仅仅是我 因为你无法控制你的 |
| 557 | You had to fall asleep, so we laughed we had a good laugh | 你不得不睡着了, 所以我们笑了,我们有一个很好的笑 |
| 558 | But yes, that's something about me literally my body will shut down | 但是,是的,这是我的东西 字面上,我的身体会关闭 |
| 559 | So I work very hard during the day and my body says okay tiff | 所以我在白天很努力地工作 我的身体说好 |
| 560 | We need it's over now. | 我们需要它现在结束。 |
| 561 | It's you're gonna. | 这是你要去。 |
| 562 | Go to bed. | 睡觉吧 |
| 563 | Yep. | 对 |
| 564 | We don't care if you're on the phone | 我们不在乎你有没有打电话 |
| 565 | We don't care if you're working your body is going to shut down | 我们不在乎你是否工作 你的身体会关闭 |
| 566 | So my friends all know that about me, and they laugh about it because we've tried to have movie nights | 所以我的朋友都知道我的事 他们笑了,因为我们尝试过电影之夜 |
| 567 | I'll tell you some stories later, and I'll be the first one to fall asleep no matter what if it's in the evening at night | 我晚点再告诉你一些故事 我会是第一个睡着的人 不论夜里晚上 |
| 568 | I'm gonna fall asleep, so that's something maybe you did not know about me. | 我要睡了,也许你不知道我 |
| 569 | I get my rest all right guys | 我得到我的休息 所有的权利家伙 |
| 570 | Well, I hope you enjoyed today's story. | 我希望你喜欢今天的故事 |
| 571 | I will talk to you next week. | 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 572 | Have a wonderful week | 祝你们一周愉快 |
该视频共有字幕 572 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P13 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p13 12. 12. 5个简单的步骤如何提高你的英语听力12-5 Simple Steps How To Improve Your English Listenin (P13)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p13 12. 12. 5个简单的步骤如何提高你的英语听力12-5 Simple Steps How To Improve Your English Listenin (P13)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 20:46字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | You know what? | 你知道吗? |
| 0:01 | There's something that I hear on a regular basis. | 我经常听到一些事情 |
| 0:04 | Students message me, students just like you, | 学生给我发信息 像你一样的学生 |
| 0:06 | and say, teacher, I understand about 80 or 90% | 说,老师,我理解80%或90% |
| 0:09 | of what you say, it's so amazing, | 你说的话太神奇了 |
| 0:12 | but how come I can't understand other English speakers? | 为什么我听不懂其他英语? |
| 0:17 | Or what about this one? | 还是这个呢? |
| 0:19 | Teacher, your videos are great, I love them, | 老师,你的视频很棒,我喜欢 |
| 0:21 | I can understand you, | 我能听懂你的话 |
| 0:23 | but how come I can't understand English movies? | 为什么我不懂英国电影? |
展开字幕全文（469 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | You know what? | 你知道吗? |
| 2 | There's something that I hear on a regular basis. | 我经常听到一些事情 |
| 3 | Students message me, students just like you, | 学生给我发信息 像你一样的学生 |
| 4 | and say, teacher, I understand about 80 or 90% | 说,老师,我理解80%或90% |
| 5 | of what you say, it's so amazing, | 你说的话太神奇了 |
| 6 | but how come I can't understand other English speakers? | 为什么我听不懂其他英语? |
| 7 | Or what about this one? | 还是这个呢? |
| 8 | Teacher, your videos are great, I love them, | 老师,你的视频很棒,我喜欢 |
| 9 | I can understand you, | 我能听懂你的话 |
| 10 | but how come I can't understand English movies? | 为什么我不懂英国电影? |
| 11 | You probably have asked the same question. | 你可能问了同样的问题。 |
| 12 | Now I'm so happy you can understand me, | 现在我很高兴你能理解我 |
| 13 | but I realized this is a big issue. | 但我意识到这是一个大问题。 |
| 14 | One of my students last week actually asked | 我的一个学生上周问 |
| 15 | the same question, she said, Tiff, | 同样的问题,她说,蒂夫, |
| 16 | how can I improve my English listening skills? | 我怎样才能提高英语听力? |
| 17 | So you know what I did? | 你知道我做了什么吗? |
| 18 | I came up with a simple five-step plan. | 我提出一个简单的五步计划. |
| 19 | That's right, five steps that will help you | 没错,五步可以帮你 |
| 20 | improve your English listening skills. | 提高你的英语听力 |
| 21 | Now, I'm gonna tell you these five steps, | 现在,我要告诉你这五个步骤, |
| 22 | but I need you to do something for me. | 但我需要你帮我做件事 |
| 23 | I need you to like, share, and also subscribe | 我要你喜欢,分享, 也订阅 |
| 24 | to this channel. | 到这个频道。 |
| 25 | Now why do I need you to do this? | 我为什么要你这么做? |
| 26 | Because my goal, my main goal is to help students | 因为我的目标,我的主要目标是帮助学生 |
| 27 | around the world gain confidence in their ability | 全世界都相信他们的能力 |
| 28 | to speak in English and also enjoy the process. | 也享受这个过程。 |
| 29 | But I need your help because I can't do it alone. | 但我需要你的帮助 因为我不能一个人做 |
| 30 | I really wanna help one billion students, I know, | 我真的想帮助十亿学生,我知道, |
| 31 | it's a big number, but together we can make it happen. | 这是一个很大的数字, 但一起我们可以做到这一点。 |
| 32 | And all you have to do is like this video, | 你要做的就是像这段视频 |
| 33 | share this video with someone else who's learning English, | 和学习英语的其他人分享这段视频 |
| 34 | and then subscribe to this channel. | 然后订阅此频道。 |
| 35 | I would appreciate it so much because that will help me | 我将非常感激,因为这会帮助我 |
| 36 | spread the word and help other students gain confidence. | 传播文字,帮助其他学生获得信心. |
| 37 | So again, like, share, subscribe. | 所以,再次一样,分享,订阅。 |
| 38 | I'm teacher Tiffany, let's jump right in. | 我是蒂芬尼老师 我们跳进去吧 |
| 39 | All right, so five steps. | 好吧,所以五个步骤。 |
| 40 | We're gonna look at five different steps | 我们要看五个不同的步骤 |
| 41 | that will help you improve your listening skills. | 帮助你提高听力 |
| 42 | Now the first step is find a video or podcast, | 现在第一步是找到视频或播客 |
| 43 | something you are interested in. | 你感兴趣的东西。 |
| 44 | Now I mentioned this in last week's video, | 现在我在上周的视频中提到, |
| 45 | the importance of actually finding something | 找到东西的重要性 |
| 46 | you're interested in. | 你有兴趣。 |
| 47 | Because your brain is awesome, you already kind of have | 因为你的大脑是真棒, 你已经有那种 |
| 48 | this storage room of words connected to your interests, | 这个存储室的词 与你的兴趣, |
| 49 | and all you have to do is translate those words to English. | 你要做的就是把这些词翻译成英文。 |
| 50 | So find a video or podcast about a topic | 因此,寻找一个视频或播客 关于一个话题 |
| 51 | you're interested in. | 你有兴趣。 |
| 52 | Now again, let me describe it for you. | 再说一遍 让我给你描述一下 |
| 53 | Look for a video or a podcast that is connected | 寻找连接的视频或播客 |
| 54 | to a topic you enjoy. | 你喜欢的话题。 |
| 55 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 56 | Because learning about topics you already enjoy | 因为学习你已经喜欢的主题 |
| 57 | makes it easy for your brain to make connections | 让你的大脑更容易连接 |
| 58 | as you listen. | 随你便 |
| 59 | You know, it's so funny, quick story time. | 你知道,它是如此有趣,快速的故事时间。 |
| 60 | I was teaching a class last week, | 我上周在上课 |
| 61 | and two of my students were having a conversation, | 我的两个学生正在交谈, |
| 62 | and I was listening to them. | 我在听他们说话 |
| 63 | And one of the questions was related to a challenge | 其中一个问题与挑战有关 |
| 64 | they faced in life. | 他们面对的生活。 |
| 65 | Now one of my students, she's an architect. | 现在我的一个学生,她是一个建筑师。 |
| 66 | You know who you are, hey Daisy. | 你知道你是谁,嘿黛西。 |
| 67 | And my other student, Gilberto, he works in Brazil, | 我的另一个学生吉尔贝托在巴西工作 |
| 68 | and he works with Caterpillar. | 他和卡特彼勒合作过 |
| 69 | There's a company that makes these machines | 有个公司制造这些机器 |
| 70 | that are used in construction, and they're Caterpillar. | 用于建筑, 他们是卡特彼勒。 |
| 71 | Hey Gilberto. | 嘿,吉尔伯特。 |
| 72 | So they were having a discussion about challenges, | 他们正在讨论挑战 |
| 73 | and I was so amazed as I watched them speak confidently | 我惊奇地看着他们自信地说话 |
| 74 | and comfortably about the challenges they faced | 他们面对的挑战 |
| 75 | related to their jobs and related to things | 与工作有关和与事物有关 |
| 76 | connected to their jobs. | 和他们的工作有关 |
| 77 | Now when they stopped, I said, you know what guys? | 现在,当他们停止, 我说,你知道什么家伙? |
| 78 | Do you realize that you were able to speak confidently | 你知道你能自信地说话吗? |
| 79 | about this topic? | 关于这个话题? |
| 80 | They said, yeah, we do. | 他们说,是的,我们有。 |
| 81 | And I told them it was because they had already formulated | 我告诉他们,这是因为 他们已经制定了 |
| 82 | ideas about the topic in their own language. | 关于这个主题的想法,用他们自己的语言。 |
| 83 | So when I asked them the question in English, | 所以当我问他们英文问题时 |
| 84 | it was very easy for them to translate it into English | 他们很容易把它翻译成英语 |
| 85 | because they already had kind of the storage room. | 因为他们已经有储藏室了 |
| 86 | Make sense? | 有道理吗? |
| 87 | So again, find a video or podcast | 再说一遍,找段视频或播客 |
| 88 | because it's gonna be easier for you | 因为这样对你更容易 |
| 89 | to connect the information in English. | 用英语连接信息。 |
| 90 | Now, so after you do that, again, | 现在,所以你这样做之后,再次, |
| 91 | it needs to be your interests. | 这需要你的兴趣。 |
| 92 | You're gonna move on to step number two. | 你要继续走第二步 |
| 93 | Listen and mark the timestamps, | 听着,标记时间戳, |
| 94 | the parts you don't understand. | 那些你不明白的部件 |
| 95 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 96 | Listen to the video or watch the video | 听录像或看录像 |
| 97 | or listen to the podcast and write down the timestamps | 或听播客 写下时间戳 |
| 98 | of the parts you don't understand. | 这些你不明白的 |
| 99 | Now again, remember, you're only writing down | 现在,记住,你只是写下来 |
| 100 | the timestamps. | 时间戳。 |
| 101 | Sometimes as a student, you feel like you have to write | 有时候作为学生,你感觉你必须写 |
| 102 | every word or every single part that you want to go back | 每一个词 或每一个你想回去的部分 |
| 103 | and look at or look in the dictionary. | 并在词典中查看或查看。 |
| 104 | And sometimes you'll say, teacher, | 有时你会说,老师 |
| 105 | if I look in the dictionary for every single word, | 如果我在字典上看到每个词 |
| 106 | I won't finish in time. | 我不会及时完成。 |
| 107 | And I get it. | и笵 |
| 108 | That's why the second step is literally | 所以第二步就是从字面上 |
| 109 | just write the timestamp. | 只是写时间戳。 |
| 110 | So let's say, for example, | 比如说, |
| 111 | I'm gonna take out my headphones. | 我要拿出我的耳机。 |
| 112 | You find your podcast. | 你找到你的播客。 |
| 113 | You find the video and you are ready to watch the video | 你找到视频 你准备好看视频了 |
| 114 | or listen to the podcast. | 或听播客的话 |
| 115 | And then you start and from the very beginning, | 然后你开始,从一开始, |
| 116 | you don't understand anything. | 你什么都听不懂,你说什么 |
| 117 | Put my headphones on, listening. | 戴上耳机,听着 |
| 118 | Oh, I don't know what that is. | 哦,我不知道这是什么。 |
| 119 | Pause, write the timestamp, | 暂停,写时间戳, |
| 120 | but you don't have to write anything else. | 但你不必再写了 |
| 121 | Again, for step two, all right? | 再来,第二步,好吗? |
| 122 | Now, why is this important? | 为什么这很重要? |
| 123 | Reason. | 缘由. |
| 124 | Jotting down quick notes is good | 慢音调好 |
| 125 | because it doesn't stop you from listening | 因为它不能阻止你听 |
| 126 | to the remainder of the program. | 给剩下的计划。 |
| 127 | Oh, now real quick, you see there's another new, | 哦,现在真的快, 你看还有另一个新的, |
| 128 | hold on one second, gotta fix this right here. | 等一等,把这里修好 |
| 129 | Gotta make sure, okay. | 一定要确定,好吗? |
| 130 | All right, so you'll notice I said jotting down. | 好吧,所以你会注意到,我说 将下来。 |
| 131 | Now, jotting down, that expression | 现在,按下来,那个表情 |
| 132 | just means to make a quick note. | 只是说说快一点 |
| 133 | You got it? | 明白了吗? |
| 134 | So not like when you're studying for a test | 所以,不像你学习 测试 |
| 135 | and you have to write extensively. | 你必须写得广泛。 |
| 136 | Nope, quick notes. | 不,快说 |
| 137 | We say jotting down in English, all right? | 我们说用英语排队,好吗? |
| 138 | So you're gonna jot down very quickly the timestamp. | 所以你会快速地记下时间戳。 |
| 139 | So let's say, for example, I said I listened to something. | 所以,比如说,我说我听了一些东西。 |
| 140 | This is what my notebook would look like. | 这就是我的笔记本的样子 |
| 141 | One minute and five seconds. | 一分钟五秒 |
| 142 | Second, two minutes and 56 seconds. | 第二,两分56秒. |
| 143 | And you see, I just wrote the timestamps. | 你看,我只是写了时间戳。 |
| 144 | This is all you have to do for part two as you listen. | 这是你要做的 第二部分,当你听。 |
| 145 | Now, we're gonna progress to step number three. | 现在,我们将逐步迈出第三步。 |
| 146 | The third thing is you're gonna go to the timestamp | 第三件事是 你要去时间戳 |
| 147 | and listen again and guess. | 再听一听,再猜一猜 |
| 148 | So again, listen to the portions at the timestamps | 再说一遍,在时间戳上听部分 |
| 149 | one more time and guess what is being said. | 再来一次,你猜怎么着? |
| 150 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 151 | So you've listened to it all the way through. | 故尔时世尊谛听. |
| 152 | Then what you're gonna do is you're gonna go back. | 那你们要回去了 |
| 153 | This is step three. | 这是第三步。 |
| 154 | And you're only gonna look for those parts | 你只会找那些零件 |
| 155 | that you didn't understand. | 你没有明白。 |
| 156 | Not the entire thing. | 不是整个事情。 |
| 157 | Just go to one minute and say 25 seconds. | 只需一分钟,说25秒。 |
| 158 | Listen to that short portion | 听听这短部分 |
| 159 | and try to figure out what's being said. | 试着找出正在说的话 |
| 160 | And then guess. | 然后猜测. |
| 161 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 162 | Just guess what you think is being said. | 猜猜你觉得有人在说什么 |
| 163 | Now, why is this important? | 为什么这很重要? |
| 164 | Here's the reason. | 这是原因 |
| 165 | This will help you focus on small portions | 这会帮助你专注于小部分 |
| 166 | instead of the entire program. | 而不是整个程序。 |
| 167 | Many times as an English learner, | 作为一名英语学习者, |
| 168 | you get frustrated and overwhelmed | 你感到沮丧和不堪重负 |
| 169 | because you're trying to see everything at once. | 因为你想马上看到一切 |
| 170 | Whereas this is saying, | 而这是说, |
| 171 | hey, you've already listened to the full program. | 嘿,你已经听全程了 |
| 172 | Now go back to that little part and see, | 现在回到那个小地方,看看, |
| 173 | can you understand that portion right there? | 你能理解那部分吗? |
| 174 | So let's see how it would look. | 让我们来看看它会是什么样子。 |
| 175 | For example, I listened to something. | 例如,我听了一些东西。 |
| 176 | This is my notebook. | 这是我的笔记本 |
| 177 | One minute and five seconds. | 一分钟五秒 |
| 178 | I heard prerequisite. | 我听到先决条件。 |
| 179 | Ah, but the word is prerequisite. | 啊,但这个词是先决条件。 |
| 180 | Now, prerequisite. | 现在,先决条件。 |
| 181 | Let me kind of explain it to you. | 让我解释一下 |
| 182 | So prerequisite is something that must occur | 所以先决条件是必须发生的 |
| 183 | before something else happens. | 在别的事情发生之前 |
| 184 | The easiest way to understand it, | 最容易理解它的方法, |
| 185 | imagine when you were in university, right? | 想象你在大学的时候,对不对? |
| 186 | And you were majoring in biology, right? | 你是生物学专业的,对吧? |
| 187 | It's your freshman year though, your first year. | 虽然你大一,你第一年。 |
| 188 | They say, ah, before you take, let's say organic chemistry, | 他们说,啊,在你服用之前, 让我们说有机化学, |
| 189 | you need to take chemistry. | 你需要接受化学。 |
| 190 | You need to take the basic chemistry, chemistry 101. | 你需要接受基础化学,化学 101. |
| 191 | Chemistry 101 is a pre or before requisite, right? | 化学101是事先或事先必需的,对吧? |
| 192 | You need to have this class | 你得上这个班 |
| 193 | before you take organic chemistry. | 在你接受有机化学之前 |
| 194 | In English we say prerequisite, all right? | 在英语中,我们说先决条件,好吗? |
| 195 | Okay, so then two minutes and 56 seconds. | 好吧,那么两分56秒。 |
| 196 | On cloud knife, then realize, ah, on cloud nine. | 在云刀上,然后意识到,啊,在云九上。 |
| 197 | Now again, you guys are getting a lot of expressions today. | 再说一遍,今天你们有很多话要说 |
| 198 | On cloud nine just means you feel awesome. | 云九意味着你感觉棒极了 |
| 199 | You feel amazing, everything is a-okay. | 你感觉棒极了 一切都很好 |
| 200 | We say on cloud nine. | 我们说云九. |
| 201 | Now for me personally, when I'm on cloud nine, y'all, | 现在,我个人, 当我在云九,你们, |
| 202 | I usually sing and dance. | 我通常唱歌跳舞。 |
| 203 | For the students in my academy, | 对于我学院的学生, |
| 204 | I kind of sang a lot last week | 上个星期我唱了很多 |
| 205 | for one of our Q&A episodes. | 我们的A片之一。 |
| 206 | But yeah, when I'm really excited and really happy | 但是,是的,当我真的很兴奋,真的快乐 |
| 207 | and I'm on cloud nine, I usually like to sing, all right? | 我在云九上,我通常喜欢唱歌,好吗? |
| 208 | So let's go on to the next one. | 故复说下一部. |
| 209 | Number three, let's say back on D-Day. | 第三,让我们说回D日。 |
| 210 | Well, oh, that's actually back in the day. | 嗯,哦,这其实是 回到今天。 |
| 211 | Back in the day just means a long time ago. | 从前只是意味着很久以前。 |
| 212 | I taught that, I think I taught that on Instagram. | 我教的,我想我在Instagram上教的 |
| 213 | 你可以检查Instagram。 | |
| 214 | I teach every day a new word and a new slang term, all right? | 我每天都教新词和新词,好吗? |
| 215 | Next, I said, call fiver was actually all-nighter. | 接下来,我说,五号电话其实是通宵。 |
| 216 | All-nighter refers to studying all through the night. | 彻夜者指彻夜修习. |
| 217 | Do you have to work or study all through the night? | 你整个晚上都要工作或学习吗? |
| 218 | We say all-nighter. | 我们说通宵。 |
| 219 | I pulled an all-nighter. | 我拉了一个通宵。 |
| 220 | I did an all-nighter. | 我做了一个通宵。 |
| 221 | It means I worked or studied all through the night, all right? | 意思是我整晚都在工作或学习,好吗? |
| 222 | Now let's say the last one I found was sunked. | 假设我最后找到的那个是晒太阳的 |
| 223 | I'm like, what is sunked? | 我像,什么是晒太阳? |
| 224 | Ah, it's actually zonked, all right? | 啊,它实际上是 zonked,好吗? |
| 225 | So pronunciation, after me, zonked. | 所以发音,在我之后,音响。 |
| 226 | One more time, zonked. | 再来一次,敲门 |
| 227 | Now zonked just means extremely exhausted or really tired. | 现在分解只是意味着 极度疲惫或真正疲劳。 |
| 228 | Now I wanna pause really quickly | 现在我想暂停一下 |
| 229 | because you see, sometimes when you're on this step, | 因为你知道,有时 当你在这个步骤上, |
| 230 | you're on step three and you hear the words or expressions, | 你站在第三步,你听到的话或表达, |
| 231 | you may not be able to find out | 你可能无法发现 |
| 232 | the correct expression or words, | 正确的表达或文字, |
| 233 | or you wanna ask some a question, someone a question. | 或者你想问个问题 有人想问 |
| 234 | Well, that's where today's sponsor comes in. | 今天的赞助商就在这里 |
| 235 | Cambly 我喜欢和Cambly合作 | |
| 236 | because they're an awesome company. | 因为他们是很棒的公司。 |
| 237 | Now Cambly has tutors from Australia, Canada, America, | 现在Cambly有来自澳大利亚、加拿大、美国的辅导员 |
| 238 | English-speaking countries, and they are ready to help you. | 说英语的国家, 他们准备帮助你。 |
| 239 | So many of my students in my academy | 这么多我的学生在我的学院 |
| 240 | actually use Cambly as a tutoring service. | 实际使用Cambly作为辅导服务. |
| 241 | Now Cambly, like I said, is so awesome | 现在,卡姆布利,就像我说的,是如此的棒 |
| 242 | that they wanna give you a discount. | 他们想给你折扣 |
| 243 | They wanna give you a special gift. | 他们想给你特别的礼物 |
| 244 | Now, all you have to do is, | 现在,你要做的是, |
| 245 | you see this code right on the screen? | 看到屏幕上的密码了吗? |
| 246 | Use this code, and let me tell you | 用这个密码,让我告诉你 |
| 247 | some of the gifts they wanna give to you. | 他们想给你一些礼物 |
| 248 | Now, if you use this code and you say, | 现在 如果你用这个代码 然后说 |
| 249 | I wanna try Cambly out for a month, it's amazing. | 我想试一下Cambly出来一个月,这是惊人的。 |
| 250 | They will give you 10% off for one month. | 他们会给你一个月10%的假 |
| 251 | But let's say you wanna go big. | 但是,让我们假设你想去大。 |
| 252 | You say, you know what? | 你说,你知道吗? |
| 253 | I'm ready to take my English to the next level | 我准备把英语带到下一个层次 |
| 254 | and speak with a tutor, and you wanna do three months. | 和家教说话, 你想做三个月。 |
| 255 | Cambly说,你知道吗? | |
| 256 | We're gonna give you 19% off. | 我们会给你19%的优惠。 |
| 257 | Now, if you're really ready to go big and do 12 months, | 现在,如果你真的准备好 大做12个月, |
| 258 | Cambly says, we're gonna give you 32% off. | Cambly说,我们会给你32%的折扣。 |
| 259 | So again, I love Cambly. | 所以,我还是喜欢Cambly。 |
| 260 | They have amazing tutors, and they will help you | 他们有惊人的家教, 他们会帮助你 |
| 261 | take your English to the next level | 把英语带到下一个关卡 |
| 262 | and answer your questions when you get stuck. | 等你被困住了再回答你的问题 |
| 263 | So, use the coupon code right here on the screen. | 所以,用在屏幕上的优惠券代码。 |
| 264 | Cambly, thank you so much for sponsoring this video. | Cambly 谢谢你赞助这段视频 |
| 265 | And students, take your English to the next level. | 和学生,把你的英语 到下一个层次。 |
| 266 | All right, so again, we're on step three, | 好吧,所以再说一遍,我们在第三步, |
| 267 | and this is the step where if you need to ask questions, | 这是一步 如果你需要提问, |
| 268 | you can ask questions to your tutors, | 你可以向导师提问, |
| 269 | just like the tutors at Cambly. | 就像坎布里的家教一样 |
| 270 | So again, we're gonna keep going on now. | 再说一遍,我们要继续前进 |
| 271 | So we've looked at the timestamps, | 我们看了一下时间戳 |
| 272 | and now we have to go on to the fourth step. | 现在,我们必须继续第四步。 |
| 273 | Figure out the context before, after, and overall. | 查清前、后和总体情况。 |
| 274 | So, listen to the portions before and immediately | 所以,听 部分之前和立即 |
| 275 | after the portion you didn't understand. | 在你不明白那部分之后 |
| 276 | Then, think about the video as a whole. | 然后,想想整个视频。 |
| 277 | So you see what happened in step number three | 你看看第三步发生什么了 |
| 278 | when I was explaining back in the day, all nighter. | 我白天解释的时候 更晚 |
| 279 | I explained those to you, | 我向你解释过 |
| 280 | but we didn't listen to the same program, right? | 但我们没有听同样的节目,对不对? |
| 281 | So, even if you figure out back in the day or all nighter, | 所以,即使你发现 在白天或整个晚上, |
| 282 | you may not understand how that connects | 你可能不明白这如何连接 |
| 283 | to the actual program you've listened to. | 你听过的节目 |
| 284 | This is when you have to figure out the context. | 这是当你必须找出背景。 |
| 285 | What are they talking about at that point, | 他们在说什么呢? |
| 286 | before that point, after that point, | 在那之前, 在那之后, |
| 287 | and what's the whole focus of what you're listening to? | 你听到的是什么重点? |
| 288 | That program, what's the topic or what's the focus? | 那个节目,主题是什么,重点是什么? |
| 289 | Now, why is this so important? | 为什么这么重要? |
| 290 | This step is so important because it will help your brain | 这个步骤很重要,因为它会帮助你的大脑 |
| 291 | start to connect the information | 开始连接信息 |
| 292 | and understand what you missed. | 并理解你错过了什么。 |
| 293 | So let's see how I would do it. | 让我们看看我会怎么做。 |
| 294 | So for example, four minutes and 11 seconds, | 比如说,4分11秒 |
| 295 | they said back on D-Day. | 他们说回到D -Day。 |
| 296 | That's what I heard, but it's actually back in the day. | 这是我听到的,但实际上回到了过去。 |
| 297 | Now, you see on the left and the right, | 现在,你看到左右, |
| 298 | the context before and the context after. | 上下文和后上下文。 |
| 299 | These two pieces of information are gonna help me | 这两条信息会帮我的 |
| 300 | kind of guess the real meaning of back in the day. | 那种猜测真正的意义 回到过去。 |
| 301 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 302 | Talking about all of the new technology available today, | 说到今天所有的新技术, |
| 303 | that happened from three minutes and 30 seconds | 从三分三十秒开始 |
| 304 | to four minutes and 10 seconds. | 4分钟10秒 |
| 305 | Then they started to compare it to old technology, | 然后他们开始把它和老技术进行比较, |
| 306 | looking at the context before. | 看着之前的背景。 |
| 307 | Now, what happened after the four minute and 11 second mark? | 四分十一秒后发生了什么? |
| 308 | They start to speak about childhood, excuse me, memories. | 他们开始谈论童年, 对不起,回忆。 |
| 309 | So they're suddenly going from talking about | 所以他们突然从谈论 |
| 310 | present day technology to childhood memories, | 向童年时代的记忆提供日间科技, |
| 311 | and right in the middle, | 在中间, |
| 312 | there's this expression back in the day. | 有这个表情回到从前。 |
| 313 | Ah, they're talking about old times or the past. | 啊,他们在谈论旧时或过去。 |
| 314 | Context clues, this can help you understand things | 上下文线索,可以帮助你理解事物 |
| 315 | when you're listening to things in English, all right? | 当你在听英语的时候,好吗? |
| 316 | Now, this helps us move to step number five, all right? | 现在,这帮助我们 移动到第五步,好吗? |
| 317 | So step number five is listen one more time | 所以第五步再听一次 |
| 318 | to make sure you understand. | 让你明白 |
| 319 | You're gonna listen to the program or watch it | 你要听或者看节目 |
| 320 | one more time and make sure you are able to understand | 再来一次 确保你能理解 |
| 321 | the portions you went over. | 你翻过的部分。 |
| 322 | This is so important because it will help you | 这很重要,因为它会帮你 |
| 323 | feel more confident and give your brain one last time | 感觉更自信 让你的大脑最后一次 |
| 324 | to recognize what you learned. | 承认你学到了什么。 |
| 325 | This is so important. | 这很重要 |
| 326 | So step one, two, three, and four, | 因此,第一步,二,三,四, |
| 327 | that's where you're going to actually process | 那就是你真正要处理的地方 |
| 328 | and understand the information | 并了解信息, |
| 329 | to try to guess what's going on. | 试着猜测发生了什么 |
| 330 | Then step five kind of solidifies, I understood, | 然后第五步就巩固了,我明白了, |
| 331 | my listening is improving, and that's all you need to do. | 我的听力正在改善, 这就是你需要做的。 |
| 332 | These five steps are gonna take your English | 这五个步骤会用你的英语 |
| 333 | to the next level. | 到下一个关卡。 |
| 334 | Now, I have part two, as I always do, | 现在,我有第二部分,我总是这样做, |
| 335 | and part two is for my academy students. | 第二部分是给大学生的 |
| 336 | If you're not a member, all you have to do | 如果你不是会员,你要做的就是 |
| 337 | is go to let'sjumprightin.com and become a member right now, | 成为会员, |
| 338 | and you can watch part two. | 你可以看第二部分。 |
| 339 | In part two, I really help you by giving you a worksheet | 在第二部分,我真的很帮助你 通过给你一个工作表 |
| 340 | where you can use the worksheet as you listen to programs | 您可以在听程序时使用工作表 |
| 341 | to write time stamps, and I explain to you | 写时间戳,我向你解释 |
| 342 | how to use the worksheet as well. | 如何使用工作表了。 |
| 343 | So I really hope you enjoyed this episode, | 所以我真的希望你喜欢这集 |
| 344 | and I want you to take your English to the next level | 我要你把英语带到下一个水平 |
| 345 | and improve your listening skills. | 提高你的听力 |
| 346 | So don't forget, when you get to step three | 所以不要忘记,当你到了第三步 |
| 347 | and you're trying to guess what is actually being said, | 你试图猜测 到底在说什么, |
| 348 | you may need a tutor, and that's where Cambly, again, | 你可能需要一个家教, 在那里坎布利,再次, |
| 349 | comes in to help you. | 进来帮你 |
| 350 | So don't forget to use the coupon code for Cambly. | 所以不要忘记使用卡姆布利的优惠券代码. |
| 351 | You'll see it right in the description. | 你会在描述中看到它。 |
| 352 | Cambly, thanks again for sponsoring this video. | Cambly 再次感谢赞助这段视频。 |
| 353 | Guys, I love you guys. | 伙计们 我爱你们 |
| 354 | I really wanna help you improve your English. | 我真的想帮助你 改进你的英语。 |
| 355 | Remember to like, share, and subscribe | 记得喜欢,分享,订阅 |
| 356 | so that you can help somebody else | 這樣你才能幫助別人 |
| 357 | take their English to the next level. | 把他们的英语带到下一个关卡。 |
| 358 | I'll see you next week, but as always, | 下周见,但一如既往 |
| 359 | remember to speak English. | 记得说英语。 |
| 360 | Aw, yeah. | 对 |
| 361 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 362 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 363 | Hey, I said it's story time. | 嘿,我说这是故事的时间。 |
| 364 | Okay, now, whew, I'll be very honest. | 好吧,现在,whew,我会非常诚实。 |
| 365 | Today's story is gonna be maybe funny, it's interesting. | 今天的故事会很有趣,很有趣 |
| 366 | So I will never forget this. | 所以我永远不会忘记这一点。 |
| 367 | So growing up, I was a good child. | 长大了,我是个好孩子。 |
| 368 | I was a good kid. | 我是个好孩子。 |
| 369 | I wasn't disrespectful. | 我没有不尊重你 |
| 370 | I followed the rules. | 我遵守规矩 |
| 371 | You know, I had fun, but I was a good kid. | 我很开心 但我是个好孩子 |
| 372 | I listened to my parents. | 我听父母说. |
| 373 | But I remember this one time, my mom and I were home, | 但我记得有一次 我妈妈和我在家 |
| 374 | my dad was at work, and we were in the kitchen, | 我爸爸在工作 我们在厨房 |
| 375 | and my mom said something, | 我妈妈说, |
| 376 | and I got a little bit irritated, but I wasn't crazy. | 我有点烦恼 但我没有疯 |
| 377 | Now, I will tell you this about my mom. | 现在,我要告诉你关于我妈妈的事。 |
| 378 | My mom is short. | 我妈很矮 |
| 379 | We say sometimes short people are very spunky. | 我们说,有时矮人很灵活。 |
| 380 | Oh, they're Spitfires. | 哦,他们是喷火。 |
| 381 | So I want you to imagine, you know, fire is hot, right? | 所以我要你想象,你知道,火是热的,对不对? |
| 382 | And you spit like, you spit. | 你吐的像,你吐的一样。 |
| 383 | So Spitfire is someone who may jump on you real quick, | 所以Spitfire是个人 谁可以跳你真正的快, |
| 384 | or they can be aggressive sometimes, and my mom is loving, | 或者他们有时会冲动 我妈妈很爱她 |
| 385 | but she can be a Spitfire sometimes. | 但她有时会变成"喷火" |
| 386 | So anyways, I'm not sure exactly what was said | 所以,不管怎样,我不确定到底说了什么 |
| 387 | or what the situation was, but for some reason, | 或是什么情况, 但出于某种原因, |
| 388 | my mom got upset, and she told me to go upstairs to my room. | 我妈妈很不高兴 她叫我上楼去我的房间 |
| 389 | Now, I was upset too, but again, remember, | 现在,我也心烦意乱, 但是,记住, |
| 390 | I told you she was a Spitfire, so I wasn't crazy. | 我告诉过你她是个喷火侠 所以我没疯 |
| 391 | I wasn't going to talk back. | 我本来不想回话的 |
| 392 | Now, talk back is when, you know, | 现在,回话是当,你知道, |
| 393 | parents tell their child something, | 父母告诉自己的孩子, |
| 394 | and the kid says, well, I don't want to do that. | 那孩子说 我不想那么做 |
| 395 | Well, why do I have to? | 我为什么要这么做? |
| 396 | Never, never did not do that, did not do that. | 从来没有,从来没有这样做,没有这样做。 |
| 397 | My mom was a Spitfire. | 我妈妈是"喷火" |
| 398 | My parents raised us to never be disrespectful, | 我父母养育我们 永远不失礼 |
| 399 | so we weren't disrespectful. | 所以,我们没有不尊重。 |
| 400 | My sister and I, we were not disrespectful. | 我和我姐姐,我们不是不尊重你 |
| 401 | So anyways, but this situation, | 所以无论如何,但这种情况, |
| 402 | something happened in the kitchen. | 厨房出了点事 |
| 403 | My mom told me to go upstairs, and I was a teenager, | 我妈妈叫我上楼,我还十几岁 |
| 404 | so I was a little bit, you know, when you're a teenager | 所以我是一点点,你知道, 当你是少年 |
| 405 | going through your adolescent phase, | 度过你的青春期, |
| 406 | you kind of, you know, you get upset, | 你有点,你知道, 你生气, |
| 407 | you want to kind of show your emotion, | 你想表现你的情感, |
| 408 | but I was not crazy, because my mom was a Spitfire. | 但我没疯,因为我妈妈是个喷火侠 |
| 409 | So she said, go upstairs to your room. | 她说,上楼去你的房间。 |
| 410 | So I said, yes, ma'am. | 所以我说,是的,夫人。 |
| 411 | Now, even in my eyes, my facial expression, | 现在,即使在我的眼睛,我的面部表情, |
| 412 | I couldn't show any, any measure of disrespect. | 我无法表现出任何不尊重 |
| 413 | I couldn't say, nope, you better not. | 我不能说,不,你最好不要。 |
| 414 | You better not, you get popped. | 你最好不要,你被弹出。 |
| 415 | So she said, go to your room, and again, | 所以她说,去你的房间,再次, |
| 416 | so I had to go upstairs to my room. | 所以我必须上楼去我的房间。 |
| 417 | Now, my kitchen, from my kitchen to my room, | 现在 我的厨房 从厨房到房间 |
| 418 | honestly, to walk, maybe it took, | 说实话,走路,也许它需要, |
| 419 | I would say 30 or 40 seconds. | 我会说30或40秒。 |
| 420 | Like, it's not close. | 喜欢,它不接近。 |
| 421 | It's not far, but it's not close. | 非远非近. |
| 422 | So, you know, we live in the same home, right? | 所以,你知道,我们住在同一家,对不对? |
| 423 | So I walked up the steps, and again, in my head, | 于是我走到台阶上, 再一次,在我的脑海里, |
| 424 | I'm just mad, but my facial expression, yes, ma'am. | 我只是疯了,但我的面部表情,是的,夫人。 |
| 425 | Yes, ma'am. | 是,长官 |
| 426 | So I walk up the steps, my mom's still in the kitchen. | 所以我走上台阶 我妈妈还在厨房里 |
| 427 | I get upstairs, and I get to my door, | 我上楼,我到我家门口 |
| 428 | and I'm just about to open my door. | 我正要开门呢 |
| 429 | Very quietly, very quietly, I said, | 非常安静,非常安静,我说, |
| 430 | I kid you not, it was that, it was that quiet. | 我没有骗你,是那样, 它是如此安静。 |
| 431 | Now, I have the mic right here, so it's loud to you, | 现在,我这里有麦克风,所以它很响亮, |
| 432 | but it was very quiet, like, I literally did that. | 但它是非常安静的,喜欢, 我字面上做到了。 |
| 433 | Before I could get it out of my mouth, | 在我把它弄出来之前 |
| 434 | my mom downstairs says, you better not suck your teeth. | 我妈妈在楼下说 你最好别吸牙 |
| 435 | Okay, she said, you better not suck your teeth. | 好吧 她说 你最好别吸牙 |
| 436 | The level of fear that came over me, | 恐惧的深渊, |
| 437 | I said, there's no way in the world | 我说,世界上没有办法 |
| 438 | she could have heard me suck my teeth. | 她可以听到我吸我的牙齿。 |
| 439 | It was so low, so quiet. | 它是如此低,如此安静。 |
| 440 | She was downstairs in the kitchen, and she heard it. | 她在楼下厨房里,听到了 |
| 441 | She said, you better not suck your teeth. | 她说,你最好不要吸你的牙齿。 |
| 442 | Needless to say, I never sucked my teeth | 不用说,我从来不吸牙 |
| 443 | ever again in my life, ever again in my life. | 在我的生活中 在我的生活中 在我的生活中 |
| 444 | And I realized, oh, my mom's crazy. | 我意识到 我妈妈疯了 |
| 445 | But no, again, so we're talking about being able to listen. | 但是,不,再次, 所以我们谈论 能够听。 |
| 446 | So we say my mom can hear everything. | 所以我们说我妈什么都听得到 |
| 447 | She can hear everything. | 她什么都听得见 |
| 448 | So if you have children, sometimes you need to try that. | 因此,如果你有孩子, 有时你需要尝试。 |
| 449 | Even if you don't hear them suck their teeth, call them out. | 即使你没有听到他们吸牙,叫他们出来。 |
| 450 | Say, oh, you better not suck your teeth. | 你最好别吸牙 |
| 451 | So yeah, anyways, I never sucked my teeth ever again. | 所以不管怎样 我再也不吸牙了 |
| 452 | I continued to be scared of my mom, | 我继续害怕我妈妈 |
| 453 | thinking that she could hear anything anywhere. | 以为她能听到任何声音 |
| 454 | And yeah, so yeah, we say sometimes you have to put | 是啊,所以是啊,我们说 有时你必须放 |
| 455 | the fear of God into your children | 敬畏真主,并畏惧你们的孩子, |
| 456 | so that they can respect you. | 让他们尊重你 |
| 457 | And I can guarantee, when I have children, | 我可以保证,当我有孩子, |
| 458 | I will do the exact same thing. | 我也一样 |
| 459 | I will not tolerate sucking of teeth or any disrespect. | 我不会容忍吸牙或任何不尊重 |
| 460 | But I really never forgot their situation. | 但我从未忘记他们的处境 |
| 461 | Let me know in the comments section | 在评论部分告诉我 |
| 462 | if you guys ever experienced a situation | 如果你们遇到过麻烦 |
| 463 | where your mom or your dad kind of got upset | 你妈妈或你爸爸 有点不高兴 |
| 464 | or they heard you do something | 或者他们听到你做了什么 |
| 465 | that you thought they couldn't have | 你认为他们不可能有 |
| 466 | possibly heard you doing. | 也许听到你这样做。 |
| 467 | All right, I hope you guys enjoyed this story. | 好吧,我希望你们喜欢这个故事。 |
| 468 | I'll talk to you next week. | 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 469 | Have a good one. | 玩得开心点 |
该视频共有字幕 469 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P14 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p14 13. 13. 从自然英语对话中学习英语第 1 集 13-Learn English From Natural English Conversations E (P14)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p14 13. 13. 从自然英语对话中学习英语第 1 集 13-Learn English From Natural English Conversations E (P14)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 41:13字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey guys in today's episode. | 嘿,今天的节目。 |
| 0:02 | I teacher Tiffany. | 我教蒂凡尼。 |
| 0:04 | I'm gonna teach you some useful natural English expressions | 我会教你一些有用的自然英语表达 |
| 0:08 | that actually came from a | 这其实来自一个 |
| 0:10 | Conversation I had with one of my friends who also happens to be an ESL teacher | 我和我的朋友谈过了 他也是ESL的老师 |
| 0:17 | You don't want to miss this lesson. | 你不想错过这个课。 |
| 0:19 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:20 | Well, then let's jump right in | 那咱们就跳进去吧 |
| 0:29 | alright guys this | 好吧,伙计们,这个 |
| 0:30 | conversation actually happened in | 谈话实际上发生在 |
展开字幕全文（759 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey guys in today's episode. | 嘿,今天的节目。 |
| 2 | I teacher Tiffany. | 我教蒂凡尼。 |
| 3 | I'm gonna teach you some useful natural English expressions | 我会教你一些有用的自然英语表达 |
| 4 | that actually came from a | 这其实来自一个 |
| 5 | Conversation I had with one of my friends who also happens to be an ESL teacher | 我和我的朋友谈过了 他也是ESL的老师 |
| 6 | You don't want to miss this lesson. | 你不想错过这个课。 |
| 7 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 8 | Well, then let's jump right in | 那咱们就跳进去吧 |
| 9 | alright guys this | 好吧,伙计们,这个 |
| 10 | conversation actually happened in | 谈话实际上发生在 |
| 11 | Episode 32 of the speak English with Tiffany podcast. | 第32集 与蒂芙尼播客讲英语. |
| 12 | This is my friend teacher cat | 这是我的朋友老师猫 |
| 13 | Now my friend is actually from New Zealand | 我朋友其实是新西兰人 |
| 14 | So you'll notice when you watch some of the clips from our conversation that she has a very beautiful accent | 所以你会注意到,当你看一些片段 从我们的对话,她有一个非常漂亮的口音 |
| 15 | But don't worry. | 但不用担心。 |
| 16 | You will be able to understand her now | 你现在可以理解她了 |
| 17 | What we're gonna do is I'm gonna take you through a series of four different clips within each clip | 我们要做的是,我带你通过 一系列四个不同的片段 每个片段 |
| 18 | We're gonna learn three new English expressions. | 我们要学习三种新的英语表达方式。 |
| 19 | Okay, so let's go and look at the first clip. | 好吧,让我们去看看第一个片段。 |
| 20 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 21 | Tempted to ask you | 想问你 |
| 22 | Well, I guess that leads right into our next question because I want to ask you how you kind of transition to becoming an English | 好吧,我想这引出了我们的下一个问题 因为我想问你 你如何向成为英国人过渡 |
| 23 | Teacher. | 师曰. |
| 24 | So when did you become an English teacher? | 你什么时候成为英语老师的? |
| 25 | And you said you've been in Korea for nine years | 你说你在韩国已经九年了 |
| 26 | So is that when you first became an English teacher and kind of what led you to become an English teacher? | 所以当你第一次成为一名英语老师 是什么让你成为一名英语老师? |
| 27 | Okay, long story. | 说来话长 |
| 28 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 29 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 30 | Became an English teacher when I came to Korea | 来韩国当英语老师 |
| 31 | Uh-huh when I came I had I had no intention of staying for nine years at the moment | 嗯,当我来的时候,我有 我不打算在目前九年 |
| 32 | It's like eight and a bit. | 犹如八和一点. |
| 33 | I'm in the middle of my night. | 我今于夜叉处. |
| 34 | Yeah | 对 |
| 35 | Okay, so you guys notice that there were three expressions we saw in that first video clip now | 好了,所以你们注意到 有三种表达 我们看到在第一个视频片段现在 |
| 36 | What we're gonna do is we're gonna look at the expressions and I'm gonna explain them to you and also give you multiple examples | и璶暗琌 硂ㄇ瞷 и璶蛤秆睦 临璶倒 |
| 37 | And then we're gonna watch the clip again to see if you catch them | 然后我们再看片段 看有没有抓到他们 |
| 38 | Okay, so let's go back to my screen and let's look at the first | 好吧,让我们回到我的屏幕, 让我们看看第一个 |
| 39 | Expression that we heard in that clip from clip number one. | 我们在第一片段听到的表情 |
| 40 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 41 | The first expression was | 第一个表述是 |
| 42 | leads right | 向右移动 |
| 43 | Into once again leads right into | 再次引向右转 |
| 44 | Alright, so here's the meaning this means to guide someone or something into | 好吧,所以这个意思就是 引导某人或东西进入 |
| 45 | Something or some place or in other words to | 某事或某地 或换句话说 |
| 46 | Transition into something else. | 向别的东西过渡。 |
| 47 | So for example, I'm gonna give you some sentences, but I want you to think about this | 所以,举例来说,我要给你一些句子, 但我要你考虑一下 |
| 48 | Let's imagine that you're in church or you at a big program and there's gonna be a main speaker | 假设你在教堂里,或者在大型节目里 会有主讲人 |
| 49 | Now before that main speaker gets up to talk | 在主讲人开始说话之前 |
| 50 | someone else comes up before him or her and sings a | 在他或她面前出现别人 |
| 51 | Beautiful song now. | 现在唱得很美 |
| 52 | I told you guys before that I was known as the singing teacher in Korea | 之前我跟你们说过 我是韩国的唱歌老师 |
| 53 | I love to sing. | 我喜欢唱歌。 |
| 54 | So let's say for example, they come to the stage and they clear their throats | 举个例子,他们来到舞台,清清喉咙 |
| 55 | And then the music starts and they start singing I | 然后音乐开始,他们开始唱我 |
| 56 | have a | 有个 |
| 57 | Maker | 制作者 |
| 58 | You guys didn't know I could sing huh? | 你们不知道我会唱歌吗? |
| 59 | All right, so they continue they sing the song and then after the song | 好,他们继续唱,然后唱完 |
| 60 | It goes directly to the main speaker | 直接交给主讲人 |
| 61 | So we can say the song led right into the main speaker's speech | 这样我们就可以说这首歌 直接进入主讲人的发言 |
| 62 | Kind of makes sense. | 有点道理 |
| 63 | All right, so let's look at some more examples. | 好吧,让我们看看更多的例子。 |
| 64 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 65 | The first example is the speech | 第一个例子是演讲 |
| 66 | naturally led right into a long discussion on the current state of our | 自然地引领了一场关于我们目前状况的漫长讨论 |
| 67 | Environment, okay | 环境,好 |
| 68 | So again, that means after the speech many people who are listening to the speech started thinking and after the speech ended | 同样,这意味着在演讲之后, 许多人正在听演讲 开始思考和演讲结束后 |
| 69 | They started discussing different topics about the environment. | 他们开始讨论关于环境的不同议题。 |
| 70 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 71 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 72 | Next number two we have | 下一个第二 |
| 73 | His solo will lead right into the finale of the play | 他的独奏会直接进入剧终 |
| 74 | again | 再来一次 |
| 75 | So this person is doing a solo and when they finish it will go directly | 所以这个人在做独奏 当他们完成后,它会直接进行 |
| 76 | Into the finale or the end of the play. | 进入决赛或剧终. |
| 77 | All right, and finally we have | 好吧,我们终于有了 |
| 78 | Their questions led right into a heated debate between both groups | 他们的问题导致了两个集团之间的激烈辩论 |
| 79 | Now maybe you guys don't know what heated debate | 也许你们不知道什么是激烈的辩论 |
| 80 | So, you know what a debate is right kind of a discussion where each side is trying to prove their point | 所以,你知道什么是辩论 是一种正确的讨论 各方试图证明他们的观点 |
| 81 | But when we add heated in front of the word debate, it means there was a lot of | 但当我们在辩论前加热时, 意味着有很多 |
| 82 | Tension maybe each side was feeling a little bit angry or upset or very passionate | 紧张也许双方都觉得有点生气 或很生气 或很热情 |
| 83 | About what they were saying. | 关于他们说什么。 |
| 84 | So in English we say heated debate | 所以在英语中,我们说激烈的辩论 |
| 85 | so again, the sentence said their questions led right into a | 因此,这句话再次说 他们的问题 导致一个 |
| 86 | Heated debate between both groups. | 两个小组之间的激烈辩论。 |
| 87 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 88 | Now I want us to look at this final example using this expression | 现在我要我们用这个表达法来观察这个最后的例子 |
| 89 | We see two women sitting on a bench and the sentence says | 我们看见两个女人坐在长椅上 判决说 |
| 90 | The two women sat on the bench at the same time which naturally led right into a deep | 两个女人同时坐在板凳上 这自然地导致一个深处 |
| 91 | conversation now | 现在的对话 |
| 92 | This is something that is very possible or highly possible in America because remember in American culture | 在美国,这是非常可能或非常可能的事 因为记住美国文化 |
| 93 | We actually talk to strangers. | 我们实际上和陌生人说话。 |
| 94 | We will walk on the street and if we make eye | 我们会走在街上 如果我们的眼睛 |
| 95 | Contact we'll say hello. | 联系我们打个招呼 |
| 96 | How are you? | 你好吗? |
| 97 | And if we're in a space where there are just two people or two or three we actually can start a deep | 如果我们在一个只有两个人或者两三个人的空间里 我们就可以开始一个深处 |
| 98 | Conversation so when the lady sat on the bench it led right into a deep conversation | 所以当这位女士坐在长椅上时 它就导致了一场深层次的对话 |
| 99 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 100 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 101 | Now, let's go into the second expression that we heard in the first clip. | 现在,让我们进入我们从第一个片段听到的第二个表情。 |
| 102 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 103 | How to use what led you to in real life. | 如何使用什么 引导你进入现实生活。 |
| 104 | So again the expression | 所以,再次表达 |
| 105 | What led you to so this just means or in other words what caused you to do something or what? | 是什么让你找到这个的? 意味着什么? 换句话说,是什么让你有所作为? |
| 106 | Influenced you to do something. | 影响你做一些事情。 |
| 107 | So again, I've told you guys that I went to South Korea, right? | 再说一遍,我跟你们说我去了韩国,对吧? |
| 108 | So you can say teacher what led you to go to South Korea or what? | 所以你可以说老师是什么让你去韩国的? |
| 109 | Influenced you to do that. | 影响你这样做。 |
| 110 | Well, I actually wanted to go teach English and the Bible | 其实我想去教英语和圣经 |
| 111 | I wanted to be a missionary | 我想当传教士 |
| 112 | So my desire to be a missionary and help other people led me to go to Korea makes sense | 所以我想当传教士 帮助别人 让我去韩国是有道理的 |
| 113 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 114 | Now the first example sentence. | 现在第一譬喻句. |
| 115 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 116 | What led you to go to Korea ten years ago? | 十年前是什么让你去韩国的? |
| 117 | That's exactly what I just said to you guys a few moments ago | 刚才我就是这么说的 |
| 118 | So now you understand that first example sentence now the second example sentence is | 所以现在你明白第一个例子句 现在第二个例子句是 |
| 119 | What led you to want to become a lawyer? | 是什么让你想成为律师? |
| 120 | Okay, and finally what led you to start dating him last year? | 好吧,最后是什么让你开始 约会他去年? |
| 121 | Okay, so you understand how this is used now remember guys in the comment section | 好吧,所以你明白这是怎么用的 现在记住在评论部分的家伙 |
| 122 | I want you guys to pick at least two of the expressions | 我想你们至少选两个词 |
| 123 | We are going to learn in this video lesson and I want you to make your own sentence | 我们要从这段视频中吸取教训 我要你自己说 |
| 124 | Using each of the expressions you choose. | 使用您选择的每个表达式 。 |
| 125 | Okay, so I need at least two sentences | 好吧,所以我至少需要两句 |
| 126 | Each one using one of the expressions you learn in this lesson. | 每一个都用你学到的表达 |
| 127 | Okay | 还好 |
| 128 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 129 | Now we have one more example with what led you to so here we go | 现在,我们还有一个例子 是什么导致你,所以我们走了 |
| 130 | We see people holding books and it looks like they're studying. | 我们看到人们拿着书,看起来他们在学习。 |
| 131 | Here's the sentence | 这是句子 |
| 132 | What led you to want to study English when there were so many other options? | 是什么让你想学习英语 当有这么多其他的选择? |
| 133 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 134 | So again, this is something that a teacher could ask a student. | 再说一次,这是老师可以问学生的问题。 |
| 135 | Hey, I'm curious | 嘿,我很好奇,你好吗? |
| 136 | What led you to want to study English when there were so many other options you could have learned Spanish | 是什么让你想学习英语 当你有这么多其他的选择 你可以学习西班牙语 |
| 137 | You could have learned French and then the student like you would give their answer or response. | 你可以学法语,然后像你这样的学生会给出答案或回应. |
| 138 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 139 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 140 | Let's move on to the next expression. | 复次说下一句. |
| 141 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 142 | The third expression was | 第三个表述是: |
| 143 | have no intention of or have no intention to now this expression is | 无意或无意现在 |
| 144 | Emphasizing that you are not going to do something or to not plan or want to do something | 强调你不会做一些事情 或不计划或想做什么 |
| 145 | So let's say for example, it is 10 p.m. At night now | 比如说,现在是晚上10点。 现在晚上 |
| 146 | I've told my students and maybe you know this about me, but my friends know this about me | 我告诉过学生,也许你知道我的事 但我的朋友知道我的事 |
| 147 | I am an early bird and an early bird is someone who goes to bed very early | 我是一只早起的鸟 早起的鸟是早起睡觉的人 |
| 148 | But wakes up very early. | 但醒来很早。 |
| 149 | So I normally wake up at 5 a.m. Yeah, that's true | 所以我通常早上5点醒来 没错 |
| 150 | 5 or 6 a.m. | 上午5时或6时 |
| 151 | In the morning because I am an early bird | 早上因为我是一只早起的鸟 |
| 152 | Well, that means if my friends call me at midnight and they ask me to go out | 那意味着如果我的朋友半夜打电话给我 他们叫我出去 |
| 153 | I'm gonna say no so I can say I have no | 我要说不,这样我可以说我没有 |
| 154 | Intention of going out late at night. | 有意深夜出门. |
| 155 | Why because I like to sleep early kind of make sense | 为什么因为我喜欢早点睡觉 有点道理 |
| 156 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 157 | Now, let's look at our first example sentence. | 现在,让我们看看我们的第一个例子句子。 |
| 158 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 159 | He had no intention of | 他无意 |
| 160 | Apologizing to her. | 道歉给她。 |
| 161 | All right, makes sense. | 好吧 说得通 |
| 162 | He had no desire. | 他没有欲望。 |
| 163 | He didn't want to do that | 他不想那样 |
| 164 | Next she has no intention of going there | 接下来她就不打算去那里了 |
| 165 | Okay, and finally, I have no intention to change my plans for tomorrow | 好 最后 我不打算改变明天的计划 |
| 166 | So again, I want you to think about a time where you didn't want to do something | 再说一遍,我要你考虑一下 你不愿做点什么 |
| 167 | But someone asked you to do it, but you still had no desire at all at that time | 但是有人让你这么做 但你当时完全没有欲望 |
| 168 | What could you have said? | 你还能说什么? |
| 169 | You could have said to that person. | 你可以跟那个人说 |
| 170 | I'm sorry. | 对不起 |
| 171 | I have no intention of doing dot dot dot | 我无意做点点 |
| 172 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 173 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 174 | Now our final example using this expression is right here | 我们使用这个表达式的最后一个例子就在这里 |
| 175 | This lady looks a bit angrier this child or young person doesn't look happy at all | 这位女士看起来有点愤怒 这孩子或年轻人看起来不高兴 |
| 176 | So we can say the child has no intention of speaking to her friend again | 这样我们就可以说孩子不想再和她朋友说话了 |
| 177 | I'll tell you guys a quick story when I was a teacher in South Korea. | 我在韩国当老师时,我给你们讲个故事 |
| 178 | I taught all ages. | 我教了所有年龄。 |
| 179 | I taught adults | 我教成年人 |
| 180 | I taught older people. | 我教长者. |
| 181 | I taught children and I loved it, but I remember one situation | 我教孩子,我爱它, 但我记得一个情况 |
| 182 | I had two little girls in my class | 我班上有两个小女孩 |
| 183 | They were about seven years old seven years old and they were super cute and they were the best of friends | 他们大概七岁七岁 他们超级可爱 他们是最好的朋友 |
| 184 | So every time I taught my class they would be looking at me and saying teacher | 所以每当我教课时 他们都会看着我说老师 |
| 185 | Oh, man, we love this class and I really enjoyed being with them | 哦,伙计,我们喜欢这个班 我真的很喜欢和他们在一起 |
| 186 | But one day I came to class and both of them had a frown on their face | 但有一天,我来到课堂上, 他们两人的脸都皱眉 |
| 187 | So I was confused. | 我当时很困惑 |
| 188 | I said, okay | 我说,好吧 |
| 189 | Let's just say their names were Sally and Mindy. | 假设他们的名字是莎莉和明蒂 |
| 190 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 191 | I said Sally what's wrong? | 我说莎莉怎么了? |
| 192 | Nothing teacher. | 没有老师 |
| 193 | Nothing. | 没什么 |
| 194 | I said, okay, and I looked at Mindy Mindy. | 我说,好吧, 我看着明蒂明蒂。 |
| 195 | What's wrong? | 有什么不对吗? |
| 196 | Nothing teacher. | 没有老师 |
| 197 | Nothing | 没什么 |
| 198 | But I noticed that they weren't sitting together | 但我注意到他们不坐在一起 |
| 199 | So I took Sally and Mindy out of the classroom and I stood them next to each other and I said | 所以我把莎莉和明蒂带出教室 站在他们旁边 |
| 200 | Tell me what happened guys. | 告诉我发生了什么家伙。 |
| 201 | You guys are best friends. | 你们是最好的朋友。 |
| 202 | Why aren't you talking to each other? | 为甚么不相语. |
| 203 | so then Mindy spoke up and said | 然后明蒂说 |
| 204 | Sally was mean to me on the bus and I didn't like it and I looked and | 莎莉在巴士上对我不好,我不喜欢,我看着 |
| 205 | That was true | 没错 |
| 206 | Sally said I was mean to her teacher and I don't want to talk to her. | 莎莉说我对她老师很坏 我不想和她说话 |
| 207 | I don't want to apologize | 我不想说对不起 |
| 208 | So in that situation I realized that Sally had no intention of | 因此,在这种情况下,我意识到 莎莉无意 |
| 209 | Apologizing to Mindy you understand, right? | 向明迪道歉 你明白吗? |
| 210 | They both were upset but Sally | 两人都心烦意乱 但莎莉 |
| 211 | It was the one that made the mistake and it was treating her friend wrong, but she still did not want to apologize | 是他弄错了 对她朋友的治疗是错误的 但她还是不想道歉 |
| 212 | She had no intention of apologizing to her friend. | 她无意向她的朋友道歉。 |
| 213 | Make sense. | 说得通 |
| 214 | All right now | 现在好了 |
| 215 | Let's move on to our next clip | 让我们继续我们的下一个片段 |
| 216 | Okay, we're gonna move on to clip number one first. | 好吧,我们先开始第一段 |
| 217 | Let's look at it one more time | 再来一次 |
| 218 | Then we're gonna move on to clip number one. | 然后我们开始第一段 |
| 219 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 220 | Let's watch the clip one more time and see if you recognize them tempted to ask you | 让我们再看一次剪辑 看看是否你认出他们来问你 |
| 221 | Well, I guess that leads right into our next question because I want to ask you how you kind of transition to becoming an English teacher | 嗯,我想这引出了我们下一个问题 因为我想问你 你如何向成为英语教师过渡 |
| 222 | So when did you become an English teacher? | 你什么时候成为英语老师的? |
| 223 | And you said you've been in Korea for nine years | 你说你在韩国已经九年了 |
| 224 | So is that when you first became an English teacher and kind of what led you to become an English teacher? | 所以当你第一次成为一名英语老师 是什么让你成为一名英语老师? |
| 225 | Okay, long story, okay. | 好吧,长话短说,好吧。 |
| 226 | Um, I | 额,我... |
| 227 | Became an English teacher when I came to Korea | 来韩国当英语老师 |
| 228 | Uh-huh when I came I had I had no intention of staying for nine years | 来的时候我本来不想住九年的 |
| 229 | It's the moment. | 是时. |
| 230 | It's like eight and a bit. | 犹如八和一点. |
| 231 | I'm in the middle of my night. | 我今于夜叉处. |
| 232 | Yeah | 对 |
| 233 | Okay, so you heard all three expressions in that short clip, right and now you know what they mean, okay | 好吧,所以你听到所有三个表达 在短片里,现在你知道他们是什么意思,好吗? |
| 234 | So now what we're gonna do is we're gonna move on and we're gonna jump into our next | 现在我们要做的是继续前进 跳进下一个 |
| 235 | Clip, okay, we're gonna jump in but right before that. | Clip,好,我们要跳进去 但在那之前。 |
| 236 | I have a quiz for you guys | 我有一个测验给你们 |
| 237 | question number one | 问题1 |
| 238 | How do you finish this question? | 如何完成这个问题? |
| 239 | want to study English | 想要学习英语 |
| 240 | When there were so many other options is the answer a leads right into | 当有这么多其他选项时 答案就是一个线索 |
| 241 | B what led you to? | B是什么让你找到的? |
| 242 | C have no intention of or to or D. None of the above | C 无意、无意或无意或无意D。 |
| 243 | What I want you to do is in the comment section for number one. | 我要你做的是第一评论部分 |
| 244 | This is quiz question number one | 这是第一个问题 |
| 245 | Write down the correct answer. | 写下正确的答案。 |
| 246 | 是BC还是D? | |
| 247 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 248 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 249 | Now guys remember there are three more quiz questions coming up | 现在大家记得还有三个问题要问 |
| 250 | So as you watch the video just write your answer down first | 所以当你看视频时 先写下答案 |
| 251 | So number one, what's the answer and then for the next three questions? | 第一,答案是什么,接下来三个问题呢? |
| 252 | You also need to write your answer in the comment section, too | 您也需要在评论部分写下您的答案 |
| 253 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 254 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 255 | Now we're gonna move on to clip number two. | 现在我们要开始第二段 |
| 256 | All right guys, here we go | 好了,伙计们,开始了 |
| 257 | So moving on to clip number two. | 接下来是第二段 |
| 258 | Let's see what it is | 让我们看看是什么 |
| 259 | Their hobby they didn't really care about being perfect. | 他们的爱好 他们并不关心完美 |
| 260 | They just wanted to get together and speak English and | 他们只是想聚在一起说英语 |
| 261 | Enjoy each other's company and I struggled to adjust to that | 享受彼此的陪伴 我努力适应 |
| 262 | Yeah, it's so interesting you're presenting the two kind of opposite | 是啊,这太有趣了 你展示的两种相反 |
| 263 | student types, I guess the ones that really want to learn and really want the teacher to | 学生类型,我想那些真正想学习的人 真正希望老师 |
| 264 | Correct every single mistake they have and have a desire to learn and then the other side the students that | 纠正每一个错误 他们有和渴望学习 然后另一边的学生 |
| 265 | English is just something I enjoy. | 英语只是我喜欢的东西。 |
| 266 | I don't care if I make mistakes. | 我不在乎我是不是犯错 |
| 267 | Let's just enjoy. | 让我们享受吧。 |
| 268 | So yeah as an ESL teacher | 所以,是的,作为一个ESL老师 |
| 269 | I also experienced the same thing | 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 270 | It's kind of difficult to balance those two different types of students because I'm similar to you as a teacher | 很难平衡这两类学生 因为我跟你一样是老师 |
| 271 | I want to correct everything so that I can help the student grow because when I was studying Korean | 我想纠正一切 这样我就能帮助学生成长 因为当我学习韩语的时候 |
| 272 | I wanted everything corrected | 我想把一切都纠正掉 |
| 273 | Don't just let me kind of go by the wayside and make mistakes like correct me so I can grow so yeah | 不要只是让我走过路边, 犯错误像纠正我,这样我可以成长如此是的 |
| 274 | I totally understand | 我完全理解你的话 |
| 275 | So you'll notice that there were three new expressions and these expressions guys | 所以,你会注意到,有三个新的表达 和这些表达的家伙 |
| 276 | Honestly, when you come to understand them and learn how to use them you are definitely gonna sound more natural | 老实说,当你来理解他们 并学习如何使用他们 你肯定会听起来更自然 |
| 277 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 278 | We're gonna go back and look at the next expression expression number four | 我们要回去看看下一个表达式第四 |
| 279 | Enjoy each other's company now this expression means to have fun and be happy to be around one another | 享受彼此的陪伴,现在这个表情 意味着有乐趣,快乐地相伴 |
| 280 | Or to receive pleasure from being around | 或从周围得到快乐 |
| 281 | Someone okay. | 有人没事。 |
| 282 | So again think about somebody in your life right now. | 所以再想想你生命中的某个人 |
| 283 | It can be a family member | 可能是家庭成员 |
| 284 | It can be a friend or even those that you work with | 它可以是朋友 甚至是你的同事 |
| 285 | Someone who when you're around them you actually feel good. | 当你在他们身边的时候 你感觉很好 |
| 286 | You feel happy you enjoy their company | 你很高兴你喜欢他们的陪伴 |
| 287 | You enjoy the environment that exists when you're around them or with them. | 当你在他们周围或者和他们在一起的时候,你就喜欢这种环境。 |
| 288 | Okay, so the first sentence here we go | 好吧,所以第一句在这里,我们走了 |
| 289 | My best friend and I really enjoy each other's company. | 我最好的朋友和我真的很喜欢彼此的陪伴 |
| 290 | This is true. | 这是真的。 |
| 291 | I remember | 我记得 |
| 292 | One of my best friends and I we would travel a lot together and I loved it because we enjoyed each other's company | 我最好的朋友之一和我 会经常一起旅行 我爱它,因为我们喜欢对方的陪伴 |
| 293 | We had a good time. | 我们玩得很开心 |
| 294 | We would relax. | 我们会放松的 |
| 295 | We would laugh. | 我们会笑的 |
| 296 | We would joke | 我们开个玩笑 |
| 297 | We would just enjoy being in each other's presence or we enjoyed each other's company | 我们只是喜欢在对方在场 或者我们喜欢对方的陪伴 |
| 298 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 299 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 300 | Now the next sentence is it's easy to see that they enjoy each other's | 现在下一句话是很容易看到他们互相享受 |
| 301 | Company very easy sentence. | 公司非常轻松的句子。 |
| 302 | And finally we enjoy each other's company | 最后我们享受彼此的陪伴 |
| 303 | Now we're gonna jump right into the final example for this one | 现在我们要跳进最后的例子 |
| 304 | We see there's a couple sitting on a sofa together and they look very happy so we can say | 我们看见一对夫妇坐在沙发上 他们看起来很快乐 所以我们可以说 |
| 305 | Since they enjoy each other's company so much | 既然他们喜欢彼此的陪伴 |
| 306 | They should hook up. | 他们应该勾搭起来。 |
| 307 | Oh now, let me explain this to you guys really quickly | 哦,现在,让我解释给你们看,真的很快 |
| 308 | My friend and I actually had a conversation about this this past week | 我朋友和我这周聊了聊 |
| 309 | My friend is Korean and she speaks English very well | 我朋友是韩国人 她会说英语 |
| 310 | She's a teacher, but she asked me about this expression hook up. | 她是一个老师, 但她问我 关于这个表达连接。 |
| 311 | So in English hook up can have | 所以用英语勾搭可以 |
| 312 | Multiple meanings, so of course it can have the literal meaning of hooking something up to something else | 多重含义,所以它当然可以 具有将某种事物与其它事物联系起来的字面意义 |
| 313 | Or you can say two people hook up which means they start dating they become boyfriend and girlfriend | 或者你可以说两个人勾搭 意味着他们开始约会 他们成为男朋友和女朋友 |
| 314 | Or another meaning depending on the situation a slang meaning for this is two people come together for a romantic | 或者说,根据情况的不同,一个俗语的意思是 两个人为了浪漫在一起 |
| 315 | Relationship, okay. | 关系,好吧。 |
| 316 | So in this example, we're looking at these individuals coming together as boyfriend and | 因此,在这个例子中,我们看着这些个人 聚集在一起作为男朋友和 |
| 317 | Girlfriend hook up. | 女朋友上钩了。 |
| 318 | Okay, so you learned two expressions in this one. | 好吧,所以你学到了 两个表达在这个。 |
| 319 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 320 | Okay, so let's move on | 好,我们继续吧 |
| 321 | now the next expression expression number five is | 现在下一个表达式第五是 |
| 322 | Every single okay. | 都没事 |
| 323 | So how do we use this in real life now? | 那么我们现在如何在现实生活中使用这个? |
| 324 | This is used to emphasize that you are speaking about every member | 这是为了强调你所说的每个成员 |
| 325 | group or | 组合或 |
| 326 | Thing now, I want to tell you guys really quickly an example that will help you understand this | 现在,我想告诉你们一个非常迅速的例子 能够帮助你们理解 |
| 327 | So a few days ago my family and I if you guys follow me on Instagram | 几天前,我和我的家人 如果你们跟着我读Instagram |
| 328 | You'll remember that I talked about my family and I having lunch together | 你会记得,我谈了我的家人和我一起吃午饭 |
| 329 | My dad wanted to do a cookout the small cookout. | 我爸爸想做点小菜 |
| 330 | So he made fries and burgers and hot dogs | 所以他做了薯条、汉堡和热狗 |
| 331 | They were all vegetarian. | 他们都是素食主义者 |
| 332 | We're vegetarian, but we had those he put them on the grill and my nieces love | 我们是素食主义者,但我们有那些 他放在烤架上,我的侄女们爱 |
| 333 | French fries | 炸薯条 |
| 334 | So I went and I bought some french fries so that we could have them with our burgers and hot dogs now | 所以我去买了些薯条 这样我们就可以吃汉堡和热狗了 |
| 335 | My youngest niece is three years old and she loves french fries | 我最小的侄女三岁 她喜欢薯条 |
| 336 | So I put the french fries on her plate now, let's say for example, there were ten french fries | 所以我把薯条放在她盘子上 比如说,有十条薯条 |
| 337 | She ate all of the french fries or we could say she ate | 她吃了所有的薯条 或者我们可以说她吃了 |
| 338 | Every single french fry that means there were none left make sense. | 每一份法国煎饼 都意味着已经没有意义了 |
| 339 | All right, good good. | 好吧,不错。 |
| 340 | Let's go back. | 让我们回去。 |
| 341 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 342 | number one | 一号 |
| 343 | Please don't write down every single word. | 请别写每个字 |
| 344 | Okay next the baby cried every | 好吧,接下来宝宝哭 每个 |
| 345 | single day and | 单天和 |
| 346 | Finally, I want to help every single child. | 最后,我想帮助每个孩子。 |
| 347 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 348 | Now the last one we have is right here | 现在最后一张就在这里 |
| 349 | This man looks like he's working but he looks quite tired so we can say my dad works | 这个人好像在工作 但他看起来很累 所以我们可以说我爸爸在工作 |
| 350 | Every single day which means this person's dad doesn't get a break because he works | 意味着他爸爸没有休息 因为他工作 |
| 351 | Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday and Sunday. | 周一 周三 周五 周六和周日 |
| 352 | He works every single day | 他每天都工作着 |
| 353 | Now guys as you're watching this video | 现在你们在看这个视频 |
| 354 | Don't worry you guys can get the PDF that has all of the examples and all of the expressions | 不要担心,你们可以得到 PDF 拥有所有的例子和表达 |
| 355 | Okay, the link is in the description | 好吧,链接在描述中 |
| 356 | It's totally free a PDF that I want to give you guys so that you can study at the end of this lesson | 完全免费的PDF,我想给你们, 这样你们就可以学习 在课程结束时 |
| 357 | You can print it out and study it. | 你可以打印出来研究一下 |
| 358 | It's totally free | 完全免费 |
| 359 | So again, I'll mention it again at the end of the video | 再说一遍 我会在录像结尾再说一遍 |
| 360 | But if you want to check it out, the link is in the description for the PDF for this lesson, okay | 但是如果你想查一下, 链接在PDF的描述中 对于这个教训,好吗? |
| 361 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 362 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 363 | Let's move on | 继续前进吧 |
| 364 | Now the next one we have is expression six | 现在下一个是表达六 |
| 365 | Go by the wayside. | 过路边去. |
| 366 | I said this at the end of the clip again | 我在片尾又说了这个 |
| 367 | Go by the wayside now this expression means to put aside because of something more | 顺便说一句,这个表达方式意味着 放弃更多东西 |
| 368 | important or | 重要或 |
| 369 | to be set aside or | 将被搁置或 |
| 370 | discarded because of other | 因其他原因丢弃 |
| 371 | Considerations so again basically go by the wayside | 考虑的又是这样 基本上在路边 |
| 372 | Just refers to something that is kind of ignored or put away because other things are more | 仅仅指一些被忽略或被收起来的东西 因为其他的东西更多 |
| 373 | Important okay, so let's look at some examples and it'll make it easier for you guys to understand this expression | 好吧,让我们看看一些例子 这样你们就更容易理解这个表情了 |
| 374 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 375 | So the first expression is | 所以第一个表达是 |
| 376 | The war has caused other things to go by the wayside. | 战争造成其他事情的发生 |
| 377 | So again | 还是这样 |
| 378 | Think about when a country is in the middle of a war | 想想当一个国家在战争中 |
| 379 | Everyone's attention is on the news and also on the current state of the war | 每个人的注意力都在新闻和战争现状上 |
| 380 | So other things other laws or other things that were in the judicial system that needed to be taken care of | 所以其他法律 或其他在司法系统需要处理的事情 |
| 381 | Sometimes go by the wayside because the war becomes the most important thing. | 有时会因为战争成为最重要的事情而袖手旁观. |
| 382 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 383 | All right next we have | 好吧,接下来我们有 |
| 384 | His plan has gone by the wayside | 他的计划已经失败了 |
| 385 | because of other important work and finally | 因为其他重要的工作,最后 |
| 386 | The president's plan for reform has gone by the wayside. | 总统的改革计划已经失败了 |
| 387 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 388 | So again, we're understanding what this means | 再说一遍,我们明白这意味着什么 |
| 389 | Finally, here we go. | 终于来了 |
| 390 | We see that these individuals look like they're working on something | 我们发现这些人好像在做一些事情 |
| 391 | They're busy and a light bulb usually in American culture and maybe in your culture as well | 他们很忙 灯泡通常在美国文化中 也可能在你的文化中 |
| 392 | when we have a light bulb graphic it refers to an idea like ah | 当我们有一个灯泡图形 它指的是一个想法 像啊 |
| 393 | So they have an idea. | 所以他们有一个想法。 |
| 394 | So we're making a sentence using go by the wayside and idea. | 所以我们用旁观和想法来做一个判决。 |
| 395 | So let's go back. | 故曰归去. |
| 396 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 397 | I know you are busy, but don't let your idea | 我知道你很忙,但不要让你的想法 |
| 398 | Go by the wayside | 走过路边 |
| 399 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 400 | Okay, you guys got it. | 好吧,你们得到了它。 |
| 401 | Don't let your idea be | 不要让你的想法 |
| 402 | Ignored even though there are other things that are important. | 尽管还有其他重要的事 却被忽略了 |
| 403 | Remember to also focus on your idea. | 记得也注意你的想法 |
| 404 | Okay, you got it | 好吧,你来吧 |
| 405 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 406 | Now, let's keep going. | 现在,让我们继续前进。 |
| 407 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 408 | Now let's see clip number two one more time and listen closely for the expressions | 现在再看第二段,仔细听好 |
| 409 | English and | 联合国 |
| 410 | Enjoy each other's company and I struggled to adjust to that | 享受彼此的陪伴 我努力适应 |
| 411 | Yeah, it's so interesting you're presenting the two kind of opposite | 是啊,这太有趣了 你展示的两种相反 |
| 412 | student types, I guess the ones that really want to learn and really want the teacher to | 学生类型,我想那些真正想学习的人 真正希望老师 |
| 413 | correct every single mistake they have and have a desire to learn and then the other side of students that | 纠正每一个错误 他们有并有学习的愿望 然后另一边的学生 |
| 414 | English is just something I enjoy. | 英语只是我喜欢的东西。 |
| 415 | I don't care if I make mistakes. | 我不在乎我是不是犯错 |
| 416 | Let's just enjoy so yeah as an ESL teacher | 我们好好享受吧 作为ESL的老师 |
| 417 | I also experience the same thing | 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 418 | it's kind of | 有点 |
| 419 | Difficult to balance those two different types of students because I'm similar to you as a teacher | 很难平衡这两种不同的学生 因为我跟你一样是老师 |
| 420 | I want to correct everything so that I can help the student grow because when I was studying Korean | 我想纠正一切 这样我就能帮助学生成长 因为当我学习韩语的时候 |
| 421 | I wanted everything corrected | 我想把一切都纠正掉 |
| 422 | Don't just let me kind of go by the wayside and make mistakes like correct me so I can grow so yeah | 不要只是让我走过路边, 犯错误像纠正我,这样我可以成长如此是的 |
| 423 | I totally understand | 我完全理解你的话 |
| 424 | Okay now so we just watched the clip one more time and you notice that now that you understand the meaning of the expression | 好了,现在,我们只是看片段 再次,你注意到 现在,你明白表达的意义 |
| 425 | One two and three well again. | 复次一二三善财. |
| 426 | We had three expressions for this clip | 这个片段我们有三个表情 |
| 427 | It was easier for you to understand the conversation we were having in that clip. | 你更容易理解我们在片段里的对话 |
| 428 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 429 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 430 | Now, let's move on. | 现在,让我们继续前进。 |
| 431 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 432 | We're gonna move on now and we're gonna move on to this question question. | 我们现在要继续前进,然后继续探讨这个问题. |
| 433 | Number two my dad works | 第二,我爸爸在工作,他现在在工作 |
| 434 | Day so what goes in this space is it a | 一天,所以在这个空间是什么是 |
| 435 | Enjoy each other's company. | 享受彼此的陪伴 |
| 436 | Is it B? | 是B吗? |
| 437 | Every single is it C go by the wayside or is it D? | 每一个C都是靠边走 还是D? |
| 438 | none of the above | 以上没有 |
| 439 | Again, remember you're gonna put your answer in the comment section for number two. | 记住,你会把答案 放在评论栏第二。 |
| 440 | I'll show it to you one more time | 我再给你看一次 |
| 441 | What's the answer to this question this quiz question? | 这个问题的答案是什么? |
| 442 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 443 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 444 | Now what we're gonna do guys, we're gonna move on to our next clip | 现在,我们要做的,伙计们, 我们要继续我们的下一个片段 |
| 445 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 446 | Now the next clip we have is clip number three. | 接下来的片段是第三片 |
| 447 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 448 | Yeah | 对 |
| 449 | Okay | 还好 |
| 450 | I ended up more balanced now. | 我终于更平衡了 |
| 451 | I pull up some mistakes particularly if I'm seeing habitual things | 我发现一些错误,特别是如果我看到惯用的东西 |
| 452 | But I'm not pulling out the one off. | 但我不会拔掉那个的 |
| 453 | So I'm not pulling up every single mistake | 所以,我不是拉 每一个错误 |
| 454 | It makes me a bit a bit a teacher. | 这让我有点像老师。 |
| 455 | Yeah, that is true. | 是的,这是真的。 |
| 456 | Yeah, that's true. | 没错 |
| 457 | That is good | 不错 |
| 458 | We saw that clip and there were again three new expressions that we learned in that clip | 我们看到了这个片段,我们又从片段学到了三个新的表情 |
| 459 | So let's jump to my screen so we can see what these expressions actually mean and how to use them properly in a conversation | 让我们跳到我的屏幕上 这样我们就能看到这些表达的意思 以及如何在谈话中正确使用它们 |
| 460 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 461 | The seventh expression is | 第七义是. |
| 462 | good | 不错 |
| 463 | Overall again good overall. | 总体情况再次良好。 |
| 464 | All right, so this is good all over | 好吧,这样就很好了 |
| 465 | Good as a whole or good in | 从整体上看还是从好的 |
| 466 | General, okay. | 将军,好 |
| 467 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 468 | So let's look at some examples. | 所以让我们看看一些例子。 |
| 469 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 470 | He's pretty good | 他不错 |
| 471 | Overall now for this one. | 总体来说,现在这个。 |
| 472 | We're basically saying that he's a good person | 我们基本上是说他是个好人 |
| 473 | He's kind he treats everybody. | 他善待每个人。 |
| 474 | Well, so overall in general. | 总的来说 |
| 475 | He's a great guy. | 他是个好人 |
| 476 | He's good | 他不错 |
| 477 | Overall, all right. | 总体来说,好吧。 |
| 478 | Now, let's go to our next example. | 现在,让我们来看看我们的下一个例子。 |
| 479 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 480 | The new athletes are good | 新来的运动员不错 |
| 481 | Overall, so I want you to imagine a situation where there's a new coach | 总体来说,我要你想象一下 有个新教练的情况 |
| 482 | Coming to a school and he has to assess or look at the athletes and see their abilities and their skills and he realizes | 来到学校,他必须评估或看 运动员,看到他们的能力和技能,他意识到 |
| 483 | pretty much | 差不多了 差不多了 差不多了 |
| 484 | Overall, they're good. | 总的来说,它们很好。 |
| 485 | The athletes are good overall. | 运动员整体表现良好. |
| 486 | All right now our last example. | 好了,现在我们最后一个例子。 |
| 487 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 488 | The last written one is I think their speaking ability is good | 最后一个是,我觉得他们说话的能力很好 |
| 489 | Overall, all right good sentence. | 总而言之,好的句子 |
| 490 | So here we go with a visual now | 所以现在我们用一个视觉 |
| 491 | We see that these people are working on some kind of project and they have kind of a PowerPoint over here | 我们看到这些人在搞某个项目 他们在这里有个PowerPoint |
| 492 | So we can say the new sales project was good | 所以我们可以说新的销售项目是好的 |
| 493 | Overall, okay. | 总体来说,好吧。 |
| 494 | So guys again remember | 所以你们要记住 |
| 495 | I want you guys to pick two of these expressions that I'm teaching you in today's English video lesson and I want you to | 我希望你们从今天的英语视频课中 挑选两个我正在教给你的表情 |
| 496 | Try to make your own sentences using the expressions. | 尝试用表达式来做出自己的句子 。 |
| 497 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 498 | All right, so let's move on to our next expression | 好吧,让我们继续我们的下一个表达 |
| 499 | number eight | 八号 |
| 500 | Particularly if again | 特别是如果再次 |
| 501 | Particularly if now real quick this pronunciation can be a bit tricky. | 特别是如果现在真的很快 这个发音可能有点棘手。 |
| 502 | So after me par | 所以,在我回来之后 |
| 503 | you | 老师 |
| 504 | Lar Lee very good. | 萝莉很好 |
| 505 | It feels weird, but you're doing good. | 感觉很奇怪,但你做得很好。 |
| 506 | Now, let's say it faster after me | 现在,让我们说,比我快 |
| 507 | particularly | 特别是, |
| 508 | Great one more time | 再来一次 |
| 509 | particularly | 特别是, |
| 510 | excellent job now together | 现在一起干得很好 |
| 511 | particularly if | 特别是如果 |
| 512 | very good, don't forget the F sound your front teeth on your bottom lip if | 很好,别忘了F在你的嘴唇下发声 |
| 513 | Excellent job. | 干得不错 |
| 514 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 515 | So now this expression means it is used to emphasize a specific point | 所以现在这个表达表示它用来强调一个特定点 |
| 516 | or | 或 |
| 517 | aspect of something you are | 某方面你是什么 |
| 518 | Saying okay. | 说得好 |
| 519 | So for example | 举个例子 |
| 520 | Soup and salad is a great menu idea | 汤和沙拉是个好主意 |
| 521 | Particularly if you're planning to feed a lot of people. | 特别是如果你计划供养很多人的话. |
| 522 | Okay next I think you should take a raincoat | 好吧,接下来我觉得你应该 采取雨衣 |
| 523 | Particularly if you want to stay dry, you see that these points are being emphasized and finally | 特别是如果你想保持干燥,你就会看到这些要点被强调到最后 |
| 524 | Here are some tips from my attorney | 这是我律师的提示 |
| 525 | Particularly if you are not a US citizen, okay now again the visual so we see these women are singing | 特别是如果你不是美国公民,好吧,现在再次看到这个画面 所以我们看到这些女人在唱歌 |
| 526 | So maybe it's a concert and we can say in my opinion. | 所以,也许这是一个音乐会,我们可以说 在我看来。 |
| 527 | You should go to the concert | 你应该去参加音乐会 |
| 528 | Particularly if you really like country music. | 尤其是如果你真的喜欢乡村音乐的话 |
| 529 | Alright, so again guys you noticed that I was | 好吧,所以再次的家伙 你注意到我 |
| 530 | {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}我们继续下个 | |
| 531 | expression expression number nine | 表达式编号 9 |
| 532 | How to use the one-offs in real life again the one-offs so | 如何在现实生活中再次使用一次性,一次性 |
| 533 | this means done made or | 这表示已实施或 |
| 534 | Happening only once and not repeated. | 只发生一次而不重复。 |
| 535 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 536 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 537 | The meeting was a one-off | 这次会议是一次性的 |
| 538 | Okay, only happening one time next. | 好吧,只发生下一次。 |
| 539 | This is a one-off deal. | 这是一次性交易 |
| 540 | So don't ask | 所以不要问 |
| 541 | Again, all right only happening one time and finally | 再说一遍,只发生一次,最后 |
| 542 | Will you be doing more talks in the future or was that just a one-off? | 你将来会做更多的会谈还是一次性的? |
| 543 | So perfect example guys last week | 上周的好样的 |
| 544 | I did a live English class here on YouTube and I'm sure some of you joined and | 我在YouTube上上过英语直播课 我相信你们中有些人会加入 |
| 545 | There was a question at the end of the live video about teacher | 现场录像结尾有个关于老师的问题 |
| 546 | Is this gonna be the only episode? | 这是唯一的剧集吗? |
| 547 | Are you gonna do this again? | 你打算再做一次吗? |
| 548 | So that student could have said teacher is this live class a one-off or will you be doing it again? | 所以那个学生可以说 老师是这个直播班是一次性的 还是你会再来一次? |
| 549 | Make sense. | 说得通 |
| 550 | Alright now just to let you guys know I am gonna be doing another live video. | 好吧,现在只是让你们知道 我会做另一个视频。 |
| 551 | So pay attention | 所以请大家注意 |
| 552 | I'll put some notices out on Instagram Facebook and even here in the YouTube community. | 我会在Instagram脸书上 甚至在YouTube社区发布一些通知 |
| 553 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 554 | Alright | 罢 |
| 555 | So let's go to our final example for this expression. | 所以,让我们来看看我们最后的例子 这个表达。 |
| 556 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 557 | We have lots of money on this page | 这页有很多钱 |
| 558 | They gave him a one-off | 他们给了他一次机会 |
| 559 | payment to | 支付给 |
| 560 | Compensate for the extra hours. | 补偿额外的时间。 |
| 561 | He had to work. | 他必须工作。 |
| 562 | All right, you see what happened there, right? | 好吧,你看发生了什么,对不对? |
| 563 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 564 | So now what we're gonna do is now that we've learned these | 所以,我们现在要做的是 现在,我们已经学会了这些 |
| 565 | Expressions we need to move on to the next phase. | 我们需要进入下一阶段。 |
| 566 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 567 | We're gonna move on to the next phase | 我们要进入下一阶段 |
| 568 | We need to listen and watch the clip one more time | 我们要再听一次看片段 |
| 569 | Yeah | 对 |
| 570 | Okay, I think it was good for me overall because I ended up more balanced now | 好吧,我觉得这样对我有好处 因为我现在更平衡了 |
| 571 | I pull up some mistakes particularly if I'm seeing him bitch two things | 我发现一些错误,特别是如果我看到他 婊子两件事 |
| 572 | But I'm not pulling up the one-offs. | 但我不会拿起一次性的 |
| 573 | I'm not pulling up every single mistake | 我不是每个错误都找错人了 |
| 574 | I think it makes me a bit of a teacher. | 我觉得我有点像老师 |
| 575 | Yeah, that is true. | 是的,这是真的。 |
| 576 | Yeah, that's true. | 没错 |
| 577 | That is good | 不错 |
| 578 | Okay, so you notice we heard all three expressions and now you know exactly | 好吧,所以你注意到我们听到了所有三种表达 现在你很清楚 |
| 579 | What they mean? | 他们是什么意思? |
| 580 | Okay, so let's go to our quiz. | 好吧,让我们去我们的测验。 |
| 581 | Let's see if you guys can get this answer right for the quiz | 让我们看看你们能不能 得到这个答案正确的测试 |
| 582 | Here's question number three. | 此三问. |
| 583 | I think their speaking ability is | 我认为他们的演讲能力 |
| 584 | dot dot dot is it a | 点点是 |
| 585 | particularly if | 特别是如果 |
| 586 | be | 为: |
| 587 | one-offs see | 一次性 |
| 588 | Good overall or D | 总体良好或D |
| 589 | None of the above now remember you're gonna put your answer in the comment section for number three. | 上面都不记得你要把答案 放在评论栏第三 |
| 590 | What's the answer? | 如何是答处. |
| 591 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 592 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 593 | Now guys, let's move on to our | 现在,伙计们,让我们继续我们 |
| 594 | Next clip clip number four. | 下一个第四片段 |
| 595 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 596 | Mm-hmm | 对 |
| 597 | You know, you cannot sound fluent if you have not seen the phrase | 你知道,你不会听起来流利 如果你没有看到这个短语 |
| 598 | 100,000 trillion times. | 十万万亿遍. |
| 599 | Mm-hmm. | 对 |
| 600 | I know yeah a lot of times. | 我知道很多时候是的。 |
| 601 | Yeah | 对 |
| 602 | and | 和 |
| 603 | Students that want to learn the language will put the work in and we'll do the with the kitchen | 想学语言的学生会把工作放进去,我们用厨房做 |
| 604 | It's needed to get that fluent sound | 一定要有流畅的声音 |
| 605 | Students that are just time-serving | 学生只是时间服务 |
| 606 | They're not interested in doing that it bores them and they don't | 他们不感兴趣这样做, 他们无聊,他们不 |
| 607 | Okay, so that was our final clip now guys you may notice that in the clip sometimes it's a bit hard to | 好吧,所以这是我们最后的片段 现在,伙计们,你可能会注意到 在片段有时很难 |
| 608 | Understand what she's saying what teacher cat is saying | 懂她说什么吗? |
| 609 | It's okay for you to go back rewind and play the clip clip again and kind of up the volume | 倒回去再播放剪辑片段,然后把音量调高一点,没关系 |
| 610 | But remember this is gonna really help your listening skills because you have to listen very closely when she speaks | 但记住这会让你的听力大有帮助 因为当她说话时 你得仔细听 |
| 611 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 612 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 613 | So let's jump into looking at the expressions that were mentioned in this clip | 所以,让我们跳跃 查看这些表达 在片段提到 |
| 614 | Expression number 10 | 表达式编号 10 |
| 615 | important component again | 重要组件 |
| 616 | important component now this expression | 现在这个表达式的重要部分 |
| 617 | Emphasizes that one part or section is vital or of great | 强调某一部分或某一部分至关重要或具有重大意义, |
| 618 | Importance. | 重要性。 |
| 619 | So here's the first example sentence. | 故此为第一譬句. |
| 620 | This is an important component of the program | 这是程序的重要组成部分 |
| 621 | Okay, so again, this is an important part or a section of the program | 再说一遍,这是节目的重要部分或部分 |
| 622 | Alright, okay next we have I think this is an important component of the process | 好吧,好吧,接下来我们有 我认为这是进程的重要组成部分 |
| 623 | Okay, and finally | 好吧,最后还是 |
| 624 | Remember not to leave out this important component. | 记住不要忽略这个重要部分。 |
| 625 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 626 | Alright now | 现在好了 |
| 627 | Just to kind of bring it home and help you guys to really connect with this expression | 只是把它带回家 帮助你们真正连接到这个表情 |
| 628 | When you're learning English, there are many different things you have to learn. | 在学习英语时,有许多不同的东西需要学习. |
| 629 | You have to learn vocabulary | 要学词汇 |
| 630 | You have to learn expressions. | 你必须学会表达 |
| 631 | You have to work on your listening skills | 你必须学习你的听力 |
| 632 | You're speaking skills and also your understanding of grammar | 你说话的技巧和对语法的理解 |
| 633 | So each of these are important, but a lot of times for your foundation | 所以每个都很重要 但对于你的基金会来说很多时候 |
| 634 | Grammar is the most important | 语法是最重要的 |
| 635 | component of your English language journey | 您的英语行程 |
| 636 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 637 | You caught that one, right? | 你抓到那个,对吧? |
| 638 | Makes sense now, huh? | 现在有道理了吧? |
| 639 | Alright, so let's look at one more example. | 好吧,让我们再看看一个例子。 |
| 640 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 641 | We have these little children sitting here with their teacher and we say an important component of early language development is | 我们有这些小孩和他们的老师坐在这里, 我们说早期语言发展的一个重要组成部分是 |
| 642 | Listening, this is very very true. | 听着,这是非常正确的。 |
| 643 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 644 | Alright, so let's move on to expression number 11 | 好了,我们继续说11号 |
| 645 | Put the work in | 把工作放进去 |
| 646 | One more time put the work in now this expression actually came up in a conversation | 再来一次,把工作放进去,这个表情其实是在对话中出现的 |
| 647 | I had with one of my students on | 我和我的一个学生在 |
| 648 | Instagram and | 图表 |
| 649 | Literally just refers to giving all of your effort | 字面意思是说尽你的努力 |
| 650 | Giving your best effort to make something work or to do something. | 尽你最大的努力 做一些事情或做一些事情。 |
| 651 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 652 | Excuse me guys. | 对不起,伙计们。 |
| 653 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 654 | Means to do the work that needs to be done even if it requires a lot of | 完成需要完成的工作的手段,即使需要很多 |
| 655 | Effort so first example you have to put the work in if you expect to be fluent in English | 如果你希望能流利的英语,你必须把工作放进去 |
| 656 | This is so true again guys, I understand that learning English is not the easiest thing | 再说一次,我知道学英语不是最容易的事 |
| 657 | I know that there are gonna be times when you feel discouraged and it feels like you can't move forward | 我知道有时你会感到沮丧 感觉你无法前进 |
| 658 | But if you put the work in I guarantee you will reach your goals | 但是如果你把工作投入其中 我保证你会达到你的目标 |
| 659 | I've been where you are | 我一直在你身边 |
| 660 | I had to also learn how to speak Korean and it was extremely difficult | 我还得学着说韩语,这很困难 |
| 661 | Studying the grammar and the vocabulary and so many other aspects of the Korean language | 研究朝鲜语的语法和词汇以及其他许多方面 |
| 662 | They were very difficult for me, but I decided to put the work in and the results were good | 他们对我来说很困难,但我决定把 工作,结果很好 |
| 663 | So keep at it. | 所以继续干 |
| 664 | Don't stop you can do it. | 别阻止你 |
| 665 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 666 | Okay number two we have | 好吧,第二,我们有 |
| 667 | He put the work in which is why he received good results. | 他把作品放在其中,这就是为什么他得到了好的结果。 |
| 668 | And finally | 终于 |
| 669 | Have you put the work in or are you just trying to do the minimum? | 是你把工作放进去的 还是你只是想做最小的? |
| 670 | Requirements so you see right here in this example | 要求,请在这里看到这个例子 |
| 671 | We're comparing putting the work in and minimum effort or minimum requirements. | 我们比较了工作 和最小的努力或最低要求。 |
| 672 | Okay, this is giving all your effort | 好吧,这是给你所有的努力 |
| 673 | This is giving just a little bit of effort. | 这只是给一点点的努力。 |
| 674 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 675 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 676 | Now, let's go to our other example using this expression | 现在,让我们来看看另一个例子 用这个表达 |
| 677 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 678 | We have an individual standing right here and it looks like he's holding a graph. | 我们有个人站在这里 看起来他拿着一张图表 |
| 679 | Okay, so here we go her | 好,我们开始吧 |
| 680 | Accountant put the work in and got her the money she needed | 会计把工作放进去,给她钱 |
| 681 | That's why he looks so happy right here | 所以他才这么开心 |
| 682 | Okay | 还好 |
| 683 | So again, you can use this expression whenever someone has put a lot of effort into something or | 所以,你也可以使用这个表达 当有人付出了很多努力的东西,或者 |
| 684 | Someone has done something for you. | 有人为你做了一些事情 |
| 685 | That was very very helpful. | 这很有帮助。 |
| 686 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 687 | Okay, so let's move on to our next expression. | 好吧,让我们继续我们的下一个表达。 |
| 688 | All right expression number 12 | 所有右表达号12 |
| 689 | How to use time-serving in real life | 如何在现实生活中利用时间 |
| 690 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 691 | Not working very hard at your job or something else because you are just waiting until you reach | 在你的工作或其他事情上没有很努力的工作 因为你只是等待 直到你到达 |
| 692 | The time when you can stop. | 时彼能止. |
| 693 | So again, it's when you feel like | 所以,再次,这是 当你觉得 |
| 694 | I'm only doing this because I have to and I'm really watching the clock. | 我这样做只是因为我不得不, 我真的在看钟。 |
| 695 | When can I leave? | 我什么时候能走? |
| 696 | I don't want to be here anymore. | 我不想再待在这里了 |
| 697 | I'm just | 我只是说 |
| 698 | Time-serving, okay. | 时间服务,好吧。 |
| 699 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 700 | Now, let's look at the example sentences. | 现在,让我们看看例子句子。 |
| 701 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 702 | First one | 第一个 |
| 703 | He's a time-serving drone who works for America's internal revenue service | 他是一个为美国国内收入服务 服务时间的无人机 |
| 704 | He's just staying there because he has to be there. | 他只是呆在那里 因为他必须在那里。 |
| 705 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 706 | Next these time-serving workers are not putting the work in at all again | 接下来这些有时间工作的工人 根本没把工作重新投入 |
| 707 | They really don't have to be there and they don't want to be there | 他们真的不用去,也不想去 |
| 708 | But they're just doing it because they have to and they're not working hard. | 但是他们这样做,只是因为他们必须而且没有努力工作. |
| 709 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 710 | All right next we have | 好吧,接下来我们有 |
| 711 | Sometimes he just feels like a time-serving career man. | 有时候他只是觉得自己是个有时间工作的人 |
| 712 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 713 | All right, great. | 好吧,伟大的。 |
| 714 | Well, here we go | 好了,我们走了 |
| 715 | the students looked like they were just | 学生看起来就像他们 |
| 716 | Time-serving instead of actually being excited to learn you see in this picture | 而不是真正兴奋地学习你在这张照片中看到的 |
| 717 | They're all looking at their phones and they really don't want to learn or so it seems | 他们都在看手机,他们真的不想学习 所以看起来 |
| 718 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 719 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 720 | So let's move on. | 因此,让我们继续前进。 |
| 721 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 722 | Remember the next thing we have to do is | 记住我们接下来要做的是 |
| 723 | Watch the clip one more time. | 再看一次剪辑 |
| 724 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 725 | You know, you cannot sound fluent if you have not seen the phrase | 你知道,你不会听起来流利 如果你没有看到这个短语 |
| 726 | Mm-hmm. | 对 |
| 727 | I know yeah a lot of times. | 我知道很多时候是的。 |
| 728 | Yeah and | 对 |
| 729 | Students that want to learn the language will put the work in and we'll do the with the person that's needed to get that fluent sound | 想要学习语言的学生会把工作放进去,我们会和需要的人一起做,以获得流利的声音 |
| 730 | Students that are just time-serving | 学生只是时间服务 |
| 731 | They're not interested in doing that it bores them and they don't care | 他们不感兴趣 这样做,他们无聊 他们不在乎 |
| 732 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 733 | So this time you heard all the expressions, right guys | 所以这次你听到所有的表情,正确的家伙 |
| 734 | So we learned the three expressions and we heard the clip again and now we can recognize | 所以我们学会了这三种表达方式,我们又听到剪辑,现在可以认出来 |
| 735 | Ah, this is what myself and the other teacher were saying | 啊,这就是我和其他老师说的 |
| 736 | So now let's see if you guys can get the right answer for the quiz. | 所以,现在让我们看看你们 能不能得到正确的答案 测试。 |
| 737 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 738 | We're going back to my screen again guys. | 我们又回到我的屏幕上,伙计们。 |
| 739 | Here we go question number four | 我们开始第四题 |
| 740 | He dot dot dot which is why he received good results. | 他点点点 这就是为什么他得到了良好的结果。 |
| 741 | Okay letter a | 獺腹 |
| 742 | important component | 重要构成部分 |
| 743 | letter B put the work in | 字母 B 将工作输入 |
| 744 | letter C | 页:1 |
| 745 | time-serving or | 工作时间或 |
| 746 | letter D none of the above again question number four | 字母D 以上没有问题四 |
| 747 | What's the answer? | 如何是答处. |
| 748 | All right guys, remember number one, two, three and four | 好了 伙计们 记住第一 二 三 四 |
| 749 | I want you to put your answers in the comment section and also try to pick two expressions to make your own sentences | 我要你把答案放在评论部分 并尝试选择两个表达方式 来做你自己的句子 |
| 750 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 751 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 752 | So guys, I really hope you learned a lot. | 伙计们,我真的希望你们学到很多 |
| 753 | Remember we learned 12 | 记住我们学到了12 |
| 754 | Expressions 12 English expressions today now guys | 12个英语的表达方式 |
| 755 | I really hope you enjoyed this lesson and I also want to give you guys the free | 我真的希望你们享受这个课 我也想给你们免费 |
| 756 | PDF all you have to do is click the link that's in the description and you can download the free | PDF 只需点击描述中的链接即可下载免费 |
| 757 | PDF so that you can practice and use these English expressions that we learned today | PDF 可以练习和使用我们今天学到的这些英语表达式 |
| 758 | I'll talk to you guys in the next | 我下次再跟你们谈 |
| 759 | episode | 插曲 |
该视频共有字幕 759 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P15 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p15 14. 14. 如何在 5 天内掌握流利的英语 14-How To Get Fluent In English In 5 Days (P15)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p15 14. 14. 如何在 5 天内掌握流利的英语 14-How To Get Fluent In English In 5 Days (P15)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 17:25字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | You get nervous when someone asks you a question in English. | 当有人用英语问你一个问题时 你就会紧张 |
| 0:04 | You don't know how to speak about certain topics in English. | 你不知道怎么用英语谈论某些话题. |
| 0:08 | You feel like you don't know enough English vocabulary. | 你感觉你不懂英文词汇 |
| 0:11 | You don't know how to speak English | 你不懂英语 |
| 0:13 | for a long time fluently, | 在很长一段时间内, |
| 0:15 | and you don't know how to actually think in English. | 而且你不知道怎么用英语思考 |
| 0:20 | Well, turn your frown into a smile | 把你的眉毛变成笑容 |
| 0:22 | because today I am gonna teach you | 因为今天我要教你 |
| 0:25 | how to get fluent in five days. | 如何在五天内变得流利。 |
| 0:29 | This episode is being brought to you | 这集是给你的 |
展开字幕全文（330 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | You get nervous when someone asks you a question in English. | 当有人用英语问你一个问题时 你就会紧张 |
| 2 | You don't know how to speak about certain topics in English. | 你不知道怎么用英语谈论某些话题. |
| 3 | You feel like you don't know enough English vocabulary. | 你感觉你不懂英文词汇 |
| 4 | You don't know how to speak English | 你不懂英语 |
| 5 | for a long time fluently, | 在很长一段时间内, |
| 6 | and you don't know how to actually think in English. | 而且你不知道怎么用英语思考 |
| 7 | Well, turn your frown into a smile | 把你的眉毛变成笑容 |
| 8 | because today I am gonna teach you | 因为今天我要教你 |
| 9 | how to get fluent in five days. | 如何在五天内变得流利。 |
| 10 | This episode is being brought to you | 这集是给你的 |
| 11 | by the Speak English with Tiffany Academy, | 以与蒂芬尼学院的英语演讲者发誓, |
| 12 | the number one online English academy | 第一在线英语学院 |
| 13 | for intermediate and advanced English learners. | 中高级英语学习者。 |
| 14 | If you wanna continue studying with me, | 如果你想继续和我学习, |
| 15 | teacher Tiffany, and join the academy, | 蒂芬尼老师 加入学院 |
| 16 | click the link in the description below. | 单击下面描述中的链接。 |
| 17 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 18 | Day one. | 初一颂. |
| 19 | All right, day one. | 好了,第一天开始 |
| 20 | The first thing you want to do is select five topics | 第一件事就是选择五个话题 |
| 21 | you are interested in. | 你有兴趣。 |
| 22 | It's very important that you are interested in the topics. | 你对话题感兴趣是非常重要的 |
| 23 | Now, this is because you will gain confidence | 现在,这是因为你会得到信心 |
| 24 | by speaking about topics you are actually interested in. | 谈论你真正感兴趣的话题 |
| 25 | You see, let me explain this more with the graphic. | 你看,让我用图形来解释 |
| 26 | What happens is your current world is filled | 发生的事情是你现在的世界充满了活力 |
| 27 | with many different things that you like. | 有很多你喜欢的东西 |
| 28 | You may enjoy hanging with friends, or reading books, | 你可以喜欢和朋友一起玩 或者看书 |
| 29 | or watching TV, or playing video games, | 或看电视,或玩电子游戏, |
| 30 | or maybe even painting and art. | 甚至画画艺术 |
| 31 | These things are a part of your current world, | 这些东西是你现在世界的一部分 |
| 32 | and now you are trying to introduce English into that world. | 现在你想把英语引入那个世界 |
| 33 | So, the problem is not your interest, | 所以,问题不在于你的兴趣 |
| 34 | the problem is English. | 问题是英语。 |
| 35 | So, the second part is after you've picked | 所以,第二部分是在你选择之后 |
| 36 | or chosen the topics, you are going to write | 或选择主题, 你要写 |
| 37 | three reasons for each topic. | 每个专题有三个原因。 |
| 38 | Now, this is important because you are going to organize | 现在,这很重要 因为你要组织 |
| 39 | your thoughts from the beginning, | 你的思想从头开始, |
| 40 | and this is key for fluency. | 这是流利的关键。 |
| 41 | So, look at a graphic, look at this graphic right here. | 所以,看看一个图形,看看这个图形。 |
| 42 | What's happening is inside of your brain, | 事情发生在你的大脑里 |
| 43 | let's say this is your brain right here. | 假设这就是你的大脑 |
| 44 | Now, again, we already understood that you have interests | 再说一遍,我们已经明白你有兴趣 |
| 45 | in your current world right now. | 在你现在的世界里 |
| 46 | So, let's say you like reading. | 这么说你喜欢看书吧 |
| 47 | Now, write the reason why you like reading. | 现在,写你喜欢阅读的原因。 |
| 48 | Write three reasons. | 写三因缘. |
| 49 | What's going to happen is you will be able to speak fluently | 接下来会发生的是你能够流利地说话 |
| 50 | because you already have the reasons organized in your head. | 因为你脑子里已经有原因了 |
| 51 | Now, again, remember this is day one. | 现在,再次记住,这是第一天。 |
| 52 | So, let me show you an actual example with me. | 让我给你们举个例子 |
| 53 | So, what I have done is on day one, | 所以,我所做的是第一天, |
| 54 | I have chosen five things that I am interested in, | 我选择了五件我感兴趣的事情 |
| 55 | and these are real things. | 这些是真实的。 |
| 56 | So, I'm interested in health, cooking, sports, | 我对健康,烹饪,运动感兴趣 |
| 57 | art, and travel. | 艺术和旅行。 |
| 58 | Again, in my world currently, I like these five things. | 再说一次,在我的世界里,我喜欢这五件事。 |
| 59 | So, this is my world right here, these five things. | 这就是我的世界 这五件事 |
| 60 | Now, what I have to do again is I need to go | 现在,我必须再做一次 我必须走了 |
| 61 | and give three points or three reasons | 并给出三点或三点理由 |
| 62 | why I enjoy these five things | 为什么我喜欢这五样东西 |
| 63 | or why I am interested in them. | 或者为什么我对他们感兴趣。 |
| 64 | So, for example, health. | 所以,比如说,健康。 |
| 65 | I like healthy food, I want to enjoy life, | 我喜欢健康的食物 我想享受生活 |
| 66 | and health affects the mind. | 健康会影响心灵 |
| 67 | These are the three reasons why I'm interested in health. | 这就是我对健康感兴趣的三个原因。 |
| 68 | Now, let's skip down to art, okay? | 现在,让我们跳到艺术,好吗? |
| 69 | You all know that I'm an artist. | 你们都知道我是个艺术家 |
| 70 | Now, three reasons. | 现在有三个原因 |
| 71 | Why do I like art as a topic? | 为什么我喜欢艺术作为一个话题? |
| 72 | Well, I gave you one. | 我给你一个 |
| 73 | I'm an artist, it was my college major, | 我是一个艺术家,是我的大学主修, |
| 74 | and I believe art is a way to express yourself | 我相信艺术是表达自己的方式 |
| 75 | in a beautiful way, okay? | 一个美丽的方式,好吗? |
| 76 | So, again, right here I have shown you my notebook | 再说一遍 我给你看了我的笔记本 |
| 77 | for day one, okay, great. | 为第一天, 好吧, 太好了。 |
| 78 | Now, day two. | 现在,第二天。 |
| 79 | Day two, now what you're gonna do for day two | 第二天,现在你要做什么 第二天 |
| 80 | is find a blog or article about each topic. | 查找每个话题的博客或文章。 |
| 81 | Now, again, remember, you chose five topics, | 现在,再次记住,你选择了五个话题, |
| 82 | which means you're gonna be finding five blogs | 这意味着你会找到五个博客 |
| 83 | or five articles, okay? | 或五篇文章,好吗? |
| 84 | Now, why is this important? | 为什么这很重要? |
| 85 | You see, this will help you see how other | 你看,这会帮助你 看到如何其他 |
| 86 | native English speakers actually speak about the topic. | 讲英语的土著人实际上谈到这个话题。 |
| 87 | You see, what's happening is, as an English learner, | 你看,现在的情况是,作为一个英语学习者, |
| 88 | you have your own ideas, but what you need to do | 你有自己的想法, 但你需要做什么 |
| 89 | is find out how native English speakers | 以英语为母语 |
| 90 | actually speak about the topics you have chosen, okay? | 说说你选择的主题,好吗? |
| 91 | So, after you've found the article or blog post, | 在你找到文章或博客后 |
| 92 | you are going to pick out three interesting points | 你要挑出三个有趣的点 |
| 93 | about the topic, okay? | 关于话题,好吗? |
| 94 | Now, this is important because by finding interesting points | 现在,这很重要 因为找到有趣的点 |
| 95 | from the article, it will enhance or improve | 从文章中,它将加强或改进 |
| 96 | your ability to speak fluently about it later. | 你以后能畅所欲言 |
| 97 | Now, I want to emphasize a point. | 现在,我想强调一点。 |
| 98 | You see, when you're looking through these articles, | 你看,当你看这些文章, |
| 99 | you are only skimming them. | 你只是偷看他们。 |
| 100 | You don't have to read each article in detail. | 不必每篇详读. |
| 101 | I know you may say, teacher, you want us to look up | 我知道你会说,老师,你要我们抬头看 |
| 102 | five different articles, that's a lot for one day. | 5篇不同的文章,这为一天的很多. |
| 103 | Remember, you're only skimming the articles, okay? | 记住,你只是 轻描淡写的文章,好吗? |
| 104 | Skimming just means to read over quickly, okay? | Skimming只是代表着快速阅读,好吗? |
| 105 | Read over very quickly, so you don't have to read | 读得很快,所以你不用读 |
| 106 | all the details, you're just looking for key points. | 所有的细节,你只是寻找关键点。 |
| 107 | So, I've shown you guys, I picked out three key points | 我给你们看了,我挑了三个要点 |
| 108 | like this, you just highlight them. | 像这样,你只是突出他们。 |
| 109 | Now, for my example, okay, remember I told you guys | 举个例子,记得我告诉过你们 |
| 110 | that my five topics were health, cooking, | 我的五个题目是健康 烹饪 |
| 111 | sports, art, and travel. | 体育、艺术和旅行。 |
| 112 | Now, I literally found actual articles | 现在,我从字面上找到了实际的文章 |
| 113 | for each of these topics, because I want you guys | 每一个话题, 因为我要你们 |
| 114 | to see that it is possible to improve | 实现改善 |
| 115 | your fluency in five days. | 五天后你的流畅度 |
| 116 | So, if you want the actual articles, | 所以,如果你想要真正的文章, |
| 117 | the link is in the description below | 链接见以下描述 |
| 118 | for each of the articles, okay? | 每篇文章,好吗? |
| 119 | So, now let's look at, for example, cooking. | 因此,让我们来看看,比如烹饪。 |
| 120 | All right, so for cooking, the topic was, | 好吧,所以烹饪,话题是, |
| 121 | or the title of the article was 10 things I learned | 或者这篇文章的标题是我学到的十件事 |
| 122 | from culinary school that every home cook should know. | 从烹饪学校 所有家庭厨师都应该知道。 |
| 123 | Now, what I did was I skimmed the article | 现在,我所做的是 省略了文章 |
| 124 | very quickly, and then I selected three interesting points, | 很快,然后我选择了三个有趣的点, |
| 125 | and I only wrote down the points. | 我只记下了要点 |
| 126 | So, for example, to me it was interesting that | 比如说,对我来说,很有趣 |
| 127 | you don't have to be a professional chef | 你不必当专业厨师 |
| 128 | in order to cook like one at home. | 为了像在家里做饭一样 |
| 129 | Since I enjoy cooking, that was very interesting to me. | 因为我喜欢做饭,这对我来说很有趣。 |
| 130 | Number two, basic tools are just as good as expensive ones. | 第二,基本工具与昂贵的工具一样好。 |
| 131 | Ah, that's very interesting to me. | 这对我来说很有趣 |
| 132 | And finally, use scraps or leftovers to make other dishes. | 最后,使用废品或剩品来制作其他菜肴. |
| 133 | Okay, so these three points were very interesting to me. | 这三点对我来说非常有趣 |
| 134 | Now, the same is going to be done | 现在,同样的事情也要做 |
| 135 | for each of the articles, okay? | 每篇文章,好吗? |
| 136 | So, when you find the article or blog post, | 所以,当你找到文章或博客文章时, |
| 137 | again, just skim the article and find three points | 再说一遍,只要省略文章,找出三点 |
| 138 | that are interesting to you and write them down, okay? | 这对你很有趣 写下来,好吗? |
| 139 | I did it for my five and you can do it for your five. | 我是为了我五岁 你可以为了你五岁 |
| 140 | Again, this is what you're gonna do on this day, okay? | 再说一遍,这是你今天要做的,好吗? |
| 141 | All right, now we're gonna move on to the next day, | 好了,现在我们要继续 第二天, |
| 142 | day number three. | 第3天,我们开始... |
| 143 | Now, on day number three, what you're gonna do is | 现在,第三天,你要做的是 |
| 144 | pick three vocabulary words you already know | 选择三个你已经知道的词汇 |
| 145 | that describe the topic. | 说明这个专题。 |
| 146 | Yep, you read that correctly, you already know. | 是的,你读的没错 你已经知道了 |
| 147 | So, what does that mean? | 这是什么意思? |
| 148 | That means you don't need to get a dictionary | 那表示你不需要拿到字典 |
| 149 | out for this part. | 离开这部分。 |
| 150 | You want to pick something you already know, okay? | 你想选一些你已经知道的东西,好吗? |
| 151 | Now, why is this important? | 为什么这很重要? |
| 152 | You see, this is important because it will help you realize | 你看,这很重要,因为它会帮助你意识到 |
| 153 | that you already know topic-specific vocabulary words. | 您已经知道特定主题的词汇。 |
| 154 | It's gonna give you more confidence | 让你更有信心 |
| 155 | in what you already know. | 在你已经知道的。 |
| 156 | So, here's the deal. | 这么说吧 |
| 157 | Again, I mentioned to you guys that your current world | 再说一遍,我跟你们说过 你们现在的世界 |
| 158 | involves things that you are interested in. | 涉及你感兴趣的事情。 |
| 159 | So, again, if I have chosen art, then what words | 所以,再次,如果我选择了艺术, 那么什么词 |
| 160 | do I already know that describe art, okay? | 我已经知道艺术的描述,好吗? |
| 161 | Now, for the second part, what happens is | 现在,第二部分,会发生什么 |
| 162 | we're gonna find three synonyms. | 我们会找到三个同义词 |
| 163 | Now, again, remember, the word synonym | 现在,再说一遍,记住,同义词 |
| 164 | just means similar words, okay? | 只是意思是类似的话,好吗? |
| 165 | You're following along. | 你跟着我 |
| 166 | You are very intelligent, I know you're following along. | 你非常聪明 我知道你在跟着我 |
| 167 | So, find three synonyms or similar words | 因此,找到三个同义词或类似的词 |
| 168 | for each vocabulary word. | 对于每个词汇。 |
| 169 | I'm gonna highlight that. | 我要强调这一点。 |
| 170 | For each vocabulary word for each topic. | 对于每个话题的词汇词. |
| 171 | So, this is important because it will help you expand | 所以,这很重要,因为它会帮助你扩展 |
| 172 | or improve your vocabulary by making connections | 或通过连接来改进词汇 |
| 173 | in your brain. | 在你的大脑。 |
| 174 | You see, this is what happens. | 你看,这就是发生。 |
| 175 | In your brain, you already have these three words. | 在你的大脑里,你已经有了这三个词。 |
| 176 | And now, you're giving your brain three extra words | 现在,你给了你的大脑三个额外的词 |
| 177 | that are connected to each vocabulary word. | 连接到每个词汇。 |
| 178 | Now, what does this look like in an actual example? | 现在,这看起来像一个实际的例子吗? |
| 179 | So, again, we looked at mine in a previous day, right? | 所以,再次,我们看 我的前一天,对不对? |
| 180 | So, again, I have health, cooking, sports, art, and travel. | 所以,再次,我有健康,烹饪,运动,艺术和旅行。 |
| 181 | So, let's pick out the sports category, okay? | 所以,让我们挑出 体育类,好吗? |
| 182 | The topic of sports. | 体育主题 |
| 183 | Well, the three words that I already know are athlete, | 嗯,我已经知道的三个字 是运动员, |
| 184 | sweat, and competition. | 汗水和竞争 |
| 185 | Athlete, sweat, and competition. | 运动员,汗,和竞争。 |
| 186 | So, what's gonna happen is I'm gonna go | 所以,会发生什么,我要去 |
| 187 | all the way over here and I'm gonna find synonyms | 一路走过来 我会找到同义词 |
| 188 | for each of those words. | 每个词。 |
| 189 | So, when I picked athlete, I found in the dictionary, | 我选运动员时 在字典里发现 |
| 190 | now this part you can go to the dictionary, | 现在这部分你可以去词典, |
| 191 | player, competitor, and contender. | 玩家、竞争者和竞争者 |
| 192 | Now, these are three words I didn't know before. | 这是我以前不知道的三个字。 |
| 193 | So, I have three new vocabulary words | 我有三个新词汇 |
| 194 | that are connected to the word I already know. | 和我知道的词有关 |
| 195 | This is why this is so important, okay? | 这就是为什么这个很重要,好吗? |
| 196 | So, again, I go to the next word, sweat. | 所以,再次,我到下一个词,汗。 |
| 197 | Well, perspiration, moisture, and dampness, okay? | 嗯,呼吸,水分,湿润,好吗? |
| 198 | Three more words that have a similar meaning. | 复有三句具相似义. |
| 199 | And finally, competition. | 最后,竞争。 |
| 200 | Bout, fight, and match. | 布特,战斗,和匹配。 |
| 201 | So, for the topic of sports, | 所以,关于体育话题, |
| 202 | now instead of just knowing three words, | 而不是只知道三个字 |
| 203 | I now know three plus nine, you guessed it. | 我现在知道三加九,你猜的 |
| 204 | And that means I know 12 words related to the topic | 也就是说,我知道12个词与话题有关 |
| 205 | that I am studying, all right? | 我在学习,好吗? |
| 206 | So, you see how your vocabulary can expand very quickly. | 所以,你可以看到你的词汇可以快速扩展。 |
| 207 | So, now we have 12, 12, 12, and 12 right here. | 现在我们有12、12、12和12 |
| 208 | So, in one day, your vocabulary is gonna expand | 一天之内 你的词汇会扩充 |
| 209 | very quickly and you've made connections. | 很快,你们就建立了联系 |
| 210 | All right, now, for day four. | 好了,现在,为第四天。 |
| 211 | On day four, what you're gonna do is | 在第四天,你将要做的是 |
| 212 | you need to think of a personal experience. | 你需要考虑个人经历。 |
| 213 | I love this step because it connects you to the topic | 我很喜欢这个步骤,因为它能把你和话题联系起来 |
| 214 | and makes it easier to speak about it in English. | 并且让用英语说话更容易. |
| 215 | See, this is important because it will help you | 你看,这很重要,因为它会帮你 |
| 216 | feel comfortable when you speak about the topic. | 当你谈论这个话题时,感觉很舒服。 |
| 217 | If it's your personal experience, | 如果这是你个人的经验 |
| 218 | you will naturally speak more about it. | 你自然会多说一些 |
| 219 | I remember when I was learning Korean, | 我记得我学韩语的时候 |
| 220 | this happened to me many times. | 这发生在我身上很多次。 |
| 221 | My personal experience became easier to talk about. | 我的个人经历变得更容易谈论。 |
| 222 | So, this is what's going on. | 所以,这就是发生的事情。 |
| 223 | You have a topic, then you've learned the vocabulary words | 你有一个话题,然后你学会了词汇 |
| 224 | plus the synonyms. | 加上同义词. |
| 225 | Now, these are in your brain and now you're trying | 现在,这些在你的大脑, 现在你在尝试 |
| 226 | to find an experience in your life | 寻找你生活中的体验 |
| 227 | that connects to the topic and also those vocabulary words. | 连结了这个话题 以及那些词汇 |
| 228 | Now, after you have thought of that experience, | 现在,经过你考虑 的经验, |
| 229 | what you're gonna do is write the five Ws | 你要做的就是写五W |
| 230 | for each of the experiences you listed in part one, okay? | 在第一部分列出的每一个经历,好吗? |
| 231 | All right, now, why is this important? | 好吧,为什么这很重要? |
| 232 | This is important because the more information | 这很重要,因为信息越多 |
| 233 | you are able to give, the more fluent you will sound. | 你能够付出, 你的声音会越流利。 |
| 234 | So, you see, this is what's going on. | 所以,你看,这就是发生的事情。 |
| 235 | You have your experience that you're gonna talk about | 你有你的经验 你会谈论 |
| 236 | but now you're already organizing your thoughts | 但现在你已经在整理你的想法了 |
| 237 | about who was there, what happened, when did it happen, | 关于谁在那里,发生了什么,什么时候发生的, |
| 238 | where did it happen, and why did it happen? | 它在哪里发生的, 为什么会发生? |
| 239 | And this will make it 10 times easier | 这会让事情变得简单十倍 |
| 240 | for you to speak about it if someone asks you a question | 如果有人问你问题,你就可以说 |
| 241 | about this topic later. | 关于这个话题以后。 |
| 242 | So, again, let's look at my example. | 所以,再次,让我们看看我的榜样。 |
| 243 | My five topics were, again, health, cooking, | 我的五个题目是健康 烹饪 |
| 244 | sports, art, and travel. | 体育、艺术和旅行。 |
| 245 | Now, my personal experience for health | 现在,我个人的健康经验 |
| 246 | is becoming a vegan for my health, okay? | 成为我健康的素食主义者 好吗? |
| 247 | A vegan is someone who doesn't eat meat | 一个素食主义者就是不吃肉的人 |
| 248 | or milk or cheese products, okay? | 或者牛奶或奶酪产品,好吗? |
| 249 | Then for cooking, I chose cooking Mexican food | 然后做饭,我选择做墨西哥菜 |
| 250 | for my Korean friends. | 为了我的韩国朋友 |
| 251 | Now, all of these experiences are real. | 现在,所有这些经历都是真实的。 |
| 252 | It's very important that they are real. | 它们是真实的是非常重要的。 |
| 253 | For sports, playing basketball and soccer in college. | 用于体育,在大学里打篮球和足球. |
| 254 | I was a very, I was very active when I was in college. | 我大学时很活跃 |
| 255 | I loved sports. | 我喜欢运动 |
| 256 | Now, for art, being an artist my entire life, that's true. | 现在,艺术,作为一个艺术家 我的整个生活,这是真的。 |
| 257 | And for travel, traveling to London, Paris, and Madrid. | 以及前往伦敦、巴黎和马德里的旅行。 |
| 258 | So you see, what's happened is I have personal experiences | 你瞧,现在发生的事是 我有个人经历 |
| 259 | for each of these topics, which means immediately | 每一专题,这意味着立即 |
| 260 | my brain is starting to formulate an idea. | 我的大脑开始形成一个想法。 |
| 261 | Now, what I've done is I've given all of the information | 现在,我所做的是,我已经提供了所有的信息 |
| 262 | connected with the five Ws for each of these experiences, | 与每个经验的五W有关, |
| 263 | okay? | 好吗? |
| 264 | So, that's why it's important. | 所以,这是为什么它是重要的。 |
| 265 | This step is important for you to list your details, okay? | 这个步骤对您来说很重要 列出您的细节,好吗? |
| 266 | So, for example, let's say for sports, okay? | 所以,比如说,让我们说体育,好吗? |
| 267 | Right here, me, that's for who. | 在这里,我,这是给谁的。 |
| 268 | For what, I played basketball and soccer. | 为什么,我打篮球和足球。 |
| 269 | When, in college. | 当,在大学。 |
| 270 | Where, in Alabama. | 在阿拉巴马州 |
| 271 | Why, I enjoyed playing sports. | 我喜欢运动 |
| 272 | If you notice, a few moments ago, I actually gave you | 如果你注意到, 几分钟前,我其实给了你 |
| 273 | all that information naturally. | 这些信息自然而然。 |
| 274 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 275 | Because I am fluent in English. | 因为我精通英语。 |
| 276 | And you can be too. | 你也一样 |
| 277 | All right, now, day five. | 好了,现在,第五天。 |
| 278 | Day five is where you are going to create five possible | 五天是你创造五种可能的地方 |
| 279 | questions for each topic you selected. | 用于您选择的每个主题的问题。 |
| 280 | That's right, now you're gonna be creative. | 没错,现在你会有创意的 |
| 281 | You see, now this is important because it will help you | 你看,现在这很重要,因为它会帮助你 |
| 282 | mentally prepare and not get nervous when speaking. | 精神准备,说话时不会紧张 |
| 283 | So many times, students get nervous when someone | 这么多次,学生会紧张 当有人 |
| 284 | asks them a question they never heard. | 问他们一个他们从未听到的问题。 |
| 285 | But, if you prepare possible questions beforehand, | 但如果你事先准备好可能的问题 |
| 286 | not only will you be comfortable, | 你不仅会舒服, |
| 287 | you will be able to speak fluently | 你将可以畅所欲言, |
| 288 | because you prepared yourself. | 因为你准备了自己。 |
| 289 | Now, what's gonna happen is, | 现在,会发生什么是, |
| 290 | after you have created these questions, | 在你提出这些问题之后 |
| 291 | you're going to review the previous four days | 你要回顾前四天 |
| 292 | and see how that information connects. | 并查看该信息如何连接。 |
| 293 | Now, this is important because it will help you learn | 现在,这很重要,因为它会帮助你学习 |
| 294 | how to connect information with certain topics | 如何将信息与某些专题联系起来 |
| 295 | and improve your fluency. | 并且提高你的流利度。 |
| 296 | So, you see what I have done. | 所以,你知道我做了什么吗? |
| 297 | I've laid out, we have day one, day two, day three, | 我准备好了,我们有第一天,第2天,第3天 |
| 298 | and day four. | 还有第四天 |
| 299 | Again, we've already looked at these four days previously. | 再说一遍 我们已经看了这四天了 |
| 300 | Now, we've created these five questions on day five | 现在,我们创造了这五个问题 在第五天 |
| 301 | and I have connected them with one of the previous days, | 我把他们与前几天的某一天联系起来, |
| 302 | maybe the vocabulary or my personal experience. | 也许词汇或我的个人经历。 |
| 303 | So, let's look at this in an actual example, okay? | 那么,让我们看看这个 以一个实际的例子,好吗? |
| 304 | So again, we have my five topics at the top | 再说一遍,我的五个话题都摆在首位 |
| 305 | and let's say for travel, | 让我们说,旅行, |
| 306 | I'm gonna give you the questions I made. | 我会给你我提出的问题。 |
| 307 | So I said, do you like to travel? | 所以我说 你喜欢旅行吗? |
| 308 | Which is a very common question | 这是一个很常见的问题 |
| 309 | that ESL learners are asked. | 要求学习ESL的人。 |
| 310 | Have you ever traveled abroad? | 你去过国外吗? |
| 311 | Number three, if you could go anywhere, where would you go? | 第三,如果你可以去任何地方, 你会去哪里? |
| 312 | Number four, which form of travel do you prefer? | 第四,你喜欢哪种旅行形式? |
| 313 | Backpacking or a cruise? | 背包还是巡航? |
| 314 | And number five, why do you think travel | 第五,你为什么认为旅行 |
| 315 | has become so popular over the last 10 years? | 过去十年来变得如此流行? |
| 316 | So again, you can make five questions for your topics. | 所以,你也可以为自己的话题提出五个问题。 |
| 317 | Now, I will say this. | 现在,我要说这个。 |
| 318 | If you have difficulties making questions, | 如果你有问题 |
| 319 | you can find them online, okay? | 你可以在网上找到他们,好吗? |
| 320 | Just type the topic and look for questions about the topic. | 只要打出这个话题 并寻找关于这个话题的问题。 |
| 321 | That is okay. | 没关系 |
| 322 | But that's how you become fluent in five days. | 但这就是你如何在五天内变得流利。 |
| 323 | I hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 我希望你喜欢这个教训。 |
| 324 | If you wanna continue studying with me, | 如果你想继续和我学习, |
| 325 | join the Speak English with Tiffany Academy now. | 现在和蒂凡尼学院一起学习英语 |
| 326 | Click the link in the description below | 单击下面描述中的链接 |
| 327 | and you can start studying and improving your English. | 你可以开始学习和改进你的英语。 |
| 328 | Also, remember to click the video | 记得点击录像 |
| 329 | on the left of your screen and continue learning more. | 在屏幕左边继续学习。 |
| 330 | As always, remember to speak English. | 一如既往,记住说英语。 |
该视频共有字幕 330 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P16 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p16 15. 15. 每天使用的 10 个真正的英语句子 15-10 REAL ENGLISH SENTENCES TO USE EVERY DAY (P16)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p16 15. 15. 每天使用的 10 个真正的英语句子 15-10 REAL ENGLISH SENTENCES TO USE EVERY DAY (P16)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 22:53字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, I am teacher Tiffany. | 嘿,我是蒂凡尼老师。 |
| 0:02 | And today I am going to teach you 10 English sentences. | 今天我要教你10句英语 |
| 0:07 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 0:08 | 10 English sentences that you can use today, starting today, that will help you | 从今天开始,你可以用10个英文句子来帮助你 |
| 0:13 | sound more like a native English speaker. | 听起来更像是英语母语 |
| 0:15 | These are sentences that you can use every single day. | 这些句子你每天都可以使用。 |
| 0:19 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:20 | Well then let's jump right in. | 那我们就跳进去吧 |
| 0:23 | Now, remember these English sentences will help you sound | 现在,记住这些英语句子 会帮助你的声音 |
| 0:26 | more like a native English speaker. | 更像是英语母语 |
展开字幕全文（408 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, I am teacher Tiffany. | 嘿,我是蒂凡尼老师。 |
| 2 | And today I am going to teach you 10 English sentences. | 今天我要教你10句英语 |
| 3 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 4 | 10 English sentences that you can use today, starting today, that will help you | 从今天开始,你可以用10个英文句子来帮助你 |
| 5 | sound more like a native English speaker. | 听起来更像是英语母语 |
| 6 | These are sentences that you can use every single day. | 这些句子你每天都可以使用。 |
| 7 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 8 | Well then let's jump right in. | 那我们就跳进去吧 |
| 9 | Now, remember these English sentences will help you sound | 现在,记住这些英语句子 会帮助你的声音 |
| 10 | more like a native English speaker. | 更像是英语母语 |
| 11 | So the first sentence we are going to look at is right here. | 所以我们要看的第一句话就在这里。 |
| 12 | Would you mind if I called you back in dot, dot, dot one more time? | 你介意我再给你打个电话吗? |
| 13 | Would you mind if I call you back in dot, dot, dot? | 你介意我给你回电话吗? |
| 14 | Now this sentence, this question can be used every single day. | 现在这句话,这个问题可以每天使用. |
| 15 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 16 | There are moments when you are doing something and you're a little bit busy, | 有些时候,你正在做一些事情 你有点忙, |
| 17 | but then you get that phone call. | 但你接了那个电话 |
| 18 | Someone wants to speak with you, but you don't have the time. | 有人想跟你说话,但你没时间 |
| 19 | Now you have to let them know in English that you're | 现在你得用英语让他们知道你是 |
| 20 | going to have to call them back. | 得再打给他们 |
| 21 | But if you know this question, this structure, you will sound | 但是如果你知道这个问题, 这个结构,你会听起来 |
| 22 | more like a native English speaker. | 更像是英语母语 |
| 23 | So again, you say, would you mind, which makes it very polite. | 再说一遍,你介意吗, 这让它非常有礼貌。 |
| 24 | Would you mind if I called you back in five minutes? | 你介意我五分钟后打给你吗? |
| 25 | In two hours, in a week. | 两小时后,一周内 |
| 26 | So you can put the time period in that last spot. | 这样你就可以把时间段放在最后一个位置。 |
| 27 | So again, I'll show it to you. | 所以,我再给你看一次 |
| 28 | Would you mind if I called you back in and then give the period of time? | 你介意我给你回电话 然后给你时间吗? |
| 29 | This can be used every single day. | 这每天都可以使用. |
| 30 | And again, it's a question that we as native English | 再说一遍,这是一个问题 我们作为本地的英语 |
| 31 | speakers use every single day. | 发言者每天发言。 |
| 32 | Now let's look at the second one. | 现在来看看第二个 |
| 33 | Here's the second one that you can use every day. | 这是你每天可以使用的第二个 |
| 34 | I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 我不太确定我听懂你的话了 |
| 35 | Again, I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 再说一遍,我不确定我听懂你的话了 |
| 36 | Now this is a two part one. | 现在,这是两个第一部分。 |
| 37 | Let me explain this part. | 让我解释一下这部分。 |
| 38 | I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 我不太确定我听懂你的话了 |
| 39 | This literally just means I'm not sure I understood what you said, but saying | 意思是我不太明白你说什么 但说 |
| 40 | I caught what you said makes you sound more natural. | 我抓到你说的让你更自然 |
| 41 | Think about it like this. | 考虑一下吧 |
| 42 | When you catch a ball, right? | 当你接球,对不对? |
| 43 | It's a similar thing that happens when you listen to someone and then | 你听别人的话 就会发生类似的事情 |
| 44 | you understand what they said. | 你明白他们说的 |
| 45 | It's like your brain caught the information. | 这就像你的大脑抓住信息。 |
| 46 | So you can say at the very beginning, I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 所以,你可以说,一开始, 我不太确定我得到了你说的话。 |
| 47 | The next, you will say, would you mind repeating it one more time? | 接下来,你会说, 你介意再重复一遍吗? |
| 48 | Would you mind repeating it one more time? | 你介意再说一遍吗? |
| 49 | Again, I'll say the full thing again. | 复次我复说一切法. |
| 50 | I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 我不太确定我听懂你的话了 |
| 51 | Would you mind repeating it one more time? | 你介意再说一遍吗? |
| 52 | Once again, you're seeing this would you dot, dot, dot. | 再说一遍,你会看到这个 点,点,点。 |
| 53 | When you add this to a question, it sounds much more polite. | 当你把这个加到一个问题里, 这听起来更礼貌。 |
| 54 | So as an English learner, you're going to hear many different things. | 所以,作为一个英语学习者, 你会听到很多不同的事情。 |
| 55 | And sometimes you will not understand what a native English speaker is saying. | 有时你无法理解一个英语母语在说什么。 |
| 56 | In those moments you can say, you can use this. | 在那些你可以说,你可以使用这个。 |
| 57 | I'm not quite sure I caught what you said. | 我不太确定我听懂你的话了 |
| 58 | Would you mind repeating it one more time? | 你介意再说一遍吗? |
| 59 | Trust me, the native English speaker is going to be so impressed with your | 相信我,讲英语的人会很欣赏你的 |
| 60 | English skills and with the way you use this combination of two sentences, | 英语技巧 以及你使用两句组合的方式 |
| 61 | because you will sound so natural. | 因为你会听起来很自然 |
| 62 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 63 | So remember use this sentence and question combination. | 所以请记住用这句话和提问组合。 |
| 64 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 65 | Every single day. | 每一天都这样 |
| 66 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 67 | The next one, number three is right here. | 下一个,第三个就在这里。 |
| 68 | Thank you for asking, but I am going to pass, excuse me, to have to pass at this | 谢谢你的问候,但我要通过, 对不起,我不得不通过这一点 |
| 69 | time again, thank you for asking, but I'm going to have to pass at this time. | 再次感谢你的问候 但我现在必须经过 |
| 70 | Thank you for asking. | 谢谢你的问候 |
| 71 | I'm being polite and saying, wow, I really appreciate the request, but I am | 我礼貌地说,哇,我真的很感激 请求,但我 |
| 72 | going to have to pass at this time. | 此时必须经过。 |
| 73 | I'm actually rejecting the request, but it's so polite. | 我实际上拒绝了这个请求,但它是如此的礼貌. |
| 74 | The other person will not be offended. | 对方不会生气的 |
| 75 | So again, you can use this every single day. | 再说一遍,你可以每天用这个 |
| 76 | People will request things from you. | 人们会向你要求一些东西。 |
| 77 | People will ask you for things you can respond like this. | 人们会问你一些事情 你可以这样回答。 |
| 78 | Again, you can use this every single day. | 再说一遍,你可以每天用这个 |
| 79 | Thank you for asking. | 谢谢你的问候 |
| 80 | Let them know that you appreciate the fact that they asked for your help. | 让他们知道你很欣赏他们要求你的帮助 |
| 81 | Hold on. | 坚持住。 |
| 82 | I'm going to drink some water guys. | 我要喝点水 |
| 83 | Whoa, delicious. | 哇,好吃极了,你觉得呢? |
| 84 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 85 | You could say again, thank you for asking, but I am going to have to pass at this time. | 你可以再说一遍,谢谢你的问候, 但我现在必须过去。 |
| 86 | You're rejecting their request, but very, very politely. | 你拒绝了他们的请求,但非常,非常礼貌。 |
| 87 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 88 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 89 | Next number four. | 下四门. |
| 90 | Can I help you with anything in particular? | 需要帮忙吗? |
| 91 | This is the part that's added, right? | 这是添加的部分,对不对? |
| 92 | Can I help you? | 有什么事吗? |
| 93 | You probably know that already, but can I help you with anything in particular? | 你可能已经知道了 但我能帮你什么吗? |
| 94 | This question is getting very specific. | 这个问题变得非常具体。 |
| 95 | Hey, I really want to help you, but is there anything, anything | 嘿,我真的很想帮助你, 但有什么,任何东西 |
| 96 | specifically that you need my help with? | 你特别需要我帮忙吗? |
| 97 | This is a great question and you can use it every single day. | 这是一个伟大的问题 你可以每天使用它。 |
| 98 | Maybe you are studying with a partner. | 也许你是和一个搭档一起学习的 |
| 99 | You're studying English and you recognize that your partner is having a hard time. | 你正在学习英语,你承认 你的伴侣有一个困难的时间。 |
| 100 | You can say, Hey, can I help you with anything in particular? | 你可以说,嘿,我能帮你什么特别的? |
| 101 | Your partner will then respond with yes, I'm having trouble. | 你的搭档会回答是的,我有麻烦了 |
| 102 | For example, making long sentences in English and maybe you are an | 例如,用英语做长句,也许你是一个 |
| 103 | advanced English learner, so you can help your partner with that particular issue. | 高级英语学习者, 这样你就可以帮助你的伙伴 解决这个特殊的问题。 |
| 104 | Now I'm teaching you many different sentences, many different questions | 现在我教你很多不同的句子,很多不同的问题 |
| 105 | that you can use on a regular basis every single day. | 每天可以定期使用。 |
| 106 | This is an issue that many of my students have had in the past. | 这是我许多学生过去遇到过的问题。 |
| 107 | So I actually created an ebook called how to make long sentences in English. | 所以我实际上创造了一本电子书, 名为“如何用英语做长句”。 |
| 108 | And maybe you need this book as well. | 也许你也需要这本书 |
| 109 | Maybe you need this ebook to help you make longer sentences in English, | 也许你需要这本电子书来帮助你用英语做更长的句子, |
| 110 | like an advanced English learner. | 像一个先进的英语学习者。 |
| 111 | So if you'd like to get the ebook, all you have to do is hit the | 所以,如果你想得到电子书, 你只需要打 |
| 112 | link in the description. | 链接。 |
| 113 | But again, this ebook will help you make longer sentences in English. | 但是,这本电子书会帮助你用英语做出更长的句子. |
| 114 | So again, when you're speaking with your partner and maybe they need the same | 再说一遍,当你跟你的搭档说话时 也许他们需要同样的 |
| 115 | help, you can say, Hey, can I help you with anything in particular? | 帮帮忙,你可以说, 嘿,我能帮你什么特别的? |
| 116 | You got it right. | 你说对了 |
| 117 | Particular meaning specifically. | 具体意义。 |
| 118 | You got it. | 没问题 |
| 119 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 120 | Now let's go on to number five. | 今复说五. |
| 121 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 122 | Number five is, Hey, how did things go with dot, dot, dot? | 第五是,嘿,怎么样 与点,点,点? |
| 123 | This is a really natural question. | 这是一个非常自然的问题。 |
| 124 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 125 | Hey, how did things go with dot, dot, dot? | 嘿,怎么样 与点,点,点? |
| 126 | What you're asking is, Hey, what's the update? | 你问的是,嘿,什么是最新消息? |
| 127 | Did everything go okay? | 一切都好吗? |
| 128 | How was the presentation? | 介绍会怎么样? |
| 129 | How was the meeting? | 会议怎么样? |
| 130 | How was the class? | 班级怎么样? |
| 131 | How was your project? | 你的项目怎么样? |
| 132 | Instead of saying, how was your project? | 你的项目怎么样? |
| 133 | Another natural way of asking about the project is to say, Hey, how | 问项目的另一个自然方式是说: |
| 134 | did things go with the project? | 计划有进展吗? |
| 135 | So again, this is a pattern, a sentence, a question that | 再说一遍,这是个模式,句子,一个问题 |
| 136 | you can use every single day. | 您可以每天使用。 |
| 137 | Think about your own life. | 想想你自己的生活吧 想想你自己的生活 |
| 138 | Maybe you have family or friends that you see on a regular basis and maybe they're | 也许你有家人或朋友 你经常见到,也许他们 |
| 139 | doing something and you want to know what the update is. | 做点什么 你想知道最新消息是什么 |
| 140 | I want you to think about that. | 我要你考虑一下 |
| 141 | And today I want you to ask someone this question in English. | 今天我要你用英语问一个人这个问题。 |
| 142 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 143 | I believe in you. | 我相信你们 |
| 144 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 145 | So here we go next. | 接下来是这里 |
| 146 | Here's number six. | 此处六号. |
| 147 | Do you happen to know how to dot, dot, dot again? | 你碰巧又会点,点,点吗? |
| 148 | Now you're asking someone if they know how to do a specific thing, but | 现在你问某人,如果他们知道 如何做一个具体的事情,但 |
| 149 | instead of saying, do you know how to dot, dot, dot, you're saying, do you | 而不是说,你知道如何 点,点,点,你说,你 |
| 150 | happen to know how to dot, dot, dot? | 碰巧知道如何点,点,点? |
| 151 | This is another way of asking them that question, but it's a little bit more polite. | 这是问他们这个问题的另一种方式,但更礼貌一点. |
| 152 | It's also teaching you again, how we speak. | 又在教你,我们怎么说话 |
| 153 | We say this, Hey, perhaps maybe I'm just guessing, but do you happen to know how to? | 我们说这个,嘿,也许我只是猜测, 但你碰巧知道如何? |
| 154 | So it's really a good way of asking someone. | 所以,这真的是一个好的方法 问一个人。 |
| 155 | You're guessing that they may know how to do it, but you're not sure. | 你猜他们可能知道怎么做 但你不确定 |
| 156 | So you're adding that happened to within the question at the beginning. | 所以,你补充 发生在这个问题的开始。 |
| 157 | So, Hey, do you happen to know how to make long sentences in English? | 那么,嘿,你碰巧知道如何用英语做长句吗? |
| 158 | Do you happen to know how to give an introduction? | 你碰巧知道怎么介绍吗? |
| 159 | Do you happen to know how to write an English paper? | 你会写英文论文吗? |
| 160 | You can create any sentence, any question using this pattern to ask someone | 您可以创建任意句子, 任何使用此模式询问某人的问题 |
| 161 | if they know how to do something. | 如果他们知道怎么做的话 |
| 162 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 163 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 164 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 165 | So number seven is right here. | 第七号就在这里 |
| 166 | It was a pleasure meeting you. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 167 | I look forward to speaking with you again in the future. | 我期待着今后再次与你交谈。 |
| 168 | One more time. | 再来一次 |
| 169 | It was a pleasure meeting you. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 170 | I look forward to speaking with you again in the future. | 我期待着今后再次与你交谈。 |
| 171 | Now this is another combo, right? | 现在这是另一个组合,对不对? |
| 172 | But look at it. | 但观之. |
| 173 | What we're saying is, Hey, man, thank you so much for speaking with me and | 我们说的是,嘿,伙计, 非常感谢你跟我说话 |
| 174 | spending time with me, acknowledging that you enjoyed the time you spent with the | 与我共度时光,承认你享受了与我共度时光 |
| 175 | person, then you're adding in the future, man, I look forward to speaking | 人,然后你增加 在未来,男人,我期待发言 |
| 176 | with you again in the future. | 与你再次在未来。 |
| 177 | This is a great way to end the conversation. | 这是结束对话的好办法 |
| 178 | A great way to end a meeting, letting the person know you appreciate them. | 一个结束会面的好办法 让当事人知道你很欣赏他们 |
| 179 | And then adding in, Hey, if I have the opportunity to meet you again in | 再加进去,嘿, 如果我有机会再次见到你在 |
| 180 | the future, I would love to. | 未来,我很乐意。 |
| 181 | So again, it was a pleasure meeting you. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 182 | I look forward to speaking with you again in the future. | 我期待着今后再次与你交谈。 |
| 183 | So if you memorize this combination, again, you will sound more like a | 所以,如果你记住这个组合, 再次,你会听起来更像一个 |
| 184 | native speaker, native English speaker. | 母语、英语。 |
| 185 | You can use this every single day. | 你可以每天用这个 |
| 186 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 187 | Number eight, I'm a little swamped at work. | 8号,我工作有点忙 |
| 188 | I'm a little swamped at work. | 我工作有点忙 |
| 189 | Now this is one again, very, very natural. | 这又是一个非常非常自然的。 |
| 190 | And we, as native English speakers use it on a regular basis. | 我们,作为英语母语者,经常使用它。 |
| 191 | Swamp means extremely busy, having a lot of work, a lot of projects, very, very | 沼泽意味着非常忙碌,有很多工作,很多项目,非常,非常 |
| 192 | busy and so busy that you can't take anything else on. | 忙碌又忙碌,你无法承受其他东西 |
| 193 | So if someone says, Hey, how was work going? | 所以,如果有人说,嘿,工作怎么样? |
| 194 | You can say, Whoa, I am very, or I'm a little, both are okay. | 你可以说,哇,我非常,或者我有点, 两者都是好的。 |
| 195 | I'm a little swamped at work. | 我工作有点忙 |
| 196 | Not too, too bad, but I'm kind of busy, or I'm very swamped at work. | 不算太糟,但我有点忙, 或工作忙碌。 |
| 197 | The key is understanding swamped. | 关键是理解被淹没。 |
| 198 | Maybe let's practice that real quick after me swamped. | 也许,让我们练习 真正的快速后,我沼泽。 |
| 199 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 200 | Last time swamped. | 上次被淹没了 |
| 201 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 202 | And it just means to be extremely busy at work when you say swamped at work. | 它只是意味着非常忙于工作 当你说忙于工作。 |
| 203 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 204 | So again, I'm a little swamped at work and you can take out the little, if you'd | 再说一次,我工作有点忙 如果你愿意的话,你可以把小的拿出来 |
| 205 | like, but you know what it means now. | 喜欢,但你知道 这意味着现在。 |
| 206 | Now number nine, would you mind lending or giving me a hand with dot, dot, dot? | 九号,你介意借钱还是帮我拿点,点,点? |
| 207 | Would you mind lending or giving me a hand with dot, dot, dot? | 你介意借我用点,点,点? |
| 208 | Now, remember we talked about earlier, would you mind again, adding this | 现在,记住我们之前说过的, 你介意再加一个, |
| 209 | into a question makes it much more polite. | 进入一个问题 更礼貌。 |
| 210 | So would you mind lending me a hand? | 你介意帮我一把吗? |
| 211 | You've probably heard that before. | 你可能以前听过吧 |
| 212 | It just means, would you mind helping me or would you mind giving me a hand? | 意思是 你介意帮我还是可以帮我一把? |
| 213 | Again, it just means, Hey, can you help me? | 再说一遍 意思是 你能帮我吗 |
| 214 | But now we've added this last part where you're specifically | 但现在我们又加了最后一部分 具体地说 |
| 215 | saying what you need help with. | 说你需要帮助。 |
| 216 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 217 | Would you mind lending me a hand with this box? | 你能帮我一下这个盒子吗? |
| 218 | I need help lifting this specific box. | 我需要帮助抬起这个盒子 |
| 219 | Again, I'm helping you become more of an advanced English speaker, and that | 我再次帮助你成为一名高级英语演讲者, |
| 220 | means you're giving more details. | 意味着你正在给出更多的细节。 |
| 221 | You're explaining exactly what you need help with. | 你在解释你需要帮助什么 |
| 222 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 223 | So again, would you mind lending or giving me a hand with this box, | 所以,你介意借我用这个盒子吗? |
| 224 | this project, et cetera. | 这个项目,等等。 |
| 225 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 226 | So let's move on to number 10. | 因此,让我们继续到10号。 |
| 227 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 228 | Is there anything in particular that you would like to dot, dot, dot? | 有什么特别的 你想点,点,点? |
| 229 | Once again, is there anything in particular that you would like to dot, dot, dot? | 再说一遍,你有什么特别的 想要点,点,点? |
| 230 | Once again, this is something you can use every single day. | 再说一遍,你每天都可以用这个 |
| 231 | So think about going out with your friends, right? | 想想和你的朋友约会吧? |
| 232 | And you're trying to figure out what to do. | 且道个甚么. |
| 233 | You don't know where to go. | 不知何处去. |
| 234 | Um, you don't know what activity you're actually going to participate in. | 嗯,你不知道 你究竟要参加什么活动。 |
| 235 | So you can say, Hey, is there anything in particular, anything | 所以,你可以说,嘿,有什么特别的,任何事情 |
| 236 | specifically special that you would like to do like to eat, like to see? | 特别的,你想做 喜欢吃,喜欢看? |
| 237 | You're going to use a verb here, right? | 你会用一个动词在这里,对不对? |
| 238 | So again, it's just another way of asking someone, Hey, what about you? | 再说一遍,这只是问别人的另一种方式,嘿,你呢? |
| 239 | What would you like to do? | 你想怎么办? |
| 240 | What would you like to eat? | 你想吃点什么? |
| 241 | And again, the pattern is, is there anything in particular that | 同样,模式是,有什么特别的 |
| 242 | you would like to dot, dot, dot? | 你想点,点,点? |
| 243 | You can use this starting today. | 你可以从今天开始 |
| 244 | Now here's the challenge I have for you. | 现在,这是我给你的挑战。 |
| 245 | I want you right now to take action. | 我要你现在就采取行动。 |
| 246 | You can use these sentences every single day. | 你可以每天用这些句子 |
| 247 | What I want you to do is in the comment section, I want you to use this sentence. | 我要你在评论部分用这句话 |
| 248 | Number 10, is there anything in particular that you would like | 10号,有什么特别的你想要的 |
| 249 | to and finish the sentence? | 和结束句子? |
| 250 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 251 | Write your sentence, the question in the comment section. | 写你的句子,问题 在评论部分。 |
| 252 | And I want you to finish it using this pattern. | 我要你用这个模式完成它。 |
| 253 | It's a challenge. | 这是一个挑战。 |
| 254 | I want you to use what you are learning. | 我要你用你学到的东西 |
| 255 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 256 | So again, using this question, this pattern, is there anything in particular | 所以,再次用这个问题, 这种模式,有什么特别的 |
| 257 | that you would like to, and then fill in the blank, I believe in you, you can do it. | 你愿意,然后填上空白, 我相信你,你可以做到这一点。 |
| 258 | These 10 sentences and questions you can start using today and sound | 这10句子和问题,你今天可以开始 声音 |
| 259 | more like a native English speaker. | 更像是英语母语 |
| 260 | Now, remember I mentioned earlier that I created the ebook to help students | 现在,记住我之前提到,我创建电子书 帮助学生 |
| 261 | like you around the world, learn how to make longer sentences in English. | 就像你在世界各地一样 学会用英语做更长的句子 |
| 262 | So I do want to remind you, if you want to get your copy, all you have to do | 所以我想提醒你 如果你想拿到你的副本 你要做的 |
| 263 | is click the link in the description. | 在描述中单击链接。 |
| 264 | Now, for those of you who do click the description, the link in the | 现在,对于你们中那些 点击描述,链接在 |
| 265 | description, you'll get 25% off, but you have to click the link in the description. | 描述,您会得到25%的折扣,但您必须点击描述中的链接。 |
| 266 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 267 | I want to help you sound more like a native English speaker. | 我想帮助你的声音 更像一个母语英语。 |
| 268 | So to get 25% off of your copy right now, all you got to do is hit | 所以现在要从你的拷贝中拿25%, 你要做的就是打 |
| 269 | the link in the description. | 描述中的链接。 |
| 270 | Thank you so much for joining me today. | 非常感谢你今天能来 |
| 271 | I really hope you enjoyed this lesson. | 我真的希望你享受这个教训。 |
| 272 | I hope you start using the sentences starting today so that you can sound | 我希望你开始使用今天开始的句子 这样你就可以听 |
| 273 | more like a native English speaker. | 更像是英语母语 |
| 274 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 275 | I will see you next week in the next lesson. | 下周下课见 |
| 276 | Have a wonderful week, but as always, remember to speak English. | 祝你一周愉快 但一如既往 记得说英语 |
| 277 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 278 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 279 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 280 | Hey, I said it's story time. | 嘿,我说这是故事的时间。 |
| 281 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 282 | So I'm going to tell you a story today about when I was in the fourth grade. | 所以我今天要告诉你一个故事 关于我四年级的时候。 |
| 283 | Yes, I was in the fourth grade. | 是的,我在四年级。 |
| 284 | I think I was either nine or 10 years old. | 我想我9岁或10岁。 |
| 285 | Now, as you probably already know, I was a very studious student. | 现在,你可能已经知道, 我是一个非常工作室的学生。 |
| 286 | It means I enjoyed studying. | 意思是我喜欢学习 |
| 287 | I enjoyed learning. | 我喜欢学习 |
| 288 | I got good grades. | 我成绩不错 |
| 289 | I always did well on tests. | 我总是做得很好的测试。 |
| 290 | I was that student. | 我是那个学生。 |
| 291 | Now I enjoyed having fun as well, but I really loved learning. | 现在我也很开心,但我真的很喜欢学习。 |
| 292 | So in fourth grade, unfortunately, our teacher got sick. | 所以在四年级,很不幸,我们的老师生病了。 |
| 293 | So that year we had lots of substitute teachers. | 那时我们有很多代课老师 |
| 294 | We went through quite a few. | 我们经历了很多。 |
| 295 | And, you know, as kids, when you have a substitute teacher, you're excited | 而且,你知道,作为孩子, 当你有一个代课老师, 你兴奋 |
| 296 | because you really don't have to study too hard because the substitute doesn't | 因为你真的不用太努力地学习 因为替代者不会 |
| 297 | know everything that you've been studying. | 知道你一直在学习的一切。 |
| 298 | So you get a lot of recess time. | 你有很多休息时间 |
| 299 | So we had a great experience with our substitute teachers, but | 所以,我们有一个伟大的经验 与我们的替代教师,但 |
| 300 | eventually they did. | 最终他们做到了。 |
| 301 | Our school did find a permanent, a new permanent teacher. | 我们的学校确实找到了一位永久的,新的永久的老师. |
| 302 | So I remember when she opened the door and walked into our classroom. | 我记得她打开门走进教室时 |
| 303 | Now she was the short lady. | 现在她就是那个矮小的女士了 |
| 304 | That's the first thing we recognized. | 这是我们认识的第一件事。 |
| 305 | We may have been in the fourth grade, but we knew that she was not tall. | 我们也许在四年级, 但我们知道她不高。 |
| 306 | She was a shorter lady. | 她是一个较短的女士。 |
| 307 | She was wearing glasses and she had kind of like a stern. | 她戴着眼镜 她有种像一个船尾。 |
| 308 | This is what stern means, right? | 这就是严肃的意思,对不对? |
| 309 | Very serious and a little bit maybe mean a stern look on her face. | 非常严肃 可能意味着她的表情很严肃 |
| 310 | When she walked in, she said, hello, fourth grade. | 当她走进来的时候,她说,你好,四年级。 |
| 311 | And we were like, hello. | 我们就像,你好。 |
| 312 | And so she walked in, told us her name and that she sat down and she proceeded | 于是她走进来,告诉我们她的名字, 她坐下,她继续 |
| 313 | to basically teach the class and let us know how things would go. | 基本上教课,让我们知道事情会如何发展。 |
| 314 | So she was a good teacher. | 她是个好老师 |
| 315 | We didn't really like her as much in the beginning because we felt | 我们一开始并不那么喜欢她,因为我们觉得 |
| 316 | she was so strict, right? | 她很严格,对吧? |
| 317 | So one of her rules was when you finished taking a test, you need to bring it up to | 所以她的规则之一是 当你完成一个测试, 你需要把它提升到 |
| 318 | her desk and immediately go back to your seat and put your head down, right? | 她的桌子马上回到你的座位上 把你的头放下,对吗? |
| 319 | Put your head down. | 放下头. |
| 320 | Don't talk to your friends, put your head down. | 别跟朋友说话,把头放下 |
| 321 | So, okay. | 所以,还好。 |
| 322 | It was, in our opinion, we're like, this rule is a little bit much, but | 我们认为,这条规则有点过分,但是... |
| 323 | okay, we'll follow the rules. | 好吧,我们会遵守规则。 |
| 324 | Again, I was a good student too. | 我也是个好学生 |
| 325 | I followed the rules. | 我遵守规矩 |
| 326 | I really didn't get in trouble much. | 我真的没什么麻烦 |
| 327 | I got in trouble for like talking with my friends, but nothing bad. | 我惹上麻烦了 就像和朋友聊天一样 但没什么不好的 |
| 328 | So anyways, one day we had this exam. | 总之 总有一天我们有考试 |
| 329 | So we were taking the test and I finished pretty early. | 所以我们在测试,我完成了很早。 |
| 330 | So I stood up very quietly. | 所以我非常安静地站起来。 |
| 331 | I took the test to her desk. | 我考了她的书桌 |
| 332 | She said, okay, go back to your seat, sit down and put your head down. | 她说,好吧,回到你的座位,坐下来,把你的头放下。 |
| 333 | I said, okay. | 我说,好吧。 |
| 334 | So I walked back to my seat, right. | 于是我回到我的座位,对。 |
| 335 | And I sat down and right before I put my head down, I remembered, wow, we bought | 我坐下来,就在我放下头前 我记得,哇,我们买了 |
| 336 | this new picture that was on the wall. | 墙上的新照片 |
| 337 | And I just wanted to look at it again, really quickly. | 我只是想看看它 再次,真的很快。 |
| 338 | So again, I sat down and I was about to put my head down, but I looked at the | 于是,我又坐下来,我正要放下头,但我看着 |
| 339 | picture, I was just, I was an artist. | 图片,我只是, 我是个艺术家。 |
| 340 | So I was very fascinated, um, with beautiful things. | 所以我很着迷,嗯, 与美丽的东西。 |
| 341 | So I looked at it really quickly. | 所以我很快地看了一下。 |
| 342 | Honestly, it may have been for five or 10, not even 10 seconds. | 老实说 可能已经5到10年了 甚至10秒都没有了 |
| 343 | Five seconds within that five second period. | 5秒内,5秒内。 |
| 344 | One, two, three, Tiffany, I heard my name called and I was like, Whoa. | 一,二,三,蒂凡尼,我听到我的名字 打电话,我就像,哇。 |
| 345 | So I looked at her and she said, Tiffany, come here now. | 所以我看着她,她说,蒂芙妮,现在过来。 |
| 346 | I didn't understand what was happening. | 我不懂发生了什么 |
| 347 | So I stood up and I walked to her desk and she said, didn't I tell you to go back | 我站起来走到她的桌子上 她说,我没叫你回去吗? |
| 348 | to your seat and put your head down? | 把你的头放下? |
| 349 | And I was like, yes, I was putting my head down. | 我当时想,是的,我放下头。 |
| 350 | She said, did I tell you to lift your head up and look at the picture? | 她说,我叫你抬起头看照片吗? |
| 351 | And I was like, no, but I was, she said, no. | 我当时想,不, 但我,她说,不。 |
| 352 | And she gave me at that time, I think it was, was it detention? | 她当时给了我,我想是的,是拘留吗? |
| 353 | I can't remember the punishment, but I got punished for looking at a picture. | 我不记得惩罚,但我因为看照片而受到惩罚。 |
| 354 | And even now as a grown adult, thinking about that situation, it still baffles me. | 即使现在作为一个成年人, 想到这种情况, 它仍然让我困惑。 |
| 355 | I got in trouble for looking for five seconds at something. | 我找了五秒钟的麻烦 |
| 356 | And then she called. | 然后她打来电话 |
| 357 | So anyways, again, needless to say, we did not particularly like her during | 所以,无论如何,再次,不用说, 我们不喜欢她,期间 |
| 358 | that year because she was extremely strict. | 因为她非常严格 |
| 359 | She said, I didn't tell you to look at anything. | 她说,我没有让你看任何东西。 |
| 360 | I said, put your head down immediately. | 我说,立刻放下你的头 |
| 361 | Technically, yes, she was right, but I mean, five seconds. | 从技术上来说,是的,她是对的,但我的意思是,5秒。 |
| 362 | So anyways, go back to my desk. | 所以,无论如何, 回到我的办公桌。 |
| 363 | Of course I was upset. | 我当然不高兴 |
| 364 | I was not a rude kid though. | 但我不是一个粗鲁的孩子。 |
| 365 | I just was upset that I got in trouble, laid my head down. | 我只是不高兴 我惹上麻烦, 放下头。 |
| 366 | Of course my parents had to find out and everything. | 当然,我的父母必须知道 和一切。 |
| 367 | Now fast forward again, that entire year, she was a good teacher. | 现在又快速前进,那整年, 她是个好老师。 |
| 368 | Now that I'm older, she was a good teacher. | 现在我年纪大了 她是个好老师 |
| 369 | She was extremely strict and we didn't really like her strictness. | 她非常严格 我们不喜欢她的严格 |
| 370 | Let me say that her strictness that year. | 让我说她那年的严格性。 |
| 371 | However, when we all trans like we all moved up to fifth grade, we all | 然而,当我们都像我们一样 升到五年级,我们都 |
| 372 | agree that we loved her as a teacher. | 同意我们以老师的身份爱她 |
| 373 | And it wasn't because our fifth grade teacher was bad. | 不是因为我们的五年级老师很坏 |
| 374 | No, she was great too. | 不,她也很厉害 |
| 375 | But I think we realized the reason why she was so strict, just like a parent | 但我想我们明白为什么她这么严格 就像父母一样 |
| 376 | is strict with the child, giving the child rules and things to follow. | 对孩子来说是严格的, 给孩子的规则和事情遵循。 |
| 377 | The parent is literally trying to guide the child. | 父母正试图引导孩子 |
| 378 | And I think once we were out of her class, we realized that so much so | 我想一旦我们离开她的课, 我们意识到这么多 |
| 379 | that up until now, we love her so much. | 直到现在 我们非常爱她 |
| 380 | Literally, what has it been? | 从字面上看,它是什么? |
| 381 | Third? | 第三个? |
| 382 | No, 20 something years. | 不,20年的东西。 |
| 383 | No, 30 years. | 没有,30年了。 |
| 384 | Wow. | 珃 |
| 385 | 30 years. | 30岁 |
| 386 | Um, it's been like 30 something years and we still love her to this day. | 30年了,我们一直爱着她 |
| 387 | When I see her, like I've seen her at some event, she's still little. | 当我看到她,就像我见过她 在某事,她仍然很小。 |
| 388 | She comes up, not even to my shoulder. | 她来了,连我的肩膀都没有 |
| 389 | She's really little. | 痷 |
| 390 | When I see her, it's like, I turned into a middle school child. | 当我见到她,就像,我变成了一个中学生。 |
| 391 | I turned into an elementary school student and I'm like, Hey, how are you? | 我变成小学生了,你好吗? |
| 392 | Because I really do love her. | 因为我真的爱她。 |
| 393 | So even though that situation was a little bit, you know, as a kid, | 所以,尽管这种情况有点, 你知道,作为一个孩子, |
| 394 | you're kind of shocked now as an adult, I realized, you know, she was just | 你现在有点震惊 作为一个成年人,我意识到, 你知道,她只是 |
| 395 | trying to guide us and help us understand the importance of rules. | 试图指导我们,帮助我们理解规则的重要性。 |
| 396 | So I hope you enjoyed that story. | 我希望你喜欢这个故事 |
| 397 | Maybe you had a strict teacher when you were in school, maybe not, but | 也许你在学校的时候有个很严格的老师 也许不是 但是 |
| 398 | you can let us know in the comments. | 你可以在评论中告诉我们。 |
| 399 | Don't forget once again to remember, make your own sedents using this question. | 记住,不要忘记用这个问题 自己安顿下来 |
| 400 | Is there anything in particular that you would like to do dot, dot, dot, make | 有什么特别的,你想 点,点,点,点 |
| 401 | your own sentence at, put it in the comment section, and also remember to | 将自己的句子放在评论部分,并记住 |
| 402 | get your ebook right now, how to make long sentences in English, click the | 马上拿你的电子书 如何用英语写长句子 点击 |
| 403 | link in the description to get 25% off. | 在描述中链接以获取 25% 。 |
| 404 | I want to give you this gift because I want you to sound more | 我想给你这个礼物 因为我希望你的声音更多 |
| 405 | like a native English speaker. | 像一个母语英语。 |
| 406 | All right, guys, thank you again so much. | 好了,伙计们,再次感谢你们。 |
| 407 | I hope you enjoyed the story and I will see you next week. | 我希望你喜欢这个故事 下周见 |
| 408 | Have a wonderful week and I'll talk to you next time. | 祝你一周愉快 下次再跟你谈 |
该视频共有字幕 409 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P17 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p17 16. 16. 不要用英语说这个！ 16-DON'T SAY THIS IN ENGLISH What! (P17)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p17 16. 16. 不要用英语说这个！ 16-DON'T SAY THIS IN ENGLISH What! (P17)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 16:44字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Have you ever been confused when someone's speaking to you in English? | 有人用英语跟你说话 你是否感到困惑? |
| 0:03 | Have you ever wondered? | 你有没有想过? |
| 0:05 | What are they saying? | 他们在说什么? |
| 0:06 | I don't understand and have you ever said what? | 我不明白,你有没有说过什么? |
| 0:12 | Don't ever say what today. | 不要说今天的事 |
| 0:14 | I'm gonna teach you why and show you what to say instead | 我会教你为什么 告诉你该说什么 |
| 0:19 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 0:20 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 0:28 | All right, don't ever say what now here's the deal in | 好了,不要说现在的事 |
| 0:34 | English when you are speaking to someone and let's say they say something you don't understand | 你和别人说话的时候说英语 假设他们说了一些你不明白的话 |
展开字幕全文（294 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Have you ever been confused when someone's speaking to you in English? | 有人用英语跟你说话 你是否感到困惑? |
| 2 | Have you ever wondered? | 你有没有想过? |
| 3 | What are they saying? | 他们在说什么? |
| 4 | I don't understand and have you ever said what? | 我不明白,你有没有说过什么? |
| 5 | Don't ever say what today. | 不要说今天的事 |
| 6 | I'm gonna teach you why and show you what to say instead | 我会教你为什么 告诉你该说什么 |
| 7 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 8 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 9 | All right, don't ever say what now here's the deal in | 好了,不要说现在的事 |
| 10 | English when you are speaking to someone and let's say they say something you don't understand | 你和别人说话的时候说英语 假设他们说了一些你不明白的话 |
| 11 | Saying what is actually? | 说到底什么? |
| 12 | Extremely rude and impolite now as an English learner | 身为英国人,现在非常粗鲁无礼 |
| 13 | You may say it or you may have said it in the past and not realized that it was rude | 你可以说,或者你过去说过, 并且没有意识到这是无礼的 |
| 14 | So let me show you exactly how to respond when you don't understand what someone is saying | 所以,让我告诉你 确切如何回应 当你不明白 某人在说什么 |
| 15 | I'm gonna give you two ways of responding. | 我要给你两种回应方式 |
| 16 | Okay, so here we go | 好,我们开始吧 |
| 17 | first we have | 首先我们有 |
| 18 | politely interrupt them | 礼貌地打断他们 |
| 19 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 20 | You can politely interrupt and then you're going to ask them to | 你可以礼貌地打断,然后你要他们 |
| 21 | Kindly repeat what they said now. | 请重复他们现在说的话。 |
| 22 | The second thing you can do is politely interrupt them | 第二件事是礼貌地打断他们 |
| 23 | Summarize what they said and ask them to repeat what they said | 总结一下他们说的话 让他们重复他们说的话 |
| 24 | So these are two different ways of actually responding when you don't understand now | 所以,这是两种不同的方式 实际反应 当你不明白现在 |
| 25 | Let's look at some real examples of how to apply these two ways | 让我们来看看 如何运用这两种方法的真正例子 |
| 26 | Okay, so looking at the first one again politely interrupt and ask | 好吧,所以看第一个 再次礼貌地打断和问 |
| 27 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 28 | Pardon me. | 对不起 |
| 29 | Would you mind saying that one more time? | 你能再说一遍吗? |
| 30 | I didn't quite catch what you were saying | 我不太明白你在说什么 |
| 31 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 32 | Now. | 现在 |
| 33 | I want you to repeat after me for pronunciation sake. | 为了发音,我要你跟我重复一遍 |
| 34 | Okay again, pardon me | 好,再说一遍,对不起 |
| 35 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 36 | Would you mind? | 你介意吗? |
| 37 | Saying that one more time | 再说一遍 |
| 38 | Good I didn't quite | 不错,我还没有 |
| 39 | Catch what you were saying | 抓住你说的 |
| 40 | Excellent now, let's look at this really quickly. | 好极了,我们快点看 |
| 41 | Okay, this first part says pardon me now in English saying | 好吧,第一部分说原谅我 现在英语说 |
| 42 | Pardon me is just like saying excuse me, but it's extremely polite | 对不起,我只是想说对不起,但这是非常礼貌的 |
| 43 | I remember growing up my mother used to always tell my sister and I to never say what? | 我记得我小时候 母亲总是告诉我妹妹 我从来不说什么? |
| 44 | Again the purpose of this lesson to never say what but instead to say pardon me. | 再说一遍,这课的目的就是 永远不要说什么,而是要原谅我 |
| 45 | What did you say? | 你说什么? |
| 46 | It's a very polite way of letting someone know that you didn't understand what they said | 这是一个非常礼貌的方式 让别人知道你不明白 他们说 |
| 47 | But you really do want to understand. | 但你确实想了解 |
| 48 | Okay now in this example | 好,现在举个例子 |
| 49 | There was an expression that I want to explain to you. | 有句话我想向你解释 |
| 50 | The expression is catch what you were saying. | 表达方式是抓住你说的。 |
| 51 | Okay, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 52 | Catch what you were saying just means I didn't understand or grasp | 抓住你说的,就是说我没听懂 |
| 53 | What you said I wasn't able to | 你说的我不能 |
| 54 | Understand exactly what you were trying to say. | 确切地理解你想说什么。 |
| 55 | This is a very natural English expression. | 这是一个非常自然的英语表达. |
| 56 | We say I wasn't able to catch | 我们说我抓不到 |
| 57 | What you were saying? | 你说什么? |
| 58 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 59 | So again, the first one is pardon me | 再说一遍,第一个是原谅我 |
| 60 | Would you mind saying that one more time? | 你能再说一遍吗? |
| 61 | I didn't quite catch what you were saying | 我不太明白你在说什么 |
| 62 | Now next again politely interrupt and then ask a question so we can say I'm so sorry | 现在再礼貌地打断一下 然后问个问题 这样我们就可以说对不起了 |
| 63 | Can you repeat that last part for me one more time? | 你能再说一遍最后一段吗? |
| 64 | Now again for pronunciation after me. | 现在又开始发音了 |
| 65 | I'm so sorry | 对不起 |
| 66 | Good. | 不错 |
| 67 | Can you repeat? | 你能再说一遍吗? |
| 68 | That last part for me | 最后那部分给我 |
| 69 | one more time | 再来一次 |
| 70 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 71 | Now again, this is another way to let someone know that you didn't understand what they said | 再说一遍,这是另一种方式 让别人知道 你不明白他们说什么 |
| 72 | But you want to be very polite and asking them to repeat themselves. | 但你要非常礼貌地要求他们重复自己. |
| 73 | Now if you say it like this, I | 如果你这么说,我... |
| 74 | Guaranteed people will repeat what they said and they'll also be impressed with your English. | 有保证的人会重复他们说的话 他们也会对你英语印象深刻 |
| 75 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 76 | So again one more time | 再说一次 |
| 77 | I'm so sorry. | 对不起 |
| 78 | Can you repeat that last part for me one more time? | 你能再说一遍最后一段吗? |
| 79 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 80 | Next we have this one | 接下来是这个 |
| 81 | Excuse me. | 对不起。 |
| 82 | I'm sorry, but can you run that back for me one more time? | 对不起,但你能再帮我一次吗? |
| 83 | I wasn't able to catch what you said now you see I used cats again | 我听不懂你说什么 你看我又用猫了 |
| 84 | Now you understand what catch or understand means, right? | 现在你明白捕捉或理解是什么意思了吧? |
| 85 | Okay, so for pronunciation after me | 好吧,我之后的发音 |
| 86 | Excuse me | 对不起 |
| 87 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 88 | Get that X sound. | 拿X的声音。 |
| 89 | Excuse me | 对不起 |
| 90 | Good. | 不错 |
| 91 | I'm sorry, but can you | 对不起,但你能 |
| 92 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 93 | Run that back for me | 为我跑回去 |
| 94 | one more time | 再来一次 |
| 95 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 96 | I wasn't able to | 我无法 |
| 97 | Good catch what you said | 抓住你说的 |
| 98 | Excellent job. | 干得不错 |
| 99 | All right now within this example, I want to show you an expression right here run that back for me | 举个例子,我要给你们看一个表情 来给我看看 |
| 100 | Okay, so you're probably wondering teacher. | 好吧,所以你可能 想知道老师。 |
| 101 | Why are we running? | 我们为什么要跑? |
| 102 | I don't understand | 我听不懂你说什么 |
| 103 | I'm gonna explain it to you. | 我会跟你解释的 |
| 104 | Okay, so run that back for me literally just means please repeat what you said | 好吧,所以跑回来给我 字面意思是请重复你说的话 |
| 105 | That's exactly what this expression means. | 这正是这个表达的意思. |
| 106 | Please repeat what you said one more time | 请再说一遍 |
| 107 | Okay, so in English we use this expression often. | 好吧,所以在英语中 我们经常使用这个表达。 |
| 108 | We use it in many different situations and all | 我们用它 在许多不同的情况和所有 |
| 109 | Throughout our conversation. | 整个谈话 |
| 110 | So again, if you don't understand and you want someone to repeat what they said you can say, I'm sorry | 再说一遍,如果你不明白... ...你希望有人重复你说过的话,我很抱歉 |
| 111 | Can you run that back for me again? | 你能再帮我跑回去吗? |
| 112 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 113 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 114 | So one more time. | 再来一次 |
| 115 | Let's look at it | 让我们看看 |
| 116 | Excuse me. | 对不起。 |
| 117 | I'm sorry, but can you run that back for me one more time? | 对不起,但你能再帮我一次吗? |
| 118 | I wasn't able to catch what you said | 我听不到你说的 |
| 119 | All right now moving on to the second option the second method | 好了,现在转到第二个选项 第二个方法 |
| 120 | politely interrupt plus summarize and | 礼貌地打断 加总结和 |
| 121 | Ask them to repeat so you're gonna actually | 让他们重复一遍,这样你就能 |
| 122 | Summarize the portion that you actually did understand | 总结你真正理解的部分 |
| 123 | So again when you're watching my videos or when you're watching the videos of other amazing YouTube teachers teaching English | 当你在看我的视频 或者当你在看其他优秀的 YouTube老师教授英语的视频时 |
| 124 | You may get a lot of what we say | 你可能会得到很多我们所说的 |
| 125 | But there may be some portions that you don't understand the same is gonna happen to you in a conversation | 但也许有些地方你不明白 在谈话中你会遇到同样的情况 |
| 126 | Okay, so the parts that you do understand you want to summarize them. | 好吧,所以你明白的部分 你想要总结它们。 |
| 127 | What happens is you let the person know that hey, I | 发生的事是你让别人知道 嘿 我 |
| 128 | Am listening to you. | 我听着呢 |
| 129 | I just didn't get everything you said. | 我只是没听懂你说的 |
| 130 | All right, so let's see. | 好吧,让我们来看看。 |
| 131 | How can we do this? | 我们怎样才能做到这一点? |
| 132 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 133 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 134 | first example | 实例 |
| 135 | pardon me, I | 对不起,我 |
| 136 | Understood the part about our homework and the vocabulary. | 了解我们的功课和词汇 |
| 137 | Let me pause really quickly | 让我很快暂停一下 |
| 138 | So again, the bolded words represent the pattern that I want you to use | 因此,大胆的词 代表的模式,我要你使用 |
| 139 | Okay represent the pattern and also the way I want you to say this. | 好吧,代表模式 和我要你说的方式。 |
| 140 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 141 | So again, pardon me | 再说一遍,对不起 |
| 142 | I understood the part about dot dot dot. | 我知道点点的部分。 |
| 143 | This is where you're going to summarize what you actually understood | 这就是你所要总结的 |
| 144 | Okay, so I understood the part about our homework and the vocabulary | 好吧,所以我理解 关于我们的功课和词汇的部分 |
| 145 | But would you mind saying the other part one more time? | 但你介意再说一遍另一段吗? |
| 146 | I didn't quite catch what you were saying. | 我不太明白你在说什么 |
| 147 | So you see how I combined | 所以,你看我如何结合 |
| 148 | What we went over in the first method? | 第一种方法是什么? |
| 149 | All right again, if you do this people are going to be so impressed with your English skills | 好吧,再次,如果你这样做 这些人会 如此印象深刻 你的英语技能 |
| 150 | And they will also be more likely and be happy to actually repeat themselves | 他们也会更可能 也更愿意重复 |
| 151 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 152 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 153 | So moving on to the next one. | 遂往次第. |
| 154 | We have this example | 我们有这个例子 |
| 155 | I'm so sorry. | 对不起 |
| 156 | I was able to catch the first portion of what you said about the show | 我抓到了你说的节目的第一部分 |
| 157 | But can you repeat the last part for me one more time? | 但你能再说一遍最后一部分吗? |
| 158 | Alright, so you're seeing right here. | 好吧,所以你在这里看到。 |
| 159 | I was able to catch or I understood dot dot dot | 我能够赶上,或者我明白点点点 |
| 160 | I understood the first portion. | 我理解第一部分。 |
| 161 | Ah now the word portion you see it's underlined | 啊,现在你看到的字段 下划线 |
| 162 | Portion is just another word for part or section. | Portion只是部分或部分的另一个词. |
| 163 | Okay, so we say portion | 好吧,我们说部分 |
| 164 | now for pronunciation one more time | 现在再读一次 |
| 165 | portion | 部分 |
| 166 | very good portion | 不错的部分 |
| 167 | Excellent job. | 干得不错 |
| 168 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 169 | So again, I'm so sorry | 再说一遍,我很抱歉 |
| 170 | I was able to catch the first portion of what you said about the show | 我抓到了你说的节目的第一部分 |
| 171 | But can you repeat that last part for me one more time? | 但你能再说一遍最后的部分吗? |
| 172 | alright and next | 接下来 |
| 173 | Excuse me. | 对不起。 |
| 174 | I feel like I understood the vocabulary | 我觉得我懂词汇 |
| 175 | But the expression is another story. | 但表达是另一个故事。 |
| 176 | Let me pause really quickly again | 让我再暂停一下 |
| 177 | The bolded portion is the part that we're learning the pattern, right? | 大胆的部分是我们学习规律的部分,对吧? |
| 178 | We're learning the pattern | 我们正在学习模式 |
| 179 | So after me, I feel like I understood | 在我之后,我觉得我明白了 |
| 180 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 181 | So again, I feel like I understood dot dot dot then you're gonna summarize the part that you did understand | 再说一次,我觉得我懂点点 然后你要总结一下你理解的部分 |
| 182 | Hey teacher, you know what? | 老师,你知道吗? |
| 183 | I feel like I understood what? | 我觉得我明白了什么? |
| 184 | {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}Portion的意思是 {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}但你进入你不明白的部分 | |
| 185 | Alright and here I said but the expression is another story now | 好吧,我在这里说,但表情是另一个故事了。 |
| 186 | I taught this expression another story in a previous video | 我在之前的视频里教过这个表达 |
| 187 | But another story is just used when you want to say what I previously said is not currently the case | 但另一个故事只是当你想说 我之前说的话不是现在的情况 |
| 188 | What I'm saying right now is opposite of the previous situation or previous statement | 我现在所说的与以前的情况或以前的说法相反 |
| 189 | So my previous statement was I feel like I understood | 所以我之前的声明是 我觉得我明白 |
| 190 | But the expression is another story meaning I did not understand the expression | 但表达是另一个故事 意思是我不明白表达方式 |
| 191 | Kind of make sense. | 有点道理 |
| 192 | All right, so let's continue | 好吧,让我们继续 |
| 193 | I'm sorry, but can you run that back for me one more time? | 对不起,但你能再帮我一次吗? |
| 194 | I wasn't able to catch what you said | 我听不到你说的 |
| 195 | So now again, you're seeing that I'm giving you another way of letting someone know that hey | 所以现在,你再次看到,我给你 另一种方式让别人知道,嘿。 |
| 196 | I didn't understand what you said and you don't have to be shy | 我不懂你说什么 你不必害羞 |
| 197 | It's okay, even as an American a person whose mother tongue mother language is English | 没关系,作为一个美国人,母语是英语 |
| 198 | There are times when I have to ask people to repeat themselves like I'm sorry one more time | 有时我不得不要求人们重蹈覆辙 就像再次道歉一样 |
| 199 | I didn't catch what you said | 我听不懂你说的 |
| 200 | You see how it just naturally flowed off of my tongue because I use it all of the time and you can too | 你看它怎么自然地从我舌头上流下来 因为我一直用它,你也可以 |
| 201 | Don't be shy. | 别害羞 |
| 202 | If you don't understand ask us to repeat. | 如果你不明白 要求我们重复。 |
| 203 | It's a | 这是一个 |
| 204 | Okay, all right, so going back to my screen now | 好了,好了,现在回到我的屏幕上 |
| 205 | If you want to watch part two of this lesson where I have an interview with my friend and it's hilarious | 如果你想看这个课的第二部分 我有一个采访我的朋友,这很有趣。 |
| 206 | We talked about what our parents did when we were younger and we said what that was not acceptable because it's so rude | 我们谈论了我们父母在年轻时所做的, 我们说了那些不能接受的,因为它是如此粗鲁 |
| 207 | But again part two is always available inside of the Academy | 但是,第二部总是可以进入学院内部 |
| 208 | I'll put the link right on the screen right now so that you can see exactly | 我现在就把链接放在屏幕上 这样你就能看清 |
| 209 | How to join and how to be a part but again the link is right in the description if you want to see part two | 如何加入和如何参与,但如果想看第二部分,在描述中链接是正确的 |
| 210 | And you want to see the conversation I have with my friend about this topic | 你想看看我和我朋友关于这个话题的谈话 |
| 211 | You can watch it right now by joining, but I really hope you understood and enjoy this lesson. | 你可以现在通过加入观看, 但我真的希望你理解并享受这个教训。 |
| 212 | Remember don't say what? | 记得什么? |
| 213 | It's very rude, but you can say the other examples and the other methods | 这很粗鲁,但你可以说 其他例子和其他方法 |
| 214 | You can use them to sound like a native English speaker | 你可以用他们的声音 像母语英语 |
| 215 | Well, I hope you understood and I'll talk to you next week | 我希望你能理解 我下周再跟你谈 |
| 216 | But as always remember to speak English | 但永远记得说英语 |
| 217 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 218 | Oh | 瓳 |
| 219 | Yeah, okay. | 是啊,没关系。 |
| 220 | It's story time | 故事时间到了 |
| 221 | alright now | 现在好 |
| 222 | Last week story time was emotional, but I want to say that the comments | 上周的故事时间很激动 但我想说这些评论 |
| 223 | I read every single comment and I tried to respond to each and every one of you there were over | 我读了每一个评论,我试图回应 你们每个人都结束了 |
| 224 | I think 300 comments and I was so touched by all of your words | 我想有三百条评论 我被你的话所感动 |
| 225 | I really appreciated everything you said | 我真的很感激你所说的一切 |
| 226 | Yes, I was so appreciative of my friend and she was also touched and she said thank you, too | 是的,我非常感激我的朋友, 她也被感动了,她说谢谢你,太 |
| 227 | so today I realized that you guys enjoy hearing a lot of my personal stories and | 所以今天我意识到 你们喜欢听到我的许多私人故事 |
| 228 | You want to get to know me more so I want to tell you another story and it actually is going to include a song | 你想更了解我 所以我想告诉你另一个故事 它会包含一首歌 |
| 229 | So don't leave because you're gonna hear a song now. | 所以不要离开 因为你现在会听到一首歌。 |
| 230 | Don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 231 | No tears today, but I know you guys aren't worried | 今天没有眼泪,但我知道你们不担心 |
| 232 | I know you actually are understanding and you actually love me as a teacher and I love you guys | и笵痷罙秆 痷稲и讽ρ畍 и稲 |
| 233 | But I want to tell you a story really quickly | 但我想尽快告诉你一个故事 |
| 234 | So I had a nephew but unfortunately he passed away when he was five years old because he got brain cancer | 所以我有个侄子 可惜他五岁就去世了 因为他得了脑癌 |
| 235 | And if anyone watching this video has cancer or has ever had a family member with cancer, you know | 如果看这视频的人有癌症 或者曾经有家庭成员患过癌症,你知道的 |
| 236 | That it is serious and | 这是严重的, |
| 237 | I'll be praying for you because I know it's not easy | 我会为你祈祷 因为我知道这不容易 |
| 238 | but what I wanted to tell you about my nephew he was a | 但我想告诉你 关于我的侄子 他是一个 |
| 239 | Adorable such a happy kid. | 这么开心的小孩 |
| 240 | He was always smiling | 他总是笑着 |
| 241 | You guys tell me I smile that kid was always smiling and when I was in Korea | 你们告诉我,我笑那个孩子总是笑 当我在韩国的时候 |
| 242 | He was about I think he was three and he would call me on Google Hangouts and he would say hey auntie Tiff | 他是关于我认为他是三, 他会打电话给我 在Google Hangouts,他会说,嘿阿姨蒂夫 |
| 243 | How are you? | 你好吗? |
| 244 | So my nickname for my nieces and my nephew at the time? | 我当时给我侄女和侄子起的绰号? |
| 245 | Was auntie Tiff and it still is auntie Tiff, but he would always make me stop smile | 蒂夫姨妈 蒂夫姨妈 蒂夫姨妈 蒂夫姨妈 |
| 246 | But there was one song that he loved his favorite song came from a movie | 但有首歌是他最喜欢的歌 来自电影 |
| 247 | Joseph what is it code of many colors the story of Joseph from the Bible and the song is called | 约瑟 圣经中的约瑟的故事 和这首歌叫做 |
| 248 | You know better than I and when I say that kid used to sing that song | 你比我更清楚 当我说那小子以前唱那首歌时 |
| 249 | So in English is an expression we say belt a song out and it just means to sing | 所以在英语里,我们说 带一首歌出来,它只是表示唱歌 |
| 250 | Really loud with all of your might he used to belt the song out and man when I say it used to make me smile | 大声的用你所有的威力 他经常把歌带出来 男人,当我说它曾经让我微笑 |
| 251 | Because he was little but he loved the song so I want to sing some of the song for you | 因为他很小,但他喜欢这首歌 所以我想为你唱几首歌 |
| 252 | Okay, so let me go to my screen and open up the lyrics | 好吧,让我去我的屏幕 打开歌词 |
| 253 | This is his favorite song. | 这是他最喜欢的歌 |
| 254 | Okay, I may have to get a little bit of water and clear my throat | 好吧,我可能得弄点水来清喉咙 |
| 255 | You guys know I'm getting over a cold, but uh, I don't mind singing for you. | 你们知道我快感冒了 但我不介意为你唱歌 |
| 256 | Hold on | 坚持住 |
| 257 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 258 | So here we go again. | 我们再来一次 |
| 259 | The song is called, you know better than I here we go. | 这首歌叫"你比我更清楚" |
| 260 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 261 | Thought I did what's right | 以为我做了正确的事 |
| 262 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 263 | Thought I had the answers. | 我以为我有答案了 |
| 264 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 265 | Thought I chose the surest road | 我以为我选择了最可靠的道路 |
| 266 | But that road brought me here | 但那条路带我来的 |
| 267 | So I put up a fight and | 所以我打了起来 |
| 268 | Told you how to help me | 告诉过你怎么帮我 |
| 269 | now just when I have given up | 当我放弃的时候 |
| 270 | The truth is coming clear | 事实已经明朗了 |
| 271 | Cuz you know | 因为你知道 |
| 272 | Better than I and you know the way | 比我还好,你知道路 |
| 273 | Go the need to know why for you know better than I | 去了解为什么你比我更清楚 |
| 274 | Now that was just the first verse and the chorus | 现在这只是第一首诗和合唱 |
| 275 | But that song has meant so much to me even before he passed away | 但是这首歌在我去世前 对我意义重大 |
| 276 | I liked the song but after his passing this has become one of my favorite songs and | 我喜欢这首歌 但在他过世后 这首歌成了我最喜欢的歌之一 |
| 277 | Not just because he loved it so much | 不只是因为他很喜欢它 |
| 278 | But because of the message you see the message is about God knowing better than us God knows the plans | 但因为你看到的信息 信息是上帝知道比我们更好 上帝知道计划 |
| 279 | He knows the reasons why he allows things to happen and remember last week | 他知道为什么他允许事情发生 并记得上周 |
| 280 | I told you I failed my exam two times and how difficult it was and how my friend helped me now | 我告诉过你我两次考试都不及格了 困难重重 我的朋友现在怎么帮我 |
| 281 | God knows why he allowed that to happen | 天晓得他为什么允许这种事发生 |
| 282 | But in the midst of that difficult time I met my friend and we've been friends ever since well | 但在那段艰难的时光里 我遇见了我的朋友 我们从此成为了朋友 |
| 283 | I knew her before that but our friendship got deeper. | 我之前认识她 但我们的友谊加深了 |
| 284 | So the same is for you | 你也是一样 |
| 285 | You are having difficulties right now studying English. | 你现在学习英语有困难 |
| 286 | It's not easy and some days you feel discouraged | 这不容易 有时候你感到沮丧 |
| 287 | But remember that God knows why he's allowing you to go on this journey God put you and me together | 但记住,上帝知道他为什么允许你踏上这段旅程... ...上帝保佑我们 |
| 288 | He allowed me to be your teacher. | 他允许我做你的老师 |
| 289 | He allowed you to find this video | 他让你找到这个视频 |
| 290 | So I hope you enjoy the song don't forget the message that he knows better than we do and he loves us and I love | 所以我希望你喜欢这首歌 别忘了他比我们更清楚的信息 他爱我们 我爱我们 |
| 291 | You too. | 你也一样。 |
| 292 | Well, I'll see you next week. | 下周见 |
| 293 | But as always | 但一如既往 |
| 294 | Remember to speak English | 记得说英语 |
该视频共有字幕 294 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P18 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p18 17. 17. 如何学习和使用 3,000 个英语词汇 17-LIVE ENGLISH CLASS How To Learn And Use 3,000 (P18)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p18 17. 17. 如何学习和使用 3,000 个英语词汇 17-LIVE ENGLISH CLASS How To Learn And Use 3,000 (P18)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 1:24:40字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey everyone, I am teacher Tiffany and I am so excited to see you all once again. | 大家好,我是蒂芬妮老师 很高兴再次见到你们 |
| 0:07 | Now you all know how much I love studying with you all and you know whenever we have a live class | 现在你们都知道我有多爱跟你们一起学习了 只要我们有活的课 |
| 0:15 | before we jump right in, I need you guys to say hello. | 在我们跳进去之前,我要你们打个招呼 |
| 0:19 | Tell me where you are watching from. | 告诉我你从哪里看 |
| 0:22 | You | 你们 |
| 0:22 | know how excited I am to teach you, but as you're coming in, please tell me what country you are in | 知道我有多兴奋 教你,但当你 进来,请告诉我你在哪个国家 |
| 0:29 | right now. | 现在 |
| 0:30 | Let's do our roll call. | 点名吧 |
| 0:33 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 0:35 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
展开字幕全文（2089 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey everyone, I am teacher Tiffany and I am so excited to see you all once again. | 大家好,我是蒂芬妮老师 很高兴再次见到你们 |
| 2 | Now you all know how much I love studying with you all and you know whenever we have a live class | 现在你们都知道我有多爱跟你们一起学习了 只要我们有活的课 |
| 3 | before we jump right in, I need you guys to say hello. | 在我们跳进去之前,我要你们打个招呼 |
| 4 | Tell me where you are watching from. | 告诉我你从哪里看 |
| 5 | You | 你们 |
| 6 | know how excited I am to teach you, but as you're coming in, please tell me what country you are in | 知道我有多兴奋 教你,但当你 进来,请告诉我你在哪个国家 |
| 7 | right now. | 现在 |
| 8 | Let's do our roll call. | 点名吧 |
| 9 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 10 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 11 | Aw, thank you so much Albus. | 哦,谢谢你这么多阿尔布斯。 |
| 12 | I appreciate | 谢谢 |
| 13 | you. | 你们 |
| 14 | It's good to see you here. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 15 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 16 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 17 | Miguel is from Colombia. | 米格尔来自哥伦比亚. |
| 18 | Good to see you, | 很高兴见到你 |
| 19 | Miguel. | 米格尔 |
| 20 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 21 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 22 | Tell me where you are right now. | 告诉我你现在在哪 |
| 23 | Where are you watching from? | 你从哪里看? |
| 24 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 25 | From Guadalupe, the West Indies. | 来自西印度群岛瓜达卢佩. |
| 26 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 27 | Miriam, it's good to see you. | 米里亚姆 很高兴见到你 |
| 28 | I'm excited to be here as well. | 我也很高兴能来 |
| 29 | What's going on Ali? | 阿里发生什么事了? |
| 30 | Ali had some great news this week. | Ali这周有个好消息 |
| 31 | Got into | 进去了 |
| 32 | college. | 大学。 |
| 33 | I'm very proud of this young man. | 我为这个年轻人感到骄傲 |
| 34 | All right guys, tell me where you're watching from. | 好了 伙计们 告诉我你们从哪里看 |
| 35 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 36 | We got Brazil. | 我们得到了巴西。 |
| 37 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 38 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 39 | More coming in. | 更多的进来。 |
| 40 | I'm going to | 我会 |
| 41 | scroll down. | 向下滚动. |
| 42 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 43 | We got New York. | 我们有纽约。 |
| 44 | Nice to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 45 | Norway. | 挪威。 |
| 46 | Brazil again. | 再来一次巴西 |
| 47 | Turkey. | 土耳其。 |
| 48 | Good to see | 很高兴看到 |
| 49 | you. | 你们 |
| 50 | Guadalupe again. | 又瓜达卢佩. |
| 51 | Yes. | 对 |
| 52 | Brazil. | (原始内容存档于2018-09-26). Brazil. |
| 53 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 54 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 55 | Mexico. | |
| 56 | Venezuela. | 委内瑞拉。 |
| 57 | (原始内容存档于2018-09-21). Kosland. | |
| 58 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 59 | Spain. | 西班牙语。 |
| 60 | Yes. | 对 |
| 61 | Turkey. | 土耳其。 |
| 62 | Iran. | 伊朗语。 |
| 63 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 64 | Iraq. | 伊拉克语。 |
| 65 | Ethiopia. | 埃塞俄比亚。 |
| 66 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 67 | Now we have Peru. | 现在我们有了秘鲁。 |
| 68 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 69 | We have the UK in the house. | 我们有英国的房子。 |
| 70 | We have | 我们有 |
| 71 | Hey, Manuel. | 嘿,曼纽尔。 |
| 72 | Minnesota. | 明尼苏达州 |
| 73 | We have Cape Verde. | 我们有佛得角。 |
| 74 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 75 | Or Verde. | 或说佛德. |
| 76 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 77 | Colombia again. | 又是哥伦比亚 |
| 78 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 79 | Turkey. | 土耳其。 |
| 80 | Russia. | 俄罗斯. |
| 81 | Yes. | 对 |
| 82 | Esther. | 埃丝特。 |
| 83 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 84 | From | 从 |
| 85 | Korea. | 韩国. |
| 86 | Iran. | 伊朗语。 |
| 87 | Brazil again. | 再来一次巴西 |
| 88 | Danny, I love you too. | 丹尼 我也爱你 |
| 89 | Danny wrote, I love you. | 丹尼写道 我爱你 |
| 90 | I love you too. | 我也爱你 |
| 91 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 92 | Yes. | 对 |
| 93 | And Ali. | 还有阿里 |
| 94 | Yes. | 对 |
| 95 | From Somalia. | 从索马里来. |
| 96 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 97 | Dominican Republic. | 多米尼加共和国。 |
| 98 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 99 | Yes. | 对 |
| 100 | Tasman from Morocco. | 摩洛哥的塔斯曼 |
| 101 | We have Syria. | 我们有叙利亚。 |
| 102 | Again, as you're coming in, remember we always start | 再说一遍,当你进来的时候,记住我们总是开始 |
| 103 | our live classes off with roll call. | 我们的直播课取消 点名。 |
| 104 | Let us know where you're watching from. | 告诉我们你从哪里看 |
| 105 | And then we're going | 然后我们就走 |
| 106 | to jump into our class for today. | 今天就跳进我们的班里 |
| 107 | Going to take a few more moments. | 还要花点时间 |
| 108 | We have Poland. | 我们有波兰。 |
| 109 | Yes. | 对 |
| 110 | Good to see | 很高兴看到 |
| 111 | you. | 你们 |
| 112 | The Ukraine. | 乌克兰。 |
| 113 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 114 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 115 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 116 | Arabia. | 沙特阿拉伯。 |
| 117 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 118 | Scroll down. | 向下滚. |
| 119 | Algeria. | 阿尔及利亚。 |
| 120 | Mariam. | 玛丽安 |
| 121 | Good to see you again. | 很高兴再次见到你。 |
| 122 | Mariam. | 玛丽安 |
| 123 | Algeria. | 阿尔及利亚。 |
| 124 | Brazil again. | 再来一次巴西 |
| 125 | Colombia. | 哥伦比亚。 |
| 126 | France. | 法国。 |
| 127 | Let me see if we | 让我看看,如果我们 |
| 128 | have any other countries I haven't said as of yet. | 还有其他我还没有说过的国家 |
| 129 | Czech Republic. | 捷克共和国。 |
| 130 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 131 | Hello. | 哈罗 |
| 132 | Good to | 不错 |
| 133 | see you too. | 再见 |
| 134 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 135 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 136 | Keep them coming guys. | 让他们来的家伙。 |
| 137 | Keep them coming. | 继续前进 |
| 138 | Sudan. | 苏丹。 |
| 139 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 140 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 141 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 142 | Scrolling down. | 向下滚滚. |
| 143 | We have. | 我们做到了。 |
| 144 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 145 | I see some more came | 我看到还有人来了 |
| 146 | through. | 通过。 |
| 147 | Burkina. | 布基纳法索。 |
| 148 | Yes. | 对 |
| 149 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 150 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 151 | I'll do five more. | 我还会做五个。 |
| 152 | Five more. | 复有五门. |
| 153 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 154 | Toronto. | 多伦多 |
| 155 | Ontario. | 安大略省。 |
| 156 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 157 | Four more. | 复有四门. |
| 158 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 159 | And scroll down. | 并卷下. |
| 160 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 161 | Colombia. | 哥伦比亚。 |
| 162 | Again. | 再来 |
| 163 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 164 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 165 | Scrolling down. | 向下滚滚. |
| 166 | Bolivia. | 玻利维亚。 |
| 167 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 168 | Yes. | 对 |
| 169 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 170 | Yemen. | 也门。 |
| 171 | I don't remember if I was on three or two, but I have two more. | 我不记得我在三两个,但我还有两个。 |
| 172 | Costa Rica. | 哥斯达黎加。 |
| 173 | Yes. | 对 |
| 174 | Good to see you here. | 很高兴在这里见到你。 |
| 175 | And last but not least, let's see who we have. | 最后但并非最不重要的是, 让我们看看我们是谁。 |
| 176 | Angola. | 安哥拉。 |
| 177 | Good | 不错 |
| 178 | to see you here. | 在这里见到你。 |
| 179 | Everyone, I am always excited to see you all and I'm so excited to teach you | 各位,见到你们大家我总是很兴奋 我也很兴奋地教你 |
| 180 | today's lesson. | 今日课. |
| 181 | As you all know, the title of this week's, this month's lesson is how to learn | 大家知道,这个礼拜的题目,这个月的教训,是怎样学的 |
| 182 | and use 3000 vocabulary words. | 并使用3000个词汇。 |
| 183 | Now this is something that I get asked all of the time. | 这是一直以来有人问我的问题 |
| 184 | Teacher. | 师曰. |
| 185 | Oh, hold on. | 哦,坚持住。 |
| 186 | Excuse me. | 对不起。 |
| 187 | Teacher. | 师曰. |
| 188 | How can I learn more vocabulary? | 我怎样才能学到更多的词汇? |
| 189 | Now remember my focus is | 现在记住我的焦点 |
| 190 | intermediate and advanced English learners. | 中等和高级英语学习者。 |
| 191 | And even though you have studied for a long time, | 虽然你已经学习了很长时间 |
| 192 | English vocabulary is still very tricky and difficult. | 英语词汇仍然非常棘手和困难. |
| 193 | I understand. | 我理解,我懂你说什么 |
| 194 | When I was studying | 我读书的时候 |
| 195 | Korean, I experienced the exact same problem and challenge. | 韩文,我经历了同样的问题和挑战 |
| 196 | And that's why I developed this | 这就是为什么我开发了这个 |
| 197 | special method that I'm going to show you all today. | 特殊的方法,我今天要给你们看 |
| 198 | So I'm so excited to show you all this | 所以,我太兴奋了 给你看这一切 |
| 199 | method, but I want to show you something because this is a problem that intermediate and advanced | 但我想给你看一些东西 因为这是一个中间和高级的问题 |
| 200 | English learners, especially face on a regular basis. | 英语学习者,尤其是定期的面孔. |
| 201 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 202 | Let's jump into the lesson | 让我们跳进教训 |
| 203 | today. | 今时. |
| 204 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 205 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 206 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 207 | So when you're a beginner, you study | 所以当你是一个初学者,你学习 |
| 208 | tons of books, learn lots of grammar, and you memorize many things. | 大量书籍,学习很多语法, 你记住很多事情。 |
| 209 | And then you transition | 然后你转身 |
| 210 | to the intermediate phase, the intermediate level. | 到中间阶段,中间水平。 |
| 211 | You start to have conversations with people | 你开始和别人交谈 |
| 212 | in the language that you're learning. | 在你学习的语言。 |
| 213 | And probably some of you are in this space right now. | 也许你们中有些人现在在这个空间里 |
| 214 | You're able to have a conversation, which is why you're able to comment in the comment section and | 你可以有谈话, 这就是为什么你可以评论部分和 |
| 215 | understand what I'm saying. | 明白我的意思吗? |
| 216 | So you're in this kind of in-between phase. | 所以,你处于这种 中间阶段。 |
| 217 | You understand and you're | 你明白,你已经 |
| 218 | able to have a conversation. | 能有谈话。 |
| 219 | But then there's the advanced phase. | 但接下来是高级阶段. |
| 220 | The advanced phase is when you | 高级阶段是当你 |
| 221 | start having deeper discussions about more difficult topics in the language. | 开始更深入地讨论语言中比较困难的专题。 |
| 222 | And this is | 这是 |
| 223 | it really gets tricky. | 它真的变得棘手。 |
| 224 | Here's the reason why this is so tricky. | 这就是为什么这这么棘手的原因。 |
| 225 | You don't know enough vocabulary | 你不够懂词汇 |
| 226 | to express yourself properly. | 来表达自己 |
| 227 | And this is where you all probably are. | 你们可能都在这里 |
| 228 | It's so frustrating because | 它是如此令人沮丧,因为 |
| 229 | you can understand when somebody else speaks in English, but when you go to express yourself, | 你可以理解别人说英语的时候 但当你去表达自己的时候 |
| 230 | you can't find the words. | 你找不到那些词 |
| 231 | Now, if this is something you have trouble with, | 现在,如果这是你 有麻烦的东西, |
| 232 | just type me in the comment section, raising your hand by saying me, me teacher. | 把我打进评论栏 举起手来对我说 老师 |
| 233 | I have that issue. | 我有那个问题。 |
| 234 | I struggle learning vocabulary. | 我努力学习词汇 |
| 235 | I have a hard time learning more vocabulary. | 我很难学习更多的词汇。 |
| 236 | If that's you, | 如果是你的话 |
| 237 | just type me type me in the comment section so that I can know that you all feel the same. | 我在评论部分打字 这样我就能知道你们有同样的感觉 |
| 238 | When I was studying Korean, I really had a hard time learning lots of new vocabulary words as I | 学习韩语时,我真的很难学会很多新词汇 |
| 239 | progressed to the higher levels because learning new vocabulary is not easy as you move up in your | 由于学习新的词汇不容易,所以升到更高层次 |
| 240 | level. | 级别。 |
| 241 | So if you've experienced that, please type me. | 如果你经历过,请打给我 |
| 242 | I see a lot of you typing me. | 我看见很多人在打字 |
| 243 | Yes, | 对 |
| 244 | you guys understand exactly what I'm saying. | 你们明白我的意思 |
| 245 | You guys experience this. | 你们都尝尝这个 |
| 246 | Paula says me. | 宝拉说我。 |
| 247 | Yes, | 对 |
| 248 | guys, this is very difficult to learn English vocabulary, especially at the higher level. | 伙计们,这非常难 学习英语词汇, 特别是在更高层次。 |
| 249 | So many of you also said me. | 这么多人也这么说我 |
| 250 | And again, that's why I'm so excited to share with you all this | 再说一次,这就是为什么我很兴奋 与你分享这一切 |
| 251 | method that I developed that helped me learn more Korean words. | 我开发的方法 帮助我学习更多的韩语。 |
| 252 | So here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 253 | As I mentioned | 就像我说的 |
| 254 | in the title, the goal is to learn 3000 vocabulary words in one year. | 在标题中,目标是在一年内学习3000个词汇. |
| 255 | What? | 你说什么? |
| 256 | And maybe some of you are | 也许你们中的一些人 |
| 257 | like, come on teacher Tiff, come on teacher Tiffany, 3000 words. | 像,来吧蒂夫老师,来吧蒂芬尼老师,3000字。 |
| 258 | That's just so many. | 那只是这么多。 |
| 259 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 260 | guarantee you it's possible. | 保证这是可能的。 |
| 261 | If you follow the method I'm going to teach you today, you will | 如果你遵循我今天要教你的方法 |
| 262 | definitely learn 3000. | 肯定学了3000 |
| 263 | You heard me right. | 你说得对 |
| 264 | 3000 words in one year. | 一年内三千字. |
| 265 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 266 | You must | 你必须 |
| 267 | first start off with this equation 3000 divided by 52 weeks, which means you need to learn between | 首先从这个方程式3000除以52周,这意味着你需要学习 |
| 268 | 50 and 60 words every single week. | 每周五六十个字 |
| 269 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 270 | Well, when you say it like that, it's, it doesn't | 好吧,当你这样说,它不是 |
| 271 | sound that bad, right? | 听起来很糟糕,对不对? |
| 272 | 50 to 60 words every single week. | 每星期50到60个字. |
| 273 | That's about seven to 10 words a day, | 一天约7到10个字 |
| 274 | meaning that some days you won't study and some days you will. | 意思是有些时候你不会学习,有些时候你会学习。 |
| 275 | That all sounds good. | 听起来不错 |
| 276 | But again, | 但再说一遍 |
| 277 | we're talking about learning and using the vocabulary words. | 我们谈论的是学习和使用词汇。 |
| 278 | Many of you, first of all, | 你们很多人,首先, |
| 279 | all of you are super intelligent, but many of you have experienced this. | 你们都很聪明,但你们很多人都经历过 |
| 280 | You memorize many words, but they won't come out. | 你记着很多话,但不会出来 |
| 281 | You know them here, but they won't come out here. | 你知道他们在这里,但他们不会来这里。 |
| 282 | So you've learned that, but you can't use them. | 所以,你学到了这一点, 但你不能使用它们。 |
| 283 | And let me explain why that's the case. | 让我解释为什么是这样 |
| 284 | You see, | 你知道吗? |
| 285 | there are two methods to learn vocabulary. | 学习词汇有两种方法。 |
| 286 | Let me ask you real quick though, before I do that, | 不过,我先问你个问题 |
| 287 | how do you currently learn vocabulary? | 您目前是如何学习词汇的 ? |
| 288 | I'm very curious. | 我非常好奇,你觉得呢? |
| 289 | Can you all tell me just very quickly | 你們能快點告訴我嗎? |
| 290 | in the comment section, how do you currently learn vocabulary? | 在注释部分,您目前如何学习词汇? |
| 291 | Again, this is going to help | 再说一次,这样会有用 |
| 292 | me as we move forward in our lesson for today. | 在今天的课上继续前进 |
| 293 | And I teach you this method. | 我教你这个方法。 |
| 294 | I want to know, | 我想问问, |
| 295 | how do you currently study vocabulary? | 您目前如何研究词汇? |
| 296 | Again, my job as a teacher is just to guide you, | 再说一次,我当老师的工作就是指导你 |
| 297 | to give you the tools you need to reach your goals. | 为您提供达到目的所需的工具。 |
| 298 | But I'm very curious. | 不过我很好奇 |
| 299 | How are you currently | 你最近怎么样? |
| 300 | studying vocabulary? | 研究词汇? |
| 301 | I remember when I was, wow, when I was studying Korean, I mean, I had so many | 我记得当我,哇, 当我学习韩语,我的意思是,我有这么多 |
| 302 | vocabulary books. | 词汇书. |
| 303 | I went through so many different methods. | 我经历了很多不同的方法。 |
| 304 | I just got a book and I wrote down words | 我刚刚拿到一本书,我写下来的话 |
| 305 | and I memorized them, or I went online and I found a list and I memorized it. | 我记住他们,或者我上网 找到一个清单,我记住它。 |
| 306 | It didn't really work | 没用的 |
| 307 | too well. | 说得好 |
| 308 | So I want to know how do you study vocabulary? | 我想知道你是怎么研究词汇的? |
| 309 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 310 | Some came through. | 有人来了 |
| 311 | Here | 给 |
| 312 | we go. | 我们走了。 |
| 313 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 314 | English with Aline. | 英文与阿琳. |
| 315 | Hello says with or by listening. | 喂,你有没有听? |
| 316 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 317 | Thor says using | 索尔说用 |
| 318 | flashcards. | 闪卡 |
| 319 | Good. | 不错 |
| 320 | Diallo says by reading. | 迪亚洛说通过阅读。 |
| 321 | Noelia says reading books. | 诺埃莉娅说看书 |
| 322 | Larexon. | 拉雷克逊 |
| 323 | Hi. | 顿 |
| 324 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 325 | White | 白色 |
| 326 | Rose says by writing them down. | 罗斯说写下来。 |
| 327 | Paola Verdugo说看书。 | |
| 328 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 329 | Raquel says watching | 拉克尔说看 |
| 330 | series on TV. | 电视连续剧 |
| 331 | Good word up app. | 说得好 应用。 |
| 332 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 333 | Hey, good app. | 嘿,不错的应用。 |
| 334 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 335 | Khalid says by listening. | 哈立德说听。 |
| 336 | Then we have another one from Paola says, I look up the dictionary words when I find a word that | 我们从保拉那里又找到一个词 我找了字典词 |
| 337 | I don't understand. | 我不懂,我不懂你说什么 |
| 338 | Very true. | 没错 |
| 339 | This is a very common method used by many students. | 这是许多学生常用的方法. |
| 340 | Then we have | 那么我们有 |
| 341 | reading. | 阅读。 |
| 342 | We have another one. | 还有一个 |
| 343 | Um, Oh, Hey, good to see you. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 344 | Um, let's see. | 嗯,让我看看。 |
| 345 | Another one came through. | 又来了一个 |
| 346 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 347 | With vocabulary books. | 与词汇书. |
| 348 | Good. | 不错 |
| 349 | Safek says with synonyms. | 萨福克用同义词说. |
| 350 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 351 | And example | 举个例子 |
| 352 | sentences. | 句号。 |
| 353 | Mariam says I'm learning vocabulary through your videos. | 玛丽安说,我在学习词汇 通过你的视频。 |
| 354 | Oh, I'm happy to hear that. | 哦,我很高兴听到这个。 |
| 355 | Minson says I write them down, make some sentences and then say them out loud. | 明森说,我写下来, 做一些句子,然后大声说出来。 |
| 356 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 357 | I mentioned | 我提到过 |
| 358 | that in my video from Sunday's lesson on YouTube. | 我在YouTube上的周日课的视频里 |
| 359 | So a lot of you either read or write things down | 所以你们很多人不是读就是写 |
| 360 | or you try to use different apps. | 或者尝试使用不同的应用程序。 |
| 361 | The fact of the matter is there are two main methods. | 事实上,有两种主要方法。 |
| 362 | Now the | 现在 |
| 363 | first method is the most common method that I used as well. | 第一种方法也是我常用的方法。 |
| 364 | The dictionary method. | 词典方法. |
| 365 | You learn a lot | 你学了很多 |
| 366 | of new words. | 新词 |
| 367 | I think Paola mentioned this a few moments ago when she said that she looks up words | 我想宝拉刚才提到过 她说她找话 |
| 368 | in the dictionary, right? | 在词典中,对不对? |
| 369 | Paola, you look up words in the dictionary and that's how you learn new | 宝拉,你在字典里找词,就是这么学的 |
| 370 | words. | 词 |
| 371 | There's only one problem with that method. | 这个方法只有一个问题 |
| 372 | Again, I also used that method when I was studying | 再说一次,我在学习的时候也用过这个方法 |
| 373 | Korean, but the higher I got in my level, the more I trouble I was having with this method. | 韩语,但我的级别越高, 我对这种方法的烦恼就越大。 |
| 374 | You see, | 你知道吗? |
| 375 | you can learn a lot of new words with the dictionary, but you don't learn how to use them | 你用字典可以学很多新词,但是你学不到怎么用 |
| 376 | properly in real life situations. | 在现实生活中是合适的 |
| 377 | This is the problem you all are having right now. | 这就是你们现在的问题所在 |
| 378 | You've | 你已经 |
| 379 | learned words, but they're not coming out. | 学过的话,但不会出来。 |
| 380 | You've learned words, but then when you get in a situation, | 你学过话,但当你陷入困境时 |
| 381 | nothing comes out. | 什么都没有出来。 |
| 382 | So let me ask you this question. | 让我问你这个问题。 |
| 383 | Have you ever had a hard time figuring out how to | 你曾经有过一个困难的时间 来想如何 |
| 384 | use a word? | 用词? |
| 385 | Again, think about it, you all. | 再说一遍,你们都考虑一下 |
| 386 | You've looked online, you've found the definition, | 你在网上看过,你找到了定义, |
| 387 | you looked in the dictionary and you got the definition. | 你看过字典,就得到了定义 |
| 388 | However, when you went to use the | 然而,当你去使用 |
| 389 | word in a sentence or in a conversation, did you ever have a hard time doing that? | 在句子里或者在谈话中, 你曾经有过一个困难 这样做? |
| 390 | Again, I had a | 再说一遍,我有一个 |
| 391 | hard time when I was studying Korean. | 我学习韩语的时候很困难 |
| 392 | For some reason, when I would look in the dictionary, | 因为某种原因,当我看字典时, |
| 393 | I could understand the meaning, but I just couldn't figure out how to use it properly. | 我能理解它的意义 但我无法想出如何正确使用它 |
| 394 | Now, | 现在, |
| 395 | have any of you had this happen? | 你们谁有过这种事吗? |
| 396 | Now you're going to hear some background noise guys. | 现在你会听到一些背景噪音的家伙。 |
| 397 | So | 这么说 |
| 398 | sorry about that. | 对不起 |
| 399 | There's a lot of work going on around, but don't worry. | 周旋虽有功德,但勿忧. |
| 400 | We'll still keep going | 我们还会继续前进 |
| 401 | with the class. | 和班级。 |
| 402 | So yes, here we go. | 所以,是的,我们走了。 |
| 403 | Marie says, yes, she did have that issue. | 玛丽说,是的,她确实有这个问题。 |
| 404 | It's a very big | 这是一个非常大 |
| 405 | issue. | 问题。 |
| 406 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 407 | Anybody else have the issue where you've studied and you've looked up a word? | 还有谁有你研究过的问题吗? |
| 408 | Yes. | 对 |
| 409 | So I see you all saying, yes, you've experienced that again. | 所以,我看到你们都说,是的,你们又体验了。 |
| 410 | That's why I came up with this other | 所以我想出了另一个 |
| 411 | method. | 方法。 |
| 412 | Here's the other method. | 这是另一种方法。 |
| 413 | I like to call it the database method. | 我想称之为数据库方法。 |
| 414 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 415 | The database | 数据库 |
| 416 | method. | 方法。 |
| 417 | It's a new special method. | 这是一种新的特殊方法。 |
| 418 | And with this method, you can learn a lot of new words and you | 有了这个方法 你可以学到很多新词 而你 |
| 419 | can also learn how to use them properly in real life situations. | 也可以学习如何在现实生活中正确使用它们。 |
| 420 | Now here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 421 | I will | 我会的 |
| 422 | give you an opportunity to see my English database at the end. | 让你有机会看到我的英文数据库 |
| 423 | I'm going to teach you this whole | 我要教你这一切 |
| 424 | method, but I actually already created an English database based on the method that I'm going to | 但我实际上已经创建了一个英语数据库 根据的方法,我要 |
| 425 | teach you today. | 今日教师. |
| 426 | And for those of you who would like to use my database, I'll tell you how at the | 你们这些想使用我数据库的人, 我会告诉你如何在 |
| 427 | end of class. | 课结束。 |
| 428 | So don't go anywhere. | 所以别去任何地方。 |
| 429 | But again, this method, this database method will help you | 但是,这个方法,这个数据库方法会帮助你 |
| 430 | learn lots of new words and also use them in real life. | 学习了很多新词 并在现实生活中使用。 |
| 431 | So let me tell you a little bit about my | 让我告诉你一些关于我的 |
| 432 | personal experience. | 个人经历。 |
| 433 | I developed this database method when I was trying to improve my Korean | 我在努力改进韩文时开发了这个数据库方法 |
| 434 | fluency. | 流畅. |
| 435 | You see, this is what happened to me. | 你看,这就是发生在我身上。 |
| 436 | I decided that I would need to hear the Korean words | 我决定要听韩语 |
| 437 | used in a natural setting. | 用于自然环境。 |
| 438 | So I would watch Korean dramas and listen closely to my Korean friends | 所以我会看韩剧 仔细听韩国的朋友 |
| 439 | discussions. | 讨论。 |
| 440 | Now this is a true story, y'all. | 现在,这是一个真实的故事,你们所有人。 |
| 441 | I remember, oh man, like it was yesterday, | 我记得 就像昨天一样 |
| 442 | when I was studying Korean, I had gotten to about level four or five, again, transitioning to the | 当我学习韩语时, 我得到了大约四到五级, 再次过渡到 |
| 443 | advanced level. | 高级水平。 |
| 444 | And I remember I was in my room and I was preparing for an exam. | 我记得我当时在我的房间 准备考试 |
| 445 | We had a test | 我们做了个测试 |
| 446 | in our class and it was going to be a vocabulary test. | 在我们的班级里 这将是一个词汇测试。 |
| 447 | And I got up at 4 a.m. and I had about | 凌晨4点起身,我怀着 |
| 448 | 200 to 300 words that I had to memorize. | 200到300个字,我必须记住。 |
| 449 | And I got up and I was ready to memorize them, | 我站起来,准备记住他们, |
| 450 | and something just happened. | 事情刚刚发生了。 |
| 451 | I said, I can't keep doing this. | 我说,我不能继续这样做。 |
| 452 | I'm just memorizing these words for | 我只是在回忆这些话 |
| 453 | a test, but when the test is over, I won't remember them. | 测试,但当测试结束, 我不记得他们。 |
| 454 | And it happened over and over again. | 时复发生. |
| 455 | And I | 还有我 |
| 456 | said, Tiff, we have to figure out another method, another way of learning vocabulary words so that | 蒂夫,我们必须想出另一种方法 另一种学习词汇的方法 |
| 457 | you can actually remember them. | 你可以记住他们 |
| 458 | So the first thing I realized was, wait a minute. | 所以,我首先意识到的是, 等待一分钟。 |
| 459 | Right now, | 现在 |
| 460 | I am learning vocabulary words from a book. | 我在学习一本书里的词汇 |
| 461 | However, my friends use different words. | 然而,我的朋友使用不同的词语。 |
| 462 | So I said, | 所以我说, |
| 463 | the first thing I need to do, again, for this database method, I said, you know what? | 我要做的第一件事,再次, 对于这个数据库方法, 我说,你知道吗? |
| 464 | I need to | 我必须 |
| 465 | hear the words in a natural setting. | 在自然环境中听到这些话 |
| 466 | So again, I made it a point to watch Korean dramas and listen | 再说一遍,我把看韩剧和听 |
| 467 | closely also to my Korean friends' discussions. | 也和韩国朋友的讨论很密切 |
| 468 | Then the next thing I did, I said, okay, I need | 然后接下来我做了一件事, 我说,好吧,我需要 |
| 469 | to recognize the Korean words that I don't know. | 承认我不懂的韩语 |
| 470 | ┮и璶 quick翴 | |
| 471 | and expressions I had never heard before. | 和从未听到的表情 |
| 472 | Now, I remember doing this. | 现在,我记得这样做。 |
| 473 | I remember it now. | 我现在记得了 |
| 474 | I love, | 我爱 |
| 475 | for those that are Korean, I love Korean dramas. | 对于韩国人,我喜欢韩国的戏剧。 |
| 476 | So again, step one for this new method I was | 再说一遍,我用这个新方法 |
| 477 | developing was, okay, I'm going to watch the programs. | 开发是, 好吧, 我要看节目。 |
| 478 | I'm going to watch the programs. | 我去看节目 |
| 479 | And step two was, I need to recognize, not look up just yet, recognize the words and expressions | 第二步是,我需要承认,而不是抬头看, 承认这些话和表达 |
| 480 | that I don't know. | 说我不知道。 |
| 481 | So as I watched the dramas, I would say, ooh, I never heard that word before, | 所以当我看戏剧时,我会说, 哦,我从来没有听说过这个词, |
| 482 | but I wouldn't look it up. | 但我不会查的 |
| 483 | And why am I emphasizing this? | 为什么我要强调这一点? |
| 484 | Because again, as a learner, | 因为作为一个学习者 |
| 485 | you've probably watched the show. | 你可能看过节目了 |
| 486 | And if you heard something you didn't know, you push stop, | 如果你听到你不知道的东西, 你推停止, |
| 487 | wrote it down, and immediately went to a dictionary. | 写下来,马上去写字典 |
| 488 | I'm probably sure you've done | 我敢肯定,你已经做了 |
| 489 | that because I did the same thing before I developed this method. | 因为我在开发这种方法之前也做了同样的事情。 |
| 490 | So now with this method, | 现在有了这个方法, |
| 491 | I said, nope, Tiff, all you need to do is write the word and then keep watching. | 我说,不,蒂夫,你只需要写字然后继续看 |
| 492 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 493 | This is what I did. | 这就是我所做的。 |
| 494 | The next thing was I needed to get an explanation from a native Korean | 接下来我要从一个朝鲜人那里得到一个解释 |
| 495 | speaker. | 扬声器。 |
| 496 | So I would ask my Korean friends to explain the words and expressions using | 因此,我要求我的韩国朋友用 |
| 497 | real life examples. | 现实生活的例子。 |
| 498 | This is where the key is you all. | 钥匙就在这里 |
| 499 | So again, I said in step two of this method, | 再说一遍,在这种方法的第二步, |
| 500 | I decided to pick the words out that I didn't know, but I didn't look them up in the dictionary. | 我决定挑出那些我不知道的词,但是我并没有在词典中查找. |
| 501 | Pay attention. | 专心点 |
| 502 | Instead for the third step, what I did was I actually went to a native Korean | 而不是第三步,我所做的,其实我去了一个朝鲜本土 |
| 503 | speaker and I asked them, Hey, this is the word I heard. | 发言人和我问他们,嘿,这是我听到的词。 |
| 504 | What does it mean? | 这是什么意思? |
| 505 | And how do I use it in | 我该怎么用呢? |
| 506 | real life situation? | 现实生活? |
| 507 | Let me tell you why this was so important. | 让我告诉你为什么这很重要 |
| 508 | In my mind, I was able to make | 在我的脑海里,我能够 |
| 509 | multiple connections. | 多个连接。 |
| 510 | When my friend would explain the word or the expression, I would watch their | 当我的朋友解释 这个词或表达,我会看着他们 |
| 511 | facial expressions. | 面部表情。 |
| 512 | I would watch their body language. | 我会看他们的身体语言。 |
| 513 | I would listen to what they were saying | 我会听他们说的 |
| 514 | and all of these connections started to be made in my brain. | 所有这些连接 开始在我的大脑。 |
| 515 | That's when I realized this is the key. | 那时我才意识到这是关键 |
| 516 | If I want to remember and use vocabulary words, I need to see an explanation. | 如果我想记住并使用词汇,我需要看到一个解释. |
| 517 | Notice I said, see, | 注意,我说,你看, |
| 518 | I need a video explanation or I need to ask someone in real life. | 我需要一个视频解释 或者我需要问某人在现实生活中。 |
| 519 | So I would ask my Korean | 所以我会问韩国人 |
| 520 | friends and they would explain the words using expressions and real life examples. | 他们会用表达和真实生活的例子来解释这些词语。 |
| 521 | Then what | 那又怎样 |
| 522 | happened? | 发生了什么事? |
| 523 | Then I realized I had to organize the Korean words by category. | 后来我意识到我不得不按类别整理韩语词汇. |
| 524 | So I would write the | 所以我会写 |
| 525 | words and expressions in my notes based on where I learned them. | 在我的笔记中的言语和表达, 依据我学到它们的地方。 |
| 526 | Now this is something that I think | 这才是我想的 |
| 527 | you all remember me teaching in some previous YouTube lessons. | 你们都记得我在YouTube之前的课上教书 |
| 528 | When you're taking notes, | 当你做笔记时, |
| 529 | it's so important to organize your notes. | 整理你的笔记很重要 |
| 530 | You all know that I love organizing things. | 你们都知道我喜欢整理东西 |
| 531 | I'm a very | 我是一个非常 |
| 532 | organized person. | 有组织人员。 |
| 533 | The same is true for my studies when I was studying Korean. | 我学习朝鲜语时的学习也是如此。 |
| 534 | So again, I watched | 再说一遍,我看着 |
| 535 | the drama or listened to my friends' conversations. | 剧情或听我的朋友谈话。 |
| 536 | Then I would recognize the words I didn't know, | 然后我会认出我不知道的话, |
| 537 | but I would not look them up in a dictionary. | 但我不会在字典里查的 |
| 538 | Then the third thing is I would find a real Korean, | 第三件事情是 我会找到真正的韩国人 |
| 539 | a person who was a native Korean speaker, and I'd ask them to explain it to me. | 一个讲朝鲜语的人 我想让他们解释给我听 |
| 540 | And finally, | 终于 |
| 541 | I'd write it down and make a note of where the word came from. | 我会写下来 记下这个词的来源 |
| 542 | When I used this method, | 当我使用这种方法时, |
| 543 | oh my goodness, I was able to remember so many words because there were so many connections | 哦,我的上帝,我能够记住这么多的字 因为有这么多的联系 |
| 544 | in my brain, not just a dictionary that could not give me a real life example, | 在我的大脑里, 不只是一个字典 无法给我一个真实的例子, |
| 545 | visually showing me what would happen. | 直视地告诉我会发生什么 |
| 546 | Now I see a comment came through. | 现在,我看到一个评论通过。 |
| 547 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 548 | K Koba says, Korean dramas, you love them. | K Koba说,韩国的戏剧,你爱他们。 |
| 549 | It's so good to study English and learn tips about | 学英语和学点小说真好 |
| 550 | learning Korean language. | 学习韩语。 |
| 551 | I'm studying Korean too. | 我也在学习韩语 |
| 552 | Good. | 不错 |
| 553 | I'm very happy to hear that. | 我很高兴听到这个 |
| 554 | Good. | 不错 |
| 555 | Now, let me tell you all real quick because I'm going to teach you how to do the exact same thing | 现在,让我告诉大家 真的很快 因为我要教你如何做同样的事情 |
| 556 | I did when I was learning Korean. | 我学韩语的时候就学了 |
| 557 | But why is this database method so important? | 但为什么这种数据库方法如此重要? |
| 558 | Why did it help me | 为什么要帮我? |
| 559 | so much? | 这么多? |
| 560 | Number one, it created connections and triggers in my brain. | 第一,它创造了连接 和触发我的大脑。 |
| 561 | Number two, it helped my | 第二,帮助了我 |
| 562 | keep things organized. | 保持组织。 |
| 563 | And number three, it kept things easily accessible when I needed to use them. | 第三,它让我在需要使用的时候 容易地获取这些东西。 |
| 564 | Remember your brain is amazing. | 记住你的大脑是惊人的。 |
| 565 | And if you study in the way your brain needs you to by creating | 如果你学习的方式 你的大脑需要通过创建 |
| 566 | connections, you will be able to learn and use the words. | 连接,您可以学习和使用这些单词。 |
| 567 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 568 | Um, exactly. | 嗯,没错。 |
| 569 | It can be | 可能是这样 |
| 570 | difficult. | 很难 |
| 571 | And that's why I am teaching you this method today. | 所以我今天教你这个方法 |
| 572 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 573 | So let's see again how | 我们再看看 |
| 574 | you can apply this and actually start learning English vocabulary words. | 您可以应用此软件并开始学习英语词汇。 |
| 575 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 576 | Your | 你们 |
| 577 | experience. | 经验 |
| 578 | How can you use this same database method to learn and use 3000 vocabulary words? | 你怎么能用同样的数据库方法来学习和使用3000个词汇词? |
| 579 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 580 | So step one, you need to watch or listen to two real English conversations. | 第一步,你需要看或听两个真正的英语对话。 |
| 581 | Now | 现在 |
| 582 | there are two things I want you to look at two options. | 有两件事我要你考虑两个选择 |
| 583 | So the first one is classes, | 所以第一个是课 |
| 584 | online courses, or general English video lessons. | 在线课程,或一般英语视频课程。 |
| 585 | You know, I'm saying like even this right here, | 你知道,我说,即使是在这里, |
| 586 | this is an English class where I'm teaching you how to actually follow this method. | 这是英文课,我教你如何真正遵循这个方法。 |
| 587 | Maybe you | 也许你 |
| 588 | other English teachers as well, or you do other online classes, or maybe in your country, | 其他的英语教师,或者你做其他的在线课程, 或者也许在你的国家, |
| 589 | you attend an English class. | 你上英语课。 |
| 590 | That is not what I'm talking about. | 这不是我说的。 |
| 591 | You see, there's a problem with | 你看,有一个问题 |
| 592 | using these as your conversations. | 用这些作为你的谈话。 |
| 593 | Even though they are good, they are mainly focused on teaching you | 虽然他们很厉害,但主要是为了教你 |
| 594 | a concept. | 一个概念。 |
| 595 | They are not focused on showing you how vocabulary is used in real life situations. | 他们并不专注于展示词汇在现实生活中是如何使用的. |
| 596 | Think about it right now. | 考虑一下吧 |
| 597 | I'm just teaching you a lesson. | 我只是教你一个教训。 |
| 598 | I'm not focused on teaching you | 我不是专注教你 |
| 599 | certain vocabulary words in real life situations. | 现实生活中的某些词汇 |
| 600 | So instead of this type of video, you need to | 所以,你需要的不是这种视频 |
| 601 | listen to real life conversations. | 听真实生活的对话。 |
| 602 | So real English conversations, watching or listening to real | 所以真正的英语对话, 观看或听真正的 |
| 603 | English conversations allows you to hear the way native English speakers use certain words | 英语对话可以让你听到英语母语使用某些词的方式 |
| 604 | and expressions in a natural setting. | 和自然环境中的表达 |
| 605 | And this right here, y'all remember I said, | 这里,你们都记得我说过 |
| 606 | I would watch Korean dramas, right? | 我会看韩剧,对不对? |
| 607 | I would watch a program where Koreans were talking in a natural | 我会看一个节目 韩国人在自然中说话 |
| 608 | environment. | 环境。 |
| 609 | And that's what you need to do with English because your brain will start to make | 这是你需要做的英语 因为你的大脑会开始制造 |
| 610 | connections, but it has to be a real English conversation. | 连接,但它必须是真正的英语对话。 |
| 611 | So let's do this really quickly. | 所以,让我们做到这一点非常快。 |
| 612 | I want us to watch a video clip really quickly. | 我要我们很快看一段录像 |
| 613 | And as we watch the conversation, I want you to | 当我们看谈话时 我要你 |
| 614 | try to guess what we are talking about. | 猜猜我们在说什么 |
| 615 | So again, we're going to watch a really quick video clip. | 再说一遍,我们要看一个非常快速的视频片段。 |
| 616 | It's between me and a good friend of mine. | 这是我和一个好朋友之间的事 |
| 617 | Her name is Lanell. | 她叫蓝奈尔 |
| 618 | The clip is about two minutes. | 片段大约两分钟. |
| 619 | Listen to our conversation. | 听我们的谈话。 |
| 620 | And after the clip, I want you to tell me what you think we were | 剪辑后,我要你告诉我你认为我们是什么 |
| 621 | talking about. | 谈论。 |
| 622 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 623 | So here's the clip right here. | 这里有片段 |
| 624 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 625 | Good stuff. | 好东西 |
| 626 | Well, very interesting. | 嗯,非常有趣。 \ N |
| 627 | I can see that you're an Island girl. | 我看得出来你是岛女 |
| 628 | I know that you're an American now, of course, but yes, | 我知道你现在是美国人了,当然,但是是的, |
| 629 | yes. | 对 |
| 630 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 631 | So now let me ask you this next question. | 现在让我问你下一个问题。 |
| 632 | It's kind of our first question. | 这是我们第一个问题 |
| 633 | Tell us one thing, Lanell, one thing that makes you unique or different. | 告诉我们一件事,蓝恩尔, 一件事让你独特或不同。 |
| 634 | So one thing that makes me unique is that, and I don't know how unique this is, but for, | 所以,让我独有的一件事是, 我不知道这是多么独特, 但是, |
| 635 | I would say the largest chunk of my life, my favorite color was purple. | 我想说,我一生中最大的一块, 我最喜欢的颜色是紫色。 |
| 636 | Oh, really? | 是吗? |
| 637 | Yes. | 对 |
| 638 | And | 还有 |
| 639 | the last two years, it's changed. | 过去两年,它改变了。 |
| 640 | Really? | 真的吗? |
| 641 | Now my favorite color is turquoise. | 我最喜欢的颜色是绿宝石 |
| 642 | And so I have my | 所以,我拥有我的 |
| 643 | turquoise cup and my cell phone is turquoise. | 绿宝石杯 我的手机是绿宝石杯 |
| 644 | Turquoise is my new favorite color. | 绿宝石是我最喜欢的颜色 |
| 645 | And so, | 于是, |
| 646 | I don't know, the shift kind of came. | 我不知道, 轮班的那种来了。 |
| 647 | I think it has something to do with my strong desire to | 我觉得这和我的强烈愿望有关 |
| 648 | uh, feel the wonderful waters of the beaches in my little Island in the sun and the water is | 感受阳光下我小岛上海滩的美妙水域 |
| 649 | tur. | |
| 650 | And so, yeah, so I think, cause the beach is my favorite place. | 所以我觉得 海滩是我最喜欢的地方 |
| 651 | So I'm thinking | 所以我觉得 |
| 652 | that's why I'm gravitated to that color. | 所以我才喜欢那种颜色 |
| 653 | So I think that's unique. | 所以,我认为这是独特的。 |
| 654 | Well, we have something | 我们有线索 |
| 655 | in common then sis, because I love turquoise as well. | 因为我喜欢绿松石 |
| 656 | I'm going to show you my plant sitting | 我要给你看我的植物坐着 |
| 657 | right next to me and it's turquoise. | 就在我旁边,这是绿宝石。 |
| 658 | My wall in front of me is turquoise. | 我前面的墙是绿宝石 |
| 659 | So yes, | 所以说 |
| 660 | I understand the love for turquoise as well. | 我也理解对绿宝石的热爱 |
| 661 | Right. | 对 |
| 662 | So we just finished watching that really | 所以我们才刚刚看完 |
| 663 | short video clip. | 短视频片段。 |
| 664 | Let me ask you a question. | 让我问你一个问题。 |
| 665 | Again, myself and Lanell, we were talking about | 再说一遍,我和蓝恩尔,我们正谈论 |
| 666 | some things. | 有些东西 |
| 667 | What do you think our conversation was about? | 你觉得我们谈话的内容是什么? |
| 668 | Just very quickly, not the vocabulary | 只是很快,不是词汇 |
| 669 | words. | 词 |
| 670 | What do you think our conversation was about? | 你觉得我们谈话的内容是什么? |
| 671 | Very quickly. | 很快的。 很快的。 |
| 672 | If you had to tell someone | 如果你不得不告诉别人 |
| 673 | what that video clip was about or what you learned from that video clip, what would you say? | 那段录像片段是关于什么的 或者你从那个录像片段学到了什么 你会怎么说? |
| 674 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 675 | I see some comments coming through. | 我看到一些评论通过。 |
| 676 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 677 | Um, yes. | 对 |
| 678 | What makes her unique and | 是什么使她独一无二和 |
| 679 | what makes her special? | 什么让她特别? |
| 680 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 681 | We're talking about what makes her special and what makes her | 我们在谈论是什么让她特别 是什么让她特别 |
| 682 | unique. | 独一无二 |
| 683 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 684 | Elbin says her favorite color is purple. | 埃尔宾说她最喜欢的颜色是紫色. |
| 685 | Very true. | 没错 |
| 686 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 687 | What | 什麽? |
| 688 | color she likes? | 她喜欢的颜色? |
| 689 | Very true. | 没错 |
| 690 | We're talking about what color she likes. | 我们说的是她喜欢什么颜色 |
| 691 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 692 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 693 | Oh, | 瓳 |
| 694 | yes. | 对 |
| 695 | She did talk about beaches. | 她确实谈到海滩。 |
| 696 | She likes beaches a lot. | 她很喜欢海滩 |
| 697 | Very true. | 没错 |
| 698 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 699 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 700 | Yes. | 对 |
| 701 | We | 我们 |
| 702 | were talking about colors. | 说着颜色 |
| 703 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 704 | Talking about her favorite color. | 说到她最喜欢的颜色 |
| 705 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 706 | Your listening | 你听着 |
| 707 | skills are good guys. | 技术是好人。 |
| 708 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 709 | White Rose says talking about uniqueness. | 白玫瑰说谈独异. |
| 710 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 711 | Her favorite | 她最喜欢的 |
| 712 | color. | 颜色 |
| 713 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 714 | Shell. | 贝壳. |
| 715 | Hey Shell. | 嘿,贝壳。 |
| 716 | Talking about her colors and what she likes. | 谈论她的颜色和喜欢什么。 |
| 717 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 718 | Things about her that make her unique. | 关于她的事情 让她独一无二。 |
| 719 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 720 | Her favorite color. | 她最喜欢的颜色。 |
| 721 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 722 | I can see that you | 我能看见你 |
| 723 | guys were listening very well and you understood what we were talking about. | 大家听得很清楚,你明白我们在说什么 |
| 724 | Hey Monique. | 嘿,莫妮克,你好吗? |
| 725 | Good to | 不错 |
| 726 | see you. | 再见 |
| 727 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 728 | Zanab says the thing that makes her unique. | 扎纳布说的东西 使她的独特。 |
| 729 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 730 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 731 | What makes her | 是什么让她 |
| 732 | unique? | 独一无二? |
| 733 | You and I, Q-U-E. | 你和我,Q -U |
| 734 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 735 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 736 | So again, it seems like everyone was able to | 再说一遍,似乎每个人都可以 |
| 737 | understand what we were saying and follow along very well. | 了解我们刚才说的话,并非常顺从。 |
| 738 | So very good. | 非常不错 |
| 739 | So we were talking about | 所以我们在谈论 |
| 740 | what makes her unique and her favorite color. | 是什么使她独具一格 她最喜欢的颜色。 |
| 741 | So we have a conversation that we watched part of | 所以,我们有一个对话, 我们观看了一部分 |
| 742 | right there. | 就在这里。 |
| 743 | Now if we continue again, remember we're talking about this database and the first | 现在,如果我们再继续, 记住我们正在谈论这个数据库和第一个 |
| 744 | we have to have an English conversation that we're listening to. | 我们必须有一个英语对话, 我们正在听。 |
| 745 | Then right here, step number two, | 然后在这里,第二步, |
| 746 | you need to recognize the words and expressions you don't know. | 你需要识别你不知道的言语 |
| 747 | Now there are two | 现在有两个 |
| 748 | ways to do this. | 如何做到这一点。 |
| 749 | Again, you can either find vocabulary words in books. | 也可以在书中找到词汇。 |
| 750 | Remember I'm showing | 记住我正在展示 |
| 751 | you two things. | 你们两个东西。 |
| 752 | Either you can look for vocabulary words in books or there's another way. | 要么在书中寻找词汇,要么有另一种方法. |
| 753 | So here | 所以这里 |
| 754 | is the problem with looking for vocabulary words only in books. | 只在书中查找词汇的问题 。 |
| 755 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 756 | The main issue with | 主要问题是: |
| 757 | only studying words from English books is that they don't give you the words English speakers | 只研究英语书里的词 就是他们不给你说英语的词 |
| 758 | use in real English conversations. | 用于真正的英语对话。 |
| 759 | I have a story for you guys. | 我有一个故事给你们。 |
| 760 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 761 | Hey, I said it's | 我说了 |
| 762 | story time. | 故事时间。 |
| 763 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 764 | This happened when I was in South Korea. | 这发生在我在韩国的时候。 |
| 765 | But again, this is a very good story | 再说一遍,这是个很好的故事 |
| 766 | for you to understand why it's so important for you to watch and listen to English conversations. | 让你明白为什么看和听英语对话如此重要 |
| 767 | So I taught in South Korea for 10 years and one of my favorite classes I was teaching this class, | 我在韩国教了10年 也是我最喜欢的班级之一 |
| 768 | they were about a level three or a level four. | 大约是三级或四级 |
| 769 | So they were intermediate level students. | 所以他们是中级学生。 |
| 770 | Taught them every day of the week. | 每周每天教他们 |
| 771 | We had a wonderful time in class. | 我们在课堂上玩得很开心 |
| 772 | I spoke with them | 我跟他们谈过了 |
| 773 | naturally, taught them from the books that were given to me that teach them in class, | 自然地,从那些在课堂上教给我的书里教他们, |
| 774 | right? | 对吧? |
| 775 | And they were able to communicate with me. | 他们能跟我沟通 |
| 776 | One day after we got out of class, I was walking | 下课后的一天,我走路 |
| 777 | in the hallway and my friend walked up the stairs. | 在走廊和我的朋友 上楼梯。 |
| 778 | Now he was a guy from Canada and he walked up the | 现在他是一个来自加拿大的家伙 他走了起来 |
| 779 | stairs and he was African American guy, well, African Canadian, black guy. | 他是非裔美国人 加拿大黑人 |
| 780 | He walked up the | 他走了起来 |
| 781 | stairs. | 楼梯 |
| 782 | And again, I did not realize that my words had changed. | 再说一次,我没有意识到我的话已经改变了。 |
| 783 | As soon as I saw him, I said, | 我一见到他 我就说 |
| 784 | yo man, what's good? | 伙计,有什么好? |
| 785 | What's up? | 这是怎么回事? |
| 786 | How you been? | 你好吗? |
| 787 | And we proceeded to have a conversation. | 然后我们开始交谈 |
| 788 | Now something happened in the midst of our conversation. | 现在,在我们的对话中发生了一些事情。 |
| 789 | We were so excited to see each | 我们非常兴奋地看到 |
| 790 | other. | 其他费用。 |
| 791 | We suddenly paused and looked around and all of my students were staring at me. | 我们突然停下来四处看 我的学生都盯着我看 |
| 792 | And I looked at them and I said, what's wrong? | 我看着他们说,怎么了? |
| 793 | They said, teacher, we have no idea | 他们说,老师,我们不知道 |
| 794 | what you guys are saying. | 你们在说什么? |
| 795 | And it caught me off guard. | 它让我措手不及 |
| 796 | I was shocked because again, I said, | 我震惊是因为,我再说一遍, |
| 797 | these were amazing students. | 他们是惊人的学生。 |
| 798 | They were students who could communicate with me. | 他们都是能和我交流的学生 |
| 799 | They were students | 他们是学生 |
| 800 | who in class had no problem expressing themselves. | 在课堂上表达自己没有问题 |
| 801 | However, they were learning from a book in class. | 然而,他们在课堂上学习一本书。 |
| 802 | And when they came out of the class and they weren't using the book and they heard me having | 当他们从班上出来, 他们没有使用这本书, 他们听到我有一个 |
| 803 | a real English conversation with another native English speaker, they weren't able to understand | 一个真正的英语对话 另一位母语英语, 他们不明白 |
| 804 | what I was saying. | 我说的 |
| 805 | This is why I'm emphasizing the importance of listening to real English | 这就是为什么我强调 听真正的英语的重要性 |
| 806 | conversations because for my students, think about how frustrating that must've been for them. | 因为对于我的学生来说, 想想这对他们来说是多么令人沮丧。 |
| 807 | In my class, they were doing well. | 在我的班上,他们表现很好。 |
| 808 | They were learning a lot from the book. | 他们从书里学到了很多东西 |
| 809 | They were super | 他们是超级 |
| 810 | intelligent, but they weren't even able to understand their teacher when I spoke with | 聪明,但他们甚至 无法理解他们的老师 当我与 |
| 811 | another native English speaker. | 又一个英语母语。 |
| 812 | So I'm trying to encourage you, don't be frustrated if you hear a | 所以我想鼓励你,不要沮丧 如果你听到一个 |
| 813 | conversation and you're not able to understand. | 谈话,你无法理解。 |
| 814 | The thing is you have to switch the way you're | 事情是你必须改变你的方式 |
| 815 | learning vocabulary. | 学习词汇。 |
| 816 | You need to switch to use this database method that I'm teaching you right | 你需要切换 使用这个数据库的方法 我教你的权利 |
| 817 | now. | 现在 |
| 818 | All right, so hopefully you enjoyed that story. | 好吧,希望你喜欢这个故事。 |
| 819 | Don't worry, my students improved. | 别担心,我的学生进步了。 |
| 820 | So here's the other way. | 所以这里是另一条路。 |
| 821 | Vocabulary words from real English conversations. | 词汇来自真实的英语对话. |
| 822 | Now, | 现在, |
| 823 | these vocabulary words can be used in real life situations because they come from real English | 这些词汇可以在现实生活中使用,因为它们来自真实的英语 |
| 824 | conversations. | 谈话。 |
| 825 | So you don't have to worry about learning uncommon words. | 所以你不必担心学习不寻常的词. |
| 826 | Again, some students say, | 再说一遍 有些学生说 |
| 827 | teacher, I learned this vocabulary word, but is it really used often in English? | 老师,我学会了这个词汇,但是它真的经常用在英语里吗? |
| 828 | I'm not really sure. | 我不太确定 说不定 |
| 829 | Well, if you're learning vocabulary words based on this database method from real English | 好吧,如果你正在学习词汇词 基于这个数据库的方法 从真正的英语 |
| 830 | conversations, you don't ever have to worry about if they're used or not because you'll | 谈话,你不必担心他们是否被利用 因为你会 |
| 831 | hear them in natural English conversations. | 在自然的英语对话中听到他们的声音. |
| 832 | Now, Helen says, I listened to teacher Tiffany. | 海伦说 我听蒂芬尼老师的 |
| 833 | I understand perfectly, but it's true. | 我完全理解,但这是真的。 |
| 834 | The vocabulary is essential. | 词汇至关重要。 |
| 835 | Thank you so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 836 | It's very true. | 实相甚深. |
| 837 | You listen to me and enjoy my classes, but it's very different when you | 你听我的,享受我的课, 但这是非常不同的 当你 |
| 838 | hear me speaking to another native English speaker in a real English conversation. | 听到我在真正的英语对话中 和另一个英语母语说话。 |
| 839 | So very good point. | 说得好 |
| 840 | I'm glad you said that. | 很高兴你这么说 |
| 841 | Now, this is what I want us to do very quickly. | 这就是我要我们尽快做的。 |
| 842 | Remember we heard a short | 记得我们听到一个短声 |
| 843 | clip earlier, right? | 早点剪辑,对吧? |
| 844 | A short clip of a conversation, a natural English conversation between me and my | 一段短短的谈话 我和我的英语对话 |
| 845 | friend, Linnell. | 朋友,林内尔。 |
| 846 | We're going to watch that video clip one more time. | 我们再看一次录像片段 |
| 847 | And this is what I want each | 这就是我想要的 |
| 848 | of you to do. | 由你来决定 |
| 849 | I want you, as you watch it again, to try to pick out a few words you don't know. | 我要你再看一遍 试着挑几个你不知道的词 |
| 850 | So | 这么说 |
| 851 | again, try to pick out a few words you don't know. | 再次,尝试挑出一些你不知道的话。 |
| 852 | We're going to watch the video clip, the same video | 我们要看录像片段 同样的录像 |
| 853 | clip. | 图标。 |
| 854 | You can pick one word or two or three. | 可以选一二三字. |
| 855 | Don't worry about the spelling. | 不要担心拼写。 |
| 856 | Remember the goal here | 记住这里的目标 |
| 857 | is again, part of this database method is step two, listen for words you don't know. | 也是,这个数据库方法的一部分是第二步, 聆听你不知道的词。 |
| 858 | Don't look them up. | 别查他们 |
| 859 | Just listen for words that you don't know. | 听听你不知道的话 |
| 860 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 861 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 862 | Good stuff. | 好东西 |
| 863 | Well, very interesting. | 嗯,非常有趣。 \ N |
| 864 | I can see that you're an Island girl. | 我看得出来你是岛女 |
| 865 | I know that you're an American now, of course, but yes, | 我知道你现在是美国人了,当然,但是是的, |
| 866 | yes. | 对 |
| 867 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 868 | So now let me ask you this next question. | 现在让我问你下一个问题。 |
| 869 | It's kind of our first question. | 这是我们第一个问题 |
| 870 | Tell us one thing, Linnell, one thing that makes you unique or different. | 告诉我们一件事,林奈尔, 一件事让你独特或不同。 |
| 871 | So one thing that makes me unique is that, and I don't know how unique this is, but for, | 所以,让我独有的一件事是, 我不知道这是多么独特, 但是, |
| 872 | I would say the largest chunk of my life, my favorite color was purple. | 我想说,我一生中最大的一块, 我最喜欢的颜色是紫色。 |
| 873 | Oh, really? | 是吗? |
| 874 | Yes. | 对 |
| 875 | And in the last two years, it's changed. | 而后二年,改'. |
| 876 | Really? | 真的吗? |
| 877 | Now my favorite color is turquoise. | 我最喜欢的颜色是绿宝石 |
| 878 | And so I have | 所以,我已经 |
| 879 | my turquoise cup and my cell phone is turquoise. | 我的绿宝石杯和手机都是绿宝石 |
| 880 | Turquoise is my new favorite color. | 绿宝石是我最喜欢的颜色 |
| 881 | And so, | 于是, |
| 882 | I don't know, the shift kind of came, I think it has something to do with my strong desire to | 我不知道,轮班的到来, 我觉得这和我强烈的渴望有关 |
| 883 | feel the wonderful waters of the beaches in my little Island in the sun and the water is | 感受阳光下我小岛上海滩的美妙水面 |
| 884 | tur. | |
| 885 | And so, yeah, so I think, because the beach is my favorite place. | 所以,是的,我想, 因为海滩是我最喜欢的地方。 |
| 886 | So I'm thinking | 所以我觉得 |
| 887 | that's why I'm gravitated to that color. | 所以我才喜欢那种颜色 |
| 888 | So I think that's unique. | 所以,我认为这是独特的。 |
| 889 | Well, we have something in | 我们里面有东西 |
| 890 | this because I love turquoise as well. | 因为我也喜欢绿宝石 |
| 891 | I'm going to show you my plant sitting right next to me. | 我要给你看我的植物坐在我旁边 |
| 892 | And it's turquoise wall in front of me is turquoise. | 我面前的绿宝石墙是绿宝石 |
| 893 | So yes, I understand the love | 所以,是的,我理解爱 |
| 894 | for turquoise as well. | 对绿宝石也一样。 |
| 895 | Right. | 对 |
| 896 | So I heard a lot of messages popping up and I see that you guys were | 所以,我听到很多信息 涌现出来,我看到你们 |
| 897 | listening very well. | 仔细听 |
| 898 | And again, the purpose was as you were listening to our conversation, | 再说一遍,目的就是你在听我们的谈话 |
| 899 | to listen for words you don't know or you didn't know. | 听听你不知道或不知道的话 |
| 900 | So let's see. | 让我们来看看。 |
| 901 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 902 | I see | 原来如此 |
| 903 | some people popped in purple. | 有人用紫色弹出 |
| 904 | Yes. | 对 |
| 905 | P U R P L E. 不错. | |
| 906 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 907 | A new word for you. | 给你个新词 |
| 908 | Tur. | |
| 909 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 910 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 911 | Chun. | |
| 912 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 913 | I was wondering if you all were going to catch some | 我在想,如果你们都要去抓一些 |
| 914 | of these words. | 这些词。 |
| 915 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 916 | Unique. | 独一无二 |
| 917 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 918 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 919 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 920 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 921 | Another word | 又一个字 |
| 922 | chunk. | 块。 |
| 923 | A lot of you wrote chunk. | 很多人都写了很多 |
| 924 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 925 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 926 | I see chunk shift. | 我看到了大块的转变。 |
| 927 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 928 | I was wondering if you were going to catch that word too. | 我在想你是否也会听到这个词 |
| 929 | A shift. | 换班 |
| 930 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 931 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 932 | Again, | 再说一遍 |
| 933 | notice I haven't explained them. | 我还没解释呢 |
| 934 | The goal of step two is just to write down the words you hear | 第二步的目的 就是写下你听到的字 |
| 935 | or don't understand. | 还是不明白。 |
| 936 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 937 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 938 | You didn't catch her new favorite color turquoise | 你没抓到她最喜欢的颜色绿松石 |
| 939 | tur. | |
| 940 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 941 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 942 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 943 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 944 | A lot of people wrote chunk. | 很多人都写了很多 |
| 945 | Ah, | 摆 |
| 946 | see this one gravitated to very good catch. | 看看这个 引力非常好的捕捉。 |
| 947 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 948 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 949 | Gravitated to very good. | 引力到非常不错。 |
| 950 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 951 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 952 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 953 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 954 | Excellent job. | 干得不错 |
| 955 | Everyone. | 诸人. |
| 956 | Very, | 甚处来. |
| 957 | very good job. | 干得不错 |
| 958 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 959 | Chunk and gravitated to so very good. | 春克和引力 这么好。 |
| 960 | So you notice again during our | 所以,你再次注意到我们 |
| 961 | conversation, even though it was very short, the video clip was very short. | 录像片段虽然很短, |
| 962 | There were words that | 有的话 |
| 963 | you heard that, Oh, wait a minute. | 你听见了,等一下 |
| 964 | What, what does that mean? | 这是什么意思? |
| 965 | There were certain words you didn't | 有些话你没说 |
| 966 | understand or didn't catch. | 理解或没有赶上。 |
| 967 | So that's part of step two. | 所以这是第二步的一部分。 |
| 968 | And that leads us to step three. | 这导致我们进入第三步。 |
| 969 | Again, | 再说一遍 |
| 970 | this is part of the database method I used when I was learning Korean and that I want you to use | 这是我学习韩语时使用的数据库方法的一部分,我要你使用 |
| 971 | in order to learn 3000 vocabulary words. | 为了学习3000个词汇. |
| 972 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 973 | Step three is watch video explanations | 第三步是看视频解释 |
| 974 | or ask native speakers to explain how to properly use them. | 或者请讲母语的人解释如何正确使用这些语言。 |
| 975 | This is so important. | 这很重要 |
| 976 | I cannot stress | 我不能强调 |
| 977 | or emphasize the importance of actually having a native English speaker explain to you what the | 或强调让母语英语者 向你们解释 |
| 978 | word or expression means. | 语言或表达方式。 |
| 979 | Honestly, you all I've had students over my time as a teacher, | 老实说,你所有的学生 在我的老师时代, |
| 980 | I've had students who only looked in the dictionary. | 我的学生只看字典。 |
| 981 | And then when they've used the word, | 然后当他们用这个词, |
| 982 | I said, ah, I know what you're trying to say, but we don't use it like that. | и弧摆и笵稱弧ぐ或 иぃ穦硂或弧 |
| 983 | And I've seen the | 我见过 |
| 984 | frustration come on their face. | 他们的脸上充满了挫折感。 |
| 985 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 986 | Because they thought they knew the word. | 因为他们认为他们知道这个词。 |
| 987 | They thought they knew | 他们以为他们知道 |
| 988 | how to use it. | 如何用着. |
| 989 | But the problem was they had only used a dictionary. | 但问题是他们只用了字典 |
| 990 | They didn't know that they had | 他们不知道他们有 |
| 991 | to come to a native speaker. | 来到一个母语。 |
| 992 | Just like when I went to a native Korean speaker, everything started to | 就像我去看韩国母语演讲时一样 一切开始 |
| 993 | click. | 点击。 |
| 994 | So here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 995 | There are two options you have when you're looking up a word. | 在寻找一个词的时候,你有两种选择。 |
| 996 | You can use a dictionary or Google search to find the meaning. | 您可以使用词典或Google搜索找到其含义. |
| 997 | Google is amazing, | 谷歌是惊人的, |
| 998 | but Google also has some problems. | 但谷歌也有问题 |
| 999 | Here's the deal. | 交易是这样的 |
| 1000 | This can be an issue because sometimes the | 这可能是个问题 因为有时 |
| 1001 | meaning isn't clear and you don't know how to use it in a real life situation. | 意思不清楚,你不知道如何在现实生活中使用它。 |
| 1002 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 1003 | If | 若为 |
| 1004 | you only have a book and the book's explanation is not clear, what can you do? | 你只有一本书 书的解释还不清楚 你能做什么? |
| 1005 | You can search | 您可以搜索 |
| 1006 | online for minutes, for hours, for it doesn't matter, but you can search for a long time and | 在线几分钟,几个小时, 因为这不重要, 但你可以搜索很长一段时间, |
| 1007 | still not figure out how can I use this in real life. | 仍然不知道我如何在现实生活中使用这个。 |
| 1008 | However, if you have a video explanation | 不过,如果你有视频解释 |
| 1009 | for that specific word or expression, or if you have a native English speaker that you can speak | 如果您有英语母语,您可以说 |
| 1010 | to, this is what will happen. | 就是这样 |
| 1011 | Listening to an explanation from a native speaker, this makes it | 听到一个本地人的解释, |
| 1012 | easier for you to understand the words and expressions because the native speaker will | 你更容易理解这些话和表达,因为当地人会说 |
| 1013 | give you real examples. | 举个例子 |
| 1014 | Now, a few moments ago, we watched the video clip, right? | 现在,几分钟前,我们看了 视频剪辑,对不对? |
| 1015 | And I asked you | 我问你 |
| 1016 | all to say some words that you heard that were new for you. | 都是为了说一些你听到的话 对你来说是新的 |
| 1017 | And a few of you caught this expression | 而你们中有些人却发现了这个表情 |
| 1018 | gravitated to, right? | 被吸引,对不对? |
| 1019 | Gravitated to or gravitated towards. | 引力或引力对准. |
| 1020 | This expression is very common in English, | 这种表达方式在英语中非常常见, |
| 1021 | but again, you wrote it because you didn't necessarily know what it means. | 再说一遍,你写它是因为 你不一定知道它是什么意思。 |
| 1022 | So here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 1023 | Two sides. | 二边. |
| 1024 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1025 | The dictionary is the left side. | 字典为左. |
| 1026 | Gravitate means to | 引力意味着 |
| 1027 | move towards or be attracted to something or someone physically, mentally, or emotionally. | 或被某种东西 或某种身体、精神或情感所吸引 |
| 1028 | Not going to say anything else. | 什么都不会说 |
| 1029 | I just read exactly what the dictionary said, | 我刚读了字典上说的 |
| 1030 | but according to the database method for step number three, if you look at a video explanation. | 但根据第三步的数据库方法, 如果你看到一个视频解释。 |
| 1031 | Now what's going to happen right now is I want to show you a very quick clip, a video explanation | 现在会发生什么 现在,我想给你看一个非常快的片段, 一个视频解释 |
| 1032 | of the expression gravitate to after we watch it. | 我们看完之后, 表达式的重力。 |
| 1033 | I want to see if you can make a sentence using | 我想看看你能不能用 |
| 1034 | gravitate to again, we read the dictionary definition. | 重温一遍,我们读到了字典的定义。 |
| 1035 | I didn't give you any examples, | 我没有给你任何例子, |
| 1036 | but now we're going to watch this video explanation and let's see if you guys can make a sentence | 但是现在我们要看这个视频解释 看看你们能不能说一句 |
| 1037 | after watching this. | 看完这个 |
| 1038 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1039 | So the phrasal verb gravitate to or gravitate towards just means | 因此,词性动词引力 或引力向公正的手段 |
| 1040 | to be attracted to a place, a person, or a thing. | 被吸引到一个地方,一个人,或某事。 |
| 1041 | So for example, when I was a child, I always | 所以,举例来说,当我还是个孩子,我总是 |
| 1042 | gravitated towards artistic creative activities. | 热衷于艺术创作活动。 |
| 1043 | So these kinds of activities attracted me | 所以这种活动吸引了我 |
| 1044 | or pulled me in. | 或者拉我进来 |
| 1045 | I loved these things. | 我喜欢这些东西 |
| 1046 | Another example, you can gravitate towards a place. | 另一个例子是,你可以引力到一个地方。 |
| 1047 | So let's say that you visit New York City. | 因此,让我们假设你访问纽约市。 |
| 1048 | You will probably gravitate to Times Square because | 你可能会引力 到时代广场,因为 |
| 1049 | it's a very famous popular place. | 这是一个非常著名的 流行的地方。 |
| 1050 | It attracts many people. | 吸引了许多人. |
| 1051 | So again, to gravitate to or to gravitate | 因此,再次引力 或引力 |
| 1052 | towards something, someone, or a place just means to be attracted or pulled in by that thing. | 某个人,或者一个地方 只是为了被它吸引或拉进来 |
| 1053 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1054 | So we just watched a video explanation for this gravitate to. | 所以,我们刚刚看了一个视频解释 这个引力到。 |
| 1055 | Now let me ask you a | 现在让我问你 |
| 1056 | question. | 问题。 |
| 1057 | Did you understand what her name is? | 你知道她叫什么吗? |
| 1058 | Teacher Julie. | 朱莉老师 |
| 1059 | Oh, for those that don't know, | 哦,对于那些不知道的人, |
| 1060 | teacher Julie is a new teacher in the academy to speak English at Tiffany Academy. | 朱莉老师是学院的一位新教师 在蒂凡尼学院讲英语。 |
| 1061 | She's amazing. | 她很厉害 |
| 1062 | She's awesome, but she just explained how to use gravitate to. | 她很棒 但她只是解释了如何使用引力 |
| 1063 | So I want you all in the comment | 所以我要你们都加入评论 |
| 1064 | section to write a sentence using gravitate to again, look at it right here, gravitate to | 使用引力来写句子,请看这里,引力到 |
| 1065 | or gravitate towards. | 或引力向着。 |
| 1066 | Let me see if after watching the video explanation, are you able to write a | 让我看看看视频解释后 你能写一个 |
| 1067 | sentence? | 判决? |
| 1068 | Now again, for me, she explained it very well. | 现在再说一遍,对我来说,她解释得非常好。 |
| 1069 | It was very clear. | 很明显 |
| 1070 | So if I was an | 所以,如果我是一个 |
| 1071 | English learner, I'd say, Oh, I got it. | 学英语的,我会说, 哦,我明白了。 |
| 1072 | She explained it with so many different examples | 她用很多不同的例子来解释 |
| 1073 | and gravitate to makes sense. | 和引力使 说得通。 |
| 1074 | Now. | 现在 |
| 1075 | So again, in the comment section, really quickly, I know you | 所以,在评论部分, 很快,我认识你 |
| 1076 | guys are typing probably very quickly, write a sentence saying gravitate to, okay. | 伙计们打字的速度可能很快 写一句引力的句子 |
| 1077 | I gravitate | 我引领 |
| 1078 | to dot dot dot. | 来点点点。 |
| 1079 | What do you gravitate to? | 你引领什么? |
| 1080 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1081 | Thank you, land. | 谢谢你,陆地。 |
| 1082 | I'm so happy to hear that | 我很高兴听到这个 |
| 1083 | her explanation was amazing. | 她的解释是惊人的。 |
| 1084 | She's an awesome teacher. | 她是个好老师 |
| 1085 | I love having her in the academy. | 我喜欢她进学院 |
| 1086 | All | 全体 |
| 1087 | right. | 对 |
| 1088 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1089 | I have moved to Virginia state, but I still gravitated to Oregon state. | 我已经搬到了弗吉尼亚州, 但我仍然引力到俄勒冈州。 |
| 1090 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1091 | You still move toward that. | 你还在朝着那个方向前进 |
| 1092 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1093 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1094 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1095 | Let's see some more | 我们再看看 |
| 1096 | sentences that coming through. | 句子来通过。 |
| 1097 | Um, all right. | 嗯,没事。 |
| 1098 | Since I was a child, I always gravitated to | 我从小就喜欢 |
| 1099 | how my tur toys work. | 我的涡轮玩具如何工作。 |
| 1100 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1101 | Learning how toys work. | 学习玩具如何工作。 |
| 1102 | Hey, Daisy. | 嘿,黛丝。 |
| 1103 | Good to see you, hon. | 很高兴见到你,亲爱的。 |
| 1104 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 1105 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1106 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1107 | So this one, I gravitate to chocolate. | 所以这个,我引力到巧克力。 |
| 1108 | Chocolate is delicious. | 巧克力不错吃 |
| 1109 | It's really | 这是真的 |
| 1110 | a temptation. | 一个诱惑。 |
| 1111 | It's delicious. | 这是美味的。 |
| 1112 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1113 | So let's see some more sentences. | 故多举句. |
| 1114 | Um, so not I am, but I | 嗯,所以不是我,但我 |
| 1115 | gravitate to painting. | 引力作画. |
| 1116 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1117 | I gravitate to painting. | 我引力画画。 |
| 1118 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1119 | Let's see some more. | 让我们再看看。 |
| 1120 | Um, | 额... |
| 1121 | let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1122 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1123 | I gravitate to, uh, I gravitate to your smile. | 我引领,呃, 我引领你的微笑。 |
| 1124 | Thank you so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 1125 | Thank you. | 谢谢 |
| 1126 | I appreciate that. | 我很感激。 |
| 1127 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1128 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1129 | Uh, not I am, but I gravitate to, or I | 呃,不是我,但我引领,或我 |
| 1130 | gravitated to photography. | 引力到摄影。 |
| 1131 | Good. | 不错 |
| 1132 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1133 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1134 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1135 | Alexander. | 亚历山大 |
| 1136 | I gravitated | 我引领 |
| 1137 | to fitness. | 以健身为目的 |
| 1138 | Alexander from your picture. | 亚历山大从你的照片。 |
| 1139 | You look like you're in shape, like you have a good, | 你看起来像你的身体, 像你有一个好, |
| 1140 | a good build. | 不错的建筑。 |
| 1141 | I like that. | 我喜欢 |
| 1142 | Lots of muscles, right? | 很多肌肉,对不对? |
| 1143 | Good stuff. | 好东西 |
| 1144 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1145 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1146 | Um, | 额... |
| 1147 | let me see some more sentences that have come through. | 让我再看几句话 |
| 1148 | Excellent guys. | 不错的家伙。 |
| 1149 | You guys are doing | 你们在干嘛? |
| 1150 | amazing. | 厉害 |
| 1151 | Keep typing your sentences, pop them in the comment section. | 继续输入句子,在评论部分弹出. |
| 1152 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1153 | Uh, I gravitated | 呃,我引领 |
| 1154 | to your lesson. | 敬你的课。 |
| 1155 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1156 | Not I am, but I gravitated to your lesson. | 不是我,但我引领你的课。 |
| 1157 | I gravitate to cooking. | 我引力做饭。 |
| 1158 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 1159 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1160 | Uh, when I was a child, I gravitated to music. | 呃,当我还是个孩子, 我引领音乐。 |
| 1161 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 1162 | Very nice. | 很不错 |
| 1163 | I enjoy music too. | 我也喜欢音乐 |
| 1164 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1165 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1166 | I always used to gravitate to fast food. | 常以速食为主. |
| 1167 | It is delicious. | 这是美味的。 |
| 1168 | It's not good for our bodies, but it's delicious. | 这对我们的身体不好,但很美味. |
| 1169 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1170 | Two more, two more. | 复有二门. |
| 1171 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1172 | Here | 给 |
| 1173 | we go. | 我们走了。 |
| 1174 | I gravitated to learning English. | 我热衷于学习英语。 |
| 1175 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1176 | Good. | 不错 |
| 1177 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1178 | Uh, I gravitated | 呃,我引领 |
| 1179 | to traveling around the world. | 环游世界 |
| 1180 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1181 | Excellent guys. | 不错的家伙。 |
| 1182 | So you see what happened, right? | 所以,你看发生了什么,对不对? |
| 1183 | She gave that video explanation literally was 40, I think 48 seconds long, | 她给出的视频解释 字面上是40, 我想48秒长, |
| 1184 | but because it was a video explanation from a native English speaker, boom, it suddenly made | 但是,因为这是一个视频解释 来自一个母语英语, boom,它突然做了 |
| 1185 | sense. | 感觉 |
| 1186 | Like, Oh, okay. | 喜欢,哦,好吧。 |
| 1187 | Yeah. | 对 |
| 1188 | I gravitated to what happens. | 我引以为豪 |
| 1189 | And I saw someone in the comments, | 我看到有人在评论, |
| 1190 | make this comment. | 作此评论。 |
| 1191 | Some dictionaries do give real life examples. | 有些词典确实给出了真实生活的例子. |
| 1192 | However, there's something | 不过,有些事 |
| 1193 | that's different when you watch a native speaker, explain the word, explain the expression, | 当你看着一个母语, 解释这个词, 解释表达, |
| 1194 | and give a real life example. | 并给出一个真实的生活例子。 |
| 1195 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1196 | Because it's not just the words coming out of their mouth. | 因为不只是他们嘴里说出来的词 |
| 1197 | It's their expressions. | 是他们的表情 |
| 1198 | It's their body language. | 这是他们的身体语言。 |
| 1199 | If I'm talking about a sad word, I'm not going to | 如果我说一个悲伤的话,我不会 |
| 1200 | say, yeah, she was just so sad. | 说,是的,她只是那么伤心。 |
| 1201 | No, I'm going to change my body language. | 不,我要改变我的身体语言。 |
| 1202 | I'm going to change | 我要改变 |
| 1203 | my facial expressions. | 我的脸部表情 |
| 1204 | And all of these things affect the way you learn. | 所有这些事情都影响你的学习方式。 |
| 1205 | So when you're learning | 所以,当你学习 |
| 1206 | vocabulary, if you have a visual representation, a video explanation, or a native English speaker | 词汇,如果您有视觉表现、视频解释或母语英语语言 |
| 1207 | to explain it to you, your brain immediately has listening triggers, visual triggers, | 为了解释它,你的大脑 立即有听触发器,视觉触发器, |
| 1208 | and connections because of the explanations given makes sense. | 和联系,因为给出的解释是有道理的。 |
| 1209 | Yeah. | 对 |
| 1210 | So I'm glad you guys | 所以我很高兴你们 |
| 1211 | enjoyed that. | 喜欢这样。 |
| 1212 | Again, teacher Julie is awesome. | 朱莉老师也很棒 |
| 1213 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1214 | So we understand now, according to step | 所以我们现在明白了,按照步骤 |
| 1215 | three, we have to have a video explanation. | 三,我们必须有一个视频解释。 |
| 1216 | Now, step number four, document and organize | 现在,第四步,记录和组织 |
| 1217 | everything you learned so that you can review everything later. | 你所学的一切 都是为了让你以后能回顾一切 |
| 1218 | I mentioned this earlier when | 我之前提到过这一点,当 |
| 1219 | I was in Korea, learning Korean, and I got to this intermediate level, trying to move up to the | 我在韩国学习韩语 我到了中间阶段 试图升到 |
| 1220 | advanced level that I would ask my friends, always ask them to explain something to me so I could | 高级,我会要求我的朋友, 总是要求他们 向我解释一些事情,我可以 |
| 1221 | watch them. | 看他们。 |
| 1222 | And then I would write it down in my notebook and I would put little notes. | 然后,我会把它写在我的笔记本上, 我会放一些笔记。 |
| 1223 | I'd write | 我会写 |
| 1224 | the word, write the meaning according to what my friend said, and then maybe draw a little picture | 这个词,按照我的朋友说的话写下意义,然后画一幅小画 |
| 1225 | to have a visual representation. | 有视觉表现。 |
| 1226 | And I have it organized the day, what I watched, everything is | 我安排了一天,我看的,一切都是 |
| 1227 | organized. | 有组织。 |
| 1228 | And that's why I call it a database. | 这就是为什么我称之为数据库。 |
| 1229 | Your brain is amazing. | 你的大脑很神奇 |
| 1230 | Your brain organizes | 你的大脑组织 |
| 1231 | information. | 资料。 |
| 1232 | So when you are learning vocabulary, if you organize all of the information surrounding | 所以当你学习词汇时 如果你整理周围的所有信息 |
| 1233 | a vocabulary word, it will make it easier for your brain to find it when you need to use it. | 一个词汇,它会让你的大脑更容易在需要使用时找到它. |
| 1234 | That's the amazing aspect of our brain that I want us all to understand. | 这就是我们大脑中令人惊奇的一面, 我希望我们所有人都能理解。 |
| 1235 | I am teaching you | 我教你们 |
| 1236 | English, but I'm also trying to teach you how to think. | 英文,但我也试着教你如何思考. |
| 1237 | And you have to realize when you're | 你必须意识到 当你 |
| 1238 | learning vocabulary, it's not just about memorizing. | 学习词汇,不仅仅是回忆。 |
| 1239 | Your brain cannot just have one source. | 你的大脑不能只有一个来源 |
| 1240 | It needs | 这需要 |
| 1241 | to have multiple sources in order to create connections and triggers. | 以创建连接和触发。 |
| 1242 | And that's what video | 这就是视频 |
| 1243 | explanations and an organized notebook will do for your brain. | 解释和有条理的笔记本对你的大脑有帮助 |
| 1244 | Your brain will say, | 你的大脑会说 |
| 1245 | thank you so much for organizing. | 非常感谢你的组织。 |
| 1246 | That's all I wanted. | 这就是我想要的。 |
| 1247 | And you'll be able to remember the | 你会记得 |
| 1248 | vocabulary a lot faster. | 词汇要快得多 |
| 1249 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 1250 | Daisy, I'm so happy to hear that you like this method. | 黛西,我很高兴听到你喜欢这个方法 |
| 1251 | I'm so happy. | 我很高兴。 |
| 1252 | You guys are amazing. | 你们真是太棒了 |
| 1253 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1254 | What do you do when you don't have a native friend? | 你没有本地朋友时怎么办? |
| 1255 | That's an amazing question. | 这是一个惊人的问题。 |
| 1256 | Again, as your teacher, that's what has been, what is the word? | 再说一遍,作为你的老师,这就是过去,是什么词? |
| 1257 | That has been my main concern for so long because I literally get the question about vocabulary all | 很久以来,我一直关心这个问题,因为我从字面上得到了关于词汇的问题 |
| 1258 | the time, but I understand how to learn vocabulary because again, when I was learning Korean, | 时间,但我理解如何学习词汇 因为,再次,当我学习韩语, |
| 1259 | I developed this method. | 我开发了这种方法。 |
| 1260 | But I also understand that many of you don't have any native English | 但我也明白,你们当中很多人 没有一个本地的英语 |
| 1261 | speakers around you. | 扬声器在你周围。 |
| 1262 | However, you saw what happened when you watched the video of a | 然而,你看到了发生了什么 当你看视频 |
| 1263 | native English speaker explaining a specific word and expression. | 讲英语的当地人解释一个具体的词和表达方式。 |
| 1264 | So even if you are not | 所以即使你没有 |
| 1265 | surrounded by native English speakers, if you have a database, a database that includes | 由英语母语者包围,如果您有数据库,数据库中包含 |
| 1266 | video explanations from a native English speaker, your English will improve just like my Korean | 一个英语母语的视频解释 您的英语会像韩国语一样改善 |
| 1267 | improved. | 改进。 |
| 1268 | So don't worry again. | 所以别再担心了 |
| 1269 | I told you all at the beginning, I have the database for you guys. | 我一开始就跟你们说过 我有你们的数据库 |
| 1270 | If you want it, you're welcome to join, of course, but I created a database so that you don't have to | 如果你想要,欢迎你加入,当然, 但我创建了一个数据库,以便你不必 |
| 1271 | worry about that. | 担心这一点。 |
| 1272 | Even if you don't have anybody around you. | 即使你身边没有人 |
| 1273 | Oh, wait a minute. | 单单 |
| 1274 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1275 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1276 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 1277 | Adding the words to a random list of English words. | 在英语单词的随机列表中添加单词. |
| 1278 | This makes it hard for your | 这让你很难受 |
| 1279 | brain to find a connection. | 大脑寻找连接。 |
| 1280 | In other words, without a trigger, it will be harder to remember | 换句话说,如果没有触发器,就更难记住 |
| 1281 | them later. | 晚点再说 |
| 1282 | Why am I saying this? | 我为什么要这么说? |
| 1283 | So I am sure that all of you have an English notebook, a notebook | 所以我相信你们都有一本英文笔记本,一本笔记本 |
| 1284 | that you write things down in. | 你写的东西。 |
| 1285 | Again, remember I did the same thing for Korean. | 记得我对韩国人也是这样 |
| 1286 | However, I noticed | 不过,我注意到 |
| 1287 | a problem when I was studying Korean. | 我研究韩语时遇到的问题 |
| 1288 | So I had my, my Korean vocabulary list on my phone before I | 我手机上有韩语词汇表 |
| 1289 | developed this method and every word I learned, I would enter it into this list and the list. | 开发了这个方法 和每一个我学到的词, 我会把它输入这个列表和列表。 |
| 1290 | Oh my goodness. | 天呐 |
| 1291 | It got to 300, 400, 500 words, but it was just a list. | 它得到了300,400,500字,但它只是一个列表。 |
| 1292 | There was no connection. | 没有联系 |
| 1293 | It was just a word that I learned in the morning, a word I learned in the afternoon. | 这只是我早上学的一句话,下午学的一句话。 |
| 1294 | There was no organization. | 没有组织。 |
| 1295 | So I forgot most of the words. | 所以我忘了大部分话 |
| 1296 | My brain didn't have enough connections | 我的大脑联系不够 |
| 1297 | because I just entered them into a list simply. | 因为我刚刚把它们输入了名单 |
| 1298 | However, if you organize what you learn based on | 但是,如果你组织你所学习的 |
| 1299 | conversation, you listen to this will create a natural trigger in your brain and a connection. | 对话,你听这个会 创造自然触发器 在你的大脑和连接。 |
| 1300 | In other words, it will be much easier to remember the word later. | 换句话说,以后记住这个词会容易得多。 |
| 1301 | This is how the database | 数据库就是这样 |
| 1302 | method works. | 方法有效。 |
| 1303 | So again, when you have an organized notebook and organized area where your vocabulary | 所以,当你有一个有条理的笔记本 和有条理的区域,你的词汇 |
| 1304 | is listed based on where you learned it, your brain will thank you. | 你的大脑会感谢你 |
| 1305 | For example, today, | 比如说,今天, |
| 1306 | what did we learn? | 我们学到了什么? |
| 1307 | We learned gravitate to. | 我们学会了引力。 |
| 1308 | So in your notebook, again, making your little database, | 所以在你的笔记本里,再次, 制作你的小数据库, |
| 1309 | you say, Hey, teacher Tiffany taught me gravitate to well actually teacher Julie in a video | 你说,嘿,蒂凡尼老师教我引力 在视频中真正地教朱莉 |
| 1310 | explanation explained gravitate to, and then I made a sentence. | 解释解释引力, 然后我做了一句话。 |
| 1311 | All of these are connections | 这些都是连接 |
| 1312 | in your brain. | 在你的大脑。 |
| 1313 | So later on, when you're talking to someone, gravitate to will pop up in your mind. | 所以以后,当你和某人说话时, 引力会浮出你的脑海。 |
| 1314 | So let me ask you this. | 我问你 |
| 1315 | There are quite a few problems. | 有一些问题。 |
| 1316 | Now that you know the database method, | 现在你知道数据库的方法了 |
| 1317 | are there any problems you should know about? | 有什么问题你应该知道吗? |
| 1318 | The fact of the matter is yes, | 事实是是的, |
| 1319 | even though this method is amazing, even though this method helped me learn Korean to move from | 虽然这个方法很神奇 虽然这个方法帮助我学会了朝鲜语 |
| 1320 | the intermediate to the advanced level, even though this method is still helping me to this day, | 中间到高级, 即使这种方法仍然 帮助我至今, |
| 1321 | this database method is helping me. | 这个数据库方法帮助了我。 |
| 1322 | There are still some problems. | 还有一些问题。 |
| 1323 | So let me tell you these | 让我告诉你这些 |
| 1324 | problems really quickly. | 问题很快 |
| 1325 | First, the real English conversations, problem number one, | 首先,真正的英语对话,第一个问题, |
| 1326 | it is extremely hard to find good and useful English conversations. | 很难找到良好和有用的英语对话。 |
| 1327 | It was hard for me to | 我很难 |
| 1328 | find good Korean dramas. | 找好韩剧. |
| 1329 | That's the first problem. | 这是第一个问题。 |
| 1330 | Even though these steps are so good, | 即使这些步骤这么好, |
| 1331 | it's not easy to find good English conversations. | 很难找到好的英语对话。 |
| 1332 | It takes time. | 这需要时间。 |
| 1333 | You don't know if the conversation | 你不知道,如果谈话 |
| 1334 | is useful. | 这是有用的。 |
| 1335 | You don't know if the person speaking is actually using good English or not good English. | 你不知道说这种话的人是用好英语还是用不好英语。 |
| 1336 | Are they using lots of curse words or not? | 他们是不是用了很多咒语? |
| 1337 | Are they using slang? | 他们用口号吗? |
| 1338 | You don't know. | 汝不识. |
| 1339 | So it's hard | 所以很难 |
| 1340 | to find good English conversation. | 找到良好的英语对话。 |
| 1341 | The second problem comes right here. | 第二个问题就在这里。 |
| 1342 | Listening to a conversation | 听到谈话 |
| 1343 | and writing down vocabulary words is very, very time consuming. | 写下词汇很费时 |
| 1344 | I had to stop and start the videos | 我不得不停下来开始录影 |
| 1345 | over and over and over again. | 一次又一次 |
| 1346 | Listen, y'all, this is why I love being your teacher, because I know | 听着,各位,这就是为什么我喜欢当你的老师,因为我知道 |
| 1347 | you're feeling. | 你的感觉。 |
| 1348 | I felt the same way when I was studying Korean. | 我学习韩语时也有这种感觉. |
| 1349 | I remember taking four hours | 我记得花了四个小时 |
| 1350 | just to watch a 45 minute long Korean drama. | 就为了看45分钟的韩剧 |
| 1351 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1352 | Because I'd push play, I'd hear a word I didn't | 因为我会推动游戏, 我听到一个字我没有 |
| 1353 | know, and I'd write it down. | 我会写下来的 |
| 1354 | Then I'd hit play again, and I'd keep watching. | 然后我又打球,然后继续看 |
| 1355 | I'd hear a word | 我会听到一个字 |
| 1356 | I didn't know, I'd hit stop, and I'd write it down. | 我不知道,我会打停, 我会写下来。 |
| 1357 | This was a long process. | 这是一个漫长的过程。 |
| 1358 | So the second problem is | 所以第二个问题是 |
| 1359 | you don't have that kind of time. | 你没有那种时间。 |
| 1360 | It takes a lot of time to stop and start and write down the words. | 以止而起而写其字,须是多时. |
| 1361 | The third problem is it takes hours to find good video explanations for the words | 第三个问题是 要花几个小时才能找到好的视频解释 |
| 1362 | you write down. | 你写下来。 |
| 1363 | I had to personally wait to talk to my friends during their free time. | 我不得不在朋友的空闲时间里 亲自等待和他们交谈 |
| 1364 | So I would learn a word, I'd write it down, and then I'd have to wait until the end of the day | 所以我会学一个字,我会写下来, 然后,我不得不等到一天结束 |
| 1365 | my friend got out of class or my friend got off work. | 我的朋友下课了 或者我的朋友下班了 |
| 1366 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1367 | Because, well, I couldn't interrupt | 因为我不能打断你 |
| 1368 | their job or their classes. | 他们的工作或他们的阶级。 |
| 1369 | So it takes hours to find good explanations, good video explanations. | 所以需要几个小时才能找到很好的解释,良好的视频解释. |
| 1370 | Again, like you asked earlier, what if you don't have a native English speaker around you? | 再说一遍,就像你早些时候问的, 如果你身边没有母语英语呢? |
| 1371 | That's a problem. | 那是个问题。 |
| 1372 | The fourth problem that I realized is right here. | 我意识到的第四个问题就在这里。 |
| 1373 | It takes hours to organize | 组织起来需要几个小时 |
| 1374 | your notebook or computer file to create your own English database. | 您的笔记本或计算机文件可以创建自己的英文数据库。 |
| 1375 | I had to color my notebooks and | 我得把笔记本涂了 |
| 1376 | write everything by hand. | 手写一切。 |
| 1377 | Now I want to show you all something. | 现在我想给你们看样东西 |
| 1378 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 1379 | I enjoy writing | 我喜欢写作 |
| 1380 | in my notebooks and organizing my ideas and my thoughts, but I want to show you all how my | 在我的笔记本 组织我的想法和想法, 但我想向大家展示我的 |
| 1381 | notebooks are organized. | 笔记本是有组织的。 |
| 1382 | And I want to show them to you because you'll see that, oh, even teacher | 我想给你看,因为你会看到,哦,甚至老师 |
| 1383 | Tiffany takes a long time when she creates something in her notebook. | Tiffany在笔记本里创造东西需要很长时间 |
| 1384 | Now these are notes | 这些是笔记 |
| 1385 | actually for English, right? | 其实是英文的 对吧? |
| 1386 | But everything is kind of color coordinated, and this helps me | 但一切都是彩色协调的 这帮助了我 |
| 1387 | remember the things that I'm working on. | 记住我的工作。 |
| 1388 | This takes time. | 这需要时间。 |
| 1389 | So again, sorry about the noise, guys. | 所以,再次,对不起 噪音,伙计们。 |
| 1390 | This takes time. | 这需要时间。 |
| 1391 | So yes, you're like, okay, I enjoy everything, but how do I actually do this? | 所以,是的,你喜欢, 好吧,我享受一切, 但我如何真正做到这一点? |
| 1392 | Now there's a solution. | 现在有一个解决方案。 |
| 1393 | What if I told you that I created an English database called Weekly English | 如果我告诉你,我创建了一个英文数据库 叫做周刊英文 |
| 1394 | Words that eliminates all four problems? | 消除所有四个问题的文字? |
| 1395 | Now I see in the comments, some of you are telling me | 现在我在评论中看到 你们有些人告诉我 |
| 1396 | get some water. | 喝点水 |
| 1397 | I appreciate you. | 谢谢你 |
| 1398 | I'm going to get some water. | 我去弄点水 |
| 1399 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 1400 | I'm always | 我总是 |
| 1401 | excited to help you guys. | 很高兴能帮助你们 |
| 1402 | Hold on. | 坚持住。 |
| 1403 | That water was good, y'all. | 水是很好的,你们所有人。 |
| 1404 | Yes. | 对 |
| 1405 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1406 | So what if I told you | 如果我告诉你 |
| 1407 | again, I've created this English database based on this database method that I taught you all today, | 再一次,我创建了这个英文数据库 基于这个数据库方法,我今天教给大家, |
| 1408 | and I've called it Weekly English Words. | 我称之为"英语周刊" |
| 1409 | And this database eliminates all four of those problems. | 这个数据库消除了所有四个问题。 |
| 1410 | Let me show you how. | 让我告诉你怎么做。 |
| 1411 | Again, the first problem was it is extremely hard to find good and useful | 同样,第一个问题是,很难找到好和有用的 |
| 1412 | English conversations. | 英语对话. |
| 1413 | Well, with the Weekly English Words English database, every single | 每周英语单词英语数据库 |
| 1414 | week you will be provided with two English conversations. | 每周将有两次英语对话。 |
| 1415 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 1416 | Two real English | 两个真正的英语 |
| 1417 | conversations. | 谈话。 |
| 1418 | Again, remember I told you when I created this database for myself when I was | 再说一遍,记得我曾经告诉过你 当我自己创建这个数据库的时候 |
| 1419 | in Korea, my Korean took off. | 在韩国,我的韩国人起飞。 |
| 1420 | And I understand how important it is to have a database for you | 我理解拥有一个数据库对你来说有多重要 |
| 1421 | as a student if your desire is to learn vocabulary words. | 如果你想要学习词汇的话,作为一个学生。 |
| 1422 | So I created this English database called | 于是我创建了英文数据库 |
| 1423 | Weekly English Words. | 每周英语单词. |
| 1424 | So the first problem, looking for good conversations, not a problem | 所以第一个问题,是寻找好对话,不是问题 |
| 1425 | anymore because every single week you'll have two real English conversations. | 因为每周你都会有两次真正的英语对话 |
| 1426 | What about the other | 另一个呢? |
| 1427 | problem? | 麻烦? |
| 1428 | Listening to a conversation and writing down vocabulary words is very time-consuming. | 聆听谈话和写下词汇很费时。 |
| 1429 | Don't worry about that either. | 不用担心这个。 |
| 1430 | I have organized all of the words and expressions you need to know | 我整理了所有你需要知道的言语 |
| 1431 | for each conversation. | 每次谈话 |
| 1432 | Now, again, I said I created the database. | 我再说一遍,我创建了数据库。 |
| 1433 | It's up to you. | 由你决定. |
| 1434 | I have | 我见过 |
| 1435 | students already in the database right now using it, and they're learning lots of vocabulary words. | 学生们已经在数据库里使用它, 他们正在学习很多词汇。 |
| 1436 | But every single week, first you get two English conversations. | 但每个星期,你先有两次英语对话。 |
| 1437 | Second, every conversation I've | 第二,我所有的谈话 |
| 1438 | already organized the words and expressions for you. | 已经为您安排了文字和表达方式。 |
| 1439 | You don't have to sit like I did for hours | 你不必像我一样坐了几个小时 |
| 1440 | writing down words and expressions. | 写下文字和表情。 |
| 1441 | Pause, play, pause. | 暂停 播放 暂停 |
| 1442 | You don't have to do that. | 你不必这么做 |
| 1443 | What about the | 怎么样 |
| 1444 | other problem? | 其他问题? |
| 1445 | The third problem is right here. | 第三个问题就在这里。 |
| 1446 | It takes hours to find good video explanations for | 需要几个小时才能找到很好的视频解释 |
| 1447 | words you write down. | 你写下来的话 |
| 1448 | Well, this is also taken care of. | 嗯,这也得到了处理。 |
| 1449 | For each conversation, there are between | 每一次谈话,都有 |
| 1450 | 25 to 30 video explanations. | 25至30个视频解释. |
| 1451 | You heard me right. | 你说得对 |
| 1452 | Video explanations, 60 video explanations every | 录像解释,60次录像解释 |
| 1453 | single week done for you. | 单周为你做。 |
| 1454 | You don't have to worry about needing a native English speaker because | 你不必担心需要讲英语的人 因为... |
| 1455 | myself and my team have already organized the database for you. | 我和我的团队已经为你安排了数据库 |
| 1456 | Every single week, | 每个星期 |
| 1457 | we just kind of give it to you like, here you go. | 我们只是把它给你喜欢, 在这里你去。 |
| 1458 | Here you go. | 给你 |
| 1459 | You don't have to stress. | 你不必紧张。 |
| 1460 | We've done | 我们完了 |
| 1461 | all the hard work for you. | 为你努力工作 |
| 1462 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1463 | Because I understand your pain. | 因为我理解你的痛苦 |
| 1464 | I know how hard it was for me to develop | 我知道我很难发展 |
| 1465 | this method when I was studying Korean, and I don't want you to have to go through that. | 我学习韩语时的这个方法,我不希望你经历这个过程. |
| 1466 | So I | 所以说 |
| 1467 | created this database. | 创建此数据库 。 |
| 1468 | Now, here's the other thing. | 还有一件事 |
| 1469 | What about this fourth problem, y'all? | 那第四个问题呢? |
| 1470 | It takes hours to organize your notebook or a computer file to create your own English database. | 要建立自己的英文数据库,需要花费几个小时来组织您的笔记本或计算机文件. |
| 1471 | Well, I saw that too. | 我也看见了 |
| 1472 | Every single conversation comes with a PDF, and the PDF has all of the words | 每一次谈话都有一个PDF,PDF都有所有的词 |
| 1473 | and expressions with the definitions. | 并用定义表示。 |
| 1474 | Honestly, I'll be very honest with you all. | 老实说,我会非常诚实的对你们所有人。 |
| 1475 | This database, | 这个数据库, |
| 1476 | this English database, the weekly English words English database, hands down is the best thing | 这个英文数据库,每周的英文单词英文数据库,手放下是最好的 |
| 1477 | online right now to help students like you learn English vocabulary words. | 帮助像你这样的学生学习英语词汇。 |
| 1478 | And I'm saying not | 我说不行 |
| 1479 | beginners. | 初学者. |
| 1480 | If you are an intermediate or an advanced English learner, again, I told you the | 如果你是中级或高级英语学习者,我再说一遍 |
| 1481 | database method. | 数据库方法。 |
| 1482 | This is the best English database online. | 这是网上最好的英文数据库。 |
| 1483 | You're not going to find it anywhere | 你哪儿都找不着的 |
| 1484 | else. | 别的 |
| 1485 | Maureen, thank you so much. | 莫琳,非常感谢 |
| 1486 | I'm so happy that my methods help you. | 我很高兴我的方法能帮助你 |
| 1487 | My whole goal in life | 我的人生目标 |
| 1488 | is to give you all the tools you need to take your English to the next level. | 是给你所有工具 让你的英语升到下一个水平。 |
| 1489 | So again, all the | 再说一遍,所有的 |
| 1490 | problems are solved. | 问题解决了 |
| 1491 | I want to show you all really quickly a student testimonial. | 我想给大家看一个学生证明书 |
| 1492 | So I've been | 所以我已经 |
| 1493 | teaching you guys this method that I developed, and I told you that I have this English database. | 教你们这个我开发的方法, 我告诉你我有一个英文数据库。 |
| 1494 | Don't worry, I'm going to show you how you can be a part if you want to join the database and | 别担心,我会告诉你,如果你想加入数据库... ... |
| 1495 | start learning vocabulary. | 开始学习词汇。 |
| 1496 | But I want to show you a video from one of my students. | 但我想给你看我的一个学生的录像 |
| 1497 | One of my | 我的一个 |
| 1498 | favorite students, her name is Daisy, and she's actually already a member. | 最喜欢的学生,她的名字是黛西, 她实际上已经是一个成员。 |
| 1499 | She's already following | 她已经跟踪了 |
| 1500 | this English database every week. | 这英文数据库每周。 |
| 1501 | And I want you to see what she has to say about her experience. | 我想让你看看她有什么要说的 关于她的经历。 |
| 1502 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1503 | Let's watch what Daisy says. | 看黛西怎么说 |
| 1504 | The weekly English word is about, in my opinion, | 每周的英语词是,我认为, |
| 1505 | is about everything that our teacher, Tiffany, teaches us. | 是关于我们老师蒂凡尼教我们的一切 |
| 1506 | She teaches us how we can have a | 她教我们如何拥有 |
| 1507 | better communication in English. | 更好的英语沟通。 |
| 1508 | And this course has everything that we need to increase our | 这条路有我们需要的一切 来增加我们的 |
| 1509 | communication because we can learn a new vocabulary word or expression every day and also | 因为我们可以每天学习一个新的词汇或表达,而且 |
| 1510 | our pronunciation. | 我们的发音。 |
| 1511 | The word or expression comes to us from a natural conversation between | 这个词或表达来自我们之间的自然对话 |
| 1512 | two native speakers who have good communication as well. | 两位讲母语的人也交流良好。 |
| 1513 | So the weekly English word, in my opinion, | 因此,每周的英语单词,在我看来, |
| 1514 | is not just about a new word or expression. | 不仅仅是一个新词或表达 |
| 1515 | It's much better than that. | 这比这要好得多 |
| 1516 | It's about how | 这是关于如何 |
| 1517 | we can use this expression or word in a better context. | 我们可以在更好的上下文中使用这个表达式或词. |
| 1518 | So in a nutshell, this course is crucial | 简言之,这个课程很重要 |
| 1519 | for my English journey. | 我的英语之旅。 |
| 1520 | First, because I can feel more confident using the words that I wasn't sure | 首先,因为我更有信心 使用我不确定的话 |
| 1521 | if I was using in a correct context in the past. | 如果我用在过去的正确背景。 |
| 1522 | Second, I can increase my vocabulary word with | 第二,我可以增加词汇 |
| 1523 | useful words and expressions. | 有用的词语和表达式。 |
| 1524 | And finally, I can learn how to communicate better in English | 最后,我可以学会用英语更好地沟通 |
| 1525 | with a natural conversation between two native speakers. | 与自然对话 两个母语。 |
| 1526 | Right. | 对 |
| 1527 | So that is what actually she experienced. | 这就是她的实际经历。 |
| 1528 | And I was so happy to hear this from Daisy. | 我很高兴听到黛西的声音 |
| 1529 | Somebody asked, is this recorded? | 有人问,这是录音吗? |
| 1530 | No, we're live. | 不,我们现场直播。 |
| 1531 | I'm live right now. | 我现在就直播了 |
| 1532 | I have some recorded videos | 我有一些录影带 |
| 1533 | I'm showing you guys for the video clips, but this is a live class. | 我给你们看录影带,但这是现场课 |
| 1534 | But yes. | 不过是的 |
| 1535 | So I actually, | 所以我实际上 |
| 1536 | I'm not gonna lie. | 我不会撒谎的 |
| 1537 | And Daisy, you can say this is true. | 黛西,你可以说这是真的 |
| 1538 | So Daisy sent this testimonial to me | Daisy给我送了这个证词 |
| 1539 | and I literally called her on the phone because I was so impressed by how much her English had | 我从字面上给她打电话,因为我很佩服 她的英语有多少 |
| 1540 | improved. | 改进。 |
| 1541 | This is the thing, guys. | 就是这样,伙计们。 |
| 1542 | I just provide the tools for you guys and the database. | 我只是为你们提供工具和数据库。 |
| 1543 | But when | 但何时 |
| 1544 | I see it actually working and helping you in the same way it helped me, my mind is blown. | 我看见它真的起作用了 用它帮助我的方式帮助你 我的脑子被炸飞了 |
| 1545 | So I called | 所以我打电话 |
| 1546 | and Daisy, I called you on the phone yesterday. | 黛西,我昨天给你打电话了 |
| 1547 | I said, I was so proud of you because I've seen you | 我说,我很为你骄傲 因为我见过你 |
| 1548 | change so much. | 变了很多。 |
| 1549 | And you guys heard how Daisy improved. | 你们也听说黛西的情况好转了 |
| 1550 | And again, she's been following the | 再说一次,她一直跟着 |
| 1551 | weekly English words, English database. | 每周英语单词,英语数据库. |
| 1552 | So I want you guys to get the opportunity as well to try it. | 所以我希望你们也有机会试试 |
| 1553 | So here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 1554 | You have two options. | 你有两种选择 |
| 1555 | First, you guys can keep doing, you can just follow what | 首先,你们可以继续做,你们可以跟着什么 |
| 1556 | I taught you today, follow the four steps, develop it on your own. | 我今教汝,循四步,自行发展. |
| 1557 | And that's fine. | 没关系 |
| 1558 | Or you can let me | 或者你可以让我 |
| 1559 | do it for you. | 为你做它。 |
| 1560 | You see, this is the thing. | 你看,这是事情。 |
| 1561 | I've created this for you all, this database method in | 我为大家创造了这个数据库 |
| 1562 | the weekly English words. | 每周的英语单词。 |
| 1563 | It's normally $20 a month, but I want to give it to everyone for the | 通常每个月20美元 但我想给每个人 |
| 1564 | first month for just a dollar. | 第一个月只要一美元。 |
| 1565 | Somebody asked in the comments, teacher, how much is this? | 有人在评论中问,老师,这是多少钱? |
| 1566 | Remember, | 记住 |
| 1567 | my goal is to help you. | 我的目标是帮助你。 |
| 1568 | This is normally $20 a month. | 这通常是每月20美元。 |
| 1569 | Remember, every single week you're getting | 记住,每个星期你都会得到 |
| 1570 | two conversations. | 两个谈话。 |
| 1571 | You're getting totally a big list of vocabulary words and expressions. | 你的词汇和表达方式都非常丰富 |
| 1572 | You're | 琌 |
| 1573 | getting video explanations, but instead of it being $20 for the first month, I just want you | 得到视频解释,但与其说是20美元 对于第一个月,我只是想你 |
| 1574 | to try it for $1. | 尝试1美元。 |
| 1575 | Now all you have to do to get it for the $1 is go to weeklyenglishwords.com, | 現在你只要拿一美元就可以了 上英文周刊 |
| 1576 | click add coupon and enter the code LEARN. | 点击添加优惠券并输入代码LEARN. |
| 1577 | Again, step one, go to weeklyenglishwords.com, | 再一次,第一步,去英语周刊.com, |
| 1578 | click add coupon and then enter the coupon LEARN. | 点击添加优惠券,然后输入优惠券LEARN. |
| 1579 | Thanks, Daisy. | 谢谢 黛丝 |
| 1580 | You're the best too. | 你也是最厉害的 |
| 1581 | I appreciate | 谢谢 |
| 1582 | you. | 你们 |
| 1583 | So again, guys, I'm telling you, my goal as a teacher is literally just to provide you with | 再说一遍,各位,我告诉你们,我当老师的目的 就是为你们提供 |
| 1584 | the tools you need. | 你需要的工具。 |
| 1585 | You saw how good Daisy spoke and I've seen her transform. | 你看到黛西说话有多好 我见过她变身 |
| 1586 | I've seen her English | 我见过她的英语 |
| 1587 | change. | 变化。 |
| 1588 | Yes, she's Brazilian. | 对 她是巴西人 |
| 1589 | Everyone's curious. | 每个人都好奇。 |
| 1590 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 1591 | I want you guys to at least | 我想你们至少 |
| 1592 | try this out for a month. | 试这个一个月。 |
| 1593 | If you don't want to continue, that's fine. | 如果你不想继续, 那没关系。 |
| 1594 | You can cancel, no problem, | 你可以取消,没问题 |
| 1595 | but you can try it out for a dollar. | 但你可以试一美元。 |
| 1596 | It's normally $20 a month, but all you have to do is use the | 通常每个月20美元,但你只需要使用 |
| 1597 | coupon code LEARN and you can try it for one month and you can see if this method will help you. | 优惠券代码LEARN,你可以尝试一个月,你可以看到这种方法是否会帮助你. |
| 1598 | My job as a teacher is to help you reach your goal. | 我的工作是帮助你达到目的 |
| 1599 | You guys can try it for a month for only a dollar | 你们可以试一个月一块钱 |
| 1600 | and yeah, if you want to leave after the first month, it's okay. | 如果你想在第一个月后离开 就没事了 |
| 1601 | The thing is you're not going | 关键是你不去 |
| 1602 | to find anything like this online. | 在网上找到这样的东西 |
| 1603 | You're not going to find anywhere else that's focused on | 你找不到其他重点 |
| 1604 | helping intermediate and advanced English learners. | 帮助中高级英语学习者。 |
| 1605 | You remember I said every single week, | 你记得我每星期都说 |
| 1606 | two new conversations every single week, 60 video explanations, not six, 60 video explanations that | 每周两次新的谈话,60个视频解释,而不是6个,60个视频解释 |
| 1607 | will help you create the connections in your brain. | 帮助你建立大脑中的连接 |
| 1608 | You're not going to find this anywhere | 你哪儿都找不到这个 |
| 1609 | else online. | 其他在线。 |
| 1610 | (原始内容存档于2017-03-27). So again, go to weeklyenglishwords.com. | |
| 1611 | 库邦代码是LEARN. | |
| 1612 | So again, this is something | 再说一遍,这是件好事 |
| 1613 | that I wanted to do and I want to see if I can show you guys, let's take a look at what it actually | 我想做 我想看看能不能给你们看一看 |
| 1614 | looks like because some of you are probably curious. | 看起来像是因为你们中有些人很好奇 |
| 1615 | Let me ask real quick. | 让我问一下 |
| 1616 | Do you guys want | 你们想要 |
| 1617 | me to show you what it looks like inside? | 我让你看看里面是什么样子? |
| 1618 | Just type yes really quickly. | 只要输入是 真的很快。 |
| 1619 | If you want to see, | 如果你想看的话 |
| 1620 | I'll show you what it looks like inside. | 我让你看看里面是什么样子 |
| 1621 | Again, how many words a month normally? | 再说一遍,通常每个月要讲多少个词? |
| 1622 | Well, here's the | 嗯,这是 |
| 1623 | thing guys, every week you're getting 50 to 60 words. | 伙计们,每星期你都会收到50到60个字 |
| 1624 | Remember I said this entire class was | 记得我说过整个班都是 |
| 1625 | teaching you how to learn 3,000 words in one year. | 教汝一年学三千字. |
| 1626 | If you follow this database method, | 如果你遵循这个数据库方法, |
| 1627 | if you just try it out, it's $20 a month but you can try the first month for a dollar, | 如果你试一下,每月20美元, 但你可以尝试第一个月一美元, |
| 1628 | you will learn 3,000 vocabulary words in a year. | 您将在一年中学习3,000个词汇。 |
| 1629 | Have you ever heard that promise? | 你听说过这个承诺吗? |
| 1630 | Have you ever | 你曾经 |
| 1631 | heard that guarantee from an English teacher for intermediate and advanced English learners? | 听到一位英语教师为中高级英语学生提供的保证了吗? |
| 1632 | Again, | 再说一遍 |
| 1633 | you can just try it out if you'd like for a month and if you don't like it, it's okay, | 你可以试试看 如果你想一个月 如果你不喜欢,没关系, |
| 1634 | you can cancel. | 您可以取消。 |
| 1635 | If you don't learn anything, no worries at all. | 如果你什么也学不到 不用担心 |
| 1636 | If you don't have a dollar, | 如果你没有一块钱, |
| 1637 | I'm sorry to hear that, you can just keep watching my YouTube videos. | 我很遗憾,你可以继续看 我的YouTube视频。 |
| 1638 | You know I provide so much free | 你知道我提供这么多免费的 |
| 1639 | content but this is content that I cannot provide for free. | 我无法免费提供这些内容。 |
| 1640 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1641 | Because my team literally works | 因为我的团队工作 |
| 1642 | hours preparing this for you all. | 为大家准备了几个小时 |
| 1643 | This database, when you see it guys, this database is not small. | 这个数据库,当你看到它,伙计们, 这个数据库并不小。 |
| 1644 | Let me, okay I see you guys saying yes. | 让我,好吧,我看到你们说是。 |
| 1645 | I'm going to switch to my screen so that I can show you all | 我要切换到我的屏幕 这样我就可以向大家展示 |
| 1646 | what the database looks like. | 数据库是什么样子。 |
| 1647 | So give me one second, I'm going to open it up on my screen | 等我一下,我要打开屏幕 |
| 1648 | because this is something that we literally spend hours on each week in order to provide you all | 因为这是我们每周花几个小时 来为大家提供 |
| 1649 | with the best, the best conversations, the best words and expressions because why? | 与最好的,最好的谈话, 最好的言语和表达 因为为什么? |
| 1650 | I don't want | 我不想这样 |
| 1651 | you guys to struggle the way I struggled. | 你们跟我一样挣扎 |
| 1652 | So again, I'm opening it on my computer so give me one | 再说一次,我要打开电脑,给我一个 |
| 1653 | second everybody. | 帮大家 |
| 1654 | All right, so I'm going to open it up on my computer right now and then I will | 好吧,所以我要去打开 它在我的计算机现在,然后我会 |
| 1655 | share my screen and we will check it out together. | 分享我的屏幕 我们将一起检查出来。 |
| 1656 | All right, here we go guys. | 好了 伙计们 |
| 1657 | Let me switch over | 让我转过去 |
| 1658 | right here. | 在这里。 |
| 1659 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1660 | All right, I'm going to check. | 好吧,我要去检查。 |
| 1661 | Let's see, let's switch over here. | 让我们看看,让我们在这里切换。 |
| 1662 | All right, so everyone can see my screen right here. | 好了,这样大家就能看到我的屏幕了 |
| 1663 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1664 | So this is what the database | 这就是数据库 |
| 1665 | looks like. | 看起来像。 |
| 1666 | The weekly English words. | 周英文词. |
| 1667 | Each week you'll see it's updated. | 每星期你会看到它更新。 |
| 1668 | Each week it's updated | 每周更新一次 |
| 1669 | with two. | 和两个 |
| 1670 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 1671 | Let's check out the latest one. | 让我们来看看最新的一个。 |
| 1672 | Let's see, let's do this one. | 让我们来看看,让我们做到这一点。 |
| 1673 | 85. | |
| 1674 | So we see right here, this is the conversation. | 我们在这里看到,这是谈话。 |
| 1675 | You can listen to it, but you have all of the | 你可以听,但你拥有所有 |
| 1676 | words and expressions that you will hear as you listen to the conversation. | 语言和表达,你会听到 当你听谈话。 |
| 1677 | Now remember I said | 现在记住我说过 |
| 1678 | every week there are two, you get two English conversations. | 每周有两次,你们有两次英国对话 |
| 1679 | This is the latest one. | 这是最新的一个。 |
| 1680 | This one | 这个 |
| 1681 | is actually from yesterday. | 其实是昨天的 |
| 1682 | And then what happens? | 然后会发生什么? |
| 1683 | Let's say, okay, I'm watching it. | 好吧,我看着呢 |
| 1684 | Excuse me. | 对不起。 |
| 1685 | You go to watch video explanations and you have all of the video explanations on the | 你去看视频解释 你得到了所有视频解释 |
| 1686 | left. | 左边 |
| 1687 | Ah, there's teacher Julie again. | 朱莉老师又来了 |
| 1688 | So teacher Julie right here explains each and every word and | 朱莉老师在这里解释每个字 |
| 1689 | expression. | 表达式。 |
| 1690 | You see all of these videos on the left. | 你看到左边所有的视频了 |
| 1691 | So you never have to worry if what you're | 所以,你不必担心 如果你是什么 |
| 1692 | learning is good or not because a native English speaker is actually teaching you. | 学习是好的还是不好的 因为讲英语的人真的在教你 |
| 1693 | And this is what | 这就是 |
| 1694 | I was saying. | 我说的 |
| 1695 | This is why it's so important. | 这就是为什么它如此重要。 |
| 1696 | And then you'll also notice I mentioned that you will | 然后你也会注意到 我提到你会 |
| 1697 | 获取 PDF。 | |
| 1698 | Here's the PDF file. | 以下是PDF文件. |
| 1699 | This PDF goes along with the lesson and you can download it | 这个PDF和课程一样 你可以下载 |
| 1700 | for it's included. | 因为它包含。 |
| 1701 | So again, there's no reason why you shouldn't try out this English database. | 再说一遍,你没有理由不试用这个英文数据库。 |
| 1702 | Again, this helped me when I was learning Korean and they can help you as well. | 我学韩语的时候,这又帮了我一忙 他们也能帮你 |
| 1703 | So again, you guys | 再说一遍,你们 |
| 1704 | can try it out. | 试试看 |
| 1705 | If you guys go to the site, weeklyenglishwords.com, you can preview a lesson | 如果你们去网站,每周英语words.com, 你可以预览一个课程 |
| 1706 | and you can even download a PDF. | 你甚至可以下载一个PDF。 |
| 1707 | If you just say, you know what, teacher, I learned a lot, | 如果你只是说,你知道吗,老师,我学到了很多 |
| 1708 | but I'm not sure. | 但我还不确定 |
| 1709 | No worries. | 别担心 |
| 1710 | You can go to weeklyenglishwords.com right now. | 你可以去英语周刊.com 现在。 |
| 1711 | And before | 还有之前 |
| 1712 | you decide to join the database, you can actually listen to an episode and an episode of the | 你决定加入数据库, 你可以听一个插曲和一个插曲 |
| 1713 | conversation guys. | 谈话的家伙。 |
| 1714 | And you can also watch 30 different video explanations without paying. | 也可以不付费观看30种不同的视频解释. |
| 1715 | You just want to test it out, go to the website and you can see exactly how to use it. | 你只是想测试一下,去网站,你可以看到如何使用它。 |
| 1716 | Now this | 现在这个 |
| 1717 | is something again that I wanted to do to help you all. | 我又想帮你们 |
| 1718 | Now here's the other thing I want us to | 瞷и稱琵и |
| 1719 | check out. | 检查出来。 |
| 1720 | I want us to go back. | 我要我们回去 |
| 1721 | We're going to look at the keynote real quick. | 我们要快速地看基调 |
| 1722 | I want us to | 我想让我们 |
| 1723 | check this out really quickly. | 快看这个 |
| 1724 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1725 | Oh, we're back. | 我们回来了 |
| 1726 | We're back. | 我们回来了。 |
| 1727 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1728 | So I want to | 所以我想这样 |
| 1729 | show you all this right here. | 给你看这些 |
| 1730 | Again, you have a choice. | 再说一次,你有选择 |
| 1731 | I've taught you all how to use this | 我教你们怎么用这个 |
| 1732 | method. | 方法。 |
| 1733 | I've taught you all how to actually set up your own database. | 我教你们怎么建立自己的数据库 |
| 1734 | You can do it on your own, | 你可以自己来 |
| 1735 | but if you don't want the stress, you can let me know by going to the site. | 但如果你不想承受压力 你可以去现场通知我 |
| 1736 | Someone asked, | 有人问, |
| 1737 | when is the coupon valid? | 券什么时候有效? |
| 1738 | The coupon is valid right now. | 券现在有效 |
| 1739 | I already set it up for you guys so | 我已经为你们安排好了 |
| 1740 | you guys can get it for a month for only a dollar. | 你们只要一块钱就能拿到一个月的 |
| 1741 | And if you want to stay, you can stay on. | 如果你想留下来,你可以留下来。 |
| 1742 | 现在,你要做的就是去www.weeklyenglishwords.com,点击添加优惠券 | |
| 1743 | and then put the coupon code LEARN. | 然后把优惠券代码LEARN。 |
| 1744 | 再说一遍,weeklyenglishwords.com, 加优惠券和类型 | |
| 1745 | LEARN. | 学习。 |
| 1746 | Someone says, I worked so hard for you guys. | 有人说,我为你们努力工作 |
| 1747 | Do you know why? | 你知道为什么吗? |
| 1748 | Because I understand what | 因为我明白 |
| 1749 | you go through and I really enjoy teaching you all. | 你过去,我真的很喜欢教你们 |
| 1750 | I've been where you are. | 我去过你的地方 |
| 1751 | I remember the long | 我记得很长一段时间 |
| 1752 | night studying Korean, being frustrated and confused. | 晚上学习韩语, 沮丧和困惑。 |
| 1753 | And as an English teacher, I don't want | 作为英语老师,我不想 |
| 1754 | you to go through that. | 你经历一下。 |
| 1755 | I wish somebody had this for me. | 我希望有人有这个给我。 |
| 1756 | I searched for this kind of thing when I | 我寻找这种东西 当我 |
| 1757 | was studying Korean, but nobody had it. | 学习韩语,但没人有 |
| 1758 | So now I said, it's my job as an English teacher to create | 所以现在我说,做英语老师是我的工作 |
| 1759 | this type of database for you, for an intermediate learner, for an advanced learner so that you don't | 这种类型的数据库给你, 对于中级学习者, 对于高级学习者, 这样你就不会 |
| 1760 | have to stress anymore. | 得再加点压力 |
| 1761 | You can be sure. | 你可以确定这一点。 |
| 1762 | You can be confident that every week teacher Tiffany has | 你可以相信蒂凡尼老师每周 |
| 1763 | your back. | 给你的背 |
| 1764 | Teacher Julie has your back. | 朱莉老师支持你 |
| 1765 | And we are going to provide you with 50 to 60 new vocabulary | 我们会给你50到60个新词汇 |
| 1766 | words every single week. | 每星期都说 |
| 1767 | The video explanations, the PDF files, the conversations. | 视频解释,PDF文件,对话. |
| 1768 | So you don't | 所以你没有 |
| 1769 | have to worry. | 一定要担心。 |
| 1770 | So again, all you have to do is go to weeklyenglishwords.com, click add coupon and | 所以,你要做的就是去 每周英语words.com,点击加价券和 |
| 1771 | enter the coupon. | 输入优惠券。 |
| 1772 | Learn. | 学. |
| 1773 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1774 | Someone asked, can I write the link in the description? | 有人问,我可以写链接 在描述? |
| 1775 | Here you | 给你 |
| 1776 | go. | 开始 |
| 1777 | 我会在实际上的评论栏目中输入,weeklyenglishwords.com. | |
| 1778 | Coupon code is, I'm typing | 库邦代码是,我在打字 |
| 1779 | it out right now and I'll put it on the screen for those that are asking for it. | 现在把它拿出来,我会把它放在屏幕上 对于那些要求它的人。 |
| 1780 | The coupon code is | 密码是: |
| 1781 | learn. | 学习。 |
| 1782 | It's truly my pleasure, honestly. | 真的是我的荣幸,说实话。 |
| 1783 | So again, guys, you have, it's up to you. | 再说一遍,你们有,这取决于你们 |
| 1784 | I do want to answer questions. | 我确实想回答问题。 |
| 1785 | Does anybody have any questions you wanted to ask me about the | 有谁想问我关于 |
| 1786 | English database, the weekly English words English database? | 英文数据库 每周英文单词英文数据库? |
| 1787 | If you have questions, I'm an open book. | 如果你有问题,我是个公开的书。 |
| 1788 | I want to help you. | 我想帮你 |
| 1789 | I want to answer your questions. | 我想回答你的问题 |
| 1790 | If you have any questions, again, | 如果你有任何疑问,再次, |
| 1791 | I'll have it on the screen, weeklyenglishwords.com. | 我会把它在屏幕上, 每周英语words.com。 |
| 1792 | If you have any questions, please pop it in the | 如果你有任何问题,请打开它 |
| 1793 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1794 | So, let's see. | 所以,让我们看看。 |
| 1795 | Thank you. | 谢谢 |
| 1796 | Ah, my pleasure. | 啊,我的荣幸。 |
| 1797 | My pleasure. | 我的荣幸 |
| 1798 | It really is my | 这真是我的 |
| 1799 | pleasure to help you all. | 很高兴能帮助你们 |
| 1800 | Let's do this. | 让我们做到这一点。 |
| 1801 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1802 | It's really my pleasure to help you all. | 我很高兴能帮助你们 |
| 1803 | Are there any questions that you guys want to ask about it? | 你们有什么问题要问吗? |
| 1804 | Any questions, please pop them. | 有问题请回答 |
| 1805 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1806 | Any questions? | 有问题吗? |
| 1807 | Am I from Ohio? | 我是俄亥俄州来的吗? |
| 1808 | No, I'm not from Ohio. | 不,我不是来自俄亥俄州。 |
| 1809 | I am from Maryland. | 我来自马里兰州 |
| 1810 | I'm not from Ohio. | 我不是来自俄亥俄州。 |
| 1811 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1812 | Any other questions you guys have that you want to ask | 你们还有问题要问吗? |
| 1813 | actually about the course? | 其实关于课程? |
| 1814 | Please pop them in the comment section. | 请在评论部分弹出 |
| 1815 | If you have any questions about | 如果你有任何问题 |
| 1816 | how does the database work? | 数据库如何运作? |
| 1817 | How can you learn? | 你怎么学的? |
| 1818 | Pop your questions in the comment section and I will | 在评论部分提出你的问题,我会 |
| 1819 | answer them for you. | 代你回答他们 |
| 1820 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1821 | If it would not be $20 after the following months, | 如果接下来的几个月里不会是20美元的话 |
| 1822 | I would buy it. | 我会买的。 |
| 1823 | No worries. | 别担心 |
| 1824 | But the advertisement just making $1 would charge $20 is not okay. | 但广告只赚一美元就20块不行 |
| 1825 | Guys, okay. | 伙计们,好吧。 |
| 1826 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 1827 | $20 for 60 videos every week. | 每周60个录像20美元 |
| 1828 | I think sometimes it's hard to realize | 我觉得有时候很难意识到 |
| 1829 | how much work your teachers put in for you. | 你的老师给你做了多少工作 |
| 1830 | Every week I have a YouTube video that's totally free. | 我每周都有一张YouTube的视频 完全免费 |
| 1831 | 我做Instagram的视频。 | |
| 1832 | I'm going to be back on that. | 我会回来的。 |
| 1833 | So, when I have these kind of products, | 所以,当我有这种产品, |
| 1834 | things that I know will help you a lot, I can't offer them for free. | 我知道的东西会帮助你很多, 我不能免费提供它们。 |
| 1835 | But $20 a month, | 但每月20块 |
| 1836 | you're not going to find that online anywhere. | 你哪儿都找不到这个 |
| 1837 | So, I respect if people can't afford it. | 所以,我尊重 如果人们买不起它。 |
| 1838 | No problem. | 没问题 |
| 1839 | But at the same time, please respect the fact that I'm spending hours and hours creating this | 但与此同时 请尊重这个事实 我花了很多时间来创造这个 |
| 1840 | for you. | 给你的 |
| 1841 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1842 | Because I care about you. | 因为我在乎你 |
| 1843 | Because I love you. | 因为我爱你 |
| 1844 | If you can't afford it, I totally | 如果你买不起,我完全买不起 |
| 1845 | understand. | 明白吗? |
| 1846 | 继续观看YouTube视频. | |
| 1847 | But $20 is not expensive. | 但20块并不贵 |
| 1848 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1849 | Any other | 任何其他 |
| 1850 | questions? | 问题? |
| 1851 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1852 | Any other questions? | 还有别的问题吗? |
| 1853 | Let me see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1854 | Any questions that came through | 遇到的问题 |
| 1855 | about it? | 关于它? |
| 1856 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1857 | It's truly my pleasure, guys. | 我真的很高兴,伙计们。 |
| 1858 | It's truly my pleasure. | 这真是我的荣幸 |
| 1859 | Wow. | 珃 |
| 1860 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1861 | You want to | 你想这样 |
| 1862 | leave already? | 已经走了? |
| 1863 | Yes, you can leave. | 是的,你可以离开。 |
| 1864 | All you have to do is cancel is log in and hit cancel and you can | 你只需取消 登录和点击取消即可 |
| 1865 | cancel your subscription. | 取消订阅 。 |
| 1866 | I don't think you're going to want to leave after you realize how | 我想你不会想离开 当你意识到如何 |
| 1867 | much is there. | 这里有很多 |
| 1868 | But you can cancel just by logging in. | 但只要登录就可以取消. |
| 1869 | Unfortunately, no. | 不幸的是 没有 |
| 1870 | I have thousands upon | 我数以千计 |
| 1871 | thousands of students, so I don't do phone calls. | 成千上万的学生, 所以我不打电话。 |
| 1872 | I called Daisy because she helped out with this. | 我打电话给黛西是因为她帮了忙 |
| 1873 | But yeah, I don't do phone calls. | 但我不打电话 |
| 1874 | But thank you for the offer. | 不过谢谢你的提议 |
| 1875 | Any other questions? | 还有别的问题吗? |
| 1876 | I'm looking | 我在寻找 |
| 1877 | for the questions about the database. | 关于数据库的问题。 |
| 1878 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1879 | You can use it. | 你可以用它来。 |
| 1880 | Don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 1881 | The coupon will be | 券会是 |
| 1882 | available. | 可用。 |
| 1883 | So, I'd say use it quickly, though. | 所以,我会说使用它很快,虽然。 |
| 1884 | It's only a dollar for the first month. | 初月仅一钱. |
| 1885 | Let me | 让我来 |
| 1886 | see. | 看到没? |
| 1887 | Any other questions? | 还有别的问题吗? |
| 1888 | I appreciate that. | 我很感激。 |
| 1889 | Yes, I appreciate that. | 是的,我很感激。 |
| 1890 | I do put a lot of work | 我做了很多活儿,我帮了你很多忙 |
| 1891 | into it because I care about you guys. | 因为我在乎你们 |
| 1892 | Is it available for different levels or is it just | 是在不同级别上还是只是 |
| 1893 | for one for us all? | 为了我们每个人? |
| 1894 | So, when you actually go to the website, you'll see it's for intermediate | 所以,当你真正去的网站, 你会看到它是中间 |
| 1895 | and advanced English learners. | 和高级英语学习者。 |
| 1896 | It's not for beginners. | 不为初禅者. |
| 1897 | The words and expressions are used | 使用词和表达式 |
| 1898 | in real conversations. | 在真正的对话。 |
| 1899 | So, if you're an intermediate learner or an advanced learner, | 所以,如果你是中级学习者或高级学习者, |
| 1900 | it's definitely for you. | 绝对是给你的 |
| 1901 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1902 | Any other questions? | 还有别的问题吗? |
| 1903 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1904 | If you don't have a dollar, just keep watching my YouTube videos. | 如果你没有一块钱,就继续看我的YouTube视频. |
| 1905 | For those that actually want | 对于真正想要的 |
| 1906 | to improve their vocabulary, if you really want to improve your English vocabulary, this database | 来改善他们的词汇,如果您真的想要改进您的英语词汇,此数据库 |
| 1907 | is for you. | 这是给你的。 |
| 1908 | For those who can't afford it, keep watching YouTube. | 对于买不起的人,继续看YouTube. |
| 1909 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1910 | I'm trying to see | 我试着看 |
| 1911 | any other questions about the course. | 有关课程的任何其他问题。 |
| 1912 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1913 | About the membership. | 关于会员. |
| 1914 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1915 | I don't see any other questions. | 我没看到其他问题 |
| 1916 | Oh, question. | 哦,问题。 |
| 1917 | Can you offer us a coupon for a yearly | 你能给我们每年的优惠券吗? |
| 1918 | membership? | 成为会员? |
| 1919 | Ah, good question. | 啊,好问题。 |
| 1920 | Send me an email and I'll create a coupon for a yearly membership | 发个邮件给我,我会为每年的会员 创造一张优惠券 |
| 1921 | and I'll post it later. | 我待会再贴 |
| 1922 | 但给我发封电子邮件, tiffany at speakenglishtiviation.com 我会给 | |
| 1923 | you a coupon for a yearly membership. | 您每年获得会员资格的优惠券。 |
| 1924 | We haven't added it just yet, but I will definitely give you | 我们还没加呢 但我一定会给你的 |
| 1925 | a discount for a yearly membership as well. | 每年会员也享受折扣。 |
| 1926 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1927 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1928 | Yes, | 对 |
| 1929 | you pay $20 for my Academy monthly membership. | 你付20美元 我的学院每月会员。 |
| 1930 | This is not the vocabulary one. | 这不是一个词汇。 |
| 1931 | Vocabulary | 词汇 |
| 1932 | database is totally different. | 数据库完全不同。 |
| 1933 | It's up to you. | 由你决定. |
| 1934 | If you'd like to also improve your vocabulary, | 如果你还想改进你的词汇 |
| 1935 | 60 every single week, then yes, you need to join that. | 每星期60美元,然后是的,你必须加入。 |
| 1936 | But again, $40 is like the price | 再说一遍,40块就像价钱 |
| 1937 | of an English book, but I can guarantee I'll teach you a whole lot more. | 但我可以保证我会教你更多 |
| 1938 | And so we'll teach | 所以我们要教书 |
| 1939 | you Julie. | 朱莉,你这个 |
| 1940 | Um, let's see any other questions. | 嗯,让我们看看任何其他问题。 |
| 1941 | Let me see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1942 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1943 | Um, Tiffany Sam | 嗯,蒂芬妮・萨姆 |
| 1944 | YouTube (英语). | |
| 1945 | Thank you. | 谢谢 |
| 1946 | Uh, let's see. | 呃,让我看看。 |
| 1947 | Can we talk to you in the course? | 我们能跟你谈谈吗? |
| 1948 | No, remember this is just | 不,记住,这只是 |
| 1949 | a vocabulary database. | a 词汇数据库。 |
| 1950 | So each week my team and I create the database. | 所以,每周我和我的团队 创建数据库。 |
| 1951 | Teacher Julie provides the | 朱莉老师提供 |
| 1952 | video explanations. | 视频解释。 |
| 1953 | This is not a course about talking to me. | 这不是一个跟我说话的课程。 |
| 1954 | This is about improving your | 这是关于改进你的 |
| 1955 | vocabulary specifically for improving your vocabulary. | 用于改进词汇的词汇。 |
| 1956 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1957 | Uh, let's see any other | 嗯,让我们看看任何其他 |
| 1958 | questions that came through. | 遇到的问题 |
| 1959 | Let's see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1960 | Um, let me see. | 让我看看 |
| 1961 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 1962 | I'm on already. | 我已经开始了。 |
| 1963 | Nice. | 不错 |
| 1964 | Congratulations. | 祝贺你 |
| 1965 | You are ready to improve your vocabulary. | 你准备改进你的词汇。 |
| 1966 | Thanks, Roro. | 谢谢 罗罗. |
| 1967 | I'm happy to hear that. | 欢喜踊跃. |
| 1968 | Um, what about just vocabulary? | 嗯,那只是词汇呢? |
| 1969 | I'm advanced. | 我是高级。 |
| 1970 | That's the point. | 这就是重点。 |
| 1971 | This database is for intermediate and advanced English learners. | 这个数据库是供中高级英语学习者使用。 |
| 1972 | Again, go to the website. | 再说一遍,上网站 |
| 1973 | You'll see exactly what I mean. | 你会明白我的意思的 |
| 1974 | You can preview before you actually join. | 在实际加入之前可以预览. |
| 1975 | You can preview these | 您可以预览这些 |
| 1976 | conversations are natural English conversations, which means the vocabulary we use is real and | 对话是自然的英语对话,这意味着我们使用的词汇是真实的和 |
| 1977 | it's for advanced English learners. | 是为英语高级学习者设计的. |
| 1978 | So it is for you. | 所以这是给你的。 |
| 1979 | Um, let's see. | 嗯,让我看看。 |
| 1980 | Um, I'd like to follow | 嗯,我想跟随 |
| 1981 | your VIP courses later. | 贵宾课程以后。 |
| 1982 | So how will I do? | 那我怎么办? |
| 1983 | Because I've yet to follow your monthly courses. | 因为我还没有遵循你的月度课程。 |
| 1984 | Uh, | 额... |
| 1985 | currently I don't have any VIP courses available. | 目前没有贵宾课程 |
| 1986 | So my advice would be to yes, | 所以我的建议是: |
| 1987 | be in the Academy as you already are. | 成为学院里你已经。 |
| 1988 | You're very active. | 你很活跃。 |
| 1989 | I like it and get the vocabulary | 我喜欢它和得到词汇 |
| 1990 | as well. | 临Τ |
| 1991 | The vocabulary database, the weekly English words, because if you're serious about | 词汇数据库 每周的英语词 因为如果你是认真的 |
| 1992 | improving your vocabulary, this right here is going to take your vocabulary to the next level. | 改进你的词汇,这里的词汇 将把你的词汇带入下一个层次。 |
| 1993 | Um, let's see. | 嗯,让我看看。 |
| 1994 | Um, my email. | 嗯,我的电子邮件。 |
| 1995 | Yes, my email. | 是的,我的电子邮件。 |
| 1996 | If you want to get the code for the yearly membership, | 如果你想得到每年会员的代码, |
| 1997 | Tiffany.com的英语节目。 | |
| 1998 | I just put my email in the comment | 我只是把我的电子邮件 在评论 |
| 1999 | section. | 节。 |
| 2000 | Um, will there be any online individual meetings practice what we learned when we start | 嗯,会有什么在线 个人会议练习 当我们开始学习 |
| 2001 | the membership? | 会员? |
| 2002 | So again, guys, this is a database. | 再说一遍,这是个数据库。 |
| 2003 | This is not about meeting once a month. | 这与每月举行一次会议无关。 |
| 2004 | This is a | 这个是 |
| 2005 | database and every week it's updated. | 和每个星期更新。 |
| 2006 | So I want you guys to remember, understand this $20. | 所以,我希望你们记住, 理解这个20美元。 |
| 2007 | Think | 考虑一下 |
| 2008 | about it. | 关于它。 |
| 2009 | This $20 is not for a meeting with a teacher. | 这20块不是和老师见面用的 |
| 2010 | This $20 is for you to learn new | 这20块是给你学的 |
| 2011 | vocabulary based on video explanations and also the PDF file. | 基于视频解释的词汇以及PDF文件. |
| 2012 | So no, it does not include | 所以,没有,它不包括 |
| 2013 | meetings or anything. | 会议什么的。 |
| 2014 | Again, normally in Korea, a one-on-one meeting with me would be between | 同样,通常在韩国, 与我的一对一会面是介于 |
| 2015 | 60 and $70 for one hour. | 60美元和70美元 一个小时。 |
| 2016 | So yeah, we're not going to talk about that price because I want to provide | 所以,是的,我们不打算谈论 价格,因为我想提供 |
| 2017 | you with something you all can afford and that's useful. | 你用你们都买得起的东西 这是有用的。 |
| 2018 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 2019 | Um, let's see. | 嗯,让我看看。 |
| 2020 | I think that was the | 我想这是 |
| 2021 | last, uh, let's see the last question that came through. | 最后,呃,让我们来看看最后一个问题 通过。 |
| 2022 | Fatih, I didn't see your question, | Fatih 我没看到你的问题 |
| 2023 | but hey, good to see you Fatih. | 但是,嘿,很高兴见到你 Fatih。 |
| 2024 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 2025 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 2026 | So I think I've answered all of the | 所以我想我已经回答了所有的 |
| 2027 | questions again. | 又问. |
| 2028 | Let me show you all again. | 让我再给你们看看 |
| 2029 | If you are ready to really take your English | 如果你真的想学英语的话 |
| 2030 | to the next level and you want to really improve your vocabulary, you need to go to weekly English | 到下一个关卡,你想要真的 改善你的词汇,你需要去每周英语 |
| 2031 | words.com click add coupon code and type in learn. | words.com点击在学习中添加了券代码和类型. |
| 2032 | Um, okay. | 嗯,还好。 |
| 2033 | I see another comment came through. | 我看到有另一个评论。 |
| 2034 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 2035 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 2036 | So, um, this live will be available for 24 hours. | 所以,嗯,这个直播会提供24小时。 |
| 2037 | Now again, for my | 再说一遍,为了我 |
| 2038 | Academy students, it also be available in the Academy. | 学院学生,该院也提供. |
| 2039 | I may leave it up a little bit longer. | 我可能会把它留长一点。 |
| 2040 | Um, but yes, so good question. | 嗯,但是是的,那么好的问题。 |
| 2041 | Very good question. | 问得好 |
| 2042 | For those that haven't seen it, | 对于还没有看到它的人, |
| 2043 | they can watch it later. | 他们以后可以看 |
| 2044 | Thanks for the question. | 谢谢你的问候 |
| 2045 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 2046 | Um, I'm so glad you guys enjoyed the | 嗯,我很高兴你们喜欢 |
| 2047 | class. | 课。 |
| 2048 | Again, if there are no more questions, thank you all for joining. | 再次,如果没有问题,感谢大家加入。 |
| 2049 | Uh, someone asked | 有人问 |
| 2050 | if I will teach Korean. | 如果我能教韩语的话 |
| 2051 | No, I speak Korean, but I won't be teaching it here. | 不,我会说韩语 但我不会在这里教它 |
| 2052 | I'll teach you English | 我教你英语 |
| 2053 | though. | 虽然. |
| 2054 | Uh, thanks again so much guys for joining. | 再次感谢你们加入 |
| 2055 | I really enjoy being your teacher. | 我真的很喜欢做你的老师 |
| 2056 | Please don't | 请不要 |
| 2057 | forget. | 忘记吧 |
| 2058 | If you want to improve your vocabulary, go to weeklyenglishwords.com click add coupon code | 如果您想要改进词汇, 请访问weeklyenglishwords.com 点击后加入优惠券代码 |
| 2059 | and type in the coupon code. | 并输入优惠券代码。 |
| 2060 | Learn. | 学. |
| 2061 | You guys can take your English to the next level and I want to | 你们可以把英语升到下一个水平 我想 |
| 2062 | be your teacher to help you. | 做你的老师来帮你 |
| 2063 | And so does teacher Julie. | 朱莉老师也是 |
| 2064 | So you can get this English database based | 因此,你可以得到这个英语数据库 |
| 2065 | on the database method. | 数据库方法。 |
| 2066 | Thank you so much guys. | 谢谢你们 |
| 2067 | Uh, if you are in the Academy, the students that | 呃,如果你是在学院,学生 |
| 2068 | are in the Academy, you know what's happening right now. | 在学院,你知道 发生了什么事现在。 |
| 2069 | We have our family meeting. | 我们的家庭会议。 |
| 2070 | So for | 这么说吧 |
| 2071 | all of the Academy students, remember to log into the Academy right now so that you can get the | 所有学院的学生,记住现在登录学院 这样你就可以得到 |
| 2072 | link and the code to go to our zoom meeting. | 链接和代码,用于我们放大会议。 |
| 2073 | Uh, for those that don't know, uh, if you are a | 呃,对于那些不知道,呃,如果你是一个 |
| 2074 | monthly member in the Academy, you can actually attend our once a month family meetings. | 每月参加一次家庭会议 |
| 2075 | So I | 所以说 |
| 2076 | will see you all next time. | 下次见 |
| 2077 | Have an awesome evening. | 玩得开心点 |
| 2078 | And for those who are experiencing the | 和那些正在经历 |
| 2079 | morning, have an awesome day. | 早上,有一个真棒的一天。 |
| 2080 | I'll talk to you guys next time. | 下次我会跟你们谈的 |
| 2081 | Have a good one. | 玩得开心点 |
| 2082 | Bye. | 再见。 |
| 2083 | Ah, bye bye. | 再见 |
| 2084 | Have a good one. | 玩得开心点 |
| 2085 | I know. | 我知道,我记得 |
| 2086 | I know you guys don't want me to leave, but I have to go to | 我知道你们不想我离开 但我必须去 |
| 2087 | my other students. | 我的其他学生。 |
| 2088 | We have a family meeting, so have a good one guys. | 我们有一个家庭会议, 所以有一个好人。 |
| 2089 | Bye. | 再见。 |
该视频共有字幕 2113 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P19 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p19 18. 18. 为什么说英语时你不自信 18-Why You Don't Feel Confident When You Speak English (P19)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p19 18. 18. 为什么说英语时你不自信 18-Why You Don't Feel Confident When You Speak English (P19)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 35:33字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, you want to speak English with confidence, right? | 嘿,你想说英语 有自信,对不对? |
| 0:02 | You're tired of feeling nervous and feeling frustrated when someone asks you a question and you can't answer with confidence | 你厌倦了紧张和沮丧 当有人问你一个问题 你无法自信地回答 |
| 0:09 | I totally understand when I was learning Korean. | 我完全明白我学韩语的时候 |
| 0:12 | I experienced the same thing | 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 0:14 | I had moments when I would walk up to someone and then suddenly forget everything that I wanted to say and then I realized | 我有些时候会走到某个人面前 然后突然忘了我想说的一切 然后我意识到 |
| 0:21 | There were six reasons why I didn't feel confident and I want to explain these reasons to you and give you the solutions | 有六个原因让我不自信 我想向你解释这些原因 并给你解决方案 |
| 0:28 | But before I do that, I need your help | 但在此之前,我需要你的帮助 |
| 0:31 | You see my goal is to help 1 billion students a big number around the world | 你看,我的目标是帮助10亿学生 全世界很多 |
| 0:36 | Just like you learn how to speak English with confidence, but I need your help | 就像你自信地学英语 但我需要你的帮助 |
| 0:41 | I need you to do three things very quickly. | 我需要你尽快做三件事 |
展开字幕全文（570 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, you want to speak English with confidence, right? | 嘿,你想说英语 有自信,对不对? |
| 2 | You're tired of feeling nervous and feeling frustrated when someone asks you a question and you can't answer with confidence | 你厌倦了紧张和沮丧 当有人问你一个问题 你无法自信地回答 |
| 3 | I totally understand when I was learning Korean. | 我完全明白我学韩语的时候 |
| 4 | I experienced the same thing | 我也经历过同样的事情 |
| 5 | I had moments when I would walk up to someone and then suddenly forget everything that I wanted to say and then I realized | 我有些时候会走到某个人面前 然后突然忘了我想说的一切 然后我意识到 |
| 6 | There were six reasons why I didn't feel confident and I want to explain these reasons to you and give you the solutions | 有六个原因让我不自信 我想向你解释这些原因 并给你解决方案 |
| 7 | But before I do that, I need your help | 但在此之前,我需要你的帮助 |
| 8 | You see my goal is to help 1 billion students a big number around the world | 你看,我的目标是帮助10亿学生 全世界很多 |
| 9 | Just like you learn how to speak English with confidence, but I need your help | 就像你自信地学英语 但我需要你的帮助 |
| 10 | I need you to do three things very quickly. | 我需要你尽快做三件事 |
| 11 | I need you to like this video | 我需要你喜欢这段视频 |
| 12 | I need you to share this video and I need you to subscribe one more time like this video | 我需要你分享这段视频 我需要你再订阅一次像这段视频 |
| 13 | Share this video and subscribe. | 分享此视频并订阅. |
| 14 | Can you do that for me? | 你能帮我吗? |
| 15 | I really appreciate it | 我真的很感谢你 |
| 16 | Well, I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芬妮老师 |
| 17 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 18 | All right | 好吧,我们走 |
| 19 | There are six reasons why you don't feel confident when you speak in English now don't go anywhere because in the middle of this lesson | 有六个原因,当你说英语的时候,你没有信心 现在不要去任何地方,因为在这个课的中间 |
| 20 | There's a special challenge that includes a reward | 有个特殊的挑战 包括奖励 |
| 21 | Alright, so reason number one you keep focusing on other people's opinions | 好吧,所以第一原因 你一直关注别人的意见 |
| 22 | Basically, you don't feel confident because you are constantly thinking about what other people think about your English skills | 基本上,你不觉得自信,因为你一直在思考别人对你英语能力的看法 |
| 23 | This is something I struggled with as well when I was learning Korean | 我学韩语时也一直在挣扎 |
| 24 | Why because every time I would get into a conversation and it would be my turn to say something | 为什么每次我谈话时 都该说点什么 |
| 25 | My first thought was shoot. | 我的第一个想法是拍摄。 |
| 26 | What do they think about me? | 他们怎么看我? |
| 27 | Shoot are they gonna judge me when I speak Korean or shoot man, I | 当我说韩语或射杀男人时,他们会审判我吗? |
| 28 | Don't really know this person that well and if I speak in a way that's not good | 不太了解这个人 如果我说话的方式不好 |
| 29 | I think they're gonna look at me in a bad way | 我觉得他们会看我的眼神不好 |
| 30 | I was focused on what other people would think of me | 我专注于别人对我的看法 |
| 31 | I was focused on other people's opinions whether it had been my | 我专注于别人的意见 是否是我的 |
| 32 | Teacher or other students or people I came in contact with that didn't know me | 老师、其他学生、我认识的人 不认识我 |
| 33 | I was focused on everybody else's opinions and that's why I didn't feel as confident when I spoke in Korean | 我专注别人的意见 所以用韩语说话时 我并不自信 |
| 34 | So again, this is one of the reasons why you don't feel as confident when you speak English | 再说一遍,这是你不懂英语 觉得没有自信的原因之一 |
| 35 | But there are some fixes fix number one figure out why you care so much | 但有一些修补 第一条 找出你为什么这么在乎 |
| 36 | That's right figure out the root cause. | 正确解脱根本因缘. |
| 37 | Why do you care about other people's opinions? | 你为什么关心别人的意见? |
| 38 | So for example for me, I | 比如说,我... |
| 39 | realized that I | 我意识到 |
| 40 | Care about other students who are doing better than me. | 关心其他比我好的学生. |
| 41 | I was comparing myself in my class | 我在课堂上比较自己 |
| 42 | I was the oldest in my class at that time and it seemed like the other students were learning so much faster than I was | 我那时是班上最年长的学生 看来其他学生学得比我快 |
| 43 | So whenever I would go to speak in the back of my head, I would think | 所以每当我到脑后说话时,我会想 |
| 44 | They're gonna be like, okay | 他们会像,好吧 |
| 45 | Tiffany's not as good as us and I would focus on their opinions | Tiffany没有我们那么好 而我会专注于他们的意见 |
| 46 | But the root cause was because I was comparing my progress to theirs | 但根本原因是因为我在比较 我的进步和他们的 |
| 47 | I was looking at how far they had progressed and then looking at myself and saying I'm not good enough | 我看着他们进步了多少 然后看着自己 说我不够好 |
| 48 | So that's why I was focused on their opinions | 所以我才专注于他们的意见 |
| 49 | But if you figure out the reason why you're focused on other people's opinions | 但如果你明白你为什么 专注于别人的意见 |
| 50 | You can start to stop focusing because once I realized that I stopped focusing as much on their opinions | 你可以停止专注 因为一旦我意识到 我不再关注他们的意见 |
| 51 | Next redirect your thoughts. | 接下来是改变你的想法 |
| 52 | You see I had to learn again. | 你看,我不得不再次学习。 |
| 53 | It was not their problem | 这不是他们的问题 |
| 54 | They really weren't bad at all | 他們真的不壞 |
| 55 | They weren't thinking anything negatively, but I had to learn how to redirect my thoughts | 他们没有消极的想法 但我必须学会如何改变我的想法 |
| 56 | So right before I would speak in Korean when that thought entered my mind like ooh Tiff | 所以,在我用韩语说话之前, 当那个想法进入我的脑海时, 就像哦蒂夫 |
| 57 | You know Brandon's thinking I would say nope. | 你知道布兰登认为我会拒绝 |
| 58 | I'm not gonna think that thought let me switch my thoughts | 我不会认为,让我改变主意 |
| 59 | You have to actually do the same thing | 你一定要做同样的事情 |
| 60 | When you're about to speak if you feel that coming on that that that idea that hey | 当你即将说话,如果你觉得 来了这个想法,嘿。 |
| 61 | People around me are gonna kind of judge me immediately | 我周围的人会立刻来评判我 |
| 62 | Redirect your thoughts you can change your thoughts and it will help you feel more confident | 重新思考,你可以改变你的想法 这会帮助你更自信 |
| 63 | The other fix is find out your opinion of yourself now. | 另一点是找出你对自己的看法 |
| 64 | This is something very interesting | 这很有趣 |
| 65 | This is basically self reflection many times as human beings | 这基本上是自我反射 许多倍于人类 |
| 66 | It doesn't matter what country you live in or where you're from as human beings. | 不论所居国家,或从何来为人. |
| 67 | We care about other people | 我们关心别人 |
| 68 | But sometimes we care too much about other people's opinions and we forget to think about what we | 但有时我们太在意别人的意见 忘记思考我们的想法 |
| 69 | actually think about ourselves | 想想我们自己 |
| 70 | self reflection | 自我反思 |
| 71 | Stop and think hey | 停下来想一想 |
| 72 | What do I think about myself? | 我对自己有什么看法? |
| 73 | Realize that you are learning a second language | 知道你正在学习第二语言 |
| 74 | Realize how much you have learned and you need to develop your own opinion of yourself | 知道你学到了多少 需要自己去思考自己 |
| 75 | This is going to help you feel more confident because your focus will stop being on other people's opinions and you'll start looking at yourself | 这会帮助你感到更自信 因为你的注意力将不再关注别人的意见 你会开始观察自己 |
| 76 | For example, I know I'm an early bird. | 例如,我知道我是一只早期的鸟。 |
| 77 | I know I'm very productive. | 我知道我非常有生产能力。 |
| 78 | I know I'm a very efficient person | 我知道我是一个非常有效率的人 |
| 79 | So I focus on those aspects of who I am. | 所以,我专注于我是谁的这些方面。 |
| 80 | So if someone else comes to me and says Tiffany | 所以如果有人来找我说蒂芙妮 |
| 81 | You're not a hard worker. | 你不是一个勤奋的工人。 |
| 82 | I'm not even affected. | 我甚至没有受到影响。 |
| 83 | I don't even care what they think about me | 我不管他们怎么看我 |
| 84 | Because I know who I am I know my opinion of myself when it comes to work | 因为我知道自己是谁,我知道自己对工作的看法 |
| 85 | The same is true when you're thinking about your speaking ability figure out your opinion of yourself | 想想你的言语能力 就会发现你对自己的看法 |
| 86 | You can heal yourself to have a good opinion of yourself. | 能自疗养以得妙观. |
| 87 | All right, so reason number two. | 好吧,第二个理由 |
| 88 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 89 | Reason number two is you set challenging English goals | 原因二是你给英国设定了挑战目标 |
| 90 | Basically, you don't feel confident because you have set goals that don't match the amount of time you have to achieve them | 基本上,你没有自信 因为你设定的目标 与你必须达到的目标 时间不相称 |
| 91 | let me break this one down because I | 让我打破这一个 因为我 |
| 92 | Saw this issue with many of my students when I was in South Korea | 我在韩国的时候,我和很多学生 一起看到了这个问题 |
| 93 | You see what happens is students maybe just like you set unachievable goals | 你看会发生什么 学生也许 就像你设定了无法实现的目标 |
| 94 | Stay with me a student would come to me and say teacher. | 留在我身边 学生会来找我说老师 |
| 95 | I said, yeah, what's going on? | 我说,是的,发生了什么事? |
| 96 | How are you teacher? | 老师怎么样? |
| 97 | I need to pass this test. | 我需要通过这个测试。 |
| 98 | 或许是IELTS考试或OPIC考试 | |
| 99 | I said, okay, tell me, you know, when is the test the student would say teacher the test is next month | 我说,好吧,告诉我,你知道,什么时候考试 学生会说老师考试是下个月 |
| 100 | I said, huh, so you're telling me you have four weeks. | 我说,嗯,所以你告诉我 你有四个星期。 |
| 101 | The student said yep | 学生说是的 |
| 102 | I have four weeks and I want to get a perfect score now again. | 我还有四个星期 我想再得到一个完美的分数 |
| 103 | I am a very encouraging teacher | 我是一个非常鼓舞人心的老师 |
| 104 | I make it a point to help students like you achieve goals | 帮助你这样的学生达到目的 |
| 105 | But the student would come to me | 但学生会来找我 |
| 106 | Telling me that she only had four weeks to prepare for a major exam and she wanted to ace the exam | 说她只有四个星期准备大考试 她想要考试得分 |
| 107 | That's an unrealistic goal an unachievable goal again. | 这是一个不现实的目标 一个无法再次实现的目标。 |
| 108 | I knew her level so what happens sometimes | 我认识她,所以有时候会发生什么 |
| 109 | You set goals. | 你设定了目标。 |
| 110 | It's very important to set goals, but sometimes you set goals that are not realistic | 设定目标很重要 但有时你设定的目标并不现实 |
| 111 | For example, you may say I want to learn a thousand English vocabulary words in two weeks | 比如,你可以说我想在两周内 学一千个英文词汇 |
| 112 | Come on now, come on now. | 来吧,来吧。 |
| 113 | Now. | 现在 |
| 114 | I think you are very intelligent, but in two weeks that that's really not realistic | 我觉得你很聪明,但两周后 这真的不现实 |
| 115 | So instead now when you do that you start to feel less confident because you have this goal and you're like shoot | 所以,现在当你这样做,你开始觉得 不那么自信 因为你有这个目标,你就像拍摄 |
| 116 | I didn't reach my goal. | 我没有达到我的目标。 |
| 117 | So when you go to speak you're like, I didn't reach that goal. | 所以当你去说话,你喜欢, 我没有达到这个目标。 |
| 118 | I know I can't speak | 我知道我不会说话 |
| 119 | This is what you need to do. | 这是你需要做的。 |
| 120 | There are three fixes for this | 有三条办法 |
| 121 | Set and achieve small goals on a regular basis | 定期制定和实现小目标 |
| 122 | Confidence is built on accomplishment. | 信任建立在成就之上。 |
| 123 | Remember a few weeks back | 记得几周前 |
| 124 | I taught you all how to learn three thousand vocabulary words in a year now three thousand is a big number, right? | 我教你们如何在一年中学会三千个词汇 现在三千个是大数字,对吧? |
| 125 | But notice I said in a year and then during the class | 但请注意,我说一年后,然后在课堂上 |
| 126 | I broke down how you can actually learn that many words in a year | 我破解了你如何在一年中真正学会这些话 |
| 127 | We divided it by 52 weeks then we divided the week | 我们分了52周 然后我们分了一周 |
| 128 | So in essence every single day you need to learn between six to seven English vocabulary words | 所以基本上每一天你都需要 学习六到七个英文词汇 |
| 129 | You can do that right because we broke down that larger goal into smaller goals | 你做对了,因为我们把大目标拆成小目标 |
| 130 | So now there's no sense of of urgency or anticipation or frustration | 所以现在没有急迫感 期望感 或挫折感 |
| 131 | Why because you know you have a small goal that is achievable that you can do and you feel more | 为什么因为你知道你有一个小目标 这是可以实现的,你觉得更多 |
| 132 | Confident in your abilities because you start to focus on that smaller goal | 相信自己的能力 因为你开始专注于那个较小的目标 |
| 133 | So again students that join the weekly English words membership if you want to join its weeklyenglishwords.com | 所以,再次加入英语单词周会的学生,如果你想加入它的英语单词周会.com |
| 134 | Students who joined that membership now, they're seeing oh | 现在加入该会的学生, 他们看到了哦 |
| 135 | All I have to do is learn a certain number of words every day and I'm okay | 我只要每天学几句话就好,我没事 |
| 136 | And that's one way of actually feeling more confident now another fix is right here | 这是一种方式 真正感觉 更加自信 现在,另一个修复在这里 |
| 137 | Focus on what you can change. | 专心于能变化之事. |
| 138 | There are going to be many things that you experience as you learn English | 你学英语时会经历很多事情 |
| 139 | You're gonna have many things that may seem difficult or challenging | 你会有很多事情 似乎很难或有挑战性 |
| 140 | But you'll also have things that you know, you can change had a student asked me about | 但你也会有你知道的东西, 你可以改变,如果一个学生问我 |
| 141 | Pronunciation the other evening. | 彼夜发音. |
| 142 | She and I had a great conversation and she was like tip | 她和我谈话很愉快 她就像小费一样 |
| 143 | How can I improve my pronunciation and I gave her a method? | 我怎样才能提高我的读音, 我给了她一个方法? |
| 144 | I said hey when I was learning Korean | 我学韩语的时候说嗨 |
| 145 | I would watch Korean dramas and I wouldn't have a notebook as I was watching the dramas | 我会看韩剧,我看剧时没有笔记本 |
| 146 | I would just sit there and repeat what they said to myself, but I was still enjoying the program. | 我会坐在那里重复他们对自己说的话 但我仍然很喜欢这个节目 |
| 147 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 148 | Recognized that what I could do was repeat or shadow the individuals that I was watching in the Korean drama, right? | 承认我能做的是重复 或影射我正在观看的人 在韩国戏剧,对不对? |
| 149 | So figure out what you can change and don't focus on the things that you can't at the moment | 所以,想想你能改变什么 不要专注于你目前无法改变的事情 |
| 150 | The other fix is right here | 另一套就在这里 |
| 151 | Visualize success. | 观想成就. |
| 152 | This is something that I love doing as well | 我也喜欢这样 |
| 153 | The reason why you don't feel as confident is because you feel like you can't attain certain goals | 你没有信心的原因是 因为你觉得自己无法达到某些目标 |
| 154 | But if you visualize success again on my wall behind me, I have all of my goals for the year | 但如果你在我身后的墙上再看到成功 我今年的目标就全部都有了 |
| 155 | Why do I do that? | 我为什么要这么做? |
| 156 | Because there are points and moments in time where I feel like whoo | 因为时间里有些点和点 我觉得我好棒 |
| 157 | I want to help 1 billion students speak English with confidence, but man, that's a large goal | 我想帮助10亿学生 自信地说英语, 但男人,这是一个大目标 |
| 158 | So I've broken down that goal into smaller parts and smaller chunks | 所以我把目标分成小块和小块 |
| 159 | So periodically I'll look at my wall and I'll see okay Tiff your goal is 1 billion students | 时不时地看墙壁,看清楚你的目标就是十亿学生 |
| 160 | But for this year | 不过今年 |
| 161 | This is all you need to do and that makes me feel more confident in my ability to achieve that goal | 这就是你需要做的 让我更有信心 我有能力实现这一目标 |
| 162 | The same thing goes for you as you are trying to build confidence in your speaking ability | 你也一样,因为你正在试图 建立对你说话能力的信心 |
| 163 | instead of setting | 而不是设置 |
| 164 | unachievable goals or really challenging goals | 无法实现的目标或真正具有挑战性的目标 |
| 165 | pick a goal it can be a big goal, but break it down into smaller chunks and | 选择一个目标,它可以是一个大目标, 但细分为小块和 |
| 166 | You will recognize yourself suddenly feeling more confident | 你会突然发现自己更自信 |
| 167 | Now the third reason is right here you don't feel prepared when you speak | 现在的第三个原因是在这里,你觉得没有准备 当你说话 |
| 168 | basically, you don't feel confident because your mind goes blank during | 基本上,你不觉得自信 因为你的头脑 空白期间 |
| 169 | conversations and you don't know what to say I | 谈话你不知道该说什么 |
| 170 | Experienced this so many times when I was studying Korean. | 在我学习韩语的时候 经历了这么多次 |
| 171 | I felt like I | 感觉就像我 |
| 172 | Couldn't give a very logical answer when certain topics came up | 当某些话题出现时,无法给出一个非常合乎逻辑的答案 |
| 173 | I would kind of go to the back or lean back a little bit so that no one would call on me because I didn't | 我会去后面 或者往后一点 以免有人来找我 因为我没有 |
| 174 | Know what to say so I felt less confident now if they asked me to give my | 知道该说什么 所以我觉得现在不那么自信了 如果他们要我给我 |
| 175 | Introduction or talk about my experiences in America | 介绍或谈谈我在美国的经历 |
| 176 | I could easily express those things in Korean because I knew the topics | 我可以用韩语说这些话 因为我知道话题 |
| 177 | But whenever something came up that I didn't know about I really felt less confident | 但每当有事情发生,我不知道 我真的觉得不那么自信 |
| 178 | So I didn't feel prepared now. | 所以我现在没有准备好 |
| 179 | What are the fixes for this one? | 这个有什么办法? |
| 180 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 181 | prepare and | 筹备和 |
| 182 | Practice now here's where the challenge comes in | 练习这里是挑战之处 |
| 183 | Okay, you see because what you have to do is prepare ahead of time. | 好吧,你看,你必须做的是提前准备。 |
| 184 | There are many different videos on YouTube again | 在YouTube上还有许多不同的视频 |
| 185 | Amazing English teachers. | 惊人的英语老师。 |
| 186 | I'm not the only English teacher | 我不是唯一的英语老师 |
| 187 | There are other awesome English teachers on YouTube and they talk about different topics | YouTube上还有其他优秀的英语教师 他们谈论不同的话题 |
| 188 | So you can prepare before you speak English by watching some videos by listening to some | 这样你就可以在说英语之前做好准备, 通过观看一些视频,听一些 |
| 189 | Podcasts and getting the information you need now, here's the challenge you see today's video is being brought to you by | 播客和获得你现在需要的信息 这是你今天看到的挑战 |
| 190 | Cambly now Cambly and I have been working together for a long time. | 坎布利现在和坎布利一起工作了很久 |
| 191 | I almost said a different word | 我差点换个词 |
| 192 | Now came in I we work together and I love working with them because they care about you all so here's the challenge | 现在进来了,我们一起工作 我喜欢和他们一起工作 因为他们都关心你们 所以这里的挑战 |
| 193 | What you need to do is in the comment section. | 你需要做的是在评论部分。 |
| 194 | Tell us your favorite method for practicing what you learn | 告诉我们你最喜欢的练习方法 |
| 195 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 196 | We all have different ways of studying when I was studying Korean | 我学习韩语的时候,我们都有不同的学习方式 |
| 197 | I had a different method than other students. | 我和其他学生的方法不同 |
| 198 | Maybe you have a unique method | 也许你有独特的方法 |
| 199 | Maybe you get up in the morning and you listen to a radio show | 也许你早上起来听广播 |
| 200 | Maybe you get up in the morning and you watch something on your phone from tik-tok or from another media social media platform | 也许你早上起床 在手机上看到的东西 从tik -tok 或者其他媒体的社交媒体平台 |
| 201 | Whatever your specific | 不管你的具体内容 |
| 202 | Method is for studying. | 学习的方法。 |
| 203 | I want you to tell us about it in the comment section | 我要你在评论部分告诉我们 |
| 204 | Here's where the challenge comes once you put it in the comment section, I will select one individual | 当你把它放在评论部分,我就会选出一个人。 |
| 205 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 206 | One individual who was written down and explained his or her | 一个人被写下来 解释他或她 |
| 207 | Favorite way for practicing English and that student is gonna win | 学英语的最好方法 那个学生会赢的 |
| 208 | 60 minutes of practice time with a Cambly tutor. | 60分钟的练习时间与坎布利家教. |
| 209 | I told you it was a great one | 我告诉你,这是一个伟大的 |
| 210 | I told you was a good one | 我告诉过你是不错的 |
| 211 | One student is gonna get the opportunity to practice with a native English speaker for 60 minutes | 一个学生会有机会跟讲英语的人练习60分钟 |
| 212 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 213 | Again, we're talking about feeling more confident and part of feeling more confident is being prepared is practicing | 再说一遍,我们说的是 感觉更加自信 一部分感觉更加自信 |
| 214 | So I want you to practice with a native English teacher | 所以我要你跟本地的英语老师练习 |
| 215 | So all you have to do once again is in the comment section | 所以,你必须做的 再次是在评论部分 |
| 216 | Tell us your favorite method for practicing what you learn. | 告诉我们你最喜欢的练习方法 |
| 217 | Maybe you watch movies | 也许你看电影 |
| 218 | Maybe you write something in your notebook, whatever it is share it in the comment section | 也许你在笔记本里写一些东西 不管它是什么 在评论部分分享 |
| 219 | And this is why I like this challenge again gives you an opportunity to practice speaking in English by typing and it also | 这就是为什么我喜欢这个挑战 再次给你一个机会 练习英语说话 通过打字,它也 |
| 220 | Helps you help each other because you may have a method that another student can see and say | 帮助你们互相帮助 因为你们可能有一个方法 另一个学生可以看到和说 |
| 221 | Oh, I really like the way he or she studies | 哦,我真的很喜欢 他或她学习的方式 |
| 222 | I'm gonna do the same thing so you can help each other you got it. | 我也会这么做 这样你们就能互相帮助 |
| 223 | Alright good Cambly | 好吧,卡布利好吗? |
| 224 | Thank you so much for sponsoring this video and for being willing to help the students improve their English | 非常感谢你赞助了这段视频 并愿意帮助学生改进英语 |
| 225 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 226 | So what's the other fix again? | 那另一个又怎么了? |
| 227 | We talked about not being prepared or not feeling prepared and that affects your confidence. | 我们谈到没有做好准备或感觉没有做好准备,这影响了你的信心。 |
| 228 | Here's the other thing you can do | 还有一件事你可以做 |
| 229 | take a deep | 深一点 |
| 230 | breath I | 叹息 |
| 231 | Noticed when I was studying Korean that whenever I felt nervous or less confident, I would start speaking fast | 当我学习韩语时,我注意到,每当我感到紧张或不那么自信时,我就会迅速开始说话。 |
| 232 | Not good, but just fast and I would start fumbling over my words and things would come out very jumbled | 不好,但很快,我会开始 翻滚在我的言语,事情会出来非常混乱 |
| 233 | The grammar was really bad and I just didn't speak well if I had known this right here | 语法很不好,我就是说不好 如果我知道这一点在这里 |
| 234 | simply | 简单 |
| 235 | Take a deep breath and we talked about it in a previous video | 深呼吸 我们在之前的视频里谈到过 |
| 236 | I told you all that it's okay to say | 我跟你说过了,可以这么说 |
| 237 | Let me let me think about that for a second | 让我考虑一下 |
| 238 | You see how I paused for that long period of time | 你看我停了这么久 |
| 239 | You can do the same thing if you need to gather your thoughts and if you want to speak with confidence | 如果你需要集思广益 如果你需要自信地说话 |
| 240 | It's okay to pause but do a | 暂停可以,但做一个 |
| 241 | Proper pause like that. | 就是这样的暂停 |
| 242 | Alright, so take a deep breath. | 好吧,所以深呼吸。 |
| 243 | The other fix is be fearless | 另一种是无所畏惧 |
| 244 | Mind over matter push through your nervousness | 注意物质 推动你的紧张 |
| 245 | Again, I get it. | 再说一遍,我明白了。 |
| 246 | I totally understand when you don't feel prepared you start getting nervous | 我完全理解,当你没有准备好 你开始紧张 |
| 247 | You really don't want to speak because you don't think you have the words to say but be fearless | 你真的不想说话 因为你认为你没有话可说 但无所畏惧 |
| 248 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 249 | Take a deep breath | 深呼吸点 |
| 250 | Remind yourself. | 提醒你一点 |
| 251 | I am learning another language. | 我在学另一种语言。 |
| 252 | I do know enough | 我当然知道 |
| 253 | I can give my opinion and | 我可以发表意见 |
| 254 | start speaking | 开始说话 |
| 255 | Mind over matter don't allow yourself to be tricked to think that you're not able to speak English with confidence | 注意物质 不要被欺骗自己 认为你无法自信地说英语 |
| 256 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 257 | You have to be fearless | 你一定要无所畏惧 |
| 258 | Alright now reason number four. | 好了,第四个理由 |
| 259 | Here we go | 来了 |
| 260 | This is because you focus on your mistakes and think you can't | 这是因为你专注于自己的错误,认为你不能 |
| 261 | Basically, you don't feel confident because you are constantly thinking about the mistakes you made in the past | 基本上,你不觉得自信,因为你一直在思考 你过去所犯的错误 |
| 262 | man, oh | 伙计,哦 |
| 263 | Man, when I say I did this all the time | 伙计,当我说 我做这一切的时间 |
| 264 | I would focus on the things that I got wrong | 我会专注于我犯的错误 |
| 265 | When I have a conversation with my professor or with a classmate or with one of my Korean friends | 我和教授或同学或韩国朋友谈话 |
| 266 | if I made a mistake, I would think about that mistake for the rest of the day and | 如果我犯了一个错误, 我会考虑这个错误 剩下的一天, |
| 267 | Sometimes even throughout the night. | 有时甚至整个晚上。 |
| 268 | I would have a bad dream. | 我会有一个恶梦。 |
| 269 | Why because I felt like I have been studying for so long | 为什么因为我觉得我学习了这么久 |
| 270 | Why was I making the same mistakes? | 为什么我犯同样的错误? |
| 271 | Maybe they're thinking I'm really not a good speaker. | 也许他们以为我不是个好演讲者 |
| 272 | You see what happened, right? | 你看发生了什么,对不对? |
| 273 | I would go to start thinking about their opinions of me | 我会开始考虑他们对我的看法 |
| 274 | So many things would run through my head and again, you probably experience the same thing | 这么多事情会贯穿我的脑海 你可能也经历过同样的事情 |
| 275 | But this is what is causing you to feel less confident you need to stop focusing on your mistakes | 但这就是让你觉得不那么自信的原因 你需要停止专注于你的错误 |
| 276 | So here's what we have to do fix number one be nice to yourself | 所以,这里我们要做的是... ...第一... ... |
| 277 | This is something that I think as human beings we forget sometimes we have to be nice to ourselves, right? | 我认为,作为人类,我们有时会忘记,我们必须对自己好一点,对吧? |
| 278 | You can beat yourself up sometimes no one can see what's going on. | 你可以打自己 有时没有人能看见发生了什么。 |
| 279 | But in your head you may say to yourself | 但是在你的脑海里 你可以对自己说 |
| 280 | You've been studying English for five years. | 你学英语五年了 |
| 281 | You still don't know that word | 你还是不知道这个词 |
| 282 | You've been studying English for ten years and you still can't express yourself | 你学英语十年了,你还是不能表达自己 |
| 283 | Sometimes these thoughts run through your head and I want to encourage you to stop doing that | 有时候这些想法会贯穿你的脑海 我想鼓励你别这样 |
| 284 | Be nice to yourself again. | 复当自善. |
| 285 | Remember in the previous example, we talked about | 在前一个例子中,我们谈到 |
| 286 | Encouraging yourself by developing an opinion of yourself | 通过形成自己的意见来鼓励自己 |
| 287 | Remember you are amazing. | 记住你很厉害 |
| 288 | You're learning another language for some of you your third fourth or even fifth language | 你正在学习另一种语言给你们中的一些人 你的第4种甚至第5种语言 |
| 289 | Be nice to yourself | 对自己好一点 |
| 290 | The next fix is right here | 下一步就在这里 |
| 291 | Remember that everyone makes mistakes when speaking English | 记住,每个人都会犯错误 说英语 |
| 292 | It's true even Americans even people from England like we all make mistakes | 即使是美国人 英格兰人也一样 |
| 293 | Just like you make mistakes in your own mother tongue. | 就像你犯错 自己的母语。 |
| 294 | It's okay to make a mistake | 犯错没关系 |
| 295 | No one is asking you to be perfect | 没有人要你完美 |
| 296 | It's alright | 没关系 |
| 297 | Just express yourself and I want you to remember that the next fix is right here | 表现一下,我要你记住,下一步就在这里 |
| 298 | List your past successes. | 列出你过去的成功 |
| 299 | This is something that's gonna help a lot, you know | 这会很有帮助的 |
| 300 | Right now you may be feeling like ah, there's so many other things | 现在,你可能感觉 像啊,有很多其他的事情 |
| 301 | I want to do so many more words I want to learn but I don't want you to forget | 我想多说几句话,但我不想你忘记 |
| 302 | What you've already done because when you think about your past successes instead of your mistakes | 你已经做过的事 因为当你想到过去的成功 而不是你的错误 |
| 303 | You get a boost of energy to keep going forward learning more | 你得到了能量的推动 继续向前学习更多 |
| 304 | But when you only focus on your mistakes suddenly you start to feel bad and less confident | 但当你只关注你的错误 突然你开始觉得 糟糕和不那么自信 |
| 305 | But if you remember, wait a minute last year, I was a beginner now | 但是,如果你记得,等待一分钟 去年,我是一个初学者现在 |
| 306 | I'm able to understand everything teacher Tiffany says I'm able to express myself and apply the methods | 我可以理解蒂芬尼老师说的一切 我能够表达自己 应用方法 |
| 307 | She taught me Wow. | 她教过我 哇 |
| 308 | I am amazing and I want you guys to realize how amazing you are | 我太神奇了 我希望你们能意识到你们有多神奇 |
| 309 | So again list your past successes now reason number five | 所以,再次列出 你过去的成功 现在的原因第五 |
| 310 | Why you feel less confident you don't feel like you are learning fast enough | 为什么你觉得不那么自信 觉得你学得不够快 |
| 311 | Basically, you don't feel confident because you think you are learning English at a slow pace and that you don't know enough | 基本上,你不觉得自信,因为你认为 你学习英语的速度很慢 而且你不知道足够的 |
| 312 | to express yourself | 来表达自己 |
| 313 | Again, this is something that I've heard from so many students and some of my students in the past few months have told me | 最近几个月我从很多学生 和我的一些学生那里听到的 |
| 314 | This like teacher. | 这就像老师。 |
| 315 | I don't feel like I'm learning enough. | 觉有学不足. |
| 316 | I need to learn more vocabulary. | 我需要学习更多的词汇。 |
| 317 | What can I do? | 我能怎么办? |
| 318 | I need to learn more more more and I agree | 我要多学点,我同意 |
| 319 | It's important to continue learning which is why you're watching this video and which is why I'm making the video for you | 重要的是要继续学习 这就是为什么你正在观看这个视频 这就是为什么我为你制作这个视频 |
| 320 | but the truth is you need to | 但事实是你需要 |
| 321 | Understand that going fast is not always the answer. | 要知道,快速前进并不总是答案。 |
| 322 | It's not about how fast you learn | 这与你学得有多快无关 |
| 323 | It's about how fast you are able to put into use or put into practice what you actually learn | 这是关于你有多快 能够投入使用 或将你实际学到的 |
| 324 | So what's the fix again right here? | 那么,什么是修复再次在这里? |
| 325 | Monitor your progress | 监视您的进度 |
| 326 | This is something that will help you a lot | 这对你很有帮助 |
| 327 | So if you have a notebook write down when you learn a new word write it down when you learn a new concept | 所以,如果你有一个笔记本 写下来,当你学习一个新字 当你学习一个新的概念 |
| 328 | Write it down. | 写下来 |
| 329 | You can record yourself. | 可以自录. |
| 330 | I encourage students that are in my academy so much | 我鼓励学生 在我的学院这么多 |
| 331 | Record a video clip talk about what you learned today. | 录下一段视频片段 讲述你今天学到的 |
| 332 | Talk about what word you like | 说说你喜欢什么词 |
| 333 | it's important to record yourself on a video clip or write something down because then you have a way to go back and | 记录自己在视频片段或写下一些东西很重要 因为那样你就可以回去了 |
| 334 | See your progress and this actually results in you feeling more confident | 看你的进步,这实际上 让你觉得更加自信 |
| 335 | It's amazing how the brain works. | 脑法惊人. |
| 336 | It's like a psychology | 这就像心理学 |
| 337 | Like the interesting psychology behind this. | 就像背后的有趣心理学 |
| 338 | It's not just about oh, I don't feel confident. | 不只是关于哦,我不觉得自信。 |
| 339 | I need to speak more | 我需要多说话 |
| 340 | There's a lot more to it. | 复有众生. |
| 341 | Part of it is you need to monitor your progress now the other fix is right here | 一部分是,你需要 监视你的进展 现在,另一个修复就在这里。 |
| 342 | Practice regularly based on a set schedule | 定期根据既定时间表进行练习 |
| 343 | This is also important set a schedule for yourself | 这也很重要,为自己定一个时间表 |
| 344 | So for example when I used to exercise before the pandemic at the gym | 比如我以前在健身房做运动的时候 |
| 345 | I would go at the same time every morning | 我每天早上都会同时去 |
| 346 | I would go at 5 a.m. And I'd see the same people every morning | 我会在早上5点去。 我每天早上都会见到同样的人 |
| 347 | I get on the same machine and I run and then I go play basketball with one of the guys that was there | 我上了同一个机器,我跑 然后去打篮球 一个家伙在那里 |
| 348 | But I had a routine and this routine was actually very helpful | 但我有一个常规, 这个常规实际上很有帮助 |
| 349 | You need the same thing when you are studying English and trying to improve your ability to speak English with confidence | 在学习英语和努力提高自信地说英语的能力时,你也需要同样的东西. |
| 350 | This routine actually creates confidence | 这个程序实际上创造了信心 |
| 351 | Because the more I exercised the more I got up in the morning and followed the routine | 因为我锻炼得越多 我越早起床 遵循常规 |
| 352 | The more the better I felt about myself like Tiff | 我越觉得自己比提夫好 |
| 353 | Yesterday you exercised at 5 a.m. And then two days ago you exercised at 5 a.m | 昨天你早上5点练习 两天前你早上5点锻炼 |
| 354 | You know you can do it today and it was like I was encouraging myself and the same will happen for you | 你知道今天你可以做到的 就像我鼓励自己一样 你也会这样 |
| 355 | If you pick to learn three words today learn three words every day | 如果你今天选了三个字,每天学三个字 |
| 356 | You could say hey yesterday I learned three words. | 昨天我学了三个字 |
| 357 | So today I'm gonna learn three words and tomorrow I'm gonna learn three words | 所以今天我要学三个字 明天我要学三个字 |
| 358 | Practice regularly and it will make you feel more confident and that will affect your ability to speak English | 经常练习,这会让你更加自信,这会影响你讲英语的能力 |
| 359 | Here's the other fix | 这是另一个 |
| 360 | Follow through do what you say and you will respect yourself more too | 照我说的做,你也会更尊重自己 |
| 361 | This actually happened this morning right before this video. | 这其实发生在今天上午 就在这段视频之前。 |
| 362 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 363 | You know because of the pandemic I hadn't been exercising a lot because I couldn't go to the gym | 你知道,由于大流行,我没有经常锻炼 因为我不能去健身房 |
| 364 | I still can't go to the gym | 我还是不能去健身房 |
| 365 | So I bought a jump rope | 所以我买了一条跳绳 |
| 366 | But I hadn't been using the jump rope because I was busy and I finally said you know what let me do this before | 但我没用跳绳,因为我很忙 我最后说你知道我以前怎么做的 |
| 367 | I start working | 我开始工作了 |
| 368 | So I was jumping rope and I had a goal and I got halfway to the goal and I got tired and I said | 所以我跳绳,我有一个目标, 我得到了一半的球,我累了,我说 |
| 369 | I really want to stop here and I mean no one's telling me I have to do it | 我真的想停在这里, 我的意思是没有人告诉我,我必须这样做。 |
| 370 | I can stop but then I heard a little voice in my head that said tiff if | 我可以停下来,但后来我听到一个小 声音在我的头上说,蒂夫,如果 |
| 371 | You reach your goal and you accomplish it you achieve it | 你达到你的目标,你达到你的目标 |
| 372 | You're gonna feel so much better about yourself, and I pushed through I followed through and I did what I had | 你会感觉好点的,我一直跟着你 做了我曾经做过的事 |
| 373 | Achieved that when I wanted to achieve you see even right there even Americans make mistakes. | 我意识到当我想实现的时候... ...你甚至看到... ...即使是美国人也会犯错 |
| 374 | It's okay guys | 没关系,伙计们 |
| 375 | But no I did what I wanted to do and I felt so much better after so the same is true for you | 但我没有做我想做的事 之后我感觉好多了 所以你也一样 |
| 376 | You want to learn fast, but instead of trying to learn so fast | 你想学得快,但不想学得那么快 |
| 377 | Simply follow through with what your goal is remember small achievable goals | 仅仅遵循你的目标 记住小可以实现的目标 |
| 378 | This will help you feel more confident when you speak English and now the sixth reason | 这会帮助你更自信 当你说英语 现在的第六个原因 |
| 379 | You don't enjoy learning English now | 你现在不喜欢学英语了 |
| 380 | I know this comes at a shock as a shock to some but a lot of times you don't really enjoy studying English | 我知道这对有些人来说很震惊 但很多时候你不太喜欢学英语 |
| 381 | I think you enjoy these videos. | 我想你喜欢这些视频 |
| 382 | Hopefully I enjoy talking to you, but | 希望我很高兴和你说话,但 |
| 383 | Basically, you don't feel confident because you don't enjoy what you are learning in English in other words | 基本上,你不觉得自信 因为你不享受你在学习英语 换句话说 |
| 384 | You feel stressed whenever you study it | 你每次研究都觉得压力很大 |
| 385 | Makes a difference when you don't enjoy something the information you're studying has a harder time | 当你不享受一些东西时 就会有所改变 你研究的信息比较困难 |
| 386 | Going in so you feel less confident because it's not really | 进去让你觉得不那么自信 因为那不是真的 |
| 387 | Solidified in your mind so when you go to access it. | 凝聚在你的脑海里 所以当你去访问它。 |
| 388 | It's harder here are the fixes for this one | 这里更难解决这个 |
| 389 | Celebrate the small stuff when you learn something whoa hey you better be happy about it, right? | 庆祝小东西 当你学到一些东西... ...嘿,你最好高兴一点,对不对? |
| 390 | Celebrate the small stuff if you meet an American if you actually have a conversation with someone in English | 如果你遇到一个美国人 如果你和别人用英语交谈的话 庆祝一下这些小东西 |
| 391 | Celebrate the small stuff if you write a comment in the comment section when you participate in the challenge and tell us your | 参加挑战时在评论部分写一个评论 并告诉我们你的 |
| 392 | favorite way of studying | 最喜欢的学习方式 |
| 393 | celebrate that you | 庆祝你 |
| 394 | Wrote a comment in English, which is not your first language. | 用英语写一个评论,这不是你的第一语言。 |
| 395 | It's okay to be happy about that | 开心一点没关系 |
| 396 | It's okay to share that with somebody like hey | 和这样的人分享没关系 |
| 397 | I wrote a comment in English under a video and English is not my first language | 我用英语在视频下写了一篇评论,英语不是我的第一语言 |
| 398 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 399 | This is something that will help you enjoy English more then | 这会帮助你更享受英语 |
| 400 | Do more of what makes you happy? | 做更多是什么让你快乐? |
| 401 | I tell you all all the time. | 我常告诉你 |
| 402 | I love sports. | 我喜欢运动 |
| 403 | I love exercising | 我喜欢锻炼 |
| 404 | I love cooking. | 我喜欢做饭 |
| 405 | I love eating. | 我喜欢吃东西 |
| 406 | I love these things, and I love art so when I studied Korean | 我爱这些东西,我爱艺术 所以当我学习韩语 |
| 407 | I made sure what I was learning was involved or connected to these things | 我确信我所学的东西 与这些事情有关 |
| 408 | You need to do the same thing do more of what makes you happy | 你要做同样的事情 做更多让你快乐的事 |
| 409 | Find your interests and connect them to what English then if you realize that you enjoy watching TV dramas in English | 如果你意识到自己喜欢看英语的电视剧 就能找到自己的兴趣 把它们和英语联系起来 |
| 410 | Watch more of them if you realize you enjoy English podcasts listen to more of them | 如果你意识到你喜欢英国播客 就会多看他们 |
| 411 | I have some students that enjoy reading books like novels read more again | 我有些学生喜欢看书 像小说一样多读 |
| 412 | Find what makes you happy and it will result in more confidence because you will learn and be relaxed and calm | 找出什么让你快乐,它会增加信心 因为你会学习,放松和冷静 |
| 413 | So later on when you go to speak English, it will come out a lot faster and easier and finally | 稍后,当你去说英语, 它会更快,更容易,最后 |
| 414 | Watch an English program for fun. | 看英语节目好玩. |
| 415 | That's right | 没错 |
| 416 | Take time to just relax and enjoy yourself find an English program currently | 慢慢放松 享受一下 找一个英语节目 |
| 417 | I'm watching this is us now if you're watching this video and it's later on I'm sure you can go online and find it | 我在看这个,现在是我们 如果你正在看这段视频 之后,我敢肯定,你可以在网上找到它 |
| 418 | But for those who are watching it in real time | 但对那些实时观看的人来说 |
| 419 | Find this is us this American drama. | 找到这个是美国戏剧 |
| 420 | Oh, it's good. | 哦,这是很好的。 |
| 421 | Y'all. | 你们都。 |
| 422 | It's really good | 真的不错 |
| 423 | It comes on Tuesday evenings, and I'm watching it, but I enjoy it but again | 周二晚上来,我正在看 但我喜欢,但又是 |
| 424 | It's in English | 是英语的 |
| 425 | But you may also enjoy it watch it for fun | 但你也可以享受它 看着它好玩 |
| 426 | And you'll start taking in information that will help you speak English with more confidence later because the information went in | 你将开始接受一些信息, 帮助你用更自信的方式说英语, 因为信息进入 |
| 427 | And it was very easy to retain the information | 保存信息非常容易 |
| 428 | Now here's the deal. | 这样吧 |
| 429 | I do understand speaking with confidence is not easy speaking in English is not easy | 我当然明白,用自信说话不容易,用英语说话不容易 |
| 430 | But I hope these tips help you to have more confidence and to be more comfortable when you speak in English | 但我希望这些提示能帮助你更自信 更舒服地说英语 |
| 431 | Now that's all I have for you today. | 今天我只有这些了 |
| 432 | Thank you so much for joining me | 非常感谢你加入我 |
| 433 | Remember to speak English | 记得说英语 |
| 434 | But also remember to put a comment in the comment section so that you can be a part of the challenge | 但请记住在评论部分发表评论,以便你能够参与挑战 |
| 435 | Let us know what your favorite method of studying English is and I will choose one winner and that | 告诉我们你最喜欢的学习英语的方法是什么 我会选一个赢家 |
| 436 | Individual will get a 60 minute tutorial session with a Cambly tutor. | 个人将获得60分钟的辅导课程,由Cambly辅导。 |
| 437 | All right, okay guys | 好了,好了,伙计们 |
| 438 | I'll see you next week. | 下礼拜见. |
| 439 | Have an awesome day. | 玩得开心点 |
| 440 | And as always remember to speak English | 永远记得说英语 |
| 441 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 442 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 443 | It's | 这是 |
| 444 | Storytime | 故事时间 |
| 445 | Hey, I said it's storytime | 嘿,我说时间到了 |
| 446 | All right, so today's story is about a | 好吧,所以今天的故事是一个 |
| 447 | Time when I did not feel confident about my Korean speaking ability | 我对韩语能力不自信的时候 |
| 448 | So when I was in Korea, you know, I lived there for almost ten years and I got to the point where I was an advanced | 所以当我在韩国,你知道,我在那里生活了将近十年, 我到了一个高级的地步 |
| 449 | Korean speaker | 韩 语 语 |
| 450 | But at my church, I went to a multicultural church | 但是在我的教堂,我去了一个多文化的教堂 |
| 451 | There were Koreans there and there were foreigners as in like Americans people from Africa people from Europe | 那里有韩国人 也有外国人 就像来自非洲的美国人一样 来自欧洲的人 |
| 452 | we all worshiped together and | 我们一起崇拜, |
| 453 | Because that was the case there were times when they needed translators now | 因为现在他们需要翻译 |
| 454 | I I never offered to be a translator even though I could speak Korean remember I told you I didn't feel | 虽然我能说韩语,但我从没说过要当翻译 记得我说过我不觉得 |
| 455 | Confident at times even though I could speak so I understand what you're feeling | 虽然我有时会说话 但我能理解你的感受 |
| 456 | So one Sabbath again, I'm a seven-day Adventist. | 所以一个安息日,我是一个七天的基督复临。 |
| 457 | So I go to church on Saturday and we call it Sabbath | 所以我星期六去教堂 我们称之为安息日 |
| 458 | So one Sabbath, I'm one of my friends walked up to me because our pastor was Korean | 所以一个安息日,我是我的朋友之一 走到我身边,因为我们的牧师是韩国人 |
| 459 | He spoke English and Korean but his sermons were normally in Korean | 他讲英语和韩语 但他的布道通常用韩语 |
| 460 | So one of my friends walked up to me and said hey tip and I said hey, yeah | 所以我的一个朋友走过来对我说 嗨小费,我说嗨,是的 |
| 461 | She said so we need an extra translator | 她说我们需要一个额外的翻译 |
| 462 | Immediately my heart started pumping my heart started racing and I started getting nervous now | 我的心开始跳动,我开始紧张 |
| 463 | I told you I was already fluent in Korean | 我告诉过你,我已经流利的朝鲜语 |
| 464 | But for some reason I started to feel nervous and I wasn't confident | 但出于某种原因,我开始感到紧张,我不信任 |
| 465 | She said so tiff, would you mind helping us out? | 她这么说,你介意帮我们吗? |
| 466 | I said, ah | 我说,啊 |
| 467 | Give me a few days to think about it and I'll get back to you | 再给我几天时间考虑,我再回复你 |
| 468 | She said okay, but we really need your help tiff and your English your Korean is good. | 她说好的,但我们真的需要你的帮助 tiff和你的英语 你的韩语很好。 |
| 469 | You can do it | 你办得到的 |
| 470 | She believed in me. | 她对我有信心 |
| 471 | Remember I said earlier sometimes other people's opinion of you is not really what you think | 记得我之前说过 有时别人对你的看法 不是你想的那样 |
| 472 | My friend was like tiff you speak Korean really? | 我朋友好像说韩语一样? |
| 473 | Well, we know that you'll do great | 我们知道你做得很好 |
| 474 | I was the one that didn't feel confident. | 我是一个不觉得自信。 |
| 475 | So I went home | 于是我回到了家乡 |
| 476 | Out to my apartment and I prayed about it and I still didn't feel confident | 到我的公寓里,我祈祷着,我还是不自信 |
| 477 | But I knew that our church needed more translators. | 但我知道教会需要更多的翻译 |
| 478 | So I said | 所以我说 |
| 479 | Okay, I'll do it | 好,我来吧 |
| 480 | But I need like two or three weeks in advance | 但我需要提前两三个星期 |
| 481 | like I needed to have the script or the sermon in advance that I could | 就像我需要提前拿到剧本或布道 我可以 |
| 482 | Study it and make sure I understood everything because I was gonna translate into English | 研究它,确保我理解一切 因为我要翻译成英语 |
| 483 | He would speak in Korean and then I translated into English. | 他会说韩语,然后我翻译成英语。 |
| 484 | So she said she was so excited. | 她说她很兴奋 |
| 485 | She's okay tiff cool | 她没事的 |
| 486 | So she put me on the schedule and the time came for me to be the translator | 所以她把我安排在日程上 是时候让我当翻译了 |
| 487 | So she sent me the script | 所以她把剧本寄给我 |
| 488 | Well, the pastor sent me the script and I think it may have been like seven or eight pages. | 牧师把剧本寄给我 我想大概有七八页 |
| 489 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 490 | Spent maybe about six hours | 花了大约六小时 |
| 491 | Going over the sermon looking up the words making sure I knew everything so that I could be prepared | 翻阅布道 找那些文字 确保我知道一切 这样我才能做好准备 |
| 492 | Remember I said part of feeling confident is when you feel prepared | 记得我说过 信心的一部分是当你准备好的时候 |
| 493 | So I made sure that I went over the entire script and knew the sermon | 所以我确定我翻阅了整个剧本 并知道布道 |
| 494 | Still didn't feel confident though. | 不过还是没有信心 |
| 495 | I was still nervous. | 我仍然紧张。 |
| 496 | So Sabbath morning Saturday morning came | 所以安息日早上 星期六早上来了 |
| 497 | Saw the pastor great guy great guy. | 看到了牧师伟大的人。 |
| 498 | So he said hey tiff again. | 他又说嗨了 |
| 499 | All of this is happening in Koreans | 这一切都发生在韩国人身上 |
| 500 | Like hey tiff, are you ready? | 嘿,蒂夫,你准备好了吗? |
| 501 | I said, yeah, you know, it's praying. | 我说,是的,你知道,这是祈祷。 |
| 502 | God will be good | 上帝会好起来的 |
| 503 | You know God will help so we get on the pulpit or on the stage in front | 你知道上帝会帮助我们,所以我们坐上船舱或者站在台前 |
| 504 | And he starts with saying the prayer and again, my heart is racing the entire time again on the outside | 他从祈祷开始 我的心又在外边竞速 |
| 505 | Everyone sees smiling | 每个人都看到微笑 |
| 506 | Confidence I say good morning and happy Sabbath everyone. | 大家早上好,安息日快乐 |
| 507 | I'm just translating real time right inside | 我只是在翻译 实时就在里面 |
| 508 | I'm so nervous. | 我很紧张 |
| 509 | So then he continues and he starts to give his sermon and again, I'm still nervous | 然后他继续说 开始讲道 我仍然紧张 |
| 510 | But all of a sudden I start to feel a little bit more at ease in the very beginning | 但突然间,我开始感觉 稍稍放松一点 |
| 511 | I was thinking about oh man cuz I'm looking at the congregation people that are in the audience and | 我在想哦,男人,因为我看着 教会的人在观众和 |
| 512 | I'm like, oh my goodness. | 我喜欢,哦,我的天啊。 |
| 513 | They're probably like tiff. | 他们可能像tiff。 |
| 514 | Do you know what you're talking about? | 识得么. |
| 515 | Are you sure like all of these thoughts were running through my head? | 你确定这些想法在我脑子里流淌吗? |
| 516 | But there came a point when I started realizing that people were smiling at me. | 但当我开始意识到 人们对我笑的时候,就出现了一点。 |
| 517 | I was like, wait a minute | 我当时想,等一下 |
| 518 | They're smiling so they must be understanding what I'm saying | 他们笑了 所以他们一定明白我在说什么 |
| 519 | I was speaking in Korean | 我在说韩语 |
| 520 | But it was kind of like they were rooting me on and their thoughts about me were good and not bad | 但好像他们一直支持我 他们对我的想法是好的,不是坏的 |
| 521 | So I started to feel my heart | 所以我开始感觉到我的心 |
| 522 | Kind of go a little calmer and I started to feel more confident because I realized wait a minute | 有点平静,我开始觉得 更加自信 因为我意识到等待一分钟 |
| 523 | They don't think anything negative about me tiff you can do it | 他们不认为我有什么负面的 你能做到的 |
| 524 | I started to encourage myself like tiff you can do it the pastor and I started to have a good time | 我开始鼓励自己 像提夫 你可以做到这一点,牧师 我开始有一个好时机 |
| 525 | He even went off script | 他甚至把剧本弄丢了 |
| 526 | It means he said whatever he wanted to say off the cuff look that one up guys | 意思是他说出了他想说的话 看那个家伙 |
| 527 | And I was able to translate in real time. | 我能够实时翻译。 |
| 528 | So we got through the sermon. | 所以我们通过布道。 |
| 529 | It was a blessing | 这是福气 |
| 530 | I was blessed the audience the congregation was blessed and at the end, you know, he walked off | 观众都祝福我 最后,他走了 |
| 531 | He prayed and we walked off and he said tiff | 他祈祷,我们走了,他说tiff |
| 532 | I really want to thank you so much for being my translator today. | 非常感谢你今天做我的翻译 |
| 533 | I said, oh my pleasure pastor. | 我说,哦,我的快乐牧师。 |
| 534 | No worries again | 别担心了 |
| 535 | He didn't know that I was super nervous inside | 他不知道我内心很紧张 |
| 536 | After that, I walked out to where we have to kind of shake everyone's hands and my friends were telling me tiff | 之后,我走了出去 在那里,我们必须 那种握住每个人的手 我的朋友告诉我tiff |
| 537 | That was one of the best sermons. | 这是最好的布道之一。 |
| 538 | I've heard in a long time. | 久闻. |
| 539 | Your translation was amazing. | 你的翻译很精彩 |
| 540 | Now again, they don't speak Korean but | 现在再说一遍,他们不会说韩语,但是 |
| 541 | They were letting me know like tiff we were blessed | 他们让我知道,就像我们被祝福一样 |
| 542 | You did a great job and then my friends who did speak Korean and English walked up to me said tiff | 你做得很好,然后我的朋友 谁确实说韩语和英语 走到我说tiff |
| 543 | That was amazing. | 这是惊人的。 |
| 544 | You did a great job keep going and I felt so much better. | 你干得漂亮,我感觉好多了 |
| 545 | So | 这么说 |
| 546 | one thing I realized was I | 我意识到一件事 |
| 547 | didn't | 没有 |
| 548 | Want to do it at first? | 一开始想做吗? |
| 549 | Because I didn't feel confident | 因为我没有自信 |
| 550 | but I pushed through the nervousness and I continued and I | 但我在紧张中坚持了下来 |
| 551 | Prepared and I worked hard and when I got up front even though I felt nervous in the beginning by the end | 准备和努力工作 当我站到前面 尽管我感到紧张 在一开始到最后 |
| 552 | I felt very confident | 我觉得很自信 |
| 553 | So much so that I became a member of the translation team | 以至于我成为翻译组成员 |
| 554 | So I was a regular translator for our church and that never would have happened if I allowed my nervousness or my fear | 所以我是教会的普通翻译 如果我允许我的紧张或恐惧 就不会发生这种事 |
| 555 | To hinder me from going up front | 为了阻止我到前面去 |
| 556 | The same is true for you. | 你也一样 |
| 557 | You may not feel confident at times when you're speaking English | 说英语的时候你可能不自信 |
| 558 | You may feel like when you try to speak in English that other people are looking at you. | 你可能觉得你用英语说话 别人在看你 |
| 559 | Other people are judging you | 别人在评判你 |
| 560 | Don't think that instead push forward push through | 别以为是向前推 向前推 |
| 561 | Don't let your fear and nervousness hinder you from speaking English | 不要让你的恐惧和紧张 妨碍你讲英语 |
| 562 | You can do it just like I was able to translate from Korean to English | 你能做到的,就像我能把韩文翻译成英文一样 |
| 563 | you'll be able to speak English with confidence if you simply push through and | 你只要推过去就能自信地说英语 |
| 564 | Set achievable goals. | 确定可实现的目标。 |
| 565 | You can do it and I believe in you. | 你可以做到这一点,我相信你。 |
| 566 | Hope you enjoyed this story | 希望你喜欢这个故事 |
| 567 | Yes, I translated a lot when I was in Korea and I had many wonderful experiences and many wonderful people around me | 是的,我在韩国的时候翻译了很多,我有很多奇妙的经历,还有我身边很多美好的人 |
| 568 | Thanks so much guys, I will see you next week | 非常感谢各位,下周见 |
| 569 | Remember to speak English and I'll talk to you next time | 记住说英语,下次再跟你谈 |
| 570 | I will see you next week. Remember to speak English and I'll talk to you next time | 下周见 记住说英语,下次再跟你谈 |
该视频共有字幕 572 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P20 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p20 19. 19. 如何用英语回答任何问题 19-How To Answer Any Question In English (P20)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p20 19. 19. 如何用英语回答任何问题 19-How To Answer Any Question In English (P20)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 23:05字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | When I was studying Korean, maybe about three or four years ago | 我学韩语的时候 大概是三四年前 |
| 0:04 | I remember being in class and I was about to take a test the teacher sat down in front of me and I could | 我记得在课堂上,我正准备参加一个测试 老师坐在我面前,我可以 |
| 0:11 | Feel my heart start to beat really fast my mind started racing because I didn't know what she was going to ask me | 感觉我的心跳得很快 我开始思考,因为我不知道她要问我什么 |
| 0:18 | It was funny because during class | 这很有趣 因为上课的时候 |
| 0:21 | Everything was great. | 一切都很棒,你觉得呢? |
| 0:22 | We had a good time myself my other classmates and my teacher | 我们自己玩得很开心 我的其他同学和老师 |
| 0:26 | But suddenly when the test came and the teacher sat down | 但突然,当测试来了,老师坐下来 |
| 0:31 | Opened her notebook and then opened her mouth and she was about to ask me a question. | 打开她的笔记本 然后打开她的嘴 她正要问我一个问题。 |
| 0:37 | I felt like my mind | 感觉就像我的心灵 |
| 0:40 | Went blank and I still remember that question. | 空白了,我还记得那个问题 |
展开字幕全文（367 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | When I was studying Korean, maybe about three or four years ago | 我学韩语的时候 大概是三四年前 |
| 2 | I remember being in class and I was about to take a test the teacher sat down in front of me and I could | 我记得在课堂上,我正准备参加一个测试 老师坐在我面前,我可以 |
| 3 | Feel my heart start to beat really fast my mind started racing because I didn't know what she was going to ask me | 感觉我的心跳得很快 我开始思考,因为我不知道她要问我什么 |
| 4 | It was funny because during class | 这很有趣 因为上课的时候 |
| 5 | Everything was great. | 一切都很棒,你觉得呢? |
| 6 | We had a good time myself my other classmates and my teacher | 我们自己玩得很开心 我的其他同学和老师 |
| 7 | But suddenly when the test came and the teacher sat down | 但突然,当测试来了,老师坐下来 |
| 8 | Opened her notebook and then opened her mouth and she was about to ask me a question. | 打开她的笔记本 然后打开她的嘴 她正要问我一个问题。 |
| 9 | I felt like my mind | 感觉就像我的心灵 |
| 10 | Went blank and I still remember that question. | 空白了,我还记得那个问题 |
| 11 | I still remember that exact scene | 我还记得那场戏 |
| 12 | She asked me to tell her about a memory that I can never forget something from my childhood that meant something and I felt | 她让我告诉她一个记忆 从我童年到现在,我永远忘不掉 |
| 13 | Like I didn't know what to say | 就像我不知道该说什么 |
| 14 | Now I did answer the question, but it was difficult and I realized that you experienced the same thing | 现在,我确实回答了这个问题,但是这很困难,我意识到你经历同样的事情 |
| 15 | sometimes you want to speak in English and then someone asks you a question and | 有时你想说英语 然后有人问你一个问题 |
| 16 | You have no idea what to say. | 你根本不知道该说什么 |
| 17 | Well today. | 好吧,今天。 。 。 。 |
| 18 | I am gonna give you what you need | 我会给你你需要的 |
| 19 | I'm gonna teach you how to answer any question in English using a five-step method | 我要教你如何用五步法回答任何问题 |
| 20 | Very simple now, I need you to do one thing before we start you see when I teach these lessons | 很简单,我需要你做一件事 在我们开始之前,你看 当我教这些课程时 |
| 21 | My goal is to help students just like you around the world | 我的目标是帮助全世界像你这样的学生 |
| 22 | I have a big goal my goal is to help 1 billion students around the world and I need your help | 我有个大目标 我的目标是帮助全世界十亿学生 我需要你的帮助 |
| 23 | All you have to do is like share and subscribe | 你只需要像分享和订阅 |
| 24 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 25 | Like this video share it and then subscribe to this channel when you do those three things it tells YouTube | 就像这个视频分享,然后订阅这个频道 当你做那三件事 它告诉YouTube |
| 26 | Wait a minute this video this channel is good. | 等一下 这个频道不错 |
| 27 | It can help people. | 能助众生. |
| 28 | So one more time | 再来一次 |
| 29 | Like share subscribe. | 喜欢分享订阅。 |
| 30 | Come on. | 来吧。 |
| 31 | I said like share subscribe last time like share subscribe | 我上次说像股票订户一样 像股票订户一样 |
| 32 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 33 | Let's jump right in | 跳进去吧 |
| 34 | Alright, here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 35 | So let's say for example someone asks you a question about art | 举个例子吧 有人问你关于艺术的问题 |
| 36 | The question may be who is your favorite painter now you probably remember that I am an artist | 问题是谁是你最喜欢的画家 你可能记得我是艺术家 |
| 37 | I love to draw and paint but if someone asks you that question, how would you answer? | 我喜欢画画 但如果有人问你这个问题 你会怎么回答? |
| 38 | Well, you can answer by simply using the five W's who what when where and why? | 那么,你可以回答,简单的使用 五W's 谁何时在哪里和为什么? |
| 39 | So for me who my favorite painter is a man named Chuck Close | 所以对我来说,我最喜欢的画家是一个叫Chuck Close的人 |
| 40 | He's an awesome painter. | 他是个了不起的画家 |
| 41 | So what my favorite painter? | 我最喜欢的画家是什么? |
| 42 | when | 何时 |
| 43 | currently | 当前 |
| 44 | where | 地点 |
| 45 | America and why? | 美国和为什么? |
| 46 | Creativity great detail and passion now what happens is you organize your thoughts first | 创造力 细节和激情 现在发生的事情是你先整理你的想法 |
| 47 | Before you answer the question, you see I just organized my ideas based on the five W's | 在你回答问题之前,你可以看到,我只是组织 我的想法基于五W's |
| 48 | So now I can answer the question. | 所以现在我可以回答这个问题。 |
| 49 | Look at my answer. | 看着我的答案。 |
| 50 | My answer is | и氮琌 |
| 51 | Currently my favorite painter is an American painter named Chuck Close because he paints with creativity | 目前我最喜欢的画家是美国画家Chuck Close 因为他有创造力 |
| 52 | great detail and | 非常详细和 |
| 53 | Passion I answered all of the five W's in my answer to the person's question | 激情 我在回答那个人的问题时回答了所有五个W |
| 54 | It doesn't matter the topic as long as I'm using this five-step method, but let's say the topic changes | 只要我用这五步法,这个话题就不重要了, 但假设这个话题改变了 |
| 55 | Let's say for example, they ask you a question about books. | 比如说,他们问你一个书的问题 |
| 56 | I'm curious. | 我有点好奇 |
| 57 | Do you like reading? | 你喜欢看书吗? |
| 58 | Do you like books? | 你喜欢书吗? |
| 59 | Let me know. | 告诉我 |
| 60 | All right, so let's say the question is | 好吧,所以让我们说,问题是 |
| 61 | What is your favorite book again five step method five W's who? | 你最喜欢的书是什么 五步法五W是谁? |
| 62 | Francine Rivers | 弗朗辛河 |
| 63 | What? | 你说什么? |
| 64 | best-seller | 畅销书 |
| 65 | Redeeming love that's the name of the book when | 重拾爱 是书的名字,当 |
| 66 | 1991 | 1991年 联合国 |
| 67 | where America and why I | 美国和为什么我 |
| 68 | Enjoy reading love stories now. | 好好读爱情故事吧 |
| 69 | I want to pause really quickly | 我想尽快暂停 |
| 70 | If you've never read this book, oh my goodness, this book is | 如果你从来没有读过这本书, 哦,我的上帝,这本书是 |
| 71 | Amazing. | 厉害 |
| 72 | It's a modern-day version of a Bible story, but it will blow your mind | 这是一个现代版本的圣经故事, 但它会打破你的头脑 |
| 73 | It will help you improve your English | 这会帮助你改进你的英语 |
| 74 | It will help you understand better your comprehension and it will teach you so many new vocabulary words and expressions | 它会帮助你更好地理解你的理解, 它会教你这么多新的词汇和表达 |
| 75 | So I would all the way advise you to read this book. | 所以我建议你读这本书 |
| 76 | Alright, so again, the question is what is your favorite book? | 好吧,所以再次,问题是你最喜欢的书是什么? |
| 77 | And I use the five W's to organize my thoughts. | 我用五W来整理我的思想 |
| 78 | So what's my answer? | 那我的答案是什麽? |
| 79 | Here's how I would answer this question | 我是这样回答这个问题的 |
| 80 | I enjoy reading love stories. | 我喜欢读爱情故事 |
| 81 | So my favorite book is the | 所以我最喜欢的书是 |
| 82 | 1991 American bestseller | 1991年 美国畅销书 |
| 83 | redeeming love by Francine Rivers | 弗朗辛·里弗斯赎回爱情 |
| 84 | You see how I did that right you see how I made that advanced English sentence just by using the five W's | 你看,我是如何做的正确 你看,我是如何做 高级英语句子 只是通过使用五W's |
| 85 | You can do the same thing. | 你可以做同样的事情。 |
| 86 | Alright, so let's say again the topic changes remember | 好吧,让我们再说一遍,主题改变记得 |
| 87 | I'm teaching you how to answer any question in English | 我教你用英语回答任何问题 |
| 88 | It doesn't matter what the topic is, but let's say for example, the topic is career and they ask you | 这无关紧要 但比如说 主题是事业 他们问你 |
| 89 | What kind of job do you do? | 你做什么样的工作? |
| 90 | No worries. | 别担心 |
| 91 | I can answer that who I or me | 我可以回答我和谁 |
| 92 | What working as a computer engineer? | 做电脑工程师干什么? |
| 93 | Truthfully, I'm working as your English teacher | 老实说,我是你的英语老师 |
| 94 | All right, but just for the example | 好吧,但举个例子 |
| 95 | working as a computer engineer | 担任计算机工程师 |
| 96 | when since | 何时 |
| 97 | 2010 where a design firm in my city and why my friend is the CEO now look at the sentence | 2010年 我市的一家设计公司 为什么我的朋友是CEO 现在看看这句话 |
| 98 | Since 2010 I have enjoyed working as a computer engineer for a design firm in my city because my friend is | 从2010年起,我一直喜欢做我城市的一家设计公司的计算机工程师 因为我的朋友是 |
| 99 | the CEO | 首席执行干事 |
| 100 | You're seeing these advanced English sentences you're seeing how to answer any question | 你看到这些高级的英语句子 你看见如何回答任何问题 |
| 101 | using the five | 使用5个 |
| 102 | W's it's so simple if you apply the right method | 如果你应用了正确的方法,那么简单 |
| 103 | But again, we're gonna look at some more topics because you may need a little more | 但再说一遍,我们还要多看一些话题 因为你可能需要更多 |
| 104 | Proof some more examples. | 证明一些更多的例子。 |
| 105 | So let's say for example, they ask you about your dreams. | 比如说,他们问你的梦想 |
| 106 | I am curious | 我有点好奇 |
| 107 | Tell me what your dream is. | 告诉我你的梦想是什么 |
| 108 | What is your dream job? | 你做梦的工作是什么? |
| 109 | Or what would you like to do in the future? | 或者你将来想做什么? |
| 110 | Put in the comment section, you know practice your English. | 在评论部分,你知道 练习你的英语。 |
| 111 | All right, so here's the question | 好,问题就在这里 |
| 112 | What was your dream when you were a child? | 你小时候的梦想是什么? |
| 113 | All right, no worries who me what? | 好吧,不用担心我什么? |
| 114 | Dream was to become a doctor now. | 现在梦想成为一名医生。 |
| 115 | That's actually true. | 这是真的。 |
| 116 | I want it to be an ob-gyn | 我希望它是一个ob -gyn |
| 117 | You know the doctor that delivers babies. | 你认识接生的医生 |
| 118 | That's what I want it to be but you see how things changed now | 这就是我想要的,但你看现在情况如何 |
| 119 | I'm an English teacher and I love it | 我是英语老师,我喜欢 |
| 120 | So when when I was a child | 所以当我还是个孩子的时候 |
| 121 | Where in the world and why to heal all the sick people? | 世间何处,何以治病? |
| 122 | So here's my sentence when I was a child my dream was to become a doctor so that I could heal all of the sick people | 所以这是我小时候的句子 我梦想成为一名医生 这样我就能治愈所有病人 |
| 123 | In the world. | 于世间. |
| 124 | All right, so we answered the question, but now what if they ask you about education? | 好吧,所以我们回答了问题, 但是现在如果他们问你关于教育? |
| 125 | They say why is education so important now? | 他们说,为什么教育现在如此重要? |
| 126 | I've asked this type of question to my students before | 我曾经问过这样的问题 |
| 127 | When I was in Korea and even now with students that I meet on a regular basis and | 当我在韩国,甚至现在与学生 我定期见面, |
| 128 | I realized that as a student learning English | 我意识到作为一个学生学习英语 |
| 129 | sometimes you get questions that ask you to give a deep answer and sometimes you feel like | 有时你得到的问题 让你给出一个深刻的答案 有时你感觉像 |
| 130 | Your mind goes blank, right? | 你脑子一片空白,对吧? |
| 131 | Well again, even when you're asked a deep question that requires lots of thought all | 再说一次,即使你被问到一个 需要大量思考的深层问题 |
| 132 | You have to remember is the five W's method who what when where and why so again | 你必须记住,五W的方法 谁何时何地,为何再次如此 |
| 133 | Why is education so important? | 为什么教育这么重要? |
| 134 | Well, here's my answer who the children? | 那么,这是我的答案 谁的孩子? |
| 135 | What education is important when in the future? | 今后哪些教育是重要的? |
| 136 | Where our society and why they will become the future leaders so I can say in my opinion | 哪里是我们的社会,为什么他们会成为未来的领袖 所以我可以这么说 |
| 137 | Education is important because the children of today will become the future leaders of our society in the future | 教育之所以重要,是因为今天的儿童将来将成为我们社会的领袖。 |
| 138 | You talk about an a-plus answer. | 你谈论一个附加答案。 |
| 139 | Come on y'all and you could do the same thing | 来吧,你们可以做同样的事情 |
| 140 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 141 | So again, I answered all of the W's in my answer now | 再说一遍,我现在在回答所有W的答案 |
| 142 | What if they ask you about food? | 如果他们问你食物的事呢? |
| 143 | Well, y'all know I love food. | 你们都知道我喜欢吃东西 |
| 144 | All right, what did they ask you about food? | 好吧,他们问你什么关于食物? |
| 145 | Well, here's the question | 问题是 |
| 146 | What is your favorite type of food to eat now? | 你现在最喜欢吃什么? |
| 147 | I'm gonna answer the question for the example, but I'm curious. | 我要回答这个例子 但我很好奇 |
| 148 | Do you all remember what my favorite food is? | 你们还记得我最喜欢的食物吗? |
| 149 | I mentioned two things but one of them is my top favorite in the comment section | 我提到了两件事,但其中一件事 是我在评论部分最喜爱的 |
| 150 | I want to see who gets this right who knows what my favorite food is | 我想看看谁得到这个权利 谁知道我最喜欢的食物是什么 |
| 151 | Let's see how much you know. | 让我们看看你知道多少。 |
| 152 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 153 | So again, the example question is not about me. | 所以,举个例子的问题不在于我。 |
| 154 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 155 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 156 | So here we go | 来了 |
| 157 | Who what when where why who me what favorite type of food to eat popcorn again? | 为什么我又喜欢吃爆米花? |
| 158 | This is not my answer | 这不是我的答案 |
| 159 | When in the evening where at home and why snack on it while watching television? | 当晚上,哪里在家里 和为什么在它小吃 同时看电视? |
| 160 | so my favorite type of food to eat when I get home in the evening is | 所以当我晚上回家时 我最喜欢吃的是 |
| 161 | Popcorn because I usually snack on it while I watch my favorite television program | 爆米花,因为我通常在看最喜欢的电视节目时吃点心 |
| 162 | So again answered all the five W's in my answer to this question | 所以在我的回答中再次回答了所有五个W的问题 |
| 163 | It's so important to remember these five W's | 记住这五个W很重要 |
| 164 | But now here's the thing right we have many more examples to look at but you're probably thinking to yourself | 但是现在我们还有许多例子需要研究 但你也许在想 |
| 165 | Teacher this method is really good. | 老师,这个方法真的很好。 |
| 166 | It's if I really like the five W's and and it seems so simple, but | 如果我真的喜欢五W 而且看起来很简单,但是... |
| 167 | Who can help me make sure that my answers are grammatically correct? | 谁能帮我确定我的答案在语法上是正确的? |
| 168 | I get grammar questions all the time or teacher. | 我总是收到语法问题 或老师。 |
| 169 | How do I know if I'm doing it, right? | 我怎么知道我是否这样做,对不对? |
| 170 | you're basically asking for a tutor you're asking for someone to help you and | 你基本上要求一个家教 你要求有人帮助你 |
| 171 | That's why I want to tell you about our sponsor today. | 这就是为什么我想告诉你 关于我们的赞助者今天。 |
| 172 | Today's sponsor is | 今天的赞助商是 |
| 173 | 现在Cambly你们知道我经常谈论Cambly | |
| 174 | I love Cambly and the reason why I love them so much is because they literally care about you | 我爱Cambly,我爱他们的原因 是因为他们真正关心你 |
| 175 | They want to help you achieve your goals, and they want to give you one-on-one | 他们想帮你实现你的目标 他们想给你一对一 |
| 176 | Attention one-on-one classes so when you learn something with me you can go to a Cambly tutor and | 注意一对一的课 当你和我一起学东西的时候 你可以去坎布利家教 |
| 177 | Practice with them they have tutors from America from Australia from Canada native English speaking countries | 他们从澳大利亚从加拿大本土英语国家派来辅导员 |
| 178 | And they're ready to help you and again. | 他们准备再次帮助你 |
| 179 | I told you I love Cambly and | 我告诉你我爱Cambly和 |
| 180 | One of the main reasons is because they want to help you my student | 原因之一是他们想帮你 我的学生 |
| 181 | What they want to do is give you a discount so the coupon code right here on the screen | 他们想给你打个折扣 所以票券密码就在屏幕上 |
| 182 | Use this coupon code and get a discount now all of the links are in the description | 使用这个优惠券代码并获得折扣,所有链接都在描述中 |
| 183 | So click the link use the coupon code and start studying with a tutor today | 点击链接使用优惠代码, 开始在今天的导师学习 |
| 184 | Improve your English put into practice what I'm teaching you so again Cambly. | 提高你的英语水平 将我教你的再次坎布利。 |
| 185 | Thank you so much | 谢谢 |
| 186 | You guys are awesome alright | 你们好棒 |
| 187 | So you're gonna practice with Cambly as you go through the the five W's and answer certain questions | 所以你要和Cambly一起练习 通过五W 回答某些问题 |
| 188 | And we just talked about food, but let's say the topic changes | 我们刚刚谈了食物, 但让我们假设话题改变 |
| 189 | Let's say someone asks you about games, and they say what types of games do you play at parties? | 假设有人问你游戏, 他们说你在派对上玩什么游戏? |
| 190 | Again same method five W's who my friends, and I what usually play acting games | 同样的方法是五W 谁我的朋友,我什么 通常玩的表演游戏 |
| 191 | When when I go to parties where at parties and why we love those types of games so I | 当我去派对时 为什么我们喜欢那些游戏 |
| 192 | Can say I usually play acting games when I go to parties with my friends because we love those types of games now | 可以说我和朋友去派对时 通常都会玩表演游戏 因为我们现在喜欢这种游戏 |
| 193 | You're probably wondering teacher. | 你可能想知道老师。 |
| 194 | What's an acting game? | 什么是演戏游戏? |
| 195 | We're gonna take a pause in our lesson and play a game really quickly now again | 我们要暂停一下课 现在再玩一次游戏 |
| 196 | I've already asked you to type in the comment section what you think my favorite food is | 我已经让你在评论部分输入 你觉得我最喜欢的食物是什么 |
| 197 | Now I'm gonna see if you can guess what I'm acting out. | 现在我要看看你能不能猜到 我在演什么 |
| 198 | I'm not gonna tell you the answer | 我不会告诉你答案的 |
| 199 | I just want to see if you can type the answer in the comment section, so | 我只是想看看你能否在评论部分输入答案,所以 |
| 200 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 201 | I'm gonna act something out, and I want you to tell me what I am eating. | 我要做点什么 我要你告诉我在吃什么 |
| 202 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 203 | You ready alright | 你准备好了 |
| 204 | It's gonna be a little hard | 会有点难的 |
| 205 | Now that's a hard one. | 现在,这是一个艰难的。 |
| 206 | I want you to type in the comment section what you think I | 我要你在评论部分输入你认为我 |
| 207 | Am eating I'm very curious to see who's gonna get this one right but again | 正在吃东西,我很好奇 看看谁会得到这个正确的,但再次 |
| 208 | I acted something out and you had to guess that's one of the games we like to play alright | 我做了一些事情,你不得不猜 这是我们喜欢玩的游戏之一 |
| 209 | So next let's see if they ask you a question about your home | 接下来我们看看他们有没有问你家的事 |
| 210 | What type of home would you like to live in so again who what when where and why I? | 你想住什么样的家? 什么时候住,为什么住? |
| 211 | What want to live in a similar cute house? | 什么想住在一个类似的可爱的房子? |
| 212 | When after I get married where in the suburbs and why I used to live in a cute house? | 当我结婚后 哪里在郊区 为什么我住在可爱的房子? |
| 213 | So here's the sentence when I was growing up. | 我小时候的句子是这样的 |
| 214 | I lived in a cute house, so after I get married | 我住在一个可爱的房子,所以我结婚后 |
| 215 | I would like to live in a sumer a sumer a similar cute house in the suburbs alright | 我想住在郊区一个类似可爱的房子里 |
| 216 | I don't take those out because I think whenever I mess up it helps you realize that even native English speakers sometimes | 我不拿,因为我觉得每当我搞砸了 它帮助你意识到,有时甚至 母语英语 |
| 217 | Have to correct themselves | 一定要纠正自己 |
| 218 | Don't worry alright, so similar cute house again, so I'm answering the question by answering the five W's now again | 不要担心,那么相似的房子 再次, 所以我回答的问题 通过回答现在的五W's |
| 219 | Different topic helping you guys to see how it doesn't matter what the topic is let's say it's about identity alright | 不同的话题 帮助你们看 它如何无关紧要 主题是什么 让我们假设这是 关于身份好吗? |
| 220 | What is your best? | 有什么好说的? |
| 221 | physical feature | 物理特性 |
| 222 | Who people what my best physical feature is my smile now this one is true? | 谁是我最好的身体特征 是我的微笑 现在这个是真实的? |
| 223 | People tell me all the time that they really like my smile | 人们总是说 他们很喜欢我的笑容 |
| 224 | And they feel happy when they see me smile, so I think my best physical feature is | 他们看到我笑的时候感觉很快乐 所以我认为我最好的物理特征是 |
| 225 | my smile alright, so we continue since I was a child where | 我的微笑好,所以我们继续 从我小时候,在那里 |
| 226 | Everywhere why always told me it is great | 到处都说很棒 |
| 227 | So I think my best physical feature is my smile because since I was a child people everywhere have always told me it is | 所以我认为我最好的身体特征就是我的微笑 因为从我还是个孩子起 各地的人都一直告诉我 |
| 228 | Great so again even in answering a question about a physical feature. | 在回答一个有关物理特征的问题时 也是如此 |
| 229 | We still use the five W's | 我们还用五W的 |
| 230 | It's very important all you have to remember | 这很重要,你必须记住 |
| 231 | Who what when where and why you only have to remember the five W's method alright again? | 什么时候和为什么你只需要再记住五W的方法? |
| 232 | Let's see another topic to see if it really works karaoke. | 让我们来看看另一个话题 看看它是否真的 工作卡拉OK。 |
| 233 | Yes, you guys know I love to sing you know what? | 是的,你们知道我爱唱歌 你知道吗? |
| 234 | One of my favorite songs so my friends and I when we were in South Korea | 我最喜欢的一首歌 所以,我的朋友和我 当我们在韩国 |
| 235 | We'd go to the karaoke room | 我们去卡拉OK房间 |
| 236 | We call it a nori bang for those that are Korean and y'all say oh no a bang | 我们称它为韩国人的诺里爆炸 你们都说哦,不爆炸 |
| 237 | And I would sing so many songs um one of my favorite songs let me see um | 我会唱这么多歌... 我最喜欢的一首歌 让我看看... |
| 238 | You say | 你说 |
| 239 | I'm crazy | 我疯了 |
| 240 | But you don't really know what you've done | 但你真的不知道你做过什么 |
| 241 | And when | 什么时候 |
| 242 | You call me, baby | 你给我打电话,宝贝 |
| 243 | I go I'm not the only one | 我走了,我不是唯一一个 |
| 244 | I had to kind of sing that real quick that was my favorite song to sing when I was in South Korea | 我在韩国的时候 我总得唱那么快 那是我最喜欢的歌 |
| 245 | So maybe you guys like karaoke rooms too alright, so here's the question though | 所以也许你们也喜欢卡拉OK房间,所以现在的问题是 |
| 246 | Let's say for example someone says have you ever been to a karaoke room now | 比如说有人说你去过卡拉OK房间 |
| 247 | You may be tempted just to say no. | 你可能会想说不 |
| 248 | I haven't or to say yes | 我没有,也没有答应 |
| 249 | I have but you want to give an advanced English sentence here you go again who what when we're why | 我有,但你想给一个高级的英语句子 在这里,你再去谁 当我们是什么原因 |
| 250 | Some friends, and I what went to a karaoke room when I was in University where? | 一些朋友,我是什么去了 一个卡拉OK房间 当我在大学在哪里? |
| 251 | Near our University and why to sing songs all throughout the night | 在大学附近,为什么整晚都唱歌 |
| 252 | Here's my answer when I was in University some friends | 这是我在大学的时候的答案 一些朋友 |
| 253 | And I went to a karaoke room near our University to sing songs all throughout the night | 我到大学附近的卡拉OK房间 唱了一整夜的歌 |
| 254 | You see you've kind of developed a picture an image of what happened to me | 你看你画了一幅我遭遇的画面 |
| 255 | Because I answered all of the five W's when I give you my answer | 因为我回答了所有五W的 当我给你我的答案 |
| 256 | Suddenly in your brain you start to say ah teacher was in University to with her friends | 突然在你的大脑里,你开始说啊 老师在大学里和她的朋友 |
| 257 | It was at night a place near the University you start to create this image | 在晚上,大学附近的一个地方 你开始创造这个形象 |
| 258 | That's why it's so important for you when you answer to answer the five W's and the person listening to you will feel like they | 所以当你回答五W的问题时 对你如此重要 倾听你的人会觉得他们 |
| 259 | Understand better alright, okay here we go | 好,好,我们走 |
| 260 | love | 爱 |
| 261 | You know we all like love alright, so the love | 你知道我们都喜欢爱 好吧,所以爱 |
| 262 | Question do you love not do you but who do you love the most alright here? | 你爱的不是问题,而是你最爱的是谁? |
| 263 | We go who my husband what loved when? | 我们去我丈夫爱谁的时候? |
| 264 | Always where no matter where I go why I can feel his love for me now. | 不管我去哪儿,我总能感觉到他现在爱我 |
| 265 | I'm not married yet | 我还没结婚 |
| 266 | But you know God has a plan don't you worry? | 但你知道上帝有一个计划 你不担心吗? |
| 267 | All right here we go | 好了,我们走了 |
| 268 | I have always loved my husband the most because no matter where I go I can feel his love for me alright | 我一直都最爱我丈夫,因为不管我去哪 我都能感觉到他爱我 |
| 269 | so again someone asked me a question about love, but I was still able to apply the five W's and | 所以,再次有人问我 关于爱的问题, 但我仍然能够应用 五W's和 |
| 270 | Answer the question. | 答问. |
| 271 | That's what you need to do now | 这就是你现在要做的 |
| 272 | I really really hope you enjoyed this lesson there is a part two now part two is very important | 我真的希望你享受这个教训 第二部分现在第二部分很重要 |
| 273 | What you're seeing right here are the worksheets that go along with part two you see in part two I | 你在这里看到的是工作表 与第二部分,你看到的第二部分I |
| 274 | Explained how you can practice what I taught you today part two is so important now if you're already a part of my Academy | 解释你如何练习我今天教给你的 第二部分 现在非常重要 如果你已经是我的学院的一部分 |
| 275 | You can just click the link in the description and you can go watch part two right now | 你可以点击描述中的链接 你可以现在去看第二部分 |
| 276 | If you're not in my Academy you need to go to this link right here | 如果你不在我的学院,你需要 去这个链接在这里 |
| 277 | Let's jump right in comm and you need to enroll right now | 我们直接通电话,你现在就要报名 |
| 278 | Because part two is gonna help you go to the next level and apply what you learned in this video guys | 因为第二部分会帮助你进入下一个关卡 应用你在视频中学到的东西 |
| 279 | I really hope you enjoyed today's lesson | 我真的希望你享受今天的课 |
| 280 | I really want you to improve your English and have confidence to answer any question | 我真的希望你提高英语水平 有信心回答任何问题 |
| 281 | No matter what someone asks you again. | 不管有人再问你什么 |
| 282 | I want to thank Cambly for sponsoring this video | 我想感谢Cambly赞助这段视频 |
| 283 | Don't forget guys to practice what I taught you you also need to get a tutor and Cambly has a special coupon | 别忘了你们要练我教你的 还要找家教 坎布利有特别的优惠券 |
| 284 | Just for you, so click the link in the description alright guys. | 就为你,所以点击链接 在描述中好家伙。 |
| 285 | I will talk to you next week, but as always | 我下周会跟你谈,但一如既往 |
| 286 | Remember to speak English | 记得说英语 |
| 287 | You know what time it is it's | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 288 | Story time hey, I said it's story time | 故事时间,嘿,我说它的故事时间 |
| 289 | Alright guys. | 好吧,伙计们。 |
| 290 | I really enjoy singing that song | 我真的很喜欢唱那首歌 |
| 291 | alright, so | 好吧,这样吧 |
| 292 | Actually today in America is Father's Day now | 其实今天在美国是父亲节 |
| 293 | I'm recording this video before Father's Day, but since it is going live on Father's Day | 我在父亲节前录下这段视频 但是由于它要在父亲节现场直播 |
| 294 | I want to tell you a funny story about my dad now | 我想告诉你一个有趣的故事 关于我爸爸现在 |
| 295 | I may have told some of you this story before | 我可能以前跟你们讲过这个故事 |
| 296 | But I'm gonna tell it again and for those that don't know the story. | 但我会再说一遍 对那些不知道故事的人来说 |
| 297 | Oh you're in for a treat | 哦,你是来招待的 |
| 298 | So my dad is a great guy. | 我爸是个好人 |
| 299 | He loves us. | 他爱我们。 |
| 300 | He takes care of his family | 他照顾家人 |
| 301 | But he also likes to help other people | 但他也喜欢帮助别人 |
| 302 | Just to tell you the kind of person he is very kind and considerate | 就是想告诉你他多么善良 体贴 |
| 303 | Now if I ask for something my dad will give it to me the same goes for my sister and my mom | 现在,如果我要求的东西 我爸会把它给我 同样的,我的妹妹和我妈妈 |
| 304 | He really just loves his family now. | 他现在真的很爱家人 |
| 305 | I remember several several years ago | 我记得几年前 |
| 306 | It was a Christmas | 那是个圣诞节 |
| 307 | it was Christmas and | 这是圣诞节和 |
| 308 | We were all sitting as a family in our family room | 我们都是一家人 我们家的房间 |
| 309 | And we were sitting at the tree and we were just handing out gifts to each other | 我们坐在树上 互相赠送礼物 |
| 310 | You know like I gave a gift to my mom | 你知道,就像我给我妈的礼物一样 |
| 311 | I gave a gift to my sister to my dad and then we all continued to exchange gifts and | 我送给我妹妹一个礼物给我爸爸 然后我们继续交换礼物 |
| 312 | There was one gift left under the tree | 树下还有一件礼物 |
| 313 | And I looked at my mom | 我看着我妈妈 |
| 314 | Because it said to daddy. | 因为它对爸爸说。 |
| 315 | I said I looked at my sister first. | 我说我先看我妹妹 |
| 316 | Did you did you buy that pretty she said I didn't buy it | 你买的漂亮吗 她说我没买 |
| 317 | So then I thought oh | 所以我就觉得 |
| 318 | Maybe my mom bought the gift and just put daddy on there for my sister and I so I looked at my mom | 也许我妈妈买了礼物 带爸爸去陪我姐姐 所以我看着我妈妈 |
| 319 | Did you she said no I didn't so my dad proceeds to pick up the box and said oh oh | 她有没有说没有,所以我爸爸去捡箱子,说哦哦 |
| 320 | You guys are awesome. | 你们真棒。 |
| 321 | You guys are so amazing. | 你们真是太棒了 |
| 322 | You guys bought me this | 你们给我买了这个 |
| 323 | We were like, yeah, daddy. | 我们就像,是的,爸爸。 |
| 324 | Yep. | 对 |
| 325 | So he proceeds to open the box again | 所以他又开始打开盒子 |
| 326 | We're still looking at each other like who in the world bought this gift | 我们还在看着对方 就像世界上谁买的礼物 |
| 327 | Opens the box and it's now I don't remember what the exact gift was, but it was something he really wanted. | 打开盒子,现在我不记得什么是 确切的礼物, 但这是他真正想要的东西。 |
| 328 | He said | 他说 |
| 329 | Now when my dad gets excited, he's like, oh | 现在,当我爸爸变得兴奋, 他喜欢,哦 |
| 330 | Check your deckie. | 检查你的甲板。 |
| 331 | My dad gets excited. | 我爸爸很兴奋 |
| 332 | He was really excited. | 他真的很兴奋。 |
| 333 | We're like man, whoever bought this gift | 我们就像男人 谁买的礼物 |
| 334 | Wow, they really knew what daddy wanted | 哇,他们知道爸爸想要什么 |
| 335 | So he takes it out the box and he's you know, either unpacking and everything and so I said wait a minute | 所以他把它拿出来的盒子,他你知道, 要么打包和一切, 所以我说等一下 |
| 336 | I said daddy he said yeah, baby girl. | 我说爸爸他说是的,宝贝 |
| 337 | Yeah, baby girl. | 是啊,宝贝女孩。 |
| 338 | He calls me baby girl. | 他叫我宝贝女孩。 |
| 339 | I'm the youngest. | 我是最年轻的 |
| 340 | Yeah, baby girl. | 是啊,宝贝女孩。 |
| 341 | I said | 我说 |
| 342 | Who bought that gift for you? | 谁给你买的礼物? |
| 343 | He said y'all y'all bought that for me. | 他说你们都给我买的 |
| 344 | I said daddy. | 我说爸爸。 |
| 345 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 346 | Didn't get that for you | 还没拿到呢 |
| 347 | Your wife mommy didn't get it for you. | 你老婆妈妈没给你买 |
| 348 | Neither. | 也没有 |
| 349 | Did your daughter? | 你有女儿吗? |
| 350 | Simona get it for you. | 西蒙娜给你拿来 |
| 351 | So I said daddy who bought that gift? | 所以我说爸爸是谁买的礼物? |
| 352 | He looked down gave a smile. | 他低头笑了一笑 |
| 353 | He said | 他说 |
| 354 | Big daddy bought that gift baby girl big dad | 大爸爸买了礼物 小姑娘 大爸爸 |
| 355 | My dad bought his own gift and wrapped it and put it under the tree | 我爸爸买了自己的礼物 包起来放在树下 |
| 356 | So it's kind of been an ongoing joke for our family now when it comes to my dad if he really wants something and he | 所以这对我们家来说是一个持续笑话 现在,当它涉及到我的爸爸,如果他真的想要的东西,他 |
| 357 | Doesn't think we're gonna get it for him or that we don't know he wants it | 不认为我们会得到它给他 或者我们不知道他想要它 |
| 358 | He'll just buy it for himself wrap it up and put his name on it. | 他只会自己买 把它包起来,并挂上他的名字。 |
| 359 | So it's hilarious | 所以这很有趣 |
| 360 | So you kind of can see the kind of guy my dad is he's very considerate very loving | 所以,你可以看到那种家伙 我爸爸是 非常体贴 非常爱 |
| 361 | He'll give you the shirt off of his back, but it'll also give himself gifts. | 他会把背上的衬衫送给你 但它也会给自己送礼 |
| 362 | I | 一、导 言 |
| 363 | Hope you guys enjoyed the story. | 希望你们喜欢这个故事。 |
| 364 | I would love to know about your dad | 我很想知道你父亲的事 |
| 365 | Tell me something funny he did and if you are a dad, I want to say happy Father's Day to you | 告诉我,他做了什么有趣的事 如果你是爸爸,我想告诉你快乐的父亲节 |
| 366 | Alright guys, I will talk to you next week | 好吧,伙计们,我下周再跟你谈 |
| 367 | All right guys, I will talk to you next week | 好吧,伙计们,我下周再跟你谈 |
该视频共有字幕 370 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P21 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p21 20. 20. 如何用英语进行 5 分钟的演讲 20-How to give a 5-minute speech in English (P21)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p21 20. 20. 如何用英语进行 5 分钟的演讲 20-How to give a 5-minute speech in English (P21)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 8:10字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:04 | I am teacher Tiffany and today I am going to teach you | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 0:08 | exactly how to give a five minute speech in English. | 如何用英语讲五分钟 |
| 0:13 | This lesson will help you speak English more confidently | 这个课会帮助你更自信地说英语 |
| 0:16 | in front of people. | 在人们面前。 |
| 0:18 | Are you ready to learn how? | 你准备好学会怎么做了吗? |
| 0:20 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 0:24 | Giving a speech is not easy, | 演说是不容易的, |
| 0:27 | especially when it is in English. | 特别是英语 |
| 0:30 | But there are four easy steps | 但有四个简单的步骤 |
展开字幕全文（135 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 2 | I am teacher Tiffany and today I am going to teach you | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 3 | exactly how to give a five minute speech in English. | 如何用英语讲五分钟 |
| 4 | This lesson will help you speak English more confidently | 这个课会帮助你更自信地说英语 |
| 5 | in front of people. | 在人们面前。 |
| 6 | Are you ready to learn how? | 你准备好学会怎么做了吗? |
| 7 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 8 | Giving a speech is not easy, | 演说是不容易的, |
| 9 | especially when it is in English. | 特别是英语 |
| 10 | But there are four easy steps | 但有四个简单的步骤 |
| 11 | that can help you give an amazing speech in English. | 那能帮助你用英语发表惊人的演讲。 |
| 12 | Let's begin. | 让我们开始。 |
| 13 | Step one, the attention grabber. | 第一步 注意点 |
| 14 | The attention grabber is the starting point of every speech. | 注意抓住器是每次演讲的起点. |
| 15 | It is the step where we get, grab, | 这是我们得到的一步,抓住, |
| 16 | and hold the attention of the audience. | 并吸引观众的注意。 |
| 17 | There are three types of attention grabbers. | 注意抓捕者有三种类型. |
| 18 | The first one is a story. | 第一个是故事。 |
| 19 | For this one, you start off by telling a short story | 这个,你先讲个短故事 |
| 20 | that connects to your speech and is also engaging. | 和你的演讲有关 并且也参与。 |
| 21 | The second one is an interesting fact. | 第二个是有趣的事实。 |
| 22 | For this one, you want to tell an intriguing fact | 对于这个,你想说一个有趣的事实 |
| 23 | that directly relates to your topic. | 直接与你的话题有关 |
| 24 | And the third one is a question and answer time. | 而第三是问答时. |
| 25 | For this one, your goal is to ask | 对于这个,你的目标是问 |
| 26 | a thought-provoking question | 令人深思的问题 |
| 27 | that your audience will have to actually respond to. | 观众必须做出实际反应 |
| 28 | This will get them engaged with you from the beginning. | 这会让他们从一开始就跟你订婚 |
| 29 | So, for example, if our speech was about Oprah Winfrey | 比如说,如果我们的演讲是关于奥普拉·温弗雷的 |
| 30 | and her success, the three attention grabbers | 和她的成功, 三个注意力抓住者 |
| 31 | {\fn黑体\fs20\shad2\2aH82\3aH20\4aH33\fscx95\3cH592001\be1}会像这样建立起来 | |
| 32 | Remember, this section only lasts for one minute. | 记住,这一节只持续一分钟. |
| 33 | For the story, you can give a story | 对于故事,你可以给一个故事 |
| 34 | about the success of Oprah Winfrey, | 关于奥普拉·温弗雷的成功, |
| 35 | one of the most successful women in the entire world. | 是全世界最成功的女性之一 |
| 36 | By giving the story behind her success, | 通过给出她成功背后的故事, |
| 37 | you will have the attention of your audience | 观众会注意你 |
| 38 | from the very beginning of your speech. | 从你发言一开始 |
| 39 | For the interesting fact, you can give facts | 对于有趣的事实,你可以提供事实 |
| 40 | about the number of successful women there are | 关于成功妇女的人数 |
| 41 | in the world who are mothers. | 在世界上谁是母亲。 |
| 42 | And finally, for the question and answer time, | 最后,为了问答时间, |
| 43 | you can think of two to three questions | 你可以想到两到三个问题 |
| 44 | to ask the audience about their definition of success | 问观众关于成功的定义 |
| 45 | and also who is the most successful woman they know. | 谁是他们认识的最成功的妇女。 |
| 46 | Next, step two, the introduction. | 下一步 第二步 介绍 |
| 47 | The introduction is the transition section | 介绍是过渡科 |
| 48 | that leads directly into the topic of your speech. | 直接进入你演讲的主题。 |
| 49 | This step is simple, but very important. | 这个步骤很简单,但非常重要。 |
| 50 | There are three types of introductions. | 介绍有三种类型. |
| 51 | The first one is general details. | 第一个是一般性的细节。 |
| 52 | For this one, you simply give basic information | 就这个而言,你只需要提供基本信息 |
| 53 | about the topic. | 关于话题。 |
| 54 | The second one is three main points. | 第二个要点是三个要点。 |
| 55 | For this one, you state the three main points | 说出这三点 |
| 56 | of your speech. | 你的演讲。 |
| 57 | And the third one is state your opinion. | 第三个是表达你的意见 |
| 58 | For this one, you can give just your main point | 对于这个,你可以说出你的主要观点 |
| 59 | on the topic. | 主题。 |
| 60 | So, for example, if our speech was about Bill Gates | 比如说,如果我们的演讲是关于比尔·盖茨的 |
| 61 | and Steve Jobs, the three introductions | 和史蒂夫·乔布斯,三个介绍 |
| 62 | {\fn黑体\fs20\shad2\2aH82\3aH20\4aH33\fscx95\3cH592001\be1}会像这样建立起来 | |
| 63 | Remember that this section only lasts | 记住,这一节只持续 |
| 64 | for one minute as well. | 还有一分钟 |
| 65 | For the general details, you could say, | 关于一般细节,你可以说, |
| 66 | today I will talk to you about Bill Gates. | 今天我跟你谈谈比尔盖茨 |
| 67 | Bill Gates is the co-founder of Microsoft, | 比尔·盖茨是微软的联合创始人, |
| 68 | which is the largest PC software company in the world. | 这是世界上最大的PC软件公司。 |
| 69 | His work has totally changed technology. | 他的作品彻底改变了技术. |
| 70 | So, I would like to tell you the three reasons | 我想告诉你三个原因 |
| 71 | why I like him. | 为什么我喜欢他? |
| 72 | For the three main points, you could say, | 对于这三个要点,你可以说, |
| 73 | today I would like to discuss why Bill Gates | 今天我想谈谈为什么比尔·盖茨 |
| 74 | is the most important man of the 21st century. | 是21世纪最重要的人 |
| 75 | I have three main points for my opinion. | 我的意见主要有三个方面。 |
| 76 | First, he is a genius. | 首先,他是一个天才。 |
| 77 | Second, without him, many businesses would fail. | 第二,没有他,许多企业就会失败. |
| 78 | And third, he is an innovator. | 第三,他是一个创新者。 |
| 79 | And finally, for state your opinion, | 最后,为了表达你的意见, |
| 80 | you could say, recently there has been a debate | 你可以说,最近发生了争论 |
| 81 | about who is the greatest computer innovator. | 关于谁是最伟大的计算机创新者。 |
| 82 | The debate compares Steve Jobs to Bill Gates. | 辩论将史蒂夫·乔布斯比作比尔·盖茨. |
| 83 | Both contributed a lot to our society. | 两者都对我们的社会作出了很大的贡献。 |
| 84 | But, in my opinion, Bill Gates | 但我认为比尔·盖茨 |
| 85 | is the greatest computer innovator. | 是最伟大的计算机创新者。 |
| 86 | Let me explain why. | 让我解释为什么。 |
| 87 | Now, let's look at step three, the body. | 现在,让我们看看第三步,身体。 |
| 88 | The body section is the place where most | 身体部位是大多数 |
| 89 | of your information will be located. | 将找到您的信息。 |
| 90 | It is basically the meat of your speech, | 这基本上是你演讲的肉, |
| 91 | which means that this is the information | 这意味着这是信息 |
| 92 | that will be most important for your audience. | 这对观众来说是最重要的 |
| 93 | There are three different ways to write your body. | 写体有三种不同. |
| 94 | The first one is three details. | 第一个是三个细节。 |
| 95 | For this one, you choose three details about the topic | 这个你选三个关于这个话题的细节 |
| 96 | and explain each of them in more detail. | 并详细解释其中每一个。 |
| 97 | The second one is three reasons. | 后一为三因. |
| 98 | For this one, you give three reasons for your opinion | 这个,你给三个理由来表达你的意见 |
| 99 | and explain them also in detail. | 并详细解释。 |
| 100 | And the third one is three examples. | 而第三则三譬. |
| 101 | For this one, you give three examples | 这个,你举三个例子 |
| 102 | that support your opinion or the topic in general. | 支持你的意见或整个主题。 |
| 103 | So, for example, if our speech was about lions, | 所以,比如,如果我们的演讲是关于狮子, |
| 104 | the three different ways to write our body | 写我们身体的三种不同方式 |
| 105 | {\fn黑体\fs20\shad2\2aH82\3aH20\4aH33\fscx95\3cH592001\be1}会像这样建立起来 | |
| 106 | Remember, this section lasts for three minutes. | 记住,这一节持续3分钟. |
| 107 | For the three details style, you could give | 对于三个细节风格,你可以给出 |
| 108 | three specific characteristics of lions | 狮子的三个具体特征 |
| 109 | and why those characteristics are amazing. | 以及为什么这些特征是惊人的。 |
| 110 | For the three reasons style, you could give three reasons | 三个理由,你可以给出三个理由 |
| 111 | why lions are considered the king of the jungle. | 为什么狮子被认为是丛林之王. |
| 112 | And finally, for the three examples style, | 最后,对于三个例子的风格, |
| 113 | you could give three example stories of lions | 你可以举三个狮子的例子 |
| 114 | and how they behave in their natural environment. | 以及他们在自然环境中的行为 |
| 115 | Finally, step four, the conclusion. | 最后,第四步,结论。 |
| 116 | The conclusion is the very end of your speech | 这个结论是你发言的结束 |
| 117 | and it's quite important because it will be the last thing | 这很重要,因为它会是最后一件事 |
| 118 | that your audience will remember. | 观众会记得的 |
| 119 | There are three types of conclusions. | 有三种结论。 |
| 120 | The first one is restate. | 第一个是重复。 |
| 121 | For this one, you simply state your points briefly | 对于这个,你只是简单地说出你的观点 |
| 122 | one more time. | 再来一次 |
| 123 | The second one is summarize. | 第二个是总结。 |
| 124 | For this one, you summarize your opinion one more time. | 对于这个,你再总结一次你的意见。 |
| 125 | And the third one is make a final point. | 第三个是最后一点。 |
| 126 | For this one, you make a final strong point | 对于这个,你提出一个最后的强点 |
| 127 | to emphasize your opinion. | 以强调你的意见。 |
| 128 | Remember that this section only lasts for one minute. | 记住这一节只持续一分钟. |
| 129 | And there you have it, how to give a speech in English | 你拿着,怎么用英语演讲? |
| 130 | in four easy steps. | 在四个容易的步骤。 |
| 131 | Until next time, try to use these four simple steps | 直到下次,尝试使用这四个简单的步骤 |
| 132 | to make your own speech in English this week. | 本周用英语发表演讲 |
| 133 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 134 | You can speak English. | 你会说英语。 |
| 135 | Subscribe. | 订阅. |
该视频共有字幕 135 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P22 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p22 21. 21. 如何提高你的英语听力技巧 21-How to improve your English listening skills (P22)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p22 21. 21. 如何提高你的英语听力技巧 21-How to improve your English listening skills (P22)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 9:39字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:03 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn how to improve your English listening | 我是蒂芙尼老师 今天我们要学会如何提高你的英语听力 |
| 0:09 | skills. | 技术。 |
| 0:11 | This lesson will improve your ability to understand native speakers and will also improve your | 这个课会提高你理解母语的能力,也会提高你 |
| 0:16 | ability to speak like a native English speaker. | 能够像英语母语一样说话。 |
| 0:20 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:21 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 0:25 | Here's the problem. | 问题是... |
| 0:26 | You have studied English for months and maybe even years. | 你学英语几个月,甚至几年。 |
| 0:30 | You have read through tons of books on grammar, conversation, and many other English topics. | 你读了很多关于语法、谈话和许多其他英语话题的书籍。 |
展开字幕全文（141 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 2 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn how to improve your English listening | 我是蒂芙尼老师 今天我们要学会如何提高你的英语听力 |
| 3 | skills. | 技术。 |
| 4 | This lesson will improve your ability to understand native speakers and will also improve your | 这个课会提高你理解母语的能力,也会提高你 |
| 5 | ability to speak like a native English speaker. | 能够像英语母语一样说话。 |
| 6 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 7 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 8 | Here's the problem. | 问题是... |
| 9 | You have studied English for months and maybe even years. | 你学英语几个月,甚至几年。 |
| 10 | You have read through tons of books on grammar, conversation, and many other English topics. | 你读了很多关于语法、谈话和许多其他英语话题的书籍。 |
| 11 | But there has always been one aspect of your English learning that has caused you to feel | 但你的英语学习总有一个方面 让你觉得 |
| 12 | stressed. | 压力很大。 |
| 13 | That aspect is your English listening skills. | 这个方面是你的英语听力。 |
| 14 | So, you ask yourself, how can I improve my English listening skills? | 所以,你问自己,我怎样才能提高我的英语听力? |
| 15 | Well, today you can stop asking yourself this question because today's lesson will teach | 今天你可以不再问自己这个问题 因为今天的课会教给自己 |
| 16 | you the 5 easy steps to improve your English listening skills. | 提高英语听力的五个步骤 |
| 17 | Let's look at these steps together. | 让我们一起看看这些步骤。 |
| 18 | To begin, we must first look at how babies learn a language. | 首先,我们必须首先研究婴儿如何学习语言。 |
| 19 | Yep, that's right, babies. | 没错,宝贝 |
| 20 | When babies are born, they are not able to speak at all. | 婴儿出生后根本无法说话. |
| 21 | They are not able to say any words until around 6 months. | 他们直到6个月左右才能说话。 |
| 22 | And those words are usually just mommy and daddy. | 而那些话通常只是爸爸妈妈 |
| 23 | Then, between 18 months and 2 years old, babies begin to form 2 to 4 word sentences, like | 然后,从18个月到2岁,婴儿 开始形成2到4字句,比如 |
| 24 | I am hungry mommy or I want water please. | 我饿了妈妈 或者我要水 |
| 25 | So, up until the age of about 2 years old, babies are simply listening. | 因此,直到2岁左右, 婴儿们在听。 |
| 26 | Over and over and over again. | 复次无量劫. |
| 27 | They are listening to the sounds around them. | 他们听到周围的声音 |
| 28 | Taking information in from the sounds. | 从声音中获取信息。 |
| 29 | Making connections. | 做连接。 |
| 30 | Processing and repeating them. | 处理和重复 |
| 31 | And then responding to what they hear. | 然后回应他们听到的 |
| 32 | And over time, their ability to understand improves because they are constantly listening | 随着时间的推移,他们的理解能力提高了,因为他们不断倾听 |
| 33 | and making connections. | 和建立连接。 |
| 34 | The same is true when it comes to improving your English listening skills. | 在提高你的英语听力方面也是如此。 |
| 35 | Let me explain. | 让我解释一下 |
| 36 | Here are the 5 steps for improving your listening skills as an adult. | 这是提高你成人听力的五步 |
| 37 | Step number 1. | 步骤1。 |
| 38 | Listen to the audio. | 听声. |
| 39 | Step number 2. | 步骤二. |
| 40 | Listen again and pick out the 5 W's. | 复听挑出五维. |
| 41 | Who, when, where, what, and why. | 谁,何时,何处,什么,为什么。 |
| 42 | Step number 3. | 3号 |
| 43 | Listen again and write down the new vocabulary words and find their meaning. | 再听一遍,把新词汇写下来,找出其意义. |
| 44 | Step number 4. | 四号台阶 |
| 45 | Listen and repeat what is being said. | 听着,重复刚才说的话。 |
| 46 | And step number 5. | 还有5号 |
| 47 | Listen one more time. | 再说一次 |
| 48 | Why are these steps so important? | 这些步骤为何如此重要? |
| 49 | Because you must remember how your brain works. | 因为你必须记住你的大脑是如何工作的。 |
| 50 | Your brain needs to have information to connect to what it is hearing. | 你的大脑需要信息 连接到它所听到的。 |
| 51 | So, the first time you hear something in English, the reason why it is difficult to understand | 所以,你第一次听到一些英语, 原因很难理解 |
| 52 | is because your brain has no information to connect the sounds to. | 因为你的大脑没有连接声音的信息 |
| 53 | Let's test these 5 steps on an example English dialogue. | 让我们试一下这5个步骤 一个英国对话的例子。 |
| 54 | Remember, step 1 is to simply listen. | 记住,第一步就是简单地听 |
| 55 | No notes, no stress, just listen. | 没有音符,没有压力,只是听着。 |
| 56 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 57 | Last year I went to the Bahamas for vacation with my family. | 去年我和家人去巴哈马度假 |
| 58 | Man, was it great! | 哥们,太棒了! |
| 59 | We spent almost every day on the beach. | 我们几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 60 | It was immaculate and the weather was also amazing. | 天气也令人惊叹。 |
| 61 | Of course, the food was good too. | 当然,食物也不错。 |
| 62 | I even got to meet some of my old college friends who live in the Bahamas. | 我甚至要见一些住在巴哈马的老大学朋友。 |
| 63 | I can't wait to go back again next year. | 我等不及明年再回来 |
| 64 | Now, for step 2 you will listen to the dialogue again and pick out the 5 W's. | 现在,对于第二步,你会再次听 对话并选择5W's。 |
| 65 | Who, when, where, what, and why. | 谁,何时,何处,什么,为什么。 |
| 66 | If you need to play the dialogue more than once to recognize each of the 5 W's, you | 如果你需要多玩一次对话 才能认出5W的每一个 |
| 67 | can rewind the video as many times as needed. | 视频可以按需要翻转多次。 |
| 68 | Let's begin. | 让我们开始。 |
| 69 | Last year I went to the Bahamas for vacation with my family. | 去年我和家人去巴哈马度假 |
| 70 | Man, was it great! | 哥们,太棒了! |
| 71 | We spent almost every day on the beach. | 我们几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 72 | It was immaculate and the weather was also amazing. | 天气也令人惊叹。 |
| 73 | Of course, the food was good too. | 当然,食物也不错。 |
| 74 | I even got to meet some of my old college friends who live in the Bahamas. | 我甚至要见一些住在巴哈马的老大学朋友。 |
| 75 | I can't wait to go back again next year. | 我等不及明年再回来 |
| 76 | So, let's look at the 5 W's. | 所以,让我们看看5W's。 |
| 77 | For the who we have, my family and I. | 为了我们家和我 |
| 78 | For the when we have, last year. | 去年我们有的时候 |
| 79 | For the where we have, the Bahamas. | 对于我们所拥有的,巴哈马。 |
| 80 | For the what we have, spent almost every day on the beach. | 几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 81 | And for the why we have, family vacation. | 和为什么我们有,家庭度假。 |
| 82 | Now, for step 3, listen again and try to pick out any new vocabulary words or | 现在,对于第三步,再听一遍 并尝试挑出任何新的词汇或 |
| 83 | expressions that you don't know. | 表达你不知道。 |
| 84 | Then find their meaning. | 那就找到它们的意义 |
| 85 | Last year I went to the Bahamas for vacation with my family. | 去年我和家人去巴哈马度假 |
| 86 | Man, was it great! | 哥们,太棒了! |
| 87 | We spent almost every day on the beach. | 我们几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 88 | It was immaculate and the weather was also amazing. | 天气也令人惊叹。 |
| 89 | Of course, the food was good too. | 当然,食物也不错。 |
| 90 | I even got to meet some of my old college friends who live in the Bahamas. | 我甚至要见一些住在巴哈马的老大学朋友。 |
| 91 | I can't wait to go back again next year. | 我等不及明年再回来 |
| 92 | Okay, so one of the new vocabulary words from this dialogue was | 好吧,所以这个对话中的新词汇是 |
| 93 | immaculate, immaculate, which means perfectly clean, neat, or tidy. | 纯洁,纯洁, 意味着完全干净,整洁,或整洁。 |
| 94 | Moving on to step 4. | 继续第四步。 |
| 95 | This time, listen to the dialogue and repeat. | 这次,听好对话,重复一遍. |
| 96 | You can pause the audio and repeat it at your own pace. | 你可以暂停音频,然后以自己的速度重复. |
| 97 | Last year I went to the Bahamas for vacation with my family. | 去年我和家人去巴哈马度假 |
| 98 | Man, was it great! | 哥们,太棒了! |
| 99 | We spent almost every day on the beach. | 我们几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 100 | It was immaculate and the weather was also amazing. | 天气也令人惊叹。 |
| 101 | Of course, the food was good too. | 当然,食物也不错。 |
| 102 | I even got to meet some of my old college friends who live in the Bahamas. | 我甚至要见一些住在巴哈马的老大学朋友。 |
| 103 | I can't wait to go back again next year. | 我等不及明年再回来 |
| 104 | Finally, step 5. | 终于,第五步。 |
| 105 | Now, listen to the audio one more time and you will see how your ability to hear and | 现在,再听一次录音,你会看到 你的能力如何听到, |
| 106 | understand what is being said has improved. | 了解所说的话已有所改善。 |
| 107 | Last year I went to the Bahamas for vacation with my family. | 去年我和家人去巴哈马度假 |
| 108 | Man, was it great! | 哥们,太棒了! |
| 109 | We spent almost every day on the beach. | 我们几乎每天都在海滩上度过 |
| 110 | It was immaculate and the weather was also amazing. | 天气也令人惊叹。 |
| 111 | Of course, the food was good too. | 当然,食物也不错。 |
| 112 | I even got to meet some of my old college friends who live in the Bahamas. | 我甚至要见一些住在巴哈马的老大学朋友。 |
| 113 | I can't wait to go back again next year. | 我等不及明年再回来 |
| 114 | All right, amazing! | 好极了,厉害! |
| 115 | Today, you learned how to improve your English listening skills in five easy steps. | 今天,你学会了如何提高你的英语听力 在五个简单的步骤。 |
| 116 | The five steps are Step 1. | 这五个步骤是第一步。 |
| 117 | Listen to the audio. | 听声. |
| 118 | Step 2. | 步骤2。 |
| 119 | Listen again and pick out the five W's, who, when, where, what, and why. | 再听一遍,挑出五W的,谁,何时,何处,什么,为什么. |
| 120 | Step 3. | 步骤3。 |
| 121 | Listen again and write down the new vocabulary words and find their meaning. | 再听一遍,把新词汇写下来,找出其意义. |
| 122 | Step 4. | 步骤4。 |
| 123 | Listen and repeat what is being said. | 听着,重复刚才说的话。 |
| 124 | And Step 5. | 还有第五步 |
| 125 | Listen one more time. | 再说一次 |
| 126 | Using these steps, you will be able to improve your English listening skills and be more | 利用这些步骤,你将能够提高你的英语听力,并且更加 |
| 127 | confident in your English ability. | 相信你的英语能力。 |
| 128 | Now, try to use these steps at least one time today to improve your English listening skills. | 现在,尝试使用这些步骤 至少一次今天 提高你的英语听力。 |
| 129 | And watch your spoken English improve too. | 看着你的英语口音也好 |
| 130 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 131 | You can speak English. | 你会说英语。 |
| 132 | I hope this video helped to give you more confidence in your English ability. | 我希望这段视频有助于让你更有信心 你的英语能力。 |
| 133 | If you would like to learn over 125 expressions, vocabulary words, and idioms, have access | 如果您想学习超过125个表达式,词汇词和规范,可以访问 |
| 134 | to over 200 definitions, and on top of all that, have the ability to review over 400 | 超过200项定义,此外,还能够审查400多项定义。 |
| 135 | English example sentences, then this gift is for you. | 英文的句子,那么这个礼物是给你的。 |
| 136 | Click the link below and get your free Speak English eBook in your inbox today. | 点击下面的链接, 将您的免费英语 EBook 输入您的收件箱 。 |
| 137 | This has been Speak English with Teacher Tiffany. | 这是蒂凡尼老师的英语课 |
| 138 | Have an amazing day. | 玩得开心点 |
| 139 | Have a wonderful day. | 祝你今天过得愉快 |
| 140 | And until next time, remember to speak English. | 直到下次 记得说英语 |
| 141 | Remember to subscribe. | 记得订阅。 |
该视频共有字幕 141 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P23 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p23 22. 22. 完整的英语课 01 学习单词、表达、思想组织等 22-FULL English Class 01 Learn Words, Expressio (P23)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p23 22. 22. 完整的英语课 01 学习单词、表达、思想组织等 22-FULL English Class 01 Learn Words, Expressio (P23)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 1:06:08字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Everyone, you know what time it is. | 大家知道现在几点了 |
| 0:02 | It's time for our weekly live English class. | 是时候我们每周的英语直播课了 |
| 0:06 | Now, for those of you who are gonna watch this video | 现在,为你们这些要看这视频的人 |
| 0:08 | after the live class, I'm teacher Tiffany | 上课后,我是蒂芬尼老师 |
| 0:11 | and I love teaching English. | 我喜欢教英语 |
| 0:14 | Now, students, as you're coming in, | 现在,学生们,当你们进来的时候, |
| 0:16 | you know what to do. | 你知道该怎么做。 |
| 0:17 | Say hello, tell me how you're doing. | 问好,告诉我你怎么样。 |
| 0:20 | For those, again, watching this after, | 对于那些,再次, 看这个之后, |
| 0:22 | if you wanna join our live classes, | 如果你想加入我们的直播班 |
展开字幕全文（1634 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Everyone, you know what time it is. | 大家知道现在几点了 |
| 2 | It's time for our weekly live English class. | 是时候我们每周的英语直播课了 |
| 3 | Now, for those of you who are gonna watch this video | 现在,为你们这些要看这视频的人 |
| 4 | after the live class, I'm teacher Tiffany | 上课后,我是蒂芬尼老师 |
| 5 | and I love teaching English. | 我喜欢教英语 |
| 6 | Now, students, as you're coming in, | 现在,学生们,当你们进来的时候, |
| 7 | you know what to do. | 你知道该怎么做。 |
| 8 | Say hello, tell me how you're doing. | 问好,告诉我你怎么样。 |
| 9 | For those, again, watching this after, | 对于那些,再次, 看这个之后, |
| 10 | if you wanna join our live classes, | 如果你想加入我们的直播班 |
| 11 | all you have to do is become a member | 你要做的就是成为会员 |
| 12 | (原始内容存档于2017-09-21). by going to let's jumprightin.com. | |
| 13 | All right, as the students come in, | 好吧,当学生们进来, |
| 14 | Shell, hey, how are you? | 壳牌,嘿,你好吗? |
| 15 | It's good to see you, hon. | 很高兴见到你 亲爱的 |
| 16 | Good to see you, Shell. | 很高兴见到你,贝壳。 |
| 17 | Yes, we have Josie. | 是的,我们有乔西。 |
| 18 | Hey, Josie, good to see you. | 嘿,乔西,很高兴见到你。 |
| 19 | Jubilee, are you belly? | 禧年,你是肚子吗? |
| 20 | Nice to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 21 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 22 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 23 | We have, now we have, let's see, let's see, let's see. | 有,现在有,让我们看看,让我们看看,让我们看看。 |
| 24 | (原始内容存档于2018-09-21). Nakyasaya, Nakyasa. | |
| 25 | I think that's it. | 我想就这样 |
| 26 | Hi, good to see you. | 嗨,很高兴见到你。 |
| 27 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 28 | Paola, hello, hello. | 宝拉,你好,你好 |
| 29 | Yes, Monique, good evening. | 是的,莫妮克,晚安,再见 |
| 30 | Yes, and you are watching from Belgium. | 是的,你正在比利时观看。 |
| 31 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 32 | Annalisa, it's good to see you again. | 安娜莉莎,很高兴再次见到你。 |
| 33 | Yes, it's always good to see members of our family | 是的,看到我们家的人总是很好 |
| 34 | every single week for this live class. | 每周为这个直播班上课 |
| 35 | Claudia, good to see you. | 克劳迪娅,很高兴见到你。 |
| 36 | I am so excited and I'm also elated to see you here. | 我太兴奋了 我也很高兴在这里见到你 |
| 37 | Great use of that vocabulary word. | 这个词汇词用得真好 |
| 38 | Excellent, again, as you're coming in, | 好极了,又来了 |
| 39 | for those who are members of my academy, | 对于那些属于我学院的成员, |
| 40 | you are the live members right now. | 你现在是现场成员了 |
| 41 | Say hello and I have so much to teach you all today. | 打个招呼,我今天有很多事要教你们 |
| 42 | It's gonna be a great class. | 这将是一个伟大的课程。 |
| 43 | Marie, hello, good to see you. | 玛丽,你好,很高兴见到你。 |
| 44 | Yes. | 对 |
| 45 | Fernando, hey, I am doing amazing. | 费尔南多,嘿,我做惊人。 |
| 46 | Thank you so much for asking | 谢谢你这么问 |
| 47 | and you're on fire tonight for this lesson. | 你今晚要上这个课 |
| 48 | Well, I'm on fire to teach you. | 我着火要教你 |
| 49 | Good to see you. | 很高兴见到你。 |
| 50 | Rodrigo, hey, you are watching from Brazil. | 罗德里哥,嘿,你从巴西看。 |
| 51 | We have so many Brazilian students | 我们有很多巴西学生 |
| 52 | amongst our family members, so it's so good to see you. | 我们的家人,所以很高兴见到你。 |
| 53 | Abdi Fata, good to see you. | 阿布迪法塔,很高兴见到你。 |
| 54 | Always good to see you. | 总是很高兴见到你。 |
| 55 | Marina, hey, I'm doing well. | 玛丽娜,嘿,我做得很好。 |
| 56 | Thank you so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 57 | Benvindo, hey, good to see you again as well. | 本文多,嘿,很高兴再次见到你。 |
| 58 | Hey, Linda, good to see you. | 琳达 很高兴见到你 |
| 59 | All right, you all, I know you guys | 好了,大家,我知道你们 |
| 60 | are ready to learn a lot tonight. | 今晚准备学习很多东西 |
| 61 | This weekly English class that we have together, | 我们每周一起上英语课 |
| 62 | this live class, man, it's so funny, you guys. | 这个活的课,伙计,这太有趣了,你们这些家伙。 |
| 63 | I look forward to this so much. | 我期待着这一点。 |
| 64 | Even though you all are the ones learning, | 虽然你们都是在学习 |
| 65 | I look forward to teaching you all. | 我期待着教你们所有人。 |
| 66 | So I'm gonna go through a little bit more | 所以我要再经历一点 |
| 67 | of the introductions and the welcomes | 导言和欢迎 |
| 68 | and then we're gonna jump right into our lesson. | 然后我们跳进我们的课。 |
| 69 | Let's see, you, Belly, teacher, I am from New Jersey. | 看看,你,贝利,老师,我来自新泽西州 |
| 70 | I would like to meet you in person. | 我想亲自见你 |
| 71 | Hey, after the pandemic, I plan to travel everywhere, | 嘿,大流行之后,我打算到处旅行, |
| 72 | around the United States, around the world, | 在美国,世界各地, |
| 73 | because I want to meet you all in person too. | 因为我也想亲自见你们 |
| 74 | Hey, what's going on, Fred? | 嘿,怎么了,弗莱德? |
| 75 | Good to see you here. | 很高兴在这里见到你。 |
| 76 | I know you're a busy man, so I appreciate you | 我知道你很忙 所以我感谢你 |
| 77 | being able to show up for our live class. | 能来参加我们的直播班 |
| 78 | Peterson, my man, hey, good afternoon to you. | 彼得森,伙计,你好,下午好 |
| 79 | I am doing amazing, Peterson. | 我很厉害,彼得森 |
| 80 | I hope you are doing good too. | 我希望你也做得不错。 |
| 81 | All right, guys, so let me tell you | 好了,伙计们,让我告诉你 |
| 82 | what we are going to be learning today, | 我们今天要学的是什么 |
| 83 | this week in our weekly live English class. | 本周我们的英语课堂直播 |
| 84 | Now, each week we learn about a different topic. | 现在,我们每个星期都学习不同的话题。 |
| 85 | We learn new words, we learn new expressions, | 我们学习新词 学习新表达 |
| 86 | and then we practice together. | 然后我们一起练习 |
| 87 | So today I picked a topic that is very, very common, | 所以今天我选了一个很常见的话题 |
| 88 | no matter where you go in the world. | 无论你走到哪里 |
| 89 | Oh, Katya, hey, good to see you. | 卡佳 很高兴见到你 |
| 90 | Always good to see you too. | 很高兴见到你 |
| 91 | All right, so for tonight, we're gonna talk about a topic | 好吧,所以今晚,我们要谈一个话题 |
| 92 | that is very common, so you can start using the words | 这很常见,所以你可以开始使用词 |
| 93 | and expressions that you'll learn tonight. | 还有你今晚会学到的表情 |
| 94 | You can start using them immediately. | 你可以立刻开始使用它们。 |
| 95 | All right, so again, this is our class for this week. | 再说一遍,这是我们这周的课 |
| 96 | As always, there are five sections. | 常有五节. |
| 97 | The introduction, use of vocabulary, | 介绍、词汇的使用、 |
| 98 | then expressions, thought organization, | 然后表达,思想组织, |
| 99 | and then discussion questions. | 然后讨论问题。 |
| 100 | So section one, introduction to the topic. | 第一节 专题简介. |
| 101 | Now, the topic for tonight is birthdays. | 今晚的主题是生日 |
| 102 | That's right, we all have a birthday, right? | 没错,我们都有一个生日,对不对? |
| 103 | And we're all able to speak about birthdays | 我们都能谈论生日 |
| 104 | very fluently in our own language. | 我们的语言非常流利 |
| 105 | Tonight, I want to give you the tools you need | 今晚我要给你所需的工具 |
| 106 | to speak about birthdays fluently and naturally in English. | 以英语流利自然地谈论生日。 |
| 107 | Oh, we have another one, P.N., | 哦,我们还有一个,P. N. |
| 108 | good to see you all the way from France. | 很高兴从法国见到你 |
| 109 | Always good to see you. | 总是很高兴见到你。 |
| 110 | All right, so birthdays. | 好吧,生日礼物 |
| 111 | Now, the topic for this lesson is birthdays. | 现在,这个课程的主题是生日。 |
| 112 | A birthday is defined as the anniversary | 生日是指结婚纪念日 |
| 113 | of the day on which a person was born, | 在一个人出生之日, |
| 114 | typically treated as an occasion for celebration | 典型的庆祝活动 |
| 115 | and the giving of gifts. | 和赠送礼物。 |
| 116 | So throughout this lesson, | 因此,在这个教训, |
| 117 | we are gonna talk about different aspects of birthdays. | 我们要讨论生日的不同方面 |
| 118 | But I have a question for you. | 但我有个问题要问你 |
| 119 | I want you to think, | 我要你考虑 |
| 120 | what do you normally do for your birthday? | 你平时为生日做什么? |
| 121 | You know, this is something very interesting | 你知道,这是非常有趣的东西 |
| 122 | in the academy, guys, you've seen the video, right? | 在学院,伙计们,你们看过视频,对吧? |
| 123 | In the culture section, American culture section, | 在文化科 美国文化科 |
| 124 | I did a video talking about birthdays and gifts | 我录了段关于生日和礼物的视频 |
| 125 | and some of the traditions we have here in America. | 以及我们在美国的一些传统 |
| 126 | But now I'm curious. | 但现在我很好奇 |
| 127 | I want you guys to tell me, what do you normally do? | 我想你们告诉我 你们通常做什么? |
| 128 | Not talking about the pandemic right now, | 现在不谈这个流行病 |
| 129 | but in general, what do you normally do for your birthday? | 但总的来说,你平时在生日时做什么? |
| 130 | Remember, this is an interactive class | 记住,这是互动课 |
| 131 | giving you the opportunity to practice | 让你有机会练习 |
| 132 | and put your words together. | 把你的话集中起来 |
| 133 | So again, the question is, | 问题是, |
| 134 | what do you normally do for your birthday? | 你平时为生日做什么? |
| 135 | Peterson says, I'm doing well. | 彼得森说,我很好 |
| 136 | I'm at work, but I'll hide my phone | 我在工作,但会把手机藏起来 |
| 137 | and use my headset discreetly. | 仔细使用我的耳机。 |
| 138 | Good, Peterson, good. | 很好,彼得森,不错 |
| 139 | Well, I'm happy you can hear | 我很高兴你能听到 |
| 140 | everything going on in class today. | 今天课上的一切 |
| 141 | But again, tell us, | 但是,再次告诉我们, |
| 142 | what do you normally do for your birthday? | 你平时为生日做什么? |
| 143 | Pleasure, good to see you, always good to see you. | 很高兴见到你 总是很高兴见到你 |
| 144 | All right, so as you guys are writing your answer, | 好吧,所以当你们正在写你的答案, |
| 145 | again, to the question, | 再说一遍,对于这个问题, |
| 146 | what do you normally do for your birthday? | 你平时为生日做什么? |
| 147 | I'll tell you about my birthday. | 我会告诉你我的生日。 |
| 148 | So growing up, for my birthdays, | 所以长大了,我的生日, |
| 149 | usually my family would get together | 通常我的家人会在一起 |
| 150 | and we'd have cake, we'd have food, | 我们吃蛋糕和食物 |
| 151 | and usually I'd also invite my friends over. | 通常我也会邀请我的朋友过来 |
| 152 | The older I got, the more it just became my family, | 我越老,它就越成为我的家人, |
| 153 | like our family unit. | 就像我们的家庭一样 |
| 154 | But in America, there are certain milestone birthdays, | 但在美国, 有一些里程碑式的生日, |
| 155 | like when you turn 25, or 30, or 40. | 就像你25岁,30岁,40岁的时候 |
| 156 | During these birthdays, you invite a lot of people | 这些生日的时候,你邀请了很多人 |
| 157 | to your home or to a certain venue, | 去你家或者某个地方 |
| 158 | and you eat together, you laugh, | 你们一起吃,你们嘲笑, |
| 159 | you talk about your experiences, you play games. | 你谈论你的经验, 你玩游戏。 |
| 160 | So in America, we usually celebrate birthdays together, | 所以在美国 我们通常一起庆祝生日 |
| 161 | playing games, and eating. | 玩游戏 吃东西 |
| 162 | But what about you all? | 你们呢? |
| 163 | What do you normally do for your birthday in your country? | 你平时在贵国过生日做什么? |
| 164 | All right, Paula says, on my birthday, | 好吧,宝拉说,在我的生日, |
| 165 | I usually like to go out to eat | 我通常喜欢出去吃饭 |
| 166 | with my close family and friends to a restaurant. | 和亲朋好友去一家餐厅 |
| 167 | Yes, and we have cake and some presents. | 是的,还有蛋糕和礼物 |
| 168 | Sounds very, very similar to American birthdays. | 听起来很像美国生日 |
| 169 | Now, Paula, I'm gonna ask you more of a detailed question. | 现在,宝拉,我要问你一个更详细的问题 |
| 170 | Tell me which restaurants you normally go to. | 告诉我你通常去哪个餐厅 |
| 171 | What kind of food do you like to eat normally | 你平时喜欢吃什么样的食物? |
| 172 | on your birthday? | 你生日的时候? |
| 173 | We're gonna get a little bit more detail, all right? | 我们会得到更多的细节,好吗? |
| 174 | So, Paula let us know that on her birthday, | 宝拉在生日那天告诉我们 |
| 175 | she likes to go out to eat with her family and friends. | 她喜欢和家人朋友出去吃饭 |
| 176 | They eat cake and they also open their presents. | 他们吃蛋糕,还打开礼物。 |
| 177 | You know, birthdays are celebrated | 你知道,生日是庆祝的 |
| 178 | in different ways around the world. | 以不同的方式在世界各地。 |
| 179 | Katya says, I love celebrating my birthday | 卡佳说,我喜欢庆祝我的生日 |
| 180 | and I always prepare, ooh yes, Katya, | 我总是准备,哦,是的,Katya, |
| 181 | a special dinner for family and friends. | 给家人和朋友特别的晚餐 |
| 182 | Now, Katya, tell me, what type of food | 卡佳 告诉我 什么样的食物 |
| 183 | do you normally cook for the dinner on your birthday? | 你生日时常做饭吗? |
| 184 | Tell me what special food you like to make. | 告诉我你喜欢吃什么特别的食物 |
| 185 | I'm very curious. | 我非常好奇,你觉得呢? |
| 186 | All right, Jean Kelly says, hi teacher Tiffany, hey. | 好吧,让凯利说, 嗨老师蒂凡尼,嘿。 |
| 187 | I'm attending your class right now. | 我现在在上课 |
| 188 | Well, I am so happy to see you here | 很高兴见到你 |
| 189 | and I hope you interact and practice a lot | 我希望你能经常互动和练习 |
| 190 | during this class. | 这班期间 |
| 191 | All right, Fred says, I normally go out to eat | 好吧,弗雷德说,我通常出去吃饭 |
| 192 | with my family because I don't like so much | 和我的家人,因为我不喜欢这么多 |
| 193 | to make birthday parties and have big birthday parties, | 举行生日派对 并举行大型生日派对, |
| 194 | but I love to celebrate with my sisters. | 但我喜欢和我姐姐一起庆祝 |
| 195 | That's really special, Fred. | 这真的很特别,弗雷德。 |
| 196 | Honestly, it's like your family is so valuable to you | 老实说,你家对你很有价值 |
| 197 | that family time is enough for you on your birthday. | 在你生日的时候 家庭时间就足够了 |
| 198 | That's beautiful. | 赞曰. |
| 199 | All right, Rodrigo says, I usually go | 好吧,罗德里戈说,我通常去 |
| 200 | to a restaurant with my family. | 和我的家人去一家餐厅 |
| 201 | Honestly, it seems like food is a large part | 老实说 食物好像很大 |
| 202 | of spending a birthday together, right? | 一起过生日,对吧? |
| 203 | Spending it with the people you love. | 花在你爱的人身上 |
| 204 | So, very good. | 所以,非常不错。 |
| 205 | I think Claudia came through. | 我想克劳迪娅通过。 |
| 206 | I'll take two more. | 我再来两杯 |
| 207 | Claudia says, in Mexico, we celebrate birthdays | Claudia说在墨西哥 我们庆祝生日 |
| 208 | by gathering with friends and or family. | 通过聚集朋友或家人。 |
| 209 | We sing la mananita, mananitas. | 我们唱《玛娜妮塔》,玛娜妮塔 |
| 210 | Did I say it right? | 我说对了吗? |
| 211 | And eat cake. | 还有吃蛋糕 |
| 212 | It could be at home or at a restaurant. | 可能在家中或餐馆 |
| 213 | The 15th birthday is a milestone for girls. | 15岁生日是女生的里程碑. |
| 214 | Yes, I heard about that. | 是的 我听说了 |
| 215 | And you know what? | 你知道吗? |
| 216 | In America, we have sweet 16. | 在美国,我们有甜蜜的16。 |
| 217 | When someone turns 16, it's a very big birthday, | 当某人16岁, 这是一个非常大的生日, |
| 218 | a milestone. | 一个里程碑。 |
| 219 | We're gonna learn that word today. | 我们今天要学这个词。 |
| 220 | But I know that in Mexican culture, | 但我知道在墨西哥的文化中, |
| 221 | 15 is a really big milestone birthday as well. | 15岁也是个重大生日 |
| 222 | Very interesting. | 非常有趣,你觉得呢? |
| 223 | All right, more are coming through. | 好吧,还有更多要通过。 |
| 224 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 225 | Marie says, for my birthday, | 玛丽说,我的生日, |
| 226 | I usually go out with my family and friends. | 我通常和家人和朋友约会 |
| 227 | I pray a lot on this day. | 这一天我祈祷了很多。 |
| 228 | Very nice, very nice. | 很不错,非常好。 |
| 229 | Marina says, my mom always wants to have parties. | 玛丽娜说 我妈妈总想开派对 |
| 230 | She makes a big cake and lots of food. | 她做了一个大蛋糕和很多食物。 |
| 231 | Also, we have brigadeiro in Brazil. | 还有,我们在巴西有旅长 |
| 232 | Is that right? | 是吗? |
| 233 | We sing happy birthday and open our presents. | 我们唱着生日快乐 打开礼物 |
| 234 | Very nice. | 很不错 |
| 235 | Monique says, generally, I don't celebrate my birthday | 莫妮克说,我一般不庆祝生日 |
| 236 | because I'm not really a fan of it. | 因为我不怎么喜欢它。 |
| 237 | And if you ask me why, I don't know. | 如果你问我为什么,我不知道。 |
| 238 | Even until now, I don't know the answer. | 即使现在,我也不知道答案 |
| 239 | But a few days after I went to the, | 但我去几天后, |
| 240 | oh, after your birthday, | 哦,在你生日之后, |
| 241 | you go to a restaurant with your family. | 你和家人去餐馆 |
| 242 | Good. | 不错 |
| 243 | All right, youbelly says, | 好吧,你贝利说, |
| 244 | every year I like to travel with my family. | 每年我喜欢和家人一起旅行 |
| 245 | I like to go to Disney. | 我喜欢去迪士尼 |
| 246 | I felt like a child and it's one of my precious times | 我觉得自己像个孩子,这是我宝贵的时光之一 |
| 247 | with my whole family and we really enjoy it very much. | 和我整个家庭,我们真的很享受它。 |
| 248 | Very nice. | 很不错 |
| 249 | All right, Monique continues saying, | 好吧,莫妮克继续说, |
| 250 | and on this day, I try to be dressed to kill. | 而在这一天,我试图穿好衣服杀人。 |
| 251 | Come on now, Monique. | 来吧,莫妮克。 |
| 252 | I like how you used that expression. | 我喜欢你用那个表情 |
| 253 | We learned that expression. | 我们学会了这种表达方式。 |
| 254 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 255 | Dressed to kill. | 着衣杀身. |
| 256 | And Elisa says, it's Italy for our birthday. | 伊丽莎说 今天是意大利的生日 |
| 257 | Oh, in Italy for our birthday, | 在意大利庆祝我们的生日 |
| 258 | we normally meet friends and some family members | 我们通常会遇到朋友和一些家人 |
| 259 | and go out together for lunch or for dinner. | 一起出去吃午饭或晚餐 |
| 260 | But when I was a child, | 但我小时候 |
| 261 | my parents made me a party or threw a party. | 我爸妈让我开派对,或者开派对 |
| 262 | Here's an expression for you guys. | 给你们一个表情 |
| 263 | We say, threw a party for the past tense | 我们说,为过去的紧张举行派对 |
| 264 | or throw a party, right? | 还是开个派对? |
| 265 | I'm going to throw a party. | 我要开个派对 |
| 266 | At home or at a local food place like for pizza. | 在家里或者像吃披萨一样的地方吃 |
| 267 | Yes, very common. | 是的,很常见 |
| 268 | That happens a lot in America too. | 这在美国也经常发生。 |
| 269 | All right, Gene Kelly says, on my birthday, | 好吧,吉恩凯利说,在我的生日, |
| 270 | I like going out with my family and painting the town red. | 我喜欢和家人一起出去 把小镇画成红色 |
| 271 | Hey, good job. | 嘿 干得不错 |
| 272 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 273 | That's an excellent expression. | 这是一个很好的表达。 |
| 274 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 275 | All right, two more. | 好,再来两杯 |
| 276 | Woo, you guys are doing amazing today. | 呜,你们今天做得很好。 |
| 277 | Bruno says, I don't like to commemorate my own birthday. | 布鲁诺说 我不喜欢纪念自己的生日 |
| 278 | So usually I do something on a random date or days after | 所以通常我做一些事情 在随机的日期或之后的几天 |
| 279 | and I take my day off to do something personal | 我放假是为了做一些私人的事 |
| 280 | that has value to me. | 这对我很重要 |
| 281 | Oh, that's nice. | 哦,这是很好的。 |
| 282 | Very nice. | 很不错 |
| 283 | All right, Paula says, | 好吧,宝拉说, |
| 284 | 我们曾经去一个叫Fuddruckers的地方 | |
| 285 | They sell delicious hamburgers | 他们卖美味的汉堡 |
| 286 | and have a lot of space for a lot of people. | 和拥有很多空间 很多人。 |
| 287 | I also like Olive Garden when we have a higher budget | 我也喜欢奥利弗花园 当我们有更高的预算 |
| 288 | or we have more money to spend. | 或者我们还有更多的钱要花 |
| 289 | Very nice. | 很不错 |
| 290 | Last one, Shell says, when celebrating my birthday, | 最后一个,壳牌说, 当我庆祝生日时, |
| 291 | we go outside with my family. | 我们和我的家人一起出去 |
| 292 | We eat in the Cheesecake Factory and go to the Target Mall. | 我们在芝士蛋糕厂吃饭 然后去目标商场 |
| 293 | I wanna buy toys for my kids. | 我想为我的孩子买玩具 |
| 294 | My birthday was my kid's birthday too. | 我的生日也是我的孩子的生日。 |
| 295 | Oh, nice. | 不错 |
| 296 | So we all have special ways of spending our birthdays, right? | 所以我们都有特殊的方式 度过我们的生日,对不对? |
| 297 | It's a very common topic. | 这是一个非常常见的话题. |
| 298 | We are all very aware of birthdays. | 我们都非常了解生日 |
| 299 | So let's learn some new vocabulary words | 所以,让我们学习一些新的词汇 |
| 300 | and try to expand your ability, your fluency | 并尝试扩大你的能力, 你的流利 |
| 301 | so that you can speak like a native English speaker | 让你能像母语一样说话 |
| 302 | about this topic. | 关于这个话题。 |
| 303 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 304 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 305 | All right, so here's the first vocabulary word. | 好吧,这是第一个词汇。 |
| 306 | We're going into section two right now. | 我们现在进入第二区 |
| 307 | Milestone. | 里程碑 |
| 308 | And you notice I kept saying it over and over again | 你注意到我一遍又一遍地说 |
| 309 | because earlier we were talking about Mexicans. | 因为早些时候我们讨论的是墨西哥人 |
| 310 | They have that birthday, the 15. | 他们有那个生日,15岁。 |
| 311 | When someone turns 15 years old, | 当某人15岁时, |
| 312 | they have this big birthday celebration. | 他们有个盛大的生日庆典。 |
| 313 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 314 | Because turning 15 is a milestone in Mexican culture. | 因为15岁是墨西哥文化的里程碑 |
| 315 | Now, what does the word milestone mean? | 里程碑这个词是什么意思? |
| 316 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 317 | A significant point in development. | 重要的发展点. |
| 318 | For example, when you get or you reach the age of 15, | 例如,当你到达15岁时, |
| 319 | the community looks at you in a different way. | 社区以不同的方式看待你。 |
| 320 | In America, when you turn 16, | 在美国,当你16岁时, |
| 321 | usually things have changed a little bit | 平时事情变了一点 |
| 322 | with the laws in America, but when I turned 16, | 但当我16岁时 |
| 323 | I was able to get my driver's license to start driving. | 我拿到驾照开始开车 |
| 324 | At 15 and a half, I could get my learner's permit, | 15点半,我可以拿到学习许可 |
| 325 | but at age 16, leading into 17, | 但16岁时,进入17岁, |
| 326 | I was kind of coming into more of a mature phase in my life. | 我进入了一个成熟的阶段 |
| 327 | So these ages 16, 15, and also 18, 21 are milestones. | 因此,这些16,15岁,还有18,21岁都是里程碑. |
| 328 | So again, a significant point in development. | 同样,这是发展的一个重要方面。 |
| 329 | So again, here's some example sentences. | 再说一遍,这里有一些例子。 |
| 330 | Graduating from college is an important milestone. | 从大学毕业是一个重要的里程碑. |
| 331 | Again, something very important | 再说一件很重要的事 |
| 332 | that happens in your life, right? | 这发生在你的生活中,对不对? |
| 333 | All right, again, if you're understanding | 好吧,再次,如果你明白 |
| 334 | the word, you can start to write your example sentences | 该词,你可以开始写示例句 |
| 335 | in the comment section. | 在评论部分。 |
| 336 | And then after I go over the example sentences, | 然后当我翻过例句 |
| 337 | I'll look at yours and we'll see | 我看你的,我们看看 |
| 338 | if we can correct some together, all right? | 如果我们能一起纠正一些,好吗? |
| 339 | So again, the word is milestone. | 因此,这个词也是一个里程碑。 |
| 340 | Here's the second example sentence. | 下第二譬释. |
| 341 | Each child must reach important milestones | 每个儿童都必须达到重要的里程碑 |
| 342 | in their development. | 在发展过程中。 |
| 343 | And finally, the new technique was regarded as a milestone | 最后,新技术被视为一个里程碑 |
| 344 | 在治疗COVID-19中. | |
| 345 | So you see again, this word milestone | 所以,你再次看到,这个词的里程碑 |
| 346 | is always referring to something significant, | 总是提到一些重要的事情, |
| 347 | something important, a point or a stage or a phase | 重要的东西,一个点或一个阶段或一个阶段 |
| 348 | in some type of development, right? | 在某种类型的发展,对不对? |
| 349 | So turning 16 is a major milestone. | 16岁是一个重要的里程碑 |
| 350 | I'll give you some more example sentences. | 更举譬句. |
| 351 | Turning 15 in Mexican culture is a major milestone. | 在墨西哥文化中15岁是一个重要的里程碑。 |
| 352 | So I want you in the comment section now | 所以我现在要你加入评论栏 |
| 353 | to create your own sentence and maybe tell us | 创造你自己的句子,也许告诉我们 |
| 354 | in your culture, what age is considered a major milestone? | 在你的文化中,什么年龄被认为是一个重要的里程碑? |
| 355 | Once again, I'll give you an example sentence. | 复次如来下譬喻句. |
| 356 | I said, turning 16 is a major milestone | 我说,16岁是个重大里程碑 |
| 357 | in American culture. | 在美国文化中。 |
| 358 | Or I could have said 15 or turning 15 | 或者说15岁或者15岁 |
| 359 | is a major milestone in Mexican culture. | 这是墨西哥文化中的一个重要里程碑。 |
| 360 | Now again, I want you to make your own sentence | 现在再说一遍,我要你做你自己的句子 |
| 361 | and put it in the comment section. | 并放在评论部分。 |
| 362 | And while I'm waiting, I'm gonna explain | 在我等待的时候 我会解释 |
| 363 | the next vocabulary word, | 下一个词汇 |
| 364 | but keep your sentences coming, all right? | 继续说,好吗? |
| 365 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 366 | Now the second vocabulary word is right here. | 第二个词汇就在这里。 |
| 367 | Mature. | 成熟无边. |
| 368 | Now this may be a little bit tricky. | 这也许有点难搞 |
| 369 | Mature. | 成熟无边. |
| 370 | Good, that T-U-R-E actually has a ch, ch, mature. | 很好 那个T -U -R |
| 371 | Excellent, mature. | 很好,成熟点 |
| 372 | Now the word mature just means to develop fully | 现在,成熟这个词只是意味着充分发展 |
| 373 | or to become full grown. | 或者长大成人 |
| 374 | So we normally say if someone is 13, | 所以我们通常说,如果某人是13, |
| 375 | they're not mature yet. | 还没成熟呢 |
| 376 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 377 | They're still a teenager, they just became a teenager. | 他们还是个十几岁的,他们才刚变成一个十几岁的. |
| 378 | They're growing, but they haven't reached adulthood. | 他们正在成长,但还没有成年. |
| 379 | They're not mature just yet. | 他们还没成熟呢 |
| 380 | All right, some example sentences came through | 好吧,一些例子句子通过 |
| 381 | from you all using the word milestone. | 从你们所有使用 字里程碑。 |
| 382 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 383 | Katya says, in Brazilian culture, | 卡佳说在巴西文化中 |
| 384 | turning 15 is a milestone. | 15转是一个里程碑。 |
| 385 | Excellent job, Katya. | 干得漂亮,凯蒂娅 |
| 386 | Paola says, helping in a surgery, | 保拉说,帮助手术, |
| 387 | even just holding some scissors, | 甚至拿着剪刀 |
| 388 | is a milestone for a great surgeon. | 是一个伟大的外科医生的里程碑。 |
| 389 | Mm-hmm, good. | 嗯,嗯,不错。 |
| 390 | Claudia says, crawling and walking are important milestones | Claudia说 爬行和步行是重要的里程碑 |
| 391 | in the development of a baby. | 婴儿的成长。 |
| 392 | Good. | 不错 |
| 393 | Shell says, the pediatrician was concerned | Shell说儿科医生很担心 |
| 394 | because the toddler did not reach the milestone | 因为孩子没有达到里程碑 |
| 395 | of learning how to use a drink in the sippy cup. | 学习如何用饮料 在硅杯。 |
| 396 | Good, I like that one. | 很好 我喜欢这个 |
| 397 | Bruno says, a great milestone in my life | 布鲁诺说,我生命中一个伟大的里程碑 |
| 398 | happened at the end of last year. | 发生在去年年底。 |
| 399 | Not the, but last year. | 不是去年的事,而是去年的事 |
| 400 | My thesis about inflation was accepted, congratulations, | 我关于通货膨胀的论文被接受,恭喜 |
| 401 | to serve as a piece in a new framework | 作为新框架的一部分 |
| 402 | related to a new tax project in my country. | 与我国的新税收项目有关。 |
| 403 | First of all, Bruno, congratulations | 首先,布鲁诺,恭喜你 |
| 404 | on getting your thesis added and accepted. | 让你的论文加入并被接受。 |
| 405 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 406 | All right, Nakisa says, next year I will turn 40 | 好吧,纳西莎说,明年我40岁了 |
| 407 | and it will be a milestone. | 这将是一个里程碑。 |
| 408 | Oh, and turning 40 is a milestone in Rwanda. | 转身40是卢旺达的里程碑 |
| 409 | Very nice and very interesting, yes. | 非常有趣,没错 |
| 410 | Fred says, turning 18 is a major milestone | 佛瑞德说,18岁是个重大里程碑 |
| 411 | for a man in Brazil. | 对于一个在巴西的男人。 |
| 412 | Excellent sentence, very good job, Fred. | 句子不错,做得好,弗雷德 |
| 413 | Josie says, in our culture, which is the Philippines, | 乔西说,在我们的文化,即菲律宾, |
| 414 | turning 18 is a milestone. | 转身18是一个里程碑。 |
| 415 | So, in Filipino culture, turning 18 is a milestone. | 因此,在菲律宾文化中,18岁是一个里程碑. |
| 416 | That's the best way to say it. | 说此最胜法. |
| 417 | In Filipino culture, turning 18 is a milestone, good. | 在菲律宾文化中,18岁是一个里程碑,很好。 |
| 418 | Marina says, 15 is a milestone for girls. | Marina说15岁是女孩的里程碑 |
| 419 | 18 is a major milestone for all the teenagers in Brazil, good. | 对巴西所有青少年来说,18岁是一个重要的里程碑,很好。 |
| 420 | All right, Jean Kelly says, having my first daughter | 好吧,让凯利说,有我的第一个女儿 |
| 421 | turned out to be a milestone in my life, okay. | 成为我一生的里程碑,好吗? |
| 422 | Dom says, here in Italy, you are considered | 多姆说,在意大利,你被考虑 |
| 423 | a mature person when you turn 18. | 一个成熟的人 当你18岁。 |
| 424 | Hey Dom, good to see you, all right, good. | 嘿,多姆,很高兴见到你, 好吧,很好。 |
| 425 | You're using the second word, mature, good. | 你用的是第二个词,成熟,好。 |
| 426 | Fernando says, 18 is a milestone period, or a milestone, | 费尔南多说,18是一个里程碑时期, 或者一个里程碑, |
| 427 | because at this age, you are starting | 因为在这个年龄,你开始 |
| 428 | to get your foot in the door. | 让你的脚进门。 |
| 429 | All right, so it's not really getting your foot in the door. | 好吧,所以它不是真的 得到你的脚在门。 |
| 430 | Remember, getting your foot in the door | 记住,把脚伸进门里 |
| 431 | is a little bit different, right? | 有点不一样 对吧? |
| 432 | I like how you try to combine them, | 我喜欢你试图结合它们 |
| 433 | but 18 is a milestone period, because at this age, | 但18岁是里程碑时期 因为在这个年代 |
| 434 | you can start to learn about getting your foot in the door | 你可以开始学会怎么把脚伸进门里 |
| 435 | for certain positions, a little bit longer, | 对于某些职位, 稍长一点, |
| 436 | but I do like how you try to combine them. | 但我很喜欢你试图结合它们 |
| 437 | Analisa says, take a car license, ah, getting a license, | Analisa说,拿车牌, 啊,拿车牌, |
| 438 | getting a license, or getting a driver's license | 领驾照或驾照 |
| 439 | is a milestone for every teenager, | 对于每一个青少年来说,这是一个里程碑, |
| 440 | mostly where I live in Italy, okay, got you. | 大多数我住在意大利的地方, 好吧,得到了你。 |
| 441 | Andre, what's up, man, good to see you. | 安德烈,怎么了,伙计,很高兴见到你。 |
| 442 | All right, my pleasure, Josie, my pleasure. | 好吧,我的荣幸,乔西,我的荣幸。 |
| 443 | That's the point of these live weekly English classes | 这就是每周英语课的重点 |
| 444 | just for Academy members, my pleasure. | 仅供学院成员使用,我的荣幸。 |
| 445 | Paola says, in Mexico, an 18-year-old person | 保拉说,在墨西哥,一个18岁的人 |
| 446 | is considered mature enough to vote | 被认为足够成熟可以投票 |
| 447 | in the presidential elections. | 在总统选举中。 |
| 448 | Hey, Paola, yes, good job. | 嘿,保拉,是的,不错的工作。 |
| 449 | Marie says, in my culture, turning 18 | 玛丽说,在我的文化中,18岁 |
| 450 | is a milestone for everyone, excellent. | 对每个人来说都是个里程碑,非常好。 |
| 451 | Elizabeth says, Bo, your first house | 伊丽莎白说,波,你的第一座房子 |
| 452 | oh, buying your first house is a big milestone, good. | 哦,买你的第一座房子是一个巨大的里程碑,很好。 |
| 453 | Buying your first house is a big milestone. | 买你的第一座房子是一个巨大的里程碑。 |
| 454 | Good, two more, PN says, having my certificate | 好,再来两个,PN说,有我的证明 |
| 455 | from high school was a milestone in my life, | 高中生是我一生的里程碑 |
| 456 | or getting my diploma. | 或者拿到我的文凭。 |
| 457 | Here's the word, y'all, for when you graduate | 这么说吧,你们毕业后 |
| 458 | from high school, we say diploma, | 高中毕业,我们说文凭, |
| 459 | or high school diploma, that's the name of that, okay? | 或高中文凭,这就是这个名字,好吗? |
| 460 | All right, high school diploma. | 好吧,高中毕业证书。 |
| 461 | Monique说 在我家乡 | |
| 462 | the major milestone is when you are 18. | 重要的里程碑是18岁的时候 |
| 463 | But here in Belgium, there are two milestones. | 但在比利时,有两个里程碑。 |
| 464 | When you are 12, because you leave primary school, | 12岁的时候 因为你离开了小学 |
| 465 | and the second one is when you are 18, | 第二个是你18岁的时候, |
| 466 | or when you turn 18. | 或者当你18岁的时候 |
| 467 | Good, so you all are understanding this idea | 好,所以你们都明白这个主意 |
| 468 | of milestone and how to use it in a sentence. | 和如何在句子中使用它。 |
| 469 | Now we're on the word mature, okay? | 现在我们在说成熟,好吗? |
| 470 | Mature, keep your sentences coming. | 成熟点,继续说 |
| 471 | Mature, again, to develop fully, to become full grown. | 成熟,再次,充分发展,充分成长. |
| 472 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 473 | Boys mature at a slower rate than girls do. | 男孩的成长速度比女孩慢。 |
| 474 | Now this is scientifically proven. | 现在科学地证明了这一点。 |
| 475 | There's nothing against the guys. | 与诸人无对. |
| 476 | This is just something that's a fact. | 这是事实 |
| 477 | Boys mature slower than girls do. | 男孩的成长比女孩慢 |
| 478 | Girls normally mature very fast. | 女孩们通常成熟得很快。 |
| 479 | But boys, they come along, but they come a little slower. | 但是男孩们,他们来了,但他们来了 有点慢。 |
| 480 | So we say, boys mature at a slower rate than girls do. | 所以我们说,男孩的成长速度比女孩慢。 |
| 481 | Next, maturity, not age, are the best ways | 接下来,成熟,而不是年龄,是最好的方法 |
| 482 | to determine growth, all right? | 确定增长,好吗? |
| 483 | So it's not about someone's age. | 故与某甲年龄无关. |
| 484 | For example, my niece is 11 years old, | 例如,我的侄女11岁 |
| 485 | but she is extremely mature for her age. | 但她的年纪非常成熟 |
| 486 | So many times, people don't realize how old she is | 这么多次,人们不知道她多大了 |
| 487 | because she's very responsible, very respectful, | 因为她非常负责,非常尊重, |
| 488 | very loving, she doesn't act like a kid sometimes. | 非常可爱,她有时不像小孩 |
| 489 | She acts like a teenager and she's only 11, | 她像个十几岁的孩子 她才11岁 |
| 490 | and she just turned 11. | 她刚满11岁 |
| 491 | So I can say, my niece is very mature for her age, | 所以我可以说,我的侄女很成熟 她的年龄, |
| 492 | meaning she acts older than she is. | 意思是她比她年长 |
| 493 | She's very respectful and she has a lot of responsibility. | 她很尊重人 责任也很大 |
| 494 | So she is very responsible, okay? | 所以她很负责,好吗? |
| 495 | And last, here we go. | 最后,我们走了。 |
| 496 | The mature avocado is better than an unripe one. | 成熟的鳄梨比无线鳄好. |
| 497 | So mature meaning it's past rightness. | 如此成熟意谓过去正法. |
| 498 | You can use it for food as well. | 也可以用来做饭 |
| 499 | All right, so let me see if you all can make | 好,让我看看你们能不能 |
| 500 | your own sentences using this word mature, all right? | 你用这个词的句子很成熟 好吗? |
| 501 | I see that you all have some more sentences | 我看你们还有句子 |
| 502 | for the word milestone. | 说到里程碑 |
| 503 | Rodrigo says, turning 70 years old is a milestone in Brazil | 罗德里戈说,70岁是巴西的一个里程碑 |
| 504 | because, not cuz, cuz is when you're speaking, | 因为,不是因为, 因为当你说话的时候, |
| 505 | but not when you're writing, | 但当你写作时, |
| 506 | because it's the compulsory age for retirement, all right? | 因为这是强制退休年龄,好吗? |
| 507 | Valeria说 17岁开始工作 | |
| 508 | was a beautiful milestone. | 是一个美丽的里程碑。 |
| 509 | Starting work or beginning to work when I was 17 years old | 17岁开始工作或开始工作 |
| 510 | was a beautiful milestone for me, got you. | 对我来说是一个美丽的里程碑, 得到了你。 |
| 511 | Claudia says, motherhood is a milestone for most women. | Claudia说 母亲是大多数女性的里程碑 |
| 512 | Mm-hmm, most women. | 大部分女人都这样 |
| 513 | Josie says, to achieve my goal to be confident | 乔西说,为了实现我的目标 要有信心 |
| 514 | in speaking English is my milestone. | 说英语是我的里程碑 |
| 515 | A milestone for me will be when I can achieve my goal | 对我来说一个里程碑 就是当我能达到我的目标时 |
| 516 | of speaking English with confidence. | 自信地说英语。 |
| 517 | And I know that you can do it Josie, I believe in you. | 我知道你能做到的 乔西 我相信你 |
| 518 | All right, Bruno says, at this time my English | 好吧,布鲁诺说,这个时候我的英语 |
| 519 | isn't mature enough, but I'm really improving day by day. | 虽然不够成熟 但我每天都在进步 |
| 520 | I'm confident and I already can see my next milestone | 我有信心,我已经可以看见我的下一个里程碑 |
| 521 | to be fluent in English. | 以流利的英语。 |
| 522 | Now, that makes sense. | 现在,这是有道理的。 |
| 523 | I will say this, again, your sentences make sense. | 我再说一遍 你的句子是合情合理的 |
| 524 | We don't say my English is mature. | 我们不说我的英语很成熟 |
| 525 | If you say that, we understand what you mean, | 如果你这么说 我们理解你的意思 |
| 526 | but it sounds awkward. | 但听起来很尴尬 |
| 527 | But I like how you try to apply it | 但我喜欢你怎么应用它 |
| 528 | to your English language journey, okay? | 去你的英语旅程,好吗? |
| 529 | All right, Claudia says, to become an autonomous person | 好吧,克劳迪娅说,成为一个自主的人 |
| 530 | is a sign of maturity, very good. | 这是成熟的标志,非常好。 |
| 531 | Erica says, my daughter is 14 years old | 艾丽卡说,我女儿14岁 |
| 532 | and she is very mature for her age. | 她已经很成熟了 |
| 533 | She is always all ears for any topic of conversation. | 她总是听任何话题的 |
| 534 | Excellent, I like how you used all ears. | 很好,我喜欢你用所有的耳朵 |
| 535 | Claudia说 那个女孩似乎 | |
| 536 | as mature as an adult, very good. | 和成年人一样成熟,非常好 |
| 537 | Nakisa says, we have a mature teacher. | Nakisa说 我们有个成熟的老师 |
| 538 | Well, thank you very much. | 非常感谢 |
| 539 | Mary says, or Marie says, getting married is a milestone | 玛丽说,或者玛丽说,结婚是一个里程碑 |
| 540 | for every woman in the world. | 对于世界上每一个女人。 |
| 541 | Every, not everyone, but every woman in the world. | 不是每个人,而是世界上每个女人 |
| 542 | Shell says, the 16 year old teenage girl | 壳牌说,16岁的少女 |
| 543 | tried to wear makeup so that she would look mature enough | 试着化妆 让她看起来足够成熟 |
| 544 | to get into the 18 and up club. | 进入18号俱乐部 |
| 545 | Ha ha, this is a true situation. | 哈哈,这是真实的情况。 |
| 546 | An actual situation that many 16 year olds | 16岁时的实际情况 |
| 547 | actually try to put on makeup to look more mature, | 试着化妆 看上去更成熟 |
| 548 | to get into a club meant for 18 and up, good. | 进入一个俱乐部 意味着18岁和18岁,很好。 |
| 549 | Marina says, I'm considered a mature person | 玛丽娜说我是个成熟的人 |
| 550 | because I'm responsible and I have my own opinion and voice. | 因为我有责任 我有自己的意见和声音 |
| 551 | I'm only 16. | 我只有16岁。 |
| 552 | Aw, Marina, you are young, but hey, | 哦,玛丽娜,你还年轻,但嘿, |
| 553 | you're studying hard and you're responsible, that's good. | 你在努力学习,你有责任,这是很好的。 |
| 554 | Alessandra says, my son is 18 years old, | 亚历山德拉说 我儿子18岁了 |
| 555 | but he doesn't have enough mature. | 但他不够成熟 |
| 556 | But he's not mature enough to decide | 但他不够成熟 无法决定 |
| 557 | what he is going to do for his life. | 他的一生会怎样 |
| 558 | Oh, but he's not mature enough | 不过他不够成熟 |
| 559 | to make a decision about his career, okay? | 来决定他的事业 好吗? |
| 560 | Remember guys, when I correct your sentences, | 记住,当我纠正你们的句子, |
| 561 | you can always go back later, rewind, | 你以后可以回去 倒带 |
| 562 | and write down the way I corrected your sentences. | 写下我纠正你判决的方式 |
| 563 | PN says, I notice that people believe | PN说,我注意到人们相信 |
| 564 | maturity is only for old people, good. | 成熟只适合老人,很好 |
| 565 | Valeria says, my daughter is more mature than me | Valeria说我女儿比我更成熟 |
| 566 | when I was at that age. | 当我在那个年龄。 |
| 567 | Ah, is more mature than me. | 比我还成熟 |
| 568 | Is more mature at her age than I was at that age, mm-hmm. | 她这个年纪比我那个年纪成熟多了 |
| 569 | All right, Annalisa says, there are a lot of people | 好吧,安娜丽莎说,有很多人 |
| 570 | that mature early, but sometimes it's possible | 成熟的早期, 但有时是可能的 |
| 571 | to meet adults less mature than younger people, got you. | 遇到比年轻人更不成熟的成年人, 得到了你。 |
| 572 | Bruno, hey, my pleasure, brother. | 布鲁诺,我的荣幸,兄弟 |
| 573 | Here in Brazil, we can use that word mature | 在巴西,我们可以使用这个词 成熟 |
| 574 | for some skill that has been developing for us. | 为我们培养出某种技能 |
| 575 | No worries at all. | 别担心 |
| 576 | Again, that's why I love these classes | 再说一遍,这就是为什么我喜欢这些课 |
| 577 | because I can give you all little tips | 因为我可以给你所有的小提示 |
| 578 | that won't come up in a book, | 书里不会写这个 |
| 579 | things that need to be talked about during the class. | 课上需要讨论的事 |
| 580 | So again, my pleasure, Bruno. | 我很高兴,布鲁诺 |
| 581 | Fernando, one needs to be mature | 费尔南多,要成熟一点 |
| 582 | to deal with their own family, very good. | 处理自己的家庭,非常好。 |
| 583 | All right, two more. | 好,再来两杯 |
| 584 | Josie says, people is getting mature | 乔西说,人们越来越成熟了 |
| 585 | if there's an improvement in their personality. | 如果他们的个性有改善的话 |
| 586 | Ah, you can tell that a person is maturing | 啊,你可以看到一个人正在成熟 |
| 587 | when they are able to, hold on, hold on, | 当他们能坚持下去的时候, |
| 588 | if there's an improvement in their personality. | 如果他们的个性有改善的话 |
| 589 | Ah, when a person's personality improves, | 啊,当一个人的个性改善, |
| 590 | it's a sign that they are maturing. | 这是他们成熟的征兆 |
| 591 | Again, rewind that later and write that down, okay? | 再来一次,回放,记下来,好吗? |
| 592 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 593 | Last one, I think that our parents and our grandparents | 最后,我认为我们的父母和我们的祖父母 |
| 594 | were more mature than us because they got married early | 他们比我们成熟,因为他们早结婚 |
| 595 | and they could stand up for many problems. | 他们可以面对许多问题 |
| 596 | Ah, and they could stand many problems, | 啊,他们可以忍受很多问题, |
| 597 | or they could endure many challenges. | 或者他们可以忍受许多挑战 |
| 598 | They could endure many problems, yes, that's true. | 他们可以忍受很多问题,没错。 |
| 599 | All right, I'll do a few more. | 好吧,我会做一些更多的。 |
| 600 | I know you guys are excited. | 我知道你们很兴奋 |
| 601 | I'm happy you guys are writing your sentences. | 我很高兴你们在写句子 |
| 602 | Francis, I start to be a mature person after I lost my mom. | Francis 我失去妈妈后开始成熟了 |
| 603 | Ah, I started to mature after I lost my mom, very true. | 啊,我开始成熟 之后,我失去了我妈妈,非常真实。 |
| 604 | When you lose a parent or someone in your family, | 当你失去父母或家人时 |
| 605 | it does make you grow up faster, so good job. | 这确实让你长大得更快, 这么好的工作。 |
| 606 | Again, I started to mature after I lost my mom, | 再说一次,我失去妈妈后开始成熟 |
| 607 | or I started to mature faster. | 或者我开始变成熟了 |
| 608 | All right, last one, here we go. | 好吧,最后一个,我们走了。 |
| 609 | Jean Kelly says, a mature wife reduces the stress | Jean Kelly说 成熟的妻子能减轻压力 |
| 610 | of her husband's life. | 这是她丈夫的一生 |
| 611 | Woo, mature and wise wife, I like that. | 哇,成熟又聪明的妻子,我喜欢这样 |
| 612 | Reduces the stress of her husband's life | 减轻她丈夫生活的压力 |
| 613 | or reduces her husband's stress. | 或减轻丈夫的压力。 |
| 614 | Good job, guys, excellent sentences. | 干得好 伙计们 句子不错 |
| 615 | I love it, I love it. | 我爱它,我喜欢它。 |
| 616 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 617 | Now we're gonna go on to our third vocabulary word. | 现在我们要继续说第三个词汇 |
| 618 | Again, we're looking at words that you can use | 再说一遍,我们是在研究你可以用的词 |
| 619 | when you're talking about birthdays, all right? | 当你谈论生日,好吗? |
| 620 | We have milestone and mature, | 我们有里程碑和成熟, |
| 621 | and now let's go to our third one, here we go. | 现在让我们去我们的第三个, 在这里,我们走了。 |
| 622 | The third vocabulary word is right here, festive. | 第三个词汇在这里,节日。 |
| 623 | Now this may be tricky, so here we go, guys, festive. | 现在,这可能是棘手的,所以我们开始,伙计们,节日。 |
| 624 | Good, F sound, festive. | 不错,F的声音,节日。 |
| 625 | Excellent, last time, festive, good job. | 好极了,上次,庆祝,干得漂亮 |
| 626 | Now festive just means cheerful and or joyful celebration | 欢庆就是欢乐或欢乐 |
| 627 | pertaining to a festival. | 关于一个节日。 |
| 628 | Remember earlier we were talking about, | 记得我们之前在谈论, |
| 629 | again, Mexican culture, when someone turns 15, | 同样,墨西哥文化, 当某人15岁, |
| 630 | and I think Brazilian culture too, I think you guys said | 我觉得巴西文化也是 我想你们说过 |
| 631 | that you have celebrations, big celebrations, | 你们有庆典,大庆, |
| 632 | a very festive or cheerful and happy event. | 欢乐快乐的节日 |
| 633 | Think about it, when someone has a birthday party, | 想想看,当某人有一个生日派对, |
| 634 | do you walk in, happy birthday, happy birthday to you. | 你走进来,生日快乐,祝你生日快乐。 |
| 635 | No, you're like, happy birthday to you. | 不,你喜欢,祝你生日快乐。 |
| 636 | Like everyone's happy and excited. | 如诸众生欢喜喜喜乐. |
| 637 | It's a festive or cheerful occasion. | 喜庆或欢喜. |
| 638 | We say festive in English. | 我们说节日英语。 |
| 639 | All right, so let's look at some example sentences. | 好吧,让我们看看一些例子句子。 |
| 640 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 641 | First we have Joan enjoyed celebrating her anniversary | 首先我们让琼喜欢庆祝她的周年 |
| 642 | in a festive manner. | 以节日的方式 |
| 643 | So she wanted to do something that would make her happy | 所以她想做点让她高兴的事 |
| 644 | and be cheerful and also feel joyful. | 并且欢乐, 也感到快乐。 |
| 645 | So she enjoyed celebrating her anniversary | 所以她喜欢庆祝她的周年 |
| 646 | in a festive manner. | 以节日的方式 |
| 647 | Next, already decorated for Christmas, | 接下来,已经装饰的圣诞节, |
| 648 | the house looked very festive. | 房子看起来很欢庆 |
| 649 | Now, in America, and I'm sure for you all too, | 现在,在美国, 我敢肯定,对于你们所有人, |
| 650 | in your countries, for Christmas we decorate. | 在你们国家,圣诞节我们装饰。 |
| 651 | My dad actually, I think about a week ago, | 我爸,我一周前想起来了 |
| 652 | started decorating the home. | 开始装饰房子。 |
| 653 | He had lights outside, he put up the tree, | 他外面有灯,他把树, |
| 654 | there are different things around the house, | 房子周围有不同的东西 |
| 655 | and it looks very festive. | 它看起来非常喜庆。 |
| 656 | We have music playing in the background, Christmas music, | 我们有音乐播放的背景, 圣诞节音乐, |
| 657 | and it's amazing. | 这是惊人的。 |
| 658 | Oh, hey guys, if you all don't know, | 哦,伙计们,如果你们都不知道, |
| 659 | 有个叫Pentatonix的团体 | |
| 660 | They have an amazing Christmas album. | 他们有一个惊人的圣诞专辑。 |
| 661 | So I'll type it in the comments section | 所以,我会打 在评论部分 |
| 662 | for those who are watching live. | 以观察者发誓, |
| 663 | Pentatonix是一个惊人的团体. | |
| 664 | They actually sing acapella, meaning no instruments, | 他们实际上唱阿卡贝拉,意思是没有乐器, |
| 665 | but their voices are so amazing, they do percussion. | 但他们的声音是如此惊人, 他们做打击。 |
| 666 | They can do the drums with their voices. | 他们可以用自己的声音来做鼓. |
| 667 | So Pentatonix look for their Christmas album, | 所以Pentatonix寻找他们的圣诞专辑, |
| 668 | 他们也在YouTube上, | |
| 669 | but I like listening to them. | 但我喜欢听他们说话 |
| 670 | My nieces love them. | 我侄女都爱他们 |
| 671 | We all enjoy their music. | 我们都喜欢他们的音乐 |
| 672 | So if you want a really nice Christmas album, | 如果你想要一张很棒的圣诞专辑 |
| 673 | 不同的东西,Pentatonix在YouTube。 | |
| 674 | So again, festive, cheerful, joyful. | 因此,再次,节日,快乐,快乐。 |
| 675 | Now, here's the next sentence. | 今此下句释. |
| 676 | In spite of the sad occasion, | 尽管这不幸的时刻 |
| 677 | Ellen wore festive attire for the funeral, okay? | 埃伦穿着节庆服参加葬礼,好吗? |
| 678 | So again, in spite of the sad occasion, | 因此,再次,尽管 悲伤的时刻, |
| 679 | it was a very sad time, but she was like, | 那时很伤心 但她说 |
| 680 | I wanna feel good though. | 我想感觉很好,虽然。 |
| 681 | I wanna have festive attire. | 我想有节日服饰。 |
| 682 | I don't wanna wear all black. | 我不想全穿黑衣服,我可没穿黑衣服 |
| 683 | I wanna wear bright colors | 我想穿明亮的颜色 |
| 684 | because I wanna feel happy | 因为我想高兴 |
| 685 | even though this is a sad occasion. | 虽然这是一个悲哀的时刻。 |
| 686 | So she wore festive attire, all right? | 所以她穿着庆典服,好吗? |
| 687 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 688 | Yes, Dom, you know them too. | 是的 唐 你也认识他们 |
| 689 | Aren't they amazing? | 他们不惊人吗? |
| 690 | Like their voices, whew, amazing. | 像他们的声音,呜呜,惊人。 |
| 691 | 我最喜欢的一首歌,唐, 由Pentatonix | |
| 692 | Mary Did You Know, whew. | 玛丽你知道,哇。 |
| 693 | Listen, y'all, if you like when I sing, | 听着,各位,如果你喜欢我唱歌 |
| 694 | you are gonna love their music. | 你会喜欢他们的音乐的 |
| 695 | 所以Pentatonix, 他们是惊人的,好吗? | |
| 696 | So we have this third vocabulary word, festive. | 因此我们有了第三个词汇,节日。 |
| 697 | So again, I want you all to try to make your own sentence | 再说一遍,我要你们都试着自己说句 |
| 698 | using the word festive. | 使用节日这个词。 |
| 699 | Now, as you guys are writing your sentences, | 现在,当你们在写句子时, |
| 700 | I wanna remind you of something | 我想提醒你一些东西 |
| 701 | because still some of you all ask me again | 因为你们还有人再问我一次 |
| 702 | about tutors and stuff. | 关于家教之类的 |
| 703 | So I tell you guys about Cambly all the time | 我经常跟你们讲坎伯利的事 |
| 704 | because Cambly is an amazing company and I work with them. | 因为Cambly是个很棒的公司 我和他们一起工作 |
| 705 | Cambly has tutors from all around the world. | 卡姆布利有来自世界各地的辅导员. |
| 706 | They have tutors from Australia, from England, | 他们有来自澳大利亚和英国的辅导员 |
| 707 | from America, amazing English teachers. | 来自美国,惊人的英语教师。 |
| 708 | And I'm telling you guys about them now again | 我现在又告诉你们了 |
| 709 | because when we practice together, | 因为当我们一起练习的时候, |
| 710 | after we finish class, you practice with your partners, | 我们上课后 你和你的搭档一起练习 |
| 711 | sometimes you're gonna need to practice | 有时你需要练习 |
| 712 | with a native English speaker. | 与母语英语。 |
| 713 | Now, I can't practice with each and every one of you, | 现在,我不能跟你们每个人练习, |
| 714 | even though I would love to, but Cambly and I work together. | 虽然我很想 但坎布利和我合作 |
| 715 | So I always am trying to encourage students, | 所以我一直想鼓励学生 |
| 716 | if you want a tutor, a personal tutor, | 如果你想要个家教 个人家教 |
| 717 | learn things in my academy, | 在我的学院里学东西, |
| 718 | learn things from our weekly class, | 学习我们每周的课程, |
| 719 | but then you can get a tutor | 但你可以找个家教 |
| 720 | and then you can actually practice one-on-one. | 然后可以练习一对一。 |
| 721 | So again, Cambly's a great company, guys. | 再说一遍 Cambly是个好公司 |
| 722 | I think you guys will learn a lot. | 我想你们会学到很多东西的 |
| 723 | I'll try to put some coupons, again, we work together. | 我会试着把一些优惠券, 再次,我们一起工作。 |
| 724 | So I have some coupons you guys can use | 所以,我有一些优惠券 你们可以使用 |
| 725 | if you do want to get Cambly's service. | 如果你想得到坎布利的服务。 |
| 726 | They're awesome. | 他们真棒。 |
| 727 | I think some of you actually study with their tutors | 我想你们中有些人是跟老师一起学习的 |
| 728 | and you've learned a lot from them. | 你从他们那里学到了很多 |
| 729 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 730 | Let's see if we have some sentences again for festive. | 让我们看看我们是否有一些句子 再次庆祝。 |
| 731 | Let's see, festive. | 让我们看看,节日。 |
| 732 | Let me see, I was trying to give you guys some time | 让我看看,我只是想给你们一些时间 |
| 733 | to come up with sentences. | 来提出句子。 |
| 734 | Bruno says, I don't like places too festive. | 布鲁诺说 我不喜欢过节的地方 |
| 735 | I don't like festive places. | 我不喜欢庆祝的地方。 |
| 736 | They break my mind. | 他们让我心碎。 |
| 737 | It was something that I learned how to handle after a while. | 那是我一段时间后学会的 |
| 738 | It was a milestone of an outcome from a maturing process. | 这是成熟进程的一个里程碑。 |
| 739 | Okay, so we gotta be careful. | 好吧,所以我们必须小心。 |
| 740 | This is kind of a run-on sentence, right? | 这是一种运行的句子,对不对? |
| 741 | You're just going da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da-da | 你只是去达da. |
| 742 | instead of da-da-da-da, pause, da-da-da-da-da, pause. | 而不是 da,停, da,停. |
| 743 | So let me try to correct this one. | 所以,让我试着纠正这个。 |
| 744 | I don't like festive places because they kind of, | 我不喜欢庆典的地方 因为它们有点, |
| 745 | you said break, when you say break my mind, | 你说休息,当你说打破我的思想, |
| 746 | what do you mean? | 你说什么? |
| 747 | You can't concentrate? | 你不能集中精神吗? |
| 748 | If that's the case, you can say, | 如果是这样的话,你可以说, |
| 749 | I don't like festive places because I can't concentrate | 我不喜欢庆典的地方 因为我不能集中精力 |
| 750 | when I am in a place that's very festive. | 当我在一个非常欢庆的地方。 |
| 751 | It was something that I learned how to handle. | 那是我学会处理的事情 |
| 752 | However, I learned how to handle | 不过,我学会了如何处理 |
| 753 | these festive places after a while. | 这些节日的地方过了一段时间。 |
| 754 | This was actually a big milestone and an outcome | 这其实是一个重大里程碑和一个结果 |
| 755 | that came from the maturing process. | 这来自成熟的过程。 |
| 756 | Now you have to rewind this later | 现在你得等会儿再倒回去 |
| 757 | to write down what I said, | 写下我说的话 |
| 758 | but I'm trying to help you out too. | 但我也想帮你 |
| 759 | Annalisa says, when I graduated, | 安娜莉莎说 当我毕业时 |
| 760 | my friends organized a festive toast at our university. | 我的朋友在大学里办了个祝酒会 |
| 761 | Okay, good. | 好吧,不错。 |
| 762 | All right, Paola says, I got chills when I listened to Mary. | 好吧,保拉说,我听玛丽说话时很冷 |
| 763 | Yes, Paola, Pentatonix, Mary, did you know? | 是的,保拉,彭塔尼克斯,玛丽,你知道吗? |
| 764 | Ooh, great song, yes. | 哦,伟大的歌曲,是的。 |
| 765 | Fred, I knew, say yes. | 弗雷德,我知道,说是。 |
| 766 | So Fred, you've actually worked with Cambly | 所以,弗雷德,你实际上与坎布利 |
| 767 | and been with their tutors for a while. | 并教化他们一段时间。 |
| 768 | They're amazing. | 他们很神奇。 |
| 769 | So thanks for letting us know that, Fred. | 谢谢你让我们知道 弗雷德 |
| 770 | Marie says, when COVID-19 is over, | 玛丽说,当COVID-19结束, |
| 771 | I'm going to do a festive party. | 我要办个庆典派对 |
| 772 | I'm going to dress to kill. | 我要穿衣服去杀人 |
| 773 | Okay, Marie, I like that, I like that. | 好吧,玛丽,我喜欢,我喜欢。 |
| 774 | All right, Erica says, how can I use Cambly? | 好吧,埃丽卡说,我怎么能用Cambly? |
| 775 | 好吧,所以你只是去 Cambly.com, | |
| 776 | but what I'm going to do is, | 但我会做的是, |
| 777 | after this class, right underneath the video, | 在这节课之后 就在录像下面 |
| 778 | you'll see I'm going to put the coupons | 你等着瞧,我要把优惠券放进去 |
| 779 | because you can go there now. | 因为你现在可以去那里了。 |
| 780 | I have a coupon code again because I work with them, | 我还有个优惠密码 因为我和他们一起工作 |
| 781 | but I want you guys to get the best coupon. | 但我要你们拿到最好的优惠券 |
| 782 | So the best coupon, I'll post it after. | 最好的优惠券,我待会再贴 |
| 783 | You know what, actually I'll post it right now. | 你知道吗,其实我现在就贴 |
| 784 | Hold on one second, guys. | 等一下,伙计们。 |
| 785 | They're really good though. | 他们真的很好。 |
| 786 | They really help students actually expand | 他们真的能帮助学生扩展 |
| 787 | their knowledge of English. | 他们懂英语。 |
| 788 | I'll put it in the comment section right now. | 我现在就把它放在评论部分 |
| 789 | You guys can use that code | 你们可以用那个代码 |
| 790 | if you want to actually start using Cambly right now | 如果你想现在就开始使用Cambly |
| 791 | because they're awesome. | 因为他们真棒。 |
| 792 | But yeah, they're great. | 但是,是的,他们是伟大的。 |
| 793 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 794 | I think another comment came through. | 我想还有一句评论 |
| 795 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 796 | Look, I'm about to sing. | 听着,我要唱歌了 |
| 797 | Mary, did you know that your baby boy | 玛丽,你知道你的宝贝儿子 |
| 798 | would someway they walk on water? | 他们会在水上走哪条路? |
| 799 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 800 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 801 | My mother-in-law's house always looks very festive | 我婆婆的家总是很庆幸 |
| 802 | because she beautifies everything. | 因为她把一切都美化了 |
| 803 | Oh, she likes to beautify it for every season. | 哦,她喜欢美化它的每一季。 |
| 804 | Got you. | 抓到你们了 |
| 805 | I like how you used beautify from a previous lesson. | 我喜欢你以前教过的美貌 |
| 806 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 807 | Pia says, I really miss Christmas in Africa | 皮娅说,我真的很想念非洲的圣诞节 |
| 808 | because in my point of view, it's so festive. | 因为在我看来,它是如此的节日。 |
| 809 | I really miss spending Christmas in Africa. | 我真的很想在非洲过圣诞节 |
| 810 | One more time. | 再来一次 |
| 811 | I really miss spending Christmas in Africa | 我真的很想在非洲过圣诞节 |
| 812 | because it's very festive in my opinion, okay? | 因为它是非常 节日性,我的看法,好吗? |
| 813 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 814 | Paula says, this year has been very difficult, | 宝拉说 今年很困难 |
| 815 | but right now I feel very festive | 但是现在我觉得很庆幸 |
| 816 | because of the Christmas season. | 因为圣诞节 |
| 817 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 818 | Katya says, Christmas is usually a very festive time, | 卡佳说 圣诞节通常是个节日 |
| 819 | but this year it's going to be a lot different in my house. | 但今年在我家会大不一样 |
| 820 | Good sentence. | 善句义. |
| 821 | Hey, Bruno, I'm so happy you liked it. | 嘿,布鲁诺,我很高兴你喜欢它。 |
| 822 | Fernando says, the girl celebrated her graduation | 费尔南多说,女孩庆祝她毕业 |
| 823 | in a festive manner because she was citing many opportunities | 以节日的方式 因为她引用了很多机会 |
| 824 | to explore her career, for her career. | 为了她的事业 探索她的事业 |
| 825 | Marina says, when I received my certificates | 玛丽娜说,当我收到我的证明 |
| 826 | for being the best student in my school, | 作为我学校最好的学生, |
| 827 | it was a festive and touching moment. | 这是一个欢庆和感人的时刻。 |
| 828 | Got you. | 抓到你们了 |
| 829 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 830 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 831 | Monique says, on Christmas day, everybody looks, | 莫妮克说,在圣诞节,每个人都看, |
| 832 | ah, looks good. | 看起来不错 |
| 833 | Looks like they are in a festive mood | 看来他们心情好极了 |
| 834 | on the way to go to church. | 在去教堂的路上。 |
| 835 | On Christmas day, everyone looks like | 在圣诞节,每个人都看起来像 |
| 836 | they are in a festive mood as they go to church. | 他们去教堂时心情很好 |
| 837 | Got you. | 抓到你们了 |
| 838 | And Erica says, my favorite time is Christmas | 艾丽卡说 我最喜欢的时光是圣诞节 |
| 839 | because we have the most beautiful festive time of the year | 因为我们有一年中最美的节日 |
| 840 | and festive time of the year. | 以及每年的节日 |
| 841 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 842 | Jonathan, thank you so much. | 乔纳森,非常感谢。 |
| 843 | Thank you so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 844 | I'm honestly gonna be listening to that song after class. | 我会在课后听那首歌的 |
| 845 | Like, I really love it. | 我真的很喜欢 |
| 846 | Ha ha. | 呵呵. 师曰. |
| 847 | All right, so again, excellent job, guys. | 好吧,所以再次, 出色的工作,伙计们。 |
| 848 | We all understand what the word festive means | 我们都明白节日这个词的意思 |
| 849 | and how to use it properly. | 以及如何正确使用它。 |
| 850 | So we have three words, milestone, mature, and festive. | 因此我们有三个词,里程碑,成熟,节日. |
| 851 | So when you're talking about birthdays, | 所以当你谈论生日, |
| 852 | you can use these three vocabulary words. | 您可以使用这三个词汇。 |
| 853 | Now, let's move on to the next section | 现在,让我们继续下一节 |
| 854 | and get into expressions and idioms. | 并进入表达和平庸。 |
| 855 | Here's one. | 这里有一个。 |
| 856 | Age is nothing but a number. | 年龄不过是个数字 |
| 857 | This is one that is used all the time. | 这是一直使用的 |
| 858 | So it's very simple, but very useful. | 因此它非常简单,但非常有用. |
| 859 | Now, age is nothing but a number. | 现在,年龄只是一个数字。 |
| 860 | This literally just means age does not determine maturity. | 这从字面上说就是年龄不能决定成熟 |
| 861 | And we just learned the word mature, right? | 我们刚刚学会了这个词 成熟,对不对? |
| 862 | So age is nothing but a number just means that, | 所以年龄只是个数字 意味着 |
| 863 | hey, somebody might be 40 years old, | 嘿,有人可能40岁, |
| 864 | but it doesn't mean they're mature. | 但不代表他们成熟了 |
| 865 | It also means, like my niece, | 这也意味着,像我的侄女, |
| 866 | even though she's 11 years old, | 虽然她11岁, |
| 867 | it doesn't mean she's immature. | 这并不意味着她不成熟。 |
| 868 | She's actually very mature for her age. | 她实际上已经很成熟了 |
| 869 | Age is nothing but a number, all right? | 年龄只是个数字,好吗? |
| 870 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 871 | Let me see, let me see. | 让我看看,让我看看。 |
| 872 | Another comment came through. | 另有评论。 |
| 873 | Gene Kelly说 我是个低调的人 | |
| 874 | Festive times don't speak to me that much. | 欢乐时光不常和我说话 |
| 875 | I'm a very low-key guy or I like to lay low, all right? | 我是一个非常低调的人 或者我喜欢低调,好吗? |
| 876 | Festive times don't speak to me that much. | 欢乐时光不常和我说话 |
| 877 | I got you. | 我扶着你 |
| 878 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 879 | I'm gonna move down till we can get to this one. | 我要搬到下面去 直到我们找到这个为止 |
| 880 | Romina says, Tiffany should give us some classes | 罗米娜说蒂芙妮应该给我们上课 |
| 881 | about singing, maybe one day? | 关于唱歌,也许有一天? |
| 882 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 883 | Shell says, Christmas is coming | 壳牌说,圣诞节就要到了 |
| 884 | and everyone was in a festive mood, | 每个人都在欢乐的心情, |
| 885 | even though we're in the midst of a pandemic. | 虽然我们身处大流行之中 |
| 886 | Good. | 不错 |
| 887 | I think I missed one. | 我想我错过了一个。 |
| 888 | Valeria, in spite of this pandemic, | 瓦莱里娅,尽管有这种流行病, |
| 889 | I'll prepare a festive Christmas night | 我准备庆祝圣诞之夜 |
| 890 | with virtual meetings with my relatives. | 和我的亲属们虚拟会面 |
| 891 | Good. | 不错 |
| 892 | I'm very happy to hear that. | 我很高兴听到这个 |
| 893 | Good. | 不错 |
| 894 | All right, so again, we're looking at this expression. | 好吧,所以我们再次看到这个表情。 |
| 895 | Age is nothing but a number. | 年龄不过是个数字 |
| 896 | So how can we use it in a sentence? | 那么我们怎么用在句子里? |
| 897 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 898 | First sentence right here. | 第一句在这里。 |
| 899 | She is 20. | 她才20岁 |
| 900 | However, she behaves as if she is 15. | 然而,她的行为就像15岁. |
| 901 | I guess age is nothing but a number. | 我猜年龄只是个数字 |
| 902 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 903 | If someone tells you they're 20 years old, | 如果有人告诉你 他们20岁, |
| 904 | you naturally think, okay, you're an adult. | 你自然认为,好吧,你是一个成年人。 |
| 905 | So you're probably very mature. | 所以,你可能非常成熟。 |
| 906 | But like this sentence says, ah, she's 20, | 但正如这句话所说 她才20岁 |
| 907 | but she acts like she's 15. | 但她表现得像15岁 |
| 908 | I realized age is nothing but a number. | 我意识到年龄不过是个数字 |
| 909 | This is how you use it in a sentence. | 这就是你用它在一个句子。 |
| 910 | Let me see. | 让我看看。 |
| 911 | Jonathan says, Ja, Ja, Ja, I agree with you, Marina. | 乔纳森说,贾,贾,贾,我同意你,玛丽娜。 |
| 912 | She sings like an angel. | 她唱歌像天使一样 |
| 913 | Thank you so much, guys. | 非常感谢,伙计们。 |
| 914 | I appreciate you guys a lot. | 非常感谢你们 |
| 915 | I appreciate you. | 谢谢你 |
| 916 | Uh-oh, it went away. | 哦,它不见了。 |
| 917 | Thank you so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 918 | I appreciate you. | 谢谢你 |
| 919 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 920 | The next sentence. | 下句颂曰. |
| 921 | Again, if you have an idea or a sentence, | 再说一遍 如果你有想法或句子 |
| 922 | pop it in the comment section | 打开评论栏 |
| 923 | using age is nothing but a number. | 使用年龄只是一个数字。 |
| 924 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 925 | Even an 80-year-old can be immature. | 即使是80岁的孩子也可能是不成熟的. |
| 926 | After all, age is nothing but a number. | 毕竟,年龄只是个数字。 |
| 927 | So again, even an 80-year-old, | 再说一次,一个80岁的小孩 |
| 928 | you think an 80-year-old is very mature and very wise, | 你觉得80岁的孩子很成熟 很聪明 |
| 929 | but this sentence says, hey, | 但这句话说,嘿, |
| 930 | some 80-year-olds are immature. | 大约80岁的人不成熟。 |
| 931 | So it's proof that age is nothing but a number, all right? | 所以这证明年龄只是个数字,好吗? |
| 932 | Now, the next one, here we go. | 现在,下一个,我们走了。 |
| 933 | The next sentence using this expression is, | 下一句使用这个表达式是, |
| 934 | be careful not to age or get older | 要小心不要老或变老 |
| 935 | without learning the lessons of your past | 却不吸取过去教训 |
| 936 | because age is nothing but a number. | 因为年龄只是个数字 |
| 937 | So just because you've gotten older | 所以只是因为你变老了 |
| 938 | doesn't mean that you're gonna get more mature. | 不代表你会变得更成熟 |
| 939 | The only way you mature is if you learn from your mistakes. | 只有从错误中吸取教训才能成熟. |
| 940 | Learn the lessons from your life, right? | 从生活中吸取教训,对吧? |
| 941 | Then you mature. | 然后,你成熟了。 |
| 942 | And this is saying, hey, | 这是说,嘿, |
| 943 | because age is nothing but a number, | 因为年龄只是一个数字, |
| 944 | age does not automatically equal maturity. | 年龄不会自动等同成熟。 |
| 945 | So how can you use this in a sentence, all right? | 那你怎么能用这句话呢? |
| 946 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 947 | Fred says, when I saw my friend's attitude, | Fred说 当我看到我朋友的态度 |
| 948 | I thought age is nothing but a number. | 我以为年龄只是个数字 |
| 949 | Very good, Fred, very good. | 很好,弗莱德,非常好 |
| 950 | Paula says, my grandpa danced all night | 宝拉说,我爷爷跳了一整晚 |
| 951 | in his 80-year-old party | 在他的80岁派对上 |
| 952 | and he proved that age is nothing but a number. | 他证明年龄只是个数字 |
| 953 | Come on, grandpa, I like that, I like that. | 来吧,爷爷,我喜欢,我喜欢。 |
| 954 | Kiss, what's up? | 亲一下,怎么了? |
| 955 | He said, I'm forever 21. | 他说,我永远21。 |
| 956 | Marina says, my brother's almost turning 20 | Marina说 我弟弟快20岁了 |
| 957 | but he acts like a silly clown. | 但他的行为就像一个愚蠢的小丑。 |
| 958 | Age is nothing but a number, very true. | 年龄只是一个数字,非常真实。 |
| 959 | You guys see how easy it is to use this expression. | 你们看用这个表情有多容易 |
| 960 | Annalisa says, how I was saying, | 安娜莉莎说,我是怎么说的, |
| 961 | there are a lot of people who mature earlier | 还有很多人很早就成熟了 |
| 962 | but there are also a lot of people | 但也有很多人 |
| 963 | who look like they are children. | 他们看起来像是孩子。 |
| 964 | So age is nothing but a number, all right? | 所以年龄只是个数字,好吗? |
| 965 | So again, just say the expression, all right? | 再说一遍 说出表情 好吗 |
| 966 | I was saying, there are a lot of people who mature early | 我是说 有很多人很早就成熟了 |
| 967 | but there are also a lot of people | 但也有很多人 |
| 968 | who still act like children. | 他们仍然像孩子一样 |
| 969 | So, take out the the, age is nothing but a number, all right? | 所以,取出这个,年龄 只是一个数字,好吗? |
| 970 | Again, later on, rewind and write down what I corrected, | 再说一遍,后来,倒行逆施,写下我纠正的 |
| 971 | how I corrected your sentences, good job. | 我如何纠正你的判决, 干得好。 |
| 972 | Bruno says, next year we deserve | 布鲁诺说,明年我们值得 |
| 973 | a new Christmas song album from, | 新的圣诞歌曲专辑来自, |
| 974 | ah, you never know. | 啊,你永远不知道。 |
| 975 | If I had time, I would sing some songs. | 如果我有时间,我会唱一些歌曲。 |
| 976 | Fernando says, my neighbor is 45 | 费尔南多说,我的邻居是45岁 |
| 977 | but cannot put his children on the rail. | 但不能让他的孩子上火车 |
| 978 | Age is nothing but a number. | 年龄不过是个数字 |
| 979 | When you say put something on the rail, | 当你说在栏杆上放点东西时 |
| 980 | are you saying like he can't get them straight, | 你是说他搞不定? |
| 981 | he can't discipline his children? | 他不能管教他的孩子吗? |
| 982 | Let me know what you mean. | 让我知道你的意思。 |
| 983 | Dom says, I'm a 25 year old guy | 唐说,我25岁 |
| 984 | but actually most of the time | 但实际上大部分时间 |
| 985 | it seems like I'm 80 years old. | 看来我80岁了 |
| 986 | So yeah, age is, age is not, no, | 所以,年龄是,年龄不是,不, |
| 987 | age is nothing but a number, all right? | 年龄只是个数字 好吗? |
| 988 | Nothing but a number, all right? | 只有一个号码,好吗? |
| 989 | Monique says, my grandpa is very old | 莫妮克说,我爷爷很老了 |
| 990 | but he is still as fit as a fiddle. | 但他还是像个小提琴 |
| 991 | Come on, Monique, I love when you use | 来吧,莫妮克,我喜欢你用 |
| 992 | the idioms that I've taught you. | 我教给你的那些庸俗 |
| 993 | So, age is nothing but a number, very good. | 所以,年龄只是个数字,非常好。 |
| 994 | Abdi Fatah说,几年前 | |
| 995 | I was in a debate with older people | 我在和老人辩论 |
| 996 | and they tried to push me down for my age | 他们想把我推下去 |
| 997 | but a friend of mine said, age is nothing but a number. | 但我的一个朋友说,年龄只是个数字。 |
| 998 | Excellent example, excellent example. | 好样的,好样的 |
| 999 | Claudia says, when I started taking Taekwondo, | 克劳迪娅说 当我开始服用跆拳道时 |
| 1000 | many people thought I'm too old for that | 很多人认为我太老了 |
| 1001 | but age is nothing but a number, okay, here we go. | 但是年龄只是个数字,好,我们开始吧。 |
| 1002 | When I started taking Taekwondo, | 当我开始服用跆拳道, |
| 1003 | many people said that I was too old for that | 很多人都说我太老了 |
| 1004 | but age is nothing but a number, all right? | 但年龄只是数字,好吗? |
| 1005 | Many people said I was too old for that | 很多人说我太老了 |
| 1006 | but instead of saying but because we have a lot of buts, | 而不是说,但因为我们有很多的但, |
| 1007 | however, in my opinion, age is nothing but a number. | 然而,在我看来,年龄只不过是个数字。 |
| 1008 | All right, Bruno says, I'm really happy | 好吧,布鲁诺说,我真的很开心 |
| 1009 | when I see an old person acting like a young person. | 当我看到一个老人 像一个年轻人。 |
| 1010 | They show us that age is nothing but a number, true. | 他们告诉我们年龄只是个数字 是真的 |
| 1011 | Shell says, teacher, age is nothing but a number | Shell说,老师,年龄只是个数字 |
| 1012 | and age doesn't matter, are the same meaning? | 年龄无关紧要 意思是一样的吗? |
| 1013 | Okay, age doesn't matter and age is nothing but a number. | 好了,年龄不重要 年龄只是个数字 |
| 1014 | Yes, they actually are very similar, | 是的,其实他们非常相似, |
| 1015 | like age doesn't matter and age is nothing but a number, | 就像年龄无关紧要 年龄只是个数字 |
| 1016 | similar meanings. | 类似的含义。 |
| 1017 | The only thing is, when I say age is nothing but a number, | 唯一的问题是,当我说年龄只是数字 |
| 1018 | I'm just saying that hey, somebody old could be acting young | 我只是说,嘿,一个老人 可能是表现年轻 |
| 1019 | and somebody young could be acting old. | 年轻人可能会变老 |
| 1020 | When someone says age doesn't matter, | 当有人说年龄不重要时 |
| 1021 | many times they're referring to something you can do | 很多次,他们指的是一些你可以做的事情 |
| 1022 | or cannot do like hey, age doesn't matter, like if dating. | 或者不能像嘿嘿,年龄不重要, 就像如果约会。 |
| 1023 | So yeah, actually, the more I'm saying it, | 所以,是的,实际上, 我越说, |
| 1024 | yeah, you can use them interchangeably. | 是啊,你可以互换使用它们。 |
| 1025 | Yeah, good connection, yeah, we use them for both things. | 是啊,良好的联系, 是的,我们用它们 两种事情。 |
| 1026 | When you said age doesn't matter, | 你说年龄不重要的时候 |
| 1027 | my first thought was like dating. | 我的第一个想法是像约会。 |
| 1028 | Sometimes a guy will be 40 years old | 有时候一个人会40岁 |
| 1029 | and he wants to date a 20-year-old, | 他想和一个20岁的孩子约会, |
| 1030 | he's like hey, age doesn't matter. | 他就像嘿,年龄不重要。 |
| 1031 | So that's what I thought but yes, | 所以这就是我想的 但是是的 |
| 1032 | they have the same meaning, good question, Shell. | 他们有相同的含义, 好问题,壳牌。 |
| 1033 | Erica says, when I go to Disney World, | 艾丽卡说 当我去迪士尼世界的时候 |
| 1034 | I really enjoy it like a child. | 我真的很喜欢像孩子一样 |
| 1035 | I believe that age is nothing but a number, good. | 我相信年龄只是个数字 很好 |
| 1036 | Fernandez says, discipline them. | 费尔南德斯说,惩戒他们。 |
| 1037 | Yes, I thought you were talking about that. | 是的,我以为你在谈论这个。 |
| 1038 | I guessed the meaning based on the context | 我根据上下文猜到了意义 |
| 1039 | of what you're saying, so we don't use that expression | 你说的话, 所以我们不使用这个表达 |
| 1040 | often, actually, my first time hearing it, | 事实上,我第一次听到 |
| 1041 | so I think it's better to discipline them. | 所以我觉得应该教他们 |
| 1042 | Saying that is better than the on the rail. | 说这比在铁路上更好。 |
| 1043 | Again, I have never heard that one | 再说一遍,我从没听过 |
| 1044 | but I guessed what you meant, but okay, discipline them. | 但我猜你的意思,但好吧, 约束他们。 |
| 1045 | All right, one more, Benvindo says, | 好吧,再来一次,本文多说 |
| 1046 | don't let the age pressure you, it's just a number. | 不要让年龄压力你, 这只是一个数字。 |
| 1047 | Live your life in your timeline, okay? | 活在时间里,好吗? |
| 1048 | Good, but you didn't necessarily use the expression. | 很好,但你不一定用这个表情 |
| 1049 | You kind of just said it in a different way. | 你只是用另一种方式说 |
| 1050 | We're trying to use the expression as it's written | 我们正试图用它写成的表情 |
| 1051 | but I do understand your sentence, all right? | 但我明白你的话 好吗? |
| 1052 | All right, yes, Fernando, yeah, I guessed that. | 好吧,是的,费尔南多,是的,我猜。 |
| 1053 | We don't necessarily use that, so I haven't heard that one. | 我们不一定使用, 所以我没有听说过。 |
| 1054 | So you may have learned it but remember, | 所以你可能已经学会了,但记住, |
| 1055 | there's so many idioms that are in the English language | 有很多英语的音调 |
| 1056 | but I'm trying to teach you all ones | 但我想教你所有的东西 |
| 1057 | that are used in real life right now | 现在在现实生活中被使用 |
| 1058 | in the current society and this one, | 在现在的社会中 和这个社会, |
| 1059 | I have not heard that one, actually, so I just guessed. | 我其实没听过,所以我猜到了 |
| 1060 | So I want you to try to find another one | 所以我要你再找一个 |
| 1061 | that's actually useful, you can just say, | 这其实很有用 你可以说 |
| 1062 | discipline them or spank their butt or put them in check. | 管教他们或打屁股或检查他们 |
| 1063 | Ah, put them in check, this is something | 啊,让他们检查一下,这是什么 |
| 1064 | that if you use, we'll understand. | 如果你用,我们会明白的。 |
| 1065 | Put them in check, it means to discipline them. | 检查他们,这意味着 惩戒他们。 |
| 1066 | Put them in check, I'll type that out for you. | 检查一下,我帮你打字 |
| 1067 | He didn't know how to put his children in check, | 他不知道如何控制他的孩子, |
| 1068 | it just means how to discipline them but we use that, okay? | 它只是意味着如何约束他们 但我们用它,好吗? |
| 1069 | All right, so here we go, guys. | 好了,我们开始吧,伙计们。 |
| 1070 | So we have age is nothing but a number. | 因此,我们的年龄只是数字。 |
| 1071 | Now let's go to the next expression, here we go. | 现在,让我们去下一个表达, 在这里,我们走了。 |
| 1072 | Let your hair down. | 把头发放下 |
| 1073 | Now this just means to relax | 这只是为了放松 |
| 1074 | or forget about your inhibitions. | 或者忘了你的抑制。 |
| 1075 | Now I think I've taught this to some of you before. | 我想我以前教过你们 |
| 1076 | Let your hair down just means to relax, | 放下头发只是为了放松 |
| 1077 | not worry about things. | 不用担心事情。 |
| 1078 | Think about it, on your birthday, I think it was Bruno, | 想想吧,在你生日的时候 我想是布鲁诺 |
| 1079 | I think Bruno, you're the one that said | 我觉得布鲁诺 是你说 |
| 1080 | that on your birthday, you just kinda wanna relax. | 在你的生日, 你只是有点想放松。 |
| 1081 | You wanna do what you wanna do, like what you find value in. | 你想做你想做的事 就像你发现的价值 |
| 1082 | You don't wanna have to worry about anything, | 你不想担心什么, |
| 1083 | you just kinda wanna take it easy. | 你只是想放松点 |
| 1084 | So we say let your hair down. | 所以我们说让你的头发下来。 |
| 1085 | On your birthday, usually you like to let your hair down, | 在你的生日,通常你喜欢 让你的头发下来, |
| 1086 | not worry about things, right? | 不用担心事情,对不对? |
| 1087 | So to relax or forget about your inhibitions. | 所以,放松或忘记你的抑制。 |
| 1088 | Now let's look at some examples and instances, here we go. | 现在让我们来看看一些例子,我们开始吧。 |
| 1089 | It's the weekend, time to let your hair down. | 现在是周末,是时候让你的头发下来。 |
| 1090 | Think about it, you don't have to work anymore, | 想想看 你不必再工作了 |
| 1091 | you're like, woo, it's time to let my hair down | 你就像,呜,是时候让我的头发下来了 |
| 1092 | and relax. | 放松点 |
| 1093 | So again, as you're listening and listening to this | 再说一遍,你听着这个 |
| 1094 | and also looking at the example sentences, | 并看看例子句子, |
| 1095 | come up with your own sentences | 说出你自己的句子 |
| 1096 | and put them in the comment section using this expression, | 并用这个表达式把它们放在评论部分, |
| 1097 | let your hair down, all right? | 把头发放下,好吗? |
| 1098 | Here's the next sentence. | 下句颂曰. |
| 1099 | Stop taking everything so seriously | 别把一切都当回事 |
| 1100 | and let your hair down, all right? | 把你的头发放下,好吗? |
| 1101 | So hey, hey, hey, come on, relax. | 所以,嘿,嘿,嘿,来吧,放松。 |
| 1102 | Don't take things so seriously, let your hair down. | 别把事情当回事 把头发放下 |
| 1103 | That's what it means. | 其义也. |
| 1104 | So if someone ever says that to you, | 所以如果有人对你这么说 |
| 1105 | they're really just saying, hey, it's okay. | 他们只是说,嘿,没关系。 |
| 1106 | You can relax, calm down, take it easy. | 放松,冷静,放松 |
| 1107 | Let your hair down, all right? | 把头发放下,好吗? |
| 1108 | Here we go, next one is right here. | 好了,下一个就在这里。 |
| 1109 | For your birthday party, make sure to let your hair down | 为了你的生日派对 一定要把头发放下 |
| 1110 | and have a good time, that's right. | 玩得开心点,没错 |
| 1111 | For your birthday party, you don't wanna be stressed, | 在你的生日派对上, 你不希望被强调, |
| 1112 | you wanna just relax and kinda enjoy the environment | 你想放松,享受环境 |
| 1113 | and the party, right? | 和党,对不对? |
| 1114 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 1115 | Make your own sentences now using the expression, | 现在用表达语 自己说句子 |
| 1116 | let your hair down, all right? | 把头发放下,好吗? |
| 1117 | Bruno says, yes, I do it. | 布鲁诺说,是的,我做的。 |
| 1118 | That time is just for me, yep, okay? | 时间只是我,耶,好吗? |
| 1119 | All right, talking about spending quality time | 好吧 说到花好时间 |
| 1120 | with himself, like valuable time. | 与自己, 像宝贵的时间。 |
| 1121 | He wants to do things he likes to do on his birthday. | 他想在生日的时候做他喜欢做的事 |
| 1122 | Shell says, a short vacation allows you | 壳牌说,一个短暂的假期允许你 |
| 1123 | to let your hair down and enjoy natural surroundings | 让你的头发下来 享受自然的环境 |
| 1124 | with a loved one. | 和一个爱人在一起 |
| 1125 | Excellent job, Shell, very good. | 干得好,壳牌,非常好。 |
| 1126 | Paola says, when this pandemic ends, | 保拉说 当这种流行病结束的时候 |
| 1127 | I'm going to celebrate and let my hair down. | 我要庆祝一下 把头发放下 |
| 1128 | Yes, Paola, yes. | 是的,宝拉,是的。 |
| 1129 | So yes, things that we wanna do when this pandemic ends. | 所以,是的,当这个流行病结束的时候,我们想做的事情。 |
| 1130 | Monique says, after a long day of work, right? | 莫妮克说,经过漫长的工作日,对不对? |
| 1131 | I enjoy being home and letting my hair down. | 我喜欢回家,把头发放下 |
| 1132 | Again, after a long day of work or even at work, | 同样,经过漫长的工作日,甚至工作, |
| 1133 | we're not really at work now because of the pandemic, | 因为大流行,我们现在没有真正的工作, |
| 1134 | but of work, I enjoy being home and letting my hair down. | 但因为工作,我喜欢回家 和让我的头发下来。 |
| 1135 | All right? | 好吗? |
| 1136 | Marina says, sometimes it's not easy to let your hair down | 玛丽娜说,有时候 让你的头发下来并不容易 |
| 1137 | because everyone's always expecting you | 因为每个人都在等你 |
| 1138 | to do your best. | 尽力而为 |
| 1139 | Good sentence. | 善句义. |
| 1140 | Elizabeth says, when I'm trying something new, | Elizabeth说 当我尝试一些新事物时 |
| 1141 | I let my hair down. | 我把我的头发放下。 |
| 1142 | I just relax and just try to accept what it is, okay? | 我只是放松,试着接受它是什么,好吗? |
| 1143 | Claudia says, after a hard week, | 克劳迪娅说 经过一周的艰苦 |
| 1144 | I only want to let my hair down. | 我只想让我的头发下来。 |
| 1145 | Very good, come on guys, excellent job. | 很好 伙计们 干得漂亮 |
| 1146 | All right, give me some more. | 好吧,给我一些。 |
| 1147 | Again, let your hair down just meaning to relax, | 再说一遍,把头发放低 只是为了放松 |
| 1148 | forget your inhibitions, don't be restricted, | 忘了你的抑制, 别被限制, |
| 1149 | just relax and have no stress. | 别紧张,别紧张 |
| 1150 | So I'm gonna let you guys come up with more sentences | 所以我要让你们 提出更多的句子 |
| 1151 | and I'm gonna go into our last expression | 我要进入我们最后的表达 |
| 1152 | and I'll come back to check your sentences, okay? | 我会回来检查你的判决,好吗? |
| 1153 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 1154 | The last expression is right here, a very useful one. | 最后一句话就在这里,非常有用。 |
| 1155 | Over the hill. | 过山曰. |
| 1156 | Now this one just means old or past a person's prime, | 现在,这个只是意味着老 或过一个人的黄金, |
| 1157 | past middle age, think about it. | 过中年,想想看 |
| 1158 | Now, if you're in your 20s, 30s, 40s, 50s, right? | 现在,如果你的20,30,40,50,对不对? |
| 1159 | Right above that 50, like 52, 53, | 超过50,像52,53, |
| 1160 | you start feeling like, hey, | 你开始觉得,嘿, |
| 1161 | I'm not as young as I used to be. | 年少无常. |
| 1162 | Got a little back pain, my neck kind of hurting a little bit. | 背部有点疼 我的脖子有点疼 |
| 1163 | We say, ah, okay, you're over the hill. | 我们说,啊,好吧,你在山上。 |
| 1164 | Think about it like this. | 考虑一下吧 |
| 1165 | Think about your life as a hill, right? | 想想你作为一个山的生活,对不对? |
| 1166 | You're going up, you have energy. | 你要上楼了,你有活力 |
| 1167 | You're ready to accomplish things, to succeed, | 你准备好完成一切 成功 |
| 1168 | to do many things and then you get to the top, right? | 做很多事情,然后你得到顶端,对不对? |
| 1169 | You're like, okay, it's downhill from here. | 你就像,好吧,它从这里下坡。 |
| 1170 | Just kind of relaxing, trying to take things easy. | 放松点,尽量放松 |
| 1171 | We say over the hill. | 我们在山上说 |
| 1172 | Usually happens around 50, 55, around that age. | 通常发生在50,55左右,大约在那个年龄. |
| 1173 | You say, oh, you're over the hill, all right? | 你说,哦,你在山上,好吗? |
| 1174 | Imagining that your life will be 100 years. | 想象你的人生会是100年 |
| 1175 | Starting at zero, ending at 100, 50 is the middle point. | 从零开始,以100结束,50是中间点. |
| 1176 | So over the hill, all right? | 所以在山上,好吗? |
| 1177 | Here we go, let's see. | 在这里,让我们来看看。 |
| 1178 | Let me see, let me see. | 让我看看,让我看看。 |
| 1179 | Bruno says, hey folks, don't put your mind under pressure. | 布鲁诺说,嘿,伙计们, 不要让你的头脑受到压力。 |
| 1180 | The next milestone is right there. | 下一个里程碑就在那里。 |
| 1181 | We will overcome this pandemic together. | 我们将共同战胜这一大流行病。 |
| 1182 | Let your hair down, good job. | 让你的头发下来, 干得好。 |
| 1183 | We will overcome this pandemic, good. | 我们将克服这种流行病,很好。 |
| 1184 | Erica says, if you ask me, I will tell you | 艾丽卡说 如果你问我 我会告诉你 |
| 1185 | that you look so beautiful with your hair down. | 你头发掉下来看起来那么漂亮 |
| 1186 | Thank you, now that's not the expression, | 谢谢,现在这不是表达, |
| 1187 | but I like the sentence. | 但我喜欢这句话。 |
| 1188 | Rodrigo says, I'm on vacation, I'm in vacation, | Rodrigo说 我在度假 我在度假 |
| 1189 | then there is one thing to do. | 那么还有一件事要做 |
| 1190 | Whenever I'm on vacation, I want to let my hair down. | 每当我放假的时候 我想把头发放下 |
| 1191 | Again, whenever I'm on vacation, | 再说一遍,每当我度假的时候, |
| 1192 | I want to let my hair down. | 我想让我的头发下来。 |
| 1193 | Again, when I'm correcting the sentences, guys, | 再说一遍,当我纠正 判决,伙计们, |
| 1194 | remember to rewind later and write down | 记得晚点倒带然后写下来 |
| 1195 | how I corrected your sentence, okay? | 我怎么纠正你的判决,好吗? |
| 1196 | Josie says, when I have a vacation, | 乔西说,当我有一个假期, |
| 1197 | I'm going to let my hair down, mm-hmm. | 我要让我的头发下来,嗯。 |
| 1198 | Jonathan says, when I dance, I feel like I'm able to fly. | 乔纳森说,当我跳舞时,我觉得我能飞翔. |
| 1199 | I feel like I'm letting my hair down. | 我觉得我把头发放下了 |
| 1200 | Fernando says, economic growth will be reestablished | 费尔南多说,经济增长将会恢复 |
| 1201 | in 2021, economic growth, economic growth, | 在2021年,经济增长,经济增长, |
| 1202 | people say both ways. | 人们说两条路。 |
| 1203 | So the government will let its hair down, all right? | 所以政府会把头发放下 好吗? |
| 1204 | I've never heard that said like that before. | 我从来没听过这样的话 |
| 1205 | So let its hair down is used for people, right? | 所以,让它的头发 用于人,对不对? |
| 1206 | Not for like a government entity, right? | 不是像政府实体,对不对? |
| 1207 | Entity or organization. | 实体或组织。 |
| 1208 | So we use it when speaking about people, | 因此,我们用它来谈论人, |
| 1209 | but I do understand what you're saying. | 但我明白你在说什么 |
| 1210 | So again, we use this for people, all right? | 再说一遍,我们用这个为人们服务,好吗? |
| 1211 | Annalisa says, when I take my first touristic group, | Annalisa说 当我搭乘我的第一个旅游组 |
| 1212 | I was very, oh, when I took, remember past tense, | 我非常,哦,当我采取, 记得过去紧张, |
| 1213 | when I took my first tourist group, | 当我带我的第一个旅游团体, |
| 1214 | I was very excited and nervous. | 我非常兴奋和紧张 |
| 1215 | My colleague told me, let your hair down. | 我的同事告诉我,让你的头发下来。 |
| 1216 | Let me be very careful, Annalisa, | 让我非常小心,安娜莉莎 |
| 1217 | going back and forth between present and past. | 往返于现在和过去之间。 |
| 1218 | So for the past tense, | 所以对于过去的紧张, |
| 1219 | make sure everything is past tense, all right? | 确定一切 过紧张,好吗? |
| 1220 | Good. | 不错 |
| 1221 | Linda says, at the weekend, | 琳达说,周末, |
| 1222 | on the weekends, I let my hair down. | 在周末,我让我的头发下来。 |
| 1223 | On the weekends, I let my hair down. | 在周末,我把头发放下。 |
| 1224 | PN says, my vacation starts on Friday | PN说,我的假期从星期五开始 |
| 1225 | since I let my hair down because the year was stressful. | 因为我把头发松下来 因为今年压力很大 |
| 1226 | My vacation starts on Friday. | 我的假期从星期五开始 |
| 1227 | So I will let my hair down | 所以我会把头发放下 |
| 1228 | because the year was stressful, okay? | 因为今年压力很大,好吗? |
| 1229 | Again, be careful not back and forth | 再说一遍,要小心不要前后 |
| 1230 | between the present and past, okay? | 现在和过去,好吗? |
| 1231 | Two more, Abdi Fattah says, I have had many exams | 还有两次,阿卜迪·法塔赫说,我考过很多次 |
| 1232 | during the month of December, and now that we are free, | 12月,既然我们自由了, |
| 1233 | I still want to study, | 我还是想学习 |
| 1234 | but my mother said to let my hair down. | 但我妈妈让我把头发放下 |
| 1235 | I corrected it in real time. | 我实时纠正了 |
| 1236 | So again, rewind and write down what I wrote. | 所以,再次倒带 并写下我写的东西。 |
| 1237 | I'll do one more. | 我再来一次 |
| 1238 | Elizabeth says, quick question. | 伊丽莎白说,快问。 |
| 1239 | Oh, okay, hold on. | 哦,好吧,坚持住。 |
| 1240 | I'll come back to you, Elizabeth. | 我会回来找你的 伊丽莎白 |
| 1241 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 1242 | Nakia说 在今年底 | |
| 1243 | I will let my hair down | 我会把头发放下 |
| 1244 | and chat with my relatives and friends. | 和我的亲戚朋友聊天 |
| 1245 | Good, I'll do an extra. | 好,我会多做一个。 |
| 1246 | Valeria says, when I feel overwhelmed or disgruntled, | Valeria说,当我感到不堪重负或不满时, |
| 1247 | I usually let my hair down literally by riding a bike. | 我通常骑着自行车就把头发弄下来 |
| 1248 | Got you, okay? | 明白了吗? |
| 1249 | Elizabeth says, quick question. | 伊丽莎白说,快问。 |
| 1250 | Over the hill means that you're not too young, | 在山上意味着你并不太年轻 |
| 1251 | but also you are mature enough to be a bit mature? | 但你已经成熟到有点成熟了吗? |
| 1252 | Well, no, over the hill usually, | 嗯,不,在山上通常, |
| 1253 | it literally refers to the age. | 它字面上是指年龄。 |
| 1254 | Like you're over the hill. | 犹如过山. |
| 1255 | Like you're over 50. | 就像你50岁了一样。 |
| 1256 | Like you're not young anymore. | 像你不再年轻了。 |
| 1257 | You're kind of on the downward trend. | 你有点在下降趋势。 |
| 1258 | Again, if you're zero is when you start life. | 再说一次,如果你是0,就是开始生命的时候. |
| 1259 | We say, assuming 100 is when you die. | 我们说,假设100是 当你死。 |
| 1260 | The middle part of your life, imagine a hill. | 人生的中间部分,想象一个山丘. |
| 1261 | So this is the hill, you're 50. | 所以这是山,你50。 |
| 1262 | All right, you're going, | 好吧,你将去, |
| 1263 | it's kind of downhill from there, right? | 那边有点下坡,对吧? |
| 1264 | You can still accomplish many things, | 你仍然可以完成很多事情, |
| 1265 | but you don't have as much energy as you had | 但你没有你拥有的那么多精力 |
| 1266 | when you were 15 or 20s. | 在你15岁或20岁的时候 |
| 1267 | We say, ah, you're over the hill now | 我们说,啊,你已经过了山了 |
| 1268 | when you turn 50 or 55, okay? | 当你50或55岁,好吗? |
| 1269 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 1270 | No worries, Annalisa, I got you. | 别担心 安娜莉莎 我扶着你 |
| 1271 | Keep practicing. | 继续练习 |
| 1272 | All right, let's see. | 好吧,让我看看。 |
| 1273 | Bruno says, I guess that in 2021, | 布鲁诺说 我猜2021年 |
| 1274 | related to the economics, | 经济学, |
| 1275 | the government will put their hair up. | 政府会把他们的头发。 |
| 1276 | Again, guys, we don't use this | 再说一遍,我们不用这个 |
| 1277 | when we're talking about an organization. | 当我们谈论一个组织。 |
| 1278 | Let your hair down as used for people. | 让你的头发像人们一样低下来 |
| 1279 | I think you were joking though. | 我想你是在开玩笑 |
| 1280 | All right, so here we go, over the hill. | 好了,我们走了,在山上。 |
| 1281 | Here are some examples, Annalisa, that may help you. | 这里有一些例子,安娜莉莎, 这可能会帮助你。 |
| 1282 | He used to be fast, but now he's over the hill. | 他以前很快,但现在已经过了山路. |
| 1283 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 1284 | He used to be fast back in the day. | 昔日速现. |
| 1285 | So again, I was a track runner. | 再说一次,我是一个田径运动员。 |
| 1286 | Like I love to run. | 喜欢跑步 |
| 1287 | This is why the COVID-19 situation | 这就是为什么COVID-19的情况 |
| 1288 | and this pandemic is hard for me | 这场大流行对我来说很困难 |
| 1289 | because I used to go to the gym and run | 因为我以前常去健身房跑步 |
| 1290 | and I ran every day. | 我每天都跑来跑去 |
| 1291 | Now I can't. | 现在不行了 |
| 1292 | Now when I was younger, growing up, | 当我年轻,长大了, |
| 1293 | my dad actually liked to run too. | 我爸爸也喜欢跑步 |
| 1294 | So he would race us and he would beat us. | 这样他就会和我们比赛,并打败我们。 |
| 1295 | But now that I'm older, I can run faster. | 但现在我年纪大了,我跑得更快 |
| 1296 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 1297 | Because, okay, as you get older, | 因为,好吧,当你长大了, |
| 1298 | you'll run a little bit slower. | 你会跑得慢一点 |
| 1299 | But now my nieces, they can run fast. | 但现在我的侄女们可以跑得快 |
| 1300 | So then slowly they can start running | 所以他们可以慢慢地开始运行 |
| 1301 | as fast as their auntie. | 就像他们的阿姨一样快 |
| 1302 | So again, the older you get, | 再说一次,年纪越大, |
| 1303 | the less you're able to do certain things | 你越少能做点什么 |
| 1304 | you were able to do when you were younger. | 你年轻的时候就能做到 |
| 1305 | So he used to be fast, but now he's over the hill. | 所以他以前很快,但现在他已经过了山路. |
| 1306 | All right? | 好吗? |
| 1307 | Next one, here we go. | 下一个,我们走了。 |
| 1308 | After his 50th birthday, Bernie felt over the hill. | 在他50岁生日后,伯尼感觉到在山上. |
| 1309 | Again, he felt like, okay, I'm going downhill now, | 再说一遍,他觉得,好吧,我现在下山了, |
| 1310 | not up, all right? | 不要起来,好吗? |
| 1311 | And finally, right here. | 最后,就在这里。 |
| 1312 | Once beautiful and enlightened, Susan was now over the hill. | 曾经美丽和开明,苏珊现在在山上。 |
| 1313 | Again, on the kind of the downward trajectory | 再一次,在那种下行轨道上 |
| 1314 | of their life, right? | 他们的生活,对不对? |
| 1315 | All right, so I'll take about three or four. | 好吧,所以我拿大约三或四。 |
| 1316 | I'm looking at the time. | 我今观时. |
| 1317 | I wanna make sure we end on time. | 我想确保我们准时结束。 |
| 1318 | But give me some sentences using the expression | 但是给我一些句子 用表达 |
| 1319 | over the hill. | 穿过山上。 |
| 1320 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 1321 | Elizabeth says, okay, thanks for the explanation. | 伊丽莎白说,好吧,谢谢你的解释。 |
| 1322 | So in that case, my example will be, | 因此,在这种情况下,我的例子是, |
| 1323 | my parents are over the hill. | 我父母在山那边 |
| 1324 | Excellent, Elizabeth, exactly, very good. | 好极了 伊丽莎白 非常好 |
| 1325 | Amalia or Amelia says, when I finish my day at work, | 阿玛莉亚或阿米莉亚说 当我下班时 |
| 1326 | I like to let my hair down | 我喜欢把头发放下 |
| 1327 | by drinking something with friends. | 跟朋友喝东西 |
| 1328 | Gotcha, just relaxing, taking it easy, good. | 抓到你了 放松点 放松点 很好 |
| 1329 | All right, I'll take about two or three sentences. | 好吧,我拿大约两三句。 |
| 1330 | Again, for over the hill. | 又为过山. |
| 1331 | While you're riding, I'm gonna keep on going | 你骑马的时候,我会继续 |
| 1332 | and then we'll come back, okay? | 然后我们会回来,好吗? |
| 1333 | So now we have these expressions | 现在我们有了这些表达 |
| 1334 | and we understand how to use them | 我们懂得如何使用它们 |
| 1335 | when speaking about birthdays. | 说生日的时候 |
| 1336 | Section number four. | 第四节. |
| 1337 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 1338 | Here's the question I want us to look at for birthdays. | 我想让我们看看生日礼物 |
| 1339 | And remember, whenever you're answering the question | 记住,只要你回答问题 |
| 1340 | in this section, it's gonna be a little bit quicker today. | 在这部分,它会是 一点点快今天。 |
| 1341 | You wanna try to give three reasons, | 你想给三个理由 |
| 1342 | three details, or three examples, all right? | 三个细节,或者三个例子,好吗? |
| 1343 | Again, we're talking about organizing your thoughts | 再说一遍,我们在讨论组织你的想法 |
| 1344 | and being able to speak fluently in English. | 并能流利地说英语。 |
| 1345 | I see a sentence came through. | 我看到一个句子通过。 |
| 1346 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 1347 | Monique says, despite the sport that I do every day, | 莫妮克说,尽管我每天做运动 |
| 1348 | I think and I feel that I am on the road | 我想,我觉得我在路上 |
| 1349 | {\fn黑体\fs22\bord1\shad0\3aHBE\4aH00\fscx67\fscy66\2cHFFFFFF\3cH808080}去山那边 | |
| 1350 | Gotcha, uh-huh. | 发现,嗯。 |
| 1351 | Paula says, he was the general manager of the company | 宝拉说,他是公司的总经理 |
| 1352 | but just because he got over the hill, | 只是因为他翻过山了 |
| 1353 | the committee changed him for a young lawyer. | 委员会把他换成了年轻的律师 |
| 1354 | It was sad. | 很伤心 |
| 1355 | But just because he was over the hill, | 但只是因为他在山上, |
| 1356 | the committee decided to change his position. | 委员会决定改变他的立场。 |
| 1357 | Ah, or to give his position to a young lawyer. | 或者把他的职位交给一位年轻的律师 |
| 1358 | Gotcha, to fire him | 抓到了,要开除他 |
| 1359 | and give his position to a young lawyer. | 给他一个年轻的律师 |
| 1360 | Gotcha, that does happen very often, okay? | 明白了,这确实经常发生,好吗? |
| 1361 | All right, here's the question, guys. | 好吧,这里的问题,伙计们。 |
| 1362 | Again, if you have sentences for over the hill, | 再说一遍,如果你有 判决过山, |
| 1363 | you can give them. | 你可以给他们。 |
| 1364 | What is one birthday tradition | 生日传统是什么? |
| 1365 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1366 | Again, here's the question. | 复次问言. |
| 1367 | What is one birthday tradition | 生日传统是什么? |
| 1368 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1369 | So this is what I want you to do. | 这就是我要你做的 |
| 1370 | Remember, whenever you're answering, | 记住,每当你回答, |
| 1371 | you wanna give either three details, three reasons, | 你想知道三个细节 三个原因 |
| 1372 | or three examples. | 或三个例子。 |
| 1373 | So since I'm asking you specifically for one tradition | 所以,既然我特别问你 一个传统 |
| 1374 | that you'd like to pass on to your children, | 你愿意向你的孩子传递, |
| 1375 | one birthday tradition, | 一个生日传统, |
| 1376 | I want you to tell me what the tradition is | 我要你告诉我传统是什么 |
| 1377 | and then give three details about the tradition. | 并给出三个关于传统的细节。 |
| 1378 | So again, the question, | 所以,再次,问题, |
| 1379 | what is one birthday tradition | 什么是生日传统 |
| 1380 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1381 | And then give me three details about that tradition. | 然后给我三个关于这个传统的细节。 |
| 1382 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 1383 | Going back to the comment section, | 回到评论部分, |
| 1384 | I think some of you have sentences for over the hill. | 我想你们中有些人会因为过山而被判刑 |
| 1385 | Fernando说 当我翻过山头时 | |
| 1386 | I will continue letting my hair down, okay? | 我会继续让我的头发下来,好吗? |
| 1387 | When I am over the hill, | 当我在山上, |
| 1388 | I will continue letting my hair down. | 我会继续让我的头发下来。 |
| 1389 | I'll continue to let my hair down, all right? | 我会继续让我的头发下来,好吗? |
| 1390 | My mom doesn't want to accomplish more things | 我妈妈不想做更多的事情 |
| 1391 | because she says that she's over the hill. | 因为她说她在山上 |
| 1392 | However, age is nothing but a number. | 然而,年龄只是一个数字。 |
| 1393 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 1394 | Claudia says, I take care of my health | 克劳迪娅说,我照顾我的健康 |
| 1395 | because I want to feel good when I get over the hill. | 因为我想感觉很好 当我越过山。 |
| 1396 | Good. | 不错 |
| 1397 | Gene Kelly says, when I was young, I was a party animal, | Gene Kelly说 当我年轻的时候 我是个狂欢狂 |
| 1398 | but now that I'm over the hill, I see life differently. | 但是现在我已经过了山, 我对生活的看法不同。 |
| 1399 | Excellent, very good sentence, | 很好,句子不错 |
| 1400 | very good way of thinking, very natural. | 非常好的思维方式,非常自然。 |
| 1401 | All right, Shell says, she was very sick for two weeks, | 好吧,壳牌说, 她病了两个星期, |
| 1402 | but she is over the hill now, okay? | 但她现在在山上,好吗? |
| 1403 | Makes sense, she's over the hill, | 说得通,她在山上 |
| 1404 | so now, you know, she doesn't get better | 所以,现在,你知道, 她没有变得更好 |
| 1405 | as fast as she did when she was younger, okay? | 和年轻时一样快,好吗? |
| 1406 | So again, the question you all, again, is right here. | 再说一遍,你们的问题就在这里 |
| 1407 | What is one birthday tradition | 生日传统是什么? |
| 1408 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1409 | Remember, you can pick one tradition, whatever it is, | 记住,你可以选择一个传统, 不管是什么, |
| 1410 | and I want you to give us three details. | 我要你给我们三个细节 |
| 1411 | And remember, you're talking about it right here, | 记住,你在这里谈论它, |
| 1412 | but I'm opening up on my phone. | 但我正在打开我的手机。 |
| 1413 | Remember, we have our private group, | 记住 我们的私人团体 |
| 1414 | again, our private telegram group, | 我们的私人电报组 |
| 1415 | and what you're gonna have to do is, | 你要做的是, |
| 1416 | at the end of class, again, write your answer. | 在课末,再次,写你的答案。 |
| 1417 | At the end of class, just like last week, | 在课结束时,就像上周, |
| 1418 | you're going to have to record a video clip | 你得录下一段录像 |
| 1419 | of yourself answering the question, | 你自己回答这个问题, |
| 1420 | and you're gonna post it to our family group right here. | 你会把它寄给我们的家族 |
| 1421 | Hold on, you guys can see our family group right here. | 等等,你们可以看到我们的家庭团体 |
| 1422 | You're gonna post your videos. | 你会张贴你的视频。 |
| 1423 | Last week, I was so proud you guys posted your videos. | 上周,我非常自豪 你们张贴了你们的视频。 |
| 1424 | I think it wasn't everybody, so you gotta get on it, guys. | 我想不是每个人都这样,所以你们得快点 |
| 1425 | I know you're nervous, but you can do it. | 我知道你很紧张 但你能行的 |
| 1426 | But I know Shell and Paola and I think, | 但我知道壳牌和保拉 我想 |
| 1427 | and Alisa and a few more of you posted your video clips. | 还有Alisa和你们几个人张贴了录像片段 |
| 1428 | So again, the question is, | 问题是, |
| 1429 | what is one birthday tradition | 什么是生日传统 |
| 1430 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1431 | I know you guys are typing, so for me, | 我知道你们在打字 所以对我来说 |
| 1432 | one birthday tradition that I'd like to pass on, | 我想传承的生日传统 |
| 1433 | actually, this is a tradition that is not in my family. | 实际上,这是我家里没有的传统。 |
| 1434 | One of my good friends, what she does normally is, | 我的一个好朋友 她通常做的是 |
| 1435 | she'll give money to someone, | 她会给某人钱, |
| 1436 | but she'll add a zero to their age. | 但她会给他们的年龄加零 |
| 1437 | So if they're turning nine, she'll give them, | 所以如果他们九岁了 她会给他们 |
| 1438 | well, no, wait a minute, wait a minute. | 哦,不,等一下,等一下,等一下。 |
| 1439 | She's not giving $90, let me think about what she said. | 她不给90美元 让我想想她说了什么 |
| 1440 | Either she's giving $19 or something like that. | 要么她给19美元 或类似的东西。 |
| 1441 | She'll add a number to their actual age | 她会把数字加到他们的实际年龄 |
| 1442 | and give them that amount of money. | 给他们那么多钱 |
| 1443 | So it's a really nice tradition, not too, too much money, | 所以,这是一个非常好的传统, 不是太,太多的钱, |
| 1444 | but I'll say my personal tradition that I like. | 但我会说我个人的传统我喜欢。 |
| 1445 | For birthdays, you know, we always, | 为了生日,你知道,我们总是, |
| 1446 | I like to give people gifts that they actually want, | 我喜欢给别人他们真正想要的礼物 |
| 1447 | like they need and they may have known, right? | 就像他们需要,他们可能已经知道,对不对? |
| 1448 | So I think one tradition I try to hold | 所以,我想一个传统 我试图坚持 |
| 1449 | is leading up to a friend's birthday | 有个朋友要过生日 |
| 1450 | or a family member's birthday, I try to think about, | 或家人的生日, 我试图思考, |
| 1451 | hey, what has that person been talking about a lot? | 嘿,他到底在说什么? |
| 1452 | Maybe they didn't ask me for it, | 也许他们没问我 |
| 1453 | but I wanna find that gift | 但我想找到那个礼物 |
| 1454 | that I think they've always wanted, | 我认为他们一直想要, |
| 1455 | but they didn't even realize that they should tell somebody. | 但他们甚至没有意识到 他们应该告诉别人。 |
| 1456 | So I like to find gifts people actually want. | 所以我喜欢找到人们真正想要的礼物。 |
| 1457 | And I like going out to eat together. | 我喜欢一起吃饭 |
| 1458 | I think a lot of you go out to eat, | 我想你们很多人出去吃东西 |
| 1459 | but I like going out to eat. | 但我喜欢出去吃东西 |
| 1460 | Annalisa says, I think there is time | 安娜莉莎说,我想还有时间 |
| 1461 | that we'll go over the hill. | 我们从山上走过去 |
| 1462 | Yes, eventually we will go over the hill. | 是的,我们最终会穿过山。 |
| 1463 | All right, I think you guys are still typing out your answers, | 好吧,我想你们还在 输入你的答案, |
| 1464 | so don't worry, keep typing them. | 别担心,继续打 |
| 1465 | I do wanna show you all this, okay? | 我想告诉你这一切,好吗? |
| 1466 | Again, what's the one birthday tradition | 再说一遍,什么是唯一的生日传统 |
| 1467 | you wanna pass on to your children? | 你想传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1468 | And remember, guys, the discussion questions, right? | 记住,伙计们,讨论的问题,对不对? |
| 1469 | For birthdays, this is found in the academy. | 生日在学院里找到的 |
| 1470 | Remember, guys, the same link you used | 记住,伙计们,同样的链接,你们用 |
| 1471 | to come to this live class only for the academy members. | 来参加这个现场课 只为学院成员。 |
| 1472 | You guys will find all the questions | 你们会找到所有的问题的 |
| 1473 | for you guys to practice with your partner | 让你们跟搭档练习 |
| 1474 | over the next seven days, right? | 接下来的七天,对不对? |
| 1475 | When is your birthday? | 你什么时候生日? |
| 1476 | How are you celebrating your birthday? | 你怎么庆祝你的生日? |
| 1477 | You'll see all of these questions on the page | 你会在页面上看到所有这些问题 |
| 1478 | in the academy when you log in. | 在学院,当你登录。 |
| 1479 | So for the next seven days, | 所以接下来的七天 |
| 1480 | you can practice with your partners, | 你可以和你的搭档练习, |
| 1481 | you can find a Zoom meeting, | 你可以找到一个缩小会议, |
| 1482 | or you can schedule a Zoom meeting | 或者您可以安排一个缩放会议 |
| 1483 | and practice with your partners. | 和你的伙伴们一起练习。 |
| 1484 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 1485 | Take a few answers. | 略举一答. |
| 1486 | PN says, I want to celebrate the birthday of my children | PN说,我想庆祝我的孩子的生日 |
| 1487 | because we will spend quality time together. | 因为我们将会一起度过美好时光 |
| 1488 | Two, that will give us memories and it's a special day. | 第二,那会给我们留下回忆, 这是一个特殊的一天。 |
| 1489 | Okay, you wanna spend time with them, right? | 好吧,你想花时间 与他们,对不对? |
| 1490 | Quality time, give you many memories, | 优质时间,给你很多回忆, |
| 1491 | and it's a special day. | 这是一个特殊的一天。 |
| 1492 | So for you, the tradition you wanna keep going | 所以对于你来说,你想要继续的传统 |
| 1493 | or keep alive is just spending time together. | 或者活着就是一起度过时光 |
| 1494 | Gotcha, I'll take one more, let me see. | 找到了,我再拿一个,让我看看。 |
| 1495 | Jonathan says, can I follow the Telegram group? | 乔纳森说 我能跟随Telegram组吗? |
| 1496 | 这不是一个,Telegram组, | |
| 1497 | if you're an academy member, yeah, we're waiting for you. | 如果你是院士 我们在等你 |
| 1498 | All you have to do is log in and the Telegram community, | 你只需要登录和Telegram社区 |
| 1499 | the link is there. | 链接在那里。 |
| 1500 | So I'm gonna ask, let me see. | 所以我要问 让我看看 |
| 1501 | The Telegram group, again, | 电报组,再次, |
| 1502 | if you're a member of the academy, | 如果你是学院的成员, |
| 1503 | all you have to do is log in, | 你只要登录就行了 |
| 1504 | go to the section where it says a 365-day lesson plan. | 转到上面写着365天课程计划的部分 |
| 1505 | The third one down should say private Telegram community. | 倒数第三的应该是私人Telegram社区 |
| 1506 | Click that and you'll find the link | 点击它你会找到链接 |
| 1507 | 我们的Telegram社区。 | |
| 1508 | We're waiting for you, Jonathan. | 我们在等你,乔纳森 |
| 1509 | So many good things happen in the community. | 社区里发生了很多好事 |
| 1510 | People are talking all the time, having Zoom meetings, | 人们一直在谈论, 举行Zoom会议, |
| 1511 | so definitely, all right? | 绝对的,好吗? |
| 1512 | Claudia says, I want my children to take a moment | Claudia说,我要我的孩子花点时间 |
| 1513 | to make a reflection about how they feel | 思考他们的感受 |
| 1514 | and the goals they have for the next year. | 以及他们明年的目标。 |
| 1515 | All right, good, but remember, guys, | 好吧,很好,但记住,伙计们, |
| 1516 | when you record your clip, | 当你记录你的剪辑, |
| 1517 | you gotta include three details, reasons, or examples. | 包括三个细节、原因或例子。 |
| 1518 | So good answer, though, | 这么好的答案,虽然, |
| 1519 | just give more supporting information. | 只要提供更多的支持信息。 |
| 1520 | Paula says, I don't have any specific birthday tradition, | 宝拉说 我没有特定的生日传统 |
| 1521 | but first, I would like my children | 但首先,我希望我的孩子们 |
| 1522 | to learn to be grateful to God | 学会感谢上帝 |
| 1523 | for giving them one more year, | 让他们多待一年 |
| 1524 | second, to pass that day with their family | 第二,和家人一起过日子 |
| 1525 | or to spend that day with their family, | 或与家人共度那日, |
| 1526 | and third, to eat a beautiful and tasty cake. | 第三,吃一个漂亮又美味的蛋糕 |
| 1527 | Yes! | 对! |
| 1528 | Erica says, our tradition is always to be together. | 艾丽卡说 我们的传统是永远在一起 |
| 1529 | I hope God allows my children to be together | 我希望上帝允许我的孩子在一起 |
| 1530 | and not want anything, | 也不想要任何东西, |
| 1531 | but spend time together during our time together | 一起度过时光 |
| 1532 | by earning lots of quality time. | 赢得大量优质时间。 |
| 1533 | Okay, so spending time together | 好吧,所以花时间在一起 |
| 1534 | and having lots of quality time, all right? | 和拥有很多 质量时间,好吗? |
| 1535 | Marina says, I want the next generation | 玛丽娜说 我要下一代 |
| 1536 | to continue to think that birthday is a festive day | 继续认为 生日是一个节日 |
| 1537 | because it's a moment that you can spend together | 因为这是你们可以一起度过的时刻 |
| 1538 | with your loved ones, you can have fun, | 与你的爱人, 你可以有乐趣, |
| 1539 | and spread love and happiness. | 并传播爱和幸福。 |
| 1540 | Good, spending time together. | 很好,一起度过时光 |
| 1541 | Claudia says, and finally, | 克劳迪娅说,最后, |
| 1542 | to think the things they are grateful for. | 想想他们感激的事 |
| 1543 | Think about the things they are grateful for. | 想想他们感激的事 |
| 1544 | Very good. | 很不错。 |
| 1545 | All right, guys, time went by so fast today. | 好了,伙计们,今天时间这么快。 |
| 1546 | Again, remember your assignment for this week. | 再次记住你这周的任务 |
| 1547 | Again, I want you guys, | 再说一遍,我要你们 |
| 1548 | immediately after class is the best time to do it. | 下课后是最好的时候 |
| 1549 | I know it's gonna be a little bit, | 我知道这会是一点点, |
| 1550 | sometimes people say, teacher, we're a little nervous. | 有时人们会说,老师,我们有点紧张。 |
| 1551 | I know, I know. | 我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道,我知道 |
| 1552 | Trust me, when I first started doing YouTube videos | 相信我,当我开始做YouTube视频时 |
| 1553 | and had to get on camera, | 不得不上镜头, |
| 1554 | it was a little bit nerve-wrecking, | 这是有点神经崩溃, |
| 1555 | but the more you do it, the better you'll become, | 但是,你越做, 你会变得更好, |
| 1556 | and I know your English will improve as well. | 我知道你的英语也会改进 |
| 1557 | So again, what you need to do is, | 再说一遍 你需要做的是 |
| 1558 | I'm gonna go back to the previous slide. | 我要回到前一张幻灯片。 |
| 1559 | Hold on one second. | 等一会 |
| 1560 | Let me go back to the slide, | 让我回到幻灯片, |
| 1561 | and I want you guys to, again, answer the question. | 我希望你们再次回答这个问题。 |
| 1562 | You're gonna answer the question. | 你要回答这个问题。 |
| 1563 | Name one tradition, and then tell us | 说出一个传统 然后告诉我们 |
| 1564 | why you wanna pass it on to your children. | 为什么你想把它传给你的孩子。 |
| 1565 | Let me show you again. | 让我再给你看一次 |
| 1566 | What is one birthday tradition | 生日传统是什么? |
| 1567 | that you would like to pass on to your children? | 你想把孩子传给你的孩子吗? |
| 1568 | Your assignment, again, is to record yourself, | 你的任务,再次, 是记录你自己, |
| 1569 | make a real quick video clip, | 制作一个非常快速的视频片段, |
| 1570 | and then post it to our telegram community, | 然后寄给我们的电报社 |
| 1571 | our private telegram community, all right? | 我们的私人电报社区,好吗? |
| 1572 | You guys can do it. | 你们可以的。 |
| 1573 | I believe in you. | 我相信你们 |
| 1574 | Remember, I'm teaching you the information, | 记住,我教你的信息, |
| 1575 | but you now have the tools to improve your English | 但你现在有改进英语的工具 |
| 1576 | by practicing. | 通过练习。 |
| 1577 | Practice makes perfect. | 练得完美 |
| 1578 | All right, hey, PN, it is my pleasure, my pleasure. | 好吧,嘿,PN,这是我的荣幸,我的荣幸。 |
| 1579 | All right, guys, again, I hope you enjoyed today's class. | 好吧,伙计们,再次, 我希望你们享受今天的课。 |
| 1580 | I hope you learned a lot. | 我希望你学到了很多 |
| 1581 | Hope you used the words and the expressions now | 希望你现在用词和表达 |
| 1582 | when you speak about birthdays, over the hill, | 当你谈论生日, 在山上, |
| 1583 | age is nothing but a number, mature, festive, | 年龄只是数字 成熟 节日 |
| 1584 | so many words and expressions that you can use now | 这么多的言语,你现在可以使用 |
| 1585 | to sound more fluent in English | 以英语发声 |
| 1586 | when you speak about birthdays. | 当你谈论生日的时候 |
| 1587 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 1588 | Let me see, let me see. | 让我看看,让我看看。 |
| 1589 | Thank you very much, I appreciate that. | 非常感谢,我很感激。 |
| 1590 | I love my skin color, too. | 我也喜欢我的皮肤颜色 |
| 1591 | I love being black, all right? | 我喜欢黑人,好吗? |
| 1592 | Let me see. | 让我看看。 |
| 1593 | Hey, thank you so much, Paola, I love you all, too. | 嘿,非常感谢,保拉,我也爱你们 |
| 1594 | All right, guys, I will see you all next week, | 好了 伙计们 下周见 |
| 1595 | same time, same place. | 同一时间 同一地点 |
| 1596 | Remember, check on our website, in the family. | 记住,看看我们的网站,在家庭中 |
| 1597 | Again, for those who are not, | 复次如来者. |
| 1598 | if you're not a family member, again, | 如果你不是家庭成员,再次, |
| 1599 | for those watching the recording later, | 以观看《古兰经》的人发誓, |
| 1600 | remember, this is for Academy members only, live classes, | 记住,这是只给学院成员, 现场上课, |
| 1601 | and you guys can watch every Tuesday | 你们可以每周二看 |
| 1602 | and get class with me and get corrections as well. | 跟我去上课 也去修补一下 |
| 1603 | So thanks again, guys. | 再次感谢你们 |
| 1604 | Again, for those that are watching this later, | 再说一遍,那些看这个的人, |
| 1605 | 你可以来加入我们, 让我们的jumpwritein.com。 | |
| 1606 | All right, you're welcome, guys, you're welcome. | 好吧,不客气,伙计们,不客气。 |
| 1607 | How do you recommend me to use the Academy | 你怎么推荐我使用学院 |
| 1608 | to improve to write my essay? | 改进写我的论文? |
| 1609 | So writing is all about thought organization. | 所以写作就是思想组织. |
| 1610 | So again, in the Academy, if you're following my daily plan, | 所以,在学院里,如果你遵循我的日常计划 |
| 1611 | your writing is also going to improve. | 您的写作也会有所改进。 |
| 1612 | Remember, writing is basically you organizing your thoughts | 记住,写作基本上是你组织你的想法 |
| 1613 | and putting them on paper. | 把它们放在纸上。 |
| 1614 | So if you're improving your speaking skills, | 所以,如果你正在提高 你的演讲技巧, |
| 1615 | your writing will also improve, too. | 您的写作也会有所改进。 |
| 1616 | But in the Academy, there's one section I have | 但是在学院里 我有一个部分 |
| 1617 | about how to write an essay. | 关于如何写一篇论文。 |
| 1618 | Find that, you can watch that video, | 找到它,你可以看视频, |
| 1619 | but remember, still follow my daily plan and still practice, | 但记住,仍然遵循我的日常计划 并仍然练习, |
| 1620 | including recording your video clip. | 包括录制你的视频剪辑。 |
| 1621 | It will help your writing improve as well. | 这也将有助于你的写作改进。 |
| 1622 | Yes, time is up, I know that hour went by very fast. | 是的,时间到了,我知道那个小时过得很快 |
| 1623 | Hugs for you guys, too, good to see you all. | 你们也抱抱,很高兴见到你们 |
| 1624 | I'll see you guys next week. | 下周见 |
| 1625 | You're welcome, thank you so much, Shel. | 不客气,谢天谢地 |
| 1626 | I hope you have an awesome day, too. | 我也希望你过得很愉快 |
| 1627 | Merry, oh, that's true, guys, Merry Christmas. | 圣诞快乐,哦,这是真的,伙计们,圣诞快乐 |
| 1628 | Yes, Merry Christmas, this Friday is Christmas. | 是的,圣诞快乐,这个星期五是圣诞节。 |
| 1629 | So I wish you all a Merry Christmas, | 所以我祝你们圣诞快乐 |
| 1630 | and I will see you all next week. | 下周见 |
| 1631 | Have an awesome day, an awesome evening | 祝你们今天愉快,晚上愉快 |
| 1632 | for those who are experiencing the same times | 对于经历同样时代的人来说, |
| 1633 | where I am in right now. | 我现在在哪 |
| 1634 | All right, guys, I'll talk to you all next week. | 好了,伙计们,我下周就跟你们谈 |
该视频共有字幕 1635 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P24 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p24 23. 23. 如何组织你的想法并用英语回答任何问题第 1 部分 23-How to organize your thoughts and answer (P24)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p24 23. 23. 如何组织你的想法并用英语回答任何问题第 1 部分 23-How to organize your thoughts and answer (P24)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 5:44字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Question, have you studied English for years but still can't speak? | 问,你学了几年英语,但还是不会说话? |
| 0:09 | Today I will teach you part one of the first secret to speaking English. | 今天我教你讲英语的第一个秘密之一 |
| 0:25 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:28 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn part one of the first secret to speaking | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学习第一个讲解的秘密之一 |
| 0:35 | English. | 英语。 |
| 0:36 | This secret will improve your ability to speak clearly and logically in English. | 这个秘密会提高你用英语讲清楚逻辑的能力. |
| 0:43 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:44 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 0:48 | One of the foundations of speaking English is being able to properly express your thoughts | 说英语的基础之一 就是能够正确表达你的想法 |
| 0:53 | and feelings logically. | 和感觉逻辑。 |
展开字幕全文（75 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Question, have you studied English for years but still can't speak? | 问,你学了几年英语,但还是不会说话? |
| 2 | Today I will teach you part one of the first secret to speaking English. | 今天我教你讲英语的第一个秘密之一 |
| 3 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 4 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn part one of the first secret to speaking | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学习第一个讲解的秘密之一 |
| 5 | English. | 英语。 |
| 6 | This secret will improve your ability to speak clearly and logically in English. | 这个秘密会提高你用英语讲清楚逻辑的能力. |
| 7 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 8 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 9 | One of the foundations of speaking English is being able to properly express your thoughts | 说英语的基础之一 就是能够正确表达你的想法 |
| 10 | and feelings logically. | 和感觉逻辑。 |
| 11 | In other words, special emphasis is placed on being able to logically express yourself. | 换句话说,特别强调能够从逻辑上表达自己. |
| 12 | When speaking, whether it is an answer to a question or simply in a conversation, it | 说话的时候,无论是回答一个问题,还是简单的谈话 |
| 13 | is very important to give support for your opinion. | 支持你的意见是非常重要的 |
| 14 | It is this support that is the foundation of your answer or speech. | 正是这种支持是你们回答或发言的基础。 |
| 15 | But how do you know if you have properly supported your answer? | 但你怎么知道你是否正确支持了你的回答? |
| 16 | You do this by using the web. | 你用网络来做到这一点。 |
| 17 | If you think about your English ability as being a building, the web is the foundation | 如果你认为自己的英文能力是建筑,网络就是基础 |
| 18 | of that building. | 那栋楼 |
| 19 | It is your starting point and the support for the middle and ending portion of your | 这是你的起点 以及对中间和结尾部分的支持 |
| 20 | response. | 反应。 |
| 21 | The first step of the web is to determine what will be the main idea for your response | 网络的第一步是确定你的主要反应 |
| 22 | or spoken opinion. | 或口头意见。 |
| 23 | This main idea becomes the center of your web. | 这个主要想法成为你网络的中心. |
| 24 | At this point, your goal is not to write sentences. | 此时,你的目标不是写句子. |
| 25 | Instead, your only goal is to write simple notes. | 相反,你的唯一目标是写简单的笔记. |
| 26 | After you have clearly designated the main idea for your response, the next step is to | 在你明确指定了主要对策后,下一步是 |
| 27 | select three of the five W's. | 选择五个W的中的三个。 |
| 28 | What are the five W's? | 五维是什么? |
| 29 | Well, they are who, when, where, what, and why. | 那么,他们是谁,什么时候,在哪里,什么,为什么。 |
| 30 | These will become the starting point for the support of your main idea. | 这些将成为支持你主要想法的起点。 |
| 31 | The web has three branches. | 网络有三个分支. |
| 32 | At this point, each of these branches represents one of the five W's. | 此时,这些分支各自代表五W之一. |
| 33 | You may choose any three of the five W's that you would like. | 你可以选择你想要的五W中的任何三个 |
| 34 | Now after selecting the three that you would like to use as the support for your main idea, | 现在,在选择了你要用来支持你主要想法的3个之后, |
| 35 | you will then write down a short note relating to the selected W. | 然后,你将记录与选定的W有关的简短注释。 |
| 36 | For example, if you choose who, what, and why, you will write something like this. | 例如,如果你选择谁,什么,为什么,你会写这样的东西. |
| 37 | Who? | 谁? |
| 38 | The person related to your main idea. | 这个人和你的主要想法有关 |
| 39 | What? | 你说什么? |
| 40 | More information about the main idea or what happened that relates to the idea. | 更多关于主要想法或与该想法有关的事情的信息。 |
| 41 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 42 | Why the main idea occurred or why the main idea was chosen. | 为什么主要的想法发生,或者为什么选择主要的想法. |
| 43 | This becomes the basis of your response. | 这将成为你答复的基础。 |
| 44 | Now let's do one together. | 现在让我们一起做一个。 |
| 45 | Why are you studying English? | 你为什么学英语? |
| 46 | Main idea? | 主要点子? |
| 47 | For work. | 为了工作 |
| 48 | Three W's. | 三维. |
| 49 | I have chosen when, where, and why. | 我已经选择了何时、何地和为什么。 |
| 50 | Now it's time to support my three W's. | 现在是时候支持我的三W了. |
| 51 | So my when, Monday to Friday. | 所以,我的时间,星期一到星期五。 |
| 52 | My where, Language Institute. | 我的地方,语言学院。 |
| 53 | And my why, Promotion. | 还有为什么,晋升。 |
| 54 | Now let's look at the spoken response. | 现在让我们看看口头反应 |
| 55 | I am studying English for work. | 我正在学习英语工作。 |
| 56 | Actually, I want to get a promotion soon. | 事实上,我想马上升职 |
| 57 | So I study English Monday to Friday at a Language Institute. | 所以我在语言学院学习英语 |
| 58 | Your answer was clear, logical, and precise. | 你的回答是清楚的、合乎逻辑的和准确的。 |
| 59 | It answered the question and it gave three supporting pieces of information. | 它回答了问题,并提供了三条佐证信息。 |
| 60 | When, where, and why. | 何时,何地,何故. |
| 61 | All right, amazing. | 好吧,令人惊叹。 |
| 62 | Today you learned part one of the first secret to speaking English. | 今天你学到了第一个讲英语的秘密之一 |
| 63 | You learned the web. | 你学会了网络。 |
| 64 | Step one, determine the main idea. | 第一步,决定主要的想法. |
| 65 | Step two, select three of the five W's. | 第二步,从五W中选择三个. |
| 66 | And step three, write supporting information for each W. | 第三步,为每个W写辅助信息. |
| 67 | Now, try to use the web at least one time today when you give your opinion in English. | 现在,尝试在今天至少一次使用网络, 当你用英语发表意见。 |
| 68 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 69 | You can speak English. | 你会说英语。 |
| 70 | I hope this video helped to give you more confidence in your English ability. | 我希望这段视频有助于让你更有信心 你的英语能力。 |
| 71 | If you would like to receive English worksheets via email once a week that go along with these video lessons, | 如果你希望每周通过电子邮件收到一次英文工作单, 随附这些视频课, |
| 72 | click below and start getting your free worksheets in your inbox today. | 点击下面, 开始在您的收件箱中获取您的免费工作表 。 |
| 73 | This has been Speak English with Tiffany. | 这跟蒂芙尼一起说英语 |
| 74 | I am teacher Tiffany and I hope that you have an amazing day. | 我是蒂凡尼老师 我希望你有美好的一天 |
| 75 | Until next time, remember to speak English. | 直到下次 记得说英语 |
该视频共有字幕 75 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P25 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p25 24. 24. 戒掉这5个习惯，看着你的英语进步 24-STOP These 5 Habits And Watch Your English Improve (P25)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p25 24. 24. 戒掉这5个习惯，看着你的英语进步 24-STOP These 5 Habits And Watch Your English Improve (P25)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 26:00字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | According to the dictionary, Merriam-Webster dictionary, | 根据词典,梅里亚姆-韦伯斯特词典, |
| 0:03 | a habit is a settled tendency or usual manner of behavior, | 习惯是一种固定的倾向或通常的行为方式, |
| 0:09 | or in other words, a behavior pattern | 或者换句话说 一种行为模式 |
| 0:11 | acquired by frequent repetition. | 经常重复获得。 |
| 0:15 | Basically, something that you do over and over. | 基本上,你一次又一次地做的事。 |
| 0:18 | Now, there are great habits. | 现在,有伟大的习惯。 |
| 0:19 | For example, drinking water is an amazing habit. | 例如,饮用水是一种惊人的习惯。 |
| 0:23 | Exercising is a great habit too, | 锻炼也是很好的习惯 |
| 0:25 | but there are also bad habits. | 但也有坏习惯 |
| 0:28 | Habits that can affect your ability to speak in English. | 能够影响你用英语说话的能力。 |
展开字幕全文（583 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | According to the dictionary, Merriam-Webster dictionary, | 根据词典,梅里亚姆-韦伯斯特词典, |
| 2 | a habit is a settled tendency or usual manner of behavior, | 习惯是一种固定的倾向或通常的行为方式, |
| 3 | or in other words, a behavior pattern | 或者换句话说 一种行为模式 |
| 4 | acquired by frequent repetition. | 经常重复获得。 |
| 5 | Basically, something that you do over and over. | 基本上,你一次又一次地做的事。 |
| 6 | Now, there are great habits. | 现在,有伟大的习惯。 |
| 7 | For example, drinking water is an amazing habit. | 例如,饮用水是一种惊人的习惯。 |
| 8 | Exercising is a great habit too, | 锻炼也是很好的习惯 |
| 9 | but there are also bad habits. | 但也有坏习惯 |
| 10 | Habits that can affect your ability to speak in English. | 能够影响你用英语说话的能力。 |
| 11 | And I'm gonna tell you five habits that you must stop | 我要告诉你五种习惯 你必须停止 |
| 12 | in order to take your English to the next level. | 为了让你的英语进入下一关。 |
| 13 | I'm teacher Tiffany, let's jump right in. | 我是蒂芬尼老师 我们跳进去吧 |
| 14 | All right, habit number one. | 好吧,第一习惯。 |
| 15 | Trying to memorize tons of vocabulary at one time, | 一次想记住很多词汇 |
| 16 | but never using them. | 但从不使用它们。 |
| 17 | Now, this is something that I heard a lot from my students. | 这是我从学生那里听到的很多东西。 |
| 18 | When I was working in South Korea, | 我在韩国工作时 |
| 19 | I taught thousands of students. | 我教了成千上万的学生 |
| 20 | But I remember having conversations with students | 但我记得我和学生谈过 |
| 21 | about the importance of learning English vocabulary, | 关于学习英语词汇的重要性, |
| 22 | but also I remember students telling me, | 但我记得学生告诉我, |
| 23 | teacher, I'm gonna learn 100 vocabulary words every day. | 老师,我每天都要学100个词汇 |
| 24 | And that used to bother me because, | 这曾经困扰我 因为, |
| 25 | yes, it's good to memorize vocabulary, | 是的,这是很好的记忆词汇, |
| 26 | but you can't memorize and use 100 vocabulary words | 但你不能记住并使用100个词汇 |
| 27 | in one day. | 一天之内。 |
| 28 | So let me explain a little bit more | 让我再解释一下 |
| 29 | why this is so dangerous | 为什么这样危险 |
| 30 | and why this is not a good habit to have. | 和为什么这不是一个好习惯有。 |
| 31 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 32 | First, memorizing too many words at one time | 首先,一次回忆太多的话 |
| 33 | results in short-term memory, not long-term memory. | 结果是短期记忆,而不是长期记忆。 |
| 34 | So again, in one hour, | 一小时后 |
| 35 | let's say you learn 25 vocabulary words. | 假设你学了25个词汇 |
| 36 | That's amazing, and maybe you can learn more. | 这是惊人的, 也许你可以学到更多。 |
| 37 | But if you never use those vocabulary words, | 但如果你从来不用那些词汇 |
| 38 | you will forget them. | 你会忘记的 |
| 39 | Now at that moment, maybe for that day, | 现在,也许在那一天, |
| 40 | you'll have those words stored in your brain. | 你会把这些话储存在脑子里 |
| 41 | But then two or three or four weeks later, | 但两三四个星期后 |
| 42 | your long-term memory will kick in | 你的长期记忆会开始 |
| 43 | and will not be able to remember the words you learned. | 将无法记住你所学的言语。 |
| 44 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 45 | Because you learned too many words at one time. | 因为你一次学到了太多词 |
| 46 | Now another reason why this is not a good habit to have | 现在还有一个原因,为什么这不是一个好习惯 |
| 47 | is right here. | 就在这里。 |
| 48 | You create stress for your brain instead of peace. | 你给大脑制造压力 而不是安宁 |
| 49 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 50 | When you're learning a language, | 当你学习一种语言时, |
| 51 | your brain needs to be relaxed | 你的大脑需要放松 |
| 52 | in order to take a lot of information in | 为了收集大量信息 |
| 53 | that can actually be used. | 这实际上可以使用。 |
| 54 | I want you to think about a child. | 我要你考虑一个孩子 |
| 55 | A parent does not sit and look at a two-year-old child | 父母不坐视二岁小孩 |
| 56 | and say, you must learn 30 words. | 说,你必须学会30个字。 |
| 57 | Say them after me. | 跟着我说 |
| 58 | Say them, say them. | 说他们,说他们。 |
| 59 | No, parents don't do that. | 不,父母不这样做。 |
| 60 | I hope you guys don't do that. | 我希望你们不要这样做。 |
| 61 | But what happens is the child is in a relaxed environment | 但发生的事情是,孩子是在 一个放松的环境 |
| 62 | and just adjusts and hears what he or she is surrounded by, | 只要调整和听到 他或她被包围, |
| 63 | and then naturally takes in the words and uses them later. | 然后自然地在文字中取用,并在以后使用. |
| 64 | So again, the same for us as adults. | 同样,我们与成年人一样。 |
| 65 | We can learn vocabulary when we are in a peaceful state | 我们可以在和平状态下学习词汇 |
| 66 | of mind and not stressed, okay? | 思想和没有压力,好吗? |
| 67 | Now don't worry, I'm gonna give you the solution. | 别担心 我会给你解答的 |
| 68 | So here's what you should do instead. | 所以你应该做点什么 |
| 69 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 70 | First, create a pattern of consistency | 第一,建立一致性模式 |
| 71 | by studying in small chunks or groups. | 以小块或组群学习。 |
| 72 | Now I've spoken about this in a previous video lesson, | 我在之前的视频课上说过 |
| 73 | but again, let's say for example, you say, | 但再说一次,比如,你说 |
| 74 | I'm gonna learn three vocabulary words a day. | 我每天要学三个词汇 |
| 75 | Now you may say, teacher, come on. | 现在你可以说,老师,来吧。 |
| 76 | Three vocabulary words, that's nothing, but it is something | 3个词汇,那没什么,但它是一个东西 |
| 77 | because three vocabulary words a day is not too much | 因为每天三个词汇并不太多 |
| 78 | and also not too little, so your brain will be relaxed | 也不要太少,让你的大脑放松 |
| 79 | when you're learning the vocabulary words. | 当你学习词汇时。 |
| 80 | And then you'll also be able to use them naturally | 你也可以自然使用它们 |
| 81 | because you're slowly building up your vocabulary | 因为你正在慢慢积累你的词汇 |
| 82 | and you're not stressed. | 你没有压力 |
| 83 | But you see, three vocabulary words a day after 100 days | 你瞧,一百天后每天有三个词汇 |
| 84 | will be 300 vocabulary words. | 会是300个词汇 |
| 85 | Now not just vocabulary words you know, | 现在不只是词汇,你知道, |
| 86 | but 300 vocabulary words that you will be able to use | 但您可以使用的300个词汇 |
| 87 | in real life situations, and that's the key. | 在现实生活中 这是关键 |
| 88 | Developing this habit will help you learn | 养成这个习惯会帮助你学习 |
| 89 | and use what you learn. | 用你学到的 |
| 90 | Now another thing you can do instead of this habit, | 现在还有一件事你可以做 代替这种习惯, |
| 91 | let me show you really quickly, | 让我告诉你真正的快速, |
| 92 | relax and learn based on your ability. | 放松和学习 根据你的能力。 |
| 93 | Then build slowly. | 那就慢慢来 |
| 94 | Now I'll be honest, I have had students in the past | 老实说,我过去有学生 |
| 95 | who I just said, you know what, you're a genius. | 我只是说,你知道吗, 你是个天才。 |
| 96 | I mean, they were super smart and those students | 我的意思是,他们是超级聪明 和那些学生 |
| 97 | were able to memorize large chunks of information. | 能够记住大量的信息。 |
| 98 | I remember actually, you know, when I was studying Korean, | 我记得,其实,你知道, 当我学习韩语, |
| 99 | there was a guy that was in our class | 我们班上有个家伙 |
| 100 | and he was from Morocco. | 他来自摩洛哥。 |
| 101 | Now I think he was a genius because he wouldn't study, | 现在我觉得他是个天才 因为他不会学习 |
| 102 | but when he took the exams, he would always get an A. | 但是当他参加考试时 他总能得到A |
| 103 | It was like when he was sitting in the classroom, | 就像他坐在教室里一样 |
| 104 | his brain just took everything in, | 他的大脑刚刚吸收了一切 |
| 105 | even when it seemed like he wasn't paying attention. | 即使他似乎没注意 |
| 106 | So there are gonna be those students, | 所以会有那些学生, |
| 107 | and maybe you're one of them, | 也许你是其中之一, |
| 108 | who are able to really take information in | 他们能真正接收到信息 |
| 109 | and process large pieces of information. | 并处理大量信息。 |
| 110 | But remember, you need to study according to your ability. | 但记住,你需要学习 根据你的能力。 |
| 111 | As you study, if you feel yourself getting stressed | 学习的时候,如果你觉得自己压力很大 |
| 112 | and frustrated when you get to that 10 vocabulary word mark, | 和沮丧 当你得到10个词汇标记, |
| 113 | stop, don't stress yourself out. | 别紧张,别紧张 |
| 114 | Remember, relax, know your ability, | 记住,放松,知道你的能力, |
| 115 | and work according to your ability. | 并根据你的能力工作 |
| 116 | Then when you get comfortable, | 当你感到舒服的时候 |
| 117 | move to the next step or the next level, okay? | 移动到下一步或下一个关卡,好吗? |
| 118 | All right, now let's move on to the second habit. | 好了,现在让我们开始第二个习惯。 |
| 119 | Now this is another habit that you need to stop. | 现在,这是另一个习惯 你需要停止。 |
| 120 | Saying um instead of simply pausing. | 说,嗯,而不是单纯的贫困。 |
| 121 | Let me show you what this um, um, uh, | 让我告诉你这个... |
| 122 | kind of, uh, you see what it sounds like, right? | 那种,呃,你看 它听起来像,对不对? |
| 123 | Immediately, your thoughts about me changed. | 马上,你对我的看法就变了 |
| 124 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 125 | Because I started saying um and uh a lot, | 因为我开始说 呃 呃 很多 |
| 126 | and maybe you thought to yourself, | 也许你觉得自己, |
| 127 | hey, what's wrong with teacher Tiffany? | 嘿,蒂凡尼老师怎么了? |
| 128 | Why is she saying um and uh so much? | 她为什么这么说? |
| 129 | You see, that's what you may do | 你看,这就是你可能做的 |
| 130 | when you're speaking in English | 说英语的时候 |
| 131 | when you're trying to think of something to say. | 当你想着要说的话时 |
| 132 | And it makes you feel a bit more comfortable | 让你觉得舒服一点 |
| 133 | because there's a sound coming out of your mouth, | 因为你嘴里有声音 |
| 134 | but it's actually not a good thing. | 但它实际上不是一件好事。 |
| 135 | So let me tell you a little bit more | 让我告诉你更多 |
| 136 | about why this is not a good habit, | 关于为什么这不是个好习惯, |
| 137 | and you must stop it, okay? | 你必须停止,好吗? |
| 138 | So first, here we go. | 所以,首先,我们走了。 |
| 139 | Saying um while you are speaking | 你说话的时候说 |
| 140 | actually makes you look less confident. | 让你看起来不那么自信 |
| 141 | Think about it. | 考虑一下 |
| 142 | When I started saying um, uh, um, uh, | 当我开始说,嗯,嗯,嗯, |
| 143 | I started to look less confident. | 我开始看起来不那么自信。 |
| 144 | Now think about that. | 现在考虑一下 |
| 145 | I'm your teacher, and I've been teaching you for a while, | 我是你的老师 我教了你一段时间 |
| 146 | but the moment I started saying um or uh, | 但我开始说,嗯或呃, |
| 147 | your feeling about me kind of changed a little bit, right? | 你对我的感觉有点改变 对吧? |
| 148 | Because saying um and uh really does cause | 因为说"嗯"和"呃"确实有原因 |
| 149 | those listening to you to look at you and say, | 那些倾听你说话的人 |
| 150 | ah, maybe you're not as confident in your own ability. | 也许你对自己的能力没有那么自信 |
| 151 | So don't say or stop saying um and uh. | 所以不要说或停止说嗯和呃。 |
| 152 | Now another reason why this is a bad habit | 这又是一个坏习惯的原因 |
| 153 | is because it causes the listener to doubt | 那是因为那会使听众怀疑, |
| 154 | what you are actually saying to them. | 你对他们说的话 |
| 155 | So not only do you look less confident, | 所以,你不仅看起来不那么自信, |
| 156 | the person listening to you starts to doubt. | 倾听你的人开始怀疑 |
| 157 | Does she really know what she's saying? | 她真的知道自己在说什么吗? |
| 158 | Does he really know what he's saying? | 他真的知道他在说什么吗? |
| 159 | So imagine you're in an exam. | 想象一下你正在考试 |
| 160 | You're taking an exam, and it's in English, | 你要参加考试,用英语 |
| 161 | and you're trying to figure out what to say, | 你试图想出 说什么, |
| 162 | and you start saying um, uh, oh, I, uh. | 你开始说,嗯,哦,我,呃。 |
| 163 | The person interviewing you will start to give you | 面试你的人会开始给你 |
| 164 | lower marks because you don't look confident, | 更低的记号 因为你看起来不自信 |
| 165 | and you also don't look like you're sure | 而且你看起来也不确定 |
| 166 | about what you're saying, all right? | 关于你在说什么,好吗? |
| 167 | So how can you actually make a better habit, okay? | 所以,你怎么能真正 做一个更好的习惯,好吗? |
| 168 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 169 | This is what you should do instead of this habit. | 这是你应该做的 而不是这个习惯。 |
| 170 | When you need to, simply look at the listener and pause. | 当你需要的时候,只要看看听者然后暂停. |
| 171 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 172 | Just pause and let there be silence. | 只是暂停,并让有沉默。 |
| 173 | Let me show you. | 让我告诉你。 |
| 174 | I'm gonna show you two examples. | 我给你们举两个例子 |
| 175 | First, I'm gonna do with um and uh, | 首先,我要处理 嗯,呃, |
| 176 | and second, I'm gonna pause. | 其次,我要暂停。 |
| 177 | All right, so first, I'm gonna tell you where I'm from. | 好吧,所以首先,我要告诉你 我来自哪里。 |
| 178 | Hi, my name is Tiffany, and I am from Maryland, | 嗨,我的名字是蒂凡尼, 我来自马里兰州, |
| 179 | and I am an American, all right? | 我是美国人,好吗? |
| 180 | You saw how I didn't look confident, | 你看到我看起来不自信了 |
| 181 | and you probably doubted what I was saying. | 你可能怀疑我在说什么 |
| 182 | Now the second example with pauses. | 现在第二个暂停的例子。 |
| 183 | Hi, I'm Tiffany, and I'm from Maryland. | 嗨,我是蒂芬妮,我来自马里兰州。 |
| 184 | I am American. | 我是美国人。 |
| 185 | Do you see how the feeling changed? | 你看到感觉如何改变吗? |
| 186 | Now I paused for a long period of time | 现在我暂停了很长时间 |
| 187 | just to show you how even if you pause | 只是为了让你知道,即使你停下来 |
| 188 | for a little bit longer, the person listening to you | 久一点,那个人听你的 |
| 189 | still feels like you are confident, | 还是觉得你很自信 |
| 190 | and they're not doubting what you're saying. | 他们毫不怀疑你在说什么 |
| 191 | They're actually waiting for you to continue speaking. | 他们正等着你继续说话 |
| 192 | So again, stop the habit of saying um or uh. | 所以,停止习惯说嗯或呃。 |
| 193 | Instead, pause and think. | 相反,暂停和思考。 |
| 194 | It'll make you look more confident. | 会让你看起来更自信 |
| 195 | Now, another thing that you can do is right here. | 现在,还有一件事你可以做 就在这里。 |
| 196 | Ask the listener a question to give yourself time. | 问听者问如何是闲处. |
| 197 | For example, ah, what do you think? | 比如说 你觉得呢? |
| 198 | So let's say, for example, you're having a conversation | 举个例子,你正在交谈 |
| 199 | and the person asks you a question | 那个人问你一个问题 |
| 200 | and you don't know what to say. | 你不知道该说什么 |
| 201 | You're having a good conversation in English, | 你的英语对话很愉快 |
| 202 | and they say, hey, what's your favorite type of music? | 他们说,嘿,你最喜欢哪种音乐? |
| 203 | And you've never thought about that question in English, | 你从没用英语想过这个问题 |
| 204 | so you're not sure what to say. | 所以你不知道该说什么 |
| 205 | Well, turn the question around. | 把问题转过来 |
| 206 | You can say, huh, great question. | 你可以说,嗯,伟大的问题。 |
| 207 | You know, I wanna know first, | 你知道吗,我想先知道, |
| 208 | what's your favorite type of music? | 你最喜欢哪种音乐? |
| 209 | And as they're giving their answer, | 当他们给出答案时 |
| 210 | you have a little extra time to think about your own answer. | 你还有一点时间考虑你自己的答案 |
| 211 | Again, it's all about looking confident | 再说一遍,这都是为了自信 |
| 212 | and giving yourself space and time to think in English, okay? | 让自己有时间用英语思考 好吗? |
| 213 | All right, now the third habit. | 好了,现在第三个习惯。 |
| 214 | This is another habit that I really want you to stop, okay? | 这是另一个习惯 我真的希望你停止,好吗? |
| 215 | Here's the habit. | 这是习惯 |
| 216 | Apologizing for your English instead of just speaking. | 为你的英语道歉 而不是只是说话 |
| 217 | Listen, I get this all the time when I speak to you | 听着,我跟你说话时 总是有这种感觉 |
| 218 | via phone call or email or in our community. | 通过电话或电子邮件 或在我们的社区。 |
| 219 | Students will say, teacher, I'm so sorry for my English. | 同学们会说,老师,我很抱歉我的英语。 |
| 220 | I'm sorry for making a mistake. | 抱歉弄错了 |
| 221 | And there are a lot of apologies being made. | 也有许多道歉。 |
| 222 | But here's the deal. | 但这样吧 |
| 223 | You don't have to apologize. | 你没必要道歉 |
| 224 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 225 | I know that for you, it may feel, | 我知道对你来说,它可能感觉, |
| 226 | it makes you feel better to say, oh, I'm sorry. | 这让你感觉更好 说,哦,对不起。 |
| 227 | I didn't, I made a mistake or I'm not that good in English. | 我没有,我犯了一个错误 或者我不太擅长英语。 |
| 228 | But that's actually really bad. | 但其实这真的很糟糕。 |
| 229 | Let me show you why, okay? | 让我告诉你为什么,好吗? |
| 230 | So this is why this habit is not good. | 这就是为什么这种习惯不好。 |
| 231 | It makes people think less of you. | 这让人对你更不感兴趣 |
| 232 | In other words, they won't respect you as much. | 换句话说 他们不会那么尊重你 |
| 233 | Now again, this is not me. | 再说一遍,这不是我 |
| 234 | I still respect you because I'm an English teacher | 我还是很尊重你,因为我是英文老师 |
| 235 | and I understand how difficult it is to learn English. | 我知道学英语有多难 |
| 236 | But I'm speaking about individuals | 但我说的是个人 |
| 237 | who are not English teachers, just regular English speakers. | 他们不是英语教师 只是普通的英语教师 |
| 238 | And if they start a conversation with you | 如果他们开始和你谈话 |
| 239 | and the first thing you say is, oh, I'm sorry, | 你首先说, 哦,对不起, |
| 240 | my English is not that good, | 我的英语没那么好, |
| 241 | immediately their listening or their attention goes down, | 他们立刻就听从,或将视而不见, |
| 242 | like, oh, okay, this is not gonna really be | 这不是真的 |
| 243 | an interesting conversation. | 有趣的谈话。 |
| 244 | So immediately you put your insecurity out there | 所以,你立刻把你的不安全 在那里 |
| 245 | and the person starts to think that your words | 那个人开始认为你的话 |
| 246 | aren't gonna be that important. | 不会是那么重要。 |
| 247 | Don't do that. | 别这样 |
| 248 | Please stop this. | 请停止这一切。 |
| 249 | I really want you to stop this habit. | 我真的希望你停止这种习惯。 |
| 250 | Now here's another reason why it can be dangerous, all right? | 这是另一个原因 为什么它可以是危险的,好吗? |
| 251 | Here's the other reason. | 这是另一个原因。 |
| 252 | It lessens the impact of your words. | 这会减轻你说话的影响 |
| 253 | In other words, people will doubt | 换句话说,人们会怀疑 |
| 254 | that your words are true. | 你说的都是实话 |
| 255 | So if you start off by saying, | 所以,如果你开始说, |
| 256 | I'm sorry, my English is really not that good, | 对不起,我的英语真的没那么好, |
| 257 | and then you start to tell me about some article you read, | 然后你开始告诉我一些你读的文章, |
| 258 | in the back of my mind, again, hypothetically, | 在我脑后,再次,假设, |
| 259 | I may be thinking, did she really read that article | 我想她真的读过那篇文章吗? |
| 260 | because she just said her English is not that good? | 因为她刚刚说她的英语不是那么好? |
| 261 | How did she understand that article? | 她怎么会理解那篇文章? |
| 262 | There are difficult words in that article. | 该条中有困难的话。 |
| 263 | You see, naturally the brain starts to process information | 你看,大脑自然开始处理信息 |
| 264 | based on what you said. | 根据你说的 |
| 265 | If you said, my English is not that good, | 如果你说 我的英语没那么好 |
| 266 | then I'm just going off of what you said. | 然后我就放弃你说的话 |
| 267 | This is why it's so dangerous to have this habit. | 这就是为什么有这种习惯太危险了 |
| 268 | Now I'm gonna give you the solutions, so don't worry. | 现在我要给你解药,别担心 |
| 269 | All right, so instead of this habit, | 好吧,所以不是这个习惯, |
| 270 | this is what you need to do. | 这是你需要做的。 |
| 271 | Practice not worrying or thinking | 不必担心或思考的做法 |
| 272 | about what other people think. | 关于别人的想法。 |
| 273 | It's true. | 这是真的。 |
| 274 | Don't worry about other people. | 别担心别人 |
| 275 | Be confident in who you are. | 自信你是谁。 |
| 276 | Be confident in your speaking abilities. | 自信于言语能力. |
| 277 | Look in, look in, look, it's okay if you make a mistake. | 看,看,看, 如果你犯了一个错误没关系。 |
| 278 | I just made a mistake. | 我只是犯了一个错误。 |
| 279 | Now when I first started making YouTube videos, | 当我开始制作YouTube视频时 |
| 280 | I would have cut that mistake out, | 我本来会把错误切掉的 |
| 281 | edited it, and reshot it. | 编辑后重新拍摄. |
| 282 | But I don't anymore. | 但我不再这样了 |
| 283 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 284 | Because I realized that you, my student, | 因为我意识到你,我的学生, |
| 285 | watching this video, you don't care if I make a mistake | 看这段视频,你不在乎我做错了什么 |
| 286 | when I'm speaking. | 当我说话。 |
| 287 | You're here to learn information. | 你是来学习信息的 |
| 288 | The same is true for you. | 你也一样 |
| 289 | People don't care if you make a mistake. | 人们不在乎你犯了错 |
| 290 | They want to listen to you. | 他们想听你的 |
| 291 | So don't apologize from the beginning. | 所以不要从一开始就道歉 |
| 292 | Instead, practice not worrying | 相反,实践并不令人担忧 |
| 293 | and not caring what other people think. | 也不在乎别人怎么想 |
| 294 | Now, along with this, this is also what I want you to do. | 现在,加上这个,这也是我想要你做的。 |
| 295 | Simply say what you want to say | 只要说出你想说的话 |
| 296 | and don't worry about mistakes. | 不要担心错误。 |
| 297 | 我了解,我记得 I get it. | |
| 298 | I know that you're concerned about sounding | 我知道你很关心声音 |
| 299 | unintelligent or sounding like, | 不聪明或听起来像, |
| 300 | oh, my English is not that good. | 哦,我的英语不是那么好。 |
| 301 | 我了解,我记得 I get it. | |
| 302 | When I was studying Korean, I had the same thoughts. | 我学习韩语时,也有同样的想法. |
| 303 | So I understand. | 所以,我明白这一点。 |
| 304 | I empathize with you. | 我同情你们 |
| 305 | But I want you to practice just speaking. | 但我希望你练习一下 |
| 306 | Don't worry about your mistakes, okay? | 别担心你的错误 好吗? |
| 307 | All right, now the fourth habit. | 好了,现在第四个习惯。 |
| 308 | This is another habit that you need to stop. | 这是另一个你需要停止的习惯。 |
| 309 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 310 | Criticizing yourself instead of encouraging yourself | 批评自己而不是鼓励自己 |
| 311 | to move forward. | 继续前进。 |
| 312 | Listen, there are so many things going on | 听着,事情太多了 |
| 313 | in this world today. | 在当今世界。 |
| 314 | So many good people, but also so many bad people. | 这么多好人, 但也这么多坏人。 |
| 315 | And there are gonna be people that have negative things | 也会有人有负面的东西 |
| 316 | to say about you. | 说说你。 |
| 317 | Don't be one of those people. | 别和他们一样 |
| 318 | Don't add to the negative comments | 别在负面评论中加注 |
| 319 | by actually saying it about yourself. | 说到你自己 |
| 320 | I want you to practice encouraging yourself, okay? | 我要你练习鼓励自己,好吗? |
| 321 | So again, let me show you exactly why this is so bad | 再说一遍,让我告诉你为什么这么糟糕 |
| 322 | to criticize yourself. | 批评自己。 |
| 323 | You will start to compare yourself to others | 你会开始把自己和别人比起来 |
| 324 | and think they are better than you. | 认为他们比你更好。 |
| 325 | So the more you criticize yourself, | 所以你越是批评自己 |
| 326 | like, ah, I can't believe I made that mistake. | 真不敢相信我犯了那个错误 |
| 327 | I can't believe I didn't know that word. | 真不敢相信我不知道这个词 |
| 328 | Don't do that. | 别这样 |
| 329 | The more you do that, the more you'll start looking | 你做的越多,你就会开始寻找 |
| 330 | at other people. | 在别人。 |
| 331 | Man, Sally is better than me. | 莎莉比我强 |
| 332 | Or man, Michael is really good. | 或者男人,迈克尔真的很好。 |
| 333 | How come I can't speak like him? | 为什么我不能像他那样说话? |
| 334 | Don't do that. | 别这样 |
| 335 | Another reason why this habit is so dangerous | 这个习惯很危险的另一个原因 |
| 336 | is because you will never be satisfied | 因为你永远不会满足 |
| 337 | with your own personal achievements. | 与你个人的成就。 |
| 338 | Here's a fact. | 这是事实 |
| 339 | You are amazing. | 你是惊人的。 |
| 340 | Do you realize that right now, | 你知道现在, |
| 341 | you are learning a second language? | 你在学第二语言吗? |
| 342 | And for some of you, a third, a fourth, | 而对于你们中的一些人, 第三,第四, |
| 343 | and a fifth language? | 还有第五个语言? |
| 344 | English is not your mother tongue. | 英语不是你的母语。 |
| 345 | But you speak your mother tongue. | 但你会说母语 |
| 346 | Ah, mate. | 啊,伙计。 |
| 347 | You speak it like a native. | 你说话像个本地人 |
| 348 | And you're trying to learn my language | 你想学我的语言 |
| 349 | and it's your second, third, fourth, or fifth language. | 这是你的第二、第三、第四或第五语言。 |
| 350 | So listen, you can be satisfied with where you are. | 所以,听着,你可以满足 你在哪里。 |
| 351 | You're doing great. | 你干得不错 |
| 352 | But if you continually criticize yourself, | 但如果你不断批评自己 |
| 353 | you'll never recognize your milestones | 你永远认不出你的里程碑 |
| 354 | or your achievements, okay? | 或者你的成就,好吗? |
| 355 | So what are the solutions? | 解决方案是什么? |
| 356 | Here are the habits that I want you to have, okay? | 这是我要你习惯的,好吗? |
| 357 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 358 | So first, chart your progress | 所以,首先,确定你的进展 |
| 359 | and see the things you have learned. | 看看你学到了什么 |
| 360 | Start to document. | 开始文档 。 |
| 361 | Hey, I was trying to learn this new expression | 嘿,我想学这个新表情 |
| 362 | and you know what? | 你知道吗? |
| 363 | Two days ago, I actually used it in a conversation. | 两天前,我在谈话中使用了它 |
| 364 | Write it down. | 写下来 |
| 365 | It's okay to give yourself a pat on the back. | 拍拍你的背没关系 |
| 366 | It's okay, it's all right. | 没事的,没事的 |
| 367 | And those around you can cheer you on. | 周围的人可以为你欢呼 |
| 368 | You know, I think I mentioned to you guys, | 我想我跟你们提过 |
| 369 | in the academy, I actually have a private group, | 在学院,我有一个私人团体, |
| 370 | a private community, and I wanna show it to you guys. | 一个私人社区 我想给你们看看 |
| 371 | But in our community, | 但是在我们社区里 |
| 372 | students are able to talk with each other. | 学生可以互相交谈。 |
| 373 | I'm trying to find it while I'm talking to you. | 我在跟你说话的时候想找到它 |
| 374 | But they're able to talk to each other | 但是他们可以互相交谈 |
| 375 | and I love seeing them talk to each other. | 我喜欢看到他们互相交谈 |
| 376 | Let me see if you can see it. | 让我看看,如果你能看到它。 |
| 377 | You know why? | 你知道为什么吗? |
| 378 | Because they encourage each other. | 因为他们互相鼓励 |
| 379 | They post videos, they post video clips, sorry guys, | 他们张贴视频, 他们张贴视频片段,对不起的家伙, |
| 380 | video clips and audio files. | 视频剪辑和音频文件。 |
| 381 | But again, they are encouraging each other | 但是他们又互相鼓励 |
| 382 | and I've noticed that they all kind of gain confidence. | 我注意到他们都有自信 |
| 383 | That's what I'm talking about. | 师曰. |
| 384 | You need to chart your progress, see what you've learned, | 你需要规划你的进度 看看你们学到了什么 |
| 385 | use it, and then encourage yourself | 用它,然后鼓励自己 |
| 386 | and those around you who are doing the same, okay? | 和你周围的人 谁做的一样,好吗? |
| 387 | All right, and finally, another thing is this right here. | 好吧,最后,还有一件事是在这里。 |
| 388 | Document your achievements and the goals you reach. | 记录你们的成就和达到的目标。 |
| 389 | Very similar to what I just said a moment ago, all right? | 跟我刚才说的很相似,好吗? |
| 390 | Now, the fifth habit, very important. | 现在,第五个习惯,非常重要。 |
| 391 | Now, this fifth habit I also want you to stop. | 现在,这第五个习惯,我也想让你停止。 |
| 392 | Using subtitles only in your language | 只使用语言的字幕 |
| 393 | instead of in English. | 而不是英语。 |
| 394 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 395 | Now, subtitles in English, amazing, very good. | 现在,英语字幕,惊人,非常好。 |
| 396 | But when you use subtitles in your native language, | 但当你使用字幕 在你的母语, |
| 397 | that's not good. | 这可不妙 |
| 398 | You know, I can remember a little extra story time. | 你知道,我可以记得一些额外的故事时间。 |
| 399 | I can remember when I was first learning Korean. | 我还记得我第一次学习韩语的时候 |
| 400 | Now, I was level one, so I was saying things like, | 现在,我是一级, 所以我说, |
| 401 | hello, nice to meet you, nice to meet you. | 你好,很高兴见到你,很高兴见到你。 |
| 402 | Like, simple things like, how are you, | 很简单,你怎么样? |
| 403 | nice to meet you, or hello. | 很高兴认识你,或你好。 |
| 404 | But I was watching Korean dramas and I had no subtitles. | 但我在看韩剧 我没有字幕 |
| 405 | So no, I didn't understand everything, | 所以,没有,我不明白的一切, |
| 406 | but my brain was making connections. | 但我的大脑正在建立连接。 |
| 407 | But if I had turned on the English subtitles, | 但如果我打开了英文字幕 |
| 408 | suddenly my brain would shut off the part | 突然,我的大脑会关闭的部分 |
| 409 | that needed connections and I would just start | 那需要连接,我会刚刚开始 |
| 410 | reading in English. | 用英语阅读。 |
| 411 | So, let me show you again why this is so dangerous. | 所以,让我再次告诉你 为什么这是如此危险。 |
| 412 | There's two things that make this habit really bad. | 有两件事让这个习惯变得非常糟糕。 |
| 413 | If you continue doing this, you will always struggle | 如果你继续这样下去,你会一直挣扎 |
| 414 | to really think in English. | 用英语思考 |
| 415 | Remember, one of your goals is to think in English, | 记住,你的目标之一是用英语思考 |
| 416 | but you have to challenge yourself. | 但你必须挑战自己 |
| 417 | And if you're always looking at subtitles | 如果你总是看字幕 |
| 418 | in your native language, you're never gonna | 用你的母语,你永远不会 |
| 419 | challenge yourself, all right? | 挑战自己,好吗? |
| 420 | The other reason why this habit is not good | 这个习惯不好的另一个原因 |
| 421 | is because you will struggle to properly express yourself | 是因为你要努力表达自己 |
| 422 | in real life situations. | 在现实生活中。 |
| 423 | You will always think of expressions in your native language. | 你会一直想着用母语表达 |
| 424 | Now, what are the solutions? | 解决方案是什么? |
| 425 | Here are the solutions, let me show you. | 这里有解决方案,让我告诉你。 |
| 426 | First, switch to English subtitles and write notes | 首先,切换到英文字幕和写笔记 |
| 427 | as you watch the program. | 当你看节目时 |
| 428 | That's right, as you watch the program, | 没错,当你看节目时 |
| 429 | maybe it's difficult, write notes. | 也许很难写笔记 |
| 430 | Hey, I noticed that they use this expression. | 嘿,我注意到他们用这个表情。 |
| 431 | I wonder what it means or I wonder how I should use it. | 我在想这是什么意思 或者我想知道我该怎么用它 |
| 432 | Write it down and then continue watching the program. | 写下来然后继续看节目 |
| 433 | The other thing I want you to do is this right here. | 我要你做的另外一件事 就是在这里 |
| 434 | Pay attention to the expressions used | 注意所使用的表达式 |
| 435 | based on specific emotions. | 基于特定的情感。 |
| 436 | Now, for those of you that follow me on Instagram, | 现在,对于跟随我的Instagram的人, |
| 437 | I teach a slang term every day and also a vocabulary word. | 我每天教一个词汇和词汇 |
| 438 | Now, you've learned a lot of slang from me, | 现在,你从我这里学到了很多口号 |
| 439 | but the slang that I teach you is connected to an emotion | 但我教你的口号与情感有关 |
| 440 | or something, you can tell that I teach it | 或什么的,你可以告诉 我教它 |
| 441 | a little bit differently from the videos here on YouTube. | 和YouTube上的视频有点不同 |
| 442 | So again, let's say, for example, I'm excited, right? | 再说一次,比如,我很兴奋,对吧? |
| 443 | Or I'm going somewhere and then I get some really good food. | 或者我要去某个地方 然后我得到一些非常好的食物。 |
| 444 | You can already tell that my emotions are changing | 你已经知道我的情绪正在改变 |
| 445 | and that my body language is changing. | 我的身体语言正在改变 |
| 446 | Now, when something is delicious, I may say, | 现在,当东西是美味的, 我可以说, |
| 447 | whew, that food is bangin'. | 哇,那食物是响'。 |
| 448 | But maybe you never heard bangin' before, | 但也许你以前从没听说过 |
| 449 | but you watched my emotions and my expressions | 但你看着我的情感和表情 |
| 450 | and said, wait a minute, teacher Tiffany is talking | 说,等一下,蒂凡尼老师在说话 |
| 451 | about food she really likes and she kinda got excited | 关于她喜欢的食物 她有点兴奋 |
| 452 | and said the food was bangin'. | 并说食物是响'。 |
| 453 | So does that mean the food was bad or good? | 也就是说食物不好还是好? |
| 454 | Good, right, and probably really good. | 好,对,而且可能真的很好。 |
| 455 | So you made those connections based on | 所以你根据 |
| 456 | looking at my emotions and listening to the words | 看着我的情绪和听话 |
| 457 | that I said. | 我说的 |
| 458 | That's why it's so important for you to actually use | 这就是为什么它是如此重要 你实际使用 |
| 459 | English subtitles and not subtitles in your own language. | 英文字幕而非自己语言的字幕. |
| 460 | All right? | 好吗? |
| 461 | I hope you enjoyed today's lesson. | 我希望你喜欢今天的课。 |
| 462 | I hope you remember to stop these five habits. | 希望你记得停止这五种习惯 |
| 463 | I want you to be confident and to believe in yourself. | 我希望你有信心 并相信自己。 |
| 464 | If you wanna watch part two of this episode of this lesson, | 如果你想看本课第二部分 |
| 465 | all you have to do is click the link in the description | 您只需单击描述中的链接 |
| 466 | and you can get part two and you can also get the PDF | 你可以拿到第二部分,也可以拿到PDF |
| 467 | that goes along with this lesson. | 这与这个教训是一致的。 |
| 468 | All right, I hope you enjoyed and I'll see you next week, | 好吧,我希望你喜欢, 我会看到你下周, |
| 469 | but as always, remember to speak English. | 但和往常一样 记得说英语 |
| 470 | Oh yeah, it's story time. | 哦,是的,这是故事的时间。 |
| 471 | I said it's story time. | 我说了是时候讲故事了 |
| 472 | All right, today we have a good story time. | 好吧,今天我们有一个很好的故事时间。 |
| 473 | It's gonna be a little shorter, but it's gonna tell you | 它会短一点,但它会告诉你 |
| 474 | a little bit more about how I was when I was younger. | 我年轻时的情况 |
| 475 | When I was in school, I was a very studious, | 当我在学校,我是一个非常工作室, |
| 476 | I was very studious, meaning I liked to study, | 我是非常工作室, 意思是我喜欢学习, |
| 477 | I got good grades and I loved school, | 我成绩好,我喜欢上学 |
| 478 | but I was also a very happy, playful and talkative child. | 但我也是一个非常快乐, 玩乐和说话的孩子。 |
| 479 | Whenever I'd get my report cards, my mom and my dad | 每当我拿到成绩单 我爸妈 |
| 480 | would look at our report cards, my sister and I, | 看看我们的成绩单 我妹妹和我 |
| 481 | my mom would look at my report card and she'd see all A's | 我妈妈会看我的成绩单 她会看到所有的A's |
| 482 | and then she'd get to the comment section | 然后她就会去评论区 |
| 483 | and the teacher would always write, | 老师总是写作, |
| 484 | we really enjoy having Tiffany in class. | 我们真的很喜欢蒂芙妮上课 |
| 485 | She's really smart, but she talks all the time in class. | 她真的很聪明,但她总是在课堂上说话. |
| 486 | Now my sister and I would get the same comments. | 现在,我和妹妹会得到同样的评论。 |
| 487 | Teachers loved us, we studied hard, we got our work done, | 老师爱我们,我们努力学习,我们的工作完成了, |
| 488 | we got good grades, but we loved to talk. | 我们成绩不错,但我们喜欢聊天 |
| 489 | So let me tell you about one situation | 让我告诉你一个情况 |
| 490 | related to me being talkative. | 和我说话有关 |
| 491 | So this is when I think I was in sixth grade | 这就是我六年级的时候 |
| 492 | or seventh grade and we were in class | 或七年级,我们是在班上 |
| 493 | and I think our teacher was having a stressful day, | 我觉得老师今天压力很大 |
| 494 | but you know, my friends and I, we wanted to talk. | 但你知道,我的朋友和我, 我们想谈谈。 |
| 495 | We had finished our work, so we were just yappin'. | 我们完成了我们的工作,所以我们只是yappin'。 |
| 496 | Yappin' means talking, we were just yappin' | 雅平的意思是说话,我们只是雅平 |
| 497 | and having a good time laughing and joking | 欢笑和开玩笑 |
| 498 | and our teacher said, I told you guys to be quiet. | 老师说,我叫你们安静 |
| 499 | Now we were never disrespectful, | 我们从不失礼 |
| 500 | so we kinda looked at her and said, yes ma'am | 我们看着她说,是的,夫人 |
| 501 | and then two minutes later, just talking and laughing. | 然后两分钟后,只谈笑。 |
| 502 | I mean, we were kids. | 我的意思是,我们是孩子。 |
| 503 | So she said, okay, you have no recess. | 所以她说,好吧,你没有休息。 |
| 504 | So recess is that period of time in the day | 所以休庭是一天的时间 |
| 505 | when children go outside and they play, like after lunch. | 当孩子们出去玩的时候 就像午饭后一样 |
| 506 | And recess was, man, everyone wanted to go to recess. | 休息是,伙计, 每个人都想去休息。 |
| 507 | So when she said we had no recess, | 所以当她说我们没有休息的时候 |
| 508 | we were kind of a little upset, but we said okay. | 我们有点不高兴 但我们说好的 |
| 509 | Now there were about 20, I think 25 students in our class | 现在大概有20个,我想我们班有25个学生 |
| 510 | and I think there were about two or three students | 我想大概有两三个学生 |
| 511 | that were always good. | 总是很好 |
| 512 | I mean, always good. | 我的意思是,总是很好的。 |
| 513 | They never got in trouble ever. | 他们从来没有惹过麻烦 |
| 514 | So throughout the course of the day, | 因此,整个白天, |
| 515 | so my friend and I, we got in trouble, | 所以我的朋友和我,我们有麻烦了, |
| 516 | so we didn't have recess. | 所以我们没有休息。 |
| 517 | Then three other people got in trouble | 后来还有三个人有麻烦了 |
| 518 | and they didn't have recess. | 他们没有休息。 |
| 519 | Then five other people, then two other people. | 然后是另外五个人 然后是另外两个人 |
| 520 | So by the time lunch came around, | 所以当午餐来的时候 |
| 521 | I think about 15 people didn't have any recess. | 我想有15个人没有休息 |
| 522 | So the girls that were actually really good | 所以那些女孩们其实真的很好 |
| 523 | and always acted good in class, they were like, | 总是在课堂上表现良好, 他们喜欢, |
| 524 | guys, come on, we don't wanna lose our recess. | 伙计们,来吧,我们不想 失去休息。 |
| 525 | So the teacher said, okay, if you guys don't stop talking, | 所以老师说,好吧,如果你们不停止说话, |
| 526 | you're all losing recess. | 你们都休庭了 |
| 527 | So long story short for that part, | 说来话长 |
| 528 | 22 people lost their recess. | 22人失学. |
| 529 | I don't know what was happening that day. | 我不知道那天发生了什么 |
| 530 | We were just in a good mood. | 我们只是心情很好 |
| 531 | We were laughing and joking. | 我们是在开玩笑 |
| 532 | By the time 20 of us had lost our recess, | 到我们20个人失眠时 |
| 533 | we really didn't care because we were all | 我们真的不在乎,因为我们都是 |
| 534 | gonna be together. | 将在一起。 |
| 535 | Now when I was younger, so you know when you are outside | 我年轻的时候 你在外面的时候就知道了 |
| 536 | and you park your car, there are lines, right, | 停车,有线,对吗? |
| 537 | for a parking space. | 为停车位。 |
| 538 | And our teacher would say you have to stand on the line, | 我们的老师会说 你必须站在线上, |
| 539 | the line where you have a parking space. | 有停车位的线路。 |
| 540 | So if you got in trouble, you had to stand on the line | 所以,如果你有麻烦, 你必须站在线上 |
| 541 | during recess and you couldn't play. | 休学期间,你不能玩。 |
| 542 | So we got to recess and there were about, | 所以我们要休庭,然后... |
| 543 | again, 22 of us were in trouble. | 再说一遍 我们有22个人有麻烦了 |
| 544 | So 22 of us were standing on the line. | 所以我们有22个站在线上。 |
| 545 | You have 22 kids standing on the line altogether. | 你有22个孩子站在电话线上 |
| 546 | Do you really think we're gonna be quiet? | 你真的认为我们会安静吗? |
| 547 | No. | 没有 |
| 548 | So we're all like, well, we're on the line. | 所以我们都喜欢, 好了,我们在线上。 |
| 549 | Now let me ask you a question. | 现在让我问你一个问题 |
| 550 | Where do you think those three girls were? | 你觉得那三个女孩在哪? |
| 551 | The ones that were always good. | 那些总是好的。 |
| 552 | Do you think they were running around playing? | 你觉得他们在玩耍吗? |
| 553 | No. | 没有 |
| 554 | Now 22 of us got in trouble, but the three girls | 现在我们有22个人有麻烦了 但三个女孩 |
| 555 | were standing at the line waiting for us | 站在线上等着我们 |
| 556 | because they had nobody to play with. | 因为他们没有人可以玩。 |
| 557 | So we're standing on the line, all 22 of us laughing, | 所以我们站在线上, 我们所有22人笑, |
| 558 | joking. | 开玩笑 |
| 559 | We said, well, we can't play, but we can talk. | 我们说过,我们不能玩,但我们可以谈谈。 |
| 560 | So our teacher was just sitting. | 我们的老师只是坐着 |
| 561 | She was sitting there looking at us outside. | 她坐在那里看着我们在外面。 |
| 562 | She said, I just can't take it. | 她说我受不了 |
| 563 | Everybody go play. | 每个人都去玩。 |
| 564 | We all started laughing and we just ran and went to play. | 我们都开始笑,我们只是跑去玩。 |
| 565 | Now the thing is our teacher really loved us. | 现在我们的老师真的很爱我们 |
| 566 | And actually to this day, I love her so much. | 实际上直到今天,我非常爱她。 |
| 567 | She was an amazing teacher. | 她是一个惊人的老师。 |
| 568 | And she always told us that we were her favorite class. | 她总是告诉我们 我们是她最喜欢的课。 |
| 569 | And to this day, she says that we were her favorite class. | 直到今天 她说我们是她最喜欢的班级 |
| 570 | So the situation, even though we were laughing | 虽然我们笑了,但情况还是这样 |
| 571 | and joking and talking, we weren't bad kids | 开玩笑和说话,我们不是坏孩子 |
| 572 | and we weren't disrespectful. | 我们没有不敬 |
| 573 | So she even, I think she was laughing inside too | 所以,她甚至,我认为她 笑在里面也 |
| 574 | as she saw the other three little girls. | 她看到其他三个小女孩 |
| 575 | When are they gonna get off the line, teacher? | 老师,他们什么时候下线? |
| 576 | So I never forgot that. | 所以我从来没有忘记这一点。 |
| 577 | So yeah, if you guys have any stories | 所以,是的,如果你们有故事 |
| 578 | from when you were younger, were you talkative? | 从你年轻的时候起,你说话很健谈吗? |
| 579 | Were you quiet? | 你安静吗? |
| 580 | Did you ever get in trouble when you were younger? | 你年轻的时候有没有惹过麻烦? |
| 581 | Let me know in the comment section. | 在评论部分告诉我。 |
| 582 | All right, guys, I hope you enjoyed this story time | 好吧,伙计们,我希望你们 享受这个故事的时间 |
| 583 | and I'll see you next week. | 下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 583 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P26 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p26 25. 25. 如何在 5 天内学会 100 个英语词汇 25-How To Learn 100 English Vocabulary Words in 5 D (P26)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p26 25. 25. 如何在 5 天内学会 100 个英语词汇 25-How To Learn 100 English Vocabulary Words in 5 D (P26)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 16:34字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, is it difficult for you to memorize | 嘿,你很难记住 |
| 0:02 | and actually use English vocabulary words? | 而实际上使用英语词汇单词? |
| 0:05 | If you answered yes, this lesson is for you | 如果你回答是的,这是给你的 |
| 0:08 | because today I'm gonna teach you how to memorize | 因为今天我要教你如何记住 |
| 0:11 | and use 100 English vocabulary words in only five days. | 并且仅在5天内使用100个英语词汇. |
| 0:17 | I'm teacher Tiffany, let's jump right in. | 我是蒂芬尼老师 我们跳进去吧 |
| 0:27 | All right, 100 words in only five days. | 好吧 五天内100个字 |
| 0:31 | That means every day we need to memorize | 这意味着我们每天都需要记住 |
| 0:34 | and learn 20 different English vocabulary words. | 并学习20种不同的英语词汇. |
| 0:38 | I'm gonna show you how you can do that. | 我让你看看怎么做 |
展开字幕全文（320 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, is it difficult for you to memorize | 嘿,你很难记住 |
| 2 | and actually use English vocabulary words? | 而实际上使用英语词汇单词? |
| 3 | If you answered yes, this lesson is for you | 如果你回答是的,这是给你的 |
| 4 | because today I'm gonna teach you how to memorize | 因为今天我要教你如何记住 |
| 5 | and use 100 English vocabulary words in only five days. | 并且仅在5天内使用100个英语词汇. |
| 6 | I'm teacher Tiffany, let's jump right in. | 我是蒂芬尼老师 我们跳进去吧 |
| 7 | All right, 100 words in only five days. | 好吧 五天内100个字 |
| 8 | That means every day we need to memorize | 这意味着我们每天都需要记住 |
| 9 | and learn 20 different English vocabulary words. | 并学习20种不同的英语词汇. |
| 10 | I'm gonna show you how you can do that. | 我让你看看怎么做 |
| 11 | Now, this is what you need. | 这就是你需要的 |
| 12 | You need this daily formula. | 你需要这种日常配方。 |
| 13 | Here's the formula, I plus V plus S plus W plus C. | 这里的公式,我加V加S加W加C. |
| 14 | Now you know how much I love formulas | 现在你知道我有多爱配方了 |
| 15 | because using formulas you can actually gain confidence | 因为使用公式你实际上可以获得信心 |
| 16 | to finally start speaking like a native English speaker. | 以英语开始说话 |
| 17 | So let's jump right in and see how this formula works. | 让我们跳进去看看这个公式是如何运作的。 |
| 18 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 19 | First we have the letter I, images. | 首先,我们得到了信I,图像。 |
| 20 | Find five interesting images. | 寻五趣影像. |
| 21 | You can find images online, in magazines, | 你可以在网上,杂志上找到图像, |
| 22 | or even your own images on your phone or computer. | 甚至你手机或电脑上的图像 |
| 23 | Now the key is you want to find interesting images, | 现在关键是你想找到有趣的图像 |
| 24 | images that you like, images that catch your attention | 你喜欢的图像,吸引你注意的图像 |
| 25 | when you see them because this is gonna be key | 当你看到他们,因为这将是关键 |
| 26 | when you're trying to remember the vocabulary words | 当你试图记住词汇 |
| 27 | related to these images. | 与这些图像有关。 |
| 28 | So let me show you the images I selected, all right? | 让我给你看我选的图像,好吗? |
| 29 | Again, I selected five interesting images. | 我再次选择了五个有趣的图像。 |
| 30 | We have this one right here. | 我们有一个在这里。 |
| 31 | Now this little boy, he is adorable. | 这个小男孩真可爱 |
| 32 | He's so cute with his little dog, all right? | 他和小狗好可爱,好吗? |
| 33 | That's my first image. | 这是我第一个形象。 |
| 34 | Then I have this one right here. | 那这个就在这 |
| 35 | I love the scenery. | 我喜欢风景 |
| 36 | Remember I told you all that I love to go hiking. | 记得我说过我喜欢徒步旅行吗? |
| 37 | I love to be out in nature. | 我喜欢在自然界外。 |
| 38 | Then for my third image I selected this one. | 然后,对于我的第三个图像 我选择了这个。 |
| 39 | A really nice, strong looking animal, all right? | 一个非常漂亮,强壮的动物,好吗? |
| 40 | Next, a couple holding each other. | 接下来,一对夫妇互相牵制. |
| 41 | Don't you just love, love? | 你不就是爱吗? |
| 42 | All right, and then for my fifth image | 好吧,然后给我的第五幅画 |
| 43 | I chose this one, all right? | 我选择了这个,好吗? |
| 44 | Camping or like a campfire, okay? | 露营或像营火,好吗? |
| 45 | So now what we're gonna do is move on | 现在我们要做的是继续前进 |
| 46 | to the next part of the formula | 到公式的下一部分 |
| 47 | because we have our five interesting images, all right? | 因为我们有五个有趣的图像,好吗? |
| 48 | Now the next part is letter V, vocabulary. | 现在下一部分是字母V,词汇. |
| 49 | Find a vocabulary word to describe each image. | 查找一个词汇来描述每个图像. |
| 50 | This step is basically important | 这个步骤基本上很重要 |
| 51 | because you need to describe the image | 因为你需要描述图像 |
| 52 | and create a trigger. | 并创造触发器。 |
| 53 | Each word should represent what is in the specific image. | 每个词都应代表具体图像的内容。 |
| 54 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 55 | We have the little boy | 我们抓到那个小男孩了 |
| 56 | and this is the vocabulary word I chose, elated. | 这是我选择的词汇,很高兴。 |
| 57 | Now, for pronunciation sake, after me, elated. | 现在,为发音起见,在我之后,欢乐。 |
| 58 | Good, again, elated. | 好,再次,很高兴。 |
| 59 | Excellent, now this word elated | 好极了,现在这个词很兴奋 |
| 60 | just means to be extremely happy, proud, and joyful. | 只是表示非常快乐,骄傲和快乐 |
| 61 | And again, in this picture we can see | 再说一遍,我们可以看到这张照片 |
| 62 | that this little boy, whoo, he is so excited | 这个小男孩,哇,他是如此兴奋 |
| 63 | to be playing with his little dog, right? | 玩他的小狗,对不对? |
| 64 | He's elated, all right? | 他很高兴,好吗? |
| 65 | Now, for my second image I chose the word serene. | 现在,我的第二个形象 我选择了沉默这个词。 |
| 66 | Again, after me, serene. | 再说一遍,在我后面,安静 |
| 67 | Excellent, one more time, serene. | 好极了,再来一次,安静 |
| 68 | Great, now this word just means not disturbed or troubled. | 好极了,现在这个词只是意味着不打扰或困扰。 |
| 69 | Calm, peaceful, and tranquil. | 冷静,平静,平静。 |
| 70 | Now for image number three, I chose regal. | 现在图像三, 我选择了Regal。 |
| 71 | 再来一次 Regal | |
| 72 | Great, last time, regal. | 很好,上次,请问 |
| 73 | Excellent, now this word just means stately or splendid. | 好极了,现在这个词 仅仅意味着状态或美妙。 |
| 74 | All right, image number four, I chose embrace. | 好吧,图像四, 我选择拥抱。 |
| 75 | After me, embrace. | 跟着我 拥抱我 |
| 76 | Good, again, embrace. | 好,再次,拥抱。 |
| 77 | Very good, now this word means to take or clasp in the arms, | 非常好,现在这个词的意思是 夺取或压在怀里, |
| 78 | to press to the bosom. | 压在胸前。 |
| 79 | Your bosom refers to your chest area, the bosom, right? | 你的胸口是指你的胸口,对吗? |
| 80 | Or to hug. | 或为拥抱. |
| 81 | And finally, for my fifth image I chose blazing. | 最后,为了我的第五个形象,我选择燃烧。 |
| 82 | Now, repeat after me, blazing. | 现在,跟我重复一遍,放火 |
| 83 | Good, one more time, blazing. | 好,再来一次,大火 |
| 84 | Excellent, now this means to burn fiercely or brightly. | 好极了,现在这意味着 烧得凶猛或明亮 |
| 85 | All right, so for each image I have a word, | 好吧,所以每个图像 我有一个字, |
| 86 | elated, serene, regal, embrace, blazing. | 欢喜 宁静 礼乐 拥抱 火焰 |
| 87 | Now we need to move on to the next part, | 现在,我们需要继续 下一步, |
| 88 | letter S, synonyms. | 字母S,同义词. |
| 89 | Find three synonyms for the vocabulary words. | 查找词汇的三个同义词. |
| 90 | Now, these vocabulary words are gonna lead you | 现在,这些词汇会带给你 |
| 91 | to some important synonyms, | 一些重要的同义词, |
| 92 | and you can find them either online, | 你可以在网上找到他们, |
| 93 | or you can even look in the thesaurus, okay, | 或者你甚至可以看看词库,好吗, |
| 94 | to find the synonyms for the vocabulary words you chose | 查找您选择的词汇的同义词 |
| 95 | in step number two, the V, or vocabulary step, all right? | 在第二步,V,或词汇阶,好吗? |
| 96 | So, looking at mine, I have elated. | 所以,看我的,我已经很高兴。 |
| 97 | So, my three synonyms are jubilant, overjoyed, | 所以,我的三个同义词是 欢庆,过度喜悦, |
| 98 | and exhilarated. | 并赞叹. |
| 99 | Now, that last one is tricky, after me, exhilarated. | 现在,最后一个是棘手的, 在我之后,欢呼。 |
| 100 | Good, exhilarated, excellent. | 不错,很赞,很好 |
| 101 | All right, now, moving on, next we have serene, | 好了,现在,继续前进, 接下来我们有安静, |
| 102 | and I have tranquil, peaceful, and placid. | 我平静 平静 平和 |
| 103 | Now, that last one you may say, teacher, there's a C, | 现在,你可以说,最后一个,老师, 有一个C, |
| 104 | but the C sounds like an S for this word. | 但是C听起来像一个S这个词。 |
| 105 | So, after me, placid, all right? | 所以,在我之后,Placid,好吗? |
| 106 | While we look at it again, last word, placid, very good. | 当我们再看一遍,最后一句话, 平缓,非常好。 |
| 107 | Now, next we had regal, and we have majestic, | 现在,接下来我们有皇家, 我们有伟大的, |
| 108 | grand, and impressive. | 伟大的,令人印象深刻。 |
| 109 | Next, embrace, we have hold, cuddle, and squeeze. | 接下来,拥抱,我们握住,拥抱,挤压。 |
| 110 | Again, cuddle, last time, cuddle, very good, all right? | 再来一次,抱抱,上次抱抱,很好,好吗? |
| 111 | And finally, image number five, for blazing, | 最后,图五,为燃烧, |
| 112 | I found flaming, ignited, and glowing, all right? | 我发现燃烧,点燃, 发光,好吗? |
| 113 | So, again, I have three synonyms | 所以,我还有三个同义词 |
| 114 | for each of the vocabulary words that I found. | 我找到的每个词汇 |
| 115 | So, now you see how we are expanding the vocabulary | 所以,现在你看我们是如何扩展词汇 |
| 116 | that we're learning each day, all right? | 我们每天都在学习 好吗? |
| 117 | Now, we're gonna move on to the next part of our formula, | 现在,我们接下来的公式, |
| 118 | the W. | W. 语录. |
| 119 | Now, we're gonna write three sentences | 现在,我们要写三句 |
| 120 | for each vocabulary word. | 对于每个词汇。 |
| 121 | Remember, that you only need to write sentences | 记住,你只需要写句子 |
| 122 | for the original words, not the synonyms. | 用于原词,而非同义词. |
| 123 | Now, this is a good place to pause really quickly, | 现在,这是一个好地方 暂停非常快, |
| 124 | because many of you have messaged me and said, | 因为你们中许多人都给我发过信息说 |
| 125 | teacher, I don't have anyone to practice with, | 老师,我没有任何人可以练习, |
| 126 | I don't have anyone to correct my sentences. | 我没有任何人可以纠正我的句子。 |
| 127 | Well, today's sponsor is Cambly. | 今天的赞助商是Cambly |
| 128 | Cambly is an amazing company, and they have a service | Cambly是一个惊人的公司, 他们有一个服务 |
| 129 | where they provide one-on-one tutoring services. | 他们提供一对一辅导服务。 |
| 130 | That's right, they have English tutors from America, | 没错 他们有来自美国的英语辅导员 |
| 131 | from Canada, from the UK, and Australia, | 加拿大、联合王国和澳大利亚, |
| 132 | and they're available 24-7. | 他们24 -7号机 |
| 133 | You heard right, 24-7. | 你说得对,24 -7。 |
| 134 | So, you can study whenever you want. | 所以,你可以随时学习。 |
| 135 | So, when you get to this part of the formula, | 所以,当你到达这部分公式, |
| 136 | and you need help with the grammar, | 需要帮助的语法, |
| 137 | or you need to know, hey, does this sentence make sense? | 或者你需要知道,嘿, 这句有道理吗? |
| 138 | You can use the tutors at Cambly. | 你可以请康布里的辅导员 |
| 139 | Now, Cambly is an amazing company, | 现在,坎布利是一个惊人的公司, |
| 140 | and they wanted to partner with me to help you. | 他们想和我合作帮你 |
| 141 | So, they're offering you a free 15-minute lesson. | 他们免费给你15分钟的课 |
| 142 | That's right, free, totally free, | 没错,自由,完全自由, |
| 143 | and all you have to do is click the link in the description. | 你只需点击描述中的链接。 |
| 144 | Now, if you wanna take your English to the next level, | 现在,如果你想把你的英语 到下一个关卡, |
| 145 | and go longer, and not just study with the 15-minute lesson, | 并且去更长的时间, 不只是学习 15分钟的课, |
| 146 | you can also click the 42% off link | 您也可以点击链接的42% |
| 147 | right below in the description as well. | 下面的描述。 |
| 148 | So again, thank you, Cambly, and guys, | 所以,再次谢谢你,Cambly,和伙计们, |
| 149 | remember, get the free 15-minute lesson | 记住,免费的15分钟课 |
| 150 | so that you can practice and see if the sentences | 以便你能够练习 和看是否句子 |
| 151 | you write are correct, all right? | 你写得没错,好吗? |
| 152 | So, let's go back to our formula, here we go. | 所以,让我们回到我们的公式,我们走了。 |
| 153 | So, let's see what I wrote for my sentences. | 所以,让我们看看 我写了我的句子。 |
| 154 | Again, thank you, Cambly, all right? | 再次谢谢你,坎布利,好吗? |
| 155 | So, for elated, I wrote, she was elated with her new car. | 所以我写道,她和新车很愉快 |
| 156 | He was elated when he heard the news. | 他听到消息后很兴奋 |
| 157 | We were elated to hear that you were coming. | 我们很高兴听到你来了 |
| 158 | Again, I have three sentences connected | 再说一遍,我连着三句 |
| 159 | to the original vocabulary word, right? | 到原来的词汇词,对不对? |
| 160 | All right, moving on to image number two, serene. | 好吧,继续往第二号图像,安静。 |
| 161 | The picture of the mountains looked so serene. | 山上的照片看起来很平静 |
| 162 | Look at the serene skies, and he has a serene smile. | 看那寂静的天空, 他有一个寂静的微笑。 |
| 163 | 下一个,Regal。 | |
| 164 | She possessed a regal countenance | 她有贵族气质 |
| 165 | and carried herself with an easy grace. | 以优美的恩典承载自己。 |
| 166 | For example, a regal countenance, all right, okay? | 举个例子,一个贵族的面孔,好吗? |
| 167 | Next, we have, this is truly a regal palace. | 接下来,我们有, 这是真正的皇家宫殿。 |
| 168 | And finally, he had a very regal demeanor. | 最后,他有一个非常体面的德行。 |
| 169 | Now, for my fourth image, I chose embrace. | 现在,对于我的第四个形象, 我选择拥抱。 |
| 170 | Remember, holding someone tightly | 记住,紧紧抓住一个人 |
| 171 | or hugging or cuddling with someone, right? | 或拥抱或拥抱某人,对不对? |
| 172 | Okay, so I have, his embrace was warm and loving. | 好吧,所以我有,他的拥抱是温暖和爱。 |
| 173 | The mother is embracing her child. | 母亲在拥抱她的孩子 |
| 174 | And finally, the three stood in an embrace | 最后,三人站在一个拥抱中 |
| 175 | as they cried together. | 当他们一同哭泣的时候, |
| 176 | For my fifth image, I had blazing. | 为了我的第五幅画,我燃起了火焰。 |
| 177 | So I said the bonfire blazed away for hours. | 所以我说篝火烧了几个小时 |
| 178 | Now, in America, we use a lot of bonfires | 现在,在美国,我们使用 大量的篝火 |
| 179 | when we go camping, all right? | 当我们去露营,好吗? |
| 180 | We call them bonfires, okay? | 我们称之为篝火,好吗? |
| 181 | All right, the dry wood blazed up at the touch of a match. | 好吧,干燥的木头在火柴的触碰下烧起来。 |
| 182 | And finally, the fire was blazing last night. | 最后 昨晚大火在燃烧 |
| 183 | All right, so we have our three sentences | 好,我们有三句 |
| 184 | for each of the images and each of the vocabulary words | 每个图像和每个词汇 |
| 185 | connected to the images, right? | 和影像有关 对吧? |
| 186 | So now we're moving right into the last part of our formula. | 所以现在我们正走进我们公式的最后一部分。 |
| 187 | What do we do now? | 我们现在怎么办? |
| 188 | This is what you need to do, chunks. | 这就是你需要做的,块。 |
| 189 | You need to memorize the English words in chunks. | 你需要记住英文单词的块。 |
| 190 | Now, this word chunks literally just means groups, okay? | 现在,这个字块 字面意思只是组,好吗? |
| 191 | So you wanna memorize in groups, all right? | 所以,你想记住 在分组,好吗? |
| 192 | So in other words, you will memorize the vocabulary words | 换句话说,你会记住词汇 |
| 193 | and their synonyms. | 和他们的同义词。 |
| 194 | So here we go, all right? | 所以,我们走了,好吗? |
| 195 | Elated, we had jubilant, overjoyed, and exhilarated. | 欢喜,欢喜,欢喜 |
| 196 | For serene, we had tranquil, peaceful, and placid. | 为了安宁,我们有宁静,平静,平和。 |
| 197 | And again, I'm gonna show you the other three images, | 再说一遍,我要给你看另外三个画面, |
| 198 | but again, at this part, at this stage, | 但是,在这个阶段,在这个阶段, |
| 199 | the focus is memorization. | 焦点是记忆。 |
| 200 | I like to give you formulas, I like to give you steps | 我喜欢给你配方,我喜欢给你步骤 |
| 201 | and teach you how to think in English, | 教你用英语思考 |
| 202 | but there comes a point in time | 但有一点时间 |
| 203 | where you have to actually memorize. | 在那里你必须真正记住。 |
| 204 | This is the step where you need to memorize. | 这是你需要记住的一步。 |
| 205 | But because you have connected the words with images, | 但因为你把文字和图像联系起来了 |
| 206 | you've connected them with sentences, | 你把他们和判决联系起来 |
| 207 | now it's easier for you to actually memorize the words, okay? | 现在你更容易 真正记住这些话,好吗? |
| 208 | All right, so again, for my third image, | 好吧,所以再次, 对于我的第三个形象, |
| 209 | I had regal, majestic, grand, impressive. | 我拥有豪华,雄伟,伟大,令人印象深刻。 |
| 210 | Four, embrace, hold, cuddle, squeeze. | 四,拥抱,抱,抱,挤. |
| 211 | And five, blazing, flaming, ignited, and glowing. | 五,发焰,发焰,发焰,发光. |
| 212 | So again, that was day one. | 再说一遍,那是第一天。 |
| 213 | And on day one, we learned 20 words. | 在第一天,我们学到了20个字。 |
| 214 | Just in this short lesson, | 在这短暂的教训中 |
| 215 | you already learned 20 new English words. | 您已经学到了20个新的英语单词。 |
| 216 | And this is what you're gonna do for a five-day period | 这就是你要做的五天时间 |
| 217 | to learn 100 English vocabulary words. | 学习100个英语词汇。 |
| 218 | So once again, looking at our formula. | 因此,再次看一看我们的公式。 |
| 219 | 5天,100字使用I+V+S+W+C. | |
| 220 | Now you see right at the bottom | 现在你看到右边的底部 |
| 221 | the audio file and printable PDF lesson. | 音频文件和可打印的 PDF 课程。 |
| 222 | So we learned a lot of words and we saw a lot of sentences. | 因此我们学到了很多文字,看到了很多句子. |
| 223 | So again, if you're in my academy, | 再说一遍 如果你在我的学院里 |
| 224 | I created an audio file so that you can practice | 我创建了一个音频文件,让你可以练习 |
| 225 | repeating after me, shadowing me | 跟着我,跟踪我 |
| 226 | with the words and the sentences. | 与语与句. |
| 227 | So if you're an academy member, | 所以,如果你是一个学院成员, |
| 228 | you can go right to the link in the description | 您可以直接到描述中的链接 |
| 229 | and you can listen and shadow me | 你可以听 和阴影我 |
| 230 | as I say the words and the definitions. | 正如我所说的 词和定义。 |
| 231 | And you'll also find the lesson, | 你也会找到教训的 |
| 232 | the PDF lesson for this lesson, | 这一课的PDF课, |
| 233 | the PDF file for this lesson, all right? | 这个课的PDF文件 好吗? |
| 234 | Now, I really hope you enjoyed today's lesson. | 现在,我真的希望你享受今天的课。 |
| 235 | Remember, you need to also click the link in the description | 记住,你还需要点击描述中的链接 |
| 236 | to get your free 15-minute lesson with Cambly | 和坎布利一起上15分钟课 |
| 237 | so that you can practice and check your sentences | 这样你就可以练习和检查你的句子 |
| 238 | from the W part of our formula | 从我们的公式W部分 |
| 239 | when you write your sentences, okay? | 当你写你的句子,好吗? |
| 240 | All right, I will see you next week. | 好吧,我们下周见。 |
| 241 | But as always, remember to speak English. | 但一如既往,记住说英语。 |
| 242 | You know what time it is, it's story time. | 你知道现在是什么时候,这是故事的时间。 |
| 243 | All right, guys, so you already know | 好了,伙计们,你们已经知道了 |
| 244 | how much I love story time. | 我多么喜欢故事时间。 |
| 245 | So for today's story time, I wanna tell you about a time | 所以今天的故事,我想告诉你一个时间 |
| 246 | when I actually went camping with my friends. | 当我真的去露营 我的朋友。 |
| 247 | Now, when I was, let's see, when I was about 24, | 现在,当我是,让我们看看, 当我大约24, |
| 248 | I was about 24, I used to work with the Pathfinders | 我大概24岁,我以前和开拓者一起工作 |
| 249 | at my church. | 在我的教会。 |
| 250 | Now, oh, Pathfinders, the easiest way to understand | 现在,哦,开拓者,最容易理解的方法 |
| 251 | what a Pathfinder is. | 何等为开拓者. |
| 252 | Pathfinders are like boys and Girl Scouts for church. | 开拓者就像教堂的男孩和女童子军 |
| 253 | So children come and they learn about how to live outside, | 所以孩子们会来学习如何在外面生活 |
| 254 | how to set up a tent, how to survive. | 如何建立帐篷,如何生存。 |
| 255 | So survival skills and they camp | 所以生存技能 他们露营 |
| 256 | and they make food over fire. | 他们靠火做饭。 |
| 257 | So it's really fun for children. | 所以这真的很有趣 给孩子们。 |
| 258 | And I did it when I was younger. | 我年轻时就这么做了 |
| 259 | So as I got older, I decided to become a counselor | 所以随着我长大,我决定成为一名顾问 |
| 260 | and to work with the children | 儿童的工作 |
| 261 | so that they could have the same experience that I had. | 这样他们就能有和我一样的经验。 |
| 262 | So you know what, I was older than that. | 所以,你知道什么, 我比那年长。 |
| 263 | I was about 26 when this happened. | 事情发生时我26岁 |
| 264 | So anyways, myself and two other people, | 所以不管怎样 我和另外两个人 |
| 265 | there were two other adults, so my friends, | 还有另外两个成年人 所以我的朋友们 |
| 266 | so three of us, we the adults. | 所以,我们三个, 我们成年人。 |
| 267 | We were the adults and we had three or four girls with us | 我们是成年人,我们有三四个女孩 |
| 268 | and we had went camping in the winter. | 我们在冬天露营了 |
| 269 | Now, it wasn't just us, it was a huge group, | 现在,它不只是我们, 这是一个巨大的团体, |
| 270 | but the three of us were in charge of the four girls. | 但是我们三个负责四个女孩 |
| 271 | So the place where we went to go camping, | 所以我们去露营的地方 |
| 272 | before we got there, they had some cabins as well, | 在到达之前,他们也有小屋 |
| 273 | like tree, it was tree house camping. | 就像树一样,是树屋露营 |
| 274 | So yeah, in the tree and we went to the cabin. | 所以,在树上,我们去了小屋。 |
| 275 | Now it was freezing, freezing, | 现在冰冻,冰冻, |
| 276 | but you know, we were trying to be strong. | 但是,你知道,我们试图 强壮。 |
| 277 | We wanted the kids to have an experience. | 我们想让孩子们体验一下 |
| 278 | So we all got inside of the little cabin, right? | 所以我们都进了小屋,对吧? |
| 279 | And it was in the tree, it was a tree house | 它在树上,它是一个树屋 |
| 280 | and we had our blankets, we had our sweaters on, | 我们有我们的毯子, 我们有我们的毛衣, |
| 281 | we had our, we had, what are those things called guys? | 我们有我们,我们有, 那些东西叫什么来着? |
| 282 | I suddenly forgot the word, our sleeping bags. | 我突然忘了那个字,我们的睡袋 |
| 283 | We had our sleeping bags and we were all tucked in, | 我们有睡袋 我们都被困在里面 |
| 284 | tucked in ready to go to sleep. | 准备睡觉了 |
| 285 | And there was silence for about 15 minutes. | 并有大约15分钟的沉默。 |
| 286 | I thought I was the only one awake | 我以为只有我醒了 |
| 287 | because it was pitch black, you couldn't see anything. | 因为它是黑色的, 你看不到任何东西。 |
| 288 | But for the entire 15 minutes, I said, | 但整个15分钟 我说 |
| 289 | Lord, please get me out of this situation. | 主啊,求你让我摆脱这种局面 |
| 290 | Lord, I can't take it, it was cold y'all. | 主啊,我受不了了,你们很冷 |
| 291 | I couldn't feel my fingers, I couldn't feel my toes, | 我摸不到手指 摸不到脚趾 |
| 292 | my ears were freezing, everything was cold. | 我的耳朵好冷 一切都很冷 |
| 293 | And I was bundled up, meaning I had everything on | 我被捆绑起来, 意思是我拥有一切 |
| 294 | that I should have had on, but it was freezing. | 我本该穿的 但当时很冷 |
| 295 | So after about 15 minutes, I was laying there | 15分钟后,我躺在那 |
| 296 | and again, everyone else was laying down | 再说一遍,其他人都在躺下 |
| 297 | while we couldn't see each other. | 我们无法相见 |
| 298 | Someone moved and said, uh-uh, we got to go, | 有人动了,说,呃,我们得走了, |
| 299 | it is freezing and everybody in the cabin, | 冷死了,船舱里的人都冻死了 |
| 300 | all the girls plus all the adults. | 所有的女孩和所有成年人。 |
| 301 | So all seven of us said, okay, yep, we're out of here. | 我们七个人都说,好,我们要走了。 |
| 302 | So we got up, now people were sleeping | 所以我们起来,现在人们正在睡觉 |
| 303 | in the other tree houses too, but we didn't tell anybody. | 在其他树屋里, 但我们没有告诉任何人。 |
| 304 | We got up and we all went to my friend's truck | 我们起身去我朋友的卡车 |
| 305 | and we sat in her truck and turned the heat on. | 我们坐在她的卡车上 打开了暖气 |
| 306 | So even though it was supposed to be | 所以,即使它应该是 |
| 307 | like a winter camping trip, | 像一个冬季露营旅行, |
| 308 | we told those little girls not today. | 我们告诉那些小女孩今天没有。 |
| 309 | I'm not freezing my butt off today. | 我今天不会冻掉的 |
| 310 | So it still turned out to be a great trip, | 因此,它仍然是 一个伟大的旅行, |
| 311 | but we always laugh about that when we think about it | 但是,我们总是笑 当我们想它 |
| 312 | because it was too cold for us. | 因为我们太冷了 |
| 313 | We just couldn't stay outside. | 我们只是不能呆在外面。 |
| 314 | So I don't know if you guys have ever camped outside | 我不知道你们有没有在外面露营过 |
| 315 | or went out in the winter into a cabin and had to sleep. | 或者在冬天 进入一个小屋 不得不睡觉。 |
| 316 | I wanna know if you have, were you able to stand the cold? | 我想知道,如果你有, 你能忍受寒冷? |
| 317 | Were you able to stay the entire time? | 你能一直待在这里吗? |
| 318 | I'm curious to know about your experience. | 我很想知道你的经历 |
| 319 | All right, guys, I hope you enjoyed this story time | 好吧,伙计们,我希望你们 享受这个故事的时间 |
| 320 | and I will talk to you next week. | 我下周再跟你谈 |
该视频共有字幕 320 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P27 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p27 26. 26. 在现实生活中说英语的 5 个简单步骤 26-5 Simple Steps To Speak English In Real Life (P27)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p27 26. 26. 在现实生活中说英语的 5 个简单步骤 26-5 Simple Steps To Speak English In Real Life (P27)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 15:56字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | A few weeks ago I had a conversation with one of my students in Brazil. | 几周前,我和我在巴西的一个学生进行了交谈。 |
| 0:04 | She was telling me that she had been studying English for many years. | 她告诉我,她已经学习英语多年。 |
| 0:08 | She had attended institutes, she had purchased books, and she knew lots of vocabulary words | 她参加了研究所,她买了书 她知道很多词汇 |
| 0:14 | but for some reason she wasn't able to speak English like a native English speaker. | 但出于某种原因,她不能像英语母语一样说英语。 |
| 0:20 | Basically, she wasn't able to speak English in real life. | 基本上,她在现实生活中不能说英语. |
| 0:25 | Well maybe you have experienced the same thing. | 也许你也经历过同样的事情 |
| 0:28 | You've been studying English books, you've learned lots of English grammar, and you even | 你学过英文书,学过很多英文语法,甚至 |
| 0:33 | know lots of vocabulary words, but for some reason you're still not able to speak English | 有很多词汇,但是由于某些原因 你仍然不能说英语 |
| 0:40 | in real life situations. | 在现实生活中。 |
| 0:42 | Well today's lesson is just for you because I'm going to teach you five simple steps to | 今天的课是给你的 因为我要教你五个简单的步骤 |
展开字幕全文（221 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | A few weeks ago I had a conversation with one of my students in Brazil. | 几周前,我和我在巴西的一个学生进行了交谈。 |
| 2 | She was telling me that she had been studying English for many years. | 她告诉我,她已经学习英语多年。 |
| 3 | She had attended institutes, she had purchased books, and she knew lots of vocabulary words | 她参加了研究所,她买了书 她知道很多词汇 |
| 4 | but for some reason she wasn't able to speak English like a native English speaker. | 但出于某种原因,她不能像英语母语一样说英语。 |
| 5 | Basically, she wasn't able to speak English in real life. | 基本上,她在现实生活中不能说英语. |
| 6 | Well maybe you have experienced the same thing. | 也许你也经历过同样的事情 |
| 7 | You've been studying English books, you've learned lots of English grammar, and you even | 你学过英文书,学过很多英文语法,甚至 |
| 8 | know lots of vocabulary words, but for some reason you're still not able to speak English | 有很多词汇,但是由于某些原因 你仍然不能说英语 |
| 9 | in real life situations. | 在现实生活中。 |
| 10 | Well today's lesson is just for you because I'm going to teach you five simple steps to | 今天的课是给你的 因为我要教你五个简单的步骤 |
| 11 | actually speak English in real life. | 实际上在现实生活中会说英语. |
| 12 | I'm teacher Tiffany, let's jump right in. | 我是蒂芬尼老师 我们跳进去吧 |
| 13 | All right, today's steps are the five W's. | 好吧,今天的步骤是五W的。 |
| 14 | Now for those of you who have been studying with me for a long time, you've heard about | 现在,对于你们这些和我学习了很久的人,你们已经听说了 |
| 15 | the five W's, literally who, what, when, where, and why. | 五W的,字面上是谁,什么,何时,在哪里,为什么。 |
| 16 | These are the five simple steps. | 这是五个简单的步骤。 |
| 17 | Now I'm going to show you actually how to use these in real life situations. | 现在我要告诉你 如何在现实生活中使用这些。 |
| 18 | So let's say for example we have this situation right here, a real life situation. | 举例来说,我们这里有这种情况, 一个真实的生活情况。 |
| 19 | There are two women and it looks like there's some sort of transaction. | 有两个女人 看起来有交易 |
| 20 | Well using the five W's we would do this. | 用这五W,我们会做到这一点。 |
| 21 | Who is this woman with long hair? | 这个长发的女人是谁? |
| 22 | Then what is she doing with the credit card? | 那她拿信用卡干嘛? 信用卡吗? |
| 23 | Next where are they? | 下一个呢? |
| 24 | When is this happening? | 什么时候发生? |
| 25 | And why is she buying something? | 她为什么买东西? |
| 26 | Now we're going to figure out how to use these steps to actually speak about this real life | 现在,我们将想出如何利用这些步骤 来真正地谈论现实生活 |
| 27 | situation but I want you to follow along closely because the fact of the matter is people like | 但我希望你密切关注 因为事情的真相是人们喜欢 |
| 28 | myself, native English speakers, literally think like this when we are speaking in English. | 我自己,英语母语, 字面上是这样思考 当我们用英语说话。 |
| 29 | You see when I was in high school, that's right, many years ago when I was in high school | 你看,当我在高中, 没错,很多年前 当我在高中 |
| 30 | we were taught to think like this and you know guys honestly when I was a teacher in | 我们被教来这样思考... ...而你却认识我当老师的时候 |
| 31 | South Korea I realized that this is the key for native English speakers because I had | 韩国 我意识到这是英语母语的关键 因为我有 |
| 32 | students who were super intelligent. | 聪明的学生 |
| 33 | I mean I had students that were doctors, lawyers, even some of my high school students and university | 我的意思是,我有学生 医生,律师, 甚至一些我的高中学生和大学 |
| 34 | students who weren't necessarily professionals yet but they were extremely smart but they | 学生虽然不一定是专业人士,但他们非常聪明 |
| 35 | still couldn't speak English well. | 仍然说不好英语。 |
| 36 | And I realized that it wasn't because of their ability to memorize or study because they | 我意识到这不是因为他们 能够记住或学习,因为他们 |
| 37 | were smart. | 很聪明 |
| 38 | It was the fact that no one had taught them these five simple steps. | 事实上,没有人教过他们这五个简单的步骤。 |
| 39 | No one had taught them the keys to connect the information they had learned so that they | 没人教过他们用钥匙连接他们学到的信息 |
| 40 | could speak like a native English speaker. | 可以像英语母语一样说话。 |
| 41 | So that's why I came up with these five simple steps to teach to you and my students once | 所以我想出了这五个简单的步骤 教你们和学生 |
| 42 | they followed these five simple steps they excelled and were able to speak English in | 他们遵循了这五个简单的步骤 他们杰出的,能够说英语 |
| 43 | real life situations. | 现实生活 |
| 44 | So let's go back to the picture and see how it actually worked okay when I taught them | 所以,让我们回到图片 并看看如何 它实际上工作好吗 当我教他们 |
| 45 | this tip. | 这个小费。 |
| 46 | So let's again look closer. | 让我们再仔细看看 |
| 47 | So we have the who, the first step. | 所以我们有谁,第一步。 |
| 48 | Who is this woman with long hair? | 这个长发的女人是谁? |
| 49 | So again we're guessing because we're looking at the image. | 所以,我们再次猜测,因为我们在看图像。 |
| 50 | I said maybe she's a college professor or a stylish stay at home mom or even an entrepreneur. | 我说也许她是个大学教授 或者住在家里的妈妈 或者甚至企业家 |
| 51 | Now again guys I'm just giving my guesses. | 再说一遍,我只是猜测一下 |
| 52 | I don't know this woman but I'm looking at this image and I'm creating an idea or I am | 我不认识这个女人 但我在看这个形象 我在创造一个想法 |
| 53 | creating a situation. | 造成一种情况。 |
| 54 | Who is this woman? | 这个女人是谁? |
| 55 | What is it about her that makes me want to look at the picture? | 她是什么让我想看照片? |
| 56 | So again this is the stage where you want to think about who the woman is okay. | 再说一次,这就是你想思考 女人是谁的舞台。 |
| 57 | Now the word entrepreneur you may not know what that word is so let me explain it to | 现在,创业者这个词 你可能不知道这个词是什么 让我解释一下 |
| 58 | you guys. | 你们 |
| 59 | The word entrepreneur means a person who runs and operates their own business. | 企业家一词是指经营和经营自己业务的人. |
| 60 | In other words runs organizes and manages. | 换言之,经营组织和管理。 |
| 61 | So the best example is me. | 所以最好的例子是我。 |
| 62 | I am actually an entrepreneur. | 我其实是一个企业家。 |
| 63 | Remember I told you guys in a previous video several months ago that I actually used to | 记得我几个月前在之前的一段视频里 告诉过你们我以前是 |
| 64 | work for NASA. | 在美国宇航局工作 |
| 65 | I was a web developer for NASA and I loved my job but I left my job and I actually went | 我是美国宇航局的网络开发商 我爱我的工作 但我离开了我的工作 |
| 66 | to South Korea and I became an English teacher. | 去了韩国,我成为一名英语教师。 |
| 67 | Now fast forward 10 years I am actually working for myself running and managing my own English | 现在,快向前10年,我实际上是为我自己工作 运行和管理我自己的英语 |
| 68 | business. | 业务。 |
| 69 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 70 | Because I want to teach you. | 因为我想教你 |
| 71 | So again your teacher is an entrepreneur. | 你的老师也是个企业家 |
| 72 | Maybe some of you are entrepreneurs you can put it in the comments section and I'd love | 也许你们中有些人是企业家 你可以把它放在评论部分 我喜欢 |
| 73 | to know what your business is okay. | 知道你的生意怎么样 |
| 74 | Alright so let's go back to my screen and let's continue. | 好吧,让我们回到我的屏幕,让我们继续。 |
| 75 | So again this woman could be a college professor, a stylish stay at home mom or an entrepreneur. | 所以,这个女人也可以是大学教授, 住在家里的妈妈或企业家。 |
| 76 | Now we have to go to the second step okay. | 现在我们得走第二步了 |
| 77 | The second step is what. | 第二步为甚么. |
| 78 | What is she doing with the credit card? | 她拿信用卡干嘛? 她拿信用卡干嘛? |
| 79 | Again you can see in the picture that she has a credit card. | 你再次看到她有信用卡的照片 |
| 80 | So maybe she's making a payment or testing to see if it works or swiping it quickly. | 所以也许她正在付款或测试 看看它是否有效 或迅速擦拭它。 |
| 81 | Again all you're doing is coming up with your own idea of what could possibly be happening | 再说一遍,你所做的 就是想出你自己的想法 可能会发生什么 |
| 82 | in this situation. | 在这种情况下。 |
| 83 | This is going to lead us to speaking about the situation okay. | 这将导致我们谈论局势。 |
| 84 | Now the word swipe maybe you don't know what that word is. | 或许你不知道这个词是什么 |
| 85 | So the word swipe actually means to pass through an electronic device designed to read and | 因此,该词swipe实际上意味着通过一个电子设备 设计阅读和 |
| 86 | process the information encoded on it. | 处理其中编码的信息。 |
| 87 | So again as you look at the picture the lady has a card in her hand and she's swiping it | 所以,再次当你看着照片 女士手里有一张卡片,她在刷它 |
| 88 | through the electronic device. | 通过电子设备。 |
| 89 | I had to swallow real quick. | 我必须尽快吞下去 |
| 90 | Alright so she's swiping it through the device. | 好吧,所以她正在擦 通过装置。 |
| 91 | Think about when you go to the store. | 想想你什么时候去商店 |
| 92 | When you go to buy something right. | 当你去买正确的东西。 |
| 93 | If you don't have cash on you, you can use your card and swipe it and the money is electronically | 如果你没有现金,你可以使用你的卡 刷卡,钱是电子的 |
| 94 | taken out of your account. | 从你的账户里拿走的 |
| 95 | We say swipe in English okay. | 我们说用英语刷卡好吗? |
| 96 | Alright so let's go back and go to the third step okay. | 好吧,让我们回到第三步,好吗? |
| 97 | Alright so the third step that we want to look at is the when. | 好吧,我们想看的第三步是什么时候。 |
| 98 | So when is this happening? | 什么时候发生? |
| 99 | Again I'm giving my own thoughts. | 我再说一遍,我自己的想法。 |
| 100 | I'm guessing maybe it's the middle of the day. | 我猜可能是今天中间 |
| 101 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 102 | Because it looks like it's bright and it looks like everyone's kind of relaxed or maybe it's | 因为它看起来像是明亮的, 它看起来像每个人的 那种放松或也许它是 |
| 103 | a Sunday afternoon or maybe it's during her lunch break. | 星期天下午,或许是午餐时间 |
| 104 | Again guys once again when you're practicing these five simple steps maybe you're at home | 再说一遍,你们练习这五个简单的步骤 可能你们在家 |
| 105 | alone if you're looking at a picture I want you to do the same thing that I'm doing right | 单枪匹马,如果你在看照片 我要你做同样的事情,我做对了 |
| 106 | now. | 现在 |
| 107 | This practice is teaching you how to think in English so that when you're in a real life | 这个练习是教你用英语思考 当你在现实生活中 |
| 108 | situation you'll naturally use these five steps okay. | 你自然会用这五个步骤 |
| 109 | Alright so lunch break. | 好吧,午餐时间。 |
| 110 | Now I want to explain this to you guys really quickly okay. | 现在我想向你们解释一下,真的很快。 |
| 111 | So the term lunch break just means the time when a person stops working or studying to | 午餐时间是指一个人停止工作或学习到 |
| 112 | have lunch or run errands okay. | 吃午饭或跑腿好吗? |
| 113 | Now the word errands just refers to things that you have to do outside of the house. | 现在的"差事"一词只是指你必须在房子外面做的事. |
| 114 | Maybe you have a list of to do's. | 也许你有一份清单要做。 |
| 115 | Basically it's a to do list and these are things that you must do. | 基本上它是一个做列表 这些都是你必须做的事情。 |
| 116 | For example let's say I need to get some groceries. | 比如说我需要买些杂货 |
| 117 | I need to take my clothes to the dry cleaner. | 我要把我的衣服带到干洗店去 |
| 118 | These are things that I have to do outside of the house. | 这些都是我必须做的 在外的房子。 |
| 119 | My to do list or my errands okay. | 我的单子或者我的差事都行 |
| 120 | Alright so we need to move on to the next step. | 好吧,所以我们需要继续下一步。 |
| 121 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 122 | Alright our next step is where. | 好吧,我们的下一步是在哪里。 |
| 123 | So where are they right now? | 他们现在在哪? |
| 124 | We can see there are two women in the picture but again where could they be? | 我们可以看到照片中有两个女人,但她们又可能在哪里? |
| 125 | Maybe they are at a natural or a local natural tea cafe or at an organic market or even at | 也许他们在一个天然的 或当地天然的茶馆 或在有机的市场,甚至 |
| 126 | a convention for natural pottery. | 一种天然陶器的习俗。 |
| 127 | Again we're just guessing. | 我们只是猜测而已 |
| 128 | Now the word convention is an assembly or gathering of people for one purpose. | 现在的"公约"一词,是人们为了一个目的的集会或集会. |
| 129 | Usually it's for business or sales. | 通常用于商业或销售. |
| 130 | So let's say for example there's a business convention about computers or technology. | 因此,比如说,有一个关于计算机或技术的商业公约. |
| 131 | You can say you're going to a business convention or a computer convention or a technology convention. | 可以说你要参加商业会议或计算机会议或技术会议. |
| 132 | A large group of people that come together for seminars and to actually look at new products. | 一大群人聚集在一起,参加研讨会,并实际研究新产品. |
| 133 | We call that a convention in English okay. | 我们称这为英文会议 |
| 134 | Now guys as we're studying you're learning a lot and I'm so happy to teach you. | 现在我们在学习你学到了很多 我很高兴能教你 |
| 135 | Remember you can learn even more with me by joining my academy. | 记住你加入我的学院 就能跟我学到更多 |
| 136 | The link's on the screen. | 链接在屏幕上。 |
| 137 | Some of you are already members but I want to help you more. | 你们中有些人已经是成员了,但我想帮助你们。 |
| 138 | So remember if you want to learn more vocabulary or also how to think more in English and just | 所以,记住,如果你想学习更多的词汇 或者如何思考更多的英语和正义 |
| 139 | continue studying with me remember to click the link in the description okay. | 继续和我一起学习 记得点击描述中的链接,好吗? |
| 140 | Alright now we're going to move on to our next and final step okay. | 好了,现在我们要继续前进 下一步,最后一步,好吗? |
| 141 | So here we go I'm going to take you back to my screen. | 所以,我们走了,我要带你回我的屏幕。 |
| 142 | The final one is why. | 最后一个是原因。 |
| 143 | Why is she buying something? | 她为什么买东西? |
| 144 | So maybe she loves unique herbal teas or maybe the store won't be open tomorrow or | 所以也许她喜欢独特的草药茶 或者也许明天商店不营业 |
| 145 | maybe the saleswoman, the woman on the left was very persuasive. | 也许那个女售货员 左边那个女的很有说服力 |
| 146 | Now this word persuasive I want to practice the pronunciation with you really quickly | 现在这个有说服力的字眼 我想跟你练习读音 |
| 147 | okay. | 还好。 |
| 148 | I had another student this past week and we were talking and I also taught him the pronunciation | 上周我有个学生,我们聊天,我还教他读音 |
| 149 | and I realized that it may be a little difficult for you all as students. | 我意识到你们作为学生可能有点困难 |
| 150 | So here we go, persuasive. | 所以,我们走了,说服。 |
| 151 | One more time a little slow here we go, persuasive, excellent job. | 再来一次 慢一点 很有说服力 出色的工作 |
| 152 | Now one more time quickly here we go, persuasive, great job. | 现在再快一次,我们去, 说服,伟大的工作。 |
| 153 | Now let's look at the meaning of this word persuasive because it's a common English word | 现在让我们看看这个词的意义 说服因为它是一个常见的英语单词 |
| 154 | that we use here in America okay. | 我们在美国使用它 |
| 155 | So the word persuasive is good at convincing someone to do or believe something through | 所以说,说服性这个词 擅长说服某人 做或相信的东西通过 |
| 156 | reasoning. | 论证。 |
| 157 | Now remember I said the saleswoman was persuasive. | 记得我说过女售货员很有说服力吗? |
| 158 | So again for me as I looked at this picture I thought to myself ah the saleswoman was | 当我看着这张照片时,我又觉得 推销员是... |
| 159 | really good at convincing this lady to make a purchase. | 非常擅长说服这位女士买东西 |
| 160 | She was very persuasive. | 她很有说服力 |
| 161 | You got it? | 明白了吗? |
| 162 | Okay now guys so we've went through the five simple steps as the creative side right. | 好了,现在,伙计们,我们已经经过了五个简单的步骤 作为创造力的右侧。 |
| 163 | We've thought about what is going on in this picture right. | 我们已经考虑过这张照片里到底是怎么回事 |
| 164 | Now we need to connect and speak about the picture. | 现在,我们需要连接 和谈论图片。 |
| 165 | This is where it gets exciting okay. | 这就是它变得激动人心的地方 |
| 166 | So back to my screen here we go. | 所以回到我的屏幕这里,我们走了。 |
| 167 | So again we have all the examples and we have the who, what, when, where and why. | 因此,我们再次有所有的例子,我们有谁、何时、何地和为什么。 |
| 168 | I've written out all of my thoughts for each of the five Ws or each again of the five steps | 我为五W或五步中的每步 都写下了我所有的想法 |
| 169 | alright. | 还好 |
| 170 | So now let's select. | 所以,现在让我们选择。 |
| 171 | Let's say for example I select that she's a college professor, she's testing to see | 举个例子,我选她当大学教授 她正在测试 |
| 172 | if it works referring to her card, it's the middle of the day, she's at a convention for | 如果在卡片上有用的话,今天是大白天 她在参加一个大会 |
| 173 | natural pottery and the saleswoman was very persuasive okay. | 天然陶器和女售货员很有说服力 |
| 174 | Now again guys I just chose these randomly right and I'm gonna turn them into my statement. | 现在,再次的家伙,我刚刚选择这些 随机正确的,我要把他们变成我的口供。 |
| 175 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 176 | Alright here's my statement. | 好吧,这是我的声明。 |
| 177 | In the middle of the day a college professor decided to stop by a convention for natural | 在白天,一个大学教授决定 通过一个自然的公约停止 |
| 178 | 陶ery. | |
| 179 | While there she met a saleswoman who was very persuasive so she was testing her card to | 在那里她遇到了一个女推销员 她很有说服力 所以她正在测试她的卡片 |
| 180 | see if it worked. | 看看有没有用 |
| 181 | Now guys if I had said that at the very beginning you may have felt like teacher I'll never | 现在,伙计们,如果我说过, 在一开始,你可能觉得 像老师,我永远不会 |
| 182 | get there because I can't speak like a native English speaker. | 去那里,因为我不能说话 像一个母语英语。 |
| 183 | Well now you can because all I did was connect the five simple steps, the five Ws and I made | 现在你可以了,因为我所做的只是 连接五个简单的步骤, 五W和我做了 |
| 184 | this very good response or description of the picture and you can do the same thing. | 你也可以做同样的事情。 |
| 185 | Now I'm gonna show you two more ways that I could describe this picture okay. | 现在我要给你们看两个方法,我可以描述这张照片。 |
| 186 | So here we go I'm gonna change it up. | 所以,我们走了,我要去改变它。 |
| 187 | Now let's say for example I say she's an entrepreneur, she's making a payment on a Sunday afternoon | 举个例子,我说她是个企业家 她星期日下午要付钱 |
| 188 | at an organic market and the store won't be open tomorrow. | 在一个有机市场 商店明天不会营业。 |
| 189 | So this is what it would look like. | 这就是它的样子。 |
| 190 | The entrepreneur is making a payment at an organic market. | 企业家正在有机市场付款。 |
| 191 | She actually decided to go on a Sunday afternoon because she heard the store won't be open | 她实际上决定星期天下午去 因为她听说商店不营业 |
| 192 | tomorrow. | 明天见 |
| 193 | Alright guys so again you see what happened. | 好吧,伙计们,你再次看到发生了什么事。 |
| 194 | I just switched it up and I still was able to give a very good answer, a good description | 我只是把它换了,我还是能给出一个非常好的答案,一个很好的描述 |
| 195 | of this picture again using the five simple steps, the five Ws. | 使用五个简单的步骤,即五个W。 |
| 196 | I'm gonna show you one more example using the information we already gathered okay. | 我要用我们已经收集的信息再给你们举一个例子 |
| 197 | Alright so here we go the last one. | 好吧,所以在这里,我们去最后一个。 |
| 198 | A stylish stay at home mom swiping it quickly again referring to the card during her lunch | 一个时髦的呆在家里 妈妈在午餐时 快速地把它刷了一遍 |
| 199 | break at a local natural tea cafe and she loves unique herbal teas. | 她喜欢独特的草药茶 |
| 200 | So we could say I saw a stylish stay at home mom swiping her card quickly at a local natural | 所以,我们可以说,我看到一个时髦的 呆在家里妈妈 快速刷她的卡 在当地的自然 |
| 201 | tea cafe. | 茶叶咖啡馆 |
| 202 | She told me that she went during her lunch break because she loves unique herbal teas. | 她告诉我,她去 在她的午餐休息 因为她喜欢独特的草药茶。 |
| 203 | Guys that is how you use these five simple steps, the five Ws, who, what, when, where | 伙计们,你如何使用 这五个简单的步骤, 五W,谁,什么,什么时候,哪里 |
| 204 | and why. | 还有为什么 |
| 205 | Honestly I'm so excited because it literally will change your English learning journey. | 老实说,我太兴奋了,因为这会改变你的英语学习旅程。 |
| 206 | You will start speaking and you will start feeling so confident when you're in conversations | 你会开始说话,你会开始 感觉如此自信 当你在谈话 |
| 207 | because the person listening to you will be able to tell that your fluency has improved | 因为听你们说话的人会告诉你 你的流利程度有了提高 |
| 208 | because you're giving all of the necessary information. | 因为你正在提供所有必要的信息。 |
| 209 | Now again guys when you're practicing remember this, the five Ws again, who is involved in | 现在,再次的家伙 当你练习的时候记住这一点, 五Ws再次, 谁参与 |
| 210 | this situation, what is exactly happening, when is it happening, why is it happening | 这种情形,到底发生了什么,什么时候发生,为什么发生 |
| 211 | and finally where is the situation taking place. | 最后,情况在哪里。 |
| 212 | Now some of you may be wondering, teacher what's the order? | 老师,你们中有些人在想 命令是什么? |
| 213 | Again the five simple steps, who, what, when, where and why. | 又是五个简单的步骤,谁,什么,何时,地点和原因. |
| 214 | When you're making your sentence you can put them in any order that you'd like. | 当你做出你的判决时,你可以把它们按你想的顺序排列. |
| 215 | So actually in the comment section I want you to try. | 所以,实际上在评论部分 我希望你尝试。 |
| 216 | Make your own sentence using the five Ws, the steps, these steps right here. | 用五W,步骤,这些步骤来做你自己的句子 |
| 217 | Now you can make a sentence or you can make a short description of the image we actually | 现在,你可以做一个句子 或者你可以做一个简短的描述 我们实际上的形象 |
| 218 | saw today. | 今天看见了 |
| 219 | But guys I really hope these steps help you. | 但我希望这些步骤能帮助你 |
| 220 | I'm so excited that you guys are finally learning how to think in English and I will talk to | 我太激动了,你们终于学会了用英语思考了 我会跟你们谈谈 |
| 221 | you guys in the next video. | 你们在下一个视频。 |
该视频共有字幕 221 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P28 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p28 27. 27. 你必须知道的英语流利秘诀 27-ENGLISH FLUENCY SECRETS YOU MUST KNOW 5 SECRETS (P28)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p28 27. 27. 你必须知道的英语流利秘诀 27-ENGLISH FLUENCY SECRETS YOU MUST KNOW 5 SECRETS (P28)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 22:05字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Hey, today I'm going to teach you five secrets. | 今天我要教你五个秘密 |
| 0:05 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 0:06 | Five secrets you must know in order to speak English fluently like a native English speaker. | 要像英语母语一样流利地说英语,你必须知道五个秘密。 |
| 0:13 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:14 | Well, then I'm teacher Tiffany. | 那我就是蒂芬尼老师了 |
| 0:16 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 0:19 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 0:19 | Secret number one. | 秘诀一. |
| 0:21 | The first secret to English fluency is understanding that English fluency is not in your mouth. | 对英语流利的第一个秘密是理解英语流利不在你的嘴里. |
| 0:30 | That's right. | 没错 |
展开字幕全文（377 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, today I'm going to teach you five secrets. | 今天我要教你五个秘密 |
| 2 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 3 | Five secrets you must know in order to speak English fluently like a native English speaker. | 要像英语母语一样流利地说英语,你必须知道五个秘密。 |
| 4 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 5 | Well, then I'm teacher Tiffany. | 那我就是蒂芬尼老师了 |
| 6 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 7 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 8 | Secret number one. | 秘诀一. |
| 9 | The first secret to English fluency is understanding that English fluency is not in your mouth. | 对英语流利的第一个秘密是理解英语流利不在你的嘴里. |
| 10 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 11 | English fluency actually starts in your head. | 英语流利其实是从你脑子里开始的 |
| 12 | Now, as an English learner, you probably have studied English for a long time, which means | 现在,作为一个英语学习者, 你可能已经学习了很长时间英语, 这意味着 |
| 13 | you've also experienced frustration. | 你也经历过挫折感 |
| 14 | Why am I not able to speak like a native English speaker? | 为什么我不能像英语母语那样说话? |
| 15 | You've learned tons of vocabulary words, tons of expressions, and so much more, yet you're | 你学了很多词汇 学了很多表达方式 还有很多 |
| 16 | still not able to speak. | 还是不能说话。 |
| 17 | It's because of this secret. | 由是此密语. |
| 18 | You see, it's not the number of words you know or the number of grammar rules you know. | 这不是你知道的字数 也不是你知道的语法规则数 |
| 19 | No, instead, it's how you organize your thoughts. | 不,相反,这是你如何组织你的想法。 |
| 20 | English fluency starts in your head. | 英文流利开始于你的大脑。 |
| 21 | Let me explain it to you a little bit more. | 让我解释给你听 |
| 22 | The first thing is to speak English like a native. | 第一件事是像本地人一样说英语. |
| 23 | You need to think like a native. | 你得像个本地人一样思考 |
| 24 | It makes sense, right? | 有道理,对吧? |
| 25 | You see, as a native English speaker, I remember when I was in high school, college, even when | 你看,作为一个英语母语, 我记得当我在高中,大学, 即使当 |
| 26 | I was in grade school, my English teachers taught me how to think. | 我在小学,我的英语老师教我如何思考。 |
| 27 | They taught me how to organize my ideas properly. | 他们教我如何妥善组织我的想法。 |
| 28 | That's why I am able to speak English fluently. | 所以我能流利地说英语 |
| 29 | So you, as an English learner, need to understand how to think like a native English speaker. | 所以,作为一个英语学习者,你需要懂得如何像母语英语一样思考。 |
| 30 | It starts in your mind first. | 先从心起. |
| 31 | You also need to learn how to organize your thoughts and ideas in your head before you | 还要学会如何在你之前的头脑中组织思想和思想 |
| 32 | speak. | 说吧 |
| 33 | This is something that is key. | 这是关键 |
| 34 | You all know that I talk about the five W's. | 你们都知道我说的是五W的 |
| 35 | Come on, you know them. | 来吧,你知道的。 |
| 36 | Say them. | 说吧 |
| 37 | Who, what, when, where, and why. | 谁,什么,什么时候,哪里,为什么。 |
| 38 | Exactly. | 没错 |
| 39 | The reason I teach you the five W's so many times in my lessons is because using the five | 我教你们五W这么多次 是因为用五W |
| 40 | W's, you will be able to organize your thoughts before you speak. | W's,你会 组织你的想法之前,你说话。 |
| 41 | This is how native English speakers learn how to think and then speak fluently in English. | 本地英语使用者就是这样学会思考的,然后能流利地说英语。 |
| 42 | So you must organize your thoughts. | 所以你必须组织你的想法。 |
| 43 | The third thing is native English speakers are taught this in school. | 第三件事是学校教授英语母语。 |
| 44 | I mentioned earlier, I learned this in middle school, elementary school, middle school, | 我之前说过,我在中学,小学,中学学到的 |
| 45 | high school, and college. | 高中和大学 |
| 46 | We are taught how to properly think and organize our ideas. | 我们被教导如何正确思考和组织我们的想法。 |
| 47 | So I want you to stop being frustrated with yourself because it's not that you are not | 所以我希望你别再对自己感到沮丧了 因为你不是 |
| 48 | smart. | 聪明 |
| 49 | It's just simply no one has ever told you this first secret. | 只是没人告诉你第一个秘密 |
| 50 | English fluency is not in your mouth. | 英语流利不在你的嘴里 |
| 51 | It's in your brain and your mind. | 于脑及心. |
| 52 | Secret number one. | 秘诀一. |
| 53 | Let's move on to secret number two. | 转法轮二密. |
| 54 | This is again, very important for you to understand in order to speak English fluently. | 这对你们来说也是非常重要的 为了能流利地说英语 |
| 55 | Secret number two is book English will not, it won't help you speak real English. | 第二秘密是英国书不会 对你讲真正的英语没有帮助 |
| 56 | Book English is actually different from spoken English. | 书籍英语实际上不同于口语英语. |
| 57 | Now maybe you're like, teacher Tiffany, oh my goodness, if I can't speak fluently after | 现在也许你喜欢,蒂凡尼老师, 哦,我的天啊,如果我不能说流利之后 |
| 58 | studying a book, what can I do? | 学习一本书,我能做什么? |
| 59 | Don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 60 | Let me explain what happened to me when I was studying Korean, when I was in Korea, | 让我解释一下 当我学习韩语时, 当我在韩国时, |
| 61 | I was learning. | 我在学习 |
| 62 | I had tons of books and I was studying hard. | 我有很多书,我学习很努力。 |
| 63 | But when I would speak to my Korean friends, they said, Tiff, for some reason you sound | 但当我和韩国朋友说话时,他们说,蒂夫,你听起来有些原因 |
| 64 | awkward. | 尴尬。 |
| 65 | You don't sound like a native Korean speaker. | 你听起来不像一个朝鲜人 |
| 66 | Your sentences are not really natural. | 你们的句子并不自然 |
| 67 | I was studying tons of Korean books, but I wasn't learning how to speak like a native | 我学了很多韩文书,但学的不是像本地人一样说话 |
| 68 | Korean speaker. | 韩语演说家. |
| 69 | I realized these books, those books at that time were not helping me. | 我意识到这些书,那些书 当时没有帮助我。 |
| 70 | Let me explain how this applies to you as an English learner. | 让我解释一下这对你如何适用 作为一个学习英语的人。 |
| 71 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 72 | One reason many English learners like you don't become fluent is that they only focus | 像你这样的许多英语学习者不流利的原因之一 就是他们只关注 |
| 73 | on English books like me. | 像我这样的英国书 |
| 74 | I was only focusing on Korean books, not paying attention to real conversations. | 我只是把注意力放在韩国的书上,而不是关注真正的对话。 |
| 75 | I had my books ready, had them open, and I was memorizing Korean vocabulary words, | 我准备了书 打开了 我记着韩语词汇 |
| 76 | memorizing expressions, memorizing grammar rules, but I still sounded awkward. | 记忆表达方式 记忆语法规则 但我听起来还是很尴尬 |
| 77 | And you again, probably experienced the same frustration only focusing on English | 再说一次,你可能也经历过同样的挫折 只关注英语 |
| 78 | books will make you sound awkward. | 书会让人觉得尴尬 |
| 79 | Like I sounded when you try to speak English, learning English from real | 就像我的声音 当你尝试说英语, 学习英语真实 |
| 80 | situations will actually make you sound more natural. | 情况会让你更自然 |
| 81 | Remember I said I was studying tons of Korean books, but when I realized that I | 记得我说过我在研究数以吨计的韩国书籍 但当我意识到 |
| 82 | sounded awkward and I wasn't speaking Korean fluently, I stopped. | 听起来很尴尬,我没说韩语,我停下来了 |
| 83 | I put the books down and I started paying attention when my friends, my Korean | 我把书放下,我开始注意 当我的朋友,我的韩国人 |
| 84 | friends were speaking with each other. | 朋友在交谈 |
| 85 | I paid attention. | 我认真的 |
| 86 | Oh, wait a minute. | 单单 |
| 87 | They used that expression. | 他们用了这个表情。 |
| 88 | Wait a minute. | 等一会 |
| 89 | They used that word order. | 他们用那个单词 |
| 90 | Let me mimic them. | 让我模仿他们。 |
| 91 | Let me imitate them. | 让我模仿一下 |
| 92 | And then all of a sudden my Korean friends said, Hey, Tiff, you sound more | 然后突然,我的韩国朋友说, 嘿,蒂夫,你的声音更多 |
| 93 | natural, your Korean fluency is improving all because I started paying | 自然,你的韩国流利度正在提高 因为我开始付钱 |
| 94 | attention to real situations. | 注意真实情况。 |
| 95 | That's the second secret. | 此是第二密义. |
| 96 | Book English won't help you speak real English. | 书英语不会帮助你说真正的英语。 |
| 97 | If you only focus on the books, you'll never speak English fluently. | 如果你只关注书籍,你永远不会说流利的英语. |
| 98 | So you must pay attention to real situations. | 所以,你必须注意真实情况。 |
| 99 | Listen to native English speakers as they speak to each other. | 互相说话时听当地英语的演讲. |
| 100 | That is secret number two. | 这是二号秘密 |
| 101 | Now, what about secret number three for English fluency? | 那英国流利的三号秘密呢? |
| 102 | This is extremely important. | 这是非常重要的。 |
| 103 | Secret number three is English conversations have a special flow and | 第三秘密是英语对话有特别的流程 |
| 104 | English conversation is like a tennis match. | 英语对话就像网球比赛一样. |
| 105 | I love this secret because I enjoy showing it visually. | 我喜欢这个秘密 因为我喜欢在视觉上展示它 |
| 106 | Think about a tennis match. | 想想网球比赛 |
| 107 | You have a ball and a tennis racket and the person you're playing with your | 你有一个球和一个网球拍 和你玩的人 |
| 108 | opponent also has a tennis racket. | 对手也有网球拍 |
| 109 | You throw the ball up and hit the ball to the opponent. | 把球扔到对手身上 |
| 110 | The opponent receives it and then hits it back to you. | 对手得到它,然后击回给你。 |
| 111 | And there's this back and forth, back and forth. | 则此前后前后. |
| 112 | Come on back and forth that happens in the tennis match. | 来来回的 发生在网球比赛。 |
| 113 | That's how a tennis match continues moving back and forth. | 网球比赛就是这样继续前后移动的. |
| 114 | English conversations are exactly the same. | 英式对话完全相同. |
| 115 | There is this back and forth that occurs. | 有这种前后发生。 |
| 116 | And I want to explain these points to you really quickly in order going back and | 我想向你们解释一下这些要点 为了回去 |
| 117 | forth, which means if you receive a question and you answer it, you must send | 如果回答问题,你必须发出 |
| 118 | the question back many times. | 这个问题回了多次。 |
| 119 | English learners, some of my students in the past, I would ask them a question | 英语学习者,我过去的一些学生,我会问他们一个问题 |
| 120 | and they'd answer it and then look at me. | 他们会回答 然后看着我 |
| 121 | They weren't sending it back to me. | 他们不会把它还给我的 |
| 122 | This is how a conversation is supposed to flow. | 谈话就是这样进行的 |
| 123 | First, if you understand the proper flow of a conversation, you will be able to | 首先,如果你理解一个谈话的正确过程,你就能 |
| 124 | go back and forth smoothly. | 顺其自然 |
| 125 | Remember we're talking about speaking English fluently. | 记得我们在说流利的英语吗? |
| 126 | It's not always about the words and expressions. | 亦不总以言语语意. |
| 127 | If you understand these secrets, you'll be able to speak English fluently, | 如果你了解这些秘密,你就能流利地说英语, |
| 128 | going back and forth. | 往返无间. |
| 129 | Next, following the right conversation flow will help you connect with your | 接下来,按照正确的对话流程,会帮助您与您的 |
| 130 | listener. | 听着 |
| 131 | You know, one thing that I know you've experienced as an English learner is when | 你知道,我知道你作为一名英语学习者的经历是: |
| 132 | a native English speaker, if you've ever encountered one comes up to you and asks | 一个讲英语的本地人, 如果你遇到过一个 来问你 |
| 133 | you a question, you get a little nervous. | 问你个问题 你有点紧张 |
| 134 | So instead of sending a question back, you simply answer and you get quiet and | 所以,你没有发回一个问题, 你只是回答,你得到安静, |
| 135 | you feel awkward, right? | 你觉得尴尬,对不对? |
| 136 | So you're not able to connect to the listener. | 所以你无法连接到听众。 |
| 137 | So that individual feels like, Oh, you don't speak English fluently simply because | 这样个人感觉, 哦,你不说流利的英语 仅仅因为 |
| 138 | you don't understand the third secret, the flow back and forth, back and forth of | 你不明白第三个秘密 来回流动 |
| 139 | an English conversation, understanding and following the flow will also help you | 一个英语的谈话,理解和跟随流 也会帮助你 |
| 140 | sound more like a native English speaker. | 听起来更像是英语母语 |
| 141 | This secret is so important. | 这个秘密很重要 |
| 142 | Now with this secret, again, you have to practice in order to master this secret, | 现在,有了这个秘密,再次, 你必须练习 为了掌握这个秘密, |
| 143 | in order to speak English fluently based on this secret, you have to practice the | 为了能流利地讲英语,你必须练习 |
| 144 | proper flow of an English conversation. | 英式对话的流畅 |
| 145 | And that actually brings us to today's sponsor. | 这实际上让我们来到今天的赞助商。 |
| 146 | I want to thank Cambly so much for sponsoring this video. | 我想非常感谢Cambly赞助这段视频。 |
| 147 | You all know how much I love Cambly. | 你们都知道我有多爱Cambly |
| 148 | Cambly is an amazing company and their focus is on helping you, the English | Cambly是个很棒的公司 他们专注于帮助你,英国人 |
| 149 | learner, learn how to speak English fluently, learning how to go back and | 学习者,学习如何流利地说英语,学习如何回去 |
| 150 | forth, back and forth. | 前后两侧 |
| 151 | So they have tutors, they have tutors that are available 24 seven. | 因此,他们有辅导员, 他们有辅导员 247。 |
| 152 | These tutors will help you practice going back and forth. | 这些辅导员会帮助您练习往返。 |
| 153 | Now these are one-on-one private English lessons. | 现在这些是一对一的私人英语课程。 |
| 154 | Again, why I love Cambly so much their tutors are from America, Canada, Australia, | 再说一遍,为什么我这么爱Cambly 他们的导师来自美国,加拿大,澳大利亚, |
| 155 | and the UK. | 和英国。 |
| 156 | So you can get practice with English teachers that are native English speakers. | 因此,您可以与英语教师进行英语教学。英语教师是英语母语。 |
| 157 | You have to practice the third secret, the conversation flow back and forth. | 须练三秘,谈话往来. |
| 158 | Now, again, Cambly is sponsoring this video because they want to help you | 再说一遍,Cambly赞助这段视频 因为他们想帮你 |
| 159 | master these secrets and what they're doing is right here, they're giving a | 掌握着这些秘密 他们所做的就在这里 他们给了一个 |
| 160 | free 10 minute lesson. | 免费10分钟课。 |
| 161 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 162 | The link is right in the description because they care about you. | 联系在描述中是正确的 因为他们关心你。 |
| 163 | They said, Tiffany, we want to help your students. | 他们说 Tiffany 我们要帮你的学生 |
| 164 | And I said, thank you very much. | 我说,非常感谢。 |
| 165 | So I want you to get this free 10 minute lesson by hitting the link in the | 所以,我希望你得到这个免费 10分钟的课程 通过点击链接在 |
| 166 | description, practice secret. | 说明,练习秘密。 |
| 167 | Number three, the conversation flow with your tutor. | 第三,跟你的导师谈话 |
| 168 | And if you are ready to really take your English to the next level, you can get | 如果你真的准备好 把你的英语升到下一个水平, 你可以得到 |
| 169 | the 40% off discount of any 12 month plan 40%. | 任何12个月计划的40%折扣 40% |
| 170 | That's an extreme discount because they want to help you speak English fluently. | 这是非常便宜的,因为他们想帮助你 流利地说英语。 |
| 171 | So again, Cambly, thank you so much for sponsoring this video. | Cambly,再次感谢你赞助这段视频。 |
| 172 | You as the English learner, remember you have to master English fluency and | 作为英语的学习者,记住你必须掌握英语流利和 |
| 173 | the third secret is practicing, going back and forth, back and forth. | 第三个秘密是练习, 往返,前后。 |
| 174 | The flow of a conversation. | 谈话之流. |
| 175 | And you can do that with the amazing tutors any time of the day. | 你可以随时和那些令人惊叹的辅导员一起做 |
| 176 | So Cambly, thank you so much for sponsoring this video. | Cambly 谢谢你赞助这段视频 |
| 177 | Let's move on to secret number four. | 转法轮秘密第四. |
| 178 | Secret number four is also extremely important. | 四号秘密也极为重要 |
| 179 | Secret number four is the number three is powerful. | 秘密四是三号力. |
| 180 | Use it. | 使用它。 |
| 181 | You see using three points, three reasons, or three details. | 你看用三个点,三个理由,或者三个细节。 |
| 182 | This is key to speaking English fluently. | 这是说英语流利的关键。 |
| 183 | That's right in English. | 这在英语中是正确的。 |
| 184 | Now I told you all that when I was in school, my English teachers, they | 现在我告诉你 当我在学校, 我的英语教师,他们 |
| 185 | taught us based on these secrets. | 教会我们这些秘密。 |
| 186 | I mentioned the five W's learning how to organize your thoughts. | 我提到五W正在学习如何组织你的思想. |
| 187 | But for this one right here, I want to emphasize again, three, what happened? | 但对于这个,我想再次强调,三,发生了什么事? |
| 188 | Look back really quickly. | 回头看真的很快。 |
| 189 | What did we say? | 我们说了什么? |
| 190 | We said right here, three points, three reasons, or three details. | 我们在这里说,三点,三个原因,或者三个细节。 |
| 191 | Here's the thing. | 事情是这样的 |
| 192 | Whenever you are talking to someone, whenever you're having a | 每当你和某人说话,每当你有一个 |
| 193 | conversation back and forth, when you give your idea or your | 当你给出你的想法或你的 |
| 194 | thought, you need to support it. | 认为,你需要支持它。 |
| 195 | That's why the number three is so powerful. | 故三号大威力. |
| 196 | Three details, three reasons, three opinions, three points, | 三个细节,三个原因,三个意见,三个要点, |
| 197 | things that will support your idea. | 支持你想法的东西 |
| 198 | You must remember the power of the number three. | 汝须忆念三世之威力. |
| 199 | Here's another point I want to make. | 我还想谈另一个问题。 |
| 200 | This number three is the most important, one of the most important | 这三号是最重要的,最重要的一个 |
| 201 | keys to speaking English, like a native English speaker. | 比如说英语的母语。 |
| 202 | I want you to pay attention when someone asks another native | 我希望你能注意 当有人问另一个本地人 |
| 203 | English speaker, a question that individual naturally goes into | 英语者,一个问题 个人自然进入 |
| 204 | three supporting details. | 三个支持细节。 |
| 205 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 206 | Because our teachers taught us that way. | 因为我们的老师教我们这样 |
| 207 | When I was in college, one of my favorite teachers, Ms. | 当我在大学的时候, 我最喜欢的老师之一,女士。 |
| 208 | Candelaria, she was my English teacher and she told us the | 坎德拉里亚,她是我的英语老师 她告诉我们 |
| 209 | importance of the number three. | 第三点很重要。 |
| 210 | She said, whatever your idea is, support it with three supporting | 她说,无论你的想法是什么, 支持它与三个支持 |
| 211 | ideas, details, examples. | 想法,细节,例子。 |
| 212 | This is why we are able to speak English fluently, giving three | 这就是为什么我们能够流利地说英语,给三个 |
| 213 | points, three reasons, or three details will provide the information | 要点、三个理由或三个细节将提供信息 |
| 214 | you need to speak fluently. | 你需要说话流利。 |
| 215 | Someone listening to you will feel, wow, your English is amazing | 有人听你的 会觉得,哇,你的英语是惊人的 |
| 216 | because you're following this secret. | 因为你在跟踪这个秘密 |
| 217 | The power of the number three and native English speakers. | 三号人物和母语英语者的力量. |
| 218 | I mentioned, we are taught the power and importance of the | 我提到,我们被教导 权力和重要性 |
| 219 | number three in school too. | 学校里也是第三名 |
| 220 | You have to learn what we learn in order to speak English fluently. | 你必须学会我们学到的东西才能流利地说英语. |
| 221 | So again, you can practice with the tutor from Cambly. | 再说一次,你可以跟坎布利的导师一起练习。 |
| 222 | You can practice in your room, practice using the number three | 你可以在房间里练习,用三号 |
| 223 | and supporting your ideas. | 并且支持你的想法。 |
| 224 | Now, what about secret number five? | 5号秘密呢? |
| 225 | Another important secret I want you to understand this one right here. | 我想让你明白另一个重要秘密 |
| 226 | Confidence comes before fluency. | 信心在流利之前就来了。 |
| 227 | Confidence actually leads to speaking English fluently. | 信心实际上会导致英语流利. |
| 228 | This is something very interesting. | 这很有趣 |
| 229 | You see, I know that you want to speak English fluently and you get | 我知道你想说流利的英语 |
| 230 | nervous when you're not able to express yourself, right? | 当你无法表达自己时会很紧张,对吧? |
| 231 | But the thing is you speak your own language fluently because | 但问题是,你会流利地说自己的语言,因为 |
| 232 | you're confident in yourself. | 你对自己有信心 |
| 233 | When you gain confidence, when what you're learning from your English | 当你有信心的时候 当你从英语中学到的东西 |
| 234 | lessons or from this lesson right here, when you put it into practice and you | 教训或从这个教训在这里, 当你把它付诸实践,你 |
| 235 | see, Oh my goodness, what teacher Tiffany taught me is really true. | 看,天啊,蒂凡尼老师教我的是真的 |
| 236 | And it's working. | 则有功用. |
| 237 | Suddenly you get confident. | 你突然变得自信了 |
| 238 | Your shoulders kind of go back a little bit. | 你的肩膀有点退缩了 |
| 239 | Your head goes up and your confidence will lead to fluency. | 你的头朝上,你的信心将导致流利。 |
| 240 | It happened to one of my students. | 发生在我的一个学生身上 |
| 241 | He was not as confident when he first started studying with me. | 他刚开始跟我学习时没有那么自信 |
| 242 | But then I told him, Hey, you can do it. | 但我告诉他,嘿,你可以做到这一点。 |
| 243 | And he started to believe in himself and his fluency improved. | 他开始相信自己,他的流利度也得到了改善. |
| 244 | So you must remember these things. | 所以,你必须记住这些事情。 |
| 245 | You need to develop confidence in your own abilities. | 你需要培养对自身能力的信心. |
| 246 | If you want to achieve English fluency, stop saying, sorry. | 如果你想做到英语流利,就别再说了,对不起. |
| 247 | You're amazing. | 你真厉害 |
| 248 | You're already speaking another languages. | 你已经在说另一种语言了 |
| 249 | Maybe it's your second, third, fourth, or even fifth language. | 也许是你的第二,第三,第四,甚至第五语言. |
| 250 | You are awesome. | 你真厉害 |
| 251 | Remember that have confidence in yourself because that | 记住,对你自己有信心,因为 |
| 252 | confidence will lead to fluency. | 信心将导致流利。 |
| 253 | The more confident you are, the more natural your English will sound. | 你越自信,你的英语就越自然 |
| 254 | And I'm going to tell you a story about my experience during, during | 我要告诉你一个故事 关于我的经历 在,在 |
| 255 | story time, so don't go anywhere. | 故事时间,所以不要去任何地方。 |
| 256 | I'll say that story. | 我会说这个故事。 |
| 257 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 258 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 259 | And then in order to gain more confidence in your abilities, you | 为了增强对自身能力的信心 |
| 260 | must step out of your comfort zone. | 必须走出你的舒适地带。 |
| 261 | If you're used to studying one way and you don't want to record a video, you | 如果你习惯于学习一种方法,而不想录影带,你 |
| 262 | don't want to have conversations because you get nervous, you have to get out of | 不想谈,因为你紧张, 你必须离开 |
| 263 | your comfort zone in order to build your confidence because confidence | 为了建立信心 因为信心 |
| 264 | comes before fluency, my job, my goal as your teacher, as the one leading you | 来之前流利,我的工作,我的目标 作为你的老师,作为引导你 |
| 265 | along this path is to help you gain confidence in yourself. | 沿着这条路帮助你获得对自己的信心。 |
| 266 | These are the five secrets you need to understand. | 这是你需要了解的五个秘密 |
| 267 | You must know in order to speak English fluently. | 你必须知道才能流利地说英语 |
| 268 | Now, I really hope you enjoyed today's lesson. | 现在,我真的希望你享受今天的课。 |
| 269 | I hope you follow these secrets and again, watch this video over again | 我希望你继续追踪这些秘密 再看一遍这段视频 |
| 270 | to follow the secrets. | 跟着这些秘密 |
| 271 | And again, you will finally speak English fluently again. | 再说一遍,你终于能流利地说英语了 |
| 272 | Hope you enjoyed it. | 希望你喜欢它。 |
| 273 | Remember you can do it. | 记住你能做到的。 |
| 274 | I believe in you. | 我相信你们 |
| 275 | Don't forget to get your tutor by clicking the link in the description. | 别忘了通过点击描述中的链接来得到你的家教. |
| 276 | Start practicing again, the flow of a conversation. | 重新开始练习 对话的流畅 |
| 277 | Love you all. | 爱你们所有人 |
| 278 | And I can't wait to see you again in the next lesson, but as | 我迫不及待想再见到你 在下一个课,但作为 |
| 279 | always remember to speak English. | 永远记得说英语。 |
| 280 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 281 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 282 | Come on. | 来吧。 |
| 283 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 284 | I said a story time. | 我说了一个故事时间。 |
| 285 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 286 | Now I told you, I promised you that I tell you a story about my experience. | 现在我告诉你,我答应你,我告诉你一个故事 关于我的经历。 |
| 287 | Now I told you all the last secret was confidence comes before fluency. | 现在,我告诉你所有最后的秘密 是信心来之前流利。 |
| 288 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 289 | I told you that when I was studying Korean, I was studying so many books, | 我告诉过你,当我学习韩语时,我学习了很多书 |
| 290 | but I still sounded awkward, but eventually I understood the secret and I | 但我听起来还是很尴尬 但最终我理解了秘密 |
| 291 | started paying attention in real situations. | 开始在现实中关注。 |
| 292 | So when I lived in Korea for that 10 year period, I was speaking Korean fluently. | 因此,当我在韩国生活了10年时,我正在流利地说韩语。 |
| 293 | My Korean had really improved. | 我的韩国人真的进步了 |
| 294 | But now I'm in America, right? | 但现在我在美国,对吧? |
| 295 | So I came back to America about, it's been a while. | 于是我回到了美国,已经很久了。 |
| 296 | And after being home for a year, one of my closest friends, she | 回家一年后, 我最亲密的朋友之一,她 |
| 297 | was going to get married. | 本来打算结婚的 |
| 298 | So I had to fly back to Korea. | 所以我不得不飞回韩国。 |
| 299 | So there was this one year period where I had not been around any Koreans. | 因此,有一年的时间,我没有去过任何韩国人身边。 |
| 300 | I was not speaking Korean on a regular basis anymore. | 我不再经常说韩语了 |
| 301 | So even though I was fluent when I was in South Korea, when I came back to | 所以尽管我在韩国时很流利 回来的时候 |
| 302 | America for that full year, I was speaking in English. | 这整年的美国,我讲英语。 |
| 303 | So you, as you naturally think, yes, I was probably a little bit nervous | 所以,你,你自然认为, 是的,我可能有点紧张 |
| 304 | and you would be correct. | 你是对的 |
| 305 | So I remember getting on the flight to fly back to Korea, excited | 所以我记得搭飞机回韩国,很兴奋 |
| 306 | about my friend's wedding. | 关于我的朋友的婚礼。 |
| 307 | I was really excited. | 我很兴奋 |
| 308 | And on my way to Korea, I realized, Hey, there are certain people | 在去韩国的路上,我意识到, 嘿,有些人 |
| 309 | that I need to see, not just that friend. | 不只是那个朋友 |
| 310 | So when I arrived in Korea, I texted some of my other friends saying, | 所以当我到达韩国,我发短信给我的一些其他朋友说, |
| 311 | Hey, I'll be in Korea. | 嘿,我会在韩国。 |
| 312 | Let's meet up. | 相见. |
| 313 | Let's hang out a little bit. | 让我们挂出一点点。 |
| 314 | And one of the individuals I texted was one of my favorite only only | 我发短信的其中一个人 是我唯一喜欢的 |
| 315 | is like older sister. | 就像姐姐一样 |
| 316 | She actually helped me with my thesis when I was writing my thesis in Korean. | 我用韩语写论文时 她帮我写了论文 |
| 317 | So I really, really love her. | 所以我真的很爱她。 |
| 318 | I really care about her. | 我真的很关心她 |
| 319 | And I really wanted to see her. | 我真的很想见她 |
| 320 | So I messaged her and said, Hey, I'll be in Korea. | 所以我给她留言说 我会去韩国的 |
| 321 | Let's meet up for lunch. | 我们一起吃午饭吧 |
| 322 | Now we're texting, right? | 现在我们在发短信,对吧? |
| 323 | You all know, sometimes it's easier to write in English than speak, right? | 你们都知道,有时用英语写字比说得容易,对吧? |
| 324 | So up until that point, everything was fine. | 所以直到那时,一切都很好。 |
| 325 | I could type if I forgot a word, I could look it up really quickly. | 我可以打字,如果我忘了一个字, 我可以非常迅速地查一下它。 |
| 326 | And I was fine texting her in Korean. | 我用韩文发短信给她 |
| 327 | So we met up and we went to a restaurant in Korea and the | 于是我们相遇了 我们去了韩国的一家餐馆 |
| 328 | restaurant had really good food. | 餐厅有非常好的食物。 |
| 329 | So we said, Hey, and again, all in Korean, but again, the introductions and saying | 所以我们说,嘿,再说一遍,都是用韩语写的, 但再说一遍,介绍和说 |
| 330 | the greetings are very simple, right? | 问候非常简单,对吧? |
| 331 | Even in English, Hey, how are you? | 甚至英语,嘿,你好吗? |
| 332 | So we sat down to eat and we ordered our food. | 所以我们坐下来吃东西 我们订了食物 |
| 333 | And so we started to have a conversation, the back and forth. | 于是我们开始交谈,前后对话。 |
| 334 | Now, again, I hadn't spoken Korean in about a year, just simple things, you | 再说一遍,我一年没说韩语了,很简单,你 |
| 335 | know, via text and sometimes on the phone periodically. | 你知道,通过短信, 有时在电话定期。 |
| 336 | So my friend was telling me about things that were going on in her life. | 我的朋友告诉我 她生活中发生的事情 |
| 337 | And my understanding was fine. | 而我的理解是好的。 |
| 338 | Listening skills were good, but again, I had to go back and forth. | 倾听技巧不错,但我还是得回转 |
| 339 | I had to respond, but remember I said, I'm very close to her. | 我不得不回应 但记得我说过 我和她很亲近 |
| 340 | I really care about her and I'm very comfortable around her. | 我真的很在乎她,而且她身边我很舒服 |
| 341 | So I feel confident whenever I speak to her in Korean, I'm never shy or nervous. | 所以每当我用韩语和她说话时,我感到自信,我从来不害羞或紧张. |
| 342 | So the conversation was flowing very well. | 谈话进展顺利 |
| 343 | I wasn't even noticing it because again, I was so comfortable around her. | 我什至没有注意到它 因为再次,我是如此舒适 围绕她。 |
| 344 | I didn't feel insecure at all about my Korean speaking ability. | 我对韩国语的能力完全没有安全感 |
| 345 | So we're talking and she stopped and she said, Tiff, again, all in Korean, | 所以,我们说话 她停下来,她说,蒂夫, 再次,所有朝鲜语, |
| 346 | your Korean is still good, but you've been gone for a year. | 你的韩文还不错 但你已经走了一年了 |
| 347 | And I paused and I said, Oh, I guess it is. | 我停下来说,我想是的。 |
| 348 | But then I realized it's because of you. | 但后来我才意识到是因为你 |
| 349 | I said, I'm comfortable around you. | 我说,我在你身边很舒服 |
| 350 | I feel confident around you. | 我对你有信心 |
| 351 | So everything I learned, all the Korean words and expressions came back to my | 所以,我学到的一切, 所有韩语和表达 回到我 |
| 352 | mind and I was able to speak Korean fluently because I felt confident around her. | 因为我对她很有信心 |
| 353 | She smiled and said, Oh, that's good. | 她笑着说: 哦,那很好。 |
| 354 | And we continued on with our conversation, but I never forgot that situation. | 我们继续谈话 但我从未忘记那种情况 |
| 355 | I never forgot what happened because again, I had been gone for a full year, | 我从来没有忘记发生了什么 因为我又走了整整一年 |
| 356 | but because I felt confident around her, I was comfortable with her. | 但因为我对她很有信心 我对她很自在 |
| 357 | The Korean naturally flowed. | 韩国人自然流传. |
| 358 | So I'm telling you this story because I want to encourage you. | 所以我告诉你这个故事,因为我想鼓励你。 |
| 359 | Confidence comes before fluency. | 信心在流利之前就来了。 |
| 360 | When you are comfortable around someone, you'll be able to speak English fluently. | 当你在别人身边舒服的时候,你就能流利地说英语. |
| 361 | It'll come out more naturally. | 它会更自然地出来。 |
| 362 | I've seen it happen over and over with my personal students, students in the | 我亲眼目睹了 与我的个人学生,学生在 |
| 363 | past, even students now, they just naturally start speaking English because | 过去,现在甚至学生, 他们自然开始说英语,因为 |
| 364 | they're comfortable with me and their confidence improves. | 他们对我很满意 他们的信心也提高了 |
| 365 | So I want you to think whenever you're speaking in English, if you start feeling | 所以我希望你每次用英语说话时 都能思考 如果你开始感觉 |
| 366 | a little bit insecure, a little bit nervous, stop and say, wait a minute, I | 有点不安全,有些紧张,停下来说,等一下,我 |
| 367 | can do this, I can do this. | 我可以做到这一点,我可以做到这一点。 |
| 368 | I'm intelligent. | 我很聪明 |
| 369 | I'm amazing. | 我很厉害 |
| 370 | I'm learning another language and watch your confidence improve and the English | 我学的是另一种语言 看着你的信心和英语的提高 |
| 371 | will start to flow just a bit better because remember confidence comes before fluency. | 因为要记住信心才会流畅 |
| 372 | I really hope this story encourages you. | 我真的希望这个故事能鼓励你 |
| 373 | I've been where you are and I know the importance of being confident in yourself. | 我一直在你的位置 我知道对自己有信心的重要性 |
| 374 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 375 | I will see you next time. | 下次见 |
| 376 | Have a wonderful day. | 祝你今天过得愉快 |
| 377 | Have a wonderful week and as always remember to speak English. | 祝你一周愉快 永远记得说英语 |
该视频共有字幕 377 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P29 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p29 28. 28. 如何用英语造长句第 1 部分 28-How to make long sentences in English Part 1 (P29)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p29 28. 28. 如何用英语造长句第 1 部分 28-How to make long sentences in English Part 1 (P29)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 7:18字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | After studying English for years, are you still only able to answer in short simple sentences? | 在学习英语多年之后,你仍然只能用简单的短句回答吗? |
| 0:08 | Is it frustrating? | 沮丧吗? |
| 0:10 | Would you like to know the secret to making longer sentences in English? | 你想知道用英语做更长句子的秘密吗? |
| 0:15 | Well, don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 0:17 | Today I will teach you part one of the second English secret. | 今天我将教你第二个英语秘密的一部分。 |
| 0:23 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:26 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn part one of the second secret to speaking English. | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学习讲英语的第二个秘密之一 |
| 0:32 | This secret will improve your ability to speak clearly and logically in English. | 这个秘密会提高你用英语讲清楚逻辑的能力. |
| 0:38 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:40 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
展开字幕全文（77 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | After studying English for years, are you still only able to answer in short simple sentences? | 在学习英语多年之后,你仍然只能用简单的短句回答吗? |
| 2 | Is it frustrating? | 沮丧吗? |
| 3 | Would you like to know the secret to making longer sentences in English? | 你想知道用英语做更长句子的秘密吗? |
| 4 | Well, don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 5 | Today I will teach you part one of the second English secret. | 今天我将教你第二个英语秘密的一部分。 |
| 6 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 7 | I am teacher Tiffany and today we are going to learn part one of the second secret to speaking English. | 我是蒂凡尼老师 今天我们要学习讲英语的第二个秘密之一 |
| 8 | This secret will improve your ability to speak clearly and logically in English. | 这个秘密会提高你用英语讲清楚逻辑的能力. |
| 9 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 10 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 11 | As an English learner, sometimes you experience difficulty finding the right words to express your ideas or opinions. | 作为一个英语学习者,有时你很难找到正确的词来表达你的想法或观点. |
| 12 | But an even greater problem is being able to completely and thoroughly express yourself in English. | 但是,一个更大的问题是能够用英语完全和彻底地表达自己。 |
| 13 | Many times your answers come out in short, very simple sentences. | 很多次你的答案都是简洁的句子 |
| 14 | This becomes very frustrating for you. | 这让你很沮丧 |
| 15 | But you don't have to be frustrated anymore. | 但你不必再沮丧了 |
| 16 | Why? | 为什么? |
| 17 | Because there is a secret to learning how to make longer sentences in English. | 因为学习如何用英语做出更长的句子是有秘密的. |
| 18 | Here's how it works. | 以此为法. |
| 19 | In English, basic sentences answer at least one to two of the five W's. | 在英语中,基本句子至少回答5个W的1到2个. |
| 20 | You will remember in our previous lesson that the five W's are who, when, where, what, and why. | 在我们之前的课上,你会记得 五W的是谁,何时,何处,什么,为什么。 |
| 21 | These five W's also become the foundation for a good sentence. | 这五W也成为好句子的基础. |
| 22 | For example, I like ice cream. | 比如我喜欢冰淇淋 |
| 23 | The word I in the sentence represents the who, and the words ice cream in the sentence represent the what. | 句子中的"我"代表谁,句子中的"冰淇淋"代表什么. |
| 24 | Next, I live in Korea. | 接下来我住在韩国 |
| 25 | The word I in the sentence represents the who, and the word Korea in the sentence represents the where. | 句子中的"我"代表谁,句子中的"韩国"代表何处. |
| 26 | And finally, he is drinking. | 最后,他正在喝酒。 |
| 27 | The word he in the sentence represents the who, and the word drinking in the sentence represents the what. | 句子中的他这个词代表谁,句子中的喝酒这个词代表什么. |
| 28 | So all three of these sentences pass as basic English sentences because they each answer one to two of the five W's. | 所以这三句都作为基本的英语句子通过,因为它们各自回答五W中的一至二. |
| 29 | However, if we want to expand these basic English sentences, we must give more information. | 然而,如果我们想扩大这些基本的英语句子,我们必须提供更多的信息. |
| 30 | How is this done? | 怎么样? |
| 31 | Well, this is done by looking at the W's that are already a part of the sentence. | 这是通过观察已经是判决内容的W来完成的。 |
| 32 | Let's look at our first example sentence. | 举初譬句. |
| 33 | I like ice cream. | 我喜欢冰淇淋 |
| 34 | Now what are the two W's for this sentence? | 现在这两个W是什么呢? |
| 35 | Who and what. | 谁和什么。 |
| 36 | So let's choose three different examples for each of the W's. | 因此,我们为W的每个选择三个不同的例子. |
| 37 | For who, let's use student, American, and outgoing. | 给谁,让我们用学生,美国人,和离开。 |
| 38 | For what, let's use strawberry, cone, and lots of. | 为了什么,让我们使用草莓,锥子和很多。 |
| 39 | These selections become the extra information that will be added to our basic sentences. | 这些选择成为了我们基本句子中将添加的额外信息. |
| 40 | So the first expanded sentence is, I am a student who likes strawberry ice cream. | 所以第一句话是,我是一个喜欢草莓冰淇淋的学生。 |
| 41 | The second expanded sentence is, I am an American who likes ice cream cones. | 第二个扩展句子是,我是一个美国人 谁喜欢冰淇淋锥。 |
| 42 | The third expanded sentence is, I am an outgoing person who likes lots of ice cream. | 第三个扩展句子是,我是一个即将离任的人,他喜欢很多冰淇淋. |
| 43 | And the final expanded sentence including all of the examples is, | 最后的扩大句子 包括所有的例子是, |
| 44 | I am an outgoing American student who likes lots of strawberry ice cream cones. | 我是一个即将毕业的美国学生 谁喜欢很多草莓冰淇淋锥。 |
| 45 | Our sentence went from a basic English sentence to an expanded English sentence simply by focusing on two of the five W's. | 我们的句子从一个基本的英语句子变成一个扩大的英语句子,仅仅通过专注于五个W's中的两个. |
| 46 | Now let's quickly look at the last two examples. | 现在让我们快速看看最后两个例子。 |
| 47 | I live in Korea. | 我住在韩国 |
| 48 | For who, let's use English teacher, 40 years old, and American. | 为了谁,我们用英语老师 40岁,美国人。 |
| 49 | For where, let's use Seoul, an apartment, a quiet neighborhood. | 我们用首尔,一个公寓,一个安静的街区 |
| 50 | So the first expanded sentence is, I am an English teacher living in Seoul, Korea. | 因此,第一个扩展的句子是,我是一个英语教师,住在韩国首尔. |
| 51 | The second expanded sentence is, I am 40 years old and I live in an apartment in Korea. | 第二个扩展句子是,我40岁,住在韩国的公寓里。 |
| 52 | The third expanded sentence is, I am American but I live in a quiet neighborhood in Korea. | 第三句是,我是美国人 但我住在韩国一个安静的街区。 |
| 53 | And the final expanded sentence including all of the examples is, | 最后的扩大句子 包括所有的例子是, |
| 54 | I am a 40 year old American English teacher living in an apartment in a quiet neighborhood in Seoul, Korea. | 我是40岁的美国英语教师,住在韩国首尔一个安静的街区的公寓里。 |
| 55 | And now the final example, he is drinking. | 最后一个例子,他正在喝酒。 |
| 56 | For who, let's use young man, Korean, and tall. | 给谁,让我们用年轻人,韩国人,和高。 |
| 57 | For what, let's use Gatorade, big bottle, and ice cold. | 为了什么,我们用加托拉德,大瓶,冰冷。 |
| 58 | So the first expanded sentence is, the young man is drinking a Gatorade. | 所以第一个扩展的句子是,这个年轻人喝的是加托瑞酒. |
| 59 | The second expanded sentence is, the Korean man is drinking from a big bottle. | 第二扩建句是,韩国人喝大瓶. |
| 60 | The third expanded sentence is, the tall man is drinking an ice cold drink. | 第三个扩展句子是,高个子正在喝冰冷的饮料. |
| 61 | And the final expanded sentence including all of the examples is, | 最后的扩大句子 包括所有的例子是, |
| 62 | the tall old Korean man is drinking a big bottle of ice cold Gatorade. | 那个高个子的韩国老头 喝着一大瓶冰冷的加多瑞酒 |
| 63 | Alright, amazing. | 好吧,令人惊叹。 |
| 64 | Today you learned part one of the second secret to speaking English, sentence expansion. | 今天你学到了第二个秘密之一 说英语,句子扩展。 |
| 65 | We looked at three example sentences. | 我们看了三个例子。 |
| 66 | Number one, I like ice cream. | 第一,我喜欢冰淇淋。 |
| 67 | Number two, I live in Korea. | 第二,我住在韩国 |
| 68 | And number three, he is drinking. | 第三,他在喝东西 |
| 69 | Now, try to expand your own sentences at least one time today. | 现在,尝试扩展自己的句子 至少一次今天。 |
| 70 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 71 | You can speak English. | 你会说英语。 |
| 72 | I hope this video helped to give you more confidence in your English ability. | 我希望这段视频有助于让你更有信心 你的英语能力。 |
| 73 | If you would like to receive English worksheets via email once a week that go along with these video lessons, | 如果你希望每周通过电子邮件收到一次英文工作单, 随附这些视频课, |
| 74 | click below and start getting your free worksheets in your inbox today. | 点击下面, 开始在您的收件箱中获取您的免费工作表 。 |
| 75 | This has been Speak English with Tiffany. | 这跟蒂芙尼一起说英语 |
| 76 | I am teacher Tiffany and I hope that you have an amazing day. | 我是蒂凡尼老师 我希望你有美好的一天 |
| 77 | Until next time, remember to speak English. | 直到下次 记得说英语 |
该视频共有字幕 77 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P30 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p30 29. 29. 如何用英语介绍你的家人 29-How to introduce your family in English (P30)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p30 29. 29. 如何用英语介绍你的家人 29-How to introduce your family in English (P30)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 4:18字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:01 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 0:03 | I am teacher Tiffany, and today I am going to teach you | 我是蒂芙尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 0:06 | how to introduce your family in English. | 如何用英语介绍你的家人。 |
| 0:10 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 0:12 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 0:16 | As an English learner, one of the first skills you learn | 作为英语学习者,你学的第一技能之一 |
| 0:20 | is how to introduce yourself properly in English. | 如何用英语自我介绍。 |
| 0:24 | You learn how to talk about your appearance, | 你学会如何谈论你的外表, |
| 0:26 | your personality, and your hobbies. | 你的个性, 你的爱好。 |
| 0:30 | And usually, the next thing you have to do | 通常你接下来要做的事 |
展开字幕全文（76 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Welcome to Speak English with Tiffany. | 欢迎跟蒂芙妮说英语 |
| 2 | I am teacher Tiffany, and today I am going to teach you | 我是蒂芙尼老师 今天我要教你 |
| 3 | how to introduce your family in English. | 如何用英语介绍你的家人。 |
| 4 | Are you ready? | 你准备好了吗? |
| 5 | Well then, let's jump right in. | 那么,我们跳进去吧。 |
| 6 | As an English learner, one of the first skills you learn | 作为英语学习者,你学的第一技能之一 |
| 7 | is how to introduce yourself properly in English. | 如何用英语自我介绍。 |
| 8 | You learn how to talk about your appearance, | 你学会如何谈论你的外表, |
| 9 | your personality, and your hobbies. | 你的个性, 你的爱好。 |
| 10 | And usually, the next thing you have to do | 通常你接下来要做的事 |
| 11 | is talk about your family. | 谈论你的家人。 |
| 12 | But, the problem is, you don't know how to actually | 但是,问题是,你不知道 如何实际 |
| 13 | speak fluently in English about your family. | 用英语流利地谈论你的家人。 |
| 14 | Well, don't worry. | 别担心 |
| 15 | There is a quick and useful four-step formula | 有一个快速而有用的四步公式 |
| 16 | that will help you to speak clearly about your family. | 这会帮助你清晰地谈论你的家人。 |
| 17 | Step one, give an interesting piece of information | 第一步,给一个有趣的信息 |
| 18 | about your family. | 关于你的家人。 |
| 19 | The purpose of this step is to grab the attention | 这个步骤的目的是引起人们的注意 |
| 20 | of the person listening to you. | 倾听你的声音的人。 |
| 21 | Your goal is to help them see the general character | 你的目标是帮助他们看清一般的特征 |
| 22 | of your family. | 为你的家人。 |
| 23 | For example, your fact can be a habit that you find unique. | 例如,你的事实可能是一种你发现独一无二的习惯. |
| 24 | My family and I usually spend Saturday nights | 我和家人通常在周六晚上 |
| 25 | eating pizza and watching old movies. | 吃披萨看老电影 |
| 26 | Or, your fact can be a funny or memorable story. | 或者,你的事实可以是一个有趣的或难忘的故事。 |
| 27 | One of my best memories with my family | 我和家人最美好的回忆之一 |
| 28 | is when we traveled to Europe for 10 days. | 就是我们去欧洲十天的时候 |
| 29 | The airport lost all of our luggage, | 机场失去了我们所有的行李 |
| 30 | so we had to wear the same clothes for three days. | 所以我们得穿同样的衣服 三天。 |
| 31 | But, we just laughed about it and still had a great time. | 但是,我们只是笑了一下, 仍然有一个伟大的时间。 |
| 32 | Or, you could choose to say, why they are special to you. | 或者,你可以选择说,为什么它们对你很特殊。 |
| 33 | I love my family dearly because they support me | 我非常爱我的家人,因为他们支持我 |
| 34 | in everything that I do. | 我所做的每件事 |
| 35 | They are my biggest fans. | 他们是我最大的粉丝。 |
| 36 | Step two, list the individuals in your family. | 第二步 列出你家里的人 |
| 37 | The purpose of this step is to give the basic details | 这一步骤的目的是提供基本细节。 |
| 38 | about your family. | 关于你的家人。 |
| 39 | For example, how many are in your family and who they are. | 例如,你家里有多少人,他们是谁。 |
| 40 | There are five people in my family, including me. | 我家里有五个人 包括我 |
| 41 | My father, my mother, me, my younger brother, | 我的父亲,我的母亲,我,我的弟弟, |
| 42 | and my younger sister. | 还有我妹妹 |
| 43 | Now, step three, list details for each family member. | 现在,第三步,列出每个家庭成员的细节。 |
| 44 | For this step, you will begin to give more details | 这个步骤,你将开始详细介绍 |
| 45 | about each member of your family. | 关于你每个家庭成员 |
| 46 | The details that you want to list for each person are, | 你想列出的每个人的细节是: |
| 47 | first, their appearance. | 首先,他们的外表。 |
| 48 | My father is a very handsome man. | 我父亲是个很英俊的人 |
| 49 | Many people say he also has very kind eyes. | 很多人说他的眼睛也很好看 |
| 50 | Second, their personality or character. | 第二,他们的个性或性格。 |
| 51 | He is actually a very kind and considerate person. | 他其实是一个非常善良和体贴的人。 |
| 52 | Third, their job or education. | 第三,他们的工作或教育。 |
| 53 | For the last 15 years, my dad has worked for Apple | 过去15年里,我爸爸一直在苹果公司工作 |
| 54 | as a leading web developer. | 作为领先的网络开发者. |
| 55 | He loves his job. | 他爱他的工作。 |
| 56 | And fourth, their hobby. | 第四,他们的爱好。 |
| 57 | But his main hobby is skiing, | 但他的主要爱好是滑雪 |
| 58 | so he likes to travel to Canada every year | 所以他喜欢每年到加拿大旅行 |
| 59 | during the Christmas holiday. | 在圣诞节假期。 |
| 60 | Remember that you need to do this | 记住,你必须这样做 |
| 61 | for each of your family members. | 你们的每个家庭成员。 |
| 62 | This will make your introduction of your family | 这会让你介绍你的家人 |
| 63 | sound more natural. | 听起来更自然。 |
| 64 | It will also show that you are a confident English speaker. | 这还将表明你是一个充满信心的英语发言人。 |
| 65 | And finally, step four, wrap up your intro. | 最后,第四步,结束你的介绍。 |
| 66 | Give a final statement that summarizes once again | 最后发言,再次总结 |
| 67 | what your family means to you. | 你的家人对你意味着什么 |
| 68 | My family means the world to me, | 我的家人对我意味着世界 |
| 69 | and without them, I would not be who I am today. | 没有他们,我就不会成为今天的我 |
| 70 | So, with these four steps, you will now be able | 所以,有了这四个步骤,你现在就可以 |
| 71 | to fluently introduce your family in English | 用英语流利介绍你的家人 |
| 72 | like a native English speaker. | 像一个母语英语。 |
| 73 | Now, try to use these steps at least one time today. | 现在,尝试使用这些步骤 至少一次今天。 |
| 74 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 75 | You can speak English. | 你会说英语。 |
| 76 | Remember to subscribe. | 记得订阅。 |
该视频共有字幕 76 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格
P31 · 【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p31 30. 30. 掌握 5 个最常见的英语短语动词 30-MASTER THE 5 MOST COMMON ENGLISH PHRASAL VERBS (P31)
【30集全】最火英语外教合集，英语听力口语单词语法全部涵盖，Tiffani老师整整70个小时录制，这一个合集就够 p31 30. 30. 掌握 5 个最常见的英语短语动词 30-MASTER THE 5 MOST COMMON ENGLISH PHRASAL VERBS (P31)
发布于 2026-08-19 · 时长 25:24字幕摘录
| 时间 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 0:00 | Hey, as an English learner, you've probably struggled with phrasal verbs, right? | 嘿,作为一个英语学习者, 你可能已经挣扎 语言动词,对不对? |
| 0:05 | You probably said yes, because I know phrasal verbs can be tricky. | 你可能答应了 因为我知道词性动词可能很棘手 |
| 0:09 | Well, that's why today I want to teach you the five most common English phrasal verbs. | 所以今天我想教你五个最常用的英语词组. |
| 0:14 | I'm going to show you their meaning and how to use them in real life situations. | 我将展示他们的意义 以及如何在现实生活中使用他们。 |
| 0:19 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 0:20 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 0:22 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 0:22 | So again, phrasal verbs can be tricky, but the first common phrasal | 因此,词组动词也可以是棘手的,但第一个常见的词组. |
| 0:28 | verb is right here, cut back, cut back. | 动词就在这里,切掉,切掉. |
| 0:33 | Now this just means to reduce. | 现在,这只是为了减少。 |
展开字幕全文（481 条）
| 序号 | 英文 | 中文 |
|---|---|---|
| 1 | Hey, as an English learner, you've probably struggled with phrasal verbs, right? | 嘿,作为一个英语学习者, 你可能已经挣扎 语言动词,对不对? |
| 2 | You probably said yes, because I know phrasal verbs can be tricky. | 你可能答应了 因为我知道词性动词可能很棘手 |
| 3 | Well, that's why today I want to teach you the five most common English phrasal verbs. | 所以今天我想教你五个最常用的英语词组. |
| 4 | I'm going to show you their meaning and how to use them in real life situations. | 我将展示他们的意义 以及如何在现实生活中使用他们。 |
| 5 | I'm teacher Tiffany. | 我是蒂芙尼老师。 |
| 6 | Let's jump right in. | 我们跳进去吧 |
| 7 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 8 | So again, phrasal verbs can be tricky, but the first common phrasal | 因此,词组动词也可以是棘手的,但第一个常见的词组. |
| 9 | verb is right here, cut back, cut back. | 动词就在这里,切掉,切掉. |
| 10 | Now this just means to reduce. | 现在,这只是为了减少。 |
| 11 | Now for pronunciation practice after me, cut back. | 现在,我之后的读音练习,切掉。 |
| 12 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 13 | Last time, cut back. | 上次,切下来。 |
| 14 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 15 | Now this phrasal verb just means to reduce, but let's look at some example sentences. | 现在这个词性动词只是表示减少,但让我们看看一些例子句子. |
| 16 | The first one is they are cutting back expenses. | 第一,他们削减开支。 |
| 17 | So once again, remember the word, excuse me, the phrasal verb means to reduce. | 所以,再次记住这个词,对不起,词组动词的意思是减少. |
| 18 | So they are cutting back. | 所以他们正在削减。 |
| 19 | Expenses actually means they are reducing their expenses. | 费用实际上意味着他们在减少开支。 |
| 20 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 21 | Now the second example sentence is my family cut back on the amount of | 现在的第二个例子句子是 我的家人削减了数量 |
| 22 | electricity we used last year. | 去年我们用电了 |
| 23 | Now this is something it's funny. | 现在这是有趣的事情。 |
| 24 | I actually told a story earlier this morning to some friends of mine about | 我今早跟一些朋友讲过一个故事 |
| 25 | how growing up my parents used to say, Hey, cut the lights off when you're | 我爸妈怎么老说,嘿,关灯的时候 |
| 26 | leaving a room, cut the lights off. | 离开一个房间,切断灯光。 |
| 27 | We need to make sure we are using the energy properly in the house. | 我们需要确保我们适当地使用 家里的能量。 |
| 28 | They wanted to cut back on their electricity bill. | 他们想削减电费 |
| 29 | So again, you see the phrasal verb in that situation. | 再说一遍,你可以看到这种情况下的动词。 |
| 30 | Now the final example sentence for this phrasal verb is I decided to cut back | 现在这个动词的最后一个例子句是 我决定削减 |
| 31 | on a lot of things this year. | 今年很多事情都这样 |
| 32 | Now what I want to do right now is look at an actual situation, a situation | 现在我想做的是看看实际情况,情况 |
| 33 | that you can connect with. | 你可以连接。 |
| 34 | Now I want you to think about the amount of junk food a person eats. | 现在我要你想想一个人吃多少垃圾食品 |
| 35 | Maybe you really like junk food, right? | 也许你真的喜欢垃圾食品,对吧? |
| 36 | Now I'm going to look at this. | 现在我要看看这个。 |
| 37 | I'm going to show you a dialogue between two individuals, and you're going | 我要给你们看两个人的对话,你要去 |
| 38 | to see how the phrasal verb cut back can be used. | 以查看如何用词动词切退。 |
| 39 | So here we go. | 我们开始吧 |
| 40 | Here's the dialogue between Mike and Brian. | 这是麦克和布莱恩的对话 |
| 41 | Mike says, Hey Brian, we're going to get some French fries. | 迈克说,嘿,布莱恩,我们要去 一些薯条。 |
| 42 | You want to come Brian? | 你想来布莱恩? |
| 43 | Ah, Hey Mike, thanks for asking, but I'm good. | 迈克 谢谢你的问候 但我没事 |
| 44 | Oh, let me explain this to you. | 哦,让我解释给你听。 |
| 45 | This is kind of a slang in English. | 这在英语中是一种俗语。 |
| 46 | I'm good. | 我没事 |
| 47 | Just means I'm okay. | 只是表示我没事 |
| 48 | I'm all right. | 我没事 |
| 49 | I'm fine the way I am right now. | 我现在很好 |
| 50 | So Brian is letting Mike know, Hey, thank you for the invite, but I'm okay. | 布莱恩让迈克知道 谢谢你的邀请 但我没事 |
| 51 | I'm good. | 我没事 |
| 52 | I don't need to go. | 我没必要去 |
| 53 | I don't need French fries. | 我不需要薯条 |
| 54 | So if you want to learn some American slang, you can actually use this one and | 所以,如果你想学一些美国语, 你实际上可以使用这个, |
| 55 | sound more like a native English speaker. | 听起来更像是英语母语 |
| 56 | Oh, I'm good. | 我没事 |
| 57 | It's okay. | 没关系。 |
| 58 | I'm good. | 我没事 |
| 59 | So how does Mike respond to him? | 那么迈克如何回应他? |
| 60 | Mike then says, really? | 迈克说,真的? |
| 61 | I'm surprised. | 叹曰. |
| 62 | You usually always jump at the chance to get French fries. | 你总是跳跃的机会 得到薯条。 |
| 63 | Are you feeling okay? | 你还好吗? |
| 64 | So now we see Mike is shocked because Brian usually always wants to eat French fries. | 所以现在我们看到迈克很震惊,因为布莱恩通常总是想吃薯条. |
| 65 | Mike is surprised because Brian usually will always say yes when given the opportunity. | 迈克很惊讶,因为布莱恩通常会在得到机会时总是答应. |
| 66 | That's what jump at the chance means. | 这就是跳跃的机会。 |
| 67 | It means if someone gives you an opportunity, you immediately move. | 意思是如果有人给你机会 你马上行动 |
| 68 | You immediately go for the chance or the opportunity. | 你马上去寻找机会 |
| 69 | So in English, we say jump at the chance. | 所以在英语中,我们说跳跃的机会。 |
| 70 | So again, Mike is a little bit shocked because Brian usually jumps at the | 再说一遍,迈克有点震惊 因为布莱恩通常跳到 |
| 71 | chance to eat some French fries. | 有机会吃些薯条 |
| 72 | And then Brian says, I'm okay. | 然后布莱恩说,我没事。 |
| 73 | I just started a new workout routine. | 我刚刚开始一个新的锻炼常规。 |
| 74 | So I am trying to be mindful of what I eat. | 所以我在努力记着自己吃的东西 |
| 75 | Now, this is where Brian is letting Mike know, Hey, I'm trying to be mindful of, | 现在,这是布莱恩 让迈克知道, 嘿,我试图 注意, |
| 76 | I'm trying to watch, I'm trying to think carefully about what I eat. | 我试图观看, 我试图仔细思考 我吃什么。 |
| 77 | So, okay. | 所以,还好。 |
| 78 | Mike understands, ah, you're trying to be mindful of what you eat. | 迈克理解,啊,你试图 注意你吃什么。 |
| 79 | You're trying to be careful. | 汝当勤慎. |
| 80 | Now, how can we use the phrasal verb in this situation? | 现在,在这种情况下,我们如何使用词性动词? |
| 81 | We can describe the situation like this. | 我们可以这样描述局势。 |
| 82 | Brian is trying to cut back on junk food because he started a new exercise routine. | 布莱恩试图削减 垃圾食品 因为他开始了一个新的运动常规。 |
| 83 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 84 | He's trying to reduce the amount of junk food he eats because he's | 他试图减少 他吃的垃圾食物数量 因为他是 |
| 85 | on a new exercise routine. | 在一个新的练习常规。 |
| 86 | He's following a routine. | 他照例办事 |
| 87 | Makes sense, right? | 有道理 对吧? |
| 88 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 89 | So number one, cut back. | 所以,第一,削减。 |
| 90 | Now, what about the second most common English phrasal verb? | 现在,第二常见的英语词组动词呢? |
| 91 | We have this one, get around. | 我们有这个,绕过去。 |
| 92 | Get around. | 绕过去 |
| 93 | Now this means to be heard by a lot of people. | 现在这意味着要被很多人听到. |
| 94 | So again, for pronunciation practice after me, get around. | 再说一遍,在我之后的发音练习中, 绕过去。 |
| 95 | Good. | 不错 |
| 96 | Last time after me, get around. | 上次追我的时候 绕过去 |
| 97 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 98 | Now again, get around just means to be heard by a lot of people. | 现在再说一遍 四处走走就是让很多人听到 |
| 99 | So here are the example sentences. | 下面是例子句子。 |
| 100 | News of his promotion got around very fast. | 他晋升的消息传得很快 |
| 101 | Next, it didn't take long for news of his resignation to get around. | 接下来,不久他辞职的消息才传开. |
| 102 | And finally, the news of their engagement got around quickly. | 最后,他们订婚的消息传得很快。 |
| 103 | Again, very common situations where if you get a promotion, of course, people | 同样,非常常见的情况 如果你得到晋升, 当然,人们 |
| 104 | are excited for you and the news will spread. | 为你感到兴奋 消息会传出去 |
| 105 | If you resign, sometimes people will start talking and the news will spread. | 如果你辞职,有时候人们会开始说话,新闻也会传播. |
| 106 | Or if you get engaged, people will start talking and the news will get around. | 或者,如果你订婚, 人们会开始说话, 消息会传遍。 |
| 107 | But what about this situation or another real life situation | 但这种情况或另一种现实生活的情况如何? |
| 108 | that will help you understand. | 这将帮助你理解。 |
| 109 | So when a woman is pregnant, this dialogue is between Samantha and Mary. | 所以当一个女人怀孕时,这种对话是萨曼莎和玛丽的对话. |
| 110 | Samantha says, Hey Mary, how have you been? | 萨曼莎说,嘿,玛丽,你好吗? |
| 111 | Mary says, Hey Samantha, I've been great. | 玛丽说,嘿,萨曼莎,我很好。 |
| 112 | I actually have been meaning to talk to you. | 其实我一直想和你谈谈 |
| 113 | Now, real quick, been meaning to do something means that you have it in | 现在,真的快, 一直想做一些事情 意味着你有它 |
| 114 | the back of your mind, something that you want to do, but you haven't done just yet. | 你脑后想做的事 但你还没有做 |
| 115 | But you're like, Ooh, I'm going to do that. | 但你喜欢,哦,我要做到这一点。 |
| 116 | I've been meaning to call you. | 我一直想打电话给你。 |
| 117 | I've been meaning to buy something, something that I want to do, | 我一直想买一些东西,一些我想做的事, |
| 118 | but I haven't done just yet. | 但我还没做完呢 |
| 119 | So Mary says, Hey Samantha, I actually have been meaning to talk to you. | 玛丽说 嘿 萨曼莎 我一直想和你谈谈 |
| 120 | Now here's the response. | 下面是反应 |
| 121 | Samantha says, Oh really? | 萨曼莎说,真的吗? |
| 122 | What's going on? | 这是怎么回事? |
| 123 | Well, says Mary, Mark and I found out that our little family is | 嗯,玛丽说,马克和我发现 我们的小家庭是 |
| 124 | going to be expanding or growing. | 将会扩大或增长。 |
| 125 | Samantha says, wait, what? | 萨曼莎说,等等,什么? |
| 126 | You're pregnant. | 你怀孕了 你怀孕了 你怀孕了吗 |
| 127 | Congratulations. | 祝贺你 |
| 128 | And then Mary says something interesting. | 然后玛丽说了些有趣的话 |
| 129 | Shh, not too loud, girl. | 嘘,不要太大声,女孩。 |
| 130 | Thanks so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 131 | I just don't want everyone to know just yet. | 我只是不想每个人都知道而已。 |
| 132 | You know how fast news travels. | 你知道新闻传得有多快 |
| 133 | Now I know your brain is already working because we just learned the | 现在我知道你的大脑已经在工作了 因为我们刚刚学会了 |
| 134 | second most common phrasal verb, get around. | 第二常见的词组动词,绕过来. |
| 135 | And it seems like she's saying the exact same thing. | 看来她也是这么说的 |
| 136 | So let's see how we can use it in this situation. | 因此,让我们看看如何在这样的情况下使用它. |
| 137 | We can say, Mary doesn't want the news of her pregnancy to get around too fast. | 我们可以说 玛丽不希望怀孕的消息传得太快 |
| 138 | So she only told Samantha makes sense, right? | 所以她只告诉萨曼莎有道理,对吧? |
| 139 | Again, get around this phrasal verb. | 再说一遍,绕过这个动词 |
| 140 | The second most common phrasal verb means to spread quickly and she doesn't | 第二个最常用的词性动词表示迅速传播而她不传播 |
| 141 | want the news of her pregnancy to get around too fast. | 希望她怀孕的消息传得太快 |
| 142 | Now we're going to look at the third most common English phrasal verb. | 现在看第三首最常用的英语词组动词. |
| 143 | But I want to remind you of something. | 但我想提醒你点什么 |
| 144 | My goal is to help 1 billion students around the world speak English with | 我的目标是帮助全世界10亿学生说英语 |
| 145 | confidence and part of speaking English with confidence and fluently is of course. | 当然,自信和部分以自信和流利的方式说英语。 |
| 146 | Learning phrasal verbs, but there are also many other things that you | 学习词性动词,但是你还有其他许多东西 |
| 147 | must learn in order to be fluent in English. | 要学英语才能流利。 |
| 148 | So I want you to join me for a free event. | 所以我希望你和我一起参加一个免费的活动。 |
| 149 | That's right. | 没错 |
| 150 | The English fluency week. | 英国流利周. |
| 151 | I want to help you speak English fluently. | 我想帮你说英语流利。 |
| 152 | So this English fluency week, again, you can register totally for free by | 因此,这个英语流利周,再次,你可以完全注册 免费通过 |
| 153 | clicking the link right in the description. | 单击描述中的链接。 |
| 154 | It will help you speak English fluently. | 它能帮助你流利地说英语。 |
| 155 | I'm going to teach you some tips that'll blow your mind and help you finally | 我会教你一些小费 会让你心碎 并最终帮助你 |
| 156 | master English and speak English fluently. | 精通英语,能流利地说英语 |
| 157 | So again, join me for the English fluency week by clicking the | 因此,再次,加入我的英文流利周 通过点击 |
| 158 | link in the description, totally free. | 完全免费。 |
| 159 | And don't just learn phrasal verbs, learn even so much more. | 并且不要仅仅学习词性动词,学习更多. |
| 160 | All right, so here we go. | 好吧,我们开始吧。 |
| 161 | Let's go to the third most common English phrasal verb. | 让我们来看第三常见的英语词组动词. |
| 162 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 163 | The third one is right here. | 第三个就在这里。 |
| 164 | Look into look into now this means to try to discover facts about something. | 调查一下,这意味着 试图发现一些事实。 |
| 165 | I'll give you a hint. | 我给你个提示 |
| 166 | I just told you about what the English fluency week, a free event for | 我刚刚跟你说了英语流利周的免费活动 |
| 167 | you to speak English fluently. | 你会说流利的英语。 |
| 168 | Well, you probably want to discover more information about it. | 好吧,你可能想 发现更多的关于它的信息。 |
| 169 | You probably want to click the link. | 您可能想要点击链接 。 |
| 170 | You want to look into the event even more makes sense, right? | 你想调查这个事件 更有意义,对不对? |
| 171 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 172 | So again, look into just means try to discover facts about something. | 所以,再次,调查只是试图发现一些事实。 |
| 173 | Now pronunciation after me look into you got it. | 现在,在我的发音 看着你得到了它。 |
| 174 | Good. | 不错 |
| 175 | Last time look into excellent. | 上回好好的看着 |
| 176 | Now look into, so let's look at some example sentences. | 现在看看,让我们看看一些例子。 |
| 177 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 178 | Now this has three example sentences. | 现在这个有三句例. |
| 179 | After several customers complained about late deliveries, they decided | 在几个顾客抱怨晚交后,他们决定 |
| 180 | to look into the matter next. | 接下来要调查这件事 |
| 181 | Can you look into this for me? | 你能帮我查查吗? |
| 182 | And finally, the detective decided to look into the details of the case. | 最后,侦探决定调查案件的细节. |
| 183 | Again, in each of the sentences, we're talking about getting more information, | 再说一遍,在每一句中, 我们谈论得到更多的信息, |
| 184 | discovering more about the situation. | 发现更多关于情况。 |
| 185 | So what about another real life situation? | 那另一个真实生活怎么办? |
| 186 | Let's look at a dialogue. | 让我们看看对话。 |
| 187 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 188 | So let's say, for example, students are fighting like little kids. | 比如说,学生们像小孩子一样打架 |
| 189 | You have the teacher and then you have the student, Johnny. | 你有老师,还有学生,强尼 |
| 190 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 191 | Teacher says, Johnny, tell me what happened. | 老师说,强尼,告诉我发生了什么。 |
| 192 | Johnny says, well, Michael hit me while we were playing at the | 强尼说,好吧,迈克尔打我 当我们玩 |
| 193 | playground, so I hit him back. | 游乐场,所以我打他回来。 |
| 194 | Wait a minute. | 等一会 |
| 195 | Tell me why Michael hit you. | 告诉我为什么迈克尔打你 |
| 196 | Johnny continues. | 约翰尼继续。 |
| 197 | I don't know teacher. | 不识师子. |
| 198 | He literally just hit me out of the blue. | 他从字面上说只是突然打我。 |
| 199 | Oh, now real quick out of the blue just means no plan, no reason. | 哦,现在真正的快速 突然就意味着没有计划,没有理由。 |
| 200 | It didn't happen according to a schedule, just out of the blue, randomly. | 它没有按照时间表发生, 只是突然,随机。 |
| 201 | So Johnny is saying that Michael hit him randomly out of the blue. | 强尼说迈克尔突然撞了他 |
| 202 | Now look at the teacher's response. | 现在看老师的反应. |
| 203 | Hmm. | 是吗? |
| 204 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 205 | I can tell that there is more to this story or there's more information that I need. | 我可以说,这个故事有 更多的,或者,我需要更多的信息。 |
| 206 | I am going to go speak with Michael and some other students to | 我去跟迈克尔和其他一些学生谈谈 |
| 207 | get to the bottom of this. | 说到底 |
| 208 | Now to get to the bottom of this just means to get to the root, to | 现在来谈这个 只是为了找到根 |
| 209 | get to the true story, what really happened. | 说出真实的故事 到底发生了什么 |
| 210 | So we see that the teacher needs to discover more information. | 所以我们看到老师需要发现更多的信息。 |
| 211 | What does that sound like? | 这听起来像什么? |
| 212 | What phrasal verb? | 什么动词? |
| 213 | Hey, you got it. | 嘿,你猜对了。 |
| 214 | So how can we describe the situation using the phrasal verb? | 那么,我们如何用词组动词来描述这种情况? |
| 215 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 216 | The teacher decided that she had to look into the details of the | 老师决定,她必须 调查细节 |
| 217 | fight to find out what really happened. | 为了找出真相而斗争 |
| 218 | So again, we see natural situation. | 因此,我们再次看到自然状况。 |
| 219 | It happens. | 它发生。 |
| 220 | Little kids sometimes fight and teachers have to figure out what really happened. | 小孩子有时会打架 老师必须弄清楚到底发生了什么 |
| 221 | We have to look into the situation. | 我们必须调查情况。 |
| 222 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 223 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 224 | Yeah. | 对 |
| 225 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 226 | Now the fourth most common English phrasal verb is right here. | 现在第四种最常用的英语词组动词就在这里. |
| 227 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 228 | Put off, put off. | 慢点 慢点 |
| 229 | Now this means to delay doing something, especially when you don't want to do it. | 现在这意味着推迟做一些事情,特别是当你不想做的时候. |
| 230 | Now this happens a lot. | 这种事经常发生 |
| 231 | This is very similar again to procrastinate. | 这再次与拖延非常相似. |
| 232 | You know, the word procrastinate, right? | 你知道,这个词拖延,对不对? |
| 233 | Like, I don't want to do it. | 喜欢,我不想这样做。 |
| 234 | I need to do it, but I don't want to do it. | 我需要这么做 但我不想这么做 |
| 235 | So when you delay say, ah, I'll do it later. | 所以,当你延迟说, 啊,我会做以后。 |
| 236 | We say put off. | 我们说推迟。 |
| 237 | That's the phrasal verb. | 即是语法动词. |
| 238 | So pronunciation after me put off. | 所以,发音 在我推迟之后。 |
| 239 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 240 | Front teeth, bottom lip for the F sound last time put off. | 前牙,F音的下唇 上次推迟。 |
| 241 | Good job. | 干得不错 |
| 242 | Now, how can we use this in some sentences? | 现在,我们怎么用这个 在一些句子? |
| 243 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 244 | First example sentence is right here. | 第一个例子句子就在这里。 |
| 245 | Are you putting off writing the essay because you can't concentrate right now? | 你因为现在不能专心写论文就推迟了吗? |
| 246 | Next they decided to put off their wedding or delay their wedding. | 接下来他们决定推迟婚礼或推迟婚礼. |
| 247 | And finally, don't put off the project. | 最后,不要推迟项目。 |
| 248 | So you see, again, in each example, we're talking about delaying something | 所以,你看,再次,在每个例子中, 我们谈论推迟的东西 |
| 249 | or procrastinating a bit, right? | 或拖延一点,对不对? |
| 250 | So let's see a real situation, a real dialogue. | 所以让我们看看真实的情况,真正的对话. |
| 251 | Imagine putting off the payment of a bill. | 想象一下推迟支付账单 |
| 252 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 253 | All right, here we go. | 好了,开始了。 |
| 254 | Here's the dialogue between a wife and a husband. | 这是妻子和丈夫的对话 |
| 255 | The wife says, honey, we got something strange in the mail. | 老婆说 亲爱的 邮件里有些奇怪的东西 |
| 256 | Oh, really? | 是吗? |
| 257 | Let me see what it is. | 让我看看是什么。 |
| 258 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 259 | It says something about our bill is late and now we have an extra fee to pay. | 上面说我们的帐单很晚 现在我们要付额外的费用 |
| 260 | Hmm. | 是吗? |
| 261 | Says the husband. | 说丈夫曰. |
| 262 | That is weird. | 这太奇怪了。 |
| 263 | I thought for sure I paid all of the bills last week. | 我以为上周我付了所有的账单 |
| 264 | The wife, remember you were out of town last week, honey husband. | 老婆,记得你上周出城了,亲爱的丈夫 |
| 265 | Oh, you're right. | 哦,你说得对。 |
| 266 | I was planning to pay the bills before I left, but I decided to do it when I got | 我本来想在走之前付帐单的 但我一拿到钱就决定了 |
| 267 | back because I thought I had time, man. | 回来因为我觉得我有时间,伙计。 |
| 268 | It must have slipped my mind when I got back. | 我回来时一定忘了 |
| 269 | Now slip my mind just means forgot something, right? | 现在忘了我的想法,只是意味着 忘了一些东西,对不对? |
| 270 | It slipped my mind. | 我忘记了 |
| 271 | I forgot something. | 我忘了东西。 |
| 272 | So the husband is saying I was planning on doing it when I got back. | 所以丈夫说 我回来的时候打算这么做 |
| 273 | I decided to delay the payment of the bill until I returned home. | 我决定推迟支付账单 直到我回家 |
| 274 | You got it. | 没问题 |
| 275 | You know what we're going to be using. | 你知道我们要用什么 |
| 276 | So how can we describe the situation? | 那么,我们如何描述局势? |
| 277 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 278 | Using put off her husband, put off paying the bills because he thought he would | 利用她丈夫的延迟 推迟支付账单 因为他认为他会 |
| 279 | have time to pay them after his trip. | 旅行后有时间付钱 |
| 280 | Makes sense to delay. | 延迟是有道理的。 |
| 281 | We understand the situation. | 我们了解情况。 |
| 282 | Put off is a perfect phrasal verb for this situation and many others. | 关闭是一个完美的词性动词 对于这种情况和许多其他。 |
| 283 | Now, what about the fifth most common English phrasal verb? | 现在,第五个最常用的英语词组动词呢? |
| 284 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 285 | The phrasal verb is right here. | 语法动词就在这里. |
| 286 | Give in, give in. | 放弃吧,放弃吧。 |
| 287 | Now this means to surrender, especially in a fight or argument. | 现在这意味着投降,特别是在战斗或争论中. |
| 288 | Now for pronunciation real quick after me, give in good. | 现在,我的发音非常快, 给予好。 |
| 289 | Now that V sound front teeth, bottom lip, and a little bit of vibration | 现在,V的声音前牙,下唇, 和一点点的振动 |
| 290 | after me last time, give in. | 上次我死后,投降吧 |
| 291 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 292 | Now, again, it means to surrender like, okay, fine, fine. | 现在,再次,这意味着投降 像,好吧,好吧,好吧。 |
| 293 | Whatever you want. | 随其所欲. |
| 294 | I'm going to do it. | 师便打. |
| 295 | I don't want to fight whatever you want. | 我不想打任何你想要的东西。 |
| 296 | I am giving in right now. | 我现在就让步 |
| 297 | So let's see some examples. | 因此,让我们看看一些例子。 |
| 298 | And this is right here. | 这是在这里。 |
| 299 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 300 | First Ben's mother gave in and let him stay out late with his friends. | 先是班的母亲让步,让他和朋友迟到. |
| 301 | Next, my parents would not give in. | 接下来,我的父母不会屈服。 |
| 302 | So I stayed home. | 所以我留在了家里。 |
| 303 | And finally, the enemy finally gave in. | 最后,敌人终于屈服了。 |
| 304 | So the war stopped. | 于是战争停止. |
| 305 | So again, we see these situations where, Hey, whatever you want to do, I'm | 所以,我们再次看到这些情况 在那里,嘿,无论你想做什么,我 |
| 306 | not going to fight anymore. | 不会再打架了 |
| 307 | These individuals gave in, but what about a real situation? | 这些人投降了,但真实情况怎么办? |
| 308 | A dialogue we can look at. | 我们可以看的对话。 |
| 309 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 310 | Let's look at this dialogue right here. | 让我们看看这个对话。 |
| 311 | In this situation, a child begging for ice cream. | 在这种情况下,一个孩子乞求冰淇淋. |
| 312 | Now here's the child. | 现在孩子来了 |
| 313 | Mommy, can I have some ice cream? | 妈妈,我能吃点冰淇淋吗? |
| 314 | The mom, no, because you didn't finish all of your chores. | 不,因为你没有完成你所有的家务 |
| 315 | Please mommy. | 请妈妈。 |
| 316 | I promised to finish all of my chores before I go to bed tonight. | 我答应过在今晚睡觉前 完成我所有的工作 |
| 317 | He's putting off his chores. | 他在拖延他的家务 |
| 318 | You got that right? | 你说的对吗? |
| 319 | He's delaying his chores. | 他在拖延他的家务 |
| 320 | You got that? | 明白吗? |
| 321 | Now, how does the mom respond? | 妈妈的反应如何? |
| 322 | Here we go. | 开始了 |
| 323 | Why should I let you get ice cream before you finish your chores? | 我为什么要让你在完成你的工作前吃冰淇淋? |
| 324 | Now here's the child because I finished all of my homework and I | 现在孩子来了 因为我做完了所有的功课 |
| 325 | promise to do my chores too. | 答应也做我的家务 |
| 326 | Pretty please. | 漂亮 请。 |
| 327 | Now this is something that, um, we use in English. | 现在,这是,嗯,我们用英文。 |
| 328 | Kids use it more often. | 孩子们更经常使用它。 |
| 329 | Pretty please. | 漂亮 请。 |
| 330 | It's like emphasizing, please. | 这就像强调,请。 |
| 331 | Like, please, please, pretty please. | 像,请,请,请,漂亮的请。 |
| 332 | So we use that to emphasize please, but adults don't use it as much. | 因此,我们用这个来强调,但是成年人并没有用到它。 |
| 333 | Kids use it. | 孩子们用它。 |
| 334 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 335 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 336 | So how does the mom respond? | 那妈妈怎么回答的? |
| 337 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 338 | Since you finished all of your homework, you can have some ice cream. | 既然你完成了你的作业 你可以吃点冰淇淋 |
| 339 | So the mom went from saying no, and then going back and forth with the child. | 所以妈妈从拒绝开始, 然后和孩子一起走来走去。 |
| 340 | Please mommy. | 请妈妈。 |
| 341 | No, please mommy. | 不,请妈妈。 |
| 342 | I'll do this. | 我来 |
| 343 | Fine. | 还好 |
| 344 | Go ahead. | 来吧。 |
| 345 | You can have your ice cream. | 冰激凌给你吧 |
| 346 | So the mom didn't want to fight about it anymore or argue. | 所以妈妈不想再争吵了 或者争吵了 |
| 347 | You know what we're doing exactly. | 你知道我们在做什么。 |
| 348 | Here's the sentence describing the situation. | 下面是描述这种情况的句子. |
| 349 | The mom finally gave in and allowed her child to have some ice cream. | 母亲最终让步,允许孩子吃冰淇淋. |
| 350 | She finally said, go for it. | 她终于说,去吧。 |
| 351 | Do it. | 做到这一点。 |
| 352 | You can have the ice cream. | 冰激凌可以给你 |
| 353 | Makes sense. | 说得通 |
| 354 | Right? | 对吧? |
| 355 | Excellent. | 不错 |
| 356 | Now these five common English phrasal verbs will help you speak more fluently | 现在这五个通用的英语词组会帮助你更流利地说话 |
| 357 | in English, but remember I said to improve your fluency even more. | 但记得我说过要提高你的流利度 |
| 358 | You need to join the free English fluency week by clicking | 您需要通过点击加入免费英语流利周 |
| 359 | the link in the description. | 描述中的链接。 |
| 360 | Look into it. | 仔细观察. |
| 361 | Guaranteed you will enjoy it. | 保证你会喜欢的 |
| 362 | And I look forward to seeing you there. | 我期待着在那里见到你。 |
| 363 | Thank you so much again for joining me today. | 再次感谢你们今天来我这里。 |
| 364 | I hope you guys continue to study English hard. | 我希望你们继续学习英语 |
| 365 | Remember to always give your best and don't worry about making mistakes. | 记住永远全力以赴 不用担心犯错 |
| 366 | You can do it. | 你可以做到这一点。 |
| 367 | I'll see you next week, but remember to speak English. | 下周见,但记得会说英语. |
| 368 | You still there? | 你还在吗? |
| 369 | You know what time it is. | 你知道现在几点了 |
| 370 | It's story time. | 故事时间到了 |
| 371 | Hey, I said it's story time. | 嘿,我说这是故事的时间。 |
| 372 | All right. | 好吧,我们走。 |
| 373 | So today's story actually, um, is very interesting. | 所以今天的故事,其实,嗯,非常有趣。 |
| 374 | This happened when I was studying Korean. | 这发生在我学习韩语的时候。 |
| 375 | I was a level one student. | 我是一个一级学生。 |
| 376 | I was learning the basics, like the letters, the sounds and basic verbs. | 我在学习基本知识 就像字母 声音和基本动词 |
| 377 | So when I was studying and learning Korean, I remember my first class. | 所以当我学习和学习朝鲜语时,我记得我的第一课. |
| 378 | It was great. | 这是伟大的。 |
| 379 | Now in my class, there were many different students, but I was | 现在在我的班上,有很多不同的学生, 但我是 |
| 380 | the oldest out of all of them. | 他们中最古老的 |
| 381 | At that time, I may have been 27 or 28 and my classmates were | 当时,我可能27岁或28岁,我的同学是 |
| 382 | all like 17 and 18 years old. | 17岁和18岁 |
| 383 | Now, the thing is I was paying for my education. | 现在,问题是我付了学费 |
| 384 | I was paying for the classes and they weren't cheap. | 我付了学费 却不便宜 |
| 385 | They were about a thousand dollars for two months. | 两个月来,他们大约1000美元。 |
| 386 | It was expensive, but I was working. | 虽然很贵 但我在工作 |
| 387 | I was a missionary English teacher and I was taking a lot of my | 我是一个传教士英语老师 我拿了很多我的 |
| 388 | salary and using it to pay for my education. | 用它来支付我的教育费用 |
| 389 | But there came a point in time where I started to wonder because I knew | 但有一点,我开始怀疑 因为我知道 |
| 390 | the 17 and 18 year olds weren't paying for their education. | 17岁和18岁的人没有付学费 |
| 391 | So I asked them one day, I said, I need to discover. | 所以我问他们一天, 我说,我需要发现。 |
| 392 | I need to look into what they're doing that I don't know about. | 我需要调查他们在做什么 我不知道。 |
| 393 | So I asked one of the students, she was a Japanese student. | 所以我问一个学生,她是一个日本学生。 |
| 394 | I remember her very well, very nice young lady. | 我记得她,非常好的年轻女士。 |
| 395 | And I said, Hey, I'm paying for my own education. | 我说,嘿, 我支付我自己的教育。 |
| 396 | How are you guys paying for this? | 你们怎么付钱? |
| 397 | Because it's not cheap. | 因为它不便宜。 |
| 398 | She said, Oh, we're not paying for this. | 她说,哦,我们不为此付出代价。 |
| 399 | I said, what do you mean? | 我说,你什么意思? |
| 400 | She said, Oh, we all have scholarships. | 她说,我们都有奖学金 |
| 401 | And I said, what scholarship do you have? | 我说,你有什么奖学金? |
| 402 | So she proceeded to give me more information about this Korean government | 所以她给我更多关于韩国政府的信息 |
| 403 | scholarship that paid for everything. | 奖学金支付一切。 |
| 404 | So I listened, I was very intrigued. | 所以我听了,我很感兴趣。 |
| 405 | I was very interested. | 我很感兴趣。 |
| 406 | And I said, wait a minute. | 我说,等一下 |
| 407 | All these students here are learning for free because of the scholarship. | 这些学生都因为奖学金而免费学习。 |
| 408 | I need to find out more information about this scholarship. | 我需要知道更多有关这个奖学金的信息。 |
| 409 | So I decided to look into the scholarship. | 所以我决定调查奖学金 |
| 410 | So I left class that day and I went back to my apartment. | 那天我离开教室,回到公寓 |
| 411 | I had to work. | 我必须工作。 |
| 412 | So I worked in the evening and over the next few weeks, I did a lot of research. | 所以我在晚上和接下来的几周里做了很多研究。 |
| 413 | I looked into this amazing Korean scholarship program, found all of the | 我研究了这个惊人的韩国奖学金计划 发现了所有的 |
| 414 | details and I realized, Hey, I also could apply for the scholarship, but it was | 细节,我意识到, 嘿,我也可以申请 奖学金,但它是 |
| 415 | very, very difficult to get the scholarship. | 很难拿到奖学金 |
| 416 | So anyways, I applied for the scholarship and I went through the entire process. | 总之,我申请了奖学金, 我经历了整个过程。 |
| 417 | But as I was going through the process, I was still studying in the program. | 但当我经历这个过程时,我还在学习这个程序。 |
| 418 | I was still in level one. | 我还在一级 |
| 419 | Now, the thing that I remember happening again, after I found out about the | 现在,我记得的事情 再次发生, 当我发现 |
| 420 | scholarship and I was going to look into, I wanted to learn Korean because I really | 奖学金和我要调查, 我想学朝鲜语 因为我真的 |
| 421 | was interested in Korean and I wanted to converse with other individuals in their | 我对韩语很感兴趣 我想跟其他人谈谈 |
| 422 | mother tongue. | 母语。 |
| 423 | So I looked at the scholarship, but I continued paying for my own education | 所以我看了奖学金, 但我继续支付我自己的教育 |
| 424 | while I was waiting for the results or the feedback from my application. | 当我等待结果 或反馈 从我的应用程序。 |
| 425 | So I remember one day in class again, level one, and we were learning how to | 我记得有天我又上课了,第一级 我们正学着怎样 |
| 426 | say, take a shower in Korean. | 用韩语洗澡吧 |
| 427 | And the teacher was telling us, okay. | 老师告诉我们,好吗? |
| 428 | Shower in Korean is shower Hada. | 朝鲜语的淋浴是Hada。 |
| 429 | Okay. | 摆 |
| 430 | Shower Hada. | 沐浴哈达. |
| 431 | I'll teach you a little Korean. | 我教你一点韩语 |
| 432 | Now shower is shower. | 现在淋浴就是淋浴。 |
| 433 | And then Hada means to do in Korean. | 然后哈达的意思是用韩语做. |
| 434 | Now in English, we don't say do a shower. | 现在用英语,我们不说洗澡。 |
| 435 | We say take a shower. | 我们说去洗澡 |
| 436 | And in the class myself and one other guy were the only, we were the | 在班上我和另一个人是唯一的,我们是 |
| 437 | only two native English speakers. | 只有两名母语英语者。 |
| 438 | Everyone else was from, you know, other countries that could speak a little | 其他所有人都来自,你知道, 其他国家,可以说话一点点 |
| 439 | English, but it wasn't their first language. | 英语,但这不是他们的第一语言. |
| 440 | So I remember the day in class when the teacher said, do a shower. | 所以我记得那天在课堂上 老师说 洗个澡 |
| 441 | And I said, what? | 我说,什么? |
| 442 | She said, yeah, do a shower. | 她说,是的,做一个淋浴。 |
| 443 | Shower Hada. | 沐浴哈达. |
| 444 | And it took so long for my friend and I to understand this concept of not | 我和我的朋友花了这么长时间才明白 |
| 445 | taking a shower, but doing a shower. | 洗个澡,但洗个澡 |
| 446 | Now, of course I can speak Korean now and we made it through the lesson, but it | 现在,我当然可以说韩语了,我们通过这课,但它 |
| 447 | was at that moment that I realized, Hey, if I want to be fluent in this language, | 那一刻我意识到,嘿,如果我想 流利的语言, |
| 448 | I'm going to have to work really hard. | 我一定要努力工作 努力工作 |
| 449 | I'm going to have to learn the way they say things. | 得学人说法法. |
| 450 | I'm going to have to learn their structures, their grammar, and not think | 我将不得不学习他们的结构,他们的语法, 而不是思考 |
| 451 | in English and not think in my own language. | 使用英语而不使用自己的语言思考。 |
| 452 | The same is true for you. | 你也一样 |
| 453 | I learned that when I was in level one and it wasn't easy, but the same is true | 我学会了,当我在一级, 这不容易, 但同样的情况 |
| 454 | for you today, you learned five common English phrasal verbs, and sometimes I | 今天,你学到了五个通用的英语词组动词,有时我 |
| 455 | understand it's very tricky to use English phrasal verbs, but once you make | 理解使用英语的词性动词非常棘手,但一旦你做了 |
| 456 | that choice, once you make that decision, you know what, I'm not going to think | 一旦你做出这个决定,我就不会想 |
| 457 | about things in my own language. | 关于用我自己的语言写的东西。 |
| 458 | I'm going to think about them in the language I'm trying to learn, which is | 我要用我正在学习的语言去思考它们,这就是 |
| 459 | English things get easier. | 英国的事情变得容易。 |
| 460 | So I hope that you use all of these English phrasal verbs. | 所以我希望你使用这些英语的词组。 |
| 461 | Try to use one every day. | 尝试每天用一个。 |
| 462 | Again, they're the common ones. | 复次如是众生. |
| 463 | So you can find examples and situations and you can master English and be fluent. | 这样你就可以找到例子和情况,并且能够掌握英语并且流利. |
| 464 | So again, as you know, I speak English and I speak Korean after I decided to do | 再说一遍,你知道,我会说英语,我会说韩语 在我决定做之后 |
| 465 | that, I was able to speak Korean fluently moving forward, learning of | 我能够说韩语流利地前进,学习 |
| 466 | course, through all the levels. | 当然,所有级别。 |
| 467 | So I hope this story inspires you that even in the beginning, if something seems | 所以,我希望这个故事启发你, 即使一开始,如果有东西看起来 |
| 468 | difficult, as long as you put the effort in, you can definitely speak English | 困难,只要你努力,你一定能说英语 |
| 469 | fluently and yes, I did end up getting the scholarship, which helped | 流利和是的, 我最终得到了奖学金, 这帮助 |
| 470 | me focus on my studies. | 我专注于我的学习。 |
| 471 | So guys, thank you so much for joining. | 所以,伙计们,非常感谢你们加入。 |
| 472 | I hope you enjoyed this short story. | 希望你喜欢这个短篇故事 |
| 473 | I hope it was encouraging. | 我希望这是令人鼓舞的。 |
| 474 | Again, I do want to remind you all, don't forget to sign up, register for | 我还想提醒大家 别忘了报名登记 |
| 475 | free for the English fluency week. | 免费的英语流利周。 |
| 476 | Again, look into it. | 再说一遍,看看 |
| 477 | It's free, learn even more and get fluent in English. | 免费,学习更多,英语流利. |
| 478 | Thanks so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 479 | And I will see you guys next week. | 下周见 |
| 480 | Thanks so much. | 非常感谢 |
| 481 | And I will see you guys next week. | 下周见 |
该视频共有字幕 481 条。解锁更多字幕为会员功能，请移动到 价格